ear | -

rm”

: . me

J ’

- >

‘ —

y x

‘

« 7 '

i ‘ =

« -

1 a ,

: » ; :

® 4 +

' ]

1 i

_ j

‘

i =

es ‘ 1

A 7

‘

« ‘

Fs * > ’ 1 : e

v - 1 « me

y ‘ Fe ‘

‘ : i

i ® 7

- . - :

) : U 7

, n : f

. ake

7 1

\ *

‘ '

‘ J a Pe

W bs Lo

a / ‘

F i

i ; =

1 a x e .

i i

. “ N .

- P 1

= f 7 ,

: t

7 S ‘ aan)

i '

1 ; fs ri I

' i

J ’

. ! ‘

. Ay ¢

( = = 7

o e

- q

2 y

: fa! :

- Fé - 7

. . '

* t

' rl ]

. = 7 ’

, *

b .

‘ he ‘i ; ;

‘ A =

”

1 i

‘ , ro

’

{

, ‘

. I ‘

: ve a =

Es ‘

r +

' i] =

1 i

‘ { ri

‘

- = ‘

= % +

be -

i ;

. 7 w *

; 7 t

’ i

he ,

;

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

1897.

EON DON:

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY SIMMONS AND BOTTEN, LIMITED,

44, SHOE LANE, LONDON, F.C.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET,

CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO.,

PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK.

—_

1897.

DATES OF PUBLICATION IN PARTS.

Part I. (Trans., pp. 1-112, Proc., i-xii) was published 9th April, 1897.

1 eee 113-248, ,, xili-xxxvi) - 2nd July, ,,

5 bl BY at 249-332, ,, xxxvii-xliv) Bs Ist Sept., _,,

LW Ce 43 333-434, ,, xlv—lx) 3 16th Dec., __,,

TV eee Se » lxi-lxv) 55 2nd Feb., 1898.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

FOUNDED, 1833.

INCORPORATED BY RoyaL CHARTER, 1885.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the Session 1897-98.

President.

ROLAND TRIMEN, F.R.S., F.L.S.

Vice- Presidents.

THE Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.LS.

ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S.

Proressor RAPHAEL MELDOLA, F.R.S., F.C.S.

@reasurer.

ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.B.S., F.LS.

Secretaries.

WALTER F. H. BLANDFORD, M.A., F.Z.S.

FREDERIC MERRIFIELD.

Librarian.

GEORGE C. CHAMPION, F.Z.S.

Council.

WALTER F. H. BLANDFORD, M.A., F.Z.S.

GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S.

THE Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.

HERBERT GOSS, F.L.S., F.G.S.

Sir GEORGE F. HAMPSON, Bart., B.A.

MARTIN JACOBY.

ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.5., F.L.S.

Pror. RAPHAEL MELDOLA, F.R.S., F.C.S.

FREDERIC MERRIFIELD.

OSBERT SALVIN, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.

ROLAND TRIMEN, F.BE.S., F.L.S.

JAMES WILLIAM TUTT.

GEORGE HENRY VERRALL.

Resident Librarian.

W. R. HALL,

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1833—1897.

The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows

at the following reduced prices :—

PUBLIC. FELLOWS.

First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1849) ............ Price £413 0 £310 0

Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861) ......00 0 0 bls 10

Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869)......+00-+ te Oe 0 410 0

The Transactions for the year 18638 iO)

65 D 1869 ... They

a a 1870 ih ee 25 0

er 4 1871 ee)

33 3 1872 120

of on US folmecesseeetaae 116 0

is - ISTAL tte Ree : 112 0

3 35 SVS seat esaer ; 1 2 OF 38 0 0

an 3 87 Olneccssessecs baby ©

i A SVE Beeces sce 14 0

a SVS). cenopadcos 5 100 0 15

is a 1879. 2nvaehees 120 016 6

is a 1880) xs 019 0 014 3

i a 1881 116 0 1 70

5 - 1882 wig © IB &

a5 55 1885 a0) lO 8

oF - SSA ccceceecees i W ail

a ee TSS eh cet ee 160 019 6

55 z, 1886. choeee 160 019 6

- A LSS /ecstcccas én 1 4 6 019 0

ss fe Se ba : 115 0 16S

i a TOSOM ec es Ast6a6 Lae aG

rp - 1890 aL ky WW) 110 0

, 3 iSOL a! Sh. ene 116 0 170

is e 1892 ... 190 1-19

f y 1893... 156 019 3

ie 1894 110 6 D2

es as 1806 08 2 1 76 1 0007

De 5 URS HT63 Gascdecosoge 110 0 ee lel

if fs USOT: Aaeres te AO 018 0

Any single volume from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows.

First Series, vol. v., is out of print. First Series, vols. ii—iv., and

Second Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately.

The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :—

Pascoe’s ‘ Longicornia Malayana’ .............6. £2 12 0 £119 0

Baly’s ‘ Phytophaga Malayana, Pt.I., Aposta-

SUCON Oedesetecrcceccssccasctesccssctacesesctreercertaes 016 0 012 0

Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial

AY INMCNOPEETO” cecoesceceaseseceorseesesceeesep es 0 4 6 3 4

Saunders’ ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenoptera,’ :

PRAY GMI. --nnsasees-ssesnsorssunncernccshs smceoest sense 0 6 0 0 4 6

Newport’s ‘ Athalia centifolie ’ (Prize Essay) Wa -@) 0) a0

The JOURNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is bound up with the TRANSACTIONS.

Fellows who have paid their Subscription for the current

entitled to receive the Transactions for the year without further enone

and they wili be forwarded free, by post, to any address, i

( wu )

COND ENTS.

PAGE

Explanation of the Plates viii

iBinrathy yeaeee vill

Charter and Bae: Taek: 1x

List of Fellows ... XXV

Additions to the eee tee) XXXIX

MEMOIRS.

I. A Monograph of British Braconidee. Part VII. By the Rev.

Tuomas A. MarsHAatt, M.A., F.E.S., Member of the

Société Entomologique de France 1

II. Western Equatorial African Micro- rete tete By The e Right

Honble. Lorp WatstncHam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.. : 33

III. On Lepidoptera from the Miley Archipelago. Pe EDWARD

Meyrick, B.A., F.Z.8. 69

IV. New Coccide collected in izes by the Rev. Alfred EK.

Eaton. By R. Newsteap, F.E.S., Curator of the Grosvenor

Museum, Chester 93

V. Seasonal Dimorphism in ee Butterflies. By ARTHUR G.

Borter, Ph.D., F.L.8., etc. 105

VI. The Prothoracic Gland of Dicranura vinula, and other Notes.

By Oswatp H. Latrer, Assistant Master at Charterhouse,

formerly Tutor of Keble College... ae 118

VII. On the Classification of two Subfamilies of Moths of the

Family Pyralide: the Hydrocampine and Scopariane.

By Sir Greorce F. Hampson, Bart., B.A.... es fog UH

VIII. Descriptions of New Species of Central and South American

Rhopalocera. By F. Du Cane Gopman, F.R.S., F.L.S.,

and OsBERT Savin, M.A., F.R.S. ... ; 241

IX. A List of the Phytophagous ee eee = Mr. H. H.

Smith at St. Vincent, Grenada, and the Grenadines, with

Descriptions of New Species: Crioceridee — Galerucide.

By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S. (Hispide—Cassidide. By

G. C. Champion, F.Z.S.) ... Ee an aS Se «. 249

X. On the Serricorn Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the

Grenadines. By GrorGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S. 5 Pell

XI. Quelques Formicides de l’Antille de Grenada récoltés par

M. Smith. Par le Dr. AuGustE ORE aoreeeur

a l'Université de Ziirich ws 297

XII. New or little-known er vabiaes from mney pt By ate Pee F. D.

Moriceg, M.A., F.E.S.. . 801 (& 434)

XIII. Mimetic deaactns By Freperick A. Dixry, M.A., M.D.,

F.E.S., Fellow of Wadham College, Oxford os so BY)

XIV. The Changes in the Structure of the Wings of Butterflies. By

A. Rapcuirrr Grore, A.M. nee 333

( viii)

PAGE

XV. The Structure and Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata.

By Professor L. C. Mian, F.R.S., and R. SHeLrorD, B.A.

With an Appendix on the Literature of the earlier stages of

the Cy Tk ea by Baron C. R. OsTEN SACKEN, Hon.

F.E.S we = 343

XVI. Hasan aii of New Tatiana Both, iageeala aa New

Zealand. By Epwarp Meyrick, B.A., F.Z.8., F.E.S. ... 367

XVII. Description of a New Coleopterous Tete oF the Homily,

Pausside. By CHARLES O. WATERHOUSE, F.E.S. see) og

XVIII. Revision of the Notonectide. Part I. Tameauerions ond

Systematic Revision of the Genus Notonecta. my Ge Wie

KIRKALDY ... 393

XIX. The Butterflies of conor “By iV M. De LA i Neoprene

Communicated by Siz GrorcE F. Hampson, Bart., B.A. 427

XX. New or little-known Sphegide from 7 ema Caurdeton!

By the Rey. F. D. Moricz, M.A., F.E.S. we 484

Proceedings for 1897... as aan Sai ae pr ee .-1—lxi

Annual Meeting ... ies 500 oss Bee sibs ae 0 lxi—lxv

President’s Address _.... a ee a as a ... lxvi—xevil

Index iva av oe a ve A = 2 aes Bee XCIN

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

FRONTISPIECE.

The late JOSEPH WILLIAM DUNNING, M.A., F.L.S.,

(Born, Nov. 5, 1833. Died, Oct. 15, 1897.)

SECRETARY, 1862—1871. PREsIDENT, 1883—1884.

(See Page lxx.)

Plate I. See pages 1—31 Plate ve See pages 301—316

5) HIG C9 NE as 33—67 . 317—33 2

ro Vs ‘ 93—103 Si Vili, Xe eX Mode

pais 5, 1138—126 See pages 3483—366

ERRATA.

TRANSACTIONS.

Page 94, line 14 from bottom, for napax read rapaz.

Pages 131, 132, 134, 185, for Mixophila read Mixophyla.

Page 223, line 17, for Maasen read Maassen.

Page 235, line 5 trom bottom, for Milliere’s read Milliéres.

Page 287, lines 1 and 3, for Melis’s read Melliss’s.

Page 306, line 2 from bottom, for au read an.

Page 313, line 26, for nigro-natatur read nigro-notatur.

Page 318, line 2 from bottom, for demophile 6 read demophile 9.

Page 394, lines 20—21, for pronoti read prosterni; line 24, for pronotum

read prosternum.

Page 420, line 17, for 1891 read 1871.

PROCEEDINGS.

Page iv., last line, the species referred to by Mr. Tutt should be Platyptili

metznert.

Page viil., first line, for Brauer read Brunner.

Page lvii., line 2 from bottom, for brachycephala read barycephala.

Charter and Bye-Latus

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

CHARTER.

Victoria, by the Grace of God of the United Kingdom

of Great Britain and Ireland, Queen, Defender of the Faith.

TO ALL TO WHOM these presents shall come Greeting :

Wuereas JosepH Witi1Am Dunnine, of Lincoln’s Inn, in

the County of Middlesex, Barrister-at-Law, Esquire, Master

of Arts, formerly Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge,

Fellow of the Cambridge Philosophical Society and of the

Linnean and Zoological Societies of London, has by his

Petition humbly represented unto US, That in the year 1833

certain of our loyal subjects formed themselves into a Society

for the Improvement and Diffusion of Entomological Science,

and subscribed and expended considerable sums of money for

such purposes, and have collected and become possessed of a

valuable library and other property, and have been and

continue to be actively employed in promoting the objects for

which the said Society was founded, especially by the

publication of Volumes of Transactions composed of Original

Memoirs, read before the Society. Anp wuerras the said

Petitioner, believing that the well-being and usefulness of

the said Society would be most materially promoted by

obtaining a Charter of Incorporation, hath therefore, on

behalf of himself and the other Members of the said Society,

most humbly prayed that WE would be pleased to grant a

Royal Charter for incorporating into a Society the several

persons who have already become Fellows, or who may at

any time hereafter become Fellows thereof, subject to such

Regulations and Restrictions as to US may seem good and

x CHARTER.

expedient. NOW KNOW YE that WE, being desirous of

encouraging a design so laudable, and of promoting the

improvement and diffusion of Science in all its branches,

have of Our especial Grace, certain Knowledge and mere

Motion, given and granted, and We do hereby give and

grant, That the said JosrpH Winitam Dunnine and such

others of Our loving subjects as are now Fellows of the said

Society, or who shall at any time hereafter become Fellows

thereof in pursuance of the provisions of this Our Charter

and according to such Bye-Laws as are hereinafter men-

tioned, shall be a Body Corporate by the name of ‘‘ The

Entomological Society of London,” having perpetual succes-

sion and a common seal, with power to sue and be sued in

their Corporate name, and to acquire and hold any goods and

chattels whatsoever.

And our Will and Pleasure is, That Jonn Osapran

Westwoop, Esg., Master of Arts, Hope Professor of Zoology

in the University of Oxford, shall be Honorary President of

the said Corporation during the term of his natural life.

And that Ropert MacLacunan, F.R.S., shall be the first

President of the said Corporation and shall continue such

until the Annual Meeting to be held in the month of January

next.

And our Will and Pleasure is, And we do hereby declare,

that there shall always be a Council to direct and manage

the concerns of the said Corporation. And that the thirteen

persons, who were elected to form the Council of the said

Society at the Annual Meeting held in the month of January

last, shall form the first Council of the said Corporation, and

shall continue in Office until the Annual Meeting to be held

in the month of January next.

And our Will and Pleasure is, And we further grant and

declare, that the existing Bye-Laws of the said Society, as

revised and amended at a General Meeting held on the 2nd

day of May, 1883, shall be the Bye-Laws of the said

Corporation, until the same shall be revoked or altered as

hereinafter mentioned. And that it shall be lawful at

General Meetings of the said Corporation to revoke or alter

any former Bye-Laws, and to make such new Bye.Laws as

CHARTER. X1

shall be deemed useful and necessary for the regulation of

the said Body Corporate.

Provided always: And we lastly declare it to be our Royal

Will and Pleasure, That no Bye-Law or Resolution shall, on

any account or pretence whatsoever, be made by the said

Corporation in {opposition to the general scope, true intent,

and meaning of this our Charter or the Laws and Statutes of

this Realm, and that if any such Bye-Law or Resolution

shall be made, the same shall be absolutely null and void.

In Witness whereof We have caused these our Letters to

be made Patent.

Witness Ourself at Westminster the

twentieth day of July, in the Forty-ninth

year of Our Reign. THE SEAL.

By Warrant under the Queen’s Sign

Manual.

( xii j

BY E-hA Ws.

As AMENDED AT A SpEctAL MEETING HELD 2ND JuNF, 1897.'

Cuap. I. Object.

THe Entomonocican Socrery or Lonpon is instituted for

the improvement and diffusion of Entomological Science.

CuHap. II. Constitution.

The Society shall consist of Honorary and Ordinary

Fellows.

Cuap. III. Management.

The affairs of the Society shall be conducted by a Council

consisting of fifteen Fellows, to be chosen annually, five of

whom shall not be re-eligible for the following year. Five

shall be a quorum.

Cuar. IV. Officers.

The Officers of the Society shall consist of a President ;

three Vice-Presidents; a Treasurer; two Secretaries; and a

Librarian, The Officers shall be chosen annually from

amongst the Members of the Council, No Fellow shall

be President, or a Vice-President, more than two years

successively.

Cuap. V. Removal or Resignation of Officers.

1. For any cause which shall appear sufficient to a

majority thereof, the Council shall have power to suspend

any Officer of the Society from the exercise of his office, or

to remove him and declare such office vacant.

2. In the event of any vacancy occurring in the Council

or Officers of the Society, at the next meeting of Council

BYE-LAWS. Xl

after such vacancy has been made known, the Council shall

elect some Fellow to fill the vacancy till the Annual Meeting.

CuHap. VI. President.

1. The duty of the President shall be to preside at the

Meetings of the Society and Council, and regulate all the

discussions and proceedings therein, and to execute or see to

the execution of the Bye-Laws and orders of the Society.

2. In case of an equality of Votes the President shall have

a double or casting Vote.

Cuap. VII. Vice-Presidents.

1. The Vice-Presidents shall be nominated by the Presi-

dent. Such nomination shall be declared at the Ordinary

Meeting next after the election of the President in every

year.

2. In the absence of the President a Vice-President shall

fill his place, and shall for the time being have all the

authority, power, and privilege of the President.

3. In the absence of all the Vice-Presidents a Member of

the Council shall preside ; and if no Member of the Council

be present at an Ordinary Meeting, the Fellows present shall

appoint by a majority to be Chairman such Fellow as they

shall think fit; and the Member of Council so presiding, or

the Fellow so appointed, shall for the time being have all the

authority, power and privilege of the President.

Cuap. VIII. Treasurer.

1. It shall be the duty of the Treasurer to demand and

receive for the use of the Society all sums of money due or

payable to the Society, and to disburse all sums payable by

the Society out of the Funds in his hands.

2. No payment exceeding £5, excepting for rent or taxes,

shall be made by the Treasurer without the consent of the

Council.

3. The Treasurer shall keep a book of Cheque Receipts for

admission fees and annual payments; each Receipt shall be

signed by himself, the date of payment and name of the

X1V BYE-LAWS.

Fellow paying being written both on the Receipt and on the

part of the Cheque which is left in the book.

4. The Treasurer shall demand all arrears of annual

payment after such payment shall have been due three

months.

5. The accounts of the Treasurer shall be audited annually,

previously to the Annual Meeting, by a Committee of six

Fellows (of whom three shall be Members of the Council),

to be appointed by the President at the Ordinary Meeting

in December, of which Committee three (or two, provided

that one of them is not a member of the Council) shall be a

quorum, The Treasurer shall furnish the Auditors with a

detailed account of all receipts and disbursements down to

the 31st December.

Cuap. IX. Secretaries.

1. It shall be the duty of the Secretaries to keep a list of

all the Fellows of the Society, together with their addresses ;

to summon Meetings (when necessary) of the Society and the

Council; to conduct and produce to the Council all corres-

pondence in any way connected with the Society at the next

Meeting after such correspondence shall have been received

or taken place; to take Minutes of the Proceedings at

Meetings of the Society and the Council; to edit the

Transactions and Journal of Proceedings: and, generally, to

act under the direction of the Council in all matters con-

nected with the welfare of the Society.

2. In the absence from any Meeting of the Society, or the

Council, of both the Secretaries, Minutes of the Proceedings

shall be taken by a Fellow whom the President shall appoint

for the occasion.

Cuap. X. Librarian.

1. It shall be the duty of the Librarian to take care of the

Library and MSS8., and keep a Catalogue thereof, with the

names of the Donors ; to call in all Books borrowed, and see

that the Library regulations are carried into effect.

2. The Council may employ a Sub-Librarian, who shall

BYE-LAWS. XV

receive such remuneration as the Council shall from time to

time determine, and shall be subject to such Rules and

Orders as shall from time to time be given to him by the

Council.

Cap. XI. Lnbrary Regulations.

1. No Fellow shall, without special permission of the

Council, be allowed to borrow from the Library more than

four volumes at one time, or without leave of the Librarian,

to retain any volume longer than one month.

2. If any book be torn, injured, lost, or not forthcoming

when demanded by the Librarian, full compensation shall be

made for the same by the borrower.

8. The Librarian shall call in all books borrowed from the

Library on the 5th day of January and 5th day of July in

each year ; and in case the same be not returned on or before

the Ordinary Meeting of the Society in the following month,

notice thereof shall be given by him to the Council, who

shall then direct a second notice to be sent to the Fellow

retaining any book, and in case the same be not returned

within the further space of four weeks from the date of such

second notice so sent, such Fellow shall in future be dis-

qualified from borrowing books from the Library without the

special permission of the Council.

4. Subject to such Regulations as may be made from time

to time by the Council, the Library shall be open to the Fellows

between the hours of one and .six p.m. on every week-day,

except Saturday, and on that day between one and three

p.m.

5. No stranger shall be allowed access to the Library

unless introduced by a Fellow; but a note addressed to the

Librarian or Secretary shall be deemed a sufficient intro-

duction.

Cuap. XII. Election of Fellows.

1. Every Candidate for admission into the Society shall be

proposed by three or more Fellows, to one of whom he shall

be personally known, and they must sign a Certificate in

recommendation of him. The Certificate shall specify the

name and usual place of residence of the Candidate.

Xvl BYE-LAWS.

2. The Certificate having been read at one of the Ordinary

Meetings shall be suspended in the Library, read again at the

following Ordinary Meeting, and the person therein recom-

mended shall be balloted for at the next Ordinary Meeting.

3. The method of voting shall be by ballot, and two-thirds

of the Fellows balloting shall elect.

4. Fellows shall sign the Obligation Book of the Society

at the first Ordinary Meeting of the Society at which they

are present, and shall then be admitted by the President.

Car. XIII. Adinission Fee and Annual Contribution.

1. The Admission Fee shall be £2 2s, the Annual Con-

tribution £1 1s.

2. Fellows permanently resident out of the United Kingdom

shall pay the Annual Contribution, but shall be exempt from

payment of any Admission Fee.

3. The composition for Life Fellowship, in leu of the

Annual Contribution, shall be £15 15s.

4. The Annual Contribution shall become due on the 1st

day of January in advance; any Fellow elected after Sep-

tember will not be called upon for his Contribution for that

year.

Cuarp. XIV. Withdrawing and Removal of Fellows.

1. Every Fellow, having paid all sums due to the Society,

shall be at liberty to withdraw therefrom upon giving notice

in writing to the Secretary.

2. Whenever written notice of a motion for removing any

Fellow shall be delivered to the Secretary, signed by the

President or Chairman for the time being on the part of the

Council, or by six or more Fellows, such notice shall be read

from the Chair at the two Ordinary Meetings immediately

following the delivery thereof, and the next following Ordinary

Meeting shall be made a Special Meeting and the Fellows

summoned accordingly, when such motion shall be taken into

consideration and decided by ballot; whereat if a majority of

the Fellows balloting shall vote that such Fellow be removed,

he shall be removed from the Society.

BYE-LAWS. XVil

3. Whenever any Fellow shall be in arrear for three years

in the payment of his Annual Contribution, notice thereof in

writing shall be given or sent to him by the Treasurer

with an intimation that at the expiration of three months he

will be liable to have his name erased from the list of Fellows.

In default of payment within that period, the Council may

order his name to be erased accordingly, and he shall there-

upon cease to be a Fellow of the Society.

4. The removal or erasure of the name of a Fellow shall

not affect his liability for Contributions in arrear.

Cuap. XV. Privileges of Fellows.

1. Fellows have the right to be present, to state their

opinions, and to vote, at all General Meetings ; to propose

Candidates for admission into the Society; to introduce

Visitors at General Meetings of the Society ; to have personal

access, and to introduce scientific strangers, to the Library ;

and Fellows who have paid the Annual Contribution for the

year shall be entitled to receive a copy of the Transactions

published during the year.

2. Fellows shall be eligible to any office in the Society,

provided they are not more than one year in arrear in the

payment of the Annual Contribution.

3. A Fellow shall not be entitled to vote on any occasion

until he shall have paid his Contribution for the year last

past.

Cuar. XVI. Honorary Fellows.

1. Every person proposed as an Honorary Fellow shall be

recommended by the Council; and shall be balloted for, and,

if elected, be liable to be removed in the like form and manner,

and be subject to the same rules and restrictions, as an

Ordinary Fellow.

2. Honorary Fellows shall be exempt from the payment of

Fees and Contributions, and shall possess all the privileges

of Ordinary Fellows.

8. No British Subject shall be an Honorary Fellow.

4. The number of Honorary Fellows shall not exceed

twelve.

XV1ll BYE-LAWS.

Cuar. XVII. Ordinary Meetings of the Society.

1. The Ordinary Meetings of the Society shall be held on

the first Wednesday in each month (except January), begin-

ning at eight o’clock in the evening, or at such other days or

times as the Council shall from time to time direct.

2. At the Ordinary Meetings the order of business shall be

as follows :—

(1.) The names of the Visitors present at the Meeting

shall be read aloud by the President.

(2.) The Minutes of the last Meeting shall be read °

aloud by one of the Secretaries, proposed for

confirmation by the Meeting, and signed by the

President.

(3.) The Presents made to the Society since the last

Meeting shall be announced and exhibited.

(4.) Certificates in favour of Candidates for admission

into the Society shall be read, and Candidates

shall be balloted for.

(5.) Fellows shall sign their names in the Obligation

Book, and be admitted.

(6.) Exhibitions of specimens, &c., shall be made.

(7.) Entomological communications shall be announced

and read either by the Author or one of the

Secretaries.

(8.) Business not specified in the above order and dis-

cussions arising out of the exhibitions and

communications shall be taken at such times

and in such manner as the President shall direct.

3. All Memoirs which shall be read at any Meeting of the

Society, and accepted for publication, shall become the

property of the Society, unless otherwise stipulated before

the reading thereof.

4. No Motion relating to the government of the Society,

its Bye-Laws, the management of its concerns, or the election,

appointment, or removal of its Officers, shall be made at any

Ordinary Meeting.

BYE-LAWS. xX1x

Cap. XVIII. Special Meeting.

1. Upon the requisition of six or more Fellows, presented

to the President and Council, a Special General Meeting of

the Society shall be convened ; a notice thereof shall be sent

to every Fellow whose last known residence shall be in the

United Kingdom, at least seven days before such Meeting

shall take place: and any motion to be submitted to such

Meeting which involves a substantive proposition and is not

of the nature of an amendment shall be stated at length in

such notice.

2. No vote shall be taken at any Special Meeting unless

nine or more Fellows shall be present.

Cap. XIX. Annual Meeting.

1. The Annual Meeting of the Society shall be held on the

third Wednesday in January.

2. The objects of the Meeting shall be to receive from the

Council, and hear read, their Annual Report on the general

concerns of the Society; and to choose the Council and

Officers for the ensuing year.

3. The Council for the time being shall annually cause to

be prepared two Lists, one of which (No. 1 in the Schedule

hereto) shall contain the names of Fellows whom they shall

recommend to be re-elected, and of other Fellows to be

elected into the Council; and the other List (No. 2) shall

contain the names of such Fellows as they shall recommend

to fill the offices of President, Treasurer, Secretaries, and

Librarian for the year ensuing ; which Lists shall be read at

the Ordinary Meeting in December, and shall then be fixed

up in the room until the day of election. And copies of such

lists shall be transmitted to every Fellow whose last known

residence shall be in the United Kingdom, before the 20th

December.

4. If any four or more Fellows shall desire to substitute

the name or names of any other Fellow or Fellows to be

elected into the Council or to fill any of the offices of

President, Treasurer, Secretary, or Librarian, such four or

more Fellows shall give notice in writing to that effect,

xX BYE-LAWS.

specifying the name or names of the Fellow or Fellows

proposed to be substituted: such notice to be given on or

before the 31st December to one of the Secretaries, who

shall before the second Wednesday in January transmit a

List of the names proposed to be substituted to every Fellow

whose last known residence shall be in the United Kingdom.

5. If no such notice be given to either of the Secretaries

on or before the 31st December, the Fellows named in the

Lists prepared by the Council shall be the Council and

Officers for the ensuing year.

6. If any such notice be given, the election shall be by

Ballot at the Annual Meeting, and the President shall

appoint two or more Scrutineers from the Fellows present,

not being Members of the Council, to superintend the Ballots

and report the results to the Meeting. The Secretaries,

assisted by the Treasurer, shall prepare a list of the Fellows

entitled to vote, and each Fellow voting shall give his name

to the Scrutineers to be marked on the said List, and shall

then put his balloting lists into the respective glasses to be

provided for such occasion.

7. Any balloting List containing a greater number of

names proposed for any office than the number to be elected

to such office, shall be wholly void, and be rejected by the

Scrutineers.

8. No Ballot shall be taken unless nine or more Fellows

shall be present.

9. If from any cause an election shall not take place of

persons to fill the Council, or any of the offices aforesaid,

then the election of the Council and Officers, or the election

of Officers, as the case may be, shall be adjourned until the

next convenient day, of which notice shall be given in like

manner as is directed for the Annual Meeting.

Cuar. XX. Transactions and Journal of Proceedings.

1. The Transactions shall consist of such papers commu-

nicated to the Meetings of the Society as the Council shall

order to be published therein.

2. The Transactions shall be published quarterly, or at

BYE-LAWS. xxl

such other times, and at such prices as the Council shall

direct for each Part or Volume.

8. Authors of Memoirs published in the Transactions shall

be allowed twenty-five copies of their communications gratis.

If any additional number be required, the permission of the

Council shall be first obtained, and the entire expense thereof

shall be paid for by the Authors.

4, A Journal of Proceedings of the Society shall also be

published, containing Abstracts of the Papers read and

Notices of other Matters communicated at the Ordinary

Meetings of the Society. The Proceedings shall be bound

up with the Transactions.

Cuap. XXI. Alteration of the Bye-Laws.

Any of the Bye-Laws of the Society may at any time be

repealed or altered, or others adopted in lieu thereof, at a

Special Meeting of the Society, to be held after a Notice

given to the President and Council, signed by six Fellows at

least, and specifying the intended repeal or alteration, has

been read at three Ordinary Meetings of the Society.

Xxil BYE-LAWS.

THE SCHEDULE REFERRED TO IN CHAPTER XIX.

No, 1.

Form of List for the Council.

List of Members of the present Council recommended to be

re-elected at the Election on the day of January,18 *:—

A.B:

CD:

GH:

il, dk

| o

E. F. | |

K, Ts.

M.N. |

OP.

3 ae ia

OL ith |

* If any of the Names in this List be objected to, they must be struck

out before the Ballot, and other names, notified as provided by Sec. 4 of

Chapter xix. of the Society’s Bye-Laws, may be substituted in the blank

spaces left for that purpose.

BYE-LAWS. XxXill

No. 2.

Form of List for the Officers.

List of Fellows recommended by the present Council to be

appointed to the Offices of President, Treasurer, Secre-

taries and Librarian, at the Election on the day of

January, 18 *:—

President: ...2.0<c0s0.2- As |

SPGAGUTEI 2c e.sees ee YeB: |

; Ki: CR

Secretaries ......... W.D. |

Ralbrariat <<... .. ssc. V. EB

* If any of the names in this List be objected to, they must be struck

out before the Ballot, and other names, notified as provided by Sec. 4 of

Chapter xix. of the Society’s Bye-Laws, may be substituted in the blank

spaces left for that purpose.

(Psxy *)

List of Fellotus

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Date of HONORARY FELLOWS.

Election.

1894 Foret, Professor Auguste, M.D., The University, Ziirich.

1884 OsrEeN SAcKEN, Baron C. R., Wredeplatz, Heidelberg.

1884 Packarp, Dr. Alpheus S., Providence, Rhode Island, U.S.A.

1872 Saussure, Henri I’. de, Tertasse, 2, Geneva.

1895 ScuppeER, Samuel Hubbard, Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A.

1871 Sexrys-Lonecuampes, Baron M. E. de, Liége.

1885 SNELLEN, Pieter Carl T., Rotterdam.

1895 TuHomson, Dr. C. G., The University, Lund, Sweden.

1893 Warrenwyt, Hofrath Dr. Carl Brunner Von, Trautsohngasse, 6,

Vienna.

FELLOWS.

Marked * is an Original Member.

Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions.

Date of

Election.

1877 ApaAms, Frederick Charlstrom, F.Z.S., 68, St. Ermin’s Mansions,

Caxton-street, Westminster, S.W.

1877. Apbams, Herbert J., Roseneath, London-road, Enfield, N.

1885 ADKIN, Robert, Welljield, Lingards-road, Lewisham, 8.E.

1897 ALpDERSON, Hope, Hilda Vale, Farnborough, Kent.

1886 ArMmore, E. A., 48, High-street, King’s Lynn, Norfolk.

1892 Baty, William Edward, Lynwood House, Paul Churchtown, near

Penzance, Cornwall.

1894 Baker, Walter F., Trent House, Gainsborough.

1886 Bankes, Eustace R., M.A., The Rectory, Corfe Castle, Wareham,

Dorset,

1890 Barcuay, Francis H., F.G.S., Knoti’s Green, Leyton, Essex.

XXvl

1886

1895

1887

1884

1865

1897

LIST OF FELLOWS.

BarGaGui, Nobile Cavaliere Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palazzo

Tempi No.1, Florence, Italy.

BarkeEr, Cecil W., Rownham, Malvern, Natal, South Africa.

Barker, H. W., 147, Gordon-road, Peckham, S8.E.

Barrett, Charles Golding, Inland Revenue Office, Newington Butts,

S.E., and 39, Linden-grove, Nunhead, S.E.

BaRrTON, Stephen, 114, St. Wichael’s Hill, Bristol.

Bates, F., 417, High-road, Chiswick, W.

1894 + Bareson, William, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of St. John’s College,

St. John’s College, Cambridge.

1896 + Beare, Prof. T. Hudson, B.Sc., F.R.S.E., Park House, King’s-road,

Richmond, Surrey.

1851 + Beaumont, Alfred, The Red Cottage, Pond-road, Blackheath, 8.E.

1893

1897

1882

1885

1895

1892

1886

1880

1879

1895

1897

1896

1891

Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Zoological Gardens, Regent's

Park, N.W.

Bennett, W. H., 15, Wellington-place, Hastings.

Bera, Prof. Dr. Carlos, Director del Museo Nacional, Buenos

Aires (Rep. Argent.), South America.

BETHUNE-BAKER, George T., F.L.S., 19, Clarendon-road, Edgbaston,

Birmingham.

Bevan, Lieutenant H.G. R., R.N., 2, Lansdown-place, Cheltenham.

BIppDELL, Walter Cuthbert, 32, The Grove, Bolton Gardens, S.W.

Bippte, F. W., M.A., 3, Knole Paddock, Sevenouks.

BIGNELL, George Carter, 69, Union-strect, Stonehouse, Plymouth.

Biuuurs, T. R., 20, Swiss Villas, Coplestone-road, Peckham, S.E.

Bineuam, Lt.-Col., F.Z.8., Bombay Staff Corps, c/o Messrs. King

& Co., 65, Cornhill, E.C.

Birp, George, W., The Manor-house, West Wickham, Beckenham.

Bisuop, Luke, F.R.G.S., 3, Tokenhouse-buildings, E.C.

Buaser, W. H., F.L.S., 34, Cromwell-road, West Brighton.

1894 + BLACKBURNE-Maze, W. P., Shaw House, Newbury, Berkshire.

1889

1890

1885

1886

1876

1875

1876

1891

1892

BLANDFORD, Walter F. H., M.A., F.Z.S., Secretary, 48, Wimpole-

street, W.

Buatcu, W. G., Knowle, near Birmingham.

Biaruwayt, Lieut.-Col. Linley, F.L.S., Hagle House, Batheuston,

Bath.

BioomrieLp, The Rev. Edwin Newson, M.A., Guestling Rectory,

Hastings.

Borre, Alfred Preudhomme de, Villa la Fauvette, Petit Saconne.,

Geneva.

BorkeER, Wm., junr., F.G.S., Pakyns Manor House, Hurstpierpoint,

Sussex.

BoscueEr, Edward, Bellevue House, Twickenham.

Bootu, George A., Fern Hill, Grange-over-Sands, Carnforth,

Lancashire.

BouskELL, Frank, Market Bosworth, Nuneaton.

1888

1894+ Bow es, E. Augustus, M.A., Myddelton House, Waltham Cross

LIST OF FELLOWS. XXVIl

Bower, B. A., Langley, Eltham-road, Lee, S.E.

Hertfordshire.

1852 + Boyp, Thos., Woodvale Lodge, South Norwood Hill, S.E.

1893

1894

1877

1870

1894

1897

1890

1879

1878

1897

1887

1886

1892

1890

1883

1889

Bravant, Edouard, Chateau de Morenchies, par Cambrai (Nord),

France.

Breyer, Professor H. G., M.D., Gymnasium, Pretoria, Transvaal,

Africa.

Briaes, Charles Adolphus, 55, Lincoln’s Inn Fields, W.C. ; and

Rock House, Lynmouth, North Devon.

Briaas, Thomas Henry, M.A., Rock House, Lynmouth, North

Devon.

Bricut, Percy M., Roccabruna, Bournemouth.

BriGHTweEn, Mrs. E., The Grove, Great Stanmore.

Bristowe8, B. A., Durlstone, Champion Hill, S.E.

BronG@nrart, Le Chevalier Dr. Charles, Assistant d’Entomologie

au Musée Vhistoire naturelle de Paris, Foreign Corr. Geol.

Soc. Lond., Hon. Mem. Geologists’ Assn. Lond., &c., 9, Rue

LTinné, Paris.

Brown, Capt. Thomas, Drury, Auckland, New Zealand.

Brown, F.N., M.R.C.S., The Elms, Chobham, Woking ; and Natal.

Brown, Henry Rowland, M.A., 3, Pump-court, Temple, E.C.

Brown, John, 5, King’s Parade, Cambridge.

Browne, Capt. Clement Alfred Righy, R.E., Southern Mahratta

Railway, Dharwar, India.

Bryant, George, Somerset Lodge, Old Shirley, near Southampton.

Buck ton, George Bowdler, F.R.S., F.L.S., Weycombe, Haslemere,

Surrey.

Burns, Henry, 34, Byrne-road, Balham, 8.W.

1896 + Burr, Malcolm, F.Z.8., Bellagio, Kast Grinstead, Sussex.

1868 | ButLeR, Arthur Gardiner, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., British Museum,

1883

1886

1885

1860

1880

1889

1890

South Kensington, S.W.; and The Lilies, Penge-road, Beckenham,

Kent.

Butter, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Sc.,39, A shley-road, Crouch Hill,N.

CALVERT, Wm. Bartlett, Liceo de Quillota, Quillota, Chili, South

America.

CAMERON, Peter, Union Road, New Mills, Derbyshire.

CAMPBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Brynllwydwyn,

Machynlleth, Montgomeryshire.

CanveEzE, Dr. E., Glain, Liége.

CaNSDALE, W. D., Sunny Bank, South Norwood, S.E.

Cant, A., c/o Fredk. Du Cane Godman, Esq., F.R.S., 10, Chandos-

street, Cavendish-square, W.

Capper, Samuel James, F.L.S. (President of the Lancashire and

Cheshire Entomological Society), Huyton Park, near Liverpool.

XXVUl LIST OF FELLOWS.

1886 Capron, Edward, M.D., Shere, Guildford, Surrey.

1894 Caraccio.o, H., H.M. Customs, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British

West Indies.

1892 CARPENTER, The Honble. Mrs. Beatrice, Kiplin, Northallerton,

Yorkshire.

1895 CarpENTER, G. H., B.Sc., Museum of Science and Art, Dublin.

1868 CARRINGTON, Charles, Carylls, Fay Gate, Horsham.

1890 Carter, George Wm., M.A., F.1.S., Cliff End House, Scarboro’.

1895 Carter, Sir Gilbert, K.C.M.G., 43, Charing Cross, W.C., and

Government House, Nassau, Bahamas.

1889 + Cave, Charles J. T., Binstead, Cambridge.

1871 CuHampion, George C., F.Z.S., Lisrarian, Heatherside, Horsell,

Woking, Surrey ; and 10, Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.

1891 CHapMan, Thomas Algernon, M.D., Elmscroft, Elms-road, Redhill.

1890 CuHaTrerton, Frederick J.8., 78, Clissold-road, Stoke Newington, N.

1897 CHAWNER, Miss Ethel F., Forest Bank, Lyndhurst.

1891 + Cuirry, Arthur J., M.A., 27, Hereford-square, S.W.

1889 Curisty, W. M., M.A., F.L.S., Watergate, Emsworth, Hants.

1886 + CLarK, John Adolphus, The Broadway, London Fields, N.E.

1867 CriarkeE, Alex. Henry, 109, Warwick-road, Earl's Court, S.W.

1886 CLARKE, Charles Baron, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., 13, Kew

Gardens-road, Kew, S.W.

1891 Crarke, Henry Shortridge, 2, Osborne-terrace, Douglas, Isleof Man.

1891 CocKERELL, Theodore D. A., F.Z.S., Mesilla, New Mexico, U.S.A.

1874 Cock LE, Major George, M.A., B.Mus., Oxon., 9, Bolton-gardens,S.W.

1873 Coe, William, 7, Knighton Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

1892 Cowan, Thomas William, F.L.S., F.G.8., F.R.M.S., 31, Belsize

Park Gardens, Hampstead, N.W., and Penleaze, Fowey, Cornwall.

1886 CoweELL, Peter (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public Library),

William Brown-street, Liverpool.

1867 Cox, Herbert Ed., c/o F. 8S. Eve, Esq., 125, Harley-street, W.

1895 CRABTREE, Benjamin Hill, The Oaklands, Levenshulme, Manchester.

1888 CreEGor, J. P., Fredinick, Mayow-road, Sydenham, S.E.

1890 Crewe, Sir Vauncey Harpur, Bart., Calke Abbey, Derbyshire.

1880 +Crisp, Frank, LL.B., B.A., Treasurer L.S., F.G.S., Treasurer

R.M.S., 5, Lansdowne-road, Notting Hill, W.

1888 Croker, A. J., 90, Albert-road, Walthamstow.

1895 Crompton, Sidney, Salamanca, Santa Cruz, Teneriffe, Canary

Islands.

1883 CrowLey, Philip, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Waddon House, Croydon.

1873 Day, C. W., Glanville’s Wootton, Sherborne, Dorset.

1887 Dattry, The Rev. Thomas W., M.A., F.L.S., Madeley Vicarage,

Newcastle, Staffordshire.

1886 Dannart, Walter, F.Z.S., Ivy Dene, Westcombe Park, Blackheath,

S.E.

LIST OF FELLOWS. XX1x

Dent, Hastings Charles, C.E., F.L.8., 20, Thurloe-sguare, 8.W.

Dickson, The Rev. Prof. William Purdie, D.D., LL.D., Professor

of Divinity ia the University of Glasgow, Glasgow.

Distant, Wm. Lucas, 4, Westbourne-terrace, Lower Addiscombe,

Surrey.

Drxety, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.D., Fellow and Bursar of

Wadham College, Wadham College, Oxford.

Dosson, H. T., Ivy House, Acacia Grove, New Malden, Surrey.

Do.py-TyeEr, Charles H., F.R.G.S., Corresponding Member of the

Italian Anthropological Society, British Vice- Consul, Panama.

DoNIsTHORPE, Horace St. John K., F.Z.S., 73, West Cromwell-

road, S.W., and Durandesthorpe, Chiddingfold.

Donovay, Surg.-Captain Charles, M.D., Mangalore, South Canara,

India.

Dorta, Marquis Giacomo, Strada Nuova, Genoa.’

Dormer, The Right Honourable Lord, Cox’s Hotel, Jermyn-street,

S.W.

Dovaias, John Wm., Dartmouth Lodge, 153, Lewisham -road,

Lewisham, 8.E.

Drucr, Hamilton H. C. J., F.Z.S., 43, Cireus-road, St. John’s

Wood, N.W.

Druce, Herbert, F.L.S., F.Z.S., 48, Circus-road, St. John’s Wood,

NW.

Duparon, G. C., Fagoo Tea Estate, Sailihat P.O., vid Julpiguri,

India.

Durrant, John Hartley, The Cottage, Merton Hall, Thetford,

Norfolk.

Easrwoop, John Edmund, Enton Lodge, Witley, Godalming.

Eaton, The Rey. Alfred Edwin, M.A, Woodlands, Seaton,

Aaminster.

Epwarps, James, Colesborne, Andoversford, R.S.O., Gloucestershire.

Epwakbs, Stanley, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Kidbrook-lodge, Blackheath,

S.E.

Exuis, Joho W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 18, Rodney-street, Liverpool.

Ewes, Henry John, J.P., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Colesborne,

Andoversford, R.S.O., Gloucestershire.

Enock, Frederick, F.L.S., 13, Tufnell Park-road, Holloway, N.

Farn, Albert Brydges, Mount Nod, Greenhithe, Kent; ana

Medical Department, Local Government Board, Whitehall, S.W.

FENN, Charles, Hversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee, S.E.

Fenwick, Nicholas Percival, Holmwood, South Bank, Surbiton

Hill, Kingston-on-Thames.

1890

1886

1855

LIST OF FELLOWS.

Ferepay, R. W., Christchurch, Canterbury, New Zealand.

FERNALD, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A.

Finzi, John A., Hanover Lodge, 77, St. Helen’s-gardens, N.

Kensington, W.

Fircu, Edward A., F.L.S., Brick House, Maldon, Essex.

Fitrcu, Frederick, Hudleigh House, Highbury New Park, N.

FLETCHER, J. E., 2, Bedwardine-road, St. Johns, Worcester.

t+ FLETCHER, William Holland B., M.A., Fairlawn, Worthing,

Sussea,

FLEUTIAUX, Edmond, 6, <Avenue Suzanne, Nogent-sur-Marne,

France.

FoKKeEr, A. J. F., Zierikzee, Zeeland, Netherlands.

Fow.erR, The Rev. Canon, M.A., F.L.S., Vicke-PREsIDENT, The

School House, Lincoln.

FREEMAN, Francis Ford, Abbotsfield, Tavistock, South Devon.

FREKE, Percy Evans, Step House, Borris, Co. Carlow, Ireland.

FREMLIN, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Mereworth, Maidstone,

Kent.

Frouawk, F. W., 34, Widmore-road, Bromley, Kent.

Fry, Alexander, F.L.8., Thornhill House, Dulwich Wood Park,

Norwood, S.E.

FRYER, Charles John, 410, Wandsworth-road, S.W.

Fuuier, The Rev. Alfred, M.A., The Lodge, 7, Sydenham-hill,

Sydenham, S.E.

GAHAN, Charles Joseph, M.A., British Museum (Natural History),

South Kensington, S.W.; and 16, Ashchurch-grove, Shepherd's

Bush, W.

GALE, C. H., Public Works Department, Hong Kong.

GALTON, Francis, M.A., D.C.L., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., 42, Rutland

Gate, S.W.

GarDE, Philip de la, R.N., H.M.S. “ Waterwitch,’ Australian

Station.

GARDNER, John, 6, Friars-gate, Hartlepool.

Gipps, Arthur Ernest, F.L.S., Avenue House, St. Albans, Hert-

Fordshire.

5 tGopMan, Frederick Du Cane, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., South Lodge,

Lower Beeding, Horsham, Sussex; 7, Carlos-place, Grosvenor-

square ; and 10, Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.

GoLpTHwaltT, Oliver, 3, Duke of Edinburgh-road, Carshalton,

Surrey.

tGoopricu, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Lennox Lodge, Malvern

Links.

GorHAM, Rev. Henry Stephen, F.Z.S., The Chestnuts, Shirley

Warren, Southampton.

LIST OF FELLOWS. XXxl

1874 Goss, Herbert, F.L.S8., F.G.S., The Avenue, Surbiton-hill,

Kingston-on- Thames.

1886 GREEN, A. P., Colombo, Ceylon.

1891 GREEN, E. Ernest, Eton Estate, Punduloya, Ceylon.

1894 Green, Joseph F., F.Z.S., West Lodge, Blackheath, S.E.

1865 GREENE, The Rev Joseph, M.A., Rostrevor, Clifton, Bristol.

1893 + GREENWooD, Henry Powis, F.L.S., care of Thomas Greenwood,

Esq., Alderbury Farm-house, Salisbury.

1888 Grirritus, G. C., 43, Caledonian-place, Clifton, Bristol.

1894 GrimsHaw, Percy H., Natural History Department, Edinburgh

Museum of Science and Art, Edinburgh.

1897 Haauer, Henry, 83, Leyland-road, Southport.

1890+ Haut, A. E., Norbury, Pitsmoor, Sheffield.

1885 Hawi, Thomas William, “ Stanhope,” The Crescent, Croydon.

1891 Hampson, Sir George Francis, Bart., B.A., 36, Tedworth-square,

Chelsea, S.W.

1891 Hanpury, Frederick J., F.L.8., 69, Clapton Common, Clapton, N.F.

1877 HarpineG, George, The Grove, Fishponds, Bristol.

1897 Harrison, Albert, F.C.S., 72, Windsor-road, Forest Gate, E.

1889 Harrison, John, 7, Gawber-road, Barnsley, Yorkshire.

1892 Heapty, Charles Burnard, Two Elms, Alexwandra-road, Stoneygate,

Leicester.

1892 Hearn, Edward Alfred, M.D., F.L.S., 114, Ebury-street, Pimlico,

S.W.

1889 Henn, Arnold Umfreville, Bow 1282, Post Office, Sydney, N.S. W.

1881 Henry, George, 38, Wellington-square, Hastings.

1888 Hiaas, Martin Stanger, F.C.S., Eastleigh Gold Mines, Ltd.,

Klerksdorp, Transvaal.

1891 Hii, Henry A., 9, Addison Mansions, Kensington, W.

1876 + HILLMAN, Thomas Stanton, Kastgate-street, Lewes, Sussex.

1896 Hocxine, The Rev. John, M.A., Copdock Rectory, Ipswich.

1888 Hopson, The Rev. J. H., B.A., 32, Wilton-place, Halifax.

1887 Ho.uanp, The Rev. W. J., D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue, Pittsburg,

Penn. USA.

1897 Horne, Arthur, Ugie Bank, Aberdeen.

1876 t HorNIMAN, Fredk. John, M.P., F.L8., F.Z.8., &c., Surrey

Mount, Forest Hill, S.E.

1865+ Hupp, A. E., ‘“ Clinton,” Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol.

1888 Hupson, George Vernon, The Post Office, Wellington, New Zealand.

1897 ImacE, Selwyn, M.A., 6, Sowthampton-street, W.C.

1893 Irpy, Lieutenant-Colonel Leonard Howard Loyd, F.L.S., F.Z.S.,

14, Cornwall-terrace, Regent’s Park, N.W.

1891 IsaBeLL, The Rev. John, 65, Waddon Old-road, Croydon.

XxXXil LIST OF FELLOWS.

1886 Jacosy, Martin, 7, Hemstall-road, West Hampstead, N.W.

1892. JAFFREY, Francis, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 8, Queen’s Ride, Burnes, S.W

1869 Janson, Oliver E., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N.; and

44, Great Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.

1886 JENNER, James Herbert Augustus, 4, East-street, Lewes.

1886 Joun, Evan, Llantrisant, Pontypridd, Glamorganshire.

1889 JonNnson, The Rev. W. F., M.A., Acton Rectory, Poyntz Puss,

Newry, Ireland.

1888 Jones, Albert H., Shrublands, Eltham, Kent.

1894 Jones, Frederic Whitworth, Cleef, Vryburg, British Bechuana-

land, Africa.

1894 + Jorpan, Dr. K., The Museum, Tring, Hertfordshire.

1884 Kane, W. F. de Vismes, M.A., M.R.LA., Drumleaske House,

Monaghan, Ireland.

1884 Kapp, A. W., F.L.S., Hilden, 20, Sutton Court-road, Chiswick, W.

1876 + Kay, John Dunning, Leeds.

1896 + Kaye, William James, Worcester Court, Worcester Park, Surrey.

1884 Keays, F. Lovell, F.LS., 26, Charles-street, St. James's, S.W.

1894 KEEBLE, Henry.

1890 Kenrick, G. H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston, Bir-

mingham.

1890 Kimber, Miss M., Cope Hall, Enborne, Newbury, Berks.

1889 Kine, J. J. F. X., 207, Sauchiehall-street, Glasgow.

1861 Kuirpy, William F., F.L.8., Hilden, 20, Sutton Court-road, Chiswick,

1893 KrrKkaupy, George Willis, St. Abbs, Worple-road, Wimbledon,

S.W.

1889 KuapAuEK, Professor Franz, Trebon, Wittingau, Bohemia.

1887 +t Kier, Sydney T., F.L.8., F.R.A.S., The Red House, Stanmore,

Middlesex.

1876 Kraartz, Dr. G., 28, Link-strasse, Berlin.

1895 Kranz, Paul, Bow 413, Pretoriu, Transvaal, South Africa.

1868 Lana, Colonel A.M., R.E., Box Grove Lodge, Guildford, Surrey.

1895 Larrer, Oswald H., M.A., Charterhouse, Godalming, Surrey.

1887+ Leecu, John Henry, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., &e., [ford

Manor, Lewes, Sussex.

1883 Lemann, Fredk. Charles, Blackfriars House, Plymouth.

1892 Leswir, J. H., 58, Poxbourne-road, Upper Tooting, S.W.

1876 Lewis, George, F.L.S., St. Regulus, Archer’s-road, Southampton

1892 Licurroot, R. M., Bree-st., Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope.

1886 Livert, H. W., M.D., Wells, Somerset.

LIST OF FELLOWS. XXXUl

1865 + LLEWELYN, Sir John Talbot Dillwyn, Bart., M.A., M.P., F.L.S.,

Penllergare, Swansea.

1881 + Lueyp, Alfred, F.C.S., The Dome, Bognor, Sussex.

1885 + Luoyp, Robert Wolie. St. Cuthberts, Thurleigh-road, Nightingale-

lane, Clapham Common, 8.W.

1894 Lowe, The Rev. Frank E., M.A., St. Stephen’s Vicarage,

Guernsey.

1850 Lower, W. H., M.D., Woodcote Lodge, Inner Park-road, Wimbledon

Park, 5.W.

1893 Lower, Oswald B., Bleak House, Park Side, Adelaide, South

Australia.

1850 + Luspock, The Right Honble. Sir John, Bart., M.P., D.C.L.,

F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., etc., High Elms : See Kent.

1880 Lupron, ae Tyndh uret, North Grange-road, Headingley, Leeds.

1887 M‘DouGcaALL, James Thomas, Dunolly, Morden-road, Blackheath,

S.E.

1851 + M‘Inrosu, J.

1888 Mackinnon, P. W., Lynndale, Mussoorie, N.W.P., India.

1892 Macxonocuir, The Rev. J. A., B.A. (Chaplain to the Earl

of Home), Douglas Castle, Lunarkshire; and The Hirsel,

Coldstream.

1858 McLacutan, Robert, F.R.S., F.L.8., F.Z.S., Vice-PRESIDENT and

TREASURER, Westview, 23, Clarendon-road, Lewisham, 8.E.

1887 Manveérs, Surgeon-Captain Neville, L.R.C.P., M.R.C.8., Colombo,

Ceylon.

1891 Mancer, William T., 100, Manor-road, Brockley, 8.E.

1892 MaAwnspripGe, William, 9, The Green, Stratford, E.

1894 + MarsHaL, Alick, Auchinraith, Bexley, Kent.

1895 Marsa, G. A. K., The Masters Office, Salisbury, Mashonaland,

South Africa.

1896 ManrsHatt, P., M.A., B.Sc., F.G.8S., Grammar School, are,

New Mee

1865 Marsnau, The Rev. Thos. Ansell, M.A., Poste restante, Ajaccio,

Corsica.

1856+ MarsHat, William, Auchinraith, Bexley, Kent.

1897 Marrineav, Alfred H., Solihull, Birmingham.

1874+ Mason, Philip Brookes, M.R.C.S., F.L.8., Trent House, Burton-

on- Trent.

1895 Massey, Herbert, Ivy-Lea, Burnage, Withington, Manchester.

1865 MATHEW, Gervase F., R.N., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., Lee House,

Dovercourt, Harwich.

1887 Marruews, Coryndon, Plympton St. Mary, South Devon,

1860 May, John William, K.N.L., Blenheim House, Parson’s Green-

lane, Fulham, S.W.

XXXIV LIST OF FELLOWS.

1872+ Metpoua, Professor Raphael, F.R.S., F.C.S., Vice-PRESIDENT,

6, Brunswick-square, W.C.

1885 Metviti, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S8., Brook House, Prestwich,

Lancashire.

1887 MerRIFIELD, Frederic, SECRETARY, 24, Vernon-terrace, Brighton.

1888 Meryer-Darcis, G., c/o Sogin & Meyer, Wohlen, Switzerland.

1880 Meyrick, Edward, B.A., F.Z.S., Elmswood, Marlborough, Wilt-

shire.

1894 Mratu, Professor Louis Compton, F.R.S., Crag Foot, Ben Rhydding,

Leeds.

1883 Mies, W. H., The New Club, Calcutta.

1896 Mover y, J. C., M.A., 9, Rochkstone-place, Southampton.

1879 Monrerro, Senhor Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, 72, Rua de

Alecreon, Lisbon.

1853 Moore, Frederic, D.Sc., A.L.S., F.Z.S., Claremont House, Avenuc-

road, Croydon-road, Penge, S.E.

1886 Morean, A.C. F., F.LS., 24, Leinster-square, W.

1889 + Morice, The Rev. F. D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College, Oxford,

Brunswick, Mount Hermon, Woking.

1895 + Mor ey, Claude, 34, Berners-street, Ipswich.

1893 Morvron, Kenneth J., 13, Bluckford-road, Edinburgh.

1889 Mostey, 8. L., Beawmont Park, Huddersfield.

1869 + MiituER, Albert, F.R.G.S.

1872 + Murray, Lieut.-Colonel H., 43, Cromwell Houses, Cromwell-

road, S.W.

1896 Nesuam, Robert, Utrecht House, Queen’s-road, Clapham Park, S.W.

1889 NeEvINson, Basil George, M.A., F.Z.S., 3, Tedworth-square,

Chelsea, S.W.

1887 Newman, The Rev. W. J. H., M.A., The Vicarage, Steeple

Barton, Oxon.

1890 Newsread, R., The Museum, Chester.

1882 NickEVILLE, Lionel de, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Indian Museum ; and 13,

Kyd-street, Caleutta.

1895 Nicuo.son, Charles, 202, Evering-road, Clapton, N.E.

1886 NuicHouson, William E., School Hill, Lewes, Sussex.

1893 NONFRIED, A. F., Rakonitz, Bohemia.

1897 Norris, Albert, Church-lane, Napier, New Zealand.

1886 Norris, Herbert E., 15, Warket-place, Cirencester.

1878 NorripGe, Thomas, Ashford, Kent.

1895 Norse, Captain C.G., F.R.G.S., Indian Staff Corps, 5, St. Mary’s-

square, Bury St. Edmunds.

1869 OpertTHtr, Charles, Rennes, France.

1877 OperTHiR, René, Rennes, France.

LIST OF FELLOWS. XXXKV

1893 + OGLE, Bertram §8., Steeple Aston, Oxfordshire.

1883 OxLprIELD, George W., M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., 21, Longridge-

road, Earl’s Court, S.W.

1893 OLtverR, John Baxter, 12, Avenue-road, St. John’s Wood,

N.W.

1873 OxtviER, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (Allier), France.

1878 OrmeERoD, Miss Eleanor A., F.R.Met.S., Torrington House, Holy-

well Hill, St. Albans, Herts.

1895 Pace, Herbert E., 25, Casella-road, New Cross, S.E.

1893 PauicKke, Wilhelm, 4, Marienstrasse, Freiburg im Breisgau, Ger-

many.

1897 Perers, C. H., M.A., Harrow Weald, Middlesex.

1897 PrGLER, Stephen, Retford.

1897 Premperton, Charles H., 4, Kent’s-terrace, Torquay.

1883 PrERINGUEY, Louis, South African Museum, Cape Town, South

Africa.

1879 Perkins, Vincent Robt., Wotton-under-EHdge, Gloucestershire.

1887 Puitiirs, Charles Edmund Stanley, Castle House, Shooter's

Hili, Kent.

1897 Puivtirps, Hubert C., M.R.C.S., 83, Shirland-ygurdens, Paddington,

Ww.

1891 Prerce, Frank Nelson, 1, The Elms, Dingle, Liverpool.

1885 Pou, J. R. H. Neerwort van de, Heerengracht 476, Amster-

dam.

1870 + Porritt, Geo. T., F.L.8., Crosland Hall, Huddersfield.

1884 +t PouLton, Professor Edward B., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.GS.,

F.Z.S., Hope Professor of Zoology in the University of

Oxford, Wykeham House, Banbury-road, Oxford.

1851 Preston, The Rev. Thomas Arthur, M.A., F.L.S., Thurcaston

Rectory, Leicester.

1878 Price, David, 48, West-street, Horsham, Sussex.

1893 Prout, Louis Beethoven, 246, Richmond-road, Dalston, N.E.

1882 t RamMspEN, Hildebrand, M.A., F.L.S., 26, Upper Bedford-place,

Russell-square, W.C.

1874 REED, Edwyn C., C.M.Z.S., Bunos de Cauquenes, Chili.

1893 Reip, Captain Savile G., late R.E., The Elms, Yalding,

Maidstone, Kent.

1891 Reip, William, Pitcaple, Aberdeenshire.

1890 RENDLEsHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, Rendlesham Hall, Wood-

bridge, Suffolk.

1886 Ruopes, John, 360, Blackburn-road, Accrington, Lancashire.

XXXV1 LIST OF FELLOWS.

1891 Ricuarpson, Nelson M., B.A., Monte Video, near Weymouth,

Dorset.

1894 Rurpinc, William Steer, B.A., M.D., Buckerell Lodge, Buckerell,

near Honiton, Devon.

1853 Rrreox, The Most Noble the Marquis of, K.G., D.C.L., F.B.S.,

F.L.S., etc., 9, Chelsea Embankment, 8.W.

1889 Ropinson, Arthur, B.A., 1, Mitre Court Buildings, Temple,

E.C.

1892 Roprinson, Sydney C., Goldsmith's Hall, K.C.

1869 + Roprnson-DouGias, William Douglas, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.G.S.,

Orchardton, Castle Douglas, N.B.

1890 Rosson, John Emmerson, Hartlepool.

1886 Rose, Arthur J., Sharrow House, Hutherley Crescent, Sideup.

1868 RoruNney, George Alexander James, 8, Versailles-road, Anerley,

S.E.

1894 RoruscHiLp, The Honble. Nathaniel Charles, F.Z.S., 148, Pzeca-

dilly, W.; and Tring Park, Tring, Herts.

1888 + Roruscuitp, The Honble. Walter, F.Z.S., 148, Piccadilly, W.;

and Tring Park, Tring, Herts.

1890 RovurLenGE, G. B., Tarn Lodge, Heads Nook, Carlisle.

1892 RussE.L, 8. G. C., 19, Lombard-street, E.C.

1894 Rye, Bertram George, 212, Upper Richmond-road, Putney,

SW.

1894 Rytanps, Thos. Glazebrook, F.L.S., F.G.8S., Highfields, Thelwall,

Warrington.

1866+Satvin, Osbert, M.A. F.R.S., F.LS., 10, Chandos-street,

Cavendish-square, W. ; and Hawksfold, Fernhurst, Sussex.

1886 Satwey, Reginald E., Sungate, Hook-road, Kingston-on- Thames,

1865 + SaunDERsS, Edward, F.L.S., St. Ann’s, Mount Hermon, Woking,

Surrey.

1861 +t SaunvDERS, G. 8., 20, Dents-road, Wandsworth Common, 8.W.

1886 SauNDERS, Prof. Wm., Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa,

Canada (President of the Entomological Society of Ontario).

1881 Scotiick, A. J., Boldrewood, Ditton Hill, Surbiton, Kingston-on-

Thames.

1864 SemMpPeR, George, care of Bernhard Beer, Esq., 10, Newgate-

street, E.C.

1862 Suarp, David, M.A., M.B., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Hawthorndene,

Hills-road, Cambridge; and University Museum of Zoology and

Comparative Anatomy, Cambridge.

1883 SHaAw, A. Eland, M.R.C.S., Fakenham, Norfolk.

1883 +t SHELLEY, Capt. George Ernest, F.G.S., F.Z.S., 10, Thurloe-

square, S.W.

1887 Sicu, Alfred, Brentwood, 65, Barrowgute-road, Chiswick, W.

1887

1869

1895

1885

1897

LISt OF FELLOWS. XXXVll

Sipewick, Arthur, M.A., Fellow of Corpus Christi College, Oxford,

64, Woodstock-road, Oxford.

Smiru, Henley Grose, F.Z.S., 5, Bryanston-square, Hyde Park, W.

Smiru, W. W., Ashburton, Cunterbury, New Zealand.

SoutuH, Richard, 100, Ritherdon-road, Upper Tooting, 8.W.

Sparkes, E.G. J., B.A., 1, Christchurch Villas, Tooting Bec-road,

S.W.

* +Spence, William Blundell, Florence, Italy.

1889

1890

1897

1862

1837

1889

1896

1895

1882

1884

1894

1876

1893

1892

1886

1892

1897

1893

STaNnDEN, Richard §., F.L.8., Thorpe Hall, near Colchester.

STEARNS, A. E., 99, Gloucester-terrace, Hyde Park, W.

SrTepsinc, E. P., Indian Forest Service, c/o King, Hamilton

and Co., Calcutta.

STEVENS, John S., 4, Pope’s-grove, Twickenham.

STEVENS, Samuel, F.L.S., Loanda, Beulah Hill, Upper Norwood,

S.E.

Srraton, C. R., F.R.C.S., West Lodge, Wilton, Salisbury.

STRICKLAND, A. Gerald, 28, Elm Park-gardens, S.W.

Strupp, E. F., M.A., B.C.L., Oxton, Exeter.

Swanzy, Francis, Stanley House, Granville-road, Sevenoaks.

SWINHOE, Colonel Charles, M.A., F.L.S8., F.Z.S., Avenue House,

Oxford.

SwINHOE, Ernest, Avenue House, Oxford.

Swinton, A. H., c/o General Callender, Clovernooke, Redbridge,

Southampton.

Taytor, Charles B., Rae-street, Rae Town, Kingston, Jamaica,

Tay or, The Rev. George W., F.R.S. (Canada), St. Alban’s Rectory,

Nanaimo, British Columbia.

THEOBALD, F. V., M.A., Lecturer in Economic Entomology and

Zoology to the South Eastern Agricultural College, Wye Court,

near Ashford, Kent.

THORNLEY, The Rev. A., M.A., South Leverton Vicarage, Lincoln.

ToMLIN, B., 59, Liverpool-road, Chester.

TOWNSEND, Professor C. H. Tyler, Las Cruces, New Mexico,

U.S.A.

1859+ Trimen, Roland, F.R.S., F.L.S., PresipENT, 87, Gloucester-

1895

1597

1893

1894

1886

1893

place, W.

TUNALEY, Henry, 30, Fairmont-road, Brixton Hill, 8.W.

TunsTaLL, Wilmot, Brook-house, Meltham, Huddersfield.

TuRNER, Henry Jerome, 13, Drakefell-road, St. Catherine's Park,

Hutcham, 8.E.

TurRNER, Thomas, Cullompton, Devon.

Tutt, J.W., Rayleigh Villa, Westcombe Park, Blackheath, S.E.

Unicu, Frederick William, Railway Extension Office, Arimu,

Trinidad, British West Indies.

XXXVIll LIST OF FELLOWS.

1866 VERRALL, George Henry, Sussex Lodge, Newmarket.

1897 Vice, William A., M.B., Belvoir-street, Leicester.

1889 Vivian, H. W., Glenafon, Taibach, South Wales; and Trinity

College, Cambridge.

1895 Wacue_r, Sidney, F.R.C.S., Dane John, Canterbury.

1897 WarnwreicHt, Colbran J., 2, Handsworth Wood-road, Hands-

worth, Birmingham.

1876 WAKEFIELD, Charles Marcus, F.L.S., Belmont, Uxbridge.

1870 Watker, The Rev. Francis Augustus, D.D., F.L.S., Dun Mallard,

Cricklewood, N.W.

1878 Waker, James J., R.N., F.LS., 23, Ranelagh-road, Marine

Town, Sheerness.

1863 +Wauuace, Alfred Russel, D.C.L., Oxon., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S8.,

Corfe View, Parkstone, Dorset.

1866 + Watsincuam, The Right Hon. Lord, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.LS.,

F.Z.S., High Steward of the University of Cambridge, Merton

Hall, Thetford, Norfolk ; and 66a, Eaton-square, 8.W.

1886 Warren, Wm., M.A., 80, Frithville Gardens, Shepherd’s Bush, W.

1869 Warernouss, Charles O., Ingleside, Avenue Gardens, Acton, W. ;

and British Museum, Cromwell-road, S.W.

1893 Wess, John Cooper, 32, Henslowe-road, Dulwich, S.E.

1876+ WesTERN, E. Young, 36, Lancaster Gate, Hyde Park, W.

1886 WHEELER, Francis D., M.A., LL.D., Paragon House School,

Norwich.

1865 Wuhuirr, The Rev. W. Farren, M.A., Stonehouse Vicarage,

Gloucestershire. 2

1884 Wuitr, William, The Ruskin Museum, Meersbrook Park,

Sheffield.

1896 Witteman, A. E., c/o J. W. B. Wileman, A bridge, Romford.

1894 Wiuson, Edwin, Post Office-terrace, Cambridge.

1894 Wottry-Dop, F. H., Box 225, Calgary, Alberta, N.W.T. Canada.

1881 Woop, The Rey. Theodore, 23, Broderick-road, Upper Tooting,

S.W.

1894 Wootr, Michael Yeatman, 1, Marlborough-place, St. John’s Wood,

INZW..

1897 Wricut, Dudley D’A., M.R.C.S., I:.R.C.P., 55, Queen Anne-street,

1891 WrovuGutTon, R. C., Conservator of Forests, Indian Forest Service,

Bombay, India.

1888 YeERBuRY, Colonel John W., late R.A., F.Z.S., Army and Navy

Club, Pall Mall, 8.W.

1892 YoupaLE, William Henry, F.R.M.S., 52, Main-street, Cockermouth,

Cumberland.

€ xsaix,))

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

Durinc THE YEAR 1897.

Apamson (C. H. E.). Catalogue of Butterflies collected in Burmah up to the

end of 1895. 8vo, Newcastle-on-Tyne, 1897. The Author.

ANDRE (Ed. et Ernest). Species des Hyménoptéres d’ Europe et d’ Algérie.

Tome V., par le Rev. T. A. Marshall. 8vo, Gray, 1891.

The Author.

AsuMeap (W. H.). Descriptions of new Cynipidous Galls and Gall-Wasps

in the United States National Museum.

[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIX., 1896. ] The Author.

Barrett (C. G:). Lepidoptera of the British Islands. Vol. IV. Hetero-

cera: Noctuze. 8vo, London, 1897. The Publishers.

Bere {C.). Contribucion al estudio de los Hemipteros de la Tierra del

Fuego.

{An. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, Tomo V., 1896. ]

Comunicaciones Lepidopterologicas acerca de Veinticinco Ropalo~

ceros Suda-Americanos.

[An. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, Tomo V., 1897. | The Author.

BERLESE (Ant.). Le Cocciniglie Italiane viventi sugli agrumi. Parte I.-ITI.

8vo, Firenze, 1893—1896. The Author.

BEUTENMULLER (W.). Descriptive Catalogue of the Sphingidze found

within Fifty Miles of New York “City.

[Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. VII., 1895.]

Critical Review of the Sesiide found in America, North of Mexico.

[Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. VIII., 1896. | The Author.

Broccui (Dr.). Rapport sur les observations faites en 1895 a la station

entomologique de Paris. 8vo, Paris, 1896. The Author.

Branprorp (W. F. H.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Sanvin (QO. Biologia

Centrali-Americana. |

[See Grassi (B.) and Sanpras (A.).]

(Seal 2}

Bucxton (G. B.). Notes on Indian Aphides (1893).

The Mango Shoot Psylla (1893).

Notice of a New Indian Homopteron (1895).

Notes on Two New Species of Gall-Aphids from the N.W. Hima-

layan Region (1896).

(Ind. Mus. Notes, 1893—1896. | The Author.

Burr (M.). On New Species of Forficularia.

[Ann. & Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. XIX., 1897. ] The Author.

CamBrinGE (F. O.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (0.). Biologia

Centrali-Americana |

CamBripGE (O. P.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvrn (0.). Biologia

Centrali-A mericana. |

CAMERON (P. ye Hymenoptera Orientalia, or Contributions to a anew tee

ot the Hymenoptera of the Oriental Zoological Region. Pt.

[Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. & Philos. Soc., Vol. XaInTE

menor

[See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (O.). Biologia Centrali-

Americana. |

Casey (T. L.). Coleopterological Notices. No. VII.

[Ann. N. York Acad. Sci., Vol. IX., 1897. | The Author.

CuAmpion (G.C.). List of Tenebrionidze supplementary to the ‘‘ Munich”

Catalogue.

[Mém. Soc. Ent. Belge, III., 1895. } By Exchange.

List of the Aigialitide and Cistelidse supplementary to the ‘‘ Munich”

Catalogue.

[Mém. Soc. Ent. Belge, VI., 1897. | The Author.

[See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvrn (O.). Biologia Centrali-

Americana. |

CHITTENDEN (F. H.). Some little-known Insects affecting Stored Vegetable

Products. The Asparagus Beetles.

[Year Book U. 8. Dept. Agric. for 1896. |

U.S. Dept. Agriculture.

CockERELL (T. D. A.). Onthe danger to American Horticulture from the

introduction of Injurious Insects. 4to, Mesilla, New Mexico,

1897. The Author.

The Food Plants of Scale Insects (Coccide).

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIX., 1897. |

Directions for Collecting and Preserving Scale Insects.

[Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 39, Pt. I., 1897.]

Smithsonian Institution.

Notes on New Mexican Flowers and their Insect Visitors.

| Botanical Gazette, Aug., 1897. |

The San José Seale and its nearest allies.

[Bull. U. 8. Dept. Agric. Div. Ent. Techn. Ser., Bull. No. 6.]

The Author.

Coquittett (D. W.). Revision of the Tachinide of America, North of

Mexico, a Family of Parasitic Two-winged Insects.

[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Div. Ent., Techn. Ser., Bull. No. 7, 1897. ]

U. &. ’ Dept. Agriculture.

( xii )

Dawa Torre (C.G. de). Catalogus Hymenopterorum hucusque descriptorum

systematicus et synonymicus. Vol. VIII. 8vo, Lipsie, 1897.

Purchased.

Druce (Herbert). Descriptions of New Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera

from Central and South America.

[P. Z. S. Lond., 1893. ]

Descriptions of some New Species of Heterocera from Central

America. (2 parts).

[Ann. & Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. XIII., 1894. ]

Descriptions of some New Species of Heterocera from the Eastern

slands and Tropical America.

[Ann. & Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. XV., 1895. ]

Descriptions of some New Species of ee from Tropical

America.

[Ann. & Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. XVI., 1895. ]

Descriptions of Five New Species of Castnia from Tropical South

America.

[Ann. & Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. XVII., 1896. ]

Descriptions of some New Species of Heterocera from Tropical

Africa.

[Ann. & Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. XVII., 1896. ]

Descriptions of some New Genera and Species of Heterocera from

Central and Tropical South America.

[Ann. & Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. XVIII., 1896.] The Author.

[See Gopman (F. D.) and Satyvin (O.). Biologia Centrali-

Americana. |

DurRAnt (J. H.). [See WatstncHam (Lord). |

Dyar (3E G.). Larvae of ae eres Bombyces (Agrotides, Grote).

[Proe. Boston Soc. N , Vol. XXVII., 1896.]- The Author.

EpwarbDs (James). The Hemiptera-Homoptera (Cicadina and Psyllina) of

the British Islands. 8vo, London, 1896. The Publishers.

Ewes (H. J.), & Epwarps (J.). A Revision of the Oriental Hespertidz.

[Trans. Z. S. Lond., Vol. XIV., Pt. 4, 1897. ] The Authors.

Foret (A.). Zur Fauna und Lebensweise der Ameisen im columbischen

Urwald.

| Mit. Schweiz. Ent. Gesell, Bd. 9, 1896. |

Deux Fourmis d’Espagne. Communication verbale sur les

_ meeurs des Fourmis de l Amérique Tropicale.

[Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, Tome XLI., 1897. |

Ameisen aus Nossi-Bé, Majunga, Juan de Nova (Madagaskavr), oie

Aldabra-Inseln und Sansibar. Gesammelt von Herrn Dr. A.

Voeltzkow.

|Abhandl. Senck. nat. Gesell. Bd. XXI., Frankfort am M., 1897. |

The Author.

Fow.ter (W. W.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Sanvirn (0O.). Biologia

Centrali-Americana. |

GopMAN (F. D.) and Sanvin (O.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. Araneidea

by O. P. and F. O. Cambridge. Insecta by W. F. H. Blandford,

P. Cameron, G. C. Champion, H. Druce, W. W. Fowler, F. D.

Godman, A. Pictet, O. Salvin, H. de Saussure, D. Sharp, and

F. M. van der Wulp. Parts CXXXI.—CXXXIX.

The Editors.

(@ xi =)

GRANDIDIER (A.). Histoire Physique, Naturelle et Politique de Madagascar ;

Vol. XXVII. Histoire Naturelle des Myriapodes—Atlas. Par

H. de Saussure. 4to, Paris, 1897. The Author.

Grassi (B.) & Sanpras (A.). The Constitution and Development of the

Society of Termites. Observations on their Habits; with

Appendices on the Parasitic Protozoa of Termitidee, and on the

Embiide. Translated by W. F. H. Blandford.

[Qr. Journ. Micros. Sci., Vols. XXXIX., XL., 1897.]

The Translator.

GREEN (E. Ernest}. The Coccide of Ceylon. Part I. Svo, London, 1896.

The Author.

GrimsHAaw (Perey H.). I. On some Type Specimens of Lepidoptera and

Coleoptera: and II. Ona Melanie Specimen of Hestina nama

(Doubleday) in the Edinburgh Museum of Science and Art.

[Trans. Royal Soc. Edinb., Vol. XXXIX., Pt. I., 1897, ]

The Author.

Grote (A. Radcliffe). Entwurf eines diphyletischen Stammbaumes der

europiischen Tagfalter.

Die Schmetterlingsfauna von Hildesheim.

Classification der Schmetterlinge—Die Nachtpfanenaugen mit

besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Fliigelbildung.

[Mittheil. Roemer-Mus. Hildesheim, 1897. |

Hind Wings of the Day Butterflies.

[Canadian Entom., Vol. XXIX., 1897. | The Author.

GuéRIN-MENEVILLE (M. F. E.). Species et Iconographie Générique des

Animaux Articulés: 1¢ partie. Insectes Coléoptéres. Nos.

1-85 (wanting Nos. 30-32). 8vo, Paris, 1843-49. Purchased.

Hampson (Sir G. F.). Fauna of British India. including Ceylon and Burma.

Moths.—Vol. ITV. 8vo, London, 1896. The Author.

HotmGReEN (Emil). Studier éfver hudens och de kértelartade hudorganens

mortologia.

|Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handlingar, Bd. XXVII,, No. 4, 1895. |

The Academy.

“Hope Reports,” edited by E. Poulton, Vol. I., 1893-97. 8vo, Oxford,

1897. The Editor.

Howarp (L. O.). A Study of Insect Parasitism, &c.

U. S. Dep. Agric. Div. Ent. Tech. Ser. Bull., No. 5, 1897.]

The use of Steam Apparatus for Spraying.

[Year Book, U. 8S. Dep. Agric., 1896. |

U.S. Dept. of Agriculture.

Jacopy (Martin.) Further Contributions to the knowledge of the Phyto-

phagous Coleoptera of Africa, including Madagascar. Part II.

[P. Z. S. Lond., 1897. | The Author.

JANET (C.). Les Fourmis. Svo, Paris, 1896.

Etudes sur les Fourmis, les Guépes, et les Abeilles. Note 13. 8vo,

Limoges, 1897.

Sur les Rapports du Discopoma comata, Berlese, avec le Lasius

mictus, Nylander.

Sur les Rapports de l’Antennophorus Uhlmanni, Haller, avec le

Lasius mixtus, Nylander.

[(C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Tome CXXIV., 1895.] The Author.

( xiii}

Lerarerry (L.) et SEVERIN (G.). Catalogue Général des Hémiptéres.

Tome II].—Hétéroptéres. 8vo, Berlin, 1896. Purchased.

LINELL (Martin L.). Descriptions of New Species of North American

Coleoptera in the families Cerambycide and Scarabeide.

[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIX., 1896. ]

On the Insects collected by Dr. Abbott on the Seychelles, Aldabra,

Glorioso, and Providence Islands, with descriptions of nine

New Species of Coleoptera

[| Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIX., 1897. ]

The Author.

Lintner (J. A.). Eleventh Report on the Injurious and other Insects of the

State of New York for 1894. S8vo, Albany, N. Y., 1896.

The Author.

Marcuat (Paut). La glande coxale du Scorpion, et ses rapports morpholo-

giques avec les organes ee des Crustacés.

[C.R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1892.

Etude sur la reproduction a Guépes.

[C.R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1895. |

La Cécidomyie de l’avoine.

[C.R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1895. ]

Les Coccinellides Nuisibles.

[Rev. Sci. Nat. Appliquées, Paris, 1895. ]

Observations sur les Polistes. _

[ Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1896. |

La Reproduction et l’Evolution des Guépes Sociales.

[Rev. Sci., Paris, 1896. |

Sur deux Cécidomyes Nouvelles vivant sur la pomme de terre

___ et sur le lierre.

[Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1896. ]

Recherches anatomiques et physiologiques sur l'appareil excréteur

des Crustacés Decapodes.

| Arch. Zool. Expérimentale, Paris. |

La Castration Nutriciale esky les Hyménoptéres Sociaux.

[C.R. Soc. Biologie, 1897. ]

Notes d’Entomologie Biologique sur une excursion en Algérie

et en Tunisie.

[Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 1897.]

L’ Entomologie appliquée en Europe.

[Bull. Soc. Nat. d’Acclimatation de France, 1896. |

Sur les Insectes nuisibles de Tunisie et d’ Algérie.

| Assoc. pour l’avancement des Sci., 1896. |

The Author.

Maruatr (C. L.). Insect Control in California.

| Year Book, U. 8. Dept. Agric., 1896. ]

U. S. Dept. Agriculture.

MarsHatu (T. A.). [See ANpRE (Ed. et ERNEST). |

Maver (A. G.), On the Colour and Colour-Patterns of Moths and

Butterflies.

|P. Boston Soc. N. H., Vol. XXVII., 1897.] The Author.

ORMEROD (Eleanor A). Report of Observations of Injurious Insects and

Common Farm Pests, for 1896. S8vo, London, 1897.

The Author.

Osporn (H.). Insects affecting Domestic Animals.

[U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Entom., Bull. No. 5, N. 8., 1896 ]

U. S. Dept. Agriculture.

Coexliveay)

OstEN SAcKEN (C. R.). Bibliographische und theilweise psychologische

Untersuchung tiber die zwei Ausgaben der Erstlingsarbeit von

H. Loew: Ueber die Posener Dipteren.

[Berliner Ent. Zeit., Bd. XLI., 1896. j

Notice on the terms tegula, antitegula, squama, and alula,

as used in Dipterology.

| Berliner Ent. Zeit., Bd. XLI., 1896. |

A New Genus of eon (Dipt.) from New Zealand.

[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2 Ser., Vol. VII., 1896. |

A Cecidomyia livi hae in Pine- resin.

{Ent. Nachr. XXII., 1896. |

Prof. Mik’s Genus Paracrocera (Cyrtide).

{Berliner Ent. Zeit., Bd. XLI., 1896. |

On the terms Calypterate and <Acalypterate, Calypta and

Calyptra, as they have been used in Dipterology.

[Berliner Ent. Zeit., Bd. XLI., 1896. |

Preliminary notice of a Subdivision of the Suborder Orthorrhapha

_ Brachycera (Dipt.) on cheetotactie principles.

[Berliner Ent. Zeit., Bd. XLI., 1896.] ‘

The genus Phyllolabis (Dipt., Tipul.) a remarkable case of dis-

connected areas in geographical distribution.

{Berliner Ent. Zeit., Bd. XLI., 1896. |

Identification of two genera of Nemestrinide published by Bigot.

[Berliner Ent. Zeit., Bd. XLI1., 1897. ]

The Author.

PERINGUEY a, ). Descriptive Catalogue of the Coleoptera of South Africa.

Part II. Cicindelide, Supplement: Carabidae. S8vo, London,

1896. The Author.

Picter (A.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (O.). Biologia Centrali-

Americana. |

Pirpers (M. C.). Nouvelles observations sur les vols des Lépidoptéres.

an Batavia & s ’Gravenhage, 1897. The Author.

Porritt (G. T.). Preliminary List of the Neuroptera and Trichoptera of

Yorkshire (omitting Psocidxe and Ephemeride),

[| Naturalist, 1897. ] The Author.

Povutton (E. B.). [See ‘‘ The Hope Reports, Vol. I.’’]

PREUDHOMME DE Borre. Pyrrhocoris Marginatus. |

[Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat., Genéve, 1896. | The Author.

ReGiMBART (M.). Dytiscidee et Gyrinide d'Afrique et de Madagascar.

[Mém. Soe. Ent. Belge, IV., 1895.] By Exchange.

RicHarpson (Nelson M.). Report on Observations on the First Appear-

ances of Birds, Insects, &c., in Dorset during 1894.

Tinea Vinculella, H.-S.

| Proc. Dorset N. H. & Antig. Field Club, Vol. XVI., 1895. ]

List of Portland Lepidoptera.

oe Dorset N. H. & Antiq. Field Club, Vol. XVIT., 1896. |

The Author.

ROBERTSON (C.). Flowers and Insects.

North American Bees :—Descriptions and Synonyms.

[Trans. Acad. Sci. of St. Louis, Vol. VII., 1896. }

The Academy.

(aly)

Satvin (O.). [See Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali- Americana. |

SaussurE (H. de). Note Supplémentaire sur le genre Hemimerus.

[ Rev. Suisse Zool., Tome 1V., 1896. |

Révision du genre Tridactylus.

| Rev. Suisse Zool., Tome LV., 1897. ] The Author.

[See Gopman (F. D.) and Satyrn (O.). Biologia Centrali-

Americana. |

[See GRANDIDIER (A.). |

Scuriépte (J. C.). De Metamorphosi Eleutheratorum Observationes.

Parts I.-XII. (in 8 vols.). 8vo, Copenhagen, 1861-1883.

Purchased.

Scupper (8. H.). List of Exotic Orthoptera described by 8S. H. Scudder,

1868-1879, with a revision of their nomenclature.

[Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., Vol. XXVII., 1896. ]

The Genera of North American Melanopli.

[Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci., Vol. XXXITI., 1897. ]

The Species of the Genus Melanoplus.

[Proe. Am. Philos. Soc., Vol. XXXVI., 1897. ]

Synonymical and Descriptive Notes on North-American Orthoptera.

{Canadian Entom., 1897. | The Author.

SHarp (D.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (O.). Biologia Centrali-

Americana. |

THEOBALD (F. V.). Parasitic Diseases of Poultry. S8vo, London, 1896.

The Apple-Blossom Weevil (Anthonomus pomoruwm) aud suggestions

for its destruction, together with a list of other beetles in-

jurious to the apple; also the method of preparing the new

Insectide, Arsenate of Lead. 8vo, Ashford & London, 1897.

Notes on Injurious Insects.

[Journal 8. E. Agric. Coll., No. 5, 1897.] The Author.

THomson (C. G.). Opuscula Entomologica. Fase. 22. Svo, Lunde, 1897.

The Author.

Tosquinet (J.). Ichneumonides d’ Afrique.

{(Mém. Soc. Ent. Belge, V., 1896. | By Exchange.

Turr (J. W.). Stray Notes on the Noctue. S8vo, London, 1892.

Papers on certain species of the Zygenide.

[Proc. S. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1894. }

On Agrotis tritici, Linn. Ab. subgothica, Haw., and Agrotis

jaculifera, Gn.

[Canadian Entom., 1896. |

Notes on some of the Noctuz in the British Museum Collection.

[Canadian Entom., 1896. |

British Butterflies. S8vo, London, 1896. The Author.

Unter (P. R.). Summary of the Hemiptera of Japan, presented to the

United States National Museum by Professor Mitzukuri.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XTX., 1896.]

U. S. Dept. Agriculture.

(= sxdiva 2)

Unitep States DepaRTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (DIVISION OF ENTOMOLOGY)

BuLueEtins (New Series) 1897.

No. 5. Insects affecting Domestic Animals. (H. Osborn.)

No. 6. Proceedings of the Eighth Annual Meeting of the Asso-

ciation of Economic Entomologists.

No. 7. Some Miscellaneous Results of the Work of the Division

of Entomology.

No. 8. Some Little-known Insects affecting stored Vegetable Pro-

ducts. (F. H. Chittenden.)

No. 9. Proceedings of the Ninth Annual Meeting of the Asso-

ciation of Economic Entomologists.

Farmers’ Bulletins, Revised Editions, 1897.

No. 45. Some Insects injurious to Stored Grain.

(F. H. Chittenden.)

No. 47. Insects affecting the Cotton Plant. (L. O. Howard.)

Bibliography of the more important contributions to American

Economie Entomology. (8S. Henshaw) Part V.; L-Z, 1896.

General Index to ‘‘ Insect Life.’’ U. 8S. Dept. Agriculture.

UNITED States DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (DIVISION oF ENTOMOLOGY),

Technical Series, 1897.

No. 5. A study of Insect Parasitism: a consideration of the

Parasites of the White-marked Tussock Moth, with an account

of their habits and inter-relations, and with descriptions of

New Species. (L. O. Howard.)

No. 6. The San José Scale and its nearest allies.

(T. D. A. Cockerell.)

No. 7. Revision of the Tachimide of America, North of

Mexico. (D. W. Coquillett.)

U.S. Dept. of Agriculture.

WALKER (J. J.). List of the Coleoptera of the Rochester District.

[Rochester Naturalist, Vol. II., 1897. | The Author.

WaALSINGHAM (Lord) and Durrant (J. H.). An attempt to elucidate and

to fix the types of Tortriz, Tinea, and Alucita, three of the

Linnean Subdivisions of Phalena, L.

| Ent. Monthly Mag. Ser. 2. VIII., 1897. | The Authors.

Weep (Clarence, M.). Some Dangerous Fruit Insects. :

[Bull. No. 28, New Hampshire Coll. Agric. Exp. Stn., 1894. |

Remedies for the Horn Fly.

Two Shade-Tree Pests. :

[ Bull. Nos. 29 & 34, N. H. Coll. Agric. Exp. Stn., 1895. |

The Codling Moth and the Apple Maggot.

Analyses of Three Common Insecticides.

The Tent Caterpillar.

The Army Worm.

{Bull. Nos. 35, 36, 38, 39, N. H. Coll. Agric. Exp. Stn., 1896. }

The Canker Worm.

{Bull. No. 44, N. H. Coll. Agric. Exp. Stn., 1897. |

The Author.

Wotpr (F. M. van der). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Sarvrn (O.). Biologia

Centrali-Americana. |

( xiv)

Periodicals and Publications of Societies.

AFRICA.

CapPETOWN. South African Philoscphical Society. Transactions, Vol. VIT.,

1s Bg Wolk IDicy ie ILS Wolk dts, Ver ile The Society.

AMERICA (NORTH).

CANADA.

Hawirax. Nova Scotian Institute of Science. Proceedings and Transac-

tions. Vol. IX., Pt. 2. The Institute.

Lonpon, OnrARIo. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. XXIX., 1897.

By Exchange.

Montreat. Royal Society of Canada. Proceedings and Transactions,

Ser. 2, Vol. I1., 1896. The Society.

UNITED STATES.

CAMBRIDGE, Mass. Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College,

Annual Report, 1895—96. The Curator.

Davenport, Iowa. Academy of Natural Sciences. Proceedings, 1897.

The Acadenvy.

New York. N.Y. Entomological Society. Journal, 1897. Purchased.

PHILADELPHIA. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceed-

ings, 1897. By Exchange.

Entomological News and Proceedings of the Entomological Section.

Vol. VIII. By Exchange.

American Entomological Society. Transactions, 1897.

By Exchange.

WasHINGTON. Entomological Society. Proceedings, 1897.

Purchased.

WEST INDIES.

JAMAICA. Institute of Jamaica. Journal, Vol. II. The Institute.

AMERICA (SOUTH).

ARGENTINE REPUBLIC.

Buenos Aires. Academia Nacional de Ciencias, Cordova. Boletin.

Tomo XV. By Exchange.

Museo Nacional de Buenos.Aires. Tomo V., 1896--97.

Dr. C. Berg.

( xlvii )

ASIA.

INDIA.

Bowsay. Natural History Society. Journal. Vol. XI. By Huchange.

Catcutra. Indian Museum Notes. Vol. LV., No. 2.

Trustees of Musewi.

AUSTRALASIA,

ADELAIDE. Royal Society of South Australia. Transactions, Proceedings

and Reports. Vol. XX. By Exchange.

Sypney. The Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales, 1897.

Agric. Dept.

Linnean Society of New South Wales. Proceedings, 1897.

By Hechange.

NEW ZEALAND.

Wettineton. New Zealand Institute. Transactions and Proceedings.

Vol. XXIX. The Institute. ©

EUROPE.

AUSTRIA-HUNGARY...

BrRuNN. Naturforschender Verein in Briinn. Verhandlungen. Band

XXXIV.—V. By Exchange.

Vienna. K. k. zoologisch-botanische Verein (Gesellschaft) in Wien.

Verhandlungen. Band XLVII. By Exchange.

Wiener entomologische Zeitung, 1897. By Purchase.

BELGIUM.

Brussets. Académie Royale des Sciences de Belgique—

Bulletins, 8e Sév., Tomes XXX.—XXXIII.

Annuaires 1896 et 1897.

Memoires Couronnées. 4to, Tome LIV.

a Be 8vo, Tomes XLVIII.—LIV.

Société Entomologique de Belgique. Annales, 1897. Mémoires,

TeV. By Buchange.

FRANCE.

CaEN. Société Frangaise d’Entom>logie. Revue. Tome XVI. 1897.

Purchased.

Cuatreauroux. Le Frélon, 1891—1897. By Purchase.

Paris. L’Abeille, 1897. By Purchase.

Ge csline*y))

GERMANY.

Berwin. Entomologischer Verein in Berlin. Berliner entomologische

Zeitschrift. 1897. By Exchange.

Deutsche entomologische Gesellschaft. Deutsche entomologische

Zeitschrift. 1897. By Exchange.

Drespen. ‘‘Tris.”? Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift Bd. IX.,

Hitt..2); Bde xX. Het, W- By Exchange.

FRANKFORT. Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft. Bericht.

1896.

Abhandlungen, Bd. XXIJI., Hft. 1 & 2. By Eachange.

Srertin. Entomologischer Verein. Entomologische Zeitung. Jahrg. LVI.

By Exchange.

WIESBADEN. Nassauischer Verein fiir Naturkunde. Jahrbiicher. Jahrg. L.

By Exchange.

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

Buckuurst Hitt. Essex Naturalist, Vol. [X., 15—24.

The Essex Field Club.

Guascow. Natural History Society. Transactions, Vol. [V., Pts. 2, :

WOls Wor lets Uc By Exchange.

Legps. Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. ‘Transactions. Pt. 20. ;

The Society.

Lonpon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 1897. By Purchase.

Athenzeun. The Publishers.

City of London Entomological and Natural History Society.

Transactions for 1896. The Society.

Hutomologist (The). 1897. R. South.

Eutomologist’s Monthly Magazine, 1897. The Editors.

Linnean Society of London. ‘Transactious, Vol. VI., Pts. 4—6.

Journal, Nos. 165—168. By Hechange.

Nature. 1897. The Publishers.

Nature Notes. 1897. The Publishers.

Naturalist. The Publishers.

Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal. Ld97. The Club.

Royal Agricultural Society. Journal. 8rd Ser., Vol. VIII.

The Society.

Royal Microscopical Society. Journal. 1897. By Exechunge.

Royal Society. Proceedings. Nos. 363—381. By Eechange.

South London Entomological and N. H. Society. Proceedings.

1896. The Society.

Year Book of Scientitic Societies. 1897. By Purchase.

Zoological Record for 1895 and 1896. By Purchase.

Zoological Society. Proceedings, 1897. ‘lrausactions, Vol. XIV.,

Pts. 2, 3, 4. By Exchange.

Zoologist (The). 1897. The Publisher.

(Gea)

HOLLAND.

Tue HaGue. ‘Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. Jahr. 1897.

By Exchange.

ITALY.

FLORENCE. Societa Entomologica Italiana. Bullettino. 1897.

By Exchange.

GENOA. Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova. Amnali. Ser. 2,

Vol. XVIT. By Exchange.

RUSSIA.

Moscow. Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. — Bulletin. 1896.

By Exchange.

Sr. PererRsBURG. Societas Hutomologice Rossice. Hore. Tome XXX.

By Exchange.

Académie Impériale des Sciences. Annuaire du Musée

ZLoologique, 1897. The Academy.

SWEDEN.

STOCKHOLM. Entomologiska Férenigen i Stockholm. Entomologisk

Tidskrift. 1897. By Exchange.

SWITZERLAND.

GENEVA. Société de Physique et d’ Histoire Naturelle. Mém. Tome XXXIL.,

2e Partie. By Exchange.

SCHAFFHAUSEN. Sehweizerische entomologische Gesellschaft. © Mitthei-

lungen. 1897. By Exchange.

ERAN SAC TONS *

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

For tHE YEAR 1397

I. A Monograph of British Braconidssn. Part VII.

By the Rev. THomas A. Marsaa.t, M.A., F.E.S.,

Member of the Société Entomologiqne de Irance,

[Read October 21st, 1896.]

Prate I.

IV. DACNUSA, Hal. (Continued from Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.

1895, p. 398.)

1. Dacnusa adducta, Hal.

DD adducio, Hal., Hym: Britj pals 4639), ¢ 2s.

Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg. Bracon.,

Vole d:; p. 4, gt >.

2 Black, shining, finely pubescent, middle of the abdomen

brownish. Head wider than the thorax ; palpi obscure. Antenne

twice as long as the body, slender, setiform, 31-32-jointed, blackish,

testaceous at the base. Thorax short, gibbous; furrow of the

mesopleurz smooth, very short and narrow ; metathorax pubes-

cent, not shining. Wings ample, hyaline with a brownish tinge ;.

squamule testaceous ; nervures and stigma dull ferruginous ; basal

areolets short and small; radial areolet longer than the pra-

brachial, dilated in the middle, sinuated and contracted at both

ends ; stigma elongate, linear, emitting the radial nervure near its

base ; 2nd* cubital areolet sessile, 7.¢., touching the stigma, which

* In Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1895. p. 395, Table of Species (2) 1 ;

for “ First cubital areolet,” read ‘ Second,” ete.

TRANS. ENT. Soc. LOND, 1897.—pParT I. (APRIL.) il

2 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

cuts off its upper angle together with the Ist abscissa ; 2nd dis-

coidal areolet short, subquadrate; recurrent nervure rejected.

Legs flavotestaceous ; tips of the tarsi obscure. Abdomen as long

as the thorax, spathulate, subtruncate at the apex ; Ist segment

black, linear, twice as long as its apical width, hardly aciculate, not

shining, its tubercles situated in the middle ; the following seg-

ments piceous, becoming darker towards the anal extremity.

Terebra very short. ¢ Antenne longer, 32-jointed ; 2nd cubital

areolet still further invaded by the stigma ; abdomen narrower,

depressed. Length, 1 line ; exp., 25 lines.

This species is easily distinguished from all others by

the peculiarity of the 2nd cubital areolet. It forms by

itself the genus Agonia, Forst. Rare in Ireland, accord-

ing to Haliday. I have taken both sexes in Hngland, at

St. Alban’s, Herts, and Bishop’s Teignton, Devon. See

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1895, pl. vii., fig. 12.

2. Dacnusa phenicura, Hal.

De phenicura,, Hal.) Lym. Brit wit p.0e(lS39)eae

Marsh., lib. cit., p. 461, ¢.

¢ Abdomen rufous with the Ist segment blackish, 2-3 piceous,

the rest testaceous; radial areolet nearly reaching the tip of the

wing. Body black, with long hairs; head stout, punctured, wider

than the thorax; front smooth; face and cheeks scabrous ; man-

dibles reddish ; palpi testaceous. Antenne blackish, shorter than

the body, 26-jointed, the 2nd joint rufescent. Thorax subeylin-

dric, narrowed at both ends, punctured anteriorly; furrows of the

mesothorax humeral only, incomplete, not meeting posteriorly ; a

Jongitudinal channel before the scutellum ; antescutellar fovea

smooth, bipartite; metathorax scabrous, sloping, narrowed pos-

teriorly; mesopleure rugulose anteriorly, smoother in the middle,

their furrow rugulose, subobsolete. Wings hyaline; squamulz

brownish testaceous ; nervures and stigma fuscous, the latter linear-

lanceolate, emitting the radial nervure before one-third of its

length ; radial areolet oblong, attenuated towards the apex. Fore

legs testaceous ; middle pair the same, but with the fexora and

tibie darker ; hind legs incrassated, blackish, with the trochanters

and tarsi rufescent; hind femora one-half shorter than their tibie.

Abdomen not so wide as the thorax, depressed, pubescent ; 1st

segment scarcely twice as long as its apical width, not much

narrowed at the base, blackish, finely rugulose, having a longi-

British Braconide. 3

tudinal carina which is bifurcate at the base ; tubercles minute,

placed near the base ; segments 2-3 brown, very finely rugulose,

carinate, smooth, bordered posteriorly with testaceous, which

is the colour of the following segments. 2 unknown,

Length, 1} lines.

Taken once only by Haliday in Ireland, and not seen

since by any one. The author adds that it is a singular

species, forming perhaps a section apart, but imperfectly

described from an injured specimen.

3. Dacnusa talaris, Hal.

Da iolants, Jal... Eyma brite, p. 8 (1839). 6g°2);

Marsh., lib. cit., p. 464, f 2.

¢ 2? Mesonotum with the mere commencement of a medial

furrow, the two ordinary furrows subobsolete, converging towards

a fovea in front of the seutellum. Black, with dark pubescence ;

mandibles rufescent ; palpi testaceous. Antennz of both sexes

about 32-jointed, hardly longer than the body. Thorax oblong-

oval, pubescent , the mesothoracic furrows punctulate ; on the fore

margin is a short linear impression ; metathorax obtuse, rugose-

punctate, with yellowish pubescence, scarcely carinate in the

middle. Wings slightly infumated ; squamule brownish ; nervures

and stigma fusco-ferruginous ; the latter linear, emitting the radial

mervure not far from the base ; radial areolet elongate, sinuated,

attenuated towards the extremity. Legs fusco-testaceous ; all the

cox, upper margin of the 4 posterior femora towards the apex,

tips of the 4 anterior tarsi, and the whole of the hind tarsi, fuscous.

Abdomen as broad as the thorax, and scarcely longer, oblong, sub-

sessile, narrowed at the base; Ist segment of the ¢ almost linear,

of the 2 obconic, robust, somewhat gibbous, one-half longer than

its apical width, punctate-rugose, pubescent, with hardly visible

tubercles; 2nd seguent pubescent, rugosely punctate at the

extreme base, but occasionally smooth, in both sexes. Terebra

scarcely exserted. Length, 14 lines ; exp., 22 lines.

Var. Scape of the antenn, and legs, dull testaceous; last

joint of the tarsi blackish,

This is extremeiy like D. lateralis (sp. 15), but differs

in having much si orter antennx, and the base of the 2nd

abdominal segie i’ usually, though not always, rugose.

It is moderately co\nmon, and has been taken in Iingland,

Treland, and Cen +l Hurope ; many specimens are in the

present writer’s «ollection,

4 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

A, Dacnusa semirugosa, Hal.

D. semirugosa, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 7; Marsh., lib.

a. p. 463; ¢ 2.

3 2 Radial nervure not sinuated, forming a parabolic curve,

remote from the tip of the wing. Black, shining. Antenne

about 36-jointed, somewhat shorter than the body in the 9, longer

in the 4; the subapical joints short and oval. Mesothoracic

furrows very slender, smooth, converging towards a fovea in front

of the scutellum ; metathorax rugose, carinated in the middle,

covered with not very dense pubescence ; furrow of the meso-

pleure rugose. Wings slightly infumated ; squamule brownish ;

nervures and stigma fuscous, the latter linear-lanceolate, gradually

attenuated to the apex, emitting the radial nervure before one-

third of its length; radial areolet lanceolate ; 2nd discoidal areolet

open on the outer side ; posterior wings with a punctiform vestige

of a recurrent nervure, not found in other species. Legs brownish

red ; cox and base of the trochanters black ; femora often streaked

with black on the upper edge, the 4 posterior frequently blackish

altogether. Abdomen subsessile, oblong, depressed, not much

narrowed at the base ; 1st segment cbconic, one-half longer than

broad, longitudinally rugulose, with scattered pubescence and

almost invisible tubercles ; 2nd segment finely rugulose, the rest

smooth. Terebra concealed. Length, 2 lines ; exp., 34 lines.

A large species, and easy to determine. Not uncom-

mon: found in Ireland by Haliday; in 'ngland by

Rudd, Walker, and myself, in Yorkshire, 5. Wales, and

Wiltshire.

5. Dacnusa striatula, Hal.

D. striatula, Wal., Hym. Brit., 11., p. 7; Marsh., lb. cit.,

p. 465, ¢.

3d Mesonotum impressed longitudinally with a deep medial

furrow ; the two ordinary furrows distinct, but not extending to

the point of junction in front of the scutellum. Black, pubescent ;

mandibles brownish ; palpi blackish. Antenne <omewhat longer

than the body (in my specimen), as long as the bocy (according to

Haliday), 28-jointed. Mesothoracie furrows punci sie, incomplete

posteriorly ; metathorax obtuse, without a medi rina, coarscly

rugose, reticulated; furrow of the mesople. broad, rugose.

Wings slightly infumated; squamule brownish; nervures and

stigma dark fuscous; the latter linear, rather stout, emitting

ie ee —

British Braconide. 5

the radial nervure near the base ; radial areolet acuminate ; radial

nervure sinuated ; 2nd discoidal areolet completely closed. Legs

testaceous; cox blackish; hind tibiz infuscated at the apex,

their tarsi blackish. Abdomen somewhat narrower and longer

than the thorax, oblong, depressed, contracted at the base, shining ;

1st segment more than twice as long as its breadth, punctate-

rugose, the tubercles obsolete ; 2nd striolate in the middle, smooth

at the sides, somewhat narrowed towards the base; 3rd and

following segments smooth, very shining. @Q unknown, Length,

1% lines ; exp., 3 lines.

This and the three preceding species are distinguished

from the rest by the rugosity of the 2nd segment at its

base. D. striatula much resembles sp. 4, but is smaller.

According to Haliday it is rare in the north of Ireland:

my only specimen was taken at Niton, in the I. of

Wight.

6. Ducnusa tristis, Nees.

Alysia tristis, Nees, Mon.,i., p. 258, ¢ 3; D. tristis,

Marsh., lib. cit., p. 467, ¢ 2.

D. ampliator, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 8, ¢ 2 (nec

Nees).

¢@ Deep black, shining, with whitish pubescence ; palpi

dusky. Head transverse, wider than the thorax. Antennz longer

than the body, 25-jointed in the 9, 31-jointed inthe ¢. Furrows

of the mesothorax merely inchoate, humeral ; mesonotum faintly

impressed with a longitudinal channel terminating before the

scutellum in an oval fovea, deep and elongate; furrow of the

mesopleure crenulate ; metathorax very short, rounded, granulated

and dull, somewhat densely covered with whitish pubescence.

Wings ample, hyaline, sometimes with a lacteous tinge, some-

times more cinereous ; squamule, nervures, and stigma black, this

last elongate, rather stout, acuminate at the apex ; radial nervure

slightly sinuated ; radial areolet longer than the prebrachial ;

recurrent nervure interstitial; 2nd discoidal areolet not quite

closed on the outer side. Fore legs brownish testaceous, their

femora and tibize with a black streak above, or almost wholly

blackish ; tarsi obscure ; 4 posterior legs black, with the 2nd joint

of the trochanters and the base of the tibie dull testaceous. First

abdominal segment obconic, twice as long as its apical width,

narrowed at the base, margined, finely striolate, furnished with

two carine, convergent and meeting before the hind margin,

6 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

enclosing a triangular space ; tubercles not prominent ; the following

segments form together a short oval, smooth and shining. 'Terebra

concealed. ¢ similar; antenne longer; Ist segment sublinear,

scarcely wider behind; the following segments oblong, longer

than those of the @. Length, 1-13 lines; exp., 2-3 lines.

Haliday seems to have confused this species with the

following, especially in his account of the antennex, taking

the number of joints from D. tristis, and the length from D.

ampliator, whereby the description is rendered doubtful.

According to Haliday the number of joints ¢ 2 is 21-23;

according to Nees it is 24-25 for the 2, the ¢ not being

mentioned. As to length, the antennz f are shorter

than the body, according to Haliday, while those of the ?

are hardly longer than the head and thorax ; a character

belonging only to the following species. D. tristis is

common in England; Goureau states it to be a parasite

of the dipteron Agromyza niyripes, Macq.; and it 1s in-

cluded by Giraud in his list of observed cases of para-

sitism, where it is reported to have issued from galls

made by some dipterous insect on the roots of Artemisia

campestris. D. lugens, Hal. (Hym. Brit., 11., p. 26), from

Norway (Hammerfest), is a closely allied species, if not

the same.

7. Dacnusa ampliator, Nees. (PI. 1., figs. i, 1a.)

D8, d Se ; Dz

8, 2 2 nec

Alysia ampliator, Nees, Mon., i., p. 2

ampliator, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 46

Haliday).

Antenne ? not longer than the head and thorax, 15-17-jointed ;

those of the ¢ not quite as long as the body, 21-jointed. Q Form

short and stout ; deep black, shining, with whitish pubescence ;

palpi dusky ; mandibles reddish. Head large, transverse, wider

than the thorax ; face covered with whitish down; front exca-

vated, with a minute fovea at the bottom of the hollow. Antennz

moniliform after the 7th joint, incrassated towards the extremity,

the extremity itself being slender. Mesothoracic furrows hardly

inchoate ; no fovea, nor channel, before the scutellum ; meta-

thorax very short, not shining, covered with whitish down, verti-

cally truncate behind ; a transverse carina separates the horizontal

from the vertical surface, the former of which is again divided

into two compartments by a longitudinal carina. Wings whitish,

almost lacteous ; nervures and stigma testaceous or pale brown,

British Braconide. vi

the latter short (for the genus), not more than four times as long

as its breadth, which is equal to the length of the Ist abscissa :

radial areolet not longer than the prebrachial, remote from the

tip of the wing, acuminate ; radial nervure slightly sinuated ;

recurrent nervure distinctly rejected. Fore legs brownish, with

the upper edge of the femora, the tips of the tibiz, and the tarsi,

blackish ; 4 posterior legs, or sometimes all the. legs, blackish, with

the 2nd joint of the trochanters, and the knees, reddish. Abdomen

small, narrower and not longer than the thorax, subclaviform,

convex; Ist segment twice as broad at the extremity as at the

base, finely aciculate and margined ; the following segments smooth

and shining. ‘Terebra almost concealed. 3 Antenne not

thickened before the extremity; fore iegs entirely testaceoas ;

abdomen forming a longer oval. Length, } line ; exp., 2 lines.

The autennz alone are decisive of this species, thouzh

itis otherwise abundantly distinct from the preceding.

It may have been known to Haliday, as his description

of D. ainpliator contains some of its characters, mixed with

those of D. tristis. However that may be, Dr. Capron

discovered several specimens at Shiere, near Guildford,

some of which he gave to me; he considered them to

represent FGrster’s genus Brachystropha (Synopsis,

p. 274). The plate gives, I believe, a faithful likeness of

this curious little insect ; at least Dr. Capron has expressed

his approval of the figure. ‘The species was originally

taken in Franconia by Nees von Hsenbeck.

8. Dacnusa petiolata, Nees. (Pl. J., fig. 2.)

Alysia petiolata, Nees, Mon., i., p. 25

D, petiolata, Hal., Hym. Brit., 11., p. 1

Wb ctt., ps avO <2

Abdomen spathulate ; Ist segment linear, almost four times as

long as the hind coxew ; antenne Q 44-jointed, ¢ 49-jointed ;

2nd discoidal areolet not closed on the inner side. By far the

largest species. 9? Black, pubescent ; abdomen, after the Ist seg-

ment, rufo-testaceous. Head broadly transverse, profoundly

excavated behind ; face punctate, with a faint carina ; mandibles

blackish ; ocelli red; palpi testaceous. Antenne as long as the

body, obscurely reddish, with dark articulations. Thorax short,

gibbous, narrower than the head ; mesothoracic furrows hardly

inchoate; on the mesonotum a longitudinal medial channel

terminates in a deep fovea before the scutellum ; metathorax short,

8 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

obtuse, rugulose, almost truncated behind, with some yellowish

pubescence, and a shortened medial carina. Wings subhyaline :

squamule brownish ; nervures and stigma dark brown ; the latter

moderately incrassated in the middlc, elongate, acuminate at both

ends, emitting the radial nervure before one-third of its length ;

radial nervure thickened towards its base : radial areolet lanceo-

late, hardly attenuated and sinuated towards the extremity ; recur-

rent nervure considerably rejected. Fore legs testaceous, the

femora sometimes streaked with black above ; legs of the middle

pair testaceous, their femora more or less blackish towards the

base ; hind legs blackish, the tips of the trochanters and extreme

base of the tibiz doll testaceous ; all the coxe blackish. Abdomen

longer than the head and thorax, depressed, spathulate ; Ist

segment black, slender, as long as one-third of the abdomen, strio-

lite, canaliculate in the middle, with prominent tubercles ; the

following segments testaceous, smooth, those near the extremity

more or less darkened, or cinctured with fuscous, each segment

traversed, near the hind border, by a line formed of minute im-

pressed points. Terebra hardly exserted. ¢ similar ; antennz

longer and more slender, blackish ; Ist segment comparatively

longer. Length, 24 lines; exp., 5 lines.

This species exceeds in size the largest Alysia; it is

rivalled, but not surpassed, by the foliowing. Térster

has made for its reception the genus Phanolevis. It

occurs somewhat rarely in woods; my six specimens

were taken in Wilts, Devon, and 8.Wales; Nees captured

it in the Sudetsche Gebirge. In Wesmael’s unnamed

collection are several Belgian specimens.

9. Dacnusa egregia, Marsh.

Degregia, Marsh:, Wbscitspctal. ee

2 Abdomen oblong, not spathulate; Ist segment linear, about

twice as long as the hind coxe ; antenne 36-jointed ; 2nd discoidal

areolet closed at both ends. Black, pubescent; abdomen, after the

Ist segment, brownish-red, more obscure towards the extremity.

Head transverse, wider than the thorax, profoundly excavated

behind ; palpi testaceons. Antenne as long as the body, slender,

setiform, black, with the first 5 joints testaceous. ‘Thorax gibbous,

very pubescent ; mesothoracie furrows complete but shallow, con-

verging hindwards into a small round fovea, from which proceeds

a shallow medial channel, not reaching the middle of the disk;

metathorax short, rugulose, beset with whitish hairs, almost

British Braconide. 9

trureate posteriorly, carinated at the base. Wings subhyaline ;

squamulz brownish ; nervures and stigma dark brown ; the latter

much attenuated, acuminate at both ends, emitting the radial

nervure before one-third of its length ; radial nervure thickened

towards the base ; radial areolet broader near the extremity than

in D. petiolata; recurrent nervure interstitial. Legs testaceous ;

middle femora somewhat infuseated, the hind femora blackish ; all

the tarsi fuscescent. Abdomen longer than the head and thorax,

hardly wider behind, somewhat compressed ; Ist segment much

shorter than in D. petiolata, linear, finely punctate-rugulose ; the

tubercles subobsolete. Terebra briefly exserted, falciform.

unknown. Length, 2 lines; exp., 3} lines. .

Formerly I regarded this as the Alysia navicularis,

Nees, but the description of that insect differs in too

many particulars to justify the identification. ‘Taken on

the banks of the Usk, near Abergavenny, and unique in

my collection.

10. Dacnusa temula, Hal.

D. temula, Hal., Hym. Brit., u., p. 14, ¢; Marsh., Jvb.

Cita ps 412, 2.

Stigma thicker than the length of the Ist abscissa, dull fer-

ruginous, more than four times as long as its breadth ; recurrent

nervure hardly rejected ; 2nd discoidal areolet oblong. ¢ Black,

shining, hardly pubescent; middle of the abdomen brownish

testaceous. Mandibles and palpi ferruginous. Antenne scarcely

longer than the body, blackish, with the three basal joints ferru-

ginous, except at their extremities, 25-jointed; all the joints

cylindric, after the 2nd. Thorax oblong oval; furrows of the

mesothorax abbreviated, humeral ; an impressed line before the

scutellum ; metathorax finely scabrous ; furrow of the mesoplcure

smooth. Wings hyaline; squamule pale testaceous; nervures

stout, ferruginous ; stigma large, linear-lanceolate, obtuse at the

base, acuminate at the extremity,emitting the radial nervure before

one-third of its length; radial arcolet attenuated and sinuated

before the apex; and nervure scarcely inchoate. Legs pale testa-

ceous. Abdomen oval ; Ist segment black, finely scabrous, twice

as long as its breadth, somewhat contracted at the base, rectangular

at the extremity ; intermediate segments testaceous brown, the

posterior infuscated. @ unknown. Length, 1-13 lines.

Found in the woods of North Ircland; rare in England.

10 tev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

I have not seen this species, which seems closely allied

to the following; the two together constitute Forster’s

genus Pachysema.

11. Dacnusa macrospila, Hal

D. macrospila, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 14, ¢ ; Marsh.,

lib. cit., p. 473, g

by \Oheaks

Stigma blackish, hardly three times as long as its breadth ;

recurrent nervure sensibly rejected ; 2nd discoidal areolet, short,

nearly quadrate. ¢ Verysimilar to D. temula, differing only by the

nervulation and the darker colour of the legs. Black, shining ;

middle of the abdomen, and sometimes the Ist segment, testaceous

brown. Base of the antenne testaceous. Wings slightly infu-

mated ; squamule dull, ferruginous ; uervures stout, blackish ;

stigma large, thick, ovai-lanceolate, bulging out beyond the margin

of the wing, acuminate at the extremity, emitting the radial

nervure before the middie. Legs testaceous, 2 unknown.

Length, 1 line.

Not known to me. England and Ireland; very rare.

12. Dacnusa senilis, Nees.

Bassus senilis, Nees, Mag. Ges. Ber]., 1814, p. 209.

Alysia senilis, Nees, Mon., i., p. 260, f 9, and A.

rujupes, Nees, lub. cié., p. 261, f 9.

D. senilis, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 11; Marsh., lib. cit.,

pti4ay tf o..

Metathorax and Ist abdominal segment densely covered with

pale down, concealing the sculpture; hind femora blackish, or

streaked with blackish above. Body black, with dense whitish

pubescence. Head broader than the thorax ; mandibles dull red-

dish; palpi ferruginous. @Q antennew longer than the body,

blackish, with the 2nd joint rufescent, 32-36-jointed. Thorax

subeylindric ; mesothoracie furrows faintly impressed, extending

over the disk, but not quite reaching the hind border ; an oblong

fovea before the scutellum ; furrow of the mesopleure crenulate ;

metathorax excavated behind, rugulese, with a basal carina. Wings

slightly infumated ; squamule brownish; nervures and stigma

dark brown ; the latter sublinear, not so thick as the length of the

Ist abscissa, obtuse at the base, acuminate at the extremity,

British Braconide. 1]

emitting the radial nervure before one-fourth of its length ; radial

areolet hardly attenuated and sinuated before the apex; recur-

rent nervure interstitial. Fore legs ferruginous, their cox often

infuscated ; middle legs ferruginous, their cox, the base of the

trochanters, the upper edge of the femora, and the tarsi, blackish ;

hind legs blackish, with the 2nd joint of the trochanters, and the

tibiew, ferruginous, these last dark at the tips, the femora sometimes

reddish underneath. Abdomen longer and narrower than the

thorax, convex, pointed at the extremity ; Ist segment sublinear,

carinated in the middle, rugulose, the tubercles hardly visible ; 2nd

and following segments very smooth, having each a series of

minute impressed points along the hind border. Terebra_ briefly

exserted, curved, with stout, compressed valves. ¢ antenne longer,

37-40-jointed; abdomen depressed, somewhat spathulate. Length,

13 lines ; exp., 33 lines.

Var. ¢ Q Alysia rufipes, Nees. Ferruginous parts of lighter

tint ; mandibles, base of antenns, squamulze, and legs, red ; hind

cox and tips of hind femora either red or blackish. Pubescence

of the metathorax and first segment very fine. In one ¢ of my

collection the 2nd segment is reddish at the base.

Not uncommon in marshes; a parasite, according to

Rondani, of Phytomyza albiceps, Meigen. Besides

England, it has been noticed in Germany, Iialy, and

Norway.

13. Dacnusa imisella, Marsh.

D. misella, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 475, ¢ 2.

Metathorax less densely covered with down, often nearly bare ;

hind femora entirely pale, or rarely and faintly streaked with

fuscous. ‘The smallest species, very minute. Body short, black,

shining, with pale pubescence; base of the 2nd abdominal segment

somewhat reddish. Head large, transverse, wider than the thorax ;

mandibles 3-denticulate, red; palpi red. @ antenne much longer

than the body, black, 20-22-jointed ; scape pale at the extremity.

Thorax short, gibbous ; mesonotum divided by an indistinct medial

channel, sometimes effaced, which terminates in a fovea before the

scutellum ; pectus and pleure covered with whitish pubescence ;

furrow of the mesopleure smooth; metathorax very short,

not shining, abruptly truncate bebind, carinated at the base,

furnished at each posterior angle with a tuft of whitish woolly

hair, Wings subbyaline ; squamule, nervures, and stigma pale

12 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

brownish ; the latter elongate, linear, acuminate externally, not so

thick as the length of the 1st abscissa, emitting the radial nervure

before one-fourth of its length ; radial areolet lanceolate, hardly

sinuated before the extremity, remote from the tip of the wing ;

recurrent nervure rejected ; Ist cubital areolet imperfectly separ-

ated from the 1st discoidal by reason of the dividing nervure being

colourless ; anal nervure effaced. Legs testaceous, with fuscous

coxe. Abdomen not longer than the thorax, spathulate, some-

what convex, pointed at the extremity ; Ist segment twice as

broad at the extremity as at the base, hardly pubescent, very finely

aciculate, the tubercles scarcely visible ; the following segments

smooth. Terebra concealed. ¢ similar; antennee 22-jointed ;

abdomen depressed ; not so wide behind; Ist segment sublinear.

Length, 2 line ; exp., 1? lines.

Comimon in Cornwail; obtained by sweeping hedges.

14. Dacnusa albipes, Hal.

D. albipes, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 10; Marsh., lid. cit.,

p. 477, 2.

Radial areolet shorter than the prebrachial, Abdomen entirely

black. ¢ black, shining, hardly pubescent. Mandibles ferrugi-

nous; labrum and palpi yellow. Antenne as long as the body,

black, with joints 1-5 yellow, 21-25-jointed. Thorax subglobular;

a minute fovea before the. scutellum ; furrow of the mesopleure

rugose. Wings hyaline ; squamule yellow ; nervures pale ; stigma

ochreous, linear, emitting the radial nervure from the base ; recur-

rent nervure rejected ; radial areolet shorter than the prabrachial,

attenuated and sinuated before the extremity. Legs pale yellow,

with only the last tarsal joint obscure. Abdomen depressed, spathu-

late; Ist segment sublinear, punctate-rugulose. 2 unknown.

Length, 1 line.

Treland, in woods, verv rare. Dr. Schmiedeknecht

states that he has found it in Germany.

15. Dacnusa lateralis, Hal.

D. lateralis, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 9; Marsh., lib. cit.,

p: 480,38 2.

Antenne very long, one-half longer than the body; radial ner-

vure distinctly sinuated ; 1st abdominal segment three times as

long as its breadth. Body black, shining, very finely pubescent ;

British Braconide. 18

abdomen usually black (see varieties). @Q antennz slender, tes-

taceous, blackish towards the extremity, about 40-jointed. Meso-

thoracic furrows inchoate; an oblong, near fovea before the

scutellum; metathorax rugose, very short, almost vertical from

the base, carinated in the middle, beset with whitish pubes-

cence. Wings slightly infumated ; squamule testaceous ; nervures

and stigma pale brown; the Jatter linear, elongate, narrow, emit-

ting the radial nervure from near the base ; radial areolet large,

lanceolate, sinuated before the extremity : recurrent nervure inter-

stitial. Legs testaceous ; hind coxe blackish, their tibiz infuscated

at the apex. and the femora often streaked with blackish towards

the extremity ; tarsi obscure, the 4 anterior only at the tips.

Abdomen depressed, suborbicular, almost broader than the thorax ;

Ist segment linear, punctate-rugulose, with medial tubercles.

Terebra hardly exserted. 4 similar; abdomen sublinear.

Length 14 lines ; exp., 5 lines.

Var. 1. Second abdominal segment dull testaceous at the base ;

base of antenne, and legs, of a duller tint.

Var. 2. ¢ 9 Abdomen testaceous, infuscated at the sides ; Ist

segment black. This variety is perhaps peculiar to Ireland, since

Haliday has described it as the ordinary form of the species ; but

in all the numerous specimens which I have seen the abdomen is

black, having at most a slight reddish tint at the base of the 2nd

segment,

This species may be known by the remarkable length of

the antenne. In other respects it much resembles D. talaris

(sp. 3), and especially those specimens which have the

2nd segment free from rugosity ; these, however, have

both the antennz and the Ist segment shorter. Com-

mon in England and Ireland; taken also by Walker in

Finmark.

16. Dacnusa cincta, Hal.

D. cincta, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii, p.9; Marsh., lib. cié.,

peAGls Ye:

Antenne a little longer than the body ; radial nervure hardly

sinuated ; Ist abdominal segment twice as long as its width. @

black, shining, with very fine pubescence ; 2nd and following seg-

ments testaceous, cinctured with a darker colour, after the 3rd ;

mandibles testaceous. Antenne slender, 42-jointed, more or less

testaceous at the base. Metathorax short, obtuse, punctate-

rugulose. Wings hyaline with an obscure tinge; squamulze

14 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

yellowish ; nervures and stigma dull ferruginous, the latter linear,

emitting the radial nervure from near the base ; radial areolet very

little narrowed and sinuated before the extremity. Legs testaceous

with the last tarsal joint obscure. Abdomen rather longer than

the head and thorax, and as wide as the latter ; Ist segment sub-

linear, contracted at the extreme base, black, punctate-rugulose.

Terebra subexserted. dunknown. Length, 13 lines.

I have not met with this species. he habitat is not

mentioned ; probably Ireland.

17. Dacnusa lepida, Marsh.

D. lepida, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 482, g.

Legs whitish-yellow, elongate; squamule of the same colour ;

wings very ample, obtuse and truncated at the extremity ; face

whitish. ¢ black, shining, thinly beset with whitish hairs ; abdo-

men piceous brown. Head transverse, wider than the thorax, face

and oral parts whitish-yellow. Autenne much longer than the

body, slender, dull testaceous, with the scape and the base of the

flagellum of a brighter hue, 33-jointed. Mesothoracic furrows

subobsolete ; a linear fovea before the scutellum; metathorax

almost smooth, rather shining, without a basal carina. Wings

hyaline ; nervures and stigma brown, the latter moderately long,

lanceolate, obtuse at the base, acuminate at the extremity, emitting

the radial nervure before one-fourth of its length ; radial areolet

distinctly attenuated and sinuated towards the extremity, longer

than the preebrachial areolet ; recurrent nervure interstitial. Legs

very pale, including the cox; 4 posterior tarsi, and tips of the

hind tibie slightly infuscated; a small black spot at the base of

the hind coxe, above. First abdominal,;segment short, barely

twice as long as its width, not much narrowed at the base, canali-

culate in the middle throughout its length, margined, somewhat

shining, without rugosity, its tubercles salient ; the following seg-

ments forma claviform oval, shorter than the thorax. 9 unknown.

Length, nearly 1 line ; exp., 24 lines.

The only specimen was taken at Bishop’s Teignton,

Devon.

18. Dacnusa ovalis, Marsh.

D. ovalis, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 488, 3 2.

Legs dull testaceous, shorter than in species 17 ; squamule of

the same colour; wings less ample, regularly rounded at the

extremity ; face black. Body black, shining; metathorax and Ist

oOo)

British Braconide. 15

segment covered with fine down; 2nd segment somewhat reddish

at the base. Head transverse, wider than the thorax; mandibles

rufous, tridenticulate ; palpi dusky. @ Antenne longer than the

body, blackish, with two or three of the basal joints more or less

testaceous, 31-jointed (in 4 examples). Thorax short, gibbous ;

mesothoracic furrows almost obsolete ; a rather large oval fovea

before the scutellum ; metathorax short, not shining, finely rugose,

vertically truncate behind, the descending portion bounded by a

transverse carina. Wings subhyaline: nervures and stigma

fuscous, th2 latter elongate, linear-lanceolate, obtuse at the base,

acuminate at the extremity, emitting the radial nervure from near

the base ; radial areolet large, much dilated in the middle, sinuated

and gradually attenuated towards the extremity, longer than the

prebrachial; recurrent nervure interstitial. Last joint of the

tarsi infuscated. First abdominal segment short, twice as long as

its apical width, hardly narrowed at the base, not shining, finely

aciculate, with medial tubercles, not salient; the following seg-

ments form a pointed oval, as wideand as long as the thorax, black,

more or less reddish at the base. Terebra hardly exserted. ¢

similar; antenne 31-jointed ; legs of a more dingy hue; abdomen

obtuse at the extremity, narrower than the thorax. Length,

hardly 1 line; exp., 23 lines.

Var. @Q Abdomen, after the Ist segment, dull, testaceous,

infuscated at the sides.

Found at Nunton, Wilts, 3 9, 1 g¢; the var. in

Cornwall.

19. Dacnusa leptogaster, Hal.

D. lepiogaster, Hal., Hym. Brit., i, p. 10; Marsh., lib.

Clie, ators 6 fs

Squamule black. Body black, pubescent ; abdomen linear, not

so wide as the thorax; 2nd segment reddish at the base. Resembles

D, petiolata (sp. 8), but is much smaller, and the head and abdomen

are relatively narrower. Q Antenne as long as the body, 26-30-

jointed. Thorax oblong-oval; a punctiform fovea before the

scutellum ; metathorax short, pubescent, slightly excavated behind.

Wings hyaline, with a faint dusky tinge; nervures and stigma

fuscous, the latter linear, rather stout, emitting the radial nervure

before one-quarter of its length; radial areolet short, hardly

sinuated and narrowed before the extremity. Legs testaceous ;

the 4 anterior femora marked above with a blackish streak ; hind

tibix blackish at the apex. Abdomen somewhat compressed,

16 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

truncate at the extremity ; Ist segment slender, linear, almost as

long as the following segments united, rugose, reticulated ;

tubercles situated before the middle, subobsolete : the rest of the

abdomen sometimes wholly reddish. Terebra subexserted. ¢

Antennez rather longer than the body, 33-jointed, and upwards ;

abdomen linear, not compressed. Length, 14 lines.

England and Ircland ; somewhat rare.

20. Dacnusa yostica, Hal.

tr 5)

Dposivca, Wal., Hym. Brit:, a. pod) Marsh7) (2b.

cit. p. 455, g.

Squamule reddish. Abdomen testaceous with the Ist segment

black. Similar to D. senilis (sp. 12), but the Ist segment is more

slender, and its pubescence not so dense. ¢ Black, pubescent ;

head large, wider than the thorax ; mandibles red, palpi paler.

Antenne testaceous at the base. Thorax oblong; metathorax

pubescent, slightly excavated behind. Wings hyaline, with an

obscure tinge ; nervures and stigma fuscous, the former (according

to Haliday) arranged as in D. senilis. Legs testaceous. Abdomen

narrower than the thorax ; Ist segment slender, linear, punctate-

rugulose, subcarinate ; tubercles obtuse, situated somewhat before

the middle. @Q unknown; but compare D. gracilis (sp. 22). Length,

13 lines.

The single example, taken long ago by Walker, is too

succinctly described by Haliday. He differentiates it from

D. cincta (sp. 16) as being of a more elongate form, with a

larger head, the 1st segment more slender, and the radial

areolet smaller.

Taken once in England.

21. Dacnusa diremta, Hal.

D. diremia, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii, p. 12; Marsh., lid.

Cligeps 4005.6 9s

Head subcubic, its length and breadth being about equal, not

dilated behind the eyes ; nervures and stigma pale yellow. Black,

shining, with scattered pubescence. The form of the head,

peculiar to this species, is easy to recognise; the head also is as

wide as the thorax, and less flattened than usual ; mandibles and

British Braconide. iby

palpi ferruginous. 9 Antennz longer than the body, slender,

blackish, with the base ferruginous, 42-jointed, and upwards.

Thorax subcylindric ; mesothoracic furrows united, not far from

the fore margin, in a channel which terminates in a deep round

fovea before the scutellum ; metathorax downy, punctate-rugulose,

obtuse behind, canaliculate in the middle. Wings hyaline;

squamulz pale yellow ; stigma linear, acuminate at the extremity,

emitting the radial nervure from near the base; radial areolet

lanceolate, hardly sinuated, longer than the preebrachial ; recurrent

nervure interstitial. Legs entirely ferruginous. Abdomen nar-

rower than the thorax, somewhat compressed posteriorly ; 2nd

segment ferruginous, the rest blackish. Terebra subexserted.

¢ Antenne twice as long as the body, about 32-jointed; Ist

abdominal segment twice as long as its apical width, hardly con-

tracted at the base, canaliculate in the middle, very finely aciculate,

with medial tubercles not salient ; abdomen narrowly oblong, not

compressed ; 2nd and 3rd segments testaceous. Length, $line ;

exp., 14 lines.

Var. Second abdominal segment piceous.

Found in marshy places; England and_ Ireland ;

Germany ; Russia, according to Kawall. I possess one

$, not in good condition.

22. Dacnusa gracilis, Nees.

Alysia gracilis, Nees, Mon., p. 257, 2 2.

D. gracilis, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 487, $ 2.

Head transverse, dilated behind the eyes; nervures and stigma

fuscous. Black, shining ; middle of the abdomen ferruginous.

the body, testaceous as far as the middle, thence gradually darkened

to the apex, 3l-jointed. Mesothoracic furrows continned to the

oblong fovea before the scutellum; metathorax carinate in the

middle, pubescent posteriorly, hardly rugulose, truncate behind.

Wings hyaline with an obscure tinge ; nervures and stigma pale

brown, the latter linear-lanceolate, emitting the radial nervure at

one-third of its length ; radial nervure hardly sinuated ; recurrent

nervure rejected. Legs rufous, the cox included ; last joint of

the tarsi infuscated. Abdomen longer than the head and thoray,

narrow, strongly compressed towards the apex ; Ist segment almost

linear, striolate, carinate in the middle, with subobsolete tubercles ;

2nd and part of the Srd, testaceous or rufous; the rest blackish,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—PART I. (APRIL.) 2

18 “Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

except the last and the hypopygium, which are rufous. Terebra

exserted, curved upwards. 4 similar, according to Nees, but not

described. Length, 14 lines ; exp., 3! lines.

I have taken two females of this species, one in

England, the other in France, at Nantua; they agree in

all respects except size, the English example being much

the smaller. Fora iong time I supposed them to be

D. postica, Hal. (sp. 20), the 2 of which is undiscovered ;

but the identification is too uncertain to be adopted.

Taken by Manger in the Sudetsche Gebirge.

23. Dacnusa aphanta, Marsh.

D, aphanta, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 488, 2.

First cubital areolet. more or less confounded with the 1st dis-

coidal. Black; abdomen piceous; body not very pubescent.

Head wider than the thorax ; oral parts pale. @ Antenne twice

as long as the body, blackish, with the scape partly testaceous,

25-jointed. Mesothoracic furrows obsolete ; a linear fovea before

the scutellum ; metathorax sloping from the base, not shining,

bisected by a transverse carina. Wings hyaline ; squamulex pale

yellow ; nervures and stigma pale brownish; the latter elongate,

stout, abruptly acuminate at the extremity, emitting the radial

nervure before one-fourth of its length ; radial areolet large, much

longer than the ‘prebrachial, dilated and sinuated before the

extremity ; the nervure dividing the lst cubital from the 1st dis-

coidal areolet widely interrupted, subobsolete ; recurrent nervure

interstitial. Legs very pale testaceous, the coxze included ; tips of

the hind tibize and iast joint of all the tarsi, infuscated. Abdomen

claviform, as long as the thorax, somewhat compressed towards the

apex, which is vertically truncate ; lst segment linear, black, 2}

times as long as its width, hardly aciculate, not shining ; the tuber-

cles not salient ; the following segments piceous. Terebra briefly

exserted. ¢ doubtful on account of the antennz, which have

only 24 joints, and are somewhat shorter than those of the 9°.

Otherwise it agrees well with the description ; the 1st cubital is

completely confused with the 1st discoidal; this character may he

of little value, but I could not find any other by which to fix the

place of a species so little distinguished. Length, 3 lines ; exp.,

2 lines.

Taken in 8. Wales and near Plymouth. Forster has

made a genus Aphanta, possibly intended for this insect.

British Braconide. 19

24. Dacnusa stramineipes, Hal.

D. stramineipes, Hal., Hym. Brit., 11., p. 16; Marsh.,

lib. cit., p. 498, 2 9.

Second discoidal areolet not closed on the outer side ; antenns

much longer than the body, 25-31-jointed ; terebra as long as one-

fourth, or even three-fourths, of the abdomen. Blackish-brewn,

or piceous, pubescent ; the apex of the abdomen pale. Head not

wider than the thorax; cheeks pale piceous; mandibles rufous ;

palpi pale. ¢ Q Antenne very slender, blackish, more or less

testaceous at the base. Mesonotum flattened posteriorly, having

in front of the scutellum a linear fovea of variable length, some-

times short and oval ; the ordinary furrows effaced ; furrow of the

mesopleure wanting; metathorax pilose, short, not shining, punc-

tulate, without a medial carina. Wings ample, very long, hyaline;

squamule testaceous ; nervures and stigma testaceous in the 9,

black in the ¢ ; stigma linear, very elongate, acuminate at the

apex ; radial areolet very long, longer than the preebrachial, and

approaching nearer to the tip of the wing than in the next species,

somewhat dilated and sinuated in the middle, not much attenuated

towards the apex, almost cultriform ; radial nervure originating

near the base of the stigma ; recurrent neryure rejected. Legs

straw-coloured; last joint of the tarsi obscure. Abdomen sub-

sessile, oboval, somewhat depressed ; Ist segment not longer than

its apical width, somewhat narrowed at the base, aciculate, downy,

not shining ; the tubercles not apparent. Length, 14 lines; exp.,

3? lines.

This species constitutes the genus Tanystropha,

Forster. It is confounded by transitional links with

D. areolaris (sp. 25) ; itis found with that species, but less

abundantly; as it differs in no important particulars

except superior development, it may be reasonably

suspected of being only a well nourished variety.

England and Ireland ; common.

25. Dacnusa areolaris, Nees. (PI. I., fig. 5.)

Bracon «areolaris, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., 1811, p. 20,

plete tiga to:

Alysia areolaris, Nees, Mon., i., 262, :

D..areolanis, Hal., Hym. Brit., u.,p: 15, ¢ 2 ; Marsh.,

lab. cit., p. 491.

Alysia pubescens, Curt. Brit. Ent., 141.

Stigma elongate, emitting the radial nervure not far from its

base, which is somewhat attenuated ; abdomen entirely black or

20 Rev. T’. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

piceous ; terebra only slightly exserted. Body black, with pale

pubescence ; palpi dusky; mandibles rufous. ¢ 9 Antenne a

little longer than the body, about 25-jointed. Mesonotum some-

what flattened, impressed with a medial faint longitudinal channel

not reaching the fore border ; furrow of the mesopleure wanting ;

metathorax densely pubescent, short, rugulose. Wings hyaline ;

squamulz brownish ; nervures and stigma pale in the 2, black in

the ¢ ; stigma much attenuated, extending ever two-thirds of the

radial areolet ; this latter is longer than the prebrachial areolet,

and a trifle more remote from the tip of the wing than in sp. 24 ;

radial nervure rather stout, curved and sinuated before the

extremity ; recurrent nervure interstitial. Legs rufous; coxe,

base of the trochanters, upper edge of the 4 posterior femora, tips

of the hind tibiz, and the hind tarsi, often infuscated. Abdomen

like that of sp. 24, but not pale at the apex. Terebra concealed

or slightly exserted. Length, $-1 line ; exp., 24-3 lines.

Variable, not only as to size, but also in the colour of

the palpi, mandibles, and legs, which are more or less

dark in the smaller examples, more clearly rufous in the

larger. Many seem to be intermediate between this

species and the preceding, so that it is hard to say,

among the great number | possess, to which they ought

to be referred. It may be also remarked that the radial

areolet varies in length, and the stigma exhibits different

degrees of attenuation, but the general resemblance of all

these equally abundant forms is too intimate to admit a

doubt of their specific identity. They are probably

widely dispersed in cold and temperate regions, where

they show themselves in the earliest days of spring.

T’orster has made of them another genus, Rhizarcha.

26. Dacnusa clandestina, Hal.

D. clandestina, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 14; Marsh.,

lab. cit., p. 492, 2.

Stigma somewhat shorter, emitting the radial nervure before

one-fourth of its length, and dilated at the anastomosis ; abdomen

blackish, the segments cinctured with pale yellowish ; terebra half

as long as the abdomen. @ Black, pubescent ; head large, wider

than the thorax, piceous with paler cheeks ; mandibles ferruginous,

dark at the points ; palpi elongate, pale testaceous. Thorax oval ;

mesonotum impressed with a longitudinal smooth channel not

reaching th fore border ; mesopleure without a furrow ; meta-

British Braconide. 2h

thorax short, obtuse. Wings hyaline: squamule and stigma pale

ochreous ; radialareolet slightly dilated and sinuated in the middle,

somewhat acuminate at the extremity, shorter than spp. 24, 25;

recurrent nervure almost interstitial. Legs pale testaceous, the

tips of the tibize and of the tarsi infuscated. Abdomen subsessile,

oval, convex; 1st segment obconic, densely pubescent like the

metathorax, and finely rugulose ; segments 2—5 cinctured with pale

yellowish before the posterior margin ; 6-7 ochreous. Described

by Haliday from a single specimen. ¢@ unknown. Length,

14 lines,

Taken in Ireland.

27. Dacnusa aquilegix, Marsh.

D. aquileqizx, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 493, 2.

Stigma as long as the prebrachial areolet ; radial nervure bent

in the middle, forming almost a blunted angle, indicating thus a drd

abscissa, which proceeds almost in a straight line to the metacarp, and

terminates in anacute angle at a considerable distance from the tip

of the wing. This conformation is found also in certain species of

Opius, as O. ochrogaster, Wesm., and O. nitidulator, Nees (see Tr. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1891, pp. 32,38). @ Black, scarcely pubescent ; abdo-

men piceous, with the Ist segment testaceous. Head much wider

than long; mandibles rufous; palpi paler. Antenne slender, longer

than the body, 28-jointed, black, with the two first joints reddish.

An impressed line on the m2sonotum before the scutellum ; meta-

thorax short, not shining, pubescent, with a smooth space at the

middle of the base. Wings nyaline; squamule testaceous ;

nervures and stigma fuscous, the latter stout, extending to two-

thirds of the short radial areolet, emitting the radial nervure from

near its base ; the dividing nervure between the Ist cubital and

Ist discoidal areolets colourless, but still traceable; recurrent

nervure directed towards the inner lower angle of the 2nd cubital

areolet. Legs rufotestaceous, the cox included ; last joint of the

tarsi infuscated. Abdomen as long as the head and thorax, sub-

sessile ; Ist segment twice as long as its apical width, not much

narrowed at the base, finely striolate and margined, with salient

tubercles ; the following segments smooth, forming a claviform

mass as wide as the thorax. Terebra concealed. ¢ unknown.

Length, 1 live; exp., 24 lines.

The only example was bred from an unknown dipte-

rous pupa found on the columbine, Ajuilegia vulgaris,

by Mr. Billups.

22 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

28. Dacnusa abdita, Hal. (PI. 1., fig. 4.)

D. abdita, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii, p. 13; Marsh., lb.

Cit... 294, 6 Y

Mesopleure without a distinct furrow. @ Black, shining, with

scattered pubescence ; abdomen in general entirely black, some-

times the segments cinctured with testaceous along the hind

margin. Head short, transverse, wider than the thorax ; clypeus

brown; mandibles rufous ; palpi whitish. Antenne longer than

the body, black, with the scape testaceous, 51-35-jointed. Thorax

short, gibbous, oval ; on the mesonotum before the scutellum is an

oval fovea more or less distinct, which is prolonged into a channel

on the disk ; metathorax short, rugose, truncate posteriorly. Wings

ample, hyaline, minutely hairy ; squamule testaceous ; nervures

and stigma fuscous, the latter stout, elongate, linear-lanceolate,

sometimes attenuated at the base, close to which it emits the radial

nervure ; radial areolet large, much longer than the preebrachial,

strongly dilated and sinuated before the extremity ; recurrent

nervure directed towards the inner lower angle of the 2nd cubital

areolet. Legs testaceous ; hind tarsi and tips of the hind tibiz

infuscated, tarsi shorter than the tibiz. Abdomen convex, sub-

orbicular ; 1st segment sublinear, somewhat contracted before the

tubercles, which are conspicuous and situated in the middle ; the

following segments very smooth, ciliated on the margins; belly

testaceous. ‘lerebra hardly exserted. 2 similar, but more

slender ; antenne (in 3 examples) 32-jointed ; abdomen depressed,

oblong, with parallel sides ; posterior segments obscurely bordered

with testaceous. Length, 11 lines; exp., 3 lines.

‘This species may be known by the unusual direction of

the recurrent nervure, and the exceptional shortness of

the hind tarsi; otherwise it is very hke D. talaris (sp. 3)

and D. lateralis (sp. 15); in D. talaris the hind tarsi are

as long as their tibie ; in D. lateralis the hind tarsi are

short, but the antenne very much longer. Found in

England and Ireland ; a supposed parasite of some Phy-

tomyza, Whose larva lives in the parenchyma of leaves.

29, Dacnusa gilvines, Hal.

guvipes,

D. gilvipes, Hal., Hym. Brit., 11., p. 12;.Marsh., 7b;

City Peano, oy.

Mesopleurz with a crenulate furrow. Antennee 25-29-jointed.

@ Black, shining, finely pubescent ; mandibles, clypeus, and palpi

British Braconide. 23

yellow. Antenne as long as the body, blackish, with the first

+ or 5 joints yellow, the 3rd somewhat elongate. Thorax oval,

convex ; mesothoracic furrows scarcely inchoate, punctulate; a

punctiform fovea before the scutellum ; metathorax very short,

obtuse, punctate-rugulose. | Wings hyaline; squamule yellow ;

nervures and stigma testaceous, the latter very narrow, emitting

the radial nervure from its attenuated base; the nervulation

‘according to Haliday) resembles that of D. areolar/s (sp. 25), but the

recurrent nervure is interstitial, and the 1st abscissa longer. Legs

slender, yellow. Abdomen subpetiolate, spathulate, somewhat less

wide than the thorax, slightly compressed at the apex ; 1st segment

linear, punctate-rugulose, very little contracted at the base, with

medial tubercles. Terebra as long as one-fourth of the abdomen,

its valves slender. 4 similar, but with stouter legs. Length,

1-1} lines.

Var. 1. d@ Abdominal segments, after the Ist, fuscous ; an

obscure testaceous patch at the base of the 2nd.

Var. 2. ¢ Hind tarsi and tips of their tibiz infuscated.

I have not seen this species, which, according to

Haliday, resembles D. albipes (sp. 14), differing only in

having the thorax nearly glabrous, the radial areolet and

the stigma shorter, and the recurrent nervure interstitial.

Forster has made for it the genus Mesora. Found in

Hngland and Ireland, but very rare.

V. GYROCAMPA, Forster.

Forster, Verh. Pr. Rheinl., 1862, p. 276.

Palpi elongate, the maxillary 6-, the labial 3- or 4-jointed. Head

transverse ; cheeks somewhat dilated ; eyes rather small, glabrous.

Thorax smooth; mesonotum canaliculate in the middle, the channel

developing into a fovea before the scutellum ; mesothoracic furrows

incomplete, directed at first across the disk, but soon forming

almost a right angle, marked by a punctiform impression, and then

suddenly effaced ; furrow of the mesopleurze smooth ; metathorax

pubescent. Wings narrower than in Dacnusa ; 2nd abscissa form-

ing a regular parabolic curve, not at all sinuated; recurrent nervure

rejected ; stigma linear, elongate, sometimes very much attenu-

ated and indeterminate, emitting the radial nervure at one-fourth

or one-third of its length ; radial areolet remote from the tip of

the wing ; 2nd discoidal completely closed ; radial nervure of the

hind wings colourless or effaced. Abdomen spathulate, pointed at

the apex in the ? ; 2nd and following sutures very indistinct ; Ist

24 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

segment oblong, a little narrowed at the base, striolate, pubescent,

with more or less visible tubercles. Terebra briefly exserted, with

broad, flattened valves.

These insects are distinguished from Dacnusa by a

certain facies, which is due to the form of the head and

abdomen, as well as to the neuration. Fdérster has made

of them two genera, Gyrocampa and Ametria, the latter

of which is distinguished by a longer radial areolet, and

the number of joints of the labial palpi. The same author

evidently intended to separate Gyrocampa from Dacnusa

by the radial nervure, which is regularly curved in the

former; but the typographical errors in his synopsis,

p- 276 (where No. 2U needs correction), are misleading

to the reader. It may also be remarked that some

species of Dacnusa, as D. semirugosa (sp. 4), present a

radial nervure not more sinuated than in Gyrocam pa.

The parasitism of the species of (ryrocampa is unknown,

but they are always found in marshy places, especially on

plants of the family Lemnacew. The dense pubescence

or down, covering the region of the principal spiracles,

viz., the metathorax and the Ist abdominal segment, is

probably for the protection of the breathing-orifices from

water, and indicates, as in many other insects, the habit

of living in wet places.

TABLE OF SPECIES,

(4) 1. Labial palpi 4-jointed ; stigma attennated, but

not quite obsolete, emitting the radial nervure

at one-fourth of its length.

(3) 2. Second segment striolate at the base, length

nearly 2 lines ate nec ... 2. foveola, Hal.

(2) 8. Second segment entirely smooth ; Tenth 1 line

or very little more .. lL. affinis, Nees.

(1) 4. Labial palpi 3-jointed; stigma obs slete, or "nearly

so, not thicker than the costa, emitting the

radial nervure at one-third of its length ... 3. wliginosa, Hal-

Gyrocampa affinis, Nees.

Bracon longicornis, varr. a, 8, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl.,

LSI, pe 20,

Bassus affinis, Nees, lib. cit., 1814, p. 209.

Alysia affinis, Nees, Mon., i., p. 261, # 2.

Dacnusa affinis, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 16, 2 2.

G. affinis, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg.

Bracon., vol. ii., p. 503, f 2.

British Braconide. 25

Labial palpi 4-jointed ; stigma elongate, attenuated, emitting

the radial nervure at one-fourth of its length, which fourth is

about equal in length to the Ist abscissa. Second segment of the

abdomen entirely smooth. 2 Black, shining, pubescent ; mandibles

and palpi rufous. Antenne somewhat longer than the body,

24-jointed, the first 3 or 4 joints rufous. Prothorax transversely

wrinkled ; mesonotum traversed by an impressed line issuing in a

rounded fovea before the scutellum ; metathorax not shining, beset

with whitish hairs, truncate posteriorly. Wings hyaline; squa-

mulze brown ; nervures and stigma reddish-brown, sometimes very

pale. Legs rufotestaceous ; last joint of the tarsi elongate, incras-

sated, with minute claws. Abdomen spathulate, as long as the

thorax ; Ist segment finely striolate, pubescent, carinate in the

middle, twice as wide at tle extremity as at the base, with incon-

spicuous tubercles. Terebra hardly exserted. ¢ similar ; antenn

longer, 28-33-jointed ; Ist segment almost linear ; 2nd and follow-

ing narrower than in the 9, forming together an elongate oval.

Length, 1-14 lines; exp., 24-3 lines.

Var. ¢@ Form more slender; head not so much flattened;

antenne longer, 36-jointed; stigma more attenuated, almost

obsolete. Haliday.

Common in Europe, upon duck-weed and other aquatic

plants.

2. Gyrocampa foveola, Hal.

Dacnusa foveola, Hal., Hym. Brit., i1., p. 16, 2.

G. foveola, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 504, ¢ ¢.

Labial palpi, and stigma, as in the preceding. Second segment

of the abdomen striolate at the extreme base. ‘The largest species.

@ Black shining. Antenne 30-35-jointed, the two basal joints

more or less testaceous. Medial furrow of the mesonotum broad and

deeply sunk; metathorax densely pubescent. Wings slightly infu-

mated; nervures and stigma fuscous. First abdominal segment with

salient tubercles, striolate, with a small medial space triangular and

smooth ; apex of the abdomen more acuminate than in G’. affinis ;

terebra longer, its valves incrassated and flattened. The other

characters are the same as those of G.affinis. 4 similar ; 2nd abdo-

minal segment reddish towards the base ; one ¢ in my collection

has 30-jointed antenne, like the 9. Length, 1% lines; exp,

3? hues.

Found in England and Ireland, but much more rarely

than the other species.

26 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

3. Gyrocampa uliginosa, Hal. (PI. 1., fig. 5.)

Dacnusa uliginosa, Hal., Hym. Brit., it., p.17, ¢ 2.

G. uliginosa, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 502, 2 2.

Labial palpi 3-jointed; stigma more elongate and attenuated,

almost indistinguishable from the costa, emitting the radial nervure

at one-third of its length, which third is longer than the 1st

abscissa, 2 Black, shining ; head and thorax pubescent, and of

equal width; palpi and mandibles rufous. Antenne somewhat

longer than the body, 24-jointed, the 2nd joint testaceous. An

impressed line on the mesonotum. terminating in a rounded fovea

before the scutellum ; furrow of the mesopleure fine and smooth ;

metathorax beset with whitish hairs. Wings hyaline ; squamule

brown ; nervures and stigma ferruginous brown ; the portion of

the stigma preceding the Ist abscissa being longer than this latter,

it results that the parastigma is thrown back towards the base of

the wing, and the Ist cubital areolet is angularly prolonged in the

same direction ; radial areolet longer and narrower than in the

other species; hind wings narrow. Legs rufous; tarsi, and tips

of the femora, infuscated. Abdomen convex, spathulate, as wide

as the thorax and a little longer, glabrous, very shining ; Ist seg-

ment twice as wide at the extremity as at the base, striolate, finely

margined, with scarcely visible tubercles ; 2nd sometimes faintly

striolate at the extreme base. Terebra hardly exserted. ¢

similar ; antenne 28-jointed ; abdomen elongate-oval. depressed ;

2nd segment rufcpiceous towards the base, Length, 1 line; exp.,

2+ lines,

Found all over the British Islands, and in Holland ;

common amongst aquatic plants. It constitutes the genus

Ametria, Forster.

VI. CHOREBUS, Hal.

Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 1, (1839).

Maxillary palpi 6-jointed, the 4th joint longer than the 5th, the

6th shorter, suboval ; labial palpi 3-jointed, the last joint enlarged,

oval. Head transverse; eyes pilose; mandibles subcompressed, pris-

matic, 3-denticulate, the middle tooth the longest. Thorax finely

and densely punctulate, often not shining, rugose at the sides and

beneath ; mesosternum smooth ; furrow of the mesopleure rugose;

mesothoracic furrows incomplete, directed at first across the disk,

but soon turning off at a right angle marked by a punctiform

British Braconide. Qa

impression,and then suddenly effaced; metathorax rugose, reticulate.

Stigma either linear, elongate, attenuated, emitting the radial nervure

before one-third of its length, or else forming an elongate triangle,

and emitting the radial nervure just before the middle ; radial ner-

vure describing a regular curve, without sinuation ; radial areolet

narrow, elongate, remote from the tip of the wing; recurrent nervure

more or lessrejected, when it is much thrown back, the first cubital

areolet becomes a hexagon ; 2nd discoidal areolet complete. Ab-

domen subsessile; Ist segment striolate, the rest smooth, minutely

ciliate along the hind border. Terebra very short.

Haliday was acquainted with three species, to which I

am now enabled to add a fourth, distinguished by its

neuration, ‘They are closely allied to the preceding and

the following genus, and are found in similar situations,

such as the banks of rivers and ponds, or among the

rejectamenta of the sea-beach. ‘Their earlier states are

not known.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

(4) 1. Recurrent nervure rejected as far as the

middle, or one-third, of the 1st eubital

areolet, thus forming a (th side of that

areolet.

(3) 2. Stigma attenuated, sublinear, not so thick

as the length of the 1st abscissa; emit-

ting the radial nervure betore one-fourth

of its length; legs blackish eee « Ll. nereidum, Hal.

. Stigma forming an elongate scalene tri-

angle ; emitting the ranial nervure from

near the middl-, where it is thicker than

the length of the 1st abscissa; legs in

great part testaceous”... at .. 2. Limoniadum, Marsh.

Recurrent nervure not so far rejected.

Antenne of the 9 one-half longer than

the head and thorax; abdomen not

compressed (@ unknown) oe ... 3. lymphatus, Hal.

(5) 6. Antenne of the Q as long as the head

and thorax; abdomen, after the 3rd

segment, strongly compressed ... .. 4. natadum, Hal.

ee)

1. Cherebus nereidum, Hal.

C. nererdum, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., p. 18

fibvetis, We O01, 6?

2 Black ; head transverse, somewhat less wide than the thorax,

shining, densely pubescent ; vertex faintly canaliculate ; mandibles

piceous ; palpi pale, infuscated at bothends. Antennz 18-jointed,

hardly as long as the head and thorax. Thorax densely pubescent;

mesothoracic furrows humeral, effaced posteriorly, between them

on the fore margin is a short smooth stria; metathorax short,

Marsh.,

28 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

subtruncate. Wings hyaline ; squamule black; nervures and

stigma fuscous ; radial areolet lanceolate, very narrow ; Ist cubital

areolet hexagonal ; prebrachial areolet of the hind wings rather

short. Legs robust, blackish, with the extremities of the trochan-

ters rufous. Abdomen as broad as the thorax, and somewhat

longer, lanceolate, depressed ; 1st segment obconic, rather longer

than its apical width, without visible tubercles, obsoletely rugu-

lose, margined, often marked with a medial impression ; 2nd and

3rd, taken together, subrectangular, one-half longer than the Ist ;

the rest, taken together, scarcely half as long as the 2nd and 3rd.

Terebra hardly exserted. ¢ similar; antennze almost one-half

longer than the head and thorax, 22-jointed ; abdomen scarcely

narrower than the thorax ; segments 2—3 as long as all the follow-

ing united. Length, 1 lines ; exp., 2} lines.

It has been taken in England, Ireland, and Holland, but

rarely ; it crawls slowly amongst seaweed at the mouths

of rivers, and on the coast. Mr. Billups has captured it at

Oxshott.

Chorebus limoniadum, Marsh.

C. limoniadum, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 507, 2.

@ Black; head transverse, as wide as the thorax, shining

pubescent ; vertex faintly canaliculate ; mandibles and palpi testa-

ceous. Antenne mutilated, but 16 joints remain. Mesothorax as

in the last species; metathorax punctate-rugose, traversed by several

raised lines, irregular, longitudinal, of which the two medial enclose

an oval space. Wings hyaline ; squamule, nervures, and stigma,

rufopiceous ; radial areolet lanceolate, broader than in C. nereidum ;

recurrent nervure rejected to one-third of the length of the inner

lower side of the 1st cubital areolet, which is thus made hexagonal;

prebrachial areolet of the hind wings shorter than in C. nereidum.

Legs testaceous, pubescent ; 4 anterior cox, all the femora, tibix,

and tarsi infuscated at the apex; hind coxe black. Abdomen

elongate-oval, depressed, subpetiolate ; 1st segment striolate, nearly

linear, much narrower than the metathorax, margined from the

base to the tubercles, which are acute and very salient ; the rest of

the segments smooth. ‘Terebra hardly exserted. 4 unknown.

Length, 14 lines ; exp., 23 lines.

The shape of the stigma will at once distinguish this

species, without regard to smaller differences. I cap-

tured the only specimen known on the banks of a rivulet

in Devonshire, at some distance from the sea.

British Braconide. 99

3. Chorebus lymphatus, Hal.

C. lymphatus, Hal., Hym. Brit., i, p.19; Marsh.,

ib. cit., p. 508, &.

2 More slender than C.nereidum and C.naiadum. Black ; head

transverse, subcubic, wider than the thorax, shining ; eyes beset

with scattered hairs; mandibles and palpi ferruginous. Antenne

22-jointed, the 2nd joint rufescent. Thorax finely punctulate,

pubescent; mesonotum having an impressed line in front, and a

fovea before the scutellum ; metathorax obtuse. Wings hyaline ;

squamule yellowish ; nervures and stigma dull ferruginous, the

latter still more attenuated than in C. nereidum ; radial areolet more

elongate, Legs ferruginous, the tips of the tarsi infuscated.

Abdomen asin C. nereidum, but less narrowed posteriorly ; 1st seg-

ment almost twice as long as wide, its tubercles situated before the

middle. Terebra subexserted. Length, 1} lines.

Once captured by Haliday in North Ireland, in a grassy

ditch.

4, Chorebus navadum, Hal.

C. naiadum, Hal., Hym. Brit., 1., p. 18; Marsh., ld.

cit., p. B09, 3 2.

2 Black: head transverse, a little narrower than the thorax,

shining, densely pubescent; vertex faintly canaliculate ; mandibles

dusky ; palpi pale. Antenne 16-jointed, more slender than in

C. nereidum. Thorax densely pubescent ; mesonotum canaliculate in

thé middle, sometimes studded with large punctures ; metathorax

very short, gibbous at the sides, truncate posteriorly. | Wings

hyaline ; squamule black ; stigma and nervures dull ferruginous;

the former linear-lanceolate, emitting the radial nervure before

one-third of its length; recurrent nervure moderately rejected.

Legs dull ferruginous. Abdomen longer than the head and thorax ;

1st segment about one-half longer than its apical width ; faintly

rugulose; 2nd and 3rd forming together an attenuated cone,

scarcely as long as the following segments united ; these latter are

strongly compressed like the blade of an oar, vertically. Terebra

exserted, with slender valves. ¢ Antenna: longer and more slender

than those of the 9, 20—21-jointed ; stigma and nervures fuscous ;

legs dull rufopiceous, much longer and more slender. Length,

12 lines; ¢ 13 lines.

Taken by Haliday in North Ireland, on the banks of

rivers and lakes, but not commonly.

30 T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

VII. CHANUSA, Hal.

Hal., Hym. Brit., ii, p. 19 (1839).

Maxillary palpi 6-jointed, the last joint suboval; labial 4-jointed,

the two last joints short, consolidated so as to form a club some-

what longer than the 2nd joint. Head somewhat transverse, sub-

cubic, widened behind the eyes, smooth, shining, finely pubescent :

eyes beset with scattered hairs ; mandibles subcompressed in the

form of a prism, as in Chorebus, tridenticulate. Thorax densely

punctulate, pubescent; prothorax large, transversely wrinkled ;

mesothoracic furrows as in Chorebus, but smoother, the medial line

almost effaced ; a linear fovea before the scutellum ; mesopleurz

smooth, the usual furrow crenulate ; metathorax short, rounded,

rugose, Stigma oval-lanceolate, shorter than in Chorebus, and

broader than the length of the Ist abscissa, emitting the radial

nervure from very near the middle ; radial areolet small, shorter

than the preebrachial, remote from the tip of the wing ; recurrent

nervure very slightly rejected ; 2nd discoidal areolet completely

closed. Abdomen as long as the head and thorax, depressed,

spathulate in the 2, elongate-oval in the ¢; Ist segment twice

as long as its apical width, very little narrowed at the base, finely

striolate and margined, its tubercles almost effaced ; before them

there is generally a transverse impression resembling a false suture ;

the following segments smooth, ciliate on the hind margin. 'Terebra

very short.

The single species of this genus has the general appear-

ance of a Chorebus, differing only in the neuration and

the labial palpi: this latter character probably induced

Haliday to establish a new subgenus, though at the pre-

sent day it would hardly be regarded as of primary

importance. Nees von Hsenbeck strangely placed the

insect in his genus Perilitus, notwithstanding the.

mandibles, which are those of the Hwodontes, and not

considering his own closely allied species Gyrocampa

afjinis, which he more correctly referred to the genus

Alysia.

1. Chenusa conjungens, Nees. (PI. I., fig. 6.)

Bracon conjungens, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., 1811,

Pad, pl. ai. ie. 7:

Perilitus conjungens, Nees, Mon.,1. p. 33, f @.

C. conjungens, Hal., Hym. Brit., 1., p. 19; Marsh.,

hoScitcproll, gf Qy.

British Braconide. 31

Black ; ¢ mandibles testaceous ; labrum and palpi ferruginous.

Antenne longer than the body, 24-25-jointed. Wings hyaline ;

squamulz brownish ; stigma fuscous in the ¢, ferruginous in the

@. Legs ferruginous; trochanters and base of the tibix paler ;

knees and tips of the tarsi infuscated.. Terebra scarcely as long as

the last segment. Length, 1-1} lines; exp., 21-3 lines.

Found in England and Ireland; originally by Nees

in Franconia. I have taken three, in Devonshire and

Cornwall; the species is not uncommon in swampy

places.

EXPLANATION OF Prats J,

DACNUSIDA.

Fig. 1. Dacnusa ampliator, Nees, 2. 1a Antenna,

2. Dacnusa petiolata, Nees, ¢.

3. Dacnusa areolaris, Nees, 2.

4, Wing of Dacnusa abdita, Hal.

5. Gyrocampa uliginosa, Hal., 2.

6. Chenusa conjungens, Nees, 4.

a»

“——

II. Western Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. By

The Right lHonble. Lorp Watsinauamu, M.A.,

GDS ERS.

[Read Dec. 2nd, 1896.]

Prates II. and III.

I am indebted to the Rev. Dr. W. J. Holland for the

opportunity of making known some interesting additions

to the African Micro-lepidoptera from a locality hitherto

unvisited by any collector of these small but instructive

forms. Kangwé, on the Ogowé River (where the Rev.

A. C. Good collected the specimens communicated by

Dr. Holland), is situated only two miles south of the

equator, and the collection, as might be expected, affords

several examples of the more brilliant colouring and

abnormal structure which distinguishes the equatorial

fauna in other regions. The specimens, unfortunately, for

the most part are in only moderate condition, but are

sufficient to indicate that an experienced collector could

find a rich harvest of novelties if he should possess also

the qualifications of a sportsman and be indifferent to the

aggressive curiosity of the very numerous lions which, I

am informed, make night collecting absolutely impossible,

and in this instance confined it exclusively to lamp-light

on the upper floor.

This small collection still further emphasises the

alliances undoubtedly prevalent between the Micro-

lepidoptera of the two regions lying on opposite sides of

the great dividing barrier of the Atlantic Ocean, especially

about those degrees of latitude tending southward from

the equator. But, while emphasising this fact, the

collection possesses a still greater interest from the

evidence which it affords that the African continent forms

a strong connecting link with the eastern as well as with

the western fauna. Some of the genera included in this

paper, such as Idiothawma and Mictopsichia, have repre-

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—parT I. (APRIL) 3

34 Lord Walsingham on Western

sentative forms in both, The species placed in the genera

Choreutis, Simaethis, and Glyphipteryx have near allies

among the Amazonian types, but could be matched

almost as closely by specimens from Assam and the

Malay Archipelago, while Tiguadra, another Brazilian

genus (to which a species is here added), is represented

in the late Mr. Pryer’s collection from Japan. Nematois

parvella, in the Adeline, carries us at once to Borneo and

Sumatra for a careful comparison to enable us_ to

distinguish it from more than one species equally resplen-

dent; and this is the more remarkable, inasmuch as the

Adeline are but poorly represented in all coliections that

have hitherto reached us from the African region, and are

apparently unrepresented in South America; while the

alliance of Ptilothyris is with Adelomorpha, hitherto only

known from a single species occurring in Celebes.

Alucita simiialis, Wkr., affords a parallel instance,

strengthened by the absolute similarity of specimens from

both localities. These affinities will probably be more

strongly recognised when the mass of material in my

hands, illustrating this study from the islands of the Malay

Archipelago and the adjacent peninsula, as well as from

India and the extreme north of Australia, can be

thoroughly worked out and described.

My assistant, Mr. Durrant, has drawn and coloured the

figures for the plates which illustrate this paper under

circumstances of unusual difficulty, owing to the condition

of the specimens and the absence of any lengthened

series; the extreme interest which attaches to many of

these unique forms being the chief incentive in under-

taking a task which he thas achieved with remarkable

success. ‘lo make correct drawings of the neural

characters from ill-set and frequently contorted specimens,

requires not only much labour and patience, but an

intimate knowledge of structure which few possess, yet

this portion of the work is of the utmost importance in

instituting any comparison between what may be

regarded as grades of structural variation, chiefly interest-

ing for the light they may throw upon geographical

origin and distribution; I must here express my

acknowledgment for the pains that he has taken to

ensure accurate delineation, as well as for the skill with

which he has reproduced the natural colouring.

Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 39

PTEROPHORIDAL.

CRrocyDOSCELUS, gen. n.

(«poxts = a piece of wool, cxéAos = a leg.)

Types. Crocydoscelus ferrugineum, Wlsm.

Antenne half the length of the forewings, scarcely pubescent in

the ¢, somewhat flattened laterally. Labial palpi slender, pro-

jecting about the length of the head beyond it ; apical joint nearly

as long as the second, which is slightly recurved. Haustellum well

developed. //ead clothed above with bifid scales. Thorax stout,

smooth, Forewings narrow, bilobed, the fissure commencing at

about three-fourths from the base; the anterior lobe as wide as

the second, slightly uncate at the apex ; second lobe square-ended,

Neuration, 12 veins; 8 and 9 stalked, 8 to apex ; 3 and 4 stalked.

Hindwings trilobed, the anterior fissure extending to one-half, the

lower fissure not reaching to the base ; third lobe filiform, with a

spatule of black scales in the cilia at its apex. Neuwration, 8 veins ;

7 to apex of upper lobe ; 5 and 6 short, to fissure ; 3 and 4 approxi-

mate towards origin, 4 to apex and 3 to angle of second lobe ;

1 to apex of third lobe. Abdomen widened in the middle, tapering

to the anal segments. Legs, anterior pair with a wide tuft at the

end of the tibiz ; middle pair with a similar tuft ; posterior pair

with three outspreading fan-like tufts, the first small, near the base

of the tibize, the other two much larger, arising above the base of

the spurs, the inner spurs much longer than the outer, slightly

clothed, outer spurs densely clothed.

Crocydoscelus ferrugineum, sp.n. (PI. IL, fig. 1.)

Antenne greyish fuscous, with a reduplicated white line and

white spots above. Palpi, head, and thorax ferruginous. Fore-

wings ferruginous, banded across the outer half of the lobes with

tawny fuscous and reddish cupreous, with a faint indication of a

white transverse streak on each lobe; the apical margin of the

anterior lobe is slightly uncate, the cilia blackish along their base,

their outer half tawny-grey; on the second lobe the cilia are

similarly coloured, but the tawny grey does not extend to

the tornus, where they are purplish, and behind it they

become pale ferruginous on the dorsum. Zzp. al., 15 mm.

30 Lord Walsingham on Western

Hindwings bright shining ferruginous at the base, shading

outwardly to cupreous ; cilia purplish fuscous at the apex, shading

to tawny grey and pale ferruginous towards the base ; hind lobe

very slender, with a cupreous black spatule af its apex. Abdomen

dark ferruginous, shading to tawny fuscous at the sides. Legs, the

anterior and middle pairs pale ferreginous with a rich ferruginous.

fan-shaped tuft towards the end of the tibiz ; posterior pair thickly

clothed to the tarsal joints with dark ferruginous scales, the tibial

tufts banded at their base with reddish ferruginous, on their outer

half bright ochreous.

Type. &. Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Yoruba—Idanre (Sir G. Carter, 1894) ; French

Congo—Kanewé, Ogowé River (Rev. A. C. Good).

Auucita, L.

Tyee. Phalena (Alucita) pentadactyla, L. (Poda, 1761).

atucita, L. (nec Meyr.) = acipritia, Hb. = aciprius,

Z. = *pTEROPHORUS (Geofir.) Meyr.

Alucita similalis, Wkr.

n. syn. = malacensis, Z.

Aciptilus similalis, Wkr., Cat. Lep. Ins. B.M., XXX.,

949 (1864)!; Aciptilia malacensis, Z. Hor. Soc. Ent-

Ross., XILIL., 485-6 (1877).

Hab. Arrica—Sierra Leone, 10, I. (Dr. Clements) ;

French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev. A. C.

Good) ; Asta—Malacca? ; Bornec—Sarawak! ; Celebes—

Macassar, 500 ft. (W. M. Doherty).

This species has not hitherto been recorded from

Africa.

Alucita candidalis, Wkr.

Aciptilus candidalis, Wkr., Cat. Lep. Ins. B.M., XXX.,

948 (1864)!; Wlsm., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, 282?.

Hab. Sierra Leone’ ?; French Congo—Kanegwé,

Ogowé River (Rev. A. CU. Good); Natal-— Spring

Vale, LI?

Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 37

GELECHIADA.

PrILOTHYRIS, gen. Ns

(rridov = wing, Oipls = a window.)

Tyee. Ptilothyris purpurea, Wism.

Antenne shorter than the forewings, somewhat thickened beyond

the base: ¢ bipectinate 2}, each pectination strongly biciliate ; ?

slightly biserrate ; basal joint smooth in both sexes. Mawillary palpi

slender, drooping. Labial palpi very long, recurved, smooth; second

and third joints of about equal length, the former somewhat flattened

and sabre-shaped, the latter very slender and sharply pointed.

Haustellum long. Head smooth, with side-tufts behind eyes.

Thorax smooth. Forewings elongate, of approximately even width

throughout, costa slightly depressed at the base and apex, termen

slightly oblique, not sinuate, tornus rounded. Neuration, 11 veins

(9 absent, coincident with 8); 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to costa above

apex ; 2,3 and 4 from a recurved common stem ; 5 from lower

angle of cell, remote from 6. Hindwings broader than the fore-

wings, scarcely sinuate beneath apex ; ¢ with a semi-transparent

patch. Neuwration, 8 veins; 6 and 7, as also 3 and 4, from a short

stalk; 5 straight. Abdomen slightly flattened behind middle ;

d with genital segments densely hairy ; uncus strongly developed.

Legs smooth, hind tibiz with elongate slender tarsi and rather long

spurs.

Allied to Adelomorpha [fonnded by Snellen (Tijd. v.

Kot., XXVIII, 31-2, Pl. I11., 1-3, 1885) on the characters

of a single species from Celebes| but differing chiefly in

the shorter and distinctly bipectinate antenne, which in

Adelomorpha are biciliate. ‘lhe occurrence of this genus

in tropical Africa is interesting, especially in connexion

with other forms from which probably it may have been

derived. Idiopterya, Wlsm., possesses vein 9 in the:

forewings from the same stem as 7 + 8, while the loss

of this vein is characteristic of Adelomorpha and Ptilo-

thyris. A tendency in the same direction is shown in the

hindwings, where 3 and 4, which are separate in [diopteryz,

arise from a short stalk in both these genera. It would

be interesting to disccver a form in which all these

stalked veins have become coincident.

38 Lord Walsingham on Western

Ptilothyris purpurea, sp.n. (PI. IL., fig. 2.

Antenne purple on the basal two-thirds, with an ochreous patch

behind the basal joint, the outer third white. Palp/ bright

ochreous, the apical joint shaded with purplish fuscous externally.

Head dark purplish, the face paler ; the fringes above the eyes

bright ochreous. Thorax dark purplish. Forewings shining, dark

purplish, with a triangular patch of somewhat roughened scales

extending nearly across the wing at one-third from the base (this

is bright purplish grey in certain lights, but appears brownish

fuscous 1f held in an opposite direction) ; beyond this at the upper

angle of the cell isa smaller similar patch; a slender subochreous

line runs along the base of the dark purplish cilia, rp. al.

24mm. Hindwings, ¢, deep purplish fuscous (varying somewhat

according to the angle at which the light strikes them); costal

margin from the base to two-thirds shining whitish ochreous ; a

pale, iridescent transparent elongate patch, lying beneath the costal

margin beyond the middle, extends nearly across the width of the

cell; a tuft of greyish hair-scales at the base of vein 1; cilia

purplish tipped with whitish ochreous towards the abdominal angle

and somewhat beyond it: 2 cupreous brown, without the pale

patch ; cilia purplish grey. Abdomen purplish grey, anal tuft pale

ochreous ; underside shining whitish ochreous. Legs bright

ochreous ; hind tibiz shaded externally with purplish at the base

and between the spurs, the outer spurs and the basal joint of the

tarsi also purplish externally.

Type. gf. Mus. Wism.; 2. Mus. Holland.

IIlab. Lagos (f gf, Sir G. Carter) ; French Congo—

Kangwé, Ogowé River (2 Rev. A. C. Good); three

specimens.

EPICHARMA, gen. n.

(émlxapua = an object of malignant joy.)

Tyer. Lpicharma nothriforme, Wism.

Antenne (Q) filiform. Labial palpi strongly recurved, second

joint amply clothed above and below, the scales beneath scarcely

longer than those above ; apical joint as long as the second, slender,

smooth. Mavillary palpi short, dependent. //austellum long.

Ocelli obsolete. Head and thorax smooth. Forewings, costa

slightly arched at the base, straight beyond, apex depressed, ter-

men scarcely oblique. Neuration, 11 veins (7 and 8 coincident

Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 39

throughout); 2 and 3 from a recurved common stem, others

separate. Hindwings slightly broader than the forewings, trape-

zoidal, costal third of the wing thickly scaled throughout beneath.

Neuration, 8 veins ; 3 and 4 from a point, 6 and 7 closely approxi-

mated at base. Legs, hind tibie thickly clothed, spurs very long.

Allied to Nothris and Ypsolophus, but differing in the

coincidence of veins 7 and 8 of the forewings.

Hpicharma nothriforme, sp.n. (Pl. I., fig. 3.)

Antenne stone ochreous, faintly annulate. Pa/pi, rich brown

exterrally on the second joint ; apical joint and a narrow fringe at

the end of the second joint stone-ochreous. Head and thorax

stone-ochreous. Horewings pale stone-ochreous with three black

spots, one on the middle of the fold, one on the middle of the disc

above and beyond it, the vhird at the end of the cell slightly below

the line of the previous one; a very faint shade of greyish brown

on the apical portion of the wing is interrupted by a pale waved

fasciaform mark which extends from the commencement of the

costal cilia, bulging outwards and reverting to the dorsum before

the tornus ; a few ill-defined greyish brown spots around the apex

and termen ; cilia pale stone-ochreous. vp, al.,23 mm. Hini-

wings grey : cilia stone-ochreous with a greyish shade near their

base. .Lbdomen greyish. Legs stone-ochreous.

Typeas 2.

Hab. French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev.

A. C. Good) ; unique.

This species has much the appearance of Nothris

verbascella, Hb., but the neuration is different.

PaPpoPpHOoRUs, gen. n.

(axmos = thistle down, péperv = to bear.)

Tyee. Pappophorus eurynotus, Wism.

Antenne (#), unidentate, basal joint without pecten. Labial

palpi, second joint porrect, clothed at the end and above and

beneath soas to make the joint appear triangular ; apical joint

slender, recurved, twice the length of the second joint. Mazillary

palpi short, distinct. ITaustellum well-developed. J/ead and thorax

smooth, Jorewings with the costa conspicuously bulged before

40 Lord Walsingham on Western

the middle, comparatively straight beyond, but slightly depressed

before the apex, termen somewhat oblique, tornus rounded, dorsum

straight. Neuwration, 12 veins; 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to apex ; 2 and 3

from a recurved stalk, the others separate. Hindwings trapezoidal,

broader than the forewings, slightly sinuate beneath apex, and con-

cave between abdominal angle and tornus, ciliaz ; ¢ with a

long narrow naked fold on the upper side between vein 1b and 1c

containing a pencil of long fine expansible hairs. Newration, 6

veins ; 2 absent, 3and 4 coincident, 5 nearer to 6 than to 3 + 4,

6 and 7 closely approximated, 1) with a long and distinct fork.

Abdomen slender, somewhat flattened. Legs, hind tibize smooth.

Allied to Ypsolophus, F., but differing conspicuously

in the hindwings in the absence of vein 2, in the coin-

cidence of veins 3 and 4, in the approximation of 5 to 6,

and in the fold containing a long hair-pencil between 1)

and le.

Pappophorus eurynotus, sp.n. (PI. I., fig. 4.)

Antenne pale fawn, faintly annulate with brown. Palpi pale

fawn on their inner sides, with a well-marked triangular brown

shade externally on the second joint, leaving a pale margin along

the upper edge of the projecting tuft ; apical joint dark fuscous.

Head and thorax pale fawn. Forewings whitish fawn, shaded with

umber-brown along the dorsal half and on the costa beyond the

middle ; a small black spot at the extreme base of the costa,

another, wedge-shaped, at the end of the discal cell, scarcely above

the middle of the wing ; a larger blackish patch (variable in size and

shape) half-way between this and the base (its lower portion some-

times forming a black line in the middle of the fold) ; along the

outer side of the bulged portion of the costa commences an umber-

brown shade, which continues to the apex (shading downwards to

chestnut-brown along its middle in some specimens) but interrupted

by three slender whitish streaks, the first of which is very oblique,

passing across the discal nervules and angulated downwards at a

point before the termen, but above the middle of the wing, hence

it reverts to the dorsum at the commencement of the dorsal cilia ;

the other two small and inconspicuous whitish streaks precede the

apex, and the termen and apex are margined by a line of the same

colour, containing a series of three or four blackish spots ; cilia

chestnut-brown on their basal half, fawn-brown externally. Erp.

al,16mm. Hindwings dark umber-brown ; cilia scarcely paler but

chestnut-brown at the apex; ¢ with an expansible white hair-

Equatorial African Micro-lepidoplera. 41

pencil between veins 1) and lc. Abdomen shining, cinereous, anal

tuft slightly paler. Legs brown, tarsi annulated with pale fawn.

Type. fg. Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Sierra Leone, 25, IV. (Dr. Clements); French

Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev. A. C. Good) ; two

specimens.

Yvsotoruus, F.

Ypsolophus basistriatus, sp.n. (Pl. ILI., fig. 13.)

Antenne pale cinereous, annulated with fawn grey. Palpi,

second joint with a conspicuously projecting triangular tuft

below, apical joint very long, slender; second joint with a tri-

angular chocolate-brown shade externally, apical joint sprinkled

with chocolate-brown scales on the under side. Head and thorax

fawn-grey, face slightly paler. Forewings with veins 2 and 3

closely approximate throughout, but especially at their base ; pale

cinereous sprinkled with fawn-grey throughout, a series of small

blackish spots around the apex and termen at the base of the cilia,

and a conspicuous outwardly-oblique black balf-fascia arising from

the dorsum near the base, crossing the fold and terminating at the

upper end of the cell at about two-thirds the width of the wing ;

cilia pale cinereous, Exp. al., 16 mm. Hindwings greyish ; cilia

scarcely paler, with a faint subochreous parting line along their

base. Abdomen gr2yish. Legs, anterior and middle pairs black,

tarsi annulated with white, posterior pair pale cinereous,

LTE MN

Hab. French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev.

A. C. Good); three specimens.

This species differs from the typical forms of Ypso-

lophus in the approximation of veins 2 and 3 of the

forewings.

G@COPHORID:.

OryYGovcERA, gen. n.

(épvé = an antelope, xépas = a horn.)

Type. 2. Orygocera carnicolor, Wlsm.

Antenne, $ simple. Labial palpi very long, evenly recurved,

tapering to an acute point, overarching thethorax, apical joint as long

42 Lord Walsingham on Western

as the second. Mazillary palpi short, stout, dependent. Haust-

ellum present. Head slightly rough above, face smooth. Thorac

smooth. Forewings of approximately even width throughout, apex

depressed, somewhat acute, termen slightly concave, oblique,

tornus rounded. Neuwration, 11 veins (vein 11 absent); 2 and 3

from a short stalk (not recurved), 4, 5, and 6 straight ; 7 and 8

from a long stalk enclosing the apex, 12 running to the commence-

ment of the costal cilia. Hindwings as broad as the forewings,

slightly lanceolate at the apex, termen not indented. Newration,

8 veins; 3 and 4 from a point, 5 bent over to near their

base; the outer end of the cell forming a deep angle between

5 and 6; 6 and 7 -widely separate, almost parallel, 7 nearly

coalescing with 8 beyond the upper angle of cell. Abdomen not

flattened. Legs, hind tibie clothed with projecting scales above ;

spurs stout, tarsal joints somewhat coarsely clothed.

Orygocera carnicolor, sp.n. (Pl. IL, fig. 5.)

Antenne yellowish grey. Palpi white, sprinkled with greyish

scales on the second joint. //ead white. Thorax yellowish grey

spotted with flesh-red. ’orewings sericeous, yellowish grey, dappled

with flesh-red, with a small triangular mouse-grey spot a little

before the middle, of which the apex is slightly turned outwards,

the whole bordered with flesh-red ; a suffusion of scattered flesh-

red scales extends over the greater portion of the wing-surface,

especially along the fold and in a line beneath it; there is a red

spot on the middle of the disc, and a second a little beyond it below

the costa; a series of three similar spots running obliquely, parallel

with the termen, the first immediately below the costa, the second

at the upper angle of the cell, and the third, somewhat lunate, at

the lower angle of the cell; another smaller one lies near the

iornus, and the termen is mottled throughout with flesh-red ; the

extreme base of the costa is shaded with fuscous ; cilia yellowish

grey. Exp. al., 19 mm, Hindwings greyish, somewhat trans-

parent, with a bluish iridescence between the veins, especially

near the abdominal margin; cilia yellowish grey. Abdomen

greyish. J/indlegs whitish cinereous,

Pape. Nias

Hab. Yrench Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev.

A. C. Good) ; unique.

Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 43

'THEATROCOPIA, gen. Nn.

(Geatpokoria = a courting of applause.)

Tyee. Theatrocopia roseoviridis, Wism.

Antenne 3 (@ simple). Palpi very long, strongly recurved

to above the middle of the thorax, smooth, apical joint shorter

than the second and somewhat more slender. Afaxillary palpi short.

Haustellum present. Head somewhat roughened above. Thorax

smooth. Forewings elongate, narrow, scarcely widened outwardly,

apex depressed, obtuse but not rounded, costa arched, termen

oblique, tornus rounded. Neuration, 12 veins, 7 and 8 from a

common stem énclosing the apex, 2 and 3 from a recurved

common stem, the others separate. ///ndwings as broad as the

forewings, apex slightly depressed, obtuse, termen scarcely

sinuate. Newration, 8 veins, 6 and 7 separate, parallel, 3 and 4

from a short stalk. Legs, hind tibiz clothed with hairs.

Allied to Cryptolechia, Z., but differing in the longer

palpi, and in the stalking of 2 and 3 of the forewings.

Theatrocopia roseoviridis, sp.n. (PI. IL., fig. 6.)

Antenne roseate, faintly annulate. Pulpi pale olive-grey,

tinged with rosy externally, especially on the apical joint. J/ead

and thorax pale olive-grey, the latter with a strong roseate tinge.

Forewings elongate, narrow, scarcely widened outwardly, apex

depressed, obtuse, but not rounded, costa arched, termen oblique,

tornus rounded : rosy pink with a strong olive-green band cover-

ing the whole base of the wing (except the extreme basal margin)

and extending to beyond the end of the cell, where it is deflected to

the tornus, its upper edge being impressed before the middle by the

rosy ground-colour which continues between it and the costa, occu-

pying the whole apical portion of the wing, and continued very

narrowly to the base; beneath the band is a large semicircular

olive-green patch on the middle of the dorsum, bordered by a

narrow line of purplish scales ; between this and the band the rosy

ground-colour, commencing in a narrow line at the base, becomes,

widened towards the middle of the wing, and still more so towards

the tornus, its upper edge, adjacent to the angulated green band,

being enriched with bright rosy scales ; cilia rosy pink. Lxzp. al.,

19 mm. Hindwings olive-grey, cilia the same, slightly tinged with

rosy about the apex, and with a narrow paler parting line on the

outer half of the margin. Abdomen grey. Legs pale grey, tarsi

slightly rosy.

44, Lord Walsingham on Western

Type. &. (Paratype, Mus. Br.)

Hab. French Congo—Kanewé, Ogowé River (Rev.

A. C. Good), one specimen; Calabar—Old Calabar, one

specimen (British Museum),

Theatrocopia elegans, sp.n. (PI. IIL, fig. 14.)

Antenne pale reddish grey. Palpi slender, recurved, second

joint very long, apical joint somewhat shorter than the second ;

pale reddish grey. Head and thorax pale reddish grey. Forewings

grass-green, with a dorsal patch before the middle connected with

an oblique fascia beyond the middle, which is again connected

along the costa and around the tornus, with a patch covering the

apical portion—these markings are all reddish grey, with a distinct

lilac tinge, and are delicately margined with darker scales ; the

connexion of the dorsal patch with the central fascia leaves a

semicircular patch of the green ground-colour on the middle of the

dorsum; cilia reddish grey, Hvp.al.,16 mm. Hindwings and cilia

brownish grey. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs slightly paler than

the abdomen.

ype. "oh",

Hab. French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev.

A. C. Good) ; unique.

PsEUDOPROTASIS, gen. n.

(Protasis, nom. gen.)

Tyre. Pseudoprotasis canariella, W|sm.

Antenne, ¢ biserrate, slender. Labial palpi (as in Protusis, H.-S.),

very long, projecting more than three times the length of the head

beyond it, clothed with appressed scales throughout ; apical joint

very short, scarcely visible; second joint straight and laterally

compressed. J/uxillary palpi short. Haustellum present. Head

and thorax smooth. Forewings somewhat narrowed at the base,

whence the costa is slightly arched, of approximately even width

beyond the bend, apex depressed, rounded, termen slightly convex,

oblique. Newration, 11 veins (10 missing) ; 2 and 3 stalked; 7 and

8 stalked, 7 toapex. Hindwings as broad as the forewings, apex

obtuse, termen evenly rounded. Neuration, 8 veins; 3 and 4

stalked, 5 bent over towards their origin; 6 and 7 separate and

parallel. Abdomen rather slender. Hindlegs slender, scarcely

clothed.

Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 45

This genus differs from Protasis, H.-S., in its neuration

and in the less acute forewings, but greatly resembles it

in the form of the palpi, and in general appearance.

Pseudoprotasis canariella, sp.n. (PI. IL., fig. 7.)

Antenne ochreous. Palpi canary-yellow, tinged with ferru-

ginous internally and externally on the upper edge of the second

joint ; apical joint fuscous. Head and thorax canary-yellow.

Forewings straw-yellow, with a slight ferruginous tinge at the

extreme base and along the outer half of the costa, also at the

apex ; cilia pale straw-yellow, slightly tinged with ferruginous.

Exp. al., 14mm. Hindwings pale greyish ochreous ; cilia the same,

but tinged with ferruginous at the apex and along the costa.

Abdomen ochreous. Legs pale greyish ochreous, with some fuscous

shading on the hind tibiz and tarsi.

pean ds

Hab. French Congo—Kanewé, Ogowé River (Rey.

A. C. Gcod) ; unique.

Eramia, Hb.,

(n. syn. = psecaDiA, Hb.)

Ethmia rhomboidella, sp.n. (Pl. IIL, fig. 15.)

Antenne stone-grey. Palpi ochreous, apical joint shaded with

grey. Head and face ochreous. Thoraw mouse-grey, with five

black spots (two in front, one in the middle, and two smaller ones

behind it). Morewings slaty grey, cilia the same ; with six black

spots (two small ones beneath the costa on the basal fourth, two

larger ones on the disc, and two on the fold); of the discal

spots one lies at the end of the cell, the other at the middle of

the wing; the first of those on the fold is somewhat further

removed from the base than the second subcostal spot, the other

lies beyond and below the first discal spot, but nearer to it than

to the second ; thus these six spots form a series of three pairs, in

parallel lines whether counted as pairs or in series of three.

Exp. al. 28mm. Hinduwings stone-grey, having a slight ochreous

tinge on the abdominal margin, cilia also inclining to ochreous,

except towards apex. [Abdomen missing.] Legs greyish

ochreous.

Type. 9°. Mus. Wlsm.

46 Lord Walsingham on Western

Hab. Natal—Malvern (Col. Bowker), one specimen ;

French Congo—Kanegwé, Ogowé River (Rev. A. C. Good),

two specimens.

The specimens from the Ogowé River have the series of

spots in precisely the same places, but they are decidedly

of larger size; inall other respects they are similar to the

type, and without further evidence cannot be regarded

as belonging to a distinct species; these specimens,

which are figured, have the abdomen ochreous.

Hep. al., 26-27 mm.

HYPONOMEUTIDA,

HYPONOMEUTINA.

JopnuLta, Wkr.

Jobula? radiata, sp.n. (Pl. III., fig. 16.)

Antenne & shortly uniciliate, basal joint amply clothed ; olive-

grey above, ochreous beneath. Palpi, ¢ long, projecting four

times the length of the head beyond it, second joint slightly

recurved, closely clothed throughout ; apical joint short, recurved,

slender, also clothed ; orange-ochreous on their upper half, olive-

grey externally along their middle, cinereous within and beneath :

reous throughout. J//cud strongly tufted with long projecting

hairs in front, face concave ; olive-grey above, mixed with pale

cinereous, face pale cinereous. Thorax smooth, olive-grey with

three longitudinal orange-ochreous lines; whitish cinereous

beneath. Forewings, ¢ dark olive-grey, with orange-ochreous

lines marking the interspaces between the veins, the extreme base

of the costa narrowly orange-ochreous ; a distinct orange-ochreous

line, commencing near the base beneath the costa, follows the

upper edge of the cell to the middle of the wing-length; this

is followed by some spots of the same colour about the upper angle

of the cel!, diverging obliquely downwards ana nearly joining the

outer end of a median streak of the same colour, which terminates

in the direction of the base at half the length of the cell ; there is

also a line of the same colour along the fold and some suffusion of

orange-ochreous scales beneath it ; beyond the end of the cell a

series of 9 or 10 separate orange-ochreous lines diverge fan-like

between the veins, and are margined, at their outer ends, by

a distinct semicircle of the olive-grey ground-colour, which is

Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 47

followed by an orange-ochreous space, also semicircular, but not

attaining the margins, the apical space being dark olive.

grey; cilia olive-grey, with an ochreous line along their base :

2 with the orange-ochreous much less distinct than in the 2,

although the same pattern can be traced. xp. al., 17-18 mm.

ITindwings brown, cilia greyish. Abdomen brown. Legs pale

cinereous.

Type. &. Mus. Wlsm.; 2. Mus. Holland.

Hab. French Congo—Kanegwé, Ogowé River (Rev.

A.C. Good) ; two specimens.

This African form differs from any of the Asiatic or

Malayan group, so far as known to me, in that vein 8,

forming the upper branch of 7 and 8 stalked, terminates

at the apex instead of below it. In the palpi ofthe ¢ it

approaches Jobula semilinea, Wkr., more nearly than the

ordinary forms known under the name of Tortricomorpha,

but the palpi of the @ differ scarcely at all from those of

both sexes of the latter genus,

:REMOTHYRIS, gen. n.

(épijmos = destitute of, Svpis — a window.)

Tyee. ff 2. Lremothyris hollandi, Wism.

Antenne, two-thirds length of forewings, basal joint enlarged,

flattened, in g biciliate (1). Labial palpi short, somewhat recurved,

moderately slender, smooth, apical joint not longer than second.

Maxillary palpi and ocelli absent. Haustellum naked. Head moder-

ately clothed, not roughened above. Zhorax smooth. Forewings

ovate, somewhat widened outwards. Neuration, 12 veins : 2 and 3

from a short slightly recurved common stem at lower angle of cell,

the others separate; 4 from near origin of 2+ 3 ; 5 further removed

at the base from 4 than from 6; 6 and 7 approximated, 7 to below

apex; 8 and 9 approximated, but parallel, 8 to costa; 9 and 10

from upper angles of a small supplementary cell, formed by an

internal vein runuing from between 7 and 8 to about midway be-

tween 10 and 11; two internal veins, the upper from between 6

and 7, and the lower from immediately above 5, unite at about

half the length of the cell, and form a common stem, which is con-

tinued nearly to the base, where it runs into the radius. /Hdénd-

wings slightly broader than the forewings, subovate, the margin

evenly rounded, the part occupied by the branches of vein 1

48 Lord Walsingham on Western

clothed above with long hair-scales, no transparent spot at the base.

Neuration, 8 veins: 3 and 4 from a point (or short stalk) ; 6 and 7

from a short stalk; the cell receding upwards and angulated

inwards between 5 and 6 + 7, with an internal vein from the

angle to the base ; vein 1) basally furcate. Legs smooth, outer

spurs longer than the inner ones.

Hremothyris hollandi, sp.n. (Pl. IL., fig. 8.)

Antenne whitish at the base, tinged with grey beyond. Palpé

whitish unspotted. Head, ¢ whitish: 9@stone-grey. T'horax stone-

grey ; tegule whitish in the ¢, stone-grey in the 9. Forewings

stone-grey, the costa narrowly whitish except at the extreme base ;

cilia whitish. Underside greyish, cilia whitish. Hp. al., 22-25 mm.

Hindwings pale stone-grey (scarcely paler than the forewings);

cilia whitish, somewhat tinged with grey. Underside slightly paler

than in the forewings. Abdomen stone-grey. Legs whitish, some-

what tinged with grey.

pew Mus. Wilsm;

Hab. French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev. A.

C. Good) ; five specimens.

GLYPHIPTERYGIN 2.

GLYPHIPTERYX, Hb.

Glyphipterye gemmatella, Wkr. (PI. III., fig. 17.)

Gelechia gemmatella, Wkr., Cat. Lep. Ins. B.M., XXX.,

1022 (1864)'. Glyphipteryx (Gelechia) gemmatella,

Wism., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, 116-77.

Antenne brownish fuscous, faintly annulated. Palp? porrect,

slightly recurved, apical joint very acute, shorter than the second ;

second joint with a divided fringe beneath, consisting of three or

four black tufts separated from each other by white lines. Head

leaden grey. T'horax greyish fuscous, with a white spot posteriorly;

white on the underside. Forewings bronzy brown mixed with

fuscous shading, especially towards the base, a large triangular

straw-white dorsal patch near the base, its apex ending in a small

straight whitish costal streak at one-fifth from the base, its outer

edge slightly convex ; this is followed by two straight chalybeous

metallic streaks, the first at one-third from the base, the second

scarcely beyond the middle ; a third slightly oblique towards the

apex is preceded by a small white costal dot half-way between it

Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 49

and the preceding streak, and followed by a larger white costal spot

immediately before the apex, a few white scales at the costal

extremity of the third chalybeous streak ; from the dorsum arises

arather broad straight chalybeous streak immediately before the

middle, which terminates on the disc between the lower extremities

of the first and second costal streaks; this is followed by a con-

spicuous black patch at the tornus, margined by a shorter chaly-

beous streak at its commencement, and containing two conspicuous

shining metallic spots, with some golden metallic scales along the

margin; above this patch is a series of five radiating golden ochreous

lines following the nervules, but not extending to the termen;

termen indented below the apex, the apex itself being somewhat

depressed ; cilia shining metallic about the tornus (but too much worn

above it to admit of description). Hxp. al., 12 mm. Hindwings

purplish fuscous, with cilia the same colour but inclining to greyish

about the abdominal angle. Underside with the cilia distinctly

spotted with white along the outer margin. Abdomen leaden grey.

Underside white, anal segments fuscous. Legs greyish fuscons,

annulated with white on the tarsal joints, spurs inclining to

ochreous.

Hab. Sierra Leonel?. French Congo—Kanewé,

Ogowé River (Rev. A. C. Good).

Allied to Glyphipteryx grapholithoides, Wlism., from

Natal. These species belong to the group to which

Walker gave the generic name Ussara, when describing

decoratella trom the Amazons. I am unable to discover

any structural character by which it can be separated from

Glyphipteryx. {When the above description was written

I had not recognised the species, but as it supplements

Walker’s in several particulars I am not willing to sup-

press it. |

IplOTHAUMA, gen. n.

(ios = distinct, @atua = a wonder.)

Typr. Idiothauma africanum, Wlsm.

Antenne, ¢ bifasciculate (at least 2), without pecten. Labial

palpi recurved, appressed to face; apical joint blunt, shorter

than second. Muzillary palpi absent. Haustellum short. Ocelli

present. Head and thorax smooth. Forewings somewhat triangu-

lar, narrow at the base, widened outwardly, costa straight or

slightly depressed towards apex, dorsum straight, termen oblique,

TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1897.—ParT I. (APRIL.) t

50 Lord Walsingham on Western

indented above vein 5. Neuration, 12 veins, all separate ; 2 from

commencement of outer third of cell, 3 and 4 somewhat straight, 8

totermen. J//indwings broader than the forewings (or at least equal

te the extreme width outwardly), evenly rounded. Neuration, 8

veins; Sand 4 from a point or short stalk, 6 and 7 from a short

stalk, 8 free, 5 straight ; outer edge of cell somewhat receding

upwards. Legs, hind tibie slightly hairy.

Allied to Hilarographu, Z., but differing in vein 8 of

the forewings running to the termen instead of to the

costa, in the much straighter costa and in the conspicuous

indentation between veins 5 and 6,

Tliothauma africanum, sp.n. (Pl. IL., fig. 9.)

Antenne ochreous with greyish cilia. Palpi pale straw-colour.

Head brownish fuscous, with some pale straw-coloured scales.

Thorac brownish fuscoas, streaked at the sides with pale straw-

colour. Forewings reddish orange, streaked with brownish fuscous,

dark fuscous, pale straw-colour and metallic lilac ; the ground-

colour of the basal third is brownish fuscous, in which are two con-

spicuous pale straw-coloured marks, the one from the middle of the

base depressed along the fold, thence tending upwards and attenu-

ated to a sharp point below the costa at about one-third the wing

length ; the second at one-third of the dorsum, cuneiform, oblique,

and ending in a point at about the middle of the discal cell

immediately beyond the apex of the basal streak already described ;

separated from the outer edge of this mark, by a narrow line of

brownish fuscous, is a rather narrow band of shining cupreous

scales illuminating the orange ground-colour of this portion of the

wing, this is entirely narrowly margined with brownish fuscous, its

upper extremity being above the middle of the wing, but not

reaching to the upper edge of the discal cell, and therefore ter-

minating before the apex of the pale straw-coloured wedge; a

dark fuscous shade leaves the dorsum at two-thirds from the base,

tending outwards to the end of the cell above its middle, its upper

portion contains a short orange streak and its extremity is con-

tiguous with a shade of a similar colour which approaches the

lower half of the termen extending to the tornus; between these

two shades a short cuneiform spot of brilliant cupreous scales

leaves the dorsum immediately before the tornus, occupying the

central portion of the orange patch of which they form the

boundaries ; along the costa are seven pale straw-coloured streaks,

Kquatorial African Micro-lepidipte 1s 5t

the first two within the basal third very oblique, the third and

fourth within the middle third also oblique, the fifth straight at

the commencement of the apical third, and the sixth and seveuth

(also straight and more than twice the length of the others) immedi-

ately before the apex—all these streaks are narrowly margined on

both sides with dark fuscous and with a few lilac-metallic scales at

the lower extremities of the third and fifth streaks ; in the orange

space between the fifth and sixth costal streaks is an isolated, oblique,

bright metallic lilac patch similarly margined ; cilia purplish

fuscous, interrupted at the upper third of the outer margin by a

small wedge-shaped pale straw-coloured spot. Underside dirty

ochreous all the pale straw-coloured streaks being distinctly white.

Hep.al. ¢ 14mm.; 9 15-20 mm. Hindwings bronzy ochreous,

shaded with brownish fuscous around their margins ; cilia slightly

paler, with an ill-defined darker parting line along their base.

Abdomen bronzy ochreous, whitish cinereous beneath. Leys

cinereous with bronzy brown spots and shading on the hind tibiw

and tarsal joints.

MU DCamaad i

Hab. French Congo—Kanewé, Ogowé River (Rev.

A. C. Good) ; three specimens.

[Hilarographa was proposed by Zeller, Hor. Soc. Ent.

Ross., XIII., 186-7 (1877) as asubdivision of his existing

genus Setiosioma, and having as its types swederiana,

Stoll, and ribbei, Z.

Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 286, raised

Hilarographa to generic rank, giving a _ careful

structural description, and adding a new species, zapyra

from New Guinea, the type of which is in my collection,

and it was from this specimen, differing in neuration

from swederiana, Stoll, that his generic description was

probably taken, as it conforms in every particular, and

no reference was made to either of Zeller’s original

types.

I have not been able to examine the neuration of

ribbei, Z. (the type of which is in Staudinger’s cabinet),

to see whether it agrees in structure with swederiana,

Stoll; but of this I have specimens, and I select it as the

type of Hilarographa, Z., with the following generic

characters :—

52 Lord Walsingham on Western

HILaroGrapPnHa, Z.

SETIOSTOMA (HILAROGRAPHA), Z., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.,

XITI., 186-7 (1877).

Tyez. Phalena Tortrix swederiana, Stoll, (W1sm.).

Antenne hardly half the length of the forewings, stout, simple,

without pecten. Labial palpi recurved, appressed to face, closely

scaled ; apical joint blunt, shorter than second. Mazillary palpi

absent. Haustellum short. Ocelli distinct. J/Tead with loosely

appressed hairs. Thorax smooth. Forewings uarrow at the base,

widened outwardly ; costa slightly arched, termen scarcely oblique,

slightly sinuate below the apex and convex beneath. Newration,

12 veins, all separate ; 2 from commencement of outer third of cell,

8 to costa. Hindwings broader than the forewings, costa arched,

termen evenly convex, not sinuate, cilia short. Meuwration, 8 veins ;

3 and 4 connate (or froma short stalk),6 and 7 from a short

stalk, 8 free. Abdomen slender, tapering, in 9 terminating in a

bifid extruded chitinous process (having much the appearance of

the anal claspers of the ¢), this is armed with short scattered

bristles, and is either the ovipositor itself or the sheath of the

same, a point I am unable to determine from the specimen before

me. Leys smooth, the first pair of spurs on the hind tibiz longer

than tlhe second.

THAUMATOGRAPHA, 0. Nn.

(Jaiua = a wonder, ypdpw = I write).

= HILAROGRAPHA, Meyr., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, 286

(nec Z.).

Tyre. Hilarographa zapyra, Meyr.

I propose the above name for Meyrick’s genus Hilaro-

grapha, which differs from Zeller’s in having veins 7 and

8 of the forewings stalked. |

Cuorerutis, Hb.

Choreutis octogemmifera, sp. n. (PI. III, fig. 18.)

Antenne whitish beneath, barred with fuscous above. Paulpz

white tipped with fuscous, the second joint with three diverging

points of hair-like scales beneath, mixed white and fuscous. Head

greyish fuscous, with a slender white lin along each side. Thorax

Equatorial African Micro-lepido; tera. 53

greyisu fuscous, with two slender white lines on each side of the

anterior half. Forewings greyish fuscous, mottled and banded

with white, with a row of eight bright metallic spots around the

apex and termen, each set in an elongate dark fuscous shade ; the

white markings on the forewings are thus distributed :—a narrow

fascia near the base, running obliquely outwards from the dorsum

across the fold, angulated a little below the costa and reverting to

it ; a second a little beyond, rather straighter, reaches only half-

way across the wing from the costa; beyond the middle of the

wing isa large patch spreading from the outer end of the cell

to the costa and dorsum, much interruptel anl suTusel by

greyish fuscous scales, but becoming distinct on the margins at the

commencement of the costal cilia and before the commencement

of the dorsal cilia ; cilia greyish fuscous, with a white spot below

the apex and another below the tornus, a slight parting line along

their base. Hap. al., 12mm. Hindiwings brownish fuscous, with

a white patch on the outer half of the cell, and an oblique

white streak reverting from beyond this to the middle of the

termen; above and beyond the upper extremity of the second

streak is a brilliant metallic lilac streak tapering to its lower

extremity, where it almost reaches the margin; a third obscurely

whitish streak, from near the abdominal angle, tends outwards and

upwards, terminating above the lower extremity of the more con-

spicuous white streak beyond it ; cilia greyish fuscous with three

conspicuous white interruptions, the first at the apex, the other

two corresponding with the extremities of the lilac streak and the

largest white streak respectively. Abdomen brownish fuscous.

Legs white, annulated with brownish fuscous,

Dypers a.

Hab. Yoruba—Idanre (Sir G. Carter); French Congo

—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev. A. ©. Good); three

specimens.

All the white and metallic markings of both fore and

hindwings are reproduced on the underside, where they

are even more strongly apparent than above.

SimAETHIS, Leach.

Simaethis equatoris, sp.n. (Pl. III., fig. 19.)

Antenne slightly ciliate ; greyish fuscous, annulated with whitish,

Palpi very short, not projecting beyond the head ; cinereous, with

three narrow greyish fuscous bands beneath. //ead ochreous, mixed

54 Lord Walsingham on Western

with greyish fuscous. Thorax brownish fuscous. Forewings narrow

at the base, much widened outwardly, apex rounded, termen some-

what oblique ; brownish fuscous to beyond the middle, thence

orange-ochreous; the outer edge of the brownish fuscous portion

broken into projecting points, one tending upwards towards the

apex from the upper end of the cell, another shorter one tending

outwards from the lower angle of the cell, a narrow band of

brownish fuscous runs around the apex and termen to the tornus

with a slight inward projection below the apex (but in some speci-

mens this is reduced to a slight shade) preceding a more or less

distinct brownish line along the base of the pale greyish cilia ; a

pale greyish speckled transverse fascia crosses the darker portion

of the wing at one-third from the base, and is somewhat wider on

its lower than on its upper half ; a few whitish scales are visible at

three points on the costa, the first at the upper extremity of the

transverse fascia, the second at the outer edge of the brown por-

tion of the wing, the third immediately before the apex, and these

are slightly reproduced on the brownish fuscons underside. Erp.

al, 14mm. Hindwings brown, with pale greyish cilia, a narrow

brown parting line running through them near their base ; a slight

pale marking occurs near the abdominal angle, within the margin,

extending outwards parallel with it nearly to one-half. Abdomen,

brownish fuscous. Leys brownish, with several conspicuous whitish

bands on the hind tibiz and tarsi, spurs whitish.

ees a.

Hab. French Congo—Kanewé, Ogowé River (Rev. A.

C. Good) ; three specimens.

Simaethis flavimaculata, Wlsm.

Simaethis flavimaculata, Wism., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

SOU Gis tl Ts ee

Hab. French Congo—Ogowé River; one specimen.

Zanzibar.

This specimen exhibits some slight variation from the

type, in that the first orange spot reaches to the costal

margin, the two outer spots narrowly touching each other

at their outer edge.

Microrsicuia, Hb.

Mictopsichia argus, sp.n. (PI. III., fig. 20.)

Antenne dull ferruginous. Palpi short, recurved, scarcely pro-

jecting beyond the head, apical joint shorter and more slender than

Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 5D

the second ; pale ferruginous. Head dull ferruginous. Thorar

greyish, with three inconspicuous ferruginous longitudinal streaks

and a reddish orange patch posteriorly. /oremwings dull ferruginous,

paler on the dorsal than on the costal half, much speckled and

shaded with greyish fuscous scales and streaked with metallic

purplish grey, a triocellated dorsal patch before the tornus ; the

dorsal half of the wing from near the base to the tornus is minutely

reticulated with black wavy lines, and these are concentrated into

a somewhat circular patch almost touching the dorsum before the

tornus, in which are spots of the ferruginous (almost ochreous)

ground-colour, and three or four larger spots of metallic bluish

grey, all dark-margined, the more conspicuous of these bluish grey

spots lying along its outer edge ; from the base, immediately below

the costa, runs a bluish grey streak which is deflected at one-third

the wing-length, terminating on the cell ; beneath it from the base

arises a shorter streak of the same colour, almost coterminous with

a similar streak arising from near the base of the dorsum, the

space between them being brownish ; on the outer half of the

wing are two conspicuous blue-grey streaks, the first arising below

the costa near its middle and tending outwards and downwards

towards the tornus, but ending between the ocellated patch and

the termen at one-third the wing-breadth, the second commencing

on the costa at four-fifths, less oblique than the first, and ending

opposite to the middle of the termen above and beyond the apex of

the first streak ; between them lies a small spot of the same colour

below the costa, and beyond the outer one immediately before the

apex is a similar spot almost touching the costa; several small

brownish fuscous spots are visible along the basal two-thirds of the

costa, and a brownish shade precedes each of the blue-grey streaks

and extends along the termen to the apex (which is less falcate

than in the South American representatives of this genus) ; cilia

brownish grey with a ferruginous parting line near their base.

Exp al, 19mm. Hindwings reddish orange, speckled around the

margins and apex with greyish fuscous, and having a conspicuous

ocelloid black patch within the middle of the termen, divided by

streaks of the ground-colour, and illuminated along its lower edge

by metallic steel-grey spots ; cilia greyish ochreous, spotted with

blackish, with a reddish orange parting line along their base.

Abdomen orange-ochreous. Legs pale orange-ochreous, hind tarsal

joints spotted with black and whitish.

Type. $f.

Hab. French Congo—Kanewé, Ogowé River ; three

specimens.

56 Lord Walsingham on Western

It may be necessary ultimately to distinguish this

species, and its allies, from Mictopsichia, on the ground

of the somewhat longer and more recurved palpi, and

the less falcate apex of the forewings, but the same form

occurs iu Mexico and the Malay Archipelago.

TORTRICIDA.

OLETHREUTINA.

= (OLETHARE UTA Ub. = GRAPHOLT HTN, Kern.

= EPIBLEMID, Meyr.

Eccorsis, Z.

Hecopsis precedens, sp.n. (PI. IIL, fig. 21.)

Antenne stout and densely but shortly pubescent in ¢ ;

ochreous. Palpi projecting the length of the head beyond it,

moderately clothed ; cinereous. //cad cinereous, mixed with dark

umber. Thorax cinereous. Forewings, costa arched near the base,

depressed in the middle, thence again convex and depressed towards

the apex, termen oblique, slightly convex ; pale cinereous, mottled

and blotched with dark umber tending to blackish along the costa,

and with a series of spots and blotches ; five costal spots on the

basal third are followed by a median triangular shade interrupted

a little beyond its middle, this is followed by another narrow

costal spot, which is succeeded by a shade extending to the apex ;

beneath this apical shade is an oblique band angulated at its upper

extremity and reaching the termen below the middle, the space

between it and the apex shining chalybeous; a few shining

chalybeous scales scattered over the surface of the wing, especially

on its outer half, the greater part of the wing-surface is also

streaked and dotted with dark umber scales somewhat evenly dis-

tributed ; cilia cinereous, slightly shining on their outer half.

Underside brownish. Eup. al., 22 mm. ILindwings with the

abdominal angle strongly lobed, the abdominal margin deeply

indented and with a small hanging appendage near its base

(somewhat more strongly developed than in Hecopsis wahlbergiana

Z.); coppery-brown, cilia greyish with a slight parting shade

along their middle. Underside brownish ochreous. Abdomen

cinereous, much shaded with dark umber, anal tuft coppery-brown.

Legs worn, apparently cinereous, tarsal joints broadly banded

with dark umber.

Danes er

Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. a7

Hab. French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev.

A. C. Good); two specimens.

In comparing this species with the better-known

Eccopsis wahlbergiana, Z., it may be distinguished by the

somewhat longer palpi, by the stronger costal marks on

the basal half of the forewings, by the less conspicuous

dorsal shading and by the hindwings being of a much

lighter and more cupreous colour, as well as by its some-

what larger size.

Ancytis, Hb.

(= PHOXOPTERIS, T'r.)

Ancylis argenticiliana, sp.n. (PI. IIT., fig. 22.)

Antenne (¢) rather stout, simple; stone-grey. Palpi very

closely appressed to the face, the short apical joint scarcely pro-

jecting beyond it; stone-grey. Head stone-grey. Thorax pale

olive-grey. Forewings, costa evenly arched, apical margin strongly

indented on vein 6; pale olive-grey, with a few inconspicuous darker

mottlings indicating a pale basal patch at one-third, its irregular

outer edge slightly oblique, nearer to the base on the costa than on

the dorsum; from the middle of the costa a slender umber-brown

line (slightly convex outwardly below the middle of the wing)

extends obliquely to the dorsum within the tornus ; this is followed

by a paler space extending to the termen, showing a silvery sheen

with a few slender lines of black scales following the nervules across

it in the direction of the apex, this space is narrowed towards its

costal extremity by an oblique brown line extending from the

indentation on the termen inwards and upwards to the costa and

along the base of the cilia both upwards and downwards ; above it

the costa before the apex is chestnut-brown, with three or four

slender oblique silvery-white streaks, a faint indication of smaller

streaks can be traced along the whole of the outer two-thirds of the

costa ; cilia pure silvery-white, tending to greyish about the tornus,

and tipped along their upper half with chestnut-brown. Exp. al.,

17mm. Hindwings stone-greyish, with scarcely paler cilia, a very

faint line along their base. Abdomen stone-greyish. Legs pale

stone-grey, inclining to ochreous.

Pipes

Hab. French Congo—Kangwé

gwé, Ogowé River (Rev.

A. C. Good) ; unique.

Lord Walsingham on Western

Laspeyresia, Hb.

Laspeyresia hemispherana, sp.n. (PI. IIT, fig. 23.)

Antenne black. Palpi scarcely roughened beneath, apical joint

short, porrect ; snow-white, second joint blackened above towards

the base. #ead black, white above posteriorly. Thorax greyish,

with a conspicuous white band across in front. Forewing slaty-

grey, shaded with fuscous along the outer half of the costa ; with a

large semicircular brownish patch on the middle of the dorsum,

narrowly outlined with white ; several narrow very oblique whitish

costal streaks and two very conspicuous clear white ones before

the apex, the first very oblique, the second straight and parallel

with the termen; a few whitish scales along the extreme base of

the costa ; cilia whitish, a dark fuscous parting line along their

base. Erp.al., 14mm, indwings brownish fuscous ; cilia pale

whitish grey, a darker parting line along their base. Abdomen

brownish fuscous. Legs greyish fuscous.

Lupe Ss

Hab. Sierra Leone—21, IV. (Dr. Clements) ; French

Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev. A. C. Good) ; two

Specimens.

Cypia, Hb.

(= carpocapsa, Tr.)

Cydia ? pretextana, sp. n. (PI. III., fie. 24.)

Antenne ochrecus. [Palpi missing.] /Tead and thorax canary-

yellow, the latter white with a greyish tinge beneath. Forewings

canary-yellow blending to rich orange along the costa, and reddish

ferruginous along the termen, with some reddish ferruginous

blotches in a wide fasciated band across the middle and along the

dorsum ; a series of about nine small black dots along the extreme

costa, and numerous raised spots of bright steel-grey scales scattered

about the darkened portions of the wing; a seriesof these starting

at one-fourth from the base continues nearly parallel with the

costa, these are chiefly circalar or oblong, those nearest to the costa

being smaller than those below them ; at one-fifth from the apex

is a longer steel-grey spot placed obliquely and pointing to a similar

elongate spot within the lower half of the termen ; a long narrow

spot of the same colour lies parallel with the termen below the

apex and a shorter one immediately within the tornus ; from the

last spot tending towards the base isa series of three large similar

metallic circular spots, and another lies upon the fasciated band

Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 59

which crosses the wing ; an orange spot preceded by some fuscous

scales lies at the extreme base of the dorsum ; cilia shining dark

steel-grey. Underside orange, broadly black-margined throughout.

Evp. al. 18mm. Hindwings rich orange, with a rather broad

black border; cilia on the abdominal half of the margin orange, on

the outer half greyish, with a black parting line at their base.

Underside orange, narrowly black-margined throughout. A bdo-

men orange, canary-yellow at the extreme base, the posterior

segments narrowly indicated with black, anal tuft black. Under-

side whitish. Legs (anterior) yellowish, with blackish spots

[posterior /egs missing].

Lyne. 1

Hab. French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rey.

A. C. Good); unique.

The neuration of the hindwings differs from Cydia in

having 6 and 7 converging, but distinctly separated. As

the palpi are missing, I prefer to place the species in

Cydia provisionally rather than to create a new genus for

its reception.

TORTRICINA.

Tortrix, L.

Tortriz viridis, Wlsm.

Argyrotoxa viridis, Wlsm., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1801 68-9. Pl Til, 4.

Hab. Gold Coast—Accra!; French Congo—Kangwé,

Ogowé River (Rev. A. C. Good).

CARPOSIN/, subfam. n.

Median vein of hindwings pectinate at base ; vein 2 of fore-

wings rising from posterior fourth of cell.

AUTOGRIPHUS, gen. n.

(airés = of itself, yp'pos = a puzzle.)

Type. Autogriphus luteus, Wism.

Antenne (@) simple, basal joint slightly enlarged and somewhat

roughly clothed. Labial palpi long, porrect, reaching three times

60 Lord Walsingham on Westin

the length of the head beyond it, second joint triangular with a

brush of scales above tapering to its apex, apical joint short por-

rect. Mazillary palpi absent. Haustellum present. Head and

thorax smooth. Forewings narrow, elongate, costa evenly but

moderately arched throughout, apex depressed, slightly produced,

termen oblique, scarcely sinuate, with slight tufts of raised scales.

Neuration, 12 veins; 8 and 9 from a common stem, 7 to slightly

below apex, 2 from very near angle of cell, 3 and 4 from a very

short common stem, 5 from near origin of 3 + 4,11 bent over

at base to very near origin of 10, an internal vein running towards

the base from between 5 and 6; vein 1 furcate at base. Hindwings

broader than the forewings, apex slightly produced, obtuse, termen

evenly rounded, median vein pectinated at base. Neuration, 7

veins (6 and 7 coincident) ; 3 and 4 from a short stalk, 5 straight,

not bent over, and continued through the cell as an internal vein.

Abdomen smooth. Legs, hind tibiz slightly hairy above, spurs

rather long and slender.

Autogriphus luteus, sp.n. (PI. II., fig. 10.)

Antenne greyish. Pulpi pale cinereous, shaded with fuscous

beneath. //ead and thorax pale cinereous, the latter mottled with

brown and brownish fuscous. J orewings pale cinereous, much

suffused and mottled with brown ; with six elongate fuscous spots

along the outer two-thirds of the costa, a conspicuous dark fuscous

spot of slightly raised scales at the end of the discal cell between

veins 5 and 6, and a smaller one, also raised, about the lower angle

of the cell before and beneath it ; a few raised greyish scales a

little beyond the middle of the fold on its upper edge, and some

also beneath the fold nearer to the base ; along the termen is a

slight shade or suffusion of brownish fuscous scales, its inner

margin sinuate, angulated inwards at its middle, and recurved at

both extremities, the upper extremity not reaching to the costa, the

lower terminating about the tornus ; cilia greyish, a slightly paler

line along their base. Eup. al., 21 mm. Hindwings grey, the

spaces between the veins, especially about the abdominal margin,

semitransparent with a bluish iridesceuce ; cilia pale grey. Abdo-

men [greasy]. Legs pale greyish, hind tarsal joints faintly annulate.

LG TOR SOE

Hab. French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev.

A. C. Good) ; unique.

Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 6L

TINEIDA.

TINEIN A.

EccoMPSOCTENA, gen. n.

(Compsoctena, nom. gen.)

Tyee. Hecompsoctena secundella, Wlsm.

Antenne, 3 strongly bipectinate (34), the pectinations biciliate.

Labial palpi short, slender, but roughly clothed, scarcely projecting

beyond the rough scales of the face. Mazillary palpi and haust-

ellum rudimentary. Head and face rough. Thorax rather roughly

clothed. SF orewings scarcely narrower towards the base than

beyond it, costa slightly convex, apex rounded, termen oblique,

slightly convex. Neuration, 12 veins; 7 and 8 from a long com-

mon stem, 7 to apex, 8 to above apex from a small supplementary

cell, from which 9 and 10 also arise, these latter meeting at their

extremity on the costal margin. Hindwings as broad as the fore-

wings. Neuration, 8 veins, all separate; 6 and 7 separate and

parallel. Hind legs thickly clothed, not hirsute.

Eccompsoctena secundella, sp. n. (PI. II., fig. 11.)

Antenne and palpi brown. Head and face ochreous. Thorax

umber-brown. Forewings pale ochreous, thickly mottled, speckled,

and suffused with umber-brown scales, the two colours alternating

along the costa in unequal spaces throughout; a rather strong

patch of umber-brown scales les at the end of the disc, which

appears to be the only point at which this colour is more concen-

trated than on the remainder of the wing-surface, although it

somewhat prevails also towards the apex and tornus; cilia pale

ochreous, with an umber-brown parting line along their middle, and

another at their extremities. Hrp. al., 22 mm. Hindiwings purplish

fuscous ; cilia cinereous, with a dark parting line near their base.

Abdomen purplish fuscous, anal tuft inclining to ochreous. Legs

dull ochreous.

Type. &.

Hab. French Congo—Kanegwé, Ogowé River (Rev. A.

©. Good) ; unique.

This has so much the appearance of Compsoctena pri-

mella,Z., thatit might easily be mistaken for that species,

but the neuration differs in the forking of veins 7 and 8,

and the meeting of veins 9 and 10 towards the costa of

the forewings, and the palpi are very much shorter.

62 Lord Walsingham on Western

Mesoro.ia, gen. n.

(mecondAtos = grizzled.)

Tyee, gf Mesopolia inconspicua, Wlsm.

Antenne, & strongly bipectinate (3-4), the pectinations biciliate,

basal joint tufted in front. Labial palpi slender, short, porrect,

not reaching beyond the head. Maxillary palpi and haustellum

obsolete. Head thickly scaled, but moderately smooth. Thorax

smooth. Forewings elongate ovate, costa evenly arched, apex

rounded, termen oblique, tornus rounded. Vewration, 12 veins;

7 and 8 stalked, 8 to below the apex, 5 somewhat bent over and

approximate to 4 at its base ; an internal vein forms a supple-

mentary cell by arising from slightly below 7 + 8 and running to

between 10 and 11, and a stalked internal vein from between 11

and the base emits branches to either side of 5. Hindwings as

broad as the forewings, ovate, costa slightly convex. Neuration,

8 veins all separate; 6 and 7 closely approximate at base, 5

approximated to 4,a stalked internal vein emits its branches to

either side of 5. [Legs and abdomen missing. |

This genus appears to be allied to Narycia, Stph.

(Xysmatodoma, Z.)}, but differs in the forra of the antennw

and in neuration. It has very much the appearance of

Psilothrix dardoiniella, Mill., but is somewhat larger and

there are no veins missing as in that species. Nothing is

known at present of its habits, but the larva is probably

a case-bearer.

Mesopolia inconspicua, sp.n. (PI. IL., fig, 12.)

Antenne ashy-grey. Palpi dark fuscous. Head and thorax

ashy-grey, the latter shaded with fuscous anteriorly, Lorewinys

ashy-grey with numerous short transverse striz and spot-like

groups of brownish fuscous scales—these form a rather conspicu-

ous spot below the costa near the base, another beyond and below

it extending on both sides of the fold, and a third about the

middle of the wing, there is also a slight shade about the upper

angle of the cell; the other spots are more or less distributed over

the wing surface; cilia ashy-grey with a slight parting shade

along their middle. Exp. al., 23mm. Hindwings pale brownish,

cilia slightly paler. [Abdomen and hindlegs missing. |

Types VS

Hab. French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev.

A. C. Good) ; unique.

Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 63

Comrscctena, Z.

Compsoctena media, sp.n. (PI. III., fig. 25.)

Antenne dentate, shortly biciliate ; pale cinereous. Jalpi pro-

jecting less than the length of the head beyond it, brush-like ; dull

ochreous with a few brownish scales. //ead very roughly clothed :

dull ochreous. Vhorax whitish cinereous, transversely banded

with brown. forewings whitish cinereous mottled and reticulated

with brown, a series of brownish patches along the costa ; three

small ones before the middle, of which the first two form the

upper edge of an ill-defined basal patch, a broad one on the middle

of the costa, forming the upper end of a somewhat broken trans-

verse fascia inclining slightly inwards to the dorsum, and two

beyond the middle, the first small, the second larger, before the

apex, also blending with a shade of brownish scales beneath it ;

the interspaces between these spots on the outer half of the costa

are ochreous, the costal cilia immediately above the apex being

also ochreous, and a slight ochreous shade runs through the base

of the cilia along the termen, in which are three more or less dis-

tinct lines of brown scales, the outer extremities of the cilia being

greyish. Ivp, al., 16 mm. LHindwings purplish grey, cilia pale

cinereous with a faint ochreous parting line along their base.

Abdomen greyish, anal tuft ochreous. Legs brown, hind tarsal

joints annulated with pale cinereous.

Dene ed.

Hal, French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rey.

A. C. Good); unique.

This species appears to differ somewhat from Comp-

soctena primella, Z., in the formation of the antennw

and in the shorter palpi, but the neuration is the same,

and its divergence from the type can be scarcely con-

sidered of generic value.

Monoris, Ib.

(== BLABOPHANES, Z.}

Monopis monachella, Hb.

= longella, Wkr.* [? = mediella, F.°.]

[Alucita mediella, F’., Ent. Syst. IIT. (2), 337, No. 26

(1798) *: Tinea _mediella, F., Sppl. Ent. Syst.,

494, No. 73 (1798) *]; Tinea monachella, Hb.

Samm). Hur. Schm., VIITI., Pl. XXI., 143 (c. 1800)3 ;s

[? Tinca mediella, Turten, Syst. Nat., ITT., 381

64 Lord Walsingham on Western

(1806) 4]; Scythropia monachella, Hb. Verz. bek.

Schm., 414, No. 4001 (1826) °; Lita monachella,

Tr. Schm. Eur., 1X. (2), 100-1 (1833)°; Tinea

monachella, Z , Is., 1839, 1847; Stn. Zool., VII.,

2630 (1849)*: Sppl. Cat. Br. ‘Tin. and Pter., 2,

No. 39, 1851; Hdnrch., Lp. Eur. Cat. Meth., 79

(1851)"; Tinea ‘(Blabophane s) monachella, Z., Linn.

Knt., val, 111-2 (1852) "=; Tinea hunncnelan Stn.

List. Br. An. B. M., XVI., Lip. 9, No. 4 (1854):

Ins. Br. Lp. Tin., 27 (1854) %; Blabophanes

monachella, H.-S. Schm. Eur., V., 79, Index, p. 29

(1856) *; Tinea monachella, Koch. Schm. 8S. W.

Deutschl., 376 (1856); Stn. Mn., IT., 290 (1859)"*;

Stgr. and Wkr., Cat. Lp. Eur., 106, No. 1210

(S860)}"; Wkr., Cat. Lp. dns. 39 ML) Sexeyeiiie

465 (1863) 8; Tinea longella, Wkr., Cat. Lp. Ins.

B.M., rOCusO uty 479 (1863); Tinea monachella,

de Graaf, Tijd. v. Ent., IX., 44 (1866) *°; Rssl.,

Nass. Nat. Moye 21 D.C — OK "815 (— ema Schm.

Nassau., 215), No. 1290 (1866) "1; Blabophanes

monachella, Hein. Schm. Deutsch. ‘Tin. ([.) 39

(1870); Steger. and Wk., Cat. Lp. Eur. 269,

No. 1369 (1871)*3; Blabophanes longella, Btl.,

Ann. and Mag. N. H. (8 s.), VIT., 396-7 (1881) *;

Wlsm., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, 243-47 ; Bla-

bophanes monachella, Snell., Vlind. Ned. Mier.

457-8 (1882) 76; Meyr., Ent. Mo. Mag., XX., 36

(1883)*7; Sorh. Kleinschm., Mark Brndbg., 145-4.

(1886) *5; Blabophanes longella, Moore, Lp. Ceyl.,

III., 503, Pl. 209, 1 (1887) *; Swinh. and Cotes,

Cat. Moths Ind., 702, No. 4790 (1889) °; Wlsm.,

Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891, 87°!; DBlabophanes

monachella,Wlsm., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891, 87°’;

Meyr., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, 27; Monopis

monachella, Meyr., HB., Br. Lp., 785 (1895)**,

farva—among rubbish,!» *; in birds’ nests (Biitt-

ner)*>; in skins®,

Hab. Evropp—v., 7 & 11, 13,156,212, WJ. 15, 20, 22, 26, 28 ,

Vals ib t 26 iValTT.. ids ii, 13, 15-6, 22, 26, ar xe. 26, , 28 Germany,

1, 2,4, 6, 7, 11, 14, 15, 21-8, 28 ; Austria, ® 4 uy, 23. Holland, 2% 26 .

Winelands 8372, 4216; (234. Inpia—N. India, "19, 24, 5° Nilghi-

ris, 30 ; Bur vau—Koni, 33; CEYLON, * 9°, Arrica—Gambia

Hquatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 65

(Bathurst)3!?. 9 XT.-XII.,**;| French Congo (Kangwé,

Ogowé River shoe ASC: Gea Natal (Spring Vale)?4 2,

ie °°; Zululand,*!. Hawarran Is. (Honolulu)? 27, 33-4.

When recording monachellw as new to the African

fauna (I c¢:, No. 32), expressed the opinion that Jon-

gella was probably only a variety, and Meyrick (J. c,

No. 33) sunk longella as a synonym, The acquisition of

further specimens confirms the opinion that these two

forms cannot be rightly separated. Iam not aware that

the variety longella occurs in Kurope, but the ordinary

form is certainly met with in other localities, from which

I have received it (e. g., India, Africa, and Ceylon), but

is apparently not found in the Hawaiian Island, whence I

have only received longella. It seems extremely pro-

bable that the first description of this species is that of

Vabricius, under the name of Alucita mediella (1. ¢., No. 1).

Stainton cies attention to this with a “? » (2. c., Nos.

9, 12, 15), and Herrich-Schaffer endorsed his opinion

(Schm. Eur. V., Index, p. 29), while Werneburg, Beitr.

Schm. I., 489, 591 (1864), regarded itasa variety, or as a

worn specimen of Gracilaria alchimiella, Se., to which it

seems to me impossible that the description could apply.

I hesitate to adopt the name mediclla, F. (nec Hb.);

although if this insect were intended it must undoubtedly

have priority, and for the present I prefer to retain it as

a probable synonym with a “?”’, but not without hope

that some further evidence may be obtainable to throw

hght upon the subject. I think however that the descrip-

tion could fairly apply to a worn specimen of that form

in which the head assumes a decidedly yellowish colour.

Scatipomra, Wlsm.

Scalidomia hirsutella, Wlsm.

Psoricoptera (?) hirsutella, Wlsm., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

Tosi Zot Pl, xl 29):

Hab. Gambia—Bathurst, VIII. (Sir G. Carter);

French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rey. A. UC.

Good) ; Natal}.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—ParT I. (APRIL.) 5

Lord Walsingham on Western

len)

Tiquapra, Wkr.

Tiquadra lichenea, sp. n. (PI. IL, fig. 26.)

Antenne fawn-brown. Palpi, second joint with a loose pro-

jecting tuft beneath, apical joint of about equal length, erect, also

thickly clothed ; fawn-brown. J/ead and thorax fawn-brown, the

latter pale greenish posteriorly. Forewings very hirsute, with

patches of upstanding scales, all the margins with rough cilia,

except on the basal third; pale bluish green with spots and ill-

defined cross-streaks of raised coarse hair-like fawn-brown scales, —

giving a somewhat reticulated appearance ; of these some at the

end of the disc, and others above and about the outer third of the

fold, are more conspicuously raised ; the outer half of the costa,

which is very roughly fringed, is distinctly chestnut-brown, and

this colour extends narrowly towards the base, the termen also has

some chestnut-brown scales, but the majority of the cilia are dirty

whitish. Underside fawn-ochreous. Lap. al.,24 mm. Hindwings

and cilia fawn-ochreous. Underside the same. Abdomen fawn-

ochreous. Legs slightly paler than the abdomen.

ype aa

Hab. French Congo—Kangwé, Ogowé River (Rev.

A. ©. Good); unique.

An interesting species allied to goochii, Wlsm.

ADELIN A.

Nemators, Hb.

Nematois parvella, Wkr. (Pl. III., fig. 27.)

Nematois parvella, Wkr., Cat. Lep. Ins. B.M.,

XXVILI., 504 (1865)'.

Antenne three times as long as the forewings; cinereous. Palpi

almost obsolete. Head cinereous, with some metallic scales. Thorax

purplish, with metallic scales. Forewings narrow at the base,

widened outwardly, costa depressed to the apex ; purplish cinereous,

richly studded with brassy metallic scales, strongly iridescent in

different lights, with three yellowish ochreous patches : the first on

the dorsal half at the base; the second triangular, narrowly

margined with black scales, extending inwards from the costal

margin about the middle to the fold ; the third lying beyond the

end of the cell, occupying the middle of the apical portion of the

wing, and produced narrowly inwards and upwards to the com-

Equatorial African Micro-lepidoptera. 67

mencement of the costal cilia, a few blackish scales lying around its

margins ; a line of blackish scales crosses the wing obliquely inwards

from the costal to the dorsal margin near the base ; cilia iridescent,

brassy, with some greenish scales below theapex. Evp. al., 16 mm.

Hindwings cupreous, with shining brassy cilia. Abdomen cupreous.

Legs cinereous, with rather long hair-scales on the tibie.

Hab. Sierra Leone', 11.V.—VI. (Dr. Clements) ;

French Congo—Kanewé, Ogowé River (Rev. A. C.

Good).

I described this species as new before identifying it as

parvella, Wkr., and it may be well to publish my

description, as Walker’s is hardly precise enough to

distinguish it from allied forms occurring in the Malay

Archipelago.

EXPLANATION OF Prates JI. anv III.

[See Explanation facing the PLATES. ]

III. On Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago.

By Epwarp Meyricr, B.A., F.Z.S.

[ Read Nov. 3rd, 1896. ]

In the Society’s Transactions for 1894, pp. 455-480, I

recorded some notes on a collection of Pyralidina from

Sambawa, Celebes, and Borneo. In the present paper

are included the species of the Geometroid families of

Notodontina which belonged tothe same collection ; as

well as those of both groups from the islands of Sangir

and T'alaut. These, like the former, were collected by Mr.

W. Doherty, and the types are in the possession of Mr.

H. J. Klwes.

HY DRIOMENID i.

Sauris abortivata, Guen. §S.. Borneo.

S. hirudinata, Guen. Sambawa.

S. proboscidaria, Walk. (t). Sangir.

Chleroclystis recensitaria, Walk. Sambawa.

Caria, Walk.

Face with cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected, smooth-

scaled, terminal joint rather long. Antennz in ¢@ filiform, simple.

Abdomen with series of small dorsal crests. Posterior tibix with

all spurs present. Forewings withareolesimple. Hindwings with

6 and 7 separate at origin.

C. calescens, Walk. S.K. Borneo. The 2 differs from

the ¢ in being considerably smaller (f 22 mm., 2 16

mm.), with the forewings duller, the white subterminal

line straight on upper half, not waved as in f, the hind-

wings grey (in ¢ ochreous-yellow).

Pomasia euryopis, sp. 1.

¢ 21 mm. Forewings unusually broad, with the whole disc

thinly scaled and irregularly contorted or crumpled in shallow

grooves, complicated by a transverse impression below middle ; cell

much deformed, longest at lower angle, where it reaches + from

base, lower margin rather strongly curved upwards, thickened to

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—Parr I. (APRIL.)

70 Mr. E. Meyrick on

form a stout ridge beneath from base to ¢ of cell, where it gives off 2

bent additional vein, which appears to be Ic.; pale whitish-ochreous,

suffused with orange-ochreous towards costa and termen ; six fas-

cie of irregular bisinuate partly confluent brown striz, first four

of about three striz each, fifth of two (three on costa), sixth of

one: cilia pale orange. Hindwings with colour and markings as in

forewings, but not orange towards costa ; first and second fasciz

absent, an irregular clear discal space between third and fourth.

Pulo Laut; one specimen.

P. gelastis, sp. n.

¢d 16mm. Anal claspers large. Forewings whitish-ochreous,

orange-tinged, suffused with bright orange towards costa and ter-

men ; six fascie of irregular bisinuate partly confluent dark brown

strie, black-dotted on costa, first four of about three striz each,

fifth of two, sixth of one: cilia orange, with blackish bars at apex,

in middle, and above tornus. Hindwings as forewings, but not

orange towards costa ; first and second fasciz absent, an irregular

clear discal space between third and fourth containing a dark fus-

cous discal dot.

Pulo Laut; one specimen.

P. vernacularia, Guen. Pulo Laut.

Physetobasis heliocoma, sp. n.

@ 31mm. Head orange-ochreous, face dark fuscous except on

margins. Forewings grey with slight greenish and purplish reflec-

tions, whitish-suffused towards dise posteriorly ; subbasal, ante-

median, and postmedian curved transverse series of irregular

blackish-grey spots ; a black transverse-oval discal spot; subter-

minal line faint, cloudy, grey-whitish: cilia grey. Hindwings

whitish ; a grey discal mark ; a postmedian series of three blackish-

grey spots on dorsal half, and a grey subcostal spot; a suffused grey

terminal fascia.

Sambawa ; one specimen.

Eucymatoge ghosha, Walk. Talaut.

Anthyria pictaria, Moore. Sambawa.

A. lunulosa, Moore. Pulo Laut.

A, grataria, Walk. Sangir.

A. metriopis, sp. n.

¢ 23mm, Head ochreous-brown, fillet white. Antenne white,

ringed with dark grey, pectinations dark grey. Forewings light

fuscous, slightly purplish-tinged ; costa posteriorly yellowish-

Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 71

tinged; about twelve evenly distributed darker striae; a dark

fuscous discal dot ; a pale yellow transverse mark towards termen

above middle : cilia whitish-yellowish, with a fuscous subbasal line.

Hindwings as forewings, but without yellow mark.

Pulo Laut; one specimen.

STERRHIDA.

Hois procrossa, sp. n.

g 12mm. Head pale ochreous, fillet whitish, face dark fus-

cous. Antenne serrate, cilia 13. Posterior tarsi 1, tibial tuft

large. Forewings pale whitish-ochreous, thinly sprinkled with dark

fuscous ; costal edge fuscous on basal third; first, median, and

second lines faint, slender, fuscous, first and second forming small

dark fuscous spots on costa; a dark fuscous discal dot before

median line; a terminal series of minute blackish dots: cilia

pale whitish-ochreous. Hindwings as forewings, but lines not

traceable, except that second line forms small dark fuscous costal

and dorsal spots.

Sambawa ; one specimen.

Leptomeris aspilataria, Walk. Sambawa.

L. remotata, Guen. Sambawa.

I. crossophragma, Meyr. Sambawa.

DL. opicata, Fabr. 'Talaut.

Chrysocraspeda permutans, Hamps. S.E. Borneo.

C. orgalea, sp. n.

¢ 15mm. Structure as in typical section. Head crimson-

fuscous, fillet white. Forewings dull purple; a small irregular

yellow spot in disc at $; an irregular deep yellow streak along

termen and posterior part of dorsum, forming a projection inwards

in middle of termen, and terminating in a quadrate spot in middle

of dorsum; a terminal series of purple dots: cilia yellow, tips

paler. Hindwings with termen rounded-angulated in middle; dull

purple ; a yellow discal dot at 4; an irregular yellow terminal

streak, dilated at apex ; terminal dots and cilia as in forewings.

Pulo Laut ; one specimen.

HETEROCTENIS, gen. n.

Face smooth. Palpi short, porrected, with appressed scales.

Antenne in @ (probably, therefore, in ¢ also) thickened with

to Mr. KE. Meyrick on

scales near base, unipectinated, apical third simple. Posterior tibiee

in 2 with all spurs present. Forewings with 10 out of 9, I1

anastomosing strongly with 9, forming smal] simple areole. Huind-

wings with 3 and 4 connate, 6 and 7 connate or short-stalked.

Allied to Chrysocraspeda. Type, H. dracontias.

HH. dracontias, sp. n.

9 24mm. Antennal pectinations 5, slender. Forewings deep

yellow, with a few ferruginous scales ; a large dorsal patch, bounded

by an outwards-curved line from near base of costa to tornus, and a

large circular subapical blotch purplish-ashy, edged first with deeper

purple and then with ferruginous, and connected in disc by a short

ferruginous bar ; a terminal series of ferruginous dots : cilia pale

yellow. Hindwings purplish-ashy ; two dark fuscous dots trans-

versely placed in disc, and a dot of black scales between these ; a

rather narrow deep yellow terminal fascia, edged anteriorly first

with ferruginous and then with deep purple ; terminal dots and

cilia as in forewings.

S.E. Borneo; one specimen.

HH, tigrina, sp. n.

9 23 mm. Head orange, face and fillet yellow-whitish.

Antennal pectinations 2, very thick. Forewings with termen

bowed; yellow, suffusedly strigulated with ferruginous-orange ;

anterior portion of disc nearly clear ; a very broad purple post-

median fascia, not reaching costa, posterior edge forming a broad

rounded projection below middle: cilia pale yellow. Hindwings

with termen subdentate; yellow, suffusedly strigulated with

ferruginous-orange ; base suffused with purple; a very broad

fascia of purple suffusion, occupying from = to 4, posterior edge

projecting in middle and below costa; ine dots transversely

placed in disc, upper blackish, lower dark purplish: cilia pale

yellow.

S.. Borneo ; one specimen.

Perixera syntona, Meyr. (infermixtaria, Swinh.). Paulo

Laut.

P. suspicaria, Snell. Sangir.

P. homostola, sp. n.

dé 34mm. Head light reddish-fuscons, fillet whitish. Posterior

tibiee moderate, slender, without tuft. Forewings ochreous, slightly

Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 73

reddish-tinged, obscurely strigulated with light reddish-fuscous ;

first, second, and subterminal lines faintly indicated, median rather

thick, faint, pale fuscous ; a fuscous discal mark ; a terminal series

of fuscous dots: cilia ochreous, tips paler. Hindwings as fore-

wings, but first and median lines absent, a small dark fuscous white-

centred discal spot.

Talaut ; one specimen.

Calothysanis aventiaria, Guen. Sambawa, Sangir.

Alex palparia, Walk. Pulo Laut, Sambawa, Celebes.

GEOMETRIDA.

Comostola inductaria, Guen. Sambawa.

C'. rubrolimbaria, Guen. S.E. Borneo.

PROBOLOSCELES, gen. n.

Face smooth. Palpi moderate, porrected, second joint rough-

scaled. Antenne in ¢ strongly bipectinated, apical third simple.

Posterior tibizw with all spurs present, in ¢ with very long stout

projection from apex above tarsus. Forewings with 10 out of 9,

11 free. Hindwings with frenulum ; 3 and 4 stalked, 6 and 7

stalked, 8 appressed to cell to middle.

PB. quadrinotata, Butl., Ul. Het, vu., p. 105, pl.

L365 fic. 7.

Talaut; one specimen. The dark patches are small.

Uliocnemis partita, Walk. Sambawa.

Thalassodes phrixopa, sp. n.

gd 21 mm. Head green, fillet and margins of face white.

Abdomen with a white raised dorsal spot near base. Forewings

green, with numerous obscure hyaline strigule ; costal edge dark

fuscous ; white subcostal and subdorsal antemedian dots; a

blackish-grey discal dot ; subterminal and terminal series of white

dots : cilia green, tips whitish, costal cilia dark fuscous, becoming

white near before apex. Hindwings with colour, discal dot, terminal

dots, and terminal cilia as in forewings.

Sambawa; one specimen.

Epipristis nelearia, Guen. Celebes.

74, Mr. E. Meyrick on

ORTHOSTIAID As.

Ozola macariata, Walk. Sambawa.

O, dissimilis, Warr. Talaut.

O. extersavia, Walk. Talaut.

O. spilotis, sp. n.

gd 29 mm. Abdomen whitish-ochreous, with two rows of

blackish spots. Forewings with termen not sinuate ; whitish ; a

rather broad grey stripe along costa throughout, lower edge very

irregular, extending at base to dorsum; first and second lines

represented by dorsal and subdorsal grey spots ; subterminal aad

terminal series of grey spots, former interrupted below middle,

towards apex connected by a light grey suffusion. Hindwings

whitish ; a grey blackish-centred discal spot ; second line repre-

sented by small grey spots or dots towards costa and dorsum ; sub-

terminal and terminal series of grey spots.

Sambawa ; one specimen.

Rambara ochreicostalis, Hamps. Pulo Laut, Saugir.

R. saponaria, Guen. Sambawa.

It. satelliata, Walk. Talaut.

Noreia perdensata, Walk. Pulo Laut.

MONOCTENIADE.

EHumelea rosalia, Cram. Sangir,

CaANONISTIS, g. n.

Face with short cone of scales. Antenne in ¢ unipectinated,

apex simple. Forewings with 10 and 11 stalked, 12 anastomosing

with stalk of 10 and 11. Hindwings with 6 and 7 approximated

at base,

C. rectilineata, Guen., x., p. 18. Pulo Laut.

SELIDOSEMID&.

Opisthograptis emersaria, Walk. Sambawa.

O. isospila, Meyr. Sambawa. Possibly an extreme

variety of O. emersaria.

Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 75

Corymica arnearia, Walk. Pulo Laut.

Plutodes pardaria, Guen. Sangir.

P. hilaropa, sp. n.

d 22mm. Forewings yellow ; several purplish-ashy ferruginous-

edged spots towards base ; a purplish-ashy ferruginous-margined

irregular-edged antemedian fascia, much attenuated on dorsum,

posteriorly confluent above middle with an 8-shaped ferruginous

discal mark ; second line formed of ferruginous spots, irregular,

interrupted above middle; beyond this an S-shaped purplish-

ashy ferruginous-edged band from costa to middle ; subterminal

ferruginous spots on dorsal half; a double alternating terminal

series of ferruginous spots: cilia yellow, indistinctly barred with

ferruginous. Hindwings yellow ; a ferruginous mark near base ;

a purplish-ashy ferruginous-edged antemedian fascia on dorsal

half, dilated dorsally ; second and subterminal lines formed by

series of ferruginous spots, latter interrupted by a larger purplish-

ashy ferruginous-edged spot above middle ; terminal spots and cilia

as in forewings.

Pulo Laut; one specimen.

Diastictis separata, Walk. Sambawa.

D. schistacea, Walk. S$... Borneo.

D. subexpressa, Walk. Pulo Laut.

D. microdoxa, sp. n.

6 18mm. Head whitish, fillet and a median bar on face black.

Forewings white, irregularly strewn with fine fuscous strigule ;

first and median lines indistinct, but forming small dark fuscous

spots on costa; second line fuscous, sinuate outwards above and

below middle ; a dark fuscous discal dot on median line ; subter-

minal line indicated by fuscous marks, only distinct towards costa :

cilia whitish, irrorated with pale fuscous. Hindwings with termen

waved ; white, irregularly strewn with fine fuscous strigule towards

costa and termen ; a dark fuscous transverse antemedian suffusion

in disc ; a transverse dark fuscous discal mark ; second and sub-

terminal lines and cilia as in forewings.

Pulo Laut; one specimen.

D. sublavaria, Guen. Sambawa.

Ectropis biundularia, Esp. Sambawa.

EL. petras, sp. un.

¢ 23mm. Head light greyish-ochreous, fillet and a median

band of face mixed with brown. Antenne with fascicles of long

76 Mr. KH. Meyrick on

cilia rising from minute paired projections. Forewings pale

greyish-ochreous, thinly spriukled with white, brown, and dark

fuscous ; first and second lines parallel, curved, bisinuate, dark

browv, marked with dark fuscous dots on veins and costa, first

preceded and second followed by a brown shade ; median brown,

rather irregular, indistinct on dorsal half, traversing an indistinct

dark fuscous discal dot, and marked with another on costa; a

suffused darker spot on middle of shade following second line, fol-

lowed by an indistinct pale suffusion ; subterminal line pale, waved,

margined with brown and anteriorly on upper half with dark

fuscous, interrupted in middle ; a terminal series of dark fuscous

dots: cilia ochreous-whitish, basal half obscurely spotted with

fuscous. Hindwings with termen waved; colour and markings

as in forewings, but first line absent, median indistinct, second less

marked, not followed by darker median spot.

Pulo Laut; one specimen.

Luxiaria ditrota, sp. n.

? 36 mm. Forewings with apex subacute, termen slightly

sinuate; whitish-ochreous, with thinly scattered dark fuscous

scales; a faint brownish tinge towards base ; lines very faint,

brownish, first nearly straight, with indistinct darker dots on veins,

median hardly traceable, second angulated above middle, darker-

dotted on lower half, between angle and dorsum, followed by a

suffused brownish shade ; subterminal line faintly indicated, its

anterior margin marked by two large dark fuscous dots opposite

angle of second line; a terminal series of dark fuscous dots.

Hindwings with termen waved, slightly angulated in middle;

colour and markings as in forewings, but first line absent, a fine

short dark fuscous linear discal mark before median, second not

angulated, hardly curved, the following shade nearly reaching costa,

subterminal line without the two dark fuscous dots.

Sambawa; one specimen. I possess this species also

from Halmahera.

DT. exclusa, Walk. S.E. Borneo.

Selidosema acaciaria, Boisd. Sambawa.

S. propulsaria, Walk. Sambawa.

Tigridoptera monochrias, sp. n.

¢g 53 mm. Head and thorax blue-grey. Abdomen ochreous-

yellow, basal segment blue-grey. Forewings blue-grey ; a deep

yellow-ochreous basal blotch, not quite reaching costa, followed on

upper half by two black spots ; first and second lines thick, black,

Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 77

bent above middle, median similiar but indistinct and partially

obsolete, traversing a roundish black discal spot ; two posterior

series of roundish black spots, second indicating anterior margin of

subterminal line. Hindwings blue-grey; first and second lines

thick, black, rather sinuate, second interrupted in disc ; discal spot

and two posterior series as in forewings.

Sangir ; one specimen.

T. ptochopis, sp. n.

¢ 50 mm. Head and thorax whitish-grey. Abdomen dull

ochreous-yellowish, suffused with whitish-grey towards base,

Forewings whitish-grey, subdorsal fold obscurely tinged with dull

ochreous suffusion ; black subcostal and subdorsal spots at base ; a

small black subcostal spot at 4, and another beneath it ; first and

second lines formed by series of small black spots, bent above

middle ; median slender, blackish-grey, anguiated beneath costa,

interrupted on fold; a small transverse-oval black discal spot

before median ; a faint grey line beyond second ; anterior margin

of subterminal line represented by a series of small black spots.

Hindwings as forewings, but without basal or subbasal spots, or

median line ; no subdorsal ochreous suffusion, but a similar one

occupying median fold.

Sangir ; one specimen.

Synegia botydaria, Guen. Pulo Laut.

S. imitaria, Walk. Pulo Laut.

Hyposidra janiaria, Guen. Sambawa.

HI, talaca, Walk. Sangir.

H, afflictaria, Walk. ‘Valaut.

Abraxas sylvata, Scop. Sambawa.

A. labrarvia, Guen. Sambawa.

Buzura nephelistis, sp. n.

6 63 mm, Head and thorax yellow-ochreous, face mixed with

fuscous. Antennal pectinations 3, apical 2 simple. Forewings

with termen almost straight, rather strongly oblique ; light ochre-

ous-yellowish, clouded with deeper ; basal and median areas almost

wholly occupied by broad bandlike suffusions of dark grey irrora-

tion ; posterior edge of second line indicated by an incomplete

fascia of dark grey irroration following it, abruptly sinuate out-

wards above middle, and more gently inwards below it; sub-

terminal line faintly paler, waved, posteriorly margined above

78 Mr. E. Meyrick on

middle by a terminal patch of dark-grey suffusion. Hindwings

with colour as in forewings ; an ill-defined broad median fascia of

dark grey irroration, becoming obsolete dorsally.

Talaut ; one specimen.

Ephoria xanthocolona, sp. n.

g¢ 24mm. Head brownish-orange, fillet pale yellow. Antenne

white, hardly subdentate, shortly ciliated. Forewings dull ashy-

purple, becoming crimson on margins of yellow markings; a rather

broad bright yellow costal band from base almost to apex, narrowed

towards base, lower edge irregular, forming a triangular projection

before middle, and twice sinuate beyond it; a bright yellow ter-

minal streak from apex to above middle, not quite reaching costal

band at apex: cilia purple, opposite terminal streak yellow.

Hindwings dull ashy-purple ; costal area broadly light ochreous-

yellowish : cilia dull purple.

S.E. Borneo; one specimen. ‘This species, nearly

allied to the Japanese H. formosa, differs from it and the

rest of the genus in the absence of antennal pectinations,

which are however short and tending towards dis-

appearance in them also; in other details of structure it

coincides exactly, and does not call for generic separa-

tion.

Lomographa cogenaria, Snell. Pulo Laut.

Deilinia chlorochroa, sp. un.

gd 20-23 mm. Head and thorax pale greenish-ochreous. Fore-

wings with vein 10 out of 9, connected with 12, and anastomosing

with 9, 11 out of 10 between connexions; dull light green, with

fine scattered dark fuscous strigule ; first and second lines curved,

somewhat waved, dark fuscous; a dark fuscous discal dot. Hind-

wings as forewings, but first line absent.

Pulo Laut; one specimen. ‘This is in poor condition ;

the above description has therefore been made from a

better example, which I possess, from Burma. ‘The

neuration of the forewings, as given above, shows some

details of acquired complexity differing from the normal

type; but as all the typical points of structure are pre-

sent (the fovea of the hindwings is small and inconspicu-

ous, but distinct), there is no occasion to separate the

species generically.

Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 79

Hulepidotis fimbriata, Cram. Pulo Laut.

EH. hortensiata, Guen. Pulo Laut.

EH. guttaria, Boisd. Pulo Laut.

Huchlena pyrotoca, sp. n.

gd 22mm. Head and thorax dark fuscous. Forewings with

termeu bowed and slightly prominent in middle; dark fuscous ;

first and second lines darker, bent near costa ; a darker discal spot.

Hiudwings bright orange ; a wedge-shaped dark fuscous subdorsal

streak, broadest at tornus, attenuated to base, occupying about + of

wing.

Talaut ; one specimen.

H. pallida, Moore. Sambawa.

EH. pachiaria, Walk. Sambawa.

EH. imbutaria, Walk. Celebes.

HE. maculifera, Feld. Sangir, Talaut.

EL. vestigiata, Snell. Celebes, Talaut.

GALLERIADA.

Harracongura, Buti.

I have not been able to verify the structural characters

of Butler’s type, but have little doubt that the following

species is truly congeneric with it ; to prevent misappre-

hension, however, I add the leading structural characters

of my species (applicable to ¢ only), viz.:

Forewings with apex contorted; on upper surface with a short

subcostal groove before apex, enclosing a short dense expansible

tuft of hairs covered over with broad scales ; cell very large, reach-

ing % of wing, transverse vein angulated outwards in middle, 5

from the angulation, widely remote from 4, 7 and 8 out of 9.

Hindwings with long pencil of hairs on upper surface from base of

costa, lying beneath forewings ; 5 absent, transverse vein absent,

7 anastomosing shortly with 8.

H. acrocausta, sp. n.

d 28 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-whitish. Forewings

elongate, apex obtuse, termen vertical, rounded ; whitish-ochreous,

faintly pinkish-tinged, with some scattered dark fuscous scales ;

traces of antemedian and postmedian discal spots; a rather narrow

dark coppery-fuscous terminal streak, anterior edge straight : cilia

80 Mr. E. Meyrick on

pale ochreous-brown, with a black interrupted subbasal line.

Hindwings ochreous-yellow, thiniy scaled: cilia pale yellowish,

tips whitish.

Sangir ; one specimen.

Heteromicta rufivena, Walk. Sangir.

Picrogama anticosma, sp. un. Sangir.*

ANTIPTILOTIS, gen. n.

Palpi in ¢ short, curved, ascending. Antennz in ¢@ simple,

basal joint with broad projecting anterior flap of scales. Thorax

with posterior crest. Forewings in ¢ beneath with subcostal

groove towards base, enclosing dense expansible pencil of hairs,

concealed by long loose hairs from adjoining surface; 4 and 5

connate, 6 approximeted to 7 at base, 8,9, 10 out of 7. Hind-

wings in ¢ above with subdorsal groove towards base, enclosing

pencil of dense hairs ; 5 rather remote from 4, 7 out of 6 near

origin, shortly approximated to 8.

A, rubicunda, sp. n.

¢ 25mm. Head and thorax whitish. Forewings elongate-

oblong, termen rather oblique, rounded; rosy-whitish, with scattered

dull rosy scales, towards costa and on dorsum somewhat mixed with

pale yellow-ochreous ; first and second lines and two dots longi-

tudinally placed in disc yellow-ochreous, very indistinct ; an in-

distinct suffusion of reddish-brown scales towards termen below

middle: cilia rosy-whitish suffused with yellow-ochreous and

sprinkled with dull rosy. Hindwings light dull rosy ; subdorsal

hair-pencil blackish-grey : cilia light ochreous.

Sangir; one specimen.

CRAMBIDAK.

Autarotis euryala, Meyr. Sangir.

THALAMARCHIS, gen. 0.

Face rounded ; ocelli present ; tongue developed. Labial palpi

long, porrected, triangularly scaled. Maxillary palpi moderate,

triangularly dilated. Antennz in @ subdentate, shortly cili-

ated. Abdomen in ¢ with dorsal tuft of floceulent hairs near

base, concealed by flat scales. Forewings with 4 and 5 closely

approximated at base, 9 absent, 11 absent. Hindwings in ¢ above

with long pencil of hairs from base of costa, concealed beneath

forewings, a loose subdorsal pencil of long hairs, and an expansible

* See Addendum (p. 91).

Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 81

tuft of short hairs at tornus ; 4 and 5 short-stalked, 7 out of 6 near

origin, connected with 8 at a point before middle.

T’. chalchorma, sp. n.

3 16 mm. Head white. Palpi orange, tips white. Thorax

grey-whitish. Forewings moderate, subtriangular, termen vertical,

rather sinuate inwards on upper half, and with an indentation above

middle ; pale silky-grey, with indistinct spots of whitish-ochreous

suffusion towards dorsum before and beyond middle ; an orange

outwardly-oblique wedge-shaped mark on middle of costa ; a trian-

gular orange apical patch, extending on costa from 3, and on

termen to indentation, cut by two white lines from costa, first

angulated inwards, second curved inwards; a fine paler line near

before termen on lower half, anteriorly finely edged with dark

grey ; a coppery-metallic streak along lower half of termen, pre-

ceded by five black dots separated by ochreous-yellowish inter-

spaces ; cilia on upper half of termen orange, base shining white,

on lower half coppery-metallic, at tornus pale orange. Iindwings

whitish-ochreous, greyish-tinged; hair-pencils light yellow-ochreous;

a dark fuscous terminal line round apex: cilia whitish-ochreous,

round apex whitish.

Sangir ; one specimen.

PYRAUSTIDA.

Mixophyla xanthocasis, sp. n.

? 10-12 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi white, second

joint fuscous above, terminal joint dorsally flattened, obtuse

loosely scaled at sides. Forewings with distinct indentation above

middle of termen; white; median line light fuscous, angulated, thick-

ened on dorsum; terminal area broadly suffused with ochreous-

yellow, most widely on costa, where it encloses two oblique whitish

spots, below middle enclosing a transverse-oval white spot, marked

anteriorly with two short dark fuscous lines (first indistinct) repre-

senting margins of second line, and posteriorly with three dark

fuscous subterminal dots, uppermost smallest : cilia shining greyish-

ochreous, white at tornus and on basal half round apex, with a

blackish subbasal line except on indentation and at tornus. Hind-

wings whitish-grey : cilia white.

Sangir ; two specimens. I take the opportunity of

describing also the following additional species of this

genus from examples in my own collection.

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—ParT I. (APRIL.) 6

82 Mr. EK. Meyrick on

M., chrysias, sp. n.

¢6 2 14-15 mm. Head and thorax white. Antenne in ¢ very

shortly ciliated. Palpi white, second joint blackish above, terminal

joint tolerably cylindrical, pointed. Abdomen in ¢ with anal tuft

of mixed black and whitish hairs, Forewings with termen rounded,

very slightly prominent on 5; white; median line light ochreous-

yellow, strongly curved, becoming orange and dilated towards

costa ; two oblique wedge-shaped orange marks from costa towards

apex, reaching + across wing ; a pale ochreous-yellowish suffusion

extending from beyond median line above middle to middle of

termen, enclosing onits lower edge before termen a small rect-

angular dark fuscous spot which includes a whitish mark cutting

its lower side ; a strong blackish terminal line on upper 2 of ter-

men: cilia shining grey, cut by white bars in and above middle, on

tornus white, basal half white on upper 2 of termen,a dark grey

basal line on lower third. Hindwings and cilia white.

Amboina ; two specimens.

Oligostigma polydora, sp. n.

¢ 24mm. Head and thorax yellow-ochreous. Middle tibiz

clothed with long fine hairs above, and with a pencil of similar

hairs from base beneath. Forewings elongate-triangular, termen

bowed, oblique, costa folded over above from base to middle, mar-

gin of fold dilated except towards extremities by a broad flap of

long dense projecting scales, covering a deep circular fovea at end

of cell, dorsum strongly bowed and fringed with very long fine

cilia ; 7 and 10 out of 9 ; ochreous-orange ; ashining whitish streak

from end of cell to near before tornus, where it meets a shining

white posteriorly black-edged curved subterminal streak from

costa ; a nearly straight shining white streak from beneath costa

at + to near angle of junction of these, narrowed beneath ; an

obscure semitrausparent whitish streak along dorsum ; an inter-

rupted blackish terminal line: cilia pale grey. Hindwings

abruptly sinuate beneath apex ; shining white ; beneath costa an

elongate-oval grey patch reaching from near base to near middle,

edged above with rough grey hairs, and beneath this a linear lon-

gitudinal streak of deep black scales reaching middle, these entirely

covered by the expanded dorsal area of forewings ; an ochreous-

orange postmedian fascia and another along termen, confluent at

extremities, terminal fascia black-edged from above middle to near

tornus ; two subquadrate black terminal dots beneath sinuatiou,

margined anteriorly by white black-edged lunules: cilia whitish-

grey, with a grey subbasal line.

Sangir ; one specimen.

Lepidoptera fiom the Malay Archipelago. 83

O. metriodora, sp. n.

3 21mm. Head and thorax ochreous-yellow. Middle tibi

with fine slender pencils of long hairs from base above and beneath.

‘Forewings elongate-triangular, termen rounded, oblique ; on upper

surface a fovea at end of cell, and a slight subcostal groove above

it; 10 out of 9; shining white, suffused with fuscous in disc

towards base ; an orange costal streak from base to }, suffusedly

confluent with postmedian fascia; a broad orange partially fuscous-

irrorated dorsal streak to 4 ; a triangular orange fuscous-irrorated

median patch from costa, apex touching extremity of dorsal streak;

a nearly straight fuscous-orange fascia at +, parallel to termen,

ending beneath in dorsal streak ; an orange anteriorly fuscous-

edged terminal fascia; a black interrupted terminal line: cilia

whitish-fuscous, with an interrupted dark fuscous subbasal line.

Hindwings suddenly sinuate below apex; whitish-grey, darker-

sprinkled ; an orange subbasal fascia, extended along dorsum to

meet posterior band ; a broad terminal orange band, leaving a

three-lobed apical spot of ground colour, fuscous-sprinkled towards

termen on lower half, enclosing on lower half a narrow whitish

subterminal streak edged with black posteriorly on its upper half ;

a black terminal line opposite this portion, and two semi-oval black

dots beneath sinuation : cilia whitish-fuscous, with a dark fuscous

subbasal line, lighter round apex.

Talaut ; one specimen.

O. mormodes, sp. n.

3 2 34-45 mm. Head ochreous-yellow. Palpi in ¢ with ter-

minal joint considerably elongate, porrected, terminating in a small

hooked scaletuft. Antenne in ¢ dentate. Thorax ochreous-yel-

lowish, with three dark fuscous anterior spots. Posterior femora

in ¢ with small hairtuft beneath towards apex. Forewings very

elongate-triangular, termen oblique, rounded, dorsum in ¢ slightly

sinuate; in ¢@ upper margin of cell roughened above with erect

scales, and a ridge-like tuft of hairs on 16 towards base ; 10 and.

11 out of 9; shining grey-whitish ; a rather broad fuscous costal

streak from base to 3, sending a thick suffused branch beneath.

from + to middle of disc ; a long semioval blotch extending along

dorsum from near base to near tornus, anterior half dark ochreous-

fuscous, posterior half pale ochreous-yellow ; a rather broad dark

ochreous-fuscous inwards-angulated fascia from 2 of costa, con-

fluent with costal streak, and a similar nearly straight fascia from

3, meeting at % above tornus and not continued further ; a pale

ochreous-yellow anteriorly black-margined terminal fascia; an

84 Mr. HE. Meyrick on

interrupted black terminal line : cilia fuscous-whitish. Hindwings

with short sudden sinuation below apex ; shining white; a dark

fuscous subbasal fascia, marked with an ochreous spot towards

dorsum; a broad pale ochreous-yellow terminal band, edged

anteriorly on upper # by a sinuate dark fuscous line, enclosing an

indistinct whitish anteapical spot posteriorly edged with dark

fuscous, and an ill-defined shining whitish subterminal fascia on

lower half, posteriorly shortly edged with dark fuscous below

middle of wing; four small black terminal dots below sinuation, each

preceded by a silvery-metallic lunule set in black, and separated

by orange interspaces: cilia whitish, with dark grey basal spots

opposite terminal dots, and four black basal dots alternating with

these.

Sangir; two specimens.

O. hemicryptis, sp. n.

go 2 15-16 mm. Head and thorax dark fuscous. Forewings

elongate-triangular, termen oblique, rounded ; 10 out of 9 ; orange ;

in ¢ costal half dark fuscous from base to 3, forming an elongate-

triangular blotch, rest up to subterminal streak unevenly irrorated

with dark fuscous, in 2 wholly dark fuscous from base to sub-

terminal streak except a small costal przsubterminal spot; a

shining white posteriorly black-edged subterminal streak, hardly

reaching margins ; an interrupted black terminal line, forming a

larger black dot at apex: cilia whitish-fuscous, basal half darker-

mixed. Hindwings with slight subapical sinuation, prominent

beneath it ; shining white; a basal fascia, in ¢ orange, in 2 dark

fuscous ; a broad ochreous-orange terminal fascia, anteriorly strongly

edged with dark fuscous except towards extremities ; a minute

black terminal dot in subapical sinuation, preceded by a larger

white dot, and two quadrate black terminal dots beneath this,

preceded by white black-edged lunules, alternating with bright

orange interspaces ; beneath these a pale line, black-edged on both

sides, extending along termen from middle to }: cilia as in fore-

wings, with a blackish basal dot on prominence.

Sangir ; two specimens.

O. gephyrotis, sp. n.

@ 20 mm. Forewings very elongate-triangular, termen

oblique, rounded ; shining white ; a fuscous costal streak from

base to terminal fascia, lower edge somewhat prominent in middle ;

a light ochreous-orange terminal fascia, anteriorly fuscous-edged in

disc, continued from tornus to near base of dorsum, but leaving a

white anteriorly fuscous-edged dorsal streak from before middle to

Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 85

near tornus, and enclosing a white fuscous-sprinkled subterminal

streak ; a terminal series of black marks: cilia whitish. Hind-

wings with short sinuation below apex ; white ; a broad suffused

pale orange terminal fascia, becoming deeper on termen, anteriorly

edged with blackish for about } in disc ; a silvery-whitish sub-

terminal streak round apex ; five black roundish terminal dots

below sinuation, preceded by silvery-whitish lunules edged with a

few black scales, two lowest remote from the dots: cilia whitish,

with grey basal line.

Talaut; one specimen. Nearly allied to O. argyropis.

Anydraula bombayensis, Swinh. Sangir.

Nymphula leucoplaca, sp. n.

6 16mm. Labial palpi long, smooth scaled, acute. Fore-

wings very elongate-triangular, termen sinuate beneath apex,

bowed, waved, rather oblique ; orange, irregularly and suffusedly

irrorated with dark fuscous ; a white suffusion towards base ; first

and second lines forming shining white fasciz, strongly edged with

dark fuscous, first widely interrupted in disc, second curved

inwards and interrupted below middle, upper portion forming

three adjacent spots; a shining white dark-edged submarginal

fascia, interrupted below middle, upper portion forming three

adjacent spots, two uppermost small. Hindwings with termen

irregularly dentate-waved, apex forming a very prominent tooth ;

colour and markings as in forewings, but second line forming a

straight fascia, interrupted in middle only, three upper submarginal

spots rather small, subequal.

Sangir; one specimen. The form of the hindwings is

peculiar and distinctive.

N. villidalis, Walk. Sangir; a specimen not showing

the dark median line of hindwings, yet apparently

identical.

Hydrocampa conspurcatalis, Warren. Sangir.

STREPSINOMA, gen. n.

Face oblique ; ocelli present ; tongue very long. Antenne 3,

in ¢ ciliated. Labial palpi moderate, curved, subascending,

second joint rough-scaled beneath, terminal joint rather short,

pointed or obtuse. Maxillary palpi moderate, filiform. Posterior

tibiz with outer spurs half inner, tarsi very long. Forewings with

semitransparent bladdery impression in cell, larger in 4, sur-

86 Mr. E. Meyrick on

mounted by slight ridge ; 3 and 4 stalked, 10 and 11 out of 9.

Hindwings 1 ; 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin,

anastomosing with 8 to middle.

Tyre. S.amauwra. Besides the two following species,

Cataclysta cresalis (—susalis), Walk., XVIL.,

449, also belongs to the genus ; it occurs in India,

Borneo, and Halmahera,

S. amaura, sp. n.

dé 2 138—15 mm. Forewings elongate-triangular, termen

oblique ; dark fuscous ; a white sometimes indistinct dot on costa

beyond middle ; a fine white subterminal line, sometimes partially

obsolete : cilia shining grey, base darker. Hindwings rather dark

fuscous ; faint traces of a pale subterminal line.

Sambawa, S8.E. Borneo; two specimens.

S. sphenactis, sp. n.

¢ @ 13—15 mm. Forewings elongate-triangular, termen

oblique; greyish-fuscous, somewhat darker towards costa ; im-

pression in cell obscurely whitish, more distinctly in ¢@ ; a fascia-

like narrow-triangular white spot on costa beyond middle, reaching

more than half across wing, narrower in ¢ ; a curved white sub-

terminal line: cilia pale fuscous, with darker subbasal line,

Hindwings greyish-fuscous, with very indistinct darker median and

postmedian lines, latter followed in ¢@ by an obscure whitish

line.

Sangir; two specimens.

Nausinoé trogalis, Walk. Sangir.

Nevrina procopia, Cram. Sangir.

Pleonectusa adhesalis, Walk. ‘Talaut.

P. extenuatalis, Walk. (leptomeralis, Walk.). Talaut.

Pagyda spiralis Walk. Sangir.

Marasmia ruralis, Walk. Sangir.

Syngamia trimaculalis, Snell. ‘Sangir,

Molybdantha tricoloralis, Zell. Sangir.

ELurrhyparodes bracteolalis, Zell. Sangir.

Diathrausta profundalis, Led. Sangir.

Hydriris ornatalis, Dup. Sangir.

Dodanga truncatalis, Walk. Sangir.

Diplotyla tellesalis, Walk. Sangir.

Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 87

Tabidia aculealis, Walk. Talaut.

Margaronia suralis, Led. Sangir; unusually large.

M. vertumnalis, Guen. Talaut.

M. nitidicostalis, Guen. Sangir.

M. celsalis, Walk. Talaut.

MES ) spissalis, Guen. Sangir.

M. crassicornis, Walk. ‘Talaut.

M. scapulalis, Led. Sangir.

M., ityalis, Walk. Sangir.

M. invertalis, Snell. Talaut.

Omiodes bianoralis, Walk. ‘Talaut.

O. vulgalis, Guen. Sangir.

Coptobasis crotonalis, Walk. (?). Walker’s type is

a 2, but appears to agree; it is, however, a very obscure

species, which might belong to another genus. The ¢

here recorded is a true Coptobasis. Sangir.

C. mimica, Swinh. Sangir.

Pycnarmon jaguaralis, Guen. Talaut, Sangir.

Aripana abdicalis, Walk. Sangir.

A. macrotis, sp. n.

6 26 mm. Abdomen with a black lateral dot on anteapical

segment, anal segment elongate. Forewings elongate-triangular

(more elongate than in allied species), termen slightly bowed,

oblique ; white, ochreous-tinged towards base and on a costal

streak from base to 2; small black basal and subbasal dots on

costa ; a small black discal dot at }; a small transverse-oval black

discal spot in middle ; a small black costal dot at 2; second line

fuscous, indistinct, blackish on costa, broken and interrupted in

disc, followed bya pale yellcwish shade ; a large black dot towards

termen below middle ; a small blackish apical dot: cilia whitish,

basal half yellowish. Hindwings white; a dark fuscous discal

dot ; second line as in forewings, but marked with a dark fuscous

dot on dorsum ; subterminal dot and cilia as in forewings.

Talaut ; one specimen.

Cwnostola originalis, Walk, Sangir.

OSPHRANTIS, gen. n.

Face rounded ; ocelli present ; tongue developed. Antenne ?,

in ¢ ciliated with long fascicles (4). Labial palpi moderate,

88 Mr. E. Meyrick on

curved, ascending, second joint beneath with dense rough pro-

jecting scales, forming a short tuft in front, terminal joint rather

short, thickened with rough projecting scales beneath, obtuse.

Maxillary palpishort, slender, filiform. Posterior tibize with outer

spurs about half inner. Forewings with 3, 4, 5 approximated,

10 out of 9. Hindwings, 1: 3, 4, 5 approximated, 7 out of 6 near

origin, anastomosing with 8 to middle.

O. paraphea, sp. n.

¢ 13 mm. Forewings rather elongate-triangular, termen

sinuate, bowed, oblique ; deep yellow, towards costa and termen

suffused with a ferruginous tinge; a dark fuscous costal streak

from base to 2; first and second lines dark ferruginous, second

irregular, running from a dark fuscous spot on costa at 3 to near

tornus, then widely interrupted and recommencing in middle of

dise, running to 2 of dorsum ; small rounded dark fuscous spots in

dise at 1 and J, latter touching inferior section of second line ; an

interrupted dark fuscous terminal line: cilia whitish, base

yellowish, a subbasal dark yellow-brown line. Hindwings yellow,

towards termen ferruginous-tinged ; second line as in forewings,

but superior section reaching tornus.

Talaut ; one specimen.

Conogethes mimastis, sp. n.

d 25-27 mm. Head ochreous-yellow. Palpi ochreous-yellow,

second joint with dark grey apical band. Thorax ochreous-yellow,

with blackish-grey anterior spot. Forewings rather elongate-

triangular, termen slightly bowed, oblique ; light orange, markings

blackish ; a small basal costal spot ; a narrow curved subbasal

fascia ; first line thick, dilated costally, bent inwards beneath

costa ; a narrow transverse discal mark, touching a subcostal streak

connecting first and second lines; second line thick, nearly

straight, connected along costa with a rather broad terminal band,

of which the anterior edge is strongly concave: cilia dark grey.

Hindwings orange ; second line thick, nearly straight, blackish ;

a blackish terminal streak : cilia dark grey.

Sangir; two specimens.

C. iopasalis, Walk. Talant.

C. punctiferalis, Guen. Sangir.

Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 89

C. wiphialis, Walk. Sangir.

Notarcha butyrina, Meyr. Sangir.

Dichocrocis tyranthes, sp. n.

¢ 33mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-ochreous. Fore-

wings rather elongate-triangular, termen obliquely rounded ;

whitish-ochreous, yellowish-tinged ; a blackish terminal line: cilia

whitish, towards base ochreous-tinged, with a grey subbasal line,

Hindwings with colour, terminal line, and cilia as in forewings.

Sangir; one specimen.

Daulia afralis, Walk. Sangir.

Isocentris illectalis, Walk. Sangir; a very small

specimen, hardly 13 mm.

PLACOSARIS, gen. n.

Face rounded ; ocelli present; tongue developed. Antenne

3, in ¢ minutely ciliated. Labial palpi moderately long,

porrected, triangularly scaled, terminal joint concealed. Maxil-

lary palpi moderate, filiform. Posterior tibie in ¢ with outer

middle-spur very short, rudimentary. Forewings in ¢ with a

small flat tuft of enlarged broad scales beneath cell towards base

on both surfaces ; 10 closely approximated to 9. Hindwings 1:

3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing

with 8 to middle.

P. leucula, sp. n.

¢d 25 mm. Forewings rather elongate-triangular, termen

rounded, oblique; yellow-ochreous, suffusedly irrorated with

ferruginous ; costal edge dark fuscous; first line almost straight,

dark fuscous, edged anteriorly with a fine silvery-white streak, not

reaching costa; a dark fuscous discal mark; second line dark

fuscous, edged posteriorly by a silvery-white interrupted streak,

running from ¢# of costa to 3 of dorsum, middle third moderately

curved outwards ; a terminal series of dark fuscous dots: cilia

dark ferruginous-greyish, with dark fuscous subbasal line. Hind-

wings pale yellowish-ochreous ; second line straight, cloudy, grey,

obsolete on lower half: cilia ochreous-whitish, with a grey sub-

basal line. ;

Sangir ; one specimen.

Pyrausta inscisalis, Walk. Talaut.

P. tranquillalis, Led. Sangir.

P. basalis, Walk. Sangir.

90 Mr. EK. Meyrick on

P. suffusalis, Walk. Sangir.

P. celatalis, Walk. Sangir.

P. hipponalis, Walk. ‘Talaut.

P. platycapna, sp. n.

36 23 mm. Head and thorax rather dark fuscous, Antennal

ciliations minute (4). Forewings rather elongate-triangular,

termen bowed, oblique; light ochreous-yellowish ; a broad rather

dark fuscous slightly purplish-tinged costal band from base to apex,

thence continued asa terminal band to tornus, extending at base

to dorsum, and between first and second lines extending as a cloudy

suffusion over disc ; first and second lines dark fuscous, second

somewhat waved, running from before 3 of costa towards tornus

to below middle, thence suddenly bent inwards to below discal

mark, and again strongly curved round to beyond middle of

dorsum ; a dark fuscous dot in disc beyond first line, and discal

median mark ; cilia fuscous, with a darker subbasal line. Hind-

wings pale ochreous-yellowish ; a small roundish dark fuscous

discal spot ; second line hardly indicated by a few dark fuscous

scales ; a rather dark fuscous terminal band.

Sangir; one specimen. Allied to the Australian

P, epitrota.

Hvergestis anastomosalis, Guen. Sangir.

PYRALIDIDA.

Cirrhochrista fumipalpis, Feld. Sangir.

Jotachena histricalis, Walk. ‘l'alaut.

Pyralis pictalis, Curt. Talaut.

Diplopseustis metallias, sp. n.

¢ 10mm. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, suboblong, ter-

men sinuate, little oblique ; deep ochreous-yellow ; a blackish costal

streak from base to first line, marked with a bluish-leaden-metallic

spot near base, extended at base to dorsum; first line nearly

straight, bluish-leaden-metallic, strongly blackish-edged ; a small

semioval bluish-leaden-metallic spot mixed with black in middle

of costa; second line nearly straight, oblique, bright leaden-

metallic, posteriorly black-edged, preceded on upper half by a

blackish blotch including a bright leaden-metallic discal spot, and

with a leaden-metallic projection inwards below middle ; bright

leaden-metallic roundish terminal spots above and below middle :

cilia ochreous-yellow, with series of dark fuscous points. Hind-

Lepidoptera from the Malay Archipelago. 91

wings ochreous-yellow ; a small blackish dorsal spot before middle;

second line nearly straight, bluish-leaden-metallic on lower half,

anteriorly blackish-edged throughout, posteriorly edged on lower

half by a blackish blotch extending to tornus, where it meets a

leaden-metallic suffusion occupying lower third of termen: cilia

as in forewings.

Sangir ; two specimens.

Sufetula sunidesalis, Walk. Sangir.

SICULODID.

Siculodes anticalis, Walk. Sangir.

S. astrodora, sp. n.

gd 15 mm. Forewings elongate-triangular, termen bowed,

oblique ; pale brownish-ochreous, irregularly striated throughout

with dark fuscous; five nearly straight dark fuscous fascie,

second angularly prominent in disc posteriorly, fourth running

to tornus, fifth to middle of termen. Hindwings as forewings,

but first two fasciz obsolete, third and fourth only distinct dorsally.

Forewings beneath with ground-colour more whitish, striz more

blackish, fascia more reddish-ferruginous ; a bright ferruginous

subcostal streak on posterior half; a black blotch iu disc before

middle, marked with longitudinal whitish lines on upper half and

a row of bright bluish-silvery metallic dots in middle, beneath this

finely whitish-sprinkled ; a broader blackish patch in disc beyond

middle, marked with numerous fine whitish longitudinal lines

throughout.

Talaut ; one specimen.

Striglina reticulata, Walk. Sangir.

Rhodoneura myrtxa, Drury. Sangir.

ADDENDUM.

The following species of Galleriadee I had supposed to

be Callionyma semifeedalis, Walk.; I am indebted to

Sir George Hampson for the information that it is not

only specifically but generically distinct.

PICROGAMA, gen. n.

Face with strong projecting ridge of scales. Labial palpi in

d very short, ascending, second joint rough-scaled, terminal short,

92 Mr. Meyrick on Lepidoptera.

scaled, in 9 very long, porrected, with appressed scales. Fore-

wings: cell in ¢ with lower angle very considerably produced,

4and 5 in ¢@ remote,in @ almost connate, 8 and 9 out of 7.

Hindwings: cell very short, 3 and 4 stalked, 7 anastomosing

shortly with 8.

P. anticosma, sp. n.

3 41 mm., 9 34 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous,

partially tinged or suffused with light brown-red. Forewings

elongate-oblong, more elongate in ¢, apex nearly rectangular,

termen straight, hardly oblique ; reddish-brown, more or less

suffused with light ochreous in disc from base to beyond middle ;

in ¢ a white longitudinal streak above middle from base to 2,

lower edge margined posteriorly with a golden-ferruginous

suffusion, indented at 2, terminated by a small round dark

fuscous discal spot ; in 2 a triangular dark fuscous blotch in dise

before middle, and a transverse narrow reniform spot beyond

middle ; a cloudy darker transverse line at 3, in ¢ straight, in ?

somewhat curved ; an undefined pale ochreous narrow terminal

fascia; cilia light reddish-brown. Hindwings in 4 orarge-

yellow, in 2 light ochreous-yellowish.

Sangir ; two specimens.

IV. New Coccidee collected in Algeria by the Rev. Alfred

EF. Eaton. By R. Newsreap, F.H.S., Curator of

the Grosvenor Museum, Chester.

[Read Nov. 18th, 1896.]

Prate LV.

Towarps the end of December, 1895, and again quite

recently, the Rev. A. E. Eaton very kindly placed at

my disposal a most interesting lot of Coccidz which he

had collected principally in the neighbourhood of Con-

stantine, Algeria, during 1895-6. It is with great plea-

sure that Iam at last able to give a complete list of all

the species he has taken, together with the descriptions

of the new species. My only regret is that I have not

been able to do so at an earlier date; but my studies of

the British Coccidze prevented my doing so until now.

Mr. Eaton also furnished a most valuable list of the food-

plants harbouring the Coccid, which has been appended

to those insects to which the plants refer. He says :—

“The localities in which the Coccids were collected lie

between 1700 ft. (in the lowest sites in the valleys quoted)

and 2500 ft. above the sea. These are not the lowest

nor the highest attainable parts of the district. Their

character has more of the Hautes Plateaux than of the

Mediterranean Region about it, and may be considered

that of the mountains of the Tell or of the outskirts of

the Plateaux. This will explain the absence of such

shrubs as Viburnum tinus, L., and (practically) Lawrus

nobilis, L., from the list and collections.’’*

Aspidiotus nerii, Bouché, f 2.

This widely distributed and destructive pest was

evidently the commonest species met with. It occurred

on the following plants :—“ Clematis jflammula, L., Con-

stantine, 4, xi1.,’?95, on M’cid, above the Route de la Cor-

niche, just beyond the last tunnel. Spartiwm juncewn, L.,

Constantine, 24, x., 795, hedge above the railway skirting

the forét at the commencement of the road up the Man-

sourah. Calycotome spinosa, Lk., Constantine, 28, x., 795,

* The Bone records were added subsequently.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—ParT I. (APRIL.)

94, Mr. R. Newstead on New Coccidee

on the slopes of the Mansourah. An abundant insect by the

descent from the town to the Port d’Aumale, and below

the railway between the railway tunnels beside the Route

de la Corniche. Ceratonia siliquosa, L., 4, xii., 795, on

M’cid in the pine wood. Bone, 4, xii., 796, Mimosa and

Robinia pseudacacia, L., Constantine, hedge of a garden

in the suburb el-Kantara. Crategus azarollus, L.,

Constantine, December, on M’cid. Hedera helix, L.,

Constantine, 26, x., °95, in the town garden ; it probably

occurs at Algiers, since ivy there harbours abundance

of a Coniopterye. Phillyrea media, L., 18, x., 795, near

the Route de la Corniche, on M’cid. Neriwm oleander,

L., Constantine, near the Route de la Corniche, by the

stream, abont 3 kilomctres from the town; chiefly on

small short shoots near the ground in the shade. Bone,

26, xii., 795. Antirrhinwm majus, L., Constantine, 23, x.,

795, on the brow of the point of the spur of M’cid oppo-

site the Kasba. Stachys circinnata, L’ Héritier, the same

as the preceding. Laurus nobilis, L., Constantine, on a

shrub planted in the public garden, 2, xii., ‘95.”

“ Osyris alba, L., Constantine, 23, x.,’95. Olea europxa,

L. (as abundant on the fruit as on the leaves). Smilax

aspera, L., Bone, 9, i., 796, by the sea-shore. Chamerops

humilis, L., Bone, 20, xii.,’¢5. Preyed upon by Chrysopa

vulgaris and Coccinellide.”

A. napax, Comst., 2.

“On Myrtle. Béne, up the valley beyond the Orphelinat,

27, ii., 796. Chiefly immature ¢, and situate on the

uppersides of the leaves along the midrib. Does not

appear a common species.

Diaspis calyptroides, Costa, ¢.

“On Opuntia ficus-indica, Haw. Bone, 20, wil., 795.”

Judging from the liberal supply of specimens, and the

crowded nature of the scales, the species is very abundant

where it occurs.

Mytilaspis pomorum, Bouché, ¢.

“On Salix pedicellata, Desf. (S. xgyptiaca, L., 7),

Constantine, 26, x., 795, border of the Roumel by the

garden of the tile-works near a ford below the Route de

collected in Algeria by Rev. A. EH. Haton. 95

Sétif, about half-an-hour’s walk from the town.’’? The

scales were unusually grey, and larger than typical

examples.

Mytilaspis minima, sp.n. (Plate IV., figs. 1-5.)

? Scalevery convex, filiform, straight or curved, margins irregular,

owing to the numerous hairs on the leaf of the food-plant ; colour

pale yellow- brownor red-brown, anal extremity usually paler. Larval

pellicle terminal of the same colour as the scale. Long. *50—1°50mm.

? Adult elongate, attenuated in front ; antennz rudimentary.

Pygidium (figs. 1, 2, 3) rounded, lobes short, median pair large

and widely separated, with the lateral margins usually emar-

ginate ; second and third pairs rudimentary. There are generally

three pairs of plates on each side beyond the median lobes, which

are very long and broad ; and between the median lobes a much

shorter pair, widely separated. When present thereisa rather long

spine near the second, third, and fourth pairs of lobes, but they are

often wanting. Five groups of compound spinnerets are present ;

anterior group with 2-5, anterior laterals 3-6, posterior laterals 3-6.

gd Scale convex, a little wider than the larval pellicle ; white,

with the larval pellicles darker.

¢ Second stage elongate-ovate, closely resembling the ¢ in cha-

racter. Pygidium (fig. 4) with 5 almost continuous groups of com-

pound spinnerets; the anterior with 3, anterior laterals 7-8. posterior

laterals 4—6 ; the median lobes are very broad and deeply emargi-

nate ; the second and third pairs are scarcely visible. The plates

are somewhat larger and more numerous than in the 9.

Larva. Antenne (fig. 5) of 6 joints, of which the third is nearly

as long as the rest together ; fifth shortest, first much the widest.

Hab. “ Among the rocks at the brow of the wooded

slopes of the Mansourah; on Ficus carica, L., 24, x., 95.”

‘he 2 were scattered over both surfaces of the leaves ;

but the ¢ were on the upper side along the ribs. This is

the smallest species I have yet studied; and in other

respects it seems quite distinct. It belongs to that section

of which M. cordylinidis, Mask., is the type.

Mytilaspis ampelodesmx, sp.n. (PI. 1V., figs. 6, 7.)

Scale of the ? long and narrow, sides parallel, white ; larval

pellicle white or pale yellow, transparent; second pellicle red-

brown inclining to piceous in the centre, usually covered with

white secretion ; ventral scale white or yellowish white, and appa-

rently incomplete. Long. 1-2°25 mm., lat, 50 mm.

96 Mr. R. Newstead on New Coccidx

@ Adult very elongate, sometimes attenuated and curved in

front. Rostral filaments very short. Rudimentary antenne with

two or three spines. Margin in front with a few spiny hairs.

Pygidium (fig. 6) shghtly produced ; first and second pair of lobes

very large, chisel-shaped ; third pair nearly obsolete. Plates very

long, simple and stout; two between the median lobes and two

between the latter and the second pair ; beyond these are usually

nine others, arranged in threes. Spines long and slender ; median

pairs considerably within the margin ; the rest are arranged as shown

in the figure. Ventral compound spinneréets in five groups ; anterior

group with 1-7, anterior laterals 15, posterior laterals 15-22 ; in

one example the anterior group is entirely wanting.

Scale of the ¢ white, a little convex ; larvai pellicle yellowish.

d Second stage possessing antenne (fig.7) of six nearly equal joints,

This character I have not hitherto observed, and it may

be exceptional ; but as my knowledge of the intermediate

stages of the Coccidx is very limited, I cannot now offer

an opinion. It is certain that the preceding species pos-

sesses none.

Hab. ‘ Constantine, 5, xii., 795, mountain westward of

the town across the valley, at an altitude of about 2500

feet ; 7, xi., 795, among rocks at the top of the wood on

M’cid ; 8, xi., 795, among the rocks above the wood on the

Mansourah, near the quarries below the barracks.”

On Ampelodesma tenax {Vahl.], Lk. This species is

allied to Mytilaspis cordylinidis, Mask., in the form and

character of the scale; but the structure of the pygidium

is clearly distinct.

Chionaspis nerti, Newst., 2 and % scales.

Although not exclusively confined to Nerium oleander,

it is evidently partial to that plant. The Rev. A. E.

Eaton says that ‘‘the mostly solitary 2 and its f are

common on the oleander, on leaves of well-grown stems,

and the 2 makes a light-yellow rounded patch or spot of

discoloration in the leaf.”

Hab. Constantine, near the Route dela Corniche. Also

on the same plant at Béne, 26, xii.,’95. And at Con-

stantine three 2 on Olea europxa.

Chionaspis striata, sp.n. (Pl. IV., fig. 8.)

Scale of the 9 very convex, generally widely pyriform, trans-

versely striate, the striz well separated, equidistant, and clearly

defined ; shining satiny-white; pellicles pale ochreous yellow or

collected in Algeria by fev. A. EH. Katon. 97

colourless; anal extremity of second pellicle of a more decided

yellow than the rest. Long. *75-1°25 mm.

Q Adult elongate ovate. Rostral filaments short. Pygidium

(fig. 8) rather widely rounded and continuous with margin.

Ventral compound spinnerets in five groups ; anterior group with

3-4, anterior laterals 9-13, posterior laterals 8-17 ; median lobes

short, very widely separated, and between them six very short

spines, three on each side of the median line ; immediately beyond

the lobes are two more spines, which are followed by faint traces

of the second and third !obes and one or two plates. Often, how-

ever, spines, plates and lobes are entirely absent. Long. 1°25 mm.

¢ Scale white, closely felted, tricarinate ; pellicle pale ochreous,

or greenish yellow, cephalic extremity darker.

dg Adult unknown.

Hab. On Cypress. ‘‘ Constantine, on the side of the

Mansourah, on young trees planted by the garde

forestier’s house, and elsewhere in the wood. It occurs

also more sparingly in the Mohammedan cemetery... .

where in fact it was first noticed.”

The study of this unique species has given me infinite

pleasure. ‘I'he interesting satiny-white striate scales may

be recognized at a glance; and the widely separated

median lobes are very characteristic.

It is strange, though, that many of the 2 should be

without marginal appendages to the pygidium, and even

when these are present they are more or less rudimentary.

Parlatoria afinis, sp.u. (Plate 1V., figs. 9-12.)

Seale of the ? circular, when isolated and upon the smooth

surface of the leaf or fruit, but when over-crowded it becomes

elongate or widely pyriform ; dusky white or pale ochreous ; larval

pellicle at the margin in front, rarely extending beyond it ; second

pellicle occupying nearly one-third of the scale ; both pellicles

variable in colour, usually dark obscure green or piceous, rarely

ochreous red; the anal extremity of the second pellicle often dull

orange. The scale is unusually thick, and dusted with ochreous or

greyish meal. Diam. 1-1°25 mm.

Q Adult (fig. 9) almost circular. Rudimentary antenne with a

short curved spine (fig. 10). Rostral filaments extending to middle

of body. Segmentation distinct. Margins of abdominal segments

fringed with serrate and simple plates, Dermis at margins of

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1897.— PART I. (APRIL) 7

98 Mr. R. Newstead on New Coccidz

free abdominal segments broadly set with numerous large pores or

glands. Pygidium (fig. 11) somewhat angular ; ventral compound

spinnerets usually in five groups; anterior group with 1-3, or

entirely absent, anterior laterals 13-20, posterior laterals 14-19 ;

margin crenulated ; there are three pairs of well-developed lobes,

of which the median pair are much the largest : all deeply emar-

ginate at the outer extremity ; fourth pair of lobes almost obsolete.

There are two serrate plates between each pair of lobes, beyond

them several others, broader and more palmate, with the serrations

rather shallow and the tips OJlunt and rounded. Within the

margin on each side are 9-10 large crescent-shaped pores or open-

ings. Long. -25-75 mm.

Scale of the ¢ straight, without carine; pale ochreous or

dusky ochreous when upon the undersides of the leaves, white

when upon the upper surfaces or in exposed situations; larval pellicle

terminal; bright ochreous or dull orange, centre dark obscure

green.

¢. Antenne of 10 joints, thickly set with short hairs ; apical

joint (fig. 12) very short, suddenly narrowed about the middle

and pointed ; it is furnished with two long, stout, knobbed hairs :

the first projecting at right angles from the centre of the lower

half, the other at the extreme tip. The articulation of the tibio-

tarsal joint wide; lower pair of tarsal digitules long and slender,

and extending to tip of claw ; upper pair wanting. I can give no

further information as the specimens are too imperfect.

Hab. ‘ Constantine, along the Route de Sétif, near the

Camp des Oliviers, 6, xi., 595. on Fraxinus oxyphylla,

Marsh. ; also on Olew europea, iy ., from the same locality ;

and from the north side of M’cid.”

Parlatoria zizyphi, Lucas, f 2. (Plate IV., fig. 13.)

Hab. Bone, 2, 11, 796, on Tangerine oranges.

It is necessary here to call attention to some important

characters which apparently have been hitherto over-

looked. The adult 2 has a large marginal tubercle (fig.

13) projecting from each side of the thoracic segment,

and bearing on the dorsal (?) surface a minute spine. “Below

the tubercle on\ the extreme margin a similar isolated

spine. P. pergandii, Comst., also possesses a similar

character, but in this latter there is the merest extension

of the body surmounted by a small angular spine.

collected in Algeria by Rev. A. EL. Eaton. 99

Parlatoria pergandii, Comst.

Hab. Bone, 8, i., 796, on Tangerine orange.

Planchonia algeriensis, sp.u. (Plate 1V., figs. 14-17.)

Test of the @ short ovate, hemispherical ; opaque: lemon-

yellow. Dorsum almost covered with very short woolly filaments,

which gradually lengthen as they near the margin. Marginal fringe

long, irregular and without design. Anal orifice almost erect and

transversely elongate. When the dorsal filaments are worn away,

as is often the case, the test presents a wax-like appearance. The

test rests in a shallow depression, and is surrounded by an

abnormal swelling of the plant-tissues, as in P. quercicola, Bouché,

and P. hedere, Licht. Long. 2°50-3°50, lat. 1°75-2'50 mm.

Q Adult. Shape uncertain. Mentum monomerous, very

short ; unexpanded filaments scarcely longer than mentum. Der-

mis (fig. 14) above, with numerous scattered figure-of-eight

spinnerets (a) and very long, slender, tubular spinnerets (0) ;

ventral surface with small simple spinnerets (c), which occur chiefly

near the margin ; at the margin is a double row of figure-of-eight

spinnerets.

@ Second stage. Antenne (fig. 15) of 6 joints; 1 widest, 2°

longest and tapering; 3, 4,5, and 6 gradually widening towards apex;

2 and 4 with a single hair ; 6 with one long and two shorter hairs.

Legs (fig. 16) longer than antenna; tarsi twice the length of the

tibie, with 3-4 rather long hairs arising froma central constriction;

claw twice the length of the digitules. I could trace only a

single tarsal digitule, but it is quite possible the others may have

been broken away. Dermis with a single marginal and two dorsal

rows of figure-of-eight spinnerets of the same character as those in

the adult.

Larva. Antenne (fig. 17) of 6 joints; 1 widest, 2 narrow at

base, 3, 4, 5, and 6 equal.

Hab. ‘Constantine, 24, x.,’?95, hedge above the rail-

way, skirting the forét at the commencement of the road

up the Mansourah ; on Spartiwm juncewm, L.”

In many respects this species resembles P. hederx,

Licht., but differs in having the test more ovate and not

attenuated behind, and in the character of the antenn

of the $ 2nd stage. ‘The opacity of the test is also

another mark of distinction.

100 Mr. R. Newstead on New Coccidx

Planchonia ilicis, sp.n. (Plate IV., figs. 18, 19.)

Test of adult ? glassy, almost circular, convex ; constricted at

the margin by the first pair of spiracles, but this character is incon-

stant, and often asymmetrical ; anal orifice very large and slightly

produced ; margin carinate ; without cilia. To the naked eye the

colour is bright, shining, greenish yellow; with the anterior half,

or anterior margin, bottle-green, sometimes inclining to brown.

Under the microscope the yellow colour is seen to be due partly to

the numerous effete larval skins ; and the darker colour in front to

the shrivelled body of the 9. Theold weathered examples present

a greyish appearance, Ventral surface of test with the anterior half

dark-brown ; posterior kalf and margin pale greenish yellow ; the

line of separation between the colours abrupt. Diam. 1°50 mm.

9 Adult cirenlar. Rudimentary antennz disc-lke and with-

out hairs. Mentum monomerous; unexpanded filaments about

same length as mentum. Anal lobes minute, each with a single

long hair,and between them two shorter ones. Anal ring small,

simple, and apparently without hairs. Dermis (fig. 18) above, with

very long tubular and circular spinnerets (a) : the former most

numerous near the margin; there is a complete single row of

figure-of-eight spinnerets (c) placed close together all round the

margin ; and near the anal ring a small group of 4 or 5 of the

form shown at (D).

Test of the ¢ elongate, with a faint median carina, and distinctly

segmented. Margin (fig. 19) with a fringe of short glassy filaments

arranged in pairs, curved outwards, and meeting together at the tips,

somewhat like a pair of callipers. Long. 1 mm.

Hab. ‘Constantine, 23, x.,’95, top of extreme corner

of the spur of M’cid opposite the Kasba, on the scrub.

‘he same scale occurs plentifully on the Mansourah, near

the source of Sidi M’cid. Colour of Coccid, during life,

bottle-green below, dusted above with lght-yellow.

Much infested by a parasitic Hymenopteron.”

This is a brilliant species ; and in its structural charac-

ters difficult to separate from P. ilicicola, Targ. Tozz.,

but the absence of a marginal fringe at once distinguishes

it from the latter. There can be no doubt as to the

atsence of the fringe, as I possess a large number of

specimens in the most perfect condition.

collected in Algeria by Rev. A. H. Eaton. 101

Tichtensia eatoni, Newstead, 2.

On Olea europea, and Plillyrea media, at Constantine,

in Oct., 1895.

Ceroplastes rusci, Linn., 2. (Plate IV., figs. 20-23.)

@ Adult. Antenne (fig. 20) of 6 joints, of which the third is

much the longest. Anal lobes short, conical ; after treatment with

potash somewhat triangular and obtusely pointed, each with two

gland-pits near the centre towards the apex.

Stigmatic area (fig. 21) with about 12 large, irregular, pocket-

like processes (fig. 22), near the margin a group of 3-4 circular

spinnerets ; and on the margin an irregular row of conical spines

(fig. 23). The external characters are not given here, as Signoret

(Essai, p. 191) very clearly describes them ; but as he gives no

structural characters of the adult ¢?, the description and figures

given above may be of use for future reference.

Hab. ‘** Constantine, 18, x., 795, near the source of Sidi

i >) 5} d 3

M’ cid.” .

Ceroplastes nerii, sp. n. (Plate IV., figs. 24, 25.)

2 Adult. External covering dull white, with a beautiful

roseate hue ; there are one dorsal and eight marginal plates, all

clearly defined and outlined in dark grey, the grey shading off

and extending into the plates; nuclei pure white. Anal lobes

slightly protruding through the covering. Dermis after treatment

with potash non-chitinised, transparent. Antenne (fig. 24) of 7

joints; 3 longest, 4,5, & 6 shortest, and equal. Anal lobes with 2-4

long, slender hairs, each arising from a transparent gland towards

the apex. Stigmatic area (fig. 25) with 20-25 grouped spinnerets ;

margin with large, very obtuse, conical spines, arrang2d two deep

at the centre.

Legs normal. Long. 3°5 ; wide 2°50-3°50 ; high 1-7-2:25 mm.

Hab. ‘ Constantine, 23, x., 795, on Neriwm oleander.

Very local, and found only on young healthy shoots of

this year’s growth.”

‘This is a large handsome species, and apparently quite

distinct. Itis like C. furidensis, Comst. (Report, 1881,

p- 331), in having a non-chitinised skin, but differs

in having fewer and shorter stigmatic spines, and

marginal hairs; in C. floridensis the latter are closer

together and much longer.

102 Mr. R: Newstead on New Coccidx

TLecanium hesperidum, Linn., @.

Hab. Constantine, October and November; on Ficus

earica ; Convolvulus tricolor, L.; Clematis jflammula ;

Morus wigra, L, and on Mimosa. As only a few speci-

mens cccurred on the above-named plants, [ imagine the

species was not very abundant.

FEriococcus formicicola. sp.n. (Plate IV., figs. 26, 27.)

@ Adult elongate ovate, narrowed behind. Antenne (fig. 26) of

6 joints, 3 longer than 4, 5, and 6 together, has sometimes a central

false joint with a very faint articulation. Mentum short, biarticu-

late. Anal ring with 6 hairs. Anal lobes normal. Legs ordinary ;

tibiz and tarsi, exclusive of claw, in length equal ; digitules to

tarsi and claw simple. Dermis (fig. 27) above, with many short

tubular spinnerets ; and at wide intervals a minute spine. Margin

with a single row of short spines,

Sac of @ short ovate, convex, slightly attenuated and recurved

behind ; anal orifice large; white and closely felted. Long. 3-3 25,

lat. ‘50 mm.

Sac of ¢ elongate ovate, slightly convex. Colour and texture

asinthe 2. d¢ unknown.

Hab. ‘Constantine, 24, x., 795, on wooded slope of

the Mansourah. Brought up by ants after the first rain,

and carried underground again within a few days when

the weather became fine. Apparently a very local

insect ;” on Cynodon dactylon, L.

It would seem from the foregoing that prior to the for-

mation of the sac, this species lives underground in com-

pany with the ants; but for what purpose the latter

bring the Coccids to light, after a heavy rain, is a

mystery. It is very singular too that the Coccids

should leave their subterranean home and construct

their sacs on the leaves and stems of the Cynodon,

as was certainly the case with those specimens sent to me.

It is the first and only species of Hriococcus known to

frequent ants’ nests, and is therefore of great interest.

Eriococcus thymelex, sp.n. (Plate 1V., figs. 28, 29.)

Sac of the 2 short ovate, slightly produced behind, very convex;

anal orifice small. Owing to overcrowding of the sacs, they are

often irregular in form. Long. 3, wide 2 mm.

9 Adult elongate ovate, narrowed behind. Anal lobes large,

cullected in Algeria by Rev. A. H. Eaton. 103

normal. Antenne (fig. 28) of 7 nearly equal joints, 3 and 4 the

longest ; there are a few hairs on the last joint, but none discover-

able on the others. Legs long and rather stout. Mentum large,

biarticulate, with 8 long hairs near the apex ; unexpanded filaments

extending to insertion of posterior legs. Anal ring with 6 hairs,

Dermis (fig. 29) above almost covered with strong spines : those

on the margin much the longest. Scattered amongst the spines are

many simple spinnerets. Beneathare numerous minute spines, and

a few simple spinnerets. Long. °50—75 mm.

Hab. ‘Constantine, 28, x., 795, on the slopes of the

Mansourah near the Depdt des fourrages of the Chasseurs

ad Afrique; on Thymelea hirsuta, Endlicher.”

This species may be readily distinguished by the form

of the antenne, and the numerous long irregularly

arranged dorsal spines.

EXpLANATION oF Prate IV.

[See Explanation facing the PLATE. ]

( 105 )

V. Seasonal Dimorphism in African Butterjlies. By

Arruur G. Buruer, Ph.D., F.L.S., etc.

[Read February 3rd, 1896. ]

Mr. Guy A. K. Marsuatu’s “Notes on Seasonal

Dimorphism in South African Rhopalocera” (Trans. Hnt.

Soc. Lond., 1896, p. 551), as observed by him in

Mashunaland, are of great interest and form a contribu-

tion to science which will be very useful to future workers,

as exhibiting a part of the truth relating to this engross-

ing subject; but a part only, as it is now my object to show.

Mr. Marshall has evidently misunderstood my remarks

respecting seasonal and local modifications of species ;

he has indeed wholly missed my point, which is this :—

in a country which is hot and dry throughout the year

wet-season forms will be naturally extremely rare (if

present at all), whereas the reverse will be the case in an

uniformly moist climate. Now where a species ranges

throughout Africa to Arabia, it exhibits in one locality

a single type (say dry-season), and perhaps in abnormal

seasons when light showers fall, a second type (inter-

mediate between dry and wet); or if the country be

moist a wet-season and an intermediate-season form

occur, but no dry-season form. Such is frequently the

case in Sierra Leone.

In countries where the wet season is out of all propor-

tion to the dry, the wet-season form of a species will be

naturally better marked ; and the reverse will hold good

where the dry season has the advantage.

It is very likely that Mr. Marshall may be correct in

his opinion, based upon practical experience in Mashuna-

land, that, in Acrea, I have called the dry-season form

‘“‘wet,’ and the wet-season form “dry,”’* but I am

* He however makes an exception in the case of A. bomba (=

indunda).

TRANS, ENT. Soc. LOND. 1897.—PaRTI. (APRIL.)

106 Dr. Arthur G. Butler on

satisfied that in an unusually dry country the so-called

“wet-season form” is sometimes identical with the so-

called ‘‘ dry-season form” of a moister country. Indeed,

the conditions, as far as the absence of one modification

and presence of a new one are concerned, are practically

very similar to those which obtain in the N. American

Lyceenid, Cyaniris pseudargiolus, beautifully worked

out by Mr. W. H. Edwards (Butt., N. Am., u., pp. 315

et seq.).

Mr. Marshall is quite correct in saying that it is

extremely difficult to define ‘‘the specific differences of

butterfles merely from a series of museum specimens

when not backed up by a practical knowledge of

the habits and range of the species involved.” But,

on the other hand, it is impossible for a worker in any

one part of so vast a country as Africa arbitrarily to

settle, to the satisfaction of everyone, the extent of varia-

tion of any one widely distributed species under seasonal

and climatic conditions. That Mr. Marshall has amply

proved this I can readily show; and 1 do so, not with

any desire to detract from the value of his observations,

as applied to South African butterflies when in southern

S. Africa, but to prove that the conditions differ in

the same species when found only so far northward as

Nyasaland.

' In my notes on “Seasonal Dimorphism in Acraa” I

took what I regarded as the extreme dry and wet

developments of the species, not of that phase of the

species represented either in the Cape Colony or in

Mashunaland ; whether the intermediate forms occur as

the dry-season form in one part of Africa, the wet-season

form in another, as the sole representatives of the species

in a third, or not at all ina fourth, is perfectly immaterial.

As developments of the species, intimately connected

with and incapable of separation from it, they must be

taken into account; but I frankly admit that it is

extremely probable, as already granted, that I ought to

have called the dry-season form ‘ wet,” and the wet form

“dry.” The fact, therefore, that one of my seasonal

forms does not occur in conjunction with the extreme

southern form throughout its range, or that it occurs

apart from the latter at any part of its range, 13 not

enough to show that it is not a seasonal phase of a species

in some part of Africa.

Seasonal Dimorphism in African Butterflies. 107

The species of Acraa mentioned in my former paper

will be now separately referred to.

(1). A. anucreon, Trim. = A. bomba, Grose-Smith.

As Mr. Marshall observes (p. 564), when he examined

the British Museum collection there were five specimens

labelled as A. bomba (=induna), four of which I have my-

self proved to be A. anacreon, inasmuch as the apical

patch is not filled in, though more heavily marked than

in typical A. anacreon. When, however, Mr. Marshall

asserts that the female, admitted to be A. induna, has no

connexion with the latter, he is certainly wrong, for we

have since received the male, agreeing perfectly with Mr.

Grose-Smith’s figure and tolerably closely with Mr.

Trimen’s. This example was captured together with a

typical male of A. anacreon, by Mr. Crawshay, on the

15th September, 1875, on the Chuona River, Mwewe’s

Town, Unyika. If there were any constant difference of

pattern on the under surface of the wings between

A. anacreon and A. bomba (= induna), it would be possible

to force oneself to credit the distinctness of these

forms, even though they were captured simultaneously.

But there is no constant difference, and absolutely the

only distinction between these two specimens, on the

under surface, consists in the absence, in the A. anacreon

type, of the three dots beyond the cell of the primaries,

which (in that type) are usually strongly defined. As a

matter of fact the only constant difference between typical

A. anacreon and typical A. bomba consists in the absence

or presence of the tawny submarginal spots on the apical

area of the primaries above. Iam therefore certain, in

spite of these two forms having been taken together

(which Mr. Marshall frankly admits to be immaterial and

due to the overlapping of seasons), that A. anacreon and

A. bomba represent the extreme developments of one

species in Nyasaland, whether they do or not in southern

S. Africa.

(2). With regard to the seasonal character of A. peri-

phanes and A, guillemei, Mr. Marshall, having seen

two specimens of the former in our collection, has his

doubts thereon; but he does not comprehend the want

of the heavy marginal border in the secondaries. | am

now able to resolve those doubts, as other specimens

(linking the two in an extraordinary manner) have been

since received ; these specimens prove beyond all question

108 Dr. Arthur G. Butler on

that the two extremes belong to one species in which the

border of the secondaries is sometimes lightly and some-

times heavily marked, as in A. anacreon. As with that

species also there are no constant differences of pattern on

the under surface of the wings.

(5). A. doubledayi, Guér. = A. dircra, Westw.

Westwood’s description agrees well with the insect

which I identified as that species, and which, I have no

doubt, is a seasonal form of A. doubledayi. Mr. Marshall,

however, when in England, informed me that he haa

seen Westwood’s type and found it identical with

A. caldarena, Hew.; this was sufficient for me, and I

immediately altered the identification. In his paper,

however, Mr. Marshall speaks of Westwood’s insect as a

seasonal form of A. caldarena, which can be hardly

possible, since Westwood says that it is “allied to Aer.

oncea, but with a very well defined broad black apex to

the primaries”; this exactly tallies with the form of

A. doubledayi (=oncexa) which I identified. Of the latter

we now have additional examples linking it to typical

A. doubledayi beyond all question, and received in the

same collection with the white-banded female of that

species. Mr. Marshall’s recently published statement

has made me feel that I should like personally to compare

Westwood’s type both with A. caldarena and the form of

A. doubledayi with black apex.

(4). Acrea stenobea, Wallengr. = A. caldarena, Hew.

Of this identifivation I never felt very certain, because

we have a wet development of A. stenobea in A. cecilia of

the West Coast. Both A. cxcilia and A. stenobea occur

rather commonly in §.-W. Africa.

When Mr. Marshall made his remarks respecting my

“ Jamentable confusion as to what are real specific differ-

ences in Acrza,” “the fallacy of my supposition,” etc., he

had not had the advantage of studying our very fine series.

Had he done so he would have discovered that A. lygus,

Druce (= albomaculata, Weym.) was a form of A. stenobea

varying in the direction of A. cecilia, and occurring with

it on the Congo. Mr. ‘l'rimen’s description does not

accurately describe it, inasmuch as the basal blackish

suffusion is more pronounced on the forewing in typical

A, lygus, than in any other form of that variable species,

A. cecilia. The examples from the “ Hastern extremity

of Cape Colony and Basutoland,” if such examples of

Seasonal Dimorphism in African Butterflies, 109

A. lygus exist (which is not directly stated by Mr,

Trimen) may link A. stenobea to typical A. lygus, and so

to A. cecilia, but that they are a seasonal form of it in

the extreme south seems exceedingly improbable ; they

are far more likely to be a mere albinistic sport, such as

occurs in many other species of Acrea. This seems the

more probable from the fact that, as far as I have seen,

they are always females.

It is not at all a conclusive argument that, because in

southern South Africa A. stenobea has not been found

associated with A. caldarena and because, in Mashunaland,

the latter occurs the whole year round without A. stenobea

making its appearance, the two do not occur as seasonal

forms of one species in any part of Africa. Nevertheless,

as all the forms of A. cxcilia appear to occur chiefly iu

Southern and South-Western Africa (although typical A.

cecilia is also found in Abyssinia), I think the claim of

A. caldarena to be regarded as distinct has a firm basis.

Regarding this species as a wet-season form, we then still

have to look for its dry development; and this leads me

to point out to Mr. Marshall that, when he assumes that

each species varies seasonally in the same way through-

out its entire range, or, because it does not vary in cne

district, it therefore varies nowhere, he makes an assump-

tion which can be easily disproved by anybody in charge of

a sufticiently large and carefully collected series of

specimens.*

When we see that A. zefes is the extreme wet develop-

ment in Sierra Leone of that brightly coloured type of

A. menippe found at Uganda, and that A. pseudegina is

the extreme wet development in Sierra Leone of the

southern A. natalica; whilst in both cases intermediate

forms occur, sometimes side by side with the wet form,

and sometimes, to the exclusion of both extremes, in inter-

mediate localities, we must be very careful not to be too

dogmatic in our statements respecting the constancy of

either the species themselves, or their seasonal varieties.

(5). A. pudorina, Staud. = A. cheribula, Oberth.

Accepting Mr. Marshall’s correction as to the black-

tipped forms being ‘‘wet” and the forms without

black tips ‘dry,’ it is curious that in this species

* By which I mean a series labelled, not only with exact

localities, but with the dates of capture, and altitudes.

110 Dr. Arthur G. Butler on

he seems to reverse the order, telling us that he

captured A. acrita in the dry season, and referring

me to a paper of Mr, ‘rimen’s which distinctly sugyests

that the slightly marked type (which, by the way, 1

almost the same as A. pudorina) is the winter form of “he

species captured by Mr. Marshall during the heavy rain ;

and he says that, by quietly ignoring this, I have fallen

into Oe error of confusing local with seasonal variation.

If Mr. T'rimen’s insect were the wet-season form of Mr.

Marshall’s, he would have followed my original course ;

but what he has done is to confound seasonal and local

forms.

Admitting that A. pudorina is probably the extreme

dry- (not wet-) season form of the species, the form

described and figured by Mr. Trimen may occur with it

as its wet-season form; whilst if A. acrita occurs (as in

Nyasaland it undoubtedly does) with A. cheribula, the

latter would be the wet-season, and A. acrita, as Mr.

Marshall says, the dry-season form.

From Nyasaland however we receive A. chexribula

(wet-season), A. acrita (intermediate), and A. pudorina

var., of Mr. ‘Trimen’s plate (dry-season), which shows that

in dogmatizing respecting seasonal forms, locality must

_ be taken into account.

My decision respecting this species throughout its

range remains as it was, allowing only for the substitution

Ole dny 2 for “we b?; and Mr. Marshall’s assumption

that, if I had been correct, he ought to have taken A.

pudorina and not A. acrita in Mashunaland is based upon

a confusion of ideas between local and seasonal forms.

To put the matter briefly :—Ifin any part of Africa A.

cheribula does not exist with A. acrita, the extreme wet-

season form of the species is not developed in that region,

and if A. pwdorina does not exist, the extreme dry-season

development of the species is wanting, but this does not

alter the fact that these intimately connected forms are

all one species. ‘Their differences are all limited to the

black apex of the primaries above; the borders of the

secondaries vary too much in most species of Acrzxa to be

relied on, and these variations are not limited either by

season or locality.

Respecting the seasonal forms of Precis (= Junonia) I

have spoken elsewhere. They may be quite correct as

regards Mashunaland; indeed I had already published

Seasonal Dimorphism in African Butterflies 111

my idea as to J. nachtiyali being a seasonal form of

J. artavia when we received a collection from Nyasaland

distinctly proving that both occurred together in splendid

condition at the same season. I have also proved that

J. simia, J. trimeni, and J. cuama fly there together

throughout a considerable portion of the year, and cer-

tainly both in the dry and wet seasons; this is somewhat

disconcerting.

In conclusion, I would observe that, whether the forms

of Acrxa with black apex be proved by breeding to be a

seasonal development of those which lack it, or not, there

is not the slightest doubt that they are varietal forms,

and not distinct species ; all of them, with the exception

of A. caldarena, being already linked together by inter-

grades in the British Museum series.

9TH ApRriL, 1897.

€ 13> )

VI. The Prothoracic Gland of Dicranura vinula, and

other Notes. By Oswatp H. Larrsr, Assistant

Master at Charterhouse, formerly Tutor of Keble

College.

[Read March 3rd, 1897.]

Prats V.

i. THE Funcrion, AND SrrucrurRe, AND HoMmoLocies ox

Proryoracic GLANDS.

THE present communicaticn is the outcome and con-

tinuation of my previous investigations, of which accounts

are to be found in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892, pp.

287-292, and 1895, pp. 399-412. Being desirous of

tracing the source of the potassium hydroxide solution

by the aid of which the imago softens the cocoon at the

time of emergence, and having already shown that this

solution is stored in a special dorsal diverticulum at the

anterior extremity of the mid-gut of the pupa, I pro-

ceeded in the summer of 1895 to inquire into the nature

of the alkaline fluid which is abundantly present in the

alimentary canal of the larva. ‘I'wenty larvee in their last

stage were procured, their alimentary canals were dis-

sected out, and thrown into deci-normal hydrochloric acid

of known weight and there minced, while the remainder

of their bodies was likewise placed in another vessel con-

taining hydrochloric acid of similar strength.

I will deal with these latter first, for they led me to

more complete results.

On the day following the dissections above men-

tioned I was astonished to find at the bottom of the

beaker containing the hydrochloric acid into which the

bodies of the larvee had been thrown, a thick gelatinous

deposit covering all the bottom to a depth of about

¢ inch. This deposit was semi-opaque, pale yellow

in colour and sufficiently firm to allow of its being

removed en masse from the beaker and of being

lifted by one side without breaking or indeed bending

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—pant u. (suLy) 8

114 Mr. O. H. Latter on the Prothoracie Gland of

excessively. Hxamination of this deposit revealed

shreds of the walls of the silk glands scattered through-

out the sheet. It at unce occurred to me that if this

effect was produced by the action of hydrochloric acid

upon the contents of the silk glands, it was possible that

the formic acid secreted by the prothoracic (‘‘ neck ”’)

glands, as described by Klemensiewicz (8) and Poulton

(12, 13) might perhaps in a similar way give rise to the

peculiar horny and non-fibrous character of the silk of the

cocoon of this species. ‘This suspicion was rendered the

more strong by the fact that the sheet taken from the hydro-

chloric acid when exposed to the air and allowed to dry

assumed in the course of a few hours an appearance and

consistency very similar indeed to that of a Vinwla cocoon

spun without fragments of wood, etc. Unfortunately I

was unable, in consequence of want of material, to

proceed further with the subject in 1895, and accordingly

was obliged to defer the work till the summer of 1896,

when I procured a large number of larve from Messrs.

Edmonds of Windsor. My first. step was to determine

whether formic acid behaved towards the excised silk

glands in the same manner as hydrochloric acid. <Ac-

cordingly the silk glands of a fully grown larva were

dissected out and at once placed in formic acid, and there

cut up into several pieces. In the course of a few hours

the whole mass had swollen greatly and had set into a

tolerably firm and nearly transparent jelly. On exposing

this jelly to the air so as to permit evaporation, shrink-

age took place, and eventually there was left a hard

horny mass very closely resembling a cocoon both in

texture and appearance. I may here add that I treated

the silk glands of several other species, notably of JL.

cossus and of the larva of the Japan Silk-Moth, 4. pernyz,

witb formic acid in the same way but with totally differ-

ent results. The glands of Z. cossus remained flaccid,

but became whiter and more opaque, while those of A.

pernyt became very tough and much harder. It is thus,

evident that a special relation exists between the com-

position of the undischarged silk of D. vinulw and formic

acid, and it is further probable that the chemical com-

position of the silk of various species is very far from

constant.

I next endeavoured to ascertain whether the larva did

as a matter of fact employ its formic acid when con-

Dicranura vinula, and other Notes. 115

structing its cocoon. Prof. Poulton (12) has already

pointed out that the freshly-made cocoon while still

moist is strongly acid, which observation [ can amply

confirm. Moreover, if a larva is watched when spinning

itis at once seen that the aperture of the prothoracic

gland is brought into close proximity with that of the

sik glands, and further that the former is constantly

‘moist. I interrupted a larva in this occupation, and by

means of a fine roughened pair of forceps caught the end

of the thread projecting from the silk-gland aperture ; I

then held the larva against a glass slide which was flooded

with formic acid, and drew the thread into the acid; the

larva continued to discharge the silk as I gently pulled

the thread out. The first portion of the thread, which

was dry and hard when I seized it, remained unaltered,

but the portions following passed at once into the formic

acid, swelled a little, and adhered firmly to the glass

and also to those portions of the thread with which they

came in contact, for I was able to draw out several inches

of silk and to coil it up and down the slide. I then

removed the glass slide, and substituted another free

from formic acid. The silk which was drawn out on to

this slide adhered feebly to the glass, did not swell, nor

did the various lengths adhere to one another, but I was

able to lift from the slide a fine thread of fibrous silk in

no way partaking of the gelatinous character which had

been assumed by that which had been led into formic

acid.

In order to put the matter beyond doubt I tried to

prevent the formic acid from being employed in the con-

struction of the cocoon. By means of blotting-paper and

fine glass tubes I endeavoured to remove all the formic

acid from the glands of a few larvee which had just begun

to spin up. ‘Ihe handling necessary for this so disturbed

the larvae that in most cases they died without pupating,

only one of them succeeded in pupating, but not one of

them made any further attempts at spinning. I therefore

abandoned this method in favour of neutralising the

acid. Two larve ready to spin were placed in a glass

vessel whose sides and bottom had been moistened with

a solution of sodium carbonate ; no materials were given

for incorporation with the cocoon. Both these made

cocoons which were very similar to those usually con-

structed in the absence of wood-chips, etc., but at those

116 =Mr. O. H. Latter on the Prothoracic Gland of

places where the cocoons touched the glass numerous fine

silky threads could be seen which had not become agglu-

tinated to the main mass of the cocoon. Six other larvae

of like age were placed in other glass vessels and provided

with fragments of blotting-paper which had previously

been soaked in solution of sodium carbonate and then

dried. Five of these made cocoons incorporating the

paper fragments and pupated. Hach of these cocoons

presents a very large number of loose silk fibres on the

external surface, and especially in the immediate neigh-

bourhood of the alkaline scraps of paper, but on the inner

surfaces and where the external surface touches the glass

the texture is smooth and horny as usual.

These experiments conclusively prove that the formic

acid secreted by the larva is utilised not only for defen-

sive purposes during larval life, but also for giving a

special character to the silk of the cocoon, whereby the

latter is rendered extremely tenacious to any foreign sub-

stance brought in contact with it and also extraordinarily

hard, waterproof, and completely closed against ail

aggressors. When the exposed position of the cocoon on

a tree trunk is considered it will at once be seen that this

remarkable relation between the silk of this species and

formic acid constitutes a wonderfully complete adaptation

to the specific needs.

lt would be interesting to endeavour to decide which

of these two functions of the prothoracic gland is phylo-

genetically the older. Personally, I am inclined to think

that the defensive is the more ancient ; for the gland is

as fully developed and relatively of the same size in the

freshly-hatched larva as in that ready to pupate. This

evidence is certainly not conclusive; and, indeed, the

question can hardly be settled until more is known of the

function of the prothoracic glands of other larvee—a

point to which I hope to direct my attention this vear.

Passing now to the structure of the prothoracic glands

in this species. By way of preliminary I wish to enter

an emphatic protest against the use of such terms as

“neck” or ‘‘chin”’ glands in reference to these struc-

tures. The word ‘“ neck” assuredly refers to the region

between the head and thorax—a region which I have not

yet seen in any lepidopterous larva; and to many minds

an idea of dorsal position is associated with the word,

whereas those glands are ventral, while ‘‘ chin,” though

Dicranura vinula, and other Notes. ALTE

preferable to the former term, conveys an entirely mis-

leading idea as to the true position in the prothoracic

segment.

Klemensiewicz (8) has already given a very full de-

scription and figure of the gland and its appendages,

while in this country Poulton (12, 13) has described and

figured the external appearances. ‘The existence of this

gland has long been known, but the literature dealing

with it and with analogous structures appears to be so

little known in this country that I have thought it

advisable to give a short history of the work that has

been done, and to append a bibliographic lst to this

paper.

De Geer (3). It is very singular that the work of

this author has been so very generally overlooked. I

have found no mention of him in any of the authorities

cited, yet so long as one hundred and fifty years ago—

1745 and 1746—the main features of the organ now under

discussion were accurately described. De Geer does not

name his species, but describes it as ‘la Chenille a

double queue du Saule.” He points out and figures the

exact position of the aperture of the gland, the existence

of “le reservoir intérieur,” the power of ejecting the

liquid to a distance, the freedom of the sac from all but

tracheal attachments and that of its duct, and the presence

of two pairs of eversible lateral tubes covered all over with

“un grand nombre de poils courts.” These lateral tubes,

however, he fancies to be perforated by numerous minute

holes, appearing similar to the “ rose” of a watering-can,

and suggests, though confesses he has not seen the pro-

cess, that the fluid is ejected through these foramina.

He also mentions the irritating nature of the fluid, hav-

ing received part of a discharge “dans mon ceil droit, ot

cette liqneur me causait d’abord une douleur cuisante et

comme ardente mais qui, 2 ma grande satisfaction, ne

duroit pas longtemps.” The defensive value of the

apparatus is mentioned, and its “ odeur tres forte et péné-

trante, entiérement semblable a celle de la liqueur que

jettent les grands Fourmis des bois.”

Very full details are given as to the habits of the

larva in using this gland, and it is clear that this early

author made a very complete study of the subject. I am

indebted to Professor Poulton for directing my attention

to de Geer’s work, and to my friend Mr. W. Hatchett

118 Mr. O. H. Latter on the Prothoracice Gland of

Jackson for very kindly furnishing me with an abstract

of these memoirs.

Rengger (16), writing in 1817, incorrectly asserts

that the gland discharges its secretion by means of two

eversible muscular tubes, from which the secretion is

ejected.

Von Siebold (20), in 1848, mentions that the larva

can defend itself by discharges of a corrosive liquid.

I can find no further contribution of any importance

before that of Klemensiewicz (8), 1882. This author

gives a very full and, in the main, accurate account and

figures of the structures, and suggests that the secretion

is formic rather than acetic acid; at the same time, he

rightly assigns the actual discharge to the action of the

muscles of the body-wall.

Poulton (12), 1886, proved the acid to be formic acid,

but erroneously described the eversible processes. In

1887 (18) this error was corrected by him, but, as pointed

out by Schiiffer (18) and (19), he only described the external

appearances, and thus fell into the error of regarding the

median sac as a storage organ ; whereas the true sac is

not eversible, and is the actual secretory gland. ‘lhe

same author in 1887 (14) and (15) determined the

strength of the formic acid solution, and proved its pro-

tective value by experiments on natural foes.

Since the specimens I have examined, both by dissec-

tion and series of microscopic sections, exhibit several

differences to those described by the above authors, I give

my own results in full. The horizontal slit-like aperture

which is visible upon the red margin of the prothorax leads

into a shallow cavity, which I shall refer to as the “ ves-

tibule.’ This is compressed antero-posteriorly, but of

slightly greater width than the slit laterally. From nearly

the right and left corners of the vestibule there pass

backward and outward (in the retracted condition) a pair

of hollow tubes capable of eversion. ach tube, after a

very short course, divides into two main parts, about

1-3 mm. long when extracted and preserved in alcohol,

which end blindly (vide Fig. 1, ¢!, #) ; from the point of

bifurcation a very short third tube is given off (é). Of

the two tubes the anterior, when everted (#), is slightly

the longer, and its cavity is divided into two for a very

short distance at the apex (vide Fig. 6): to the apex of

this tube is attached a pair of retractor muscles (r.m.!),

Dicranura vinula, and other Notes. 119

while but a single retractor (7 1 *) is attached to the apex

of ¢?, a second, however, being attached to this tube at

a point about half-way along its length (7 m*'). These

tubes are lined with chitin of the ordinary kind covering

the external surface of the body, but towards their ex-

tremities are provided with a number of fine needle-like

bristles, arising in tufts from the summits of low knobs

(vide Figs. 1 and 3). ‘Their epithelia have none of the

usual characters of glandular cells, and I am confident

that they are not of this nature. I can form no positive

opinion of the function of these eversible tubes.

Schiitfer (19) suggests that these side pouches are

reservoirs for the acid, and that the bristles serve to keep

the tubes from being crushed by the body-fluids pressing

upon them. It seems to me unlikely that such relatively

small structures should be the reservoirs for so large a

gland, whose own internal capacity appears ample for the

purpose; nor am I convinced that these tubes do as a

matter of fact ever contain acid. It seems highly im-

probable that they are of any service in the discharge of

the formic acid, for they are not everted by the larva

unless external pressure is put upon its body, and even

then not until the acid has been already discharged. This

at least is my experience, and Professor Poulton in con-

versation confirms me, though Klemensiewicz (8) asserts

that they are everted just before the discharge. It is

possible that they may be of service in dire necessity

when the larva is seized by a foe in somewhat increasing

the terrifying aspect of the victim, and affording a some-

what larger surface for the evaporation of the formic acid

in close proximity to the aggressor. There are no pro-

tractor muscles to these tubes, their eversion being solely

due to pressure of liquid.

The vestibule itself is provided with powerful protractor

and retractor muscles. ‘lhe former are situated along the

anterior side of the vestibule on either side of the median

region from which they are absent; they are inserted

about half-way up the side of the vestibule and take

origin from the internal surface of the body wall anterior

to the slit aperture; on each side, right and left, these

muscles form an almost continuous sheet, which can,

however, be separated into some five or six main bundles

which are visible to the naked eye (vide Figs. 1 and 4,

pmv). These muscles come into action prior to the

120 Mr. O. H. Latter on the Prothoracie Gland of

discharge of acid and cause evagination of the vestibule,

which then appears as a green band externally; at the

same time they bring the orifice of the true gland (vide

infra) up to the external surface. The retractor muscles

are arranged in four groups of three each; a pair are

inserted a little to the right and left respectively of the

middle line on to the extreme posterior wall of the

vestibule (Fig. 1, 7mv). In the resting position of the

larva these muscle bands have a curved course to their

origin from the ventral body-wall, but in the attitude

assumed under alarm the course would be almost, if not

entirely straight. The other retractors of the vestibule

are inserted on to the extreme lateral corners of the

vestibule (Fig. 1, /7 mv) and originate from the ventro-

lateral body-wall.

From the middle of the posterior wall of the vestibule

there leads backward a short cylindrical or funnel-shaped

duct (Fig. 1, d), which issues from the large flask-shaped

glandular sac (Fig. 1, gs). The duct is strengthened

and doubtless kept open by a number of stout chitinous

hoops, which project some distance in the lumen of the

duct (vide Fig. Ni

The gland sac in a full-grown larva may be 8 mm.

long, 5 mm. wide, and about 3 mm. deep. Except for

tracheal attachments it lies almost free in the body cavity ;

its anterior end by which it is connected to the duct lies

just behind the first thoracic ganglion and (generally) to

the right of the nerve cord which is thrust over slightly

to the left in consequence (vide Fig. 5); the bulk of the

gland is dorsal to the nerve cord between it and the

alimentary canal.

The minute structure of this gland has been described

by Klemensiewicz (8), and I have not much to add to his

description. ‘The epithelial cells that secrete the chitin

lining the vestibule gradually pass into those of the gland

without any sharp line of demarcation, all stages of

transition being found along the course of the discharging

duct. The cells of this duct get larger in passing towards

the gland, and there is a corresponding increase of

nucleus. ‘The cells are arranged in more or less circular

(spiral ?) rows round the duct, and each row produces a

well marked ridge of chitin projecting into the lumen of

the duct; the anterior ridges are very small, and they

gradually become more pronounced in passing backwards

Dicranura vinula, and other Notes. 121

(vide Figs. 7, 8, 9). Atthe posterior end of the duct, and

in the gland proper, the cells are very large with fluted

sides, and the secreted chitin is extremely thin and

often difficult to identify, though I believe it to be always

present, the plasma of the cells is relatively far more

abundant, and presents a curiously striated appearance at

its free border owing to vacuolation of this portion of the

cell, at the same time the nuclei are of great size and

branch out into numerous blunt processes corresponding

with the external flutings. The general appearance both

of the cell plasma and of the nucleus is very similar to

that of the cells of the silk-glands.

I now pass on to consider the homologies of this sternal

prothoracic gland and of similar structures.

Bernard (1) has endeavoured to show that the tracheze

arose from setiparous sacs of a Chzetopod ancestor, and

considers that the stink-glands of Julus among the Myria-

poda represent the glands of parapodial sete, while coxal

glands may represent acicular gland sacs. Packard (10)

has expressly stated his opinion that these sternal glands

of lepidopterous larve are the homologues of coxal

glands of other Arthropods, and, if I understand him

aright, that the same view is tenable of the lateral and

dorsal glands of many species of larvee. In the following

discussion I shall confine my attention to the sternal

glands, and chiefly to those cf Lepidoptera. It is very

striking to note how large a number of the segments of

the entire body possess, in various species, structures

which may with reason be regarded as serial homologues

of the gland seen in D. vinula. <A tabular arrangement

will show this most clearly.

Head segment. 1, Oil (stink) glands opening at base of

mandibles of C. ligniperda.*

3. Silk glands.+

Thorax. 1. All species of Dicranuwra (Ceruwra), Ma-

crurocampa marthesia, Packard (11),

Schizura concinna (id.); species of

Lacosoma, Astyanax, Danima, Nola,

Hyperchiria, Hyponomeuta, and Plu-

sia, Schaffer (19).

* Salivary glands; glandules of Filippi. I prefer not to assign

these to any definite segments.

+ Biitschli, Zeit. wiss. Zool. Bd, 20, 1870.

122 Mr. O. H. Latter on the Prothoracie Gland of

Thorax. 2. Perophora melsheimeri, Schiiffer (19),

Lacosoma, 5 species of Nolide.

Many Hemiptera.

3. P. melsheimeri, Lacosoma, 5 species of

Nolide. Imago of Bed-bug.

Abdomen. 1. Hyperchiria varia, Dimmock (4). H. io,

Packard (11). Hemileuca maia (id.).

. H. mara.

. H. varia ; H. io.

» Ho maia.

In Campodea staphylinus similar glands have been de-

scrited by Packard (10) in abdominal segments 1 to 8,

and in | to 7 in Madulis.*

It is thus seen that in all the segments of the body,

with the exception of the difficult segments of the head,

glands of this nature are present within the limits of the

Insecta. A closer examination of the accounts given by

various authors affords very striking support to Bernard’s

view alluded to above.

Packard (11) describes the larva of Perophora mel-

sheimeri as possessing small sternal tubercles on the 2nd

and 3rd thoracic segments. There are four of these

structures on each segment, two on each side of the

middle line. The square area enclosed by these four has

in its centre the mouth of an eversible gland. The same

author describes similar structures on all the thoracic

segments of Lacosoma, and mentions further the interest-

ing fact that, according to C. D. Ash, the posterior pair

on the 3rd segment are “ armed at the end with several

crowded spine-like granulations.” The correspondence

of the above structures with the prothoracic sternal

gland of D. vinula is very obvious, especially when the

lateral tubes of the latter are in the everted condition.

Other species present a most striking series of tran-

sitions towards the actual conditions found in D. vinwla.

On the 6th and 8th abdominal segments of Heimileuca

maia, according to Packard (10), are “indications of

aborted glands (which are well developed in segments 1

and 7 of the abdomen) encroached upon by two or three

pale flattened minute spiniferous warts, which are wanting

(invaginated ? O. H. L.) in segments | and 7.”

The larva of Astyanaz archippus possesses in the Ist

CO NI OD

* Vide Carriére, Arch. f. mikr, Anatomie, xxxv., 1890.

Dicranura vinula, and other Notes. 123

thoracic segment an “eversible soft tubercle covered

with short hairs.” That of Nola strigula has glandular

sternal apertures in the 2nd and 3rd thoracic segmeuts,

and carries “tubiform appendages near the thoracic

feet,’ Packard (10).

Schiiffer (19) describes the sternal prothoracic gland of

Hyponomeuta evonymella as being divisible into anterior

and posterior portions, provided with two retractor

muscles, and furnished with a spiny internal lining.

The dorsal abdominal glands of Porthesia similis are

stated by Klemensiewicz (8) to secrete a clear, odourless

fluid, and the interior of each cell to form a separate

projection into the lumen of the gland.

Professor Poulton has told me in conversation, and given

me permission to mention the fact that the secretion of

the sternal prothoracic gland of Stawropus fag is acid.

A large number of other larvee and imagines have been

described by various authors, particularly Schiffer (18),

Haase (6), Packard (10, 11), as possessing similar

glandular structures, but the details of their descriptions

are not sufficient for purposes of comparison. The above

statements, however, make it clear that there exists a

fairly complete series which commences with projecting

setiparous warts or tubercles surrounding a glandular

opening, and leads up to invaginated spiny (setiparous)

tubes placed laterally to the opening of the median gland.

This evidence appears to me sufficient to justify the sup-

position that these lateral structures are directly derived

from setiparous projections of a Cheetopod ancestor, and I

would maintain that the spines now present in the lateral

tubes of D. vinula and other species are the actual repre-

sentatives of original setz. Bernard (1) suggests that

the ventral parapodium is represented by the tracheate

leg, that the acicular gland sac of the dorsal parapodium

gave rise to the trachea itself of the Hexapod, that the

scattered trachez of Peripatus are derived from ordinary

setiparous glands, and that the stink-glands of Julus found

origin in the glands of parapodial setze, the coxal glands,

perhaps, in acicular gland sacs. The relations which I

have described above, especially when taken in connection

with the results of other observers lead me to the con-

clusion that the glands under discussion are the homo-

logues of the coxal glands and of the acicular gland sacs

of Cheetopods, while the lateral appendages (spiny pro-

124 Mr. O. H. Latter on the Prothoracie Gland of

jections or tubes) are groups of parapodial sete. It is

noticeable as pointing to similarity of origin of these glands

and tracheal tubes that in many cases the cells are spoken

of as forming distinct chitinous projections into the

cavity of the gland and its duct. This is notably the case

in the duct of the gland of D. vinula, and is very sug-

gestive of the well-known spiral thickenings of tracheal

tubes ; at the same time attention may be called to the

branching nuclei of the cells of these glands and of those

of the silk-glands which have been claimed as homologous

with tracheze (Biitschhi, loc. cit.), though much importance

cannot be attached to this feature.

Should the significance here claimed for these struc-

tures prove to be correct, they will go far towards estab-

lishing the primitive nature of the eruciform larva, of

which many observers are already in favour.

i. Tue Presence oF Potassium HypROXIDE IN THE

ALIMENTARY CANAL.

In my communications already referred to I have shown

that the imago of D. vinula discharges potassium

hydroxide from a sac in connection with the alimentary

canal. The digestive fluid of the larva being strongly

alkaline rendered it probable that this fluid was of the

same nature. In order to test this 1 examined the

digestive system and the rest of the body with a view to

finding potassium salts. Twenty larvee were employed

for the purpose ; their alimentary canals were placed in

dilute hydrochloric acid, and the remainder of their bodies

in another lot of the same acid. In both cases I was

able to determine by the platinum perchloride method

the presence of potassium, which was also confirmed by

spectroscopic examination. In the alimentary canal J

could tind no sure indication of any other salt than the

hydroxide, but, the remainder of the body appeared to

contain traces of the carbonate as well. An unfortunate

accident prevented me from making a reliable quantita-

tive analysis.

il, A CoRRECTION.

I stated in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 403, that

near the hinder end of the mesenteron of the freshly-

emerged imago a short wide tube opened from the gut

Dicranura vinula, and other Notes. 125

cavity into the body cavity. I find that this is an

abnormal occurrence, and though present in all the

imagines that I examined in 1894-5, is due to an

unnatural obstacle (a glass tube) having been substituted

for the natural cocoon. I believe that the unusual efforts

made by the imago in endeavouring to escape from such

an artificial confinement causes rupture of the thin wall

of a bladder connected with the hind end of the gut. In

those imagines which have emerged from true cocoons

there is such a bladder charged with excretions of a

brownish-red colour, but in a few that I caused to emerge

in glass tubes I found the wide tube that [ previously

described, and have no doubt that the explanation I now

give is the correct one.

List oF AuTHORS dealing with thoracic sternal glands and similar

structures in Lepidoptera and other insects.

. BERNARD, H. M., Zool. Jahrb. (Anat. Abth.), v., p. 511, 1892.

—, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), xi., pp. 24-30.

. DE GEER, Mém. Acad. Paris savants étrang. 1748, pp. 29-32 ;

1750, i1., pp. 530 & 531. Mém. Hist. Ins., Tom. i., Stock-

holm, 1752. Mémoire i., p. 28. Mémoire x., p. 324.

4. Dimmock, Psyche, i1i., June, 1882.

5. GoossENs, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (sér. 4), ix., 1869.

6. Haass, Iris, i., pp. 159, 303, 1884-88.

wo Nm ee

. Hotmaren, Bih. Svenska. Akad., xviii., No. 8.

. KLEMENSIEWICZ, Verh. k. k. Zool. bot. ges. Wien, xxxii,

pp. 459-474, 2 plates, 1882.

9. PACKARD, Proc. Bost. Soc., xxiv., p, 494.

10. ——, Proc. Bost. Soc., xxv., p. 82.

11. ——, J. New York Ent. Soc., ii., pp. 110-127, 1895.

12. PouLTon, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 187.

13. ——, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1887, pp. 295-301.

14. ——, Rep. Brit. Assn., 1887 (Manchester), pp. 765-66.

15. ——, The Colours of Animals, pp. 274-276, 1890.

16. RENGGER, Physiologische Untersuchungen iiber die Thierische

Haushaltung der Insecten. Tiibingen, 1817, p. 81.

17. RoGENHOFER, Verh. k. k. Zool. bot. ges. Wien, 1862.

18. ScHAFFER, Dr. C., Zool. Anz., xiii., pp. 9-11, 1889.

19. ——, Zool. Jahrb. (Anat. Abth.), iii., pp. 611-652, 1889.

(Abstract in J. R. Micr. Soc., 1889, pp. 633-4.)

20. VON SreEBo.Lp, Vergleich. Anat., 1848.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

[See explanation facing the PLATE. ]

VIL. On the classification of two subfamilies of Moths

of the family Pyralids: the Hydrocampine and

Scopariane. By Srr Gerorce F. Hampson,

BART, BA,

[Read March 3rd, 1897.]

Tue following paper is a continuation of the classification

of the subfamilies of Pyralidx, of which two parts have

already appeared in the Proceedings of the Zoological

Society and the ‘Transactions of the Hntomological

Society for 1896. The subfamilies here dealt with—

the Hydrocampine and Scopariane—are both early off-

shoots from the most generalized group—the Pyraustine.

The Scopariane are a small group of genera

characterized by the small tufts of raised scales on

the forewing, and usually by their triangularly scaled

maxillary palpi resembling those of Crambus, the genus

Micraglossa alone being aberrant in having upturned

palpi, and the scaling of the maxillary palpi consequently

more compact, it has, however, all the other characters,

the habits, and peculiar facies of the subfamily. There

can be little doubt that the group is a homogeneous one

and that it is derived from the Pyraustine near Pioned.

It is largely represented in the Palearctic region, but

attains its maximum development in New Zealand, where

a large proportion of the species of Pyralidx belong to

the genus Scoparia and have been exhaustively examined

and classified by Mr. Meyrick, to whom I am indebted

for the gift and loan of most of the species. Nearly all

the species feed on lichens on trees or rocks, and har-

monize with them in appearance, but in New Zealand a

few species feed on and live among grasses. ‘The most

generalized genus is Dasyscopa in essential points of

structure, though it has specialized secondary sexual

characters; it has the normal palpi, and vein 5 of the

hindwings widely separated from 4. From it were derived

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897,—PparT H. (JULY.)

128 Sir George IF’. Hampson on the

through Scoparia with vein 5 stalked or from a point

with 4, Mestolobes with vein 3 absent, J'etraprosopus with

porrect tufts of hair on the palpal joints, Helipsiodes

with the median nervure of hindwing loosely pectinated,

and Micraglossa with the palpi upturned.

Of the value of the Hydrocumpine as a group there

is considerably more doubt; they are primarily dis-

tinguished from the Pyraustine by vein 10 of the fore-

wing being stalked with 8, 9, but this character breaks

down in many individuals of several species of Nymphila,

Oligostigma, etc., not in the genera most closely allied

to the early genera of Pyraustine, but in the more

specialized genera where one would have expected the

character to have become fixed; these are to be dis-

tinguished by their long maxillary palpi and long upturned

palpi with acuminate 3rd joint, except from a few Pyraus-

tine genera such.as Sufetula, Massepha, and Homophysa,

from which they are to be separated by their facies only.

It may in consequence be contended that it would be

more natural to distribute the Hydrocampinx among the

Pyraustine, as Mr. Meyrick does, in accordance with the

forms of their palpi, placing the group of genera allied to

Nymphula near Sufetula and Homophysa, the group

allied to Coptobasis and Tatobotys near Sylepta and

Nacoleia, and Stenia, Diathrausta, Hurrhypara, ete., in

the true Pyrausta group; but the fact that the genera

Talanga, Daulia, and Parthenodes, which are undoubtedly

closely allied to the Nymphula group, have short porrect

palpi, and appear to form the transition between the

porrect and upturned palpi groups, seems to make it

advisable to retain the group, at all events pending

further evidence, and not to merge it in the already

very inconveniently large subfamily Pyraustine.

The genus Cenoloba from Australia is extremely

aberrant and not at all closely allied to any other

Pyrale, though the well-developed maxillary palpi and

the neuration of the hindwing show clearly that it

belongs to the family; vein 5 of the hindwings from the

middle of the discocellulars is a very generalized cha-

racter, only found elsewhere in the Pyralide in Simx-

thistis, Tineodes, and Oxychirotis, the first Indian, the

two latter also Australian, and all three coming among

the very early Pyraustine; the palpi are like those of

Tineodes or a Crambus, whilst the fore and hindwings are

Classification of the Pyralide. 129

each divided into two lobes like a Pterophorid, and it

must be descended from a very ancestral form of

Pyrale, having collateral affinities to the ancestor of

the Pterophoride.

Apart from Cenoloba, the most generalized form in

the group is Mabra, with short porrect triangularly-

scaled palpi giving rise to Diathrausta with vein 4 of

the hindwing absent; secondly, to a group with upturned

palpi, the 3rd joint short and blunt, of which Bradina is

typical, and Perisyntrocha, Stegothyris, etc., specialized

developments with different neuration of the forewing ;

and, thirdly, through Talanga and Parthenodes to the

typical Nymphula group with upturned palpi, the 3rd

joint long and acuminate, the maxillary palpi long and

often dilated with scales, of which Tetrernia and “Argy-

ractis are forms with specialized neuration.

The genus Hydrocampa having been merged in

Nymphula, it will be thought by some that the name of

the subfamily also should have been changed; but as the

word Hydrocanvpine expresses the habits of a larger

number of the species in the group, it seems to me quite

legitimate to retain it. The constant reckless changing

of names in zoology disgusts a large number of keen

naturalists who are unable to waste a large amount of

time over the literature of the subject, and it seems a

great mistake to change well-known names before there

is some general agreement as to the principles on which

the change should be made and some prospect of its

being permanent, which cannot be the case whilst every-

one makes his own rules of nomenclature and his prin-

ciples of selecting the types of genera. In accordance

with these opinions, I have, in this and other papers,

retained the well-known names for European genera in

preference to the Hiibnerian names of the Verzeichniss

and other works, merely indicating, by placing their

names in the synonymy, that they may at some future

time be adopted for the genera in question.

I have to thank Mr. Herbert Druce for the loan of the

species described in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana ’

Mr. W. Schaus for the loan of specimens of American

Pyralide compared with Guenée’s types in Monsieur

Oberthur’s collection ; the Hon. Walter Rothschild for the

loan of the whole of his magnificent collection of Pyralidx

from the Indian, Malayan, and Australian regions; Mr.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—PparT ul. (JULY) 9

130 Sir George F. Hampson ow the

Elwes for the gift of the types described by Mr. Meyrick

from the Malayan region; and Mr. Meyrick for much

help with the Australian species, and I wish specially

to acknowledge the help derived from his papers, which

have cleared the whole groundwork of the classification

of the Pyralide.

As in my other papers on the Pyralidx, species of

which the type is in the British Museum are marked with

at; species I have examined, but which are not in the

Museum, with a *; whilst species I have been unable to

see, and the classification of which is doubtful, are enu-

merated at the ends of the genera. When it is stated

“Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.”, the type is in

Mr. Rothschild’s Collection, a co-type in the British

Museum. Of a large number of the species not in the

Museum, which have never been figured, coloured draw-

ings have been made from the types and pinned into

their places in the collection, among others of the whole

of the types of Pyralide in the Oxford Museum Collec-

tion, for the loan of which I am indebted to Prof.

Poulton.

Subfamily Hyprocampina.

Moths usually of very slender build, the legs very long. Pro-

boscis present. Forewing with vein 7 from the cell; 10 stalked

with 8,9, except in a few species of Nymphula and Oligostigma,

and in a small percentage of specimens of other species in these

genera, this character, though highly characteristic of the sub-

family, not having become a very stable one in the subfamily ;

these exceptions may be discriminated from the Pyraustine by their

long maxillary palpi dilated at the extremity. Hindwing with the

median nervure non-pectinate.

The larve of some species of Nymphula feed on water-plants,

and are fitted for a life below the surface of the water.

131

Classification of the Pyralide.

“pqopouay DL

au |

ee Oe ee TD EE ee pag “BUD OT,

“SIPOWMUDS “DWoLgay “wupuubng “DldIIOPI/UT |

a :

“psliydoseqnag - DISNDAYIDUT “puprouhywojoy -sisnqojdoy “nuapoig ae

a DUNT "DULOLyaouD BaD pT “Dyno ee

eras re DANWAIDAC ae eee a “ppoysoydrnNy —“sapoonjny piagdopydug “‘nzsowhy ee

‘sryahdouawlizy gos “pubysobud = “Dupounshy sy — BED res

“pmousday gy : ae aL “pyaysouwbwnyt

‘WNIDNVOOUGAH AHL ao ANADOTAHG

‘DULL “Dua “ojydourp

‘syonihbupy

132

Kry TO THE GENERA.

A. Palpi upturned.

a Palpi with the 8rd joint long and acuminate.

al Fr ons rounded and not prominent.

a? Maxillary palpi filiform and of moderate

length.

as Hindwing with the outer margin evenly

rounded.

a+ Antennz with the shaft smooth.

a Palpi with the 2nd joint short and

broadly rounded with scales

b® Palpi with the 2nd joint long and

slender c

b4 Antenne with the shaft annulate 5

b3 Hindwing with the outer margin excised

towards anal angle.

4 Palpi with no sharp tuft at end of 2nd

joint in front.

a® Forewing with vein 4 present, 11 from

cell or absent; hindwing with veins

4, 5from cell. 4 : 3

b° Forewing with vein 4 absent; 11

stalked with 8, 9, 10; hindwing

with veins 4, 5 stalked A

b* Palpi with a sharp tuft at end of Qnd

joint in front 2

6? Maxillary palpi tiliform and very long ; “palpi

with the 2nd joint smoothly scaled :

c® Maxillary palpi long and dilated with scales

at extremity.

a? Hindwing with vein 4 absent ‘

b? Hindwing with veins 4,5 stalked

c} Hindwing with veins 4, 5 from cell.

a+ Palpi extremely long; hindwing with

vein 5 from above “angle of cell

b4 Palpi moderate ; hindwing with vein 5

from angle of cell.

ae Hindwine with the outer margin

evenly rounded.

a’ Forewing with veins 4, 5 from cell;

ML present :

b§ Forewing with veins 4, 5 stalked ;

11 absent

b® Hindwing with the outer margin ex-

cised below apex and lobed at

middle :

b1 Frons produced to a rounded prominence ;

maxillary palpi minute; hindwing with vein

7 from before end of cell

b Palpi- with the 8rd joint long and spatulate at

extremity; hindwing with vein 7 given 3

from before end of cell . .

¢ Palpi with the 3rd joint short and blunt.

a! Palpi with a small triangular tuft in front of

3rd joint.

a* Forewing with the cell more than half the

length of wing.

a Hindwing with the cell more than half the

length of wing; abdomen of moderate

length.

at Hindwing with the outer marge selightly

angled at middle 5

Sir George F. Hampson on the

Cobo

10.

. Orphnophanes.

. Luma.

. Cataclysta.

. Ambia.

. Tetrernia.

. Thysanoidma.

. Mixophila.

. Argyractis.

. Bristena.

. Arzama.

. Nymphula.

. Margarosticha.

. Oligostigma.

Cymoriza.

. Musotima.

. Synvphonia.

Classification of the Pyralide.

b4 Hindwing with the outer margin excised

below apex and lobed at vein 5, or

rounded ..

bs Hindwing with the cell about one-third the

length of wing ; abdomen very long.

as Forewing with vein 7 curved and ap-

proximated to 8, 9, 10 3

b4 Forewing with vein 7 straight and well

separated from 8,9,10 .

b? Forewing with the cell less than half the

length of wing

b! Palpi with the 2nd and 3rd joints conically

scaled and tapering to apex

c' Palpi with the 3rd joint naked.

a? Hindwing with the outer margin rounded.

a8 Forewing with veins 4, 5 stalked

b3 Forewing with veins 3, 4 stalked.

a* Forewing with vein 2 from well before

angle of cell

b4 Forewing with vein 2 from

cell.

a’ Forewing with vein 11 from the cell .

b5 Forewing with vein 11 stalked with 8,

a 108

Ce Forewing with veins 3, ‘4, 5 from the

cell.

a* Hindwing with veins 4, 5 from the cell.

a Hindwing with vein 7 anastomosing

with 8 almost to one or coincident

with it .

b® Hindwing with vein 7 anastomosing

with Sto about two-thirds of wing.

a® Forewing with vein 11 stalked with

8, 9, 10 ‘

bs Forewing with vein 11 free

a? Antenne with the shaft annulate.

b? Antenne with the shaft smooth

a8 Abdomen of normal length

b§ Abdomen very long, especially

in male. : :

b4 Hindwing with veins 4, 5 stalked :

b8 Hindwing with the outer margin truncate

and excised towards anal angle 5

B. Palpi with the 2nd joint porrect, the 8rd upturned

C. Palpi porrect.

a Palpi once to twice the length of head.

a! Palpi triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden

by hair.

a Hindwing with vein 4 absent. “i :

b? Hindwing with vein 4 ‘present.

a? Both wings with veins 4, 5 stalked

b38 Hindwing with veins 4, 5 closely approxi-

mated for a short distance.

a* Forewing long and narrow, vein 3 from

before angle of cell

64 Forewing subtriangular, vein 3 from

angle of cell.

a Palpi projecting about the length of

head; antenns with the shaft

smooth.

a® Forewing with vein 7 straight and

well separated from 8, 9, 10

b§ Forewing with vein 7 curved and

approximated to 8, 9, 10

angle of

16.

: 30.

. Diathraustodes.

. 36.

5 Be

38.

133

Aulacodes.

Coptobasis.

Dracenura.

. Hymenoptychis.

5. Celorhynchidia.

. Perisyntrocha.

. Stegothyris.

. Duponchelia.

. Strepsinoma.

. Niphostola.

. Lurytorna.

2. Bradina.

. Piletocera.

Tatobotys.

. Almonia.

. Omphaloptera.

Diathrausta.

Deuterophysa.

Stenia.

. Hyaloplaga.

. Zebronia.

134 Sir George F. Hampson on the

b° Palpi projecting about twice the length

of head; antennze with the shaft

annulate. , 6 18. Daulia.

ce? Hindwing with veins 4, 5 not approximated

towards origin.

at Maxillary palpi dilated with scales. . 46. Psanmotts.

b* Maxillary palpi filiform.

a” Hind tibiz with the spurs long and

equal . 48. Mabra.

be Hand tibize with the outer medial spur

not more than half the length of

inner 47. Eurrhypara.

b1 Palpi straightand fringed with long hair below,

the 3rd. joint prominent.

a? Maxillary palpi filiform.

a3 Frons rounded . : é 2 20: Talanga.

b3 Frons with a conical prominence : . 19. Margarochroma.

b? Maxillary palpi triangularly scaled 17. Parthenodes.

b Palpi projecting three times length of head and

downcurved at extremity.

at Forewing with vein 11 absent . j ; . 42. Zagiridia.

bi Forewing with vein 11 present. 43. Clupeosoma.

e Palpi projecting three times length of head and

straight.

al Wings not bifid; forewing with veins 5, 6

present, 11 from cell . : : 41. Camptomastye.

bl Wings each divided into two plumes ; forewing

with veins 5, 6 absent; 11 stalked with

Gh Oh 10, ape wee! 16 - _» 49. Cenoloba.

Genus MIxopPHILa.

Miwxophila, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1887, p. 269.

Angonia, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., xxxvi., p. 56 (18938).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint smoothly scaled and not reaching

vertex of head, the 3rd well developed and acuminate ; maxillary

palpi long and filiform ; frons rounded ; antennz annulate ; tibiz

Mixophila renatusalis, 6, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

with the spurs long and equal. Forewing with the apex rect-

angular ; vein 3 from well before angle of cell ; 4,5 well separated

at origin ; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9,10. Hindwing

with vein 3 from angle of cell ; 4, 5 well separated at origin ; 6, 7

from upper angle.

Sect. I. Hind tibia of male without groove and tuft.

A. Hindwing of male normal.

Olassification of the Pyralide. 135

Type. (1). Mixopuita RENATUSALIS, WIk., xvii., 484. E.Himalayas,

TCrambus ermineus, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., Ceylon, Bur-

ill., p. 580, pl. 184, fig. 7. ma, Borneo,

Angonia crambidalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., Java, Sam-

XXEVI., D- OG, pl, option Le bawa.

(2). MIXOPHILA TRILINEALIS, sp. n.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen white suffused with fuscous.

Forewing white, the inner half suffused with fuscous ; ante- and

postmedial fuscous lines widening to costa, the former highly

excurved at middle, the latter strongly angled at middle, and

interrupted by yellow streaks on vein 6 and the median uervules,

a fuscous line across apical area ; a fine black line on apical part of

margin ; three submarginal black specks between the yellow streaks

on median nervules with the cilia beyond them metallic silvery.

Hindwing white tinged with ochreous and fuscous.

Hab. Fergusson Island, N. Guinea (Meek). JHup.,

20mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild.

B. Hindwing of f# with a tuft of red scales in cilia at

anal angle, the inner area more or less clothed

with ochreous scales below.

(3). -MIXOPHILA XANTHOCASIS, Meyr., Trans. N.W. Hima-

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897, p. 81 . layas, Pulo Laut, Sangir,

Fergusson I., New Guinea.

Sect. IJ. Hind tibie of { dilated with groove and

tuft of long yellow hair.

(4). MrxopuILa cHrysias, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Amboina,Ban.

Soc. Lond, 1897, p. 82 . : : . da, N.Guinea,

Genus ARGYRACTIS, nov.

Palpi upturned, the 3rd joint long and acuminate ; maxillary

palpi long and dilated with scales at extremity ; frons rounded

Argyractis argentilinealis, 3, 4.

antennz of male ciliated. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle

of cell ; 7 straight and well separated from 8 9,10. Hindwing

Type.

136 Sir George F. Hampson on the

with the outer margin evenly curved ; veins 3 and 5 from angle of

cell, 4 absent ; 6, 7 from upper angle.

(1). TARGYRACTIS ARGENTILINEALIS, sp. n.

d. Orange-yellow and white; fore tibiz banded with black ;

abdomen tinged with black. Forewing with the basal costal area

suffused with black ; a large triangular black-suffused patch on

costa beyond middle with the black-edged white discocellular line

on it, defined by a black line, and with a similar irregular patch

below it on inner margin, the two patches surrounded with white ;

a submarginal white line with silvery edges bent inwards above

inner margin ; some black specks on outer margin towards apex ;

cilia grey. Hindwing white, with subbasal, antemedial, and

medial black lines, the last expanding into a large patch below

costa and small spot at lower angle of cell; a curved postmedial

black line with the area beyond it orange ; a silvery submarginal

line sending spurs inwards on veins 6 and 5, and with a series of

black spots on it ; a marginal black line ; the cilia grey.

Hab. Espiritu Santo, Brazil (Jones). Hxzp., 16 mm.

(2). “ARGYRACTIS IASUSALIS, WIk., xix., 951 . Brazil.

(3). -ARGYRACTIS NIPHOPLAGALIS, Sp. 0.

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous brown and white.

Forewing with the ground-colour pure white; the costa orange ;

a subcostal brown fascia emitting an oblique antemedial band and

terminating at a small discocellular lunule ; an oblique triangular

brown postmedial patch with its base on costa and apex on vein 2.

A marginal orange band defined on inner side by a fine black line

and expanding below vein 2 into a large quadrate patch ; cilia

black-brown towards apex. Hindwing white with brown marks

at lower angle of cell and near anal angle; an oblique orange

discocellular line, the outer area orange from costa to vein 2 and

with four large black-centred, white and silver-ringed ocelli with

black spots between them on margin.

Hab. Dominica (W. H. Eliott). Hep., 18 mm.

(4). “ARGYRACTIS SAMEALIS, Feld., Reis. Nov.,

pl. 136, fig. 14. : : : : . Brazil.

Genus EristEena.

Eristena, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6), xvu., p. 150 (1896).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately fringed with hair in

front and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd well developed and

Classification of the Pyralidx. 137

acuminate ; maxillary palpi long and dilated with scales at

extremity ; frons rounded; antennz slightly annulated; legs

long, the tibix smooth with the spurs almost equal ; wings very

long and narrow. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ;

Evistena postalbalis, 2, 2 (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

7 straight and well separated from 8, 9,10. Hindwing with the

cell about half the length of wing ; vein 3 from angle ; 4,5 ona

long stalk; 6,7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 almost

to apex.

Type. (1). tERIsTeNa posraLBais, Hmpsn., Ill. Het.,

ix., p. 175, pl. 174, fig. 3 ‘ ; . Ceylon.

(2). ERISTENA MURINALIS, Warr., A. M. N. H.

(6); xvii) P50) ; ; : . Khasis.

Genus ARXAMA.

Areama, Wik., xxxiv., 1183 (1865).

Palpi upturned widely in front of head, very long, the 2nd and

3rd joints each about 24 times length of head, the 2nd fringed

with scales below, the 3rd naked and acuminate ; maxillary palpi

dilated with scales; frons rounded ; antennz annulate; tibis with

A pm 9799) y Bg

Arzama subcervinalis, 4, 4.

the spurs long and equal. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 well

separated at origin ; 6 from below angle of cell; 7 from angle ;

8, 9, 10 stalked ; 11 free. Hindwing with veins 3, 4 from angle

of cell; 5 from near middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 to two-thirds of wing.

Type.

138 Sir George F. Hampson on the

Sect. I. Hindwing with the outer margin excised

below apex and towards anal angle.

(1). ARXAMA MONETALIS, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., Pulo Laut,

Xxill., p. 244 ; id., xxvii., pl. 5, fig.3 . Celebes.

(2). ARXAMA ATRALIS, sp. n.

2. Black-brown; palpi white below; antenne ringed with

white ; thorax mixed with white ; abdomen banded with brown.

Forewing with white speck at base and dentate white subbasal

line ; a nearly straight white antemedial line; a discocellular speck ;

a short postmedial bar from costa with a speck below it above vein

5 and wedge-shaped mark on inner margin ; a submarginal series

of white specks ; cilia mixed with white towards apex and outer

angle. Hindwing with white antemedial line expanding towards

costa; two white postmedial specks below costa; a marginal

orange band with white lunule on its inner side below costa, a

curved white line inside its medial portion and another towards anal

angle, dentate on vein 2.

Hab. Gunong IJjau, Malay Peninsula. Hzp., 16 mm.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

Sect. II. Hindwing with the outer margin evenly

curved.

(3). “ARXAMA SUBCERVINALIS, W1K., xxxiv., 1183. Ceram.

Genus NyMPHULA.

Nymphula, Schrank, Faun. Boica, i, p. 162 (1802).

Hydrocampa, Latr., Faun. Nat., p. 478 (1825).

Parapoynz, Hiibn., Verz., p. 362 (1827).

Synclita, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 448.

Nymphezella, Grote, N. Am. Ent., i., p. 97 (1880).

Hygraula, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Inst., xvii., 129 (1885).

Hydeuwretis, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 435.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately fringed with hair in

Nymphula fluctuosalis, 3, 2 (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

front, and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd well developed and

acuminate ; maxillary palpi long and dilated with scales at extre-

Type.

Classification of the Pyralide.

mity ; frons rounded; antenne usually annulated ;

139

ocelli usually

prominent ; legs long, the tibiz usually smooth, with the spurs

almost equal. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5, from angle of cell;

7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, 10." Hindwing with the

cell about half the length of wing ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle ; 6, 7

from upper angle, 7 strongly anastomosing with 8.

Sect. I. Antenne annulate; fore tibiz of male smoothly

scaled.

(1). NyMPHULA RIVULALIS, Dup., Lep. Fr., viii.,

p. 341, pl. 233, fig. 8

(2). gas LA STAGNATA, Don., Nat. eng» Kl,

oy pl: 363 ov, fig. 3 . : .

(3). Newent A NYMPHAATA, Linn, oo

Nat., x., p. 274 5

Pnitene potamogata, Linn., Syst. Nat., xe

ps 20a:

Hydrocampa rivulata, Seop., Ent. Carn., 573.

(4). [NYMPHULA INTERRUPTALIS, Pryer, Cist.

Ent., i1., p. 233, pl. 4, fig. 5

-: Var. senureiain Leech, Ent., xxii.,

p. 71, pl. iv., figs. 2, 13

(5). ;NYMPHULA NIGROLINEALIS, Pryer, Cist.

Hmt:, 1, p. 253, pl. 4.9) On.

(6). “NYMPHULA 2£TaLIs, WIK., xix., 954

Nymphula lotialis, Feld., Reis. Nov., pl. 135,

fig. 4.

(7). -NYMPHULA IccrusALIs, W1k., xix., 971

ft Leucochroma faulalis, W1k., xix., 973.

Hydrocampa formosulis, Clem., Pr. Ac. N.

H. Phil., 1860, p. 217.

Hydrocampa genuialis, Led., Wien Ent.

Mon., 1863, p. 451.

Hydrocampa pacalis, Grote, Papilio, i,

p: 17.

(8). -NYMPHULA EKTHLIPSIS, Grote, Can. Ent.,

vili., p. 111 :

(9). -NYMPHULA DENTILINEA, sp. n.

S. Europe.

Europe.

Europe,

Armenia.

Japan ; '

N. China.

China.

Brazil.

Weis, a

¢. Head and thorax brown, ochreous and white; abdomen

ochreous ringed with white. Forewing ochreous, with a fulvous

* In some specimens of nymphwata, responsalis, affinialis, and

other species vein 10 arises from the cell.

140 Sir George F. Hampson on the

tinge ; a dark antemedial band edged by waved white lines ; a

similar medial band with a white spot on it above vein 1, and

black spot at costa; a black-edged white lunule before the cell ;

a black-edged postmedial white line sharply angled below the costa,

then retracted to the lunule and ending at lower angle of cell ;

a slightly waved dark line just inside the margin, with a series of

dentate white marks on its inner edge, the one on vein 6 long.

Hindwing white; ante- and postmedial waved black lines, the latter

incurved below cell, and joining the antemedial line towards

inner margin; a fulvous marginal band with black line on its

inner edge, inside which is a dentate white band.

Hab. Florida (Grote). Hap., 20 mm.

(10). -NYMPHULA LANCEOLALIS, sp. n.

g. White; abdomen ringed with brown ; wings irrorated with

brown ; an antemedial waved line defined by brown, and arising

from a black spot on costa; a double postmedial brown line

oblique from costa to near middle of outer margin, then retracted

to near lower angle of cell, waved, and less well defined; the

apical part of costa fulvous; the apex acute and produced with a

curved black line enclosing a brown mark on margin below it.

Hindwing with curved antemedial and sinuous postmedial brown

lines ; ashort line from costa below apex and a curved subapical

mark,

Hab. Espiritu Santo, Brazil (Jones). Hap., 10 mm.

(11). NyMPHULA ADIANTEALIS, WIk., xix., 949 . Brazil.

(12), *NYMPHULA ABROTALIS, WIk., xix., 956 . Brazil.

(13). *NympHu.a nicRA, Warr., A. M.N. H. (6),

XVlii., p. 220 : : Khasis.

(14). Newent A FCEDALIS, Guen. ape. aad Per Athiopian,

225, pl. 4, figo © 2 . Oriental,and

Tee ain tenellulis, Guen., Delt andl Pyr., Australian

p. 228. regions.

+Lsopteryx leucothoalis, Wik., xvii., 400.

t+ Lsopteryx spilomelalis, W1k., xvii., 403.

Zebronia ethonalis, W1k., xvil., 484.

+Hydrocampa scitalis, Led., Wien Ext.

Mon., 1863, p. 451.

Physematia epispila, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1886, p. 257.

(15). }NyMPHULA FENGWHANALIS, Pryer, Cist.

Ent., ii., p. 235, pl. 4, fig. 11, ‘ . N, China,

Classification of the Pyralide. 141

(16). fNYMPHULA SINICALIS, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen brown, fuscous and white. Fore-

wing mostly suffused with black variegated with yellow and white,

an antemedial line dentate inwards in cell and outwards below

cell and with some yellow inside it ; a triangular white spot below

end of cell; a postmedial black-edged white lunule below costa

with a yellow patch on its inner side; a series of dentate white

marks just inside the margin. Hindwing yellow ; a white ante-

medial band with waved black edges and irregular black band at

middle bearing a white spot; a postmedial black-edged white

lunule below costa; the apical area black with a series of white

marks just inside the margin ; both wings with the cilia rufous.

Hab. Chekiang, China. Hep., 22 mm.

(17). {NYMPHULA RESPONSALIS, WIk., xxxiv., Japan, India,

1326 F : ; i : ‘ : Ceylon, and

TNymphula turbata, Butl., P. Z. S., 1881, Burma,

p. 586, Australia.

tT Nymphula marmorea, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 434.

tisopterye enixalis, Swinh., P. Z.8., 1885,

p. 869.

+ Cymoriza linealis, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 210.

(18). ~-NYMPHULA OBLITERALIS, WIk., xvii., 399. U.S. A.,

Parapoynz obscuralis, Moeschl., Verh. Z.-B. C. Am.

Ver., 1876, p. 432, pl. 18, fig. 39.

(19). NympHuLa GurGITALIs, Led., Wien Ent.

Mon., 1863, p. 449, pl. 17, fig. 17 . > Brazil.

Synclita modestalis, Led., Wien Ent. Mon.,

1863, p. 449, pl. 18, fig. 1.

(20). -NYMPHULA FILIGERALIS, Wlk., xxxiv.,

1533 : 5 ‘ : P . . Brazil.

(21). NYMPHULA AFFINIALIs, Guen., Delt. and Socotra,

Byres ap. 270 : - : . India, Nico-

Botys ardealis, Feld., Reis. Nov., pl. 134, bars.

fig. 31.

fT Oligostigma incommoda, Butl, P. Z. &.,

1881, p. 180.

(22). NYMPHULA CRISONALIS, WIk., xix., 961, China, Cey-

Hmpsn., Ill. Het., ix., pl. 174, fig.8 . lon, Java,

Parapoynx hebraicalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., Celebes,

KXlli., p» 240; 2d., xxvil., pl, 4, fig. 11 Australia.

Parapoynz myina, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc,

Lond., 1885, p. 482.

Sir George F. Hampson on the

NYMPHULA DICENTRA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 431. ‘ ‘

+ Oligostigma pallida, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1886, p. 423.

(24). NYMPHULA DIMINUTALIS, Snell., Tijd. v.

Ent:, xxiii., p. 242: zd., xxvui., pl. 5, fig: 1

(25). -NYMPHULA ENDORALIS, WIK., xvii, 459

Parapoyne distinctalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent.,

Xvili., p. 261, pl. 14, fig. 14.

(26). a STRATIOTATA, Linn., Syst. Nat.,

> P= 529 : : 3

eee paludata, Fabr., Ent. Syst. 3 213.

(27). [NYMPHULA HERMEASALIS, Wik: xix. 945-:

(28). {NYMPHULA ALLIONEALIs, W1k., ae 453 .

(29). {| NYMPHULA PLENILINEALIS, peaae Paps, 11.,

pal? é

(30). NYMPHULA HYDROTHIONALIS, Snell., tad.

v. Ent., xviii., p. 262. pl. 14, fig. 15

(31). }NyMPHULA NITENS, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii,

p. 536

(32). -NYMPHULA CIRCEALIS, a Wille XVIi., 460

(33). {NYMPHULA TULLIALIS, W1k., xvii., 462

(34). }NYMPHULA SEMINIVELLA, WIk., xxxv., 1717

(Gm:

+ Nympheella dispar, Grote, N. Am. Ent., 1.,

Poot.

5). -NYMPHULA OBSCURALIS, Grote, Pap., 1,

p. 18 : :

NYMPHULA ene Wik. xi. oD

tNymphula curviferalis, Wik, X<KXIV.;

p. 1331 :

Oligostigma albalis, Rob. Ba Aue i028. N. X..,

ixp: 155, pl. lj sfigee:

NyYMPHULA VITTALIS, Brem., Lep. Ost. Sib.,

p- 66, pl. 6, fig. 3 4

} Oligostigma FEET Pryer, Cist. Ent.,

p. 234, pl. 4, fig. 8

. TNYMPHULA ITEALIS, Walk., xvii.. 458

Parapoynz cretacealis, Led., Wien Ent.

Mon., 1863, p. 452.

. -NyMPHULA VOTALIS, Wlk., xvii., 433,

Hmpsn., Il. Het., ix., pl. 174, fig. 4

Australia.

China, India,

Ceylon,Java,

Celebes.

S. America.

Europe.

S. America.

WS Ae

Dig ish vs

S. America.

Australia,

New Zealand.

S. Africa,

Madagascar.

Australia,

Wig Sb AN.

Wis eAs

Canada,

Was. A.

Japan, China.

Nearctic and

Neotropical

regions.

India, Cey-

lon, Burma.

Classification of the Pyralide. 143

(40). ee JLA FLUCTUOSALIS, Zell.,Lep.Caffr., The tropical

Bay) : : and ~—sub-

ieee Inbal. Chien, Delt. quel eve tropical

p. 271 zones.

t Oligostigma chrysippusalis, W1k., xvii., 432.

Oliyostigma obitalis, W1k., xvii., 432.

Parapoynx aptalis, Led., Wien Ent. Mon..,

1863, p. 452.

TF Oligostiqgma curta, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag.,

XV Ps 210:

Parapoynzx oryzalis, Woodmason, Rice

Pest of Burma, Calcutta, 1885.

(41). ee A LEUCOSTOLA, Hmpsn., Moths

ind: iv., paldtag e. : . Burma.

(42). ee FUSALIS, Hmpsn., Mgehel Tnd.,

iv., p..195 : : . Assam.

(43). {NYMPHULA FUSCICOSTALIS, Hespenh Moths

tid ava) Palo Due : : . Bengal.

(44). Nyapuu LA NIVALIS, Schiff., Wace Verz.,

p. 316. : . Europe.

Phalena candidata, abee Ent. Sreth, 32 i.

(45). NyYMPHULA DENTIZONALIS, sp. n.

¢. White. Head, thorax, and abdomen marked with fulvous

brown. Forewing with the costa suffused with fuscous brown to

the postmedial line ; an oblique subbasal fulvous band from cell to

inner margin with some dark irroration near it ; a black spot in

cell and another at upper angle ; an oblique fulvous line with some

black scales on it from ? of costa to 3 of inner margin, slightly

excurved below costa ; an oblique submarginal fulvous band with

highly dentate outer edge. Hindwing withoblique black subbasal and

medial lines ; a postmedial fulvous band with waved outer edge ;

both wings with fine black line near the margin, a fulvous marginal

line and series of black points on the cilia.

Hab. Cedar Bay, Cooktown, Queensland. Luvp.,

18mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild.

(46). ¢NYMPHULA PERLALIS, sp. n.

¢. Pure white. Forewing with black spot below base of costa

followed by a fulvous patch on costa ; an antemedial fulvous line

angled below costa and interrupted in cell ; a fulvous spot on costa

beyond middle ; a postmedial line straight from costa to vein 4

then retracted to upper angle of cell where there is a black speck

on it and sinuous to inner margin ; traces of a curved submarginal

144, Sir George F. Hampson on the

line ; a fine marginal line. Hindwing with curved ante- and post-

medial, obscure submarginal, and fine marginal lines.

Hab. Guadalupe, Peru. Hzp., 16 mm.

(47). tNyMPHULA MEDUSALIS, W1k., xvii., 486 . Australia.

(48). NyMPHULA DEPUNCTALIS, Guen., Delt. and 8S. Africa, In-

Pyrs ps 202: dia, Ceylon

tParapoynx stagnalis, Zell., Lep. Caffr., and Bur-

p. 26 (preocc.). ma, Java,

Zebronia decussalis, Wik., xvii., 481. Australia.

(49). “NyMPHULA SIMPLALIS, Snell., Trans, Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1896, p. 638. ‘ : . Sikhim.

(50). NyMPHULA ARUNDINALIS, Ev., F. V. U.

p. 469; Herr.-Schaff., Eur. Schmett., iv.,

PU OO ie . : : , é . 8. Russia.

(51). NympHuLa TITANALIS, WIK., xviil., 706.

tEndotricha stenialis, Warr., A. M. N. H.

(6), vill., p. 68 : ‘ : P . Borneo.

Sect. II. Antenne of male laminate; forewing with a

hyaline fovea below base of cell.

A. Fore tibize of male clothed with long black hair.

(52). NyYMPHULA SERIOPUNCTALIS, Sp. n.

White; head, thorax, and abdomen tinged with yellow. Fore-

wing with the costal and inner areas suffused with yellow; black

subbasal and antemedial specks on costa, the latter with traces of a

line from it expanding into a brown mark above inner margin ; a

submarginal brown line bent inwards along vein 2 and running to the

cell ; a marginal orange band defined on inner side by a fine black

line ; cilia black. Hindwing with the inner half suffused with

yellow ; traces of an antemedial line ; a marginal orange band with

series of black points on its inner edge ; cilia black.

The Fergusson Island form has a black discocellular spot on

forewing.

Hab. Amboina; Fergusson Island. Hup., 16-20

mm. ‘l'ypes in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

B. Fore tibiz of male not fringed with hair.

(53). NYMPHULA PLEONAXALIS, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen golden orange mixed with white ;

wings golden orange. Forewing with the basal and costal areas

whitish in parts ; a postmedial white band from costa curving round

to vein 2 then back to the cell ; a submarginal white line distinct at

Classification of the Pyralidz. 145

costa, fining off and ending before inner margin ; a fine marginal

black line. Hindwing with submarginal series of five or six black

specks on medial area with others beyond them on the cilia.

Hab. Humboldt Bay and Fergusson Island, New

Guinea. Hzp.,20 mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and

B. M.

Auctorum.

Parapoynx indomitalis, Berg, S. E. Z., 1876,

p. 352 , : . Uruguay.

Hydrocampa mansmnalis Saal Bor Seok, Ges.,

1379; p..298, ©. ; Madagascar.

Parapoynx fregonalis, Snell Tijd. v. Ent,, “1980,

p. 241, and 1884, pl. 4, fig. 12 . : Celebes.

Hydrocampa algiralis, Guen., Expl. Deen p- 404 Algeria.

Hydrocampa distinctalis, Rag., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1894, p.174. : Amur.

Hydrocampa sultschana, Rag. 55 Aan She Ent, Fr. 35

1894, p.174 .. 3 Amur.

Nymphulafuscomarginata, Bathwne- Balen IDAs,

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 48, pl. 1, fig. 17. . Egypt.

Parapoynx Muted, Lucas, P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W.,

vill., p. 157 4 W. Australia.

Noniphule sinuosa, eas P. inn Soe ING s. W.

(2) Wile, pa 2oly < : : ‘ Queensland.

Hydrocampa cenosalis, Snell., "Tijd. v. Eat

XXXVI, p. lod, - : : Celebes.

Parapoynz rugosalis, Moeschl., Abhi, Soncks *Ges:,

XV1., p. 318 : 2 . Portorico,

Hai seuvniod nebulosalis, Herat “Ent. en 7

p. 127 ; ‘ Wiss A.

Hydrocampa eepnialis Rew Ent. ie ,1V.5 De 37 We S.A.

Parapoynx chrysota, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1886, p.221 . ‘ Fiji.

Paranoune infimalis, Moeschl., ce Seuee (com

Xiv., p. 82 : i Jamaica.

Hydrocampa rate Hale, Er: hem. Ent. She.

XAtt pe Loo : : UessA.

Hydrocampa australis, Ataiet Tr. ron Ent. Soe,

xili., p. 168 : : U.S. A.

Hodreurclis euryscia, Mere Tene! ‘Ent. sau.

Lond., 1885, p. 435. ; Australia.

rene poy: minoralis, Mab., C.R. Ent. Bele, peas

pix. . : é . Madagascar.

TRANS. ENT. 80C. LOND. 1897. —PART II, (Juty) 10

146 Sir George F. Hampson on the

Parapoyn« unguicalis, Snell., Midd. Sum. iv. (1)

Opps ime é : ‘ : . Sumatra.

Hydrocampa difiualis, Snell, Midd. Sum. iv. (1)

8, ps (Glan : . Sumatra.

Nymphula luteivittata, “Mab., C, R. Ent. Bele.

XXiil., Psoexvil = : . Madagascar.

Parapahe effrenatalis, Bere S. E. Z., a

p. 352 : : Uruguay.

Nymphula vitrinalis, Feld., TRS, Nov Bt 136,

fig. 11 5 : Guiana.

Glyphodes impuralis, Feld., tren. ove pl. 135,

fig. 2 : Haiti.

Synclera bleusei, berth: sara Ent. Soe. Fr. (6)

Vii., p. Ixxxill., and Et. Ent., xii., pl. vi., fig. 42 Algeria.

Genus MARGAROSTICHA.

Margarosticha, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1868, p. 454.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately fringed with scales,

the 3rd long and acuminate ; maxillary palpi well developed and

dilated with scales at extremity; frons rounded; antenna

minutely ciliated ; legs long and slender. Forewing with vein 3

Margarosticha pulcherrimalis, 2, 3.

from angle of cell; 4,5 stalked ; 7 straight and well separated

from 8, 9, 10; 11 absent. Hindwing with the outer margin

evenly curved ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 stalked,

7 coincident with 8.

Type. (1). MarGarosrICHA PULCHERRIMALIS, Led.,

Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 454, pl. 18,

fig 5. : : : é : . Amboina.

(2). MAaARGAROSTICHA BIMACULALIS, Snell.,

Tijd. v. Ent., xxiii, p. 245, and xxvii.,

ples stig. 5. ‘ : ; : . Celebes,

Classification of the Pyralidx. 147

(3). MARrGAROSTICHA AUSTRALIS, Feld., Reis.

Nov., pl. 136, fig. 10 ; : ; . Australia.

Margarosticha sphenotis, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1887, p. 204.

(4). *“MARGAROSTICHA LEUCOZONALIS, sp. 1.

d. Orange-yellow ; abdomen with some white at base and

fuscous segmental lines. Forewing with fuscous streak on costal

nervure ; a broad oblique medial white band edged with fuscous

from median nervure to inner margin with fuscous suffusion above

it, a silvery streak from it along extremity of median nervure and

a fuscous streak with metallic scales on it below vein 2; a post-

medial oblique white fuscous-edged triangular patch from costa to

vein 3, and a similar narrow submarginal band from below costa ;

cilia blackish. Hindwing with broad fuscous-edged white band

from near base to middle, expanding below the cell ; five black

spots on middle of outer margin, the three middle spots very

large placed on a patch white internally, orange between the spots,

and metallic on margin, and bounded on inner side by a curved

fuscous-suffused band.

Hab. Fergusson Island, N. Guinea. EHzp., 20: mm.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

Genus CaTAcLysTa.

Cataclysta, Hiibn., Verz., p. 363 (1827).

Chrysendeton, Grote, Pap., i., p. 16 (1881).

Anydraula, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 427.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching vertex of head, and

slightly fringed with hair in front, the 3rd Jong and acuminate ;

Cataclysta blandialis, 2, 2 (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

maxillary palpi small and filiform ; frons rounded ; antenne annu-

late, with rings at the joints ; legs long and slender, the spurs long

and nearly equal. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ;

7 straight and well separated from 8, 9,10. Hindwing with veins

3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ; 6, 7 from upper angle or stalked.

148 Sir George F. Hampson on the

Sect. I. Hindwing with vein 7 becoming coincident

with 8.

A. Forewing with vein 10 stalked with 8, 9; fore

tarsi of male with the proximal joints fringed on

both sides with hair.

(1). FCATACLYSTA BLANDIALIS, WIk., xvii., 448; Japan,

Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iii., pl. 179, fig. 15 . India, Cey-

Cataclysta patnalis, Feld., Reis. Nov., lon, Borneo.

pl. 136, fig. 7 (var.).

fT Cataclysta bombayensis, Cotes and Swinh.,

Cat. Moths Ind., No. 4417.

} Cataclysta cuneifera, Moore, Lep. Ceyl.,

iil., p. 300, pl. 179, fig. 14.

} Cataclysta junctalis, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., viii.,

p. 140, pl. 155, fig. 24.

} Cataclysta nigritalis, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., ix.,

p. 178, pl. 174, fig. 5.

Cataclysta mesorphna, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 10.

t Anydraulu canthobathra, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 474.

(2). Caraciysra FuscaLis, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., Bhutan, Cey-

ix.; p: 178, pl, 174 head oGe) ‘ . lon, Borneo.

+Cataclysta nyctopis, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 475.

B. (Anydraula). Forewing with vein 10 from cell.

a. Fore tarsi of male with the proximal segments

fringed with hair on both sides.

(3). CATACLYSTA DRUSIUSALIS, WIk., xvil., 450. Borneo, Aus-

tralia, Fiji.

b. Fore tarsi of male naked.

(4). }CATACLYSTA GLYCERIALIS, W1k., xvii., 450. Australia.

Sect. II. (Cataclysta)—Hindwing with vein 7 anasto-

mosing with 8.

Type. (5). CATACLYSTA LEMNATA, Linn., Syst. Nat., x.,

529. : : : : 4 : . Europe.

Phalena uliginata, Fabr., Ent. Syst., 317.

(6). CATACLYSTA MAGNIFICALIS, Hiibn., Pyr.,

fig. 104 . : ; ; : Ped ist Fe :\

(17).

(18).

Classification of the Pyralide.

Cataclysta helopalis, Clem., Pr. Ac. N. Sci.

Phil., 1860, p. 217.

Tt Cataclysta lamialis, Wik., XVil., 436.

CATACLYSTA BIFASCIALIS, Rob., Ann. Lyc.

INE Ye, Ix.) (ps 1oa4plk 4, fig. 3

- “CATACLYSTA CATENALIS, Guen., Delt. and

Pyr., p. 267

. TCATACLYSTA MEDICINALIS, Grete Pap. sie

p. 15 :

CATACLYSTA FULICALIS, Glens on ne N.

Sci. Phil., 1860, p. 217

Cataclysta dngulicaiee Led., Wien Ent.

Mon., 1863, p. 435.

{ Cataclysta confusalis, W\k., xxxiv., 1234.

- “CATACLYSTA ANNULALIS, Guen., Delt. and

Pyr., p. 266

2). *CATACLYSTA ROMANAL IS, Trace! Biol. Contr

Am. Het., ii., p. 273, pl. 63, fig. 14

. *CATACLYSTA CRONIALIS, Druce, Biol. Centr.

Am. Het., ii., p. 274, pl. 63, fig. 18

. TCATACLYSTA GRATALIS, WIk., xxxiv., 1335.

Cataclysta cerussalis, Feld., Reis. Nov.,

pl. 136, fig. 8.

; Nate, AXIS, Hmpsn., A. M. N. H. (6)

vi., p. 343 :

ee ONYXALIS, 0D. n.

Caiaclysta divulsalis, Druce, Biol. Contr

Am., pl. 63, fig. 13 (nec W1k.).

CATACLYSTA MONILIGERALIS, Led., Wien

Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 454, pl. 18, fig. 10

=CATACLYSTA CQ@SALIS, WIK., xix., 952

(19). -CATACLYSTA TESSELLALIS, sp. n.

149

Texas.

Brazil.

U.S. A.

Wass A.;

Jamaica.

Brazil.

Mexico.

Haiti,

Brazil.

W. Indies,

Peru.

W. Indies,

Venezuela.

W. Indies,

Honduras,

Columbia.

Brazil.

Head and thorax golden brown and white; abdomen white. Fore-

wing golden brown, witha triangular white basal patch on inner area,

followed by two reniform spots; a short streak beyond cell followed

by a short transverse line ; a submarginal band from below costa to

vein 3 ; an orange marginal band emitting an orange fascia to lower

angle of cell.

Hindwing with the base white ; a medial broad ful-

vous band crossed by a white band angled below cell, and followed

by a white area irrorated with brown scales ;

five marginal black

spots centred with metallic silvery-blue; some orange on margin.

Hab. Sao Paulo, Brazil(Jones). Hap., 16 mm.

150 Sir George F. Hampson on the

(20). *CaTaCLYsTA ALVEALIS, Feld., Reis. Nov.,

pl. 136; figs 3". : 5 : : . Brazil.

(21). *Caractysta CuMALIS, Druce, Biol. Centr. Central

Am. Het., ii., p. 273, pl. 63, fig. 15 : America.

(22). -CaTACLYSTA DIVULSALIS, W1k., xxxiv., 1336 Brazil.

(23). *CATACLYSTA CHALCITIS, Feld., Reis. Nov.,

pledis6, fig, 9. : : : : . Brazil.

(24). FCATACLYSTA FULVICINCTALIS, sp. n.

Reddish brown ; abdomen with pale rings. Forewing with broad

fulvous band just before middle, edged by pale and dark lines ; a

pale and dark postmedial line oblique from costa to vein 3, then

recurved to lower angle of cell and running to outer angle, form-

ing a sinus enclosing a fulvous patch ; a black-edged orange

marginal band with a pale line inside it towards costa. Hindwing

with fulvous medial band edged by pale and dark lines, the latter

angled beyond lower angle of cell; an orange marginal band with

four black spots on it, with metallic spots between them and a

marginal series of small spots.

Hab. Jamaica (Cockerell). Hup., 18 mm.

(25). {CATACLYSTA PAVONIALIS, Sp. 0.

Reddish brown ; abdomen with pale rings. Forewing with

traces of waved subbasal and medial lines ; a postmedial angulated

whitish mark formed by a streak from lower angle of cell met by

a line from costa ; a fulvous marginal band. Hindwing pale; a

fulvous patch in and beyond end of cell crossed by an oblique

opalescent whitish discocellular band ; a marginal cluster of black

spots disposed somewhat in three series, with metallic colours

between them and a black line on its inner edge.

Hab. Guadalupe and Callao, Peru (J. J. Walker).

Evp., 14 mm.

(26). CATACLYSTA GUENEEALIS, Snell., Tijd. v. Brazil, Ar-

Ent., 1875, p. 260, pl. 14, fig. 13 . ; gentina.

}Cataclysta trilinealis, Warr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 295.

(27). CATACLYSTA ALIS, WIk., xix,, 953 . . W. Indies,

Cataclysta gemmiferalis, Led., Wien Ent. Venezuela,

Mon., 1863, p. 454, pl. 18, fig. 8. Brazil.

(28). CaracLysTa INSULALIS, W1k., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond. (3), 1 p. 123 E . Haiti, Brazil.

Classification of the Pyralide. 151

(29) 5 “CATAChYSTA AGLESALIS,; Wik., xix.,952. . Brazil.

(30). *CATACLYSTA PANTHERALIS, W1Ik., xvii.,442 Brazil.

(31). CarTaciysTa OPULENTALIS, Led., Wien Ent. West Indies,

Mon., 1863, p. 453, pl. 18, fig. 7. A Columbia,

tCataclysta divisalis, W1k., xxxiv., 1336. Brazil.

(32). *CATACLYSTA INAURATA, Cram., Pap. ai

Iv., p. 135, pl. 359, G. 5 . Surinam.

(35). POutscivana Guawuranns. Wik., xvii. 437 . St. Domingo.

(34). tCATACLYSTA CONSTELLALIS, Sp. 0.

¢. Head and thorax white and yellow ; abdomen white ringed

with yellow ; wings white. Forewing with basal and antemedial

yellow bands with brown patches on the costa above them; an

oblique medial line sharply angled below costa ; an obliquely-curved

postmedial brown line from costa to vein 5 where it runs into a

yellow patch at outer angle, a brown spot on costa beyond it

followed by a triangular yellow patch with a line from its apex

parallel to the postmedial line ; a marginal yellow band with fine

black line on its inner edge ending in a spot at apex. Hindwing

with basal and antemedial yellow lines ; a discocellular spot ; a

marginal metallic silvery patch with two series of five black spots

on it and bordered inwardly by a fine black line.

Hab. St. Martha, Brazil (Bouchard). Hzp., 14 mm.

(35). *CATACLYSTA PULCHERIALIS, Druce, Biol.

Centr. Am. Het., ii., p. 274, pl. 63, fig. 16 Centr. Am.

(36). tCATACLYSTA ILIALIS, Wlk., xvil., 441 . Brazil.

(37). CATACLYSTA PREMALIS, Druce, Biol. Centr. Mexico, Bra-

Am, Het., ii., p. 272, pl. 63, fig. 11 . zil, Argentina.

(38). tCATACLYSTA SUBORNATA, Sp. 0.

White ; abdomen ringed with brown. Forewing slightly tinged

with brown ; a subbasal brown line; a curved antemedial line with

slightly waved line beyond it ; a postmedial line oblique from costa

and acutely angled to near middle of outer margin, then recurved

and waved ; a triangular patch on costa beyond it, and a patch on

inner margin near outer angle; a marginal yellow band with

brown line on its inner edge. Hindwing with brown spot in cell

and another below it ; an oblique line from upper angle of cell

to vein 2 ; adiscocellular spot; asubmarginal lineangled outwards

at middle to the marginal yellow band which has a brown line on

its inner edge.

Hab. Sao Paulo (Jones). Hzxp., 14 mm,

(39). tCaracLysTa TRIMACULA, Hmpsn., Ill. Het.,

viii., p. 139, pl. 155, fig. 14. ; . S. India.

152 Sir George F. Hampson on the

(40). tCaTACLYSTA*LAMPETIALIS, WIk., xvii., 451 Australia.

(41). *CATACLYSTA POMPERIALIS, Druce, Biol.

Centr. Am. Het., ii., p. 276, pl. 63, fig.24 Centr. Am.

(42). tCaTACLysTA ANGULATA, Moore, Lep. Ceyl.,

ii., p. 300, pl. 181, fig. 12 d : Ceylon.

(43). tCATACLYSTA MIDAS, Butl., Trans. Ent. Sac:

Lond., 1881, p. 585 : ; ; . Japan.

(44). tCATACLYSTA SUPERCILIALIS, sp. n.

Head and thorax red-brown with white on collar and patagia.

Forewing rufous with a white patch at base of inner area ; a large

white patch before middle below the cell; a spot at lower angle ;

a postmedial patch from costa to vein 4; a submarginal semicir-

cular patch from below costa to vein 4; a marginal orange band

with dark line on its inner edge expanding into an orange patch at

outer angle with two silvery spots on it. Hindwing with the base

and costal area white, the area beyond the cell and at anal angle

yellow, with a dark-edged white discocellular band on it; the

outer area white irrorated with black ; two postmedial black lines

sharply angled below costa ; four black spots on the margin with

a sinuous line inside them, the two middle ones with bluish-white

centres.

Hab. Madagascar. Hup., f 18, 2 20 mm.

(45). tCATACLYSTA ALBIPUNCTALIS, sp. n.

¢. Differs from C. supercilialis in the postmedial white patch of

forewing being reduced to the part between veins 4 and 5. Hind-

wing with a broad straight edged yellow band across end of cell

with no discocellular band on it.

Hab. Madagascar. Hvp., 26 mm.

(46). tCATACLYSTA PERVENUSTALIS, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax brown and white, the patagia white ;

abdomen yellow. Forewing orange-yellow; the costal area

rufous; the basal inner area white, crossed by a rufous subbasal

line and sending a white fascia to end of cell; an oblique rufous

line from costa to lower angle of cell followed by a triangular

white patch with wedge-shaped rufous mark on its outer edge ; a

black-edged white submarginal band from costa to vein 2 where it

emits a silvery streak to join two silvery postmedial spots on inner

area ; a series of marginal black specks ; the cilia grey. Hindwing

orange ; the basal area white with brown spot in cell; a white

patch on outer area with two fine dark lines on its inner edge

Classification of the Pyralidex. 158

traversed by two fine lines, and with four black marginal spots

with silvery crescentic marks on them.

Hab. Accra, W. Africa. Hap., 22 mm.

(47). CaTACLYSTA REPETITALIS, Warr.,

A. M. N. H. (6), xvii., p. 205 . : - Queensland.

(48). tCATACLYSTA ALBIDENTATA, Sp. 0.

9. Dark fuscous. Forewing with white postmedial band from

costa to vein 4 followed by an orange band. Hindwing with four

black marginal spots with obscure orange lunules on their inner

edges and white specks between them.

Hab. Java (Horsfield). Hzxp., 14 mm.

Auctorwm.

Cataclysta pyropalis, Guen., Delt. & Pyr., p. 265 . Brazil.

Cataclysta coloralis, Guen., Delt. & Pyr., p. 265. Mauritius,

Cataclysta pusillalis, Saalm., Ber. Senck. Ges., Madagascar,

1S 79p.295:

Cataclysta sumptuosalis, Moeschl., Abh. Senck.

Ges.~xvi.,p- 319. . : Porto Rico,

ee ee Teas. Moeschl., ise Sencke Gen,

« P: O19 : ; Porto Rico.

Le hexalitha, Mere Tae fene Soe.

Lond., 1886, p. 219 . ° : . Fiji

Anidrauto cyanolitha, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1886, p. 220 . : : : é =) Bayi:

Cataclysta vestigialis, Snell., Midd. Sum., iv. (1),

Spats 3 é 4 ~ : ° A . Sumatra,

Cataclysta tripunctalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent.,

18725 p298eplas, figs Ll. . 3 ° : » Guinea.

Cataclysta minimalis, H.S., Ver. hee XXV.,

Ds 26. : : . Cuba.

Cataclysta plusialis, H. S., Ver Rese xk.

p. 26. : : . Cuba.

Chrysendeton aeernale Grote, Tr. anaes Ac.,

Viil., p. 53 . : ‘ U.S: A.

Gainniyata callichromalis, Mab., “Bull. Soe! Z.

Fri, p: 94 2 } ; z : 5 . Madagascar.

Genus SYMPHONIA.

Symphonia, Hmpsn., Moths Ind., iv., p. 198 (1896).

Palpi upturned and hardly reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint

fringed with long hair in front, the 3rd witha small triangular tuft ;

154 Sir George F. Hampson on the

maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons rounded ; antenne of

male thickened and flattened ; tibiae with the outer spurs half the

length of inner; male with the claspers elongate. Forewing with

the outer margin slightly angled at middle; veins 3, 4, 5 from

Symphonia multipictalis, ¢, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

angle ; 6 from below upper angle ; 7 straight and well separated

from 8, 9,10; 11 free. Hindwing with the outer margin slightly

angled at middle ; the cell more than half the length of wing ;

veins 3, 4, 5 from angle ; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Type. TSYMPHONIA MULTIPICTALIS, Hmpsn., Moths

Ind: ivs%p: 198 — ; , , ; . Ceylon.

Genus Musorima.

Musotima, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884, p. 288.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint not reaching vertex of head and

thickly fringed with hair, the 3rd well developed and spatulate at

extremity ; maxillary palpi short and filiform, frons rounded;

antenne of male thickened and flattened with appressed serrations;

Musotima acclaralis, ¢, 4 (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

tibize with the spurs long and equal ; male with a tuft of long hair

springing from base of fore coxe. Forewing with the apex pro-

duced and acute, the outer margin excised below apex ; vein 2

curved and arising near angle of cell; 3,4 from angle; 5 from

above angle ; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, 10; male

with a more or less prominent foveal depression in cell. Hind-

Type.

Classification of the Pyralide. 155

wing with the outer margin excised below apex and towards anal

angle; veins 3, 4 from angle of cell ; 5 from above angle ; 7 from

before upper angle.

Sect. I. Outer margin and fore and hindwings deeply

excised below apex, three indentations towards

anal angle of hindwing.

(1). -Musorima surrusauis, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., S. India,

ix., p. 178, pl. 174, fig. 20 A ; : Ceylon.

Sect. II. Fore and hindwings with the outer margin

slightly excised below apex ; hindwing excised,

but not indented towards anal angle,

A. Antenne of male normal.

(2). MusoTiMa apDUNCALIS, Feld., Reis. Nov.,

pl. 135, fig. 11 ; : ; : . New Zealand.

(3). tMusoTIMa ACCLARALIS, WIk., xvii., 403; S. India,

Hmpsn., Ill. Het., ix., pl. 174, fig. 24. Ceylon.

(4). Musorima OCHROPTERALIS, Guen., Delt. Australia,

and Byr.;.p. 230 : : ‘ Tasmania.

(5). tMusorIMa NITIDALIS, WIk., xxxiv., 1317 , Australia,

Diathrausta timaralis, Feld., Reis. Nov., N. Zealand.

pl. 135, fig. 23.

(6). *“Musotima acrias, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Australia,

Lond., 1884, p. 289 . i : ‘ Tasmania.

(7). MusoTiMA NARCISSUSALIS, WIK., xix, 956. Brazil.

B. Antenne of male with a large angular projection on

outer side below middle, then strongly serrate ;

of female laminate.

(8). MusoriMa PERSINUALIS, sp. n.

White ; head, thorax, and abdomen tinged with fulvous and

fuscous. Forewing with subbasal orange patch from costa to

median nervure and curved antemedial band; an orange black-

edged reniform spot with very oblique wedge-shaped orange mark

from costa above it, expanding beyond it into an elongate patch,

and with a triangular mark on costa above it; a black-edged

orange reniform mark below lower angle of cell with some diffused

black beyond it; a very sinuous submarginal line ; black from

costa to vein 4, and with orange beyond it, then interrupted, greatly

bent inwards, fuscous, and with an orange lunule on its outer

edge ; a marginal band consisting of orange lunules below apex and

156 Sir George F. Hampson on the

above outer angle, conjoined at middle, and with a fine black line

on their inner edge. Hindwing with black-edged orange subbasal

and medial bands, the latter with some black between it and the

very sinuous black-edged white postmedial band ; outer area fus-

cous tinged with fulvous and with white patch towards anal angle.

Hab. Amboina ; Tenimber ; Fergusson Island, New

Guinea; Cedar Bay, Cooktown, Queensland (Doherty,

Meek). Hzp.,16 mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and

(9). MusoriIMa FUSCIDISCALIS, sp. n.

White. Forewing with oblique subbasal orange band, ending

on vein 1, and with orange spot beyond it on costa; a black and

white discocellular lunule with oblique orange band from it to

inner margin before middle, and very oblique wedge-shaped orange

patch, with white costal spot on it from above it on costa to near

the submarginal black and orange band from costa to vein 5; the

whole area beyond the medial orange band and below the orange

wedge and submarginal band suffused with fuscous ; a marginal

orange band from apex to vein 3 defined by a black line on inner

side, Hindwing with orange antemedial band not reaching costa ;

a fuscous medial band from below costa expanding and enclosing

a white spot beyond lower angle of cell, and with an obliquely

sinuous line beyond it, with the area beyond it fuscous to near

margin which is white.

Hab. Fergusson Island, N. Guinea (Meek). Lzp.,

14mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

Auctoruwm.

Musotima incrustalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., 1894,

p. 57 ° ° ° ° : . Java.

Genus Cymoriza.

Cymoriza, Guen., Delt. and Pyr., p. 27 (1854).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching vertex of head and

Cymoriza ustalis, 3, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

thickly scaled, the 3rd well developed, acuminate and conically

Classification of the Pyralide. 157

scaled ; maxillary palpi minute; frons produced to a rounded

prominence ; antenne of male thickened and flattened; tibi

clothed with rough hair on outer side, the spurs long and equal.

Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 stalked in

male and well separated from 8, 9, 10; a glandular swelling on

costa just beyond the middle. Hindwing with the outer margin

excised below apex and twice towards outer angle ; veins 3, 4,5

from angle ; 7 from before upper angle.

Type. (1). CyMor1ZA IRRECTALIS, Guen., Delt.and Pyr.,

poate =. : : : ;

(2). fCYMORIZA USTALIS, WIk., xxxiv., 1529.

Cymoriza irrectalis, Guen., Delt. and Pyr., Himalayas,

p. 272 (part), pl. 9, fig. 4 : f : Java.

Cymoriza fascialis, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6),

EVIL Pe 2208

N.-E. India.

Genus OMPHALOPTERA, Nov.

Palpi with the 2nd joint porrect and extending about the

length of head, the 3rd well developed, acuminate and upturned ;

maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons rounded; antennx

laminate ; legs and spurs long, slender, and naked. Forewing

Ea ED

= am

Omphaloptera randalis, g, 1.

with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle ; 7 straight

and well separated from 8, 9, 10; male with a large antemedial

swelling on vein 1. Hindwing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of

cell ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 to two-thirds

of wing.

Type. OmpHALOPTERA RANDALIS, Druce, Biol. Centr.

Am. Het., ii., p. 275, pl. 63, fig. 21. - . Mexico.

Genus T'HYSANOIDMA.

Thysanoidma, Hmpsn., lll. Het., viii., p. 142 (1891).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint not reaching vertex of head, and

with a long pointed tuft of hair in front at extremity, the 3rd well

Type.

158 Sir George F. Hampson on the

developed and acuminate; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded;

antenne of female minutely ciliated ; legs long and slender, the

spurs nearly equal. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of

cell ; 7 straight and well separated from 8,9, 10; 11 from angle of

Bes

Thysanoidma octalis, 2, 2 (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

cell. Hindwing with the outer margin much excised below apex,

and with three indentations towards anal angle; the inner and outer

margins towards anal angle fringed with long spatulate cilia of

varying lengths ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ; 6, 7 from upper

angle.

+THYSANOIDMA OCTALIS, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., viii., Assam, Nil-

p. 142, pl. 156, fig. 19 : ‘ ‘ ; giris.

Genus TETRERNIA.

Tetrernia, Meyr., P. L. Soc. N. S. W. (2), iv., p. 1109

(1890).

Palpi upturned, the second joint moderately scaled in front, the

3rd well developed and acuminate ; maxillary palpi short and fili-

form; frons rounded; antennz minutely annulate. Forewing

with vein 2 from near angle of cell ; 3 and 5 from angle, 4 absent;

iy oe P

Tetrernia terminitis, @, 3.

7 well separated from 8, 9, 10,11 which are stalked. Hindwing

with the outer margin slightly indented above vein 5, and excised

towards outer angle ; vein 3 fromangle; 4, 5 on a long stalk ; 6, 7

from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

*TETRERNIA TERMINITIS, Meyr., P.L.Soc. N.S.W.

(2) siven pelo) a. : : : ; . Australia.

Classification of the Pyralide. 159

Genus AmBIA.

Ambia, W1k., xix., 957 (1859).

Opistheideicta, Warr., A. M. N. H.(6),v., p. 478 (1890).

Oligernis, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 470.

Leucogephyra, Warr., A.M.N.H. (6), xviii., p. 219 (1896).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching vertex of head and

nearly naked, the 3rd long and acuminate ; maxillary palpi filiform

and of moderate length; frons rounded; legs of moderate

length, the spurs long and equal. Forewing with the apex

slightly produced, the outer margin somewhat excised below apex;

Ambia iambealis, %, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

veins 3, 4, 5 usually from angle of cell; 7 straight and well

separated from 8,9, 10. Hindwing with the apex produced ; the

outer margin somewhat excised below apex, and with two excisions

towards anal angle; the inner margin very short ; veins 3, 4 from

angle of cell; 5 usually from somewhat above angle ; 6,7 from

upper angle.

Sect. I. Forewing with vein 11 absent; antenne of

male thickened and flattened.

a. Both wings with veins 4, 5 stalked.

(1). tAMBIA TENEBROSALIS, Hmpsn., Moths Ind.,

1V2,, ps 203 é : : : s . Ceylon.

b. Both wings with veins 4, 5 from cell.

(2). AMBIA ALBIPUNCTALIS, Warr., A.M. N.H. Assam, Cey-

(G))xviljpe202) : ; ; : : lon.

(3). tAMBIA XANTHOLEUCA, Hmpsn., Moths Ind., Ceylon, Bor-

iv., p. 203 d é : 5 : neo.

Sect. II. Forewing with vein 11 present ; 4 from cell.

A, (Oligernis.) Hindwing of male with no brands or

fringes of hair beyond lower angle of cell or on

inner area.

a. Forewing of male with no glandular swelling on

middle of costa or fovea in cell.

(4). tAMBIA COLONALIS, Brem., Lep. Ost. Sib., Amur, N.-W.

p. 67, pl. 6, fig. 4 . i : 2 ‘ Himalayas.

160 Sir George F. Hampson on the

Oligostigma locuples, Butl., Ill. Het., vii.,

p. 97, pl. 135, fig. 7.

ft Oligostigma dives, Butl., Ill. Het.. vii, p.97,

pl. 135, fig. 8 (var.).

(5). fAMBIA LeUCOCHRysA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 471 : ‘ . Borneo.

Type. (6). ?AMBIA ProLycusaLis, Walk., xix.,958 . Borneo, Cele-

Cenostola eromenalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., bes, Aus-

XXlil., p. 226, pl. 3, fig. 4. tralia.

(7). *AMBIA DEBALIs, Druce, Biol. Centr. Am.

Het., ii., p. 276, pl. 63, fig. 23 : . Centr. Am.

(8). ©AMBIA DENDALIS, Druce, Biol. Centr. Am.

Het., ii., p. 277, pl. 63, fig. 27 : . Guatemala.

(9). fAMBIA ENDOPHTHALMA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 470 . : Borneo.

(10). -AMmBrA FALLIOLATATIS, Swinh., Trans. Ent. Assam, Bur-

Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 287 A 5 F ma.

(11). fAMBIA INSTRUMENTALIS, Swinh., A.M.N.H

(6), xiv., p. 209 ; A 4 : . Assam.

(12). fAMBIA OCULALIS, sp. n.

¢. Fulvous, thickly irrorated and suffused with fuscous ; wings

with specks and patches of a white ground colour showing on basal

half. Forewing with faint traces of curved subbasal and sinuous

antemedial pale lines ; a prominent large somewhat 8-shaped white

discocellular spot; a postmedial black line defined by white on

outer side, slightly curved and minutely dentate from costa to vein

3 then retracted to lower angle of cell. Hindwing with elongate

white discocellular spot with a large white patch beyond it below

costa ; a minutely dentate postmedial white line bent outwards

between veins 5 and 2 ; both wings with rufous marginal band

defined by a minutely waved black line on inner side, inside which

is a series of white specks.

Hab. Mt. Macedon, Australia (Raynor). Hzrp., 16 mm.

(13). *AmBi1a CoMPLICATA, Warr., A.M.N. H. (6),

XVill., P. 222. . Assam.

(14). AMBIA FULVOBASALIS, Snell Tijd. v. Ent., Borneo, Cele-

KX. p.244.(9)\ =: : ; 5 é bes.

(15). -AMBIA PICALIS, sp. n.

Black ; palpi white below ; abdomen tinged with white; legs

banded with white. Forewing with sinuous white antemedial line

with specks in cell beyond it; a spot in end of cell extending

upwards to the costa, and with a series of specks beyond it bent

Classification of the Pyralide. 16]

inwards at vein 2 ; a submarginal series of specks bent outwards at

vein 5, and terminating at outer angle, with a wedge-shaped mark

beyond them on costa ; cilia white below apex and at outer angle,

Hindwing with subbasal white band ; a spot in end of cell with

sinuous line from below it to inner margin ; a postmedial series of

specks ending at anal angle ; cilia white at apex and anal angle.

Hab, Sao Paulo, Brazil (Jones). Hzp., 16 mm.

(16). f-AMBIA TENELLA, sp. n.

?. White with a fuscous tinge. Forewing with fuscous spot in

cell and larger discocellular spot; a fuscous postmedial band

sinuous from costa to vein 2, then bent inwards above inner

margin ; a marginal band broad at costa, narrowing to outer angle.

Hindwing with discocellular fuscous spot ; a sinuous postmedial

line broad from vein 5 to anal angle ; a marginal band narrowing

to a point at vein 2.

Hab. Callao, Peru (J. J. Walker). Hzxp., 14 mm.

(17). *AMBIA SEMIFASCIALIS, Warr., A. M. N. H.

(6), XVill., p. 212 - Assam.

b, Forewing of male with a glandular swelling on costa

at middle, often with tovea below it.

a. Antenne of male with long cilia.

(18). *AMBIA RHABDOTALIS, Sp. n.

¢d. Fulvous orange: head and thorax suffused with fuscous ;

iubdomen banded with white and fuscous. Forewing with black-

edged white subbasal and antemedial bands, the former oblique ;

the fovea white ; a short white streak from discocellulars to post-

medial band, with another above it below costa ; the postmedial

band oblique white and black-edged from costa to vein 4, connected

by a very oblique black line with a black-edged white mark placed

nearer the base between vein 2 and inner margin ; a curved black-

edged white submarginal band with its lower extremity bent in-

wards and connected with the postmedial mark. Hindwing with

the base white ; a black-edged white antemedial band ; an oblique

postmedial band from costa to vein 4 near the submarginal band,

which is bent inwards and dentate at vein 2, Both wings with

marginal series of black points and black line through the cilia,

which are whitish; the black edges of the markings somewhat

diffused.

Hab. Amboina (Doherty). Hzxp.,20 mm. Type in

Coll. Rothschild.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—parT tl. (sULY.) 11

162 Sir George ’. Hampson on the

(19). +AMBIA IAMBESALIS, WIk., xix.,950(3) . Assam,

+ Musotima fulvalis, Hmpsn., Il. Het., ix., Ceylon.

p. 180, pl. 174, fig. 26 (¢).

Cymoriza albiflavalis, Warr., A. M. N. H.

(6), xviii., p. 223.

(20). AMBIA INTERSTRIGALIS, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen white marked with black and some-

times tinged with orange, abdomen with black band and terminal

line to each segment, wings orange suffused with brown towards

base. Forewing with two subbasal white lines divided by a black

line ; a curved antemedial white band defined by black lines ; a

short black line from costa at the fovea and another on discocellu-

lars ; white streaks between the veins beyond upper part of cell to

the black-edged white postmedial band, which is straight and

extends from costa to vein 4; a curved black-edged white sub-

marginal band emitting a tooth below vein 2 almost to cell and

with diffused fuscous on its inner side. Hindwing with straight

black-edged white antemedial band; a postmedial black-edged

white patch from costa to vein 4; a submarginal black-edged white

band curved from costa to vein 2 where it is bent inwards towards

lower angle of cell and with diffused fuscous on its inner side; an

orange marginal band defined by black.

Hab. Amboina (Doherty); Fergusson Island, N.

Guinea (Meek). Hrp., 16mm. ‘Types in Coll. Roths-

child and B. M.

(21). AMBIA ATRISTRIGALIS, sp. n.

Head, thorax white and black; abdomen white tinged with

fulvous and banded with black, Forewing orange largely suffused

with black; an indistinct oblique white subbasal line; a curved ante-

medial band ; the interspaces beyond the cell prominently streaked

with black and with more or less developed white streaks above

veins 5 and 7 ; a postmedial black-edged white band curved and

running up vein 2 to the cell, then very oblique from origin of

vein 2 to inner margin; an orange marginal band defined on inner

side by a black line with a white band inside it bent round and

sending a tooth inwards above inner margin. Hindwing with the

base white, followed by an orange-centred black band, then a

sinuous white band expanding towards costa and with an orange

discocellular spot on its outer edge ; medial area black, the veins

streaked with orange; a black-edged white postmedial band curved

from costa to vein 2, along which it is bent upwards almost to the

Classification of the Pyralide. 163

cell ; outer area orange with sinuous black-edged white submar-

ginal band bent inwards below vein 2

d with veins 6, 7 of forewing stalked.

Hab. Amboina (Doherty); Fergusson Island, New

Guinea (Meek). Hzp., 16mm. Types in Coll. Roths-

child and B, M.

(22). tAmBIA LEUCoPLACA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1897, p. 85. : . Sangir, Fergusson

Is]., N. Guinea.

bt, (Ambia). Antenne of male thickened and

flattened.

(23), TAMBIA SEMILUNALIS, sp. n.

dg. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow and white. Forewing

yellow with obscure white subbasal and antemedial bands; a post-

medial patch on inner area, a semicircular dark-edged white band

from costa before apex to discocellulars ; a submarginal dark-edged

white band expanding into a patch above inner margin. Hind-

wing with antemedial white band ; a semicircular dark-edged white

band from costa beyond middle to discocellulars ; a submarginal

lunulate band following the curves of outer margin.

Hab. Petropolis, Brazil. Ezp., 16 mm.

(24). fAMBIA FULVITINCTALIS, Sp. n.

Fulvous suffused with fuscous. Forewing with antemedial

white line expanding into a patch on inner margin ; a postmedial

white patch on inner area; a dark discocellular lunule with a white

streak from it to the curved dark-edged postmedial white band

which terminates at the origin of vein 2; a submarginal dark-

edged white band curving inwards above inner margin, Hindwing

with the base white; an antemedial white band; a dark disco-

cellular spot ; a postmedial dark-edged white band bent inwards

to lower angle of cell ; a submarginal lunulate band following the

curves of outer margin.

Hab. Callao, Peru (J. J. Walker). Hzp., 14 mm.

(25). *“AMBIA BOLUSALIS, WIk., xix., 457. . Brazil.

(26). fAMBIA FLAVALIS, Warr., Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1889, p. 293. ‘ : . Brazil.

(27). fAMBIA LEUCOSTICTALIS, Hmpsn., A. M. Ne

(6), xvi., p. 344 (9). d Grenada.

(28). aes ape re Delt. an Byes

p. 2 ‘ ‘ . Brazil.

ae a a useasaun, Wik, Kes 955.

164 Sir George F. Hampson on the

(29). AMBIA MARGINALIS, Moore, Lep. Atk.,

py Zl ee : - ON? Es india:

t Cymoriza albicomma, Swinh® ny M. N. H

(6), xiv., p. 210.

Cymoriza fulvalis, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6),

XVill., p. 224,

(30), AMBIA MAGNIFICALIS, Swinh., A. M.N. H.

(O)exVI. p. 290° : ; . N.E. India.

Cymoriza interruptalis, Warr., A MON: Hi.

(6), XvVill., p. 224.

c. Forewing of male with a fovea in end of cell,

mid tibiz dilated with a fold and tuft of long

hair; hind femora with two long styliform pro-

cesses from extremity, one curved and fringed

with thick tufts of hair, the other finer and

fringed with long fine hair; tibia slender without

spurs, the tibia and tarsus fringed with fine long

hair.

(31). AMBIA TRICHOSTYLALIS, sp. 0.

Head, thorax, and abdomen orange; hind legs with the tufts on

larger process mostly black. Forewing orange ; a white patch in

cell surrounded by diffused fuscous ; an obliquely curved post-

medial dark-edged white patch with its apex on costa and its base

pointing towards lower angle of cell and surrounded by fuscous

irroration ; a curved submarginal white band ending on vein 1,

edged by fuscous on inner side and witha fine biack line on outer ;

a marginal series of black points becoming a line towards outer

angle. Hindwing orange with large black-edged subbasal elliptical

patch; a submarginal black line from vein 4 to near inner margin ;

a fine white and black subapical line ; a white-centred black spot

on marginal lobe, with black marginal mark beyond it ; a marginal

black line from vein 4 to anal angle.

Hab. Celebes (Doherty). Hxp., 22 mm. Types in

Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

B. (Opisthedeicta.) Hindwing of male with two long

brands beyond lower angle of cell on upper side

between veins 2 and 4 and two short brands below

their extremity.

(32). ¢AMBIA PORITIALIS, Wlk., xix., 951, S.-E. India,

Moore, Lep. Ceyl., ii., pl. 179, fig. 11 . Ceylon, Su-

matra.

Classification of the Pyralide. 165

(33). AMBIA AULACOPHORA, Sp. Nn.

Differs from porétialis in the white markings not being edged

with brown except the postmedial and submarginal bands slightly;

forewing with the medial markings connected into an irregular

V-shaped mark; the postmedial mark between costa and vein 5

more erect and with two streaks from its outer edge ; the sub-

marginal band diffused at its angle on margin, and the marginal

band incurved below apex and running out to the margin at

middle.

Hab. Fergusson Island (Meek). Hzp.,16 mm. Types

in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

C. Hindwing of male with fringes of hair along veins

2, 3, 4 on under side; the apical area clothed with

thick fulvous scales ; the inner margin with a lobe

fringed with very long hair; abdomen with paired

tufts of black hair from base; the hind tibiz

fringed with blackish tufts on outer side.

(34). AMBIA LOBOPHORALIS, Hmpsn., Moths Ind., Assam, Pulo

iv., p. 207 F é , P . Laut.

D. Hindwing of male with fringes of long thickened

hair on median nervure and vein la; the cilia

long and spatulate towards anal angle.

(35). TAMBIA ALBOMACULALIS, sp. n.

2. Bright fulvous irrorated with black. Forewing with indis-

tinct dentate subbasal, ante- and postmedial black lines; the outer

area not irrorated; three black specks on costa towards apex ;

silvery fasciz on veins 7 and 6; a large round white spot beyond

lower angle of cell ; an orange marginal band with black line on

its inner edge, inside which is a white line. Hindwing with

irregularly sinuous postmedial line, with yellow on its outer edge ;

three white-edged black spots on an orange ground at middle of

margin ; cilia of both wings dark,

Hab. Aburi, W. Africa (Carter). Hxp., 18 mm.

(36). AMBIA IRTUSALIS, W1k., xvil., 434 . Borneo, Pulo Laut.

(37). tAMBIA TIGRIDALIS, sp. nD.

¢. Head and thorax black and white; abdomen fulvous. Fore-

wing with the basal area black with broad white streaks on the

veins, in and below cell and on discocellulars ; a wedge-shaped

fulvous patch from middle of cell oceupying the whole outer area;

a large lunulate postmedial yellow patch surrounded by dark

brown ; a similar submarginal band ending at vein 2; a speck on

166 Sir George F. Hampson ow the

vein 1 and a marginalline. Hindwing with the base fuscous with

some white on inner area ; the rest of wing bright orange with a

wedge-shaped black patch with two white marks on it from origin

of vein 2 to outer margin; the margin fuscous from apex to vein 2

with a series cf black and white ocellate marks on it.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). Hxp., 22 mm.

j, Hindwing with a large tuft of scales below lower

angle of cell on upper side.

(38). }AMBIA METALOPHOTA, Sp. n.

2. Head and thorax whitish and rufous; abdomen fuscous

ringed with white and with some rufous on basal segment ; wings

roughly scaled and variegated with whitish, fuscous and ferru-

ginous. Forewing with the ferruginous chiefly confined to a band

before the obscure antemedial line and to patches at apex and

outer angle; obscure white postmedial and marginal lines, the

former much excuryed beyond cell and with a fuscous subapical

patch beyond it. Hindwing with the basal and costal areas pale ;

an irregularly waved postmedial white line; four black, white, and

metallic marginal spots towards anal angle.

Hab. Jamaica (Cockerell). Hvp., 12 mm.

Sect. III. Forewing with veins 3, 4 stalked; 11 pre-

sent.

(39). -AMBIA CATACLYSTALIS, sp. 0.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous brown. Forewing

grey irrorated with fuscous ; an inwardly oblique sinuous medial

black line; a postmedial sinuous line arising from almost the same

point on costa as the medial line running almost to outer angle,

then retracted above inner margin, the area beyond it dull fulvous

with an oblique wedge-shaped black-edged fuscous-speckled patch

from costa to vein 4; a submarginal black line with some white

inside its costal portion and a leaden spot near outer angle. Fore-

wing grey irrorated with black; an oblique fulvous band from end

of cell to outer margin near anal angle, with a black-edged white

discocellular band on its outer edge ; a double submarginal black

line angled below costa ; the margin fulvous, with four black spots

with white specks above them and black spots between them.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). Hexp., 20 mm.

Auctorum.

Nymphola thyridialis, Led., Zool. bot. Ver.,

1855, p219; pl. 4, fig. 2: : , ‘ . Syria.

Type

Classification of the Pyralide. 167

Genus OLIGosTIGMa.

Oligostigma, Guen., Delt. and Pyr., p. 260 (1854).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately fringed with hair in

front and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd well developed and

acuminate; maxillary palpi long and dilated with scales at

extremity ; frons rounded ; antenne of male usually annulated ;

ocelli rarely prominent ; legs long, the tibiz smooth, with the spurs

Oligostigma picale, 2,2 (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

almost equal. Forewing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7

straight and well separated from 8, 9,10. Hindwing with the cell

about half the length of wing; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from

upper angle, 7 strongly anastomosing with 8; the outer margin

excised below apex, then lobed.

Sect. I. Hind tibiee of male without groove and tuft.

A. Antenne of male not thickened and flattened.

a. Hindlegs of male without tufts of hair on the

COXe.

(1). *OLIGosTIGMA CRYPTALE, Druce, Biol. Centr. Mexico,

Am. Het., ii., p. 274, pl. 63, fig. 19 : Centr. Am.

(2). OLIGosTIGMA JUNCEALE,} Guen., Delt. and

Ryn p. 206i, pl. 4, fig. 6. : s . Brazil.

(3). FOLIGOSTIGMA SEMINEALE, WIk., xvil., 430 . U.S.A.

(4). FOLIGOSTIGMA FLAVIMARGINALE, Warr.,

Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1889, p. 294 . Brazil.

(5). FOLIGOSTIGMA ANGULIPENNE, Hmpsn., II.

Het. vit p: 139, pl. 15d );fig.'G =: 2709. india.

(6). FOLIGOSTIGMA NIVEINOTATUM, Hmpsn., Il.

Hethix..p. 176; pl. 174, fig. 32". . Ceylon.

(7). fOLIGosTIGMA coRCULINA, Butl., Ill. Het.,

Hiepeecos pl, O90, fig. To : 4 . Japan.

t In junceale vein 10 of the forewing sometimes arises from the

cell.

168

Sir George F. Hampson on the

(8). FOLIGOSTIGMA HAPILISTA, Swinh,, Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892, p. 20, pl. 1, fig. 11

Oligostigma albidivisa, Warr., A. M. N. H.

(6); axyaans, p:; 221.

(9). FOLIGOSTIGMA FUSCIFUSALE, Hmpsn., II.

Het., ix., p. 177, pl. 174, fig. 28 5

(10). OLIGosTIGMA SYAGRUSALE. WIk., xix., 953.

t Oligostigma melanodes, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 473.

(11). OLIGOsTIGMA CONSPURCATALE, Warr., A. M.

N. H. (6), xvii., p. 202 5

(12). TOLIGOSTIGMA ne Wik., xvii., 444

(13). FOLIGOSTIGMA PARVALE, core! P. Z. S:,

1307, p.616 ‘ ‘ . :

(14). OLIGOSTIGMA DOMINULALE, Wik., XXXIV.,

1338

(15). FOLIGOSTIGMA FUMIBASALE Veen Moths

Ind., iv., p. 208

(16). FOLIGOSTIGMA INSECTALE, Pryer, (re ‘Ent,

il, p. 234, pl. 4, fig. 7 :

iz): Taine OnTIG te BILINEALE, Snell., Tijd. v.

Fmnt., xix. p. 196; plewit, fio.)

(18). OLIGOSTIGMA VILLIDALE, WIk., xvii., 435 .

t Hydrocampa sacadasalis, W1k., xix., 963.

Oligostigma unilinealis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent.,

1875, pl. 8, fig. 2.

(19). OLIGOSTIGMA ARGYRILINALE, sp. n.

White.

Assam.

Assam, Cey-

lon.

Borneo.

Assam.

W. Africa.

Andamans,

Borneo.

New Guinea.

Ceylon.

China.

Punjab, Ben-

gal.

Assam, Cey-

lon, Java,

Borneo, Aus-

tralia, Fiji.

Forewing with the costal area yellow with a streak of

black scales on it, and joined to a yellow discocellular patch out-

lined with black ; a diffused yellow fascia above middle of inner

margin ;

the outer area golden yellow with a triangular white

patch from costa beyond the discocellulars, and a silvery submar-

ginal band defined on outer side by a black line.

the outer area yellow defined on inner side by a black line between

veins 5 and 2; a silver subapical spot and a silver band defined on

outer side by a black line and with four black marginal spots

beyond it.

Hab.

Hep., 12 mm.

(20).

(21).

“QLIGOSTIGMA EXHIBITALE, Wlk., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), 1,123 .

*“QLIGOSTIGMA PHEDRALE, WI1k.,, xvii., 443 .

Hindwing with

Cedar Bay, Cooktown, Queensland (Meek).

Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

Brazil.

Classification of the Pyralidex. 169

(22). OLIGOSTIGMA EROMENALE, Snell., Tijd. v. Celebes, Aus-

Ent., xxiii., p. 226 ; id., xxvii., pl. 3, fig. 4 tralia.

(23). tOLIGOSTIGMA POLYDECTALE, W1k., xvii., Australia,

451 : : : : : : : Fiji.

b. Hindlegs of male with large tufts of curved hair

extending backwards from the coxe.

(24), -OLIGOSTIGMA ORTHOTELES, Meyr., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 472 : . Sambawa.

(25), OLIGOSTIGMA PICALE, Guen., Delt.and Pyr.,

p. 274; Hmpsn., Ill. Het., ix., pl. 174, India, Cey-

fig Zon : ; : 3 : ‘ lon.

B, Antenne of male thickened and flattened by

appressed serrations.

a. Palpi of male normal ; fore tibiee not dilated.

(26). TOLIGOSTIGMA DIANALE, Hmpsn., Ill. Het.,

ix., ps 177, pl. 174, fig: 27 ‘ ‘ . Ceylon.

(27). FOLIGOSTIGMA HEMICRYPTE, Meyr., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897, p. 84. : . Sangir.

b. Palpi of male very long, the 8rd joint porrect ;

fore tibiz dilated with a terminal process ; fore-

wing with a small fovea below base of cell covered

by a flap of scales; hindwing with the costa lobed

at base.

(28). OLIGOSTIGMA CAMPTOZONALE, sp. 0.

4. White ; palpi of male tipped with black ; abdomen tinged

with fuscous. Fore wing with subbasal fuscous line interrupted

at middle ; an antemedial curved line more or less interrupted at

middle ; a discocellular ocellate spot ; a postmedial fuscous line

bent inwards at vein 3 and running to middle of inner margin,

expanding at the bend and atinner margin; a submarginal line not

reaching costa and expanding at inner margin; a pale orange mar-

ginal band with fine fuscous line on its inner side reduced to black

specks towards costa; cilia fuscous. Hindwing with antemedial and

medial fuscous lines, the latter excurved at middle ; a submarginal

diffused line expanding towards costa; a pale orange marginal

band with series of black points on its inner edge; cilia fuscous.

9. Much whiter, with the markings pale and fine.

The Amboina and Fergusson Island forms have the markings

broader and more interrupted than the Australian.

170 Sir George F. Hampson on the

Hab. Amboina; Fergusson Island; Queensland; W.

Australia. Hep.,18 mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and

B. M.

Sect. IJ. Hind tibize of male with a me of long hair

contained in a groove.

A. Male without tufts of long hair on hind tibie and

spurs.

a. Male without tufts of hair on base of mid and hind

femora.

29). FOLIGOSTIGMA PULCHELLALE, Hmpsn., Ill. Assam, Cey-

Het. ax. p. 178, pl. 174, toset a. ; lon.

b. Male with short tufts of hair from base of mid

and hind femora, hind tibie, and on 5th segment

of abdomen below. .

(30). FOLIGOSTIGMA ORNATUM, Moore, Lep. Ceyl.,

Hi., p- 299; pl. 161, fie. 11 : : . Ceylon.

(31). . OLIGOSTIGMA TRIPLETALE, sp. Nn.

White. Forewing with the basal half of costa suffused with

fuscous ; two yellowish marks on inner margin before middle and

one below end of cell, an oblique yellow band with fuscous edges

from costa across end of cell to vein 2 where it is met by a curved

fuscous postmedial line and a curved fuscous submarginal band

both from costa; an orange-yellow marginal band defined on inner

side by a fine black line bent inwards along inner margin and up

to near the yellowish mark below end of cell, Hindwing with

curved fuscous medial line; an orange-yellow marginal band,

broken and bent inwards below apex, some black marks on its

inner side on medial area and three prominent black spots on the

margin with a black streak below them.

Hab. Fergusson Island, New Guinea. EHzp., 18 mm.

Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

c. The tufts on hind femora developed into large

tufts directed towards the base and enclosing

a hollow; abdomen without tufts.

(32). TOLIGOSTIGMA BIFURCALE, Pryer, Cist. Ert., China, Assam

ll., p. 232, pl. 4, fig. 14 . ; ; : Burma,

B, Male with the hind tibiz and spurs tufted with

long hair; short tufts at base of mid and hind

femora.

(33). OLIGOSTIGMA ARAALE, sp. 0.

¢@. White ; head, thorax, and abdomen slightly tinged with

Classification of the Pyralide. 171

fulvous and fuscous. Forewing with streaks of diffused fuscous

scales below costa, from base of inner margin to cell and along

vein 2, and from inner margin before middle along vein 1 ; slight

yellow spots at base of vein 2 and on discocellulars, the latter with

a dark speck above it on costa; an ill-defined yellow submarginal

band with some dark scales on its edges; a marginal yellow band

defined on inner side by a fine black line and with a marginal series

of minute black points. Hindwing with slight oblique fuscous

line across end of cell; two sinuous fuscous diffused submarginal

lines with some yellow between them at middle ; a yellowish

marginal band defined on inner side by a waved black line and

with three marginal black spots with orange between them on the

lobe.

Hab. Kandy, Ceylon. Exp., 16 mm. ‘Type in Coll.

Rothschild.

Auctorum.

Parapoynx chrysota, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1886, p. 221 . : : ° : Aeeloriie

Oligostigma quinqualis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., Java,

XV, p. L76 é : : : : Celebes.

Oligostigma adjunctalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent.,

1894, p. 56, pl. 6, figs. 17 & 18, : s . dava.

Oligostigma candidalis, Pag., J. B., Nass. Ver.,

MUI, Pl ibe - : : : : ye 2eGRUe

Oligostigma argyrotoxalis, Pag., J. B., Nass.

Wer, Xxxix, Dn 176) . ‘ : j « Aru.

Oligostigma prestabilis, Pag., J. B., Nass. Ver.,

MK, Pe ed : . 5 ;, Aru.

Oligostigma orphninalis, Pag., J. B., Nass. Ver.,

5 O.S.b. ae 0501 i We 3 : : F 2 EASE.

Genus AULACODES.

Aulacodes, Guen., Delt. and Pyr., p. 285 (1854).

Hydrophysa, Guen., Delt. and Pyr., p. 259.

Chnaura, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 435.

Palpi upturned and hardly reaching vertex of head, the 2nd

joint fringed with long hair in front, the 3rd usually short with

a small triangular tuft in front ; maxillary palpi as long as the

labial and dilated with scales at extremity ; frons oblique ; an-

tennze of male thickened and flattened with appressed serrations ;

ocelli usually indistinct ; legs very long and slender ; wings long

and narrow. Forewing with vein 3 from angle of cell, which has

172 Sir George F. Hampson on the

the lower part produced and acute and the discocellulars very

oblique; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, 10; 11 from near

end of cell and touching or anastomosing with 8, 9,10. Hindwing

Aulacodes peribocalis, 3, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

with vein 3 from before lower angle of cell, which is very much

produced and the discocellulars oblique ; 6,7 from upper angle,

7 anastomosing with 8, which is much curved.

Sect. I. Mid tibize of male with a tuft of long hair con-

tained in a fold, no fringes of hair on fore coxze and

femora or on medial spur of hind tibie ; the outer

margin of hindwing excised below apex and lobed

at vein 5.

A. Fore and hindwings with veins 4, 5 stalked; an-

tennz of male with no process on basal joint; a

small fovea in end of cell of forewing.

a. Forewing of male with a costal fold on upper side

containing a fringe of long hair.

a. Antenne of male thickened and flattened ;

palpi with the 2nd joint short.

a*. Forewing of male with a fringe of very long

hair from base of costal fold; the inner

margin produced into a large rounded lobe ;

hind tibiz with the fringe of hair long.

(1). -AULACODES poLypDoRA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond , 1897, p. 82 . : : . Celebes.

Oligostigma ochreipicta, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc, Lond., 1894, p. 472 (nec Moore).

b*. Forewing of male with no fringe of long hair

from the costal fold ; inner margin not lobed.

(2). AULACODES CRASSICORNALIS, Guen., Delt.

and Pyr., p. 261; Snell., Tijd. v. Ent.,

KIX flo, sg. 6 . d : ; . Java.

Oligostigma javanalis, Guen., Delt. and

Pyr., p. 262.

tOligostigma bipunctalis, W1k., xxxiv., 1531.

Classification of the Pyralide. 173

b1. Antenne of male filiform ; palpi with the 2nd

joint very long ; mid femora with a tuft of hair

from near extremity ; hind tibiz with the medial

spurs minute.

(3). AULACODES AUREOLALIS, Snell., Tijd. v. Java, Sam-

Ent., xix., p. 200, pl. 8, fig. 5. : , bawa.

b. Forewing of male with no costal fold.

a', Hindwing of male without large tuft of hair at

anal angle.

(4). AULACODES COLONIALIS, Guen., Delt. and

Pyr., p. 262; Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., xix., Sikhim, Bom-

plod) fie. 3) 7: : : , : bay.

(5). -AULACODES IpDroTIs, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1894, p. 472 : : : . Celebes.

(6). -AULACODES METRIODORA, Meyr., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897, p.83 . —. . Talaut.

b!. Hindwing with a large tuft of black and white

hair at anal angle, outer margin excised towards

anal angle, inner margin very short.

(7). FAULACODES ENDOsSARIS, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 472 5 : . Pulo Laut.

c!, Hindwing of male with the anal angle produced

into a pointed lobe, the inner area clothed with

hair; antennze with the base of shaft fringed

with scales ; hind femora with tuft of hair near

base, then a triangular corneous process on inner

side.

(8). -AULACODES CERATUCHA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 471 é 5 . Pulo Laut.

B. Forewings, and almost always the hindwings, with

veins 4, 5 from angle of cell.

a. Antenne of male with the basal joint dilated and

bulbous, the shaft laminate, bent and fringed with

hair on outer side at middle; forewing with a large

triangular costal fold on under side, with fringe of

rough hair at lower extremity and tuft of large

scales at costal extremity ; cell shortened but pro-

duced at lower angle; hindwing with veins 4, 9

stalked, the outer margin strongly angled at

174 Sir George F. Hampson on the

middle, the outer medial area clothed with silky

scales below.

(9). “AULACODES TRICHOCERALIS, sp. 0.

3d. Head and thorax white and brown; antenne yellow;

abdomen white with yellow band and brown line on 2nd segment,

the extremity yellow. Forewing white with large triangular

brown patch on medial area below the cell, its apex running out-

wards along vein 1, and with a yellow mark inside on inner

margin ; an oblique wedge-shaped brown mark from middle of

costa to vein 2; a submarginal wedge-shaped brown patch with its

apex on vein 1; a marginal orange band with fine black line on its

inner side, and series of black points on outer margin ; costal fold

dark brown mostly orange towards extremity. Hindwing with the

basal area white suffused with yellow scales ; the outer half bright

yellow bounded on inner side by a black line between veins 5and 2

and with silvery submarginal suffusion between vein 3 and inner

margin ; three marginal white ocelli, each with some black scales

on inner side and two black points on outer; a black point at the

angle of margin.

Hab. Humboldt Bay, New Guinea (Doherty). Hzxp.,

24mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild.

b. Antenne of male with a curved clubbed process

from basal joint; palpi with the 3rd joint

short.

a’, Male with no tuft on hind femora; forewing

with a small costal fold at base and no costal

fringe ; the tuft of scales confined to end of

cell, and no sparse fringe on median nervure.

(10). FAULACODES SEJUNCTALIS, Snell., Tijd. v. Himalayas,

nt, xix: p: 207, pl. des ie : : Ceylon.

} Cataclysta delicata, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., i1.,

p. 556, pl. 215, fig. 8.

(11). AULACODES PLICATALIS, WIK., xxiv., 1332 Himalayas,

Oligostigma simplicialis, Snell., Tijd. v. Java,

Eint., xix.,\p..201, pli 18; fig-"b: Celebes.

(12). AULACODES HEPTOPIS, sp. n.

2. Differs from A. plicatalis in the markings of the forewing

being browner, especially the sinuous fascia above inner margin ;

the oblique band across the end of cell much more oblique, and

the submarginal band which joins it more curved. Hindwing with

Classification of the Pyralide. 175

the submarginal band narrower, more defined, and sharply angled

inwards on vein 1 ; seven small marginal ocelli.

Hab. Fergusson Island, New Guinea. Evzp., 44 mm.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

b', Hind femora of male with a thick tuft of

short hair near extremity.

a”. Forewing of male with large costal fold on

upper side ending in a fringe of large scales at

end of cell; the process from basal joint of

antennee short.

(13). “AULACODES PARAPOMASALIS, Sp. n.

¢. Head orange; thorax dark brown ; abdomen brownish, the

two basal segments white. Forewing dark red-brown on costal

area extending almost to inner margin on basal half, and as a

triangular postmedial patch nearly to outer angle ; a leaden grey

triangular patch on the postmedial brown area ; inner area white

extending upwards beyond middle to lower angle of cell and on

inner side of the marginal band to below apex ; a marginal orange

band defined by fine black lines and joined to an orange patch on

outer part of inner margin. Hindwing white with curved oblique

postmedial orange band defined on inner side by a fuscous line, not

reaching inner margin, and below apex running out to the marginal

orange band defined by fine black lines, and with three small white

centred ocelli at middle.

Hab. Alor, Flores. Hap., 22 mm. Type in Coll.

Rothschild, .

b°. Forewing with a slight costal fringe on

upper side ; a thick ridge of large scales from

base through the cell widening to end of it.

(14). fAULACODES HAMALIS, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., Himalayas,

Xvill., p. 199, pl. 8, fig. 4 é : ; Nilgiris.

+ Cataclysta ochripicta, Moore, Lep. Atk.,

p. 409.

(15). TAULACODES MELANOPS, Hmpsn., Moths

Ind., iv., p. 214 Sixhim,

ce’. Forewing of male with sparse fringe of long

hair from median nervure; the tuft of large

scales confined to end of cell.

(16). AULACODES PERIBOCALIS, WIk., xvii., 446. Aden, China,

Cataclysta halialis, W1k., xvii., 447 . . India,Burma.

176 Sir George F. Hampson on the

+ Cataclysta sobrina, Pryer, Cist. Ent., i1., p. 432.

Oligostigma papulalis, Snell., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1890,

p. 640.

(17). *AULACODES SINENSIS, Sp. 0.

Head, thorax and abdomen whitish tinged with pale red-brown ;

ground colour of wings white. Forewing with the basal costal

area tinged with red-brown extending along vein 2 to the submar-

ginal markings; a large V-shaped postmedial red-brown mark

defined by fuscous with its apex at lower angle of cell and arms on

costa and vein 2, where it is joined by,a curved submarginal band; a

curved orange-brown fascia defined by fuscous above inner margin ;

a marginal orange band defined by black lines. Hindwing with

subbasal fulvous fuscous-defined band; a similar submarginal

sinuous band diffused to the margin below apex ; a marginal

orange band defined by black lines with three ocelli on it at middle,

the last with a blind spot below it.

Hab. Omei Shan, W. China. Ezp., $ 30, 2 38 mm.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

(18). AULACODES SATURALIS, Snell., Trans. Ent,

Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 639. : : . Sikhim.

(19). FAULACODES DOMINALIS, WIK., xxxiv., 1337;

Hmpsn., Ill. Het., viii., pl. 156, fig. 4 . S. India.

(20). AULACODES TRIPUNCTALIS, Snell., Tijd. v. Java, Sam-

Bnt., xix, 0p. 205) pl. 9 siege : 3 bawa.

d*, Forewing of male with the costa highly

arched at middle, the area below it roughly

scaled; a thick fringe of long hair in cell

expanding towards extremity.

(21). AULACODES GIBBOSALIS, Guen., Delt. and

Pyr., p. 262. . 4 : : : . Java.

fOligostigma tripunctalis, W1k., XxXxXiv.,

1531.

c. Antenne of male with no process from basal

joint.

a. Palpi with the 3rd joint long and porrect ;

hind femora with slight tufts; forewing with

elongate furrow in cell and fringe of scales from

subcostal nervure.

(22). tAULACODES MORMODES, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Borneo,

Soc. Lond., 1897, p.83 . ; : P Sangir.

Classification of the Pyralide. 177

b', Palpi with the 3rd joint short.

a, Hind tibiz with slight tufts of hair at base.

a, Forewing with elongate furrow in cell

and fringe of hair from subcostal nervure.

AULACODES LATIFASCIALIS, Snell., Tijd. v.

Eimt., 1876, p.202, pl: 202, pl. $,,fg. 7. Celebes.

>. Forewing with large fovea in end of cell

and no fringe of scales.

(24). AULACODES SIENNATA, Warr., A. M. N. H.

(6), xvil., p. 206 . é - 5 . Queensland.

(25). AULACODES ACROPERALIS, sp. 1.

Head orange-yellow ; thorax white in front, dark brown be-

hind; abdomen fulvous yellow with the first segment white.

—~

Forewiug with the apex produced and acute, dark brown ; the

costa orange-yellow: a white spot followed by an orange patch at

base ; a triangular white patch from cell to inner margin just

before middle ; a pear-shaped white patch beyond the cell with

its apex pointing outwards below costa ; an orange marginal band

defined on inner side by a fine black line, inside which is a some-

what irregular white band; a marginal series of black points.

Hindwing dark brown at base ; a broad antemedial white band

defined on outer side by a fine black line ; the outer area golden

yellow with a black-edged white subapical spot; five medial sub-

marginal black spots, the middle one with white centre and with

black points on the margin beyond them, the middle ones placed

in three pairs; cilia of both wings silvery at base.

Hab. Fergusson Island, New Guinea. Hzp., 22 mm.

Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

(26). *AULACODES WAIGAOALIS, Swinh., Cat. Het.

Mus. Oxon. ined. . : : : . Waigaou.

(27). AULACODES DIOPSALIS, sp, 0.

Head and thorax white ; palpi and legs marked with brown ;

antenne ochreous; abdomen pale yellow, white at base. Fore-

wing silvery white with the basal two-thirds of costal area fulvous,

expanding into an oblique triangular patch beyond discocellulars

with its apex on vein 2 ; a sinuous orange fascia above inner mar-

gin with a dark antemedial patch on it ; a wedge-shaped fulvous

submarginal band from costa with its apex on vein 2; a marginal

orange band joining the fascia on inner area, defined on inner side

_by a fine black line and with a marginal series of black points.

Hindwing with the basal two-thirds silvery white from costa to

below the cell, bounded by a black line from vein 5 to the sub-

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—paRr Il. (JULY.) 12

178 Sir George F. Hampson on the

median fold ; the inner and outer areas golden yellow ; an oblique

white mark across apex ; a pair of black-edged white ocelli with

black spots on their outer edges below the indentation of margin

and followed by a black point then a short black line on margin ;

cia silvery at base on medial area.

Hab. Amboina; Fergusson Island, New Guinea. Hzp.,

24mm. ‘Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

(28), *AULACODES BRUNNEALIS, sp. n.

2. Head and thorax dark brown ; abdomen with the basal

half white, the distal half orange. Forewing dark red-brown, the

inner margin white ; a postmedial triangular white patch from

costa to vein 3, the costa above it fulvous; a marginal yellow band

with waved inner edge, inside which is a series of silvery white

lunules conjoined towards inner margin; a marginal series of black

specks ; cilia grey with silvery line at base. Hindwing with the

base brown; the basal half white bounded by a fuscous lne

slightly angled beyond lower angle of cell ; the outer half yellow

with oblique silvery postmedial line between veins 2 and la; a

curved silvery subapical mark ; a series of four black specks just

inside medial part of margin ; cilia grey with silvery line at base.

Hab. Humboldt Bay, New Guinea (Doherty). Hup., 20

mm. ‘Type in Coll. Rothschild.

(29). *AULACODES CERVINALIS, sp. n.

Head and thorax fulvous brown; abdomen golden yellow, white

at base. Forewing fulvous brown with a silvery white triangular

patch on middle of inner margin extending to subcostal nervure

and joined by an oblique postmedial band from costa ; a marginal

golden-yellow band defined cn inner side by a fine black line with

a white line inside it; a marginal series of black points. Hindwing

with the base brown ; a broad antemedial white band with dark

mark on middle of its outer edge ; outer half of wing golden-

yellow with two subapical silver spots and three pairs of black

points just inside the medial part of margin with single points at

each extremity of series; cilia of both wings grey.

Hab. Humboldt Bay, New Guinea. EHzxp., 22 mm.

Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

(30). AULACODES JUNCTISCRIPTALIS, sp. D.

Head and thorax orange and white; palpi banded with fuscous;

fore tibiz and tarsi ringed with black ; mid and hind coxe with

tufts of hair ; abdomen orange, the basal segment whitish. Fore-

wing orange; a silvery white fascia from base of inner margin

Classification of the Pyralide. ies)

through the cell, giving off a fascia along vein 2 to join the curved

submarginal band, which is defined on outer side by a black line ;

an oblique wedge-shaped postmedial patch from costa with its apex

on vein 3; a white streak on middle of inner margin ; a marginal

series of black points ; cilia grey. Uindwing orange with oblique

silvery subbasal line; an oblique silvery mark across apex followed

by a dentate submarginal line with an oblique mark beyond it

towards anal angle ; a series of small black medial marginal spots

arranged in pairs except at extremities of the series.

Hab.

Fergusson Island, New Guinea. Hzp., f 20,

9 24mm. ‘Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

b°. Hind tibizee of male with tufts of scales at mid

and terminal spurs; forewing with the inner

margin produced to an angle near base.

a’, Hindwing with veins 4, 5 from cell.

(31). -AULACODES ARGYROPIS, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Pulo Laut,

Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 473. : : : Celebes.

b>. Hindwing with veins 4, 5 stalked.

(32). -AULACODES BASILIssA, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Sambawa,

Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 474. Timor.

(33). TAULACODES GEPHYROTIS, Meyr., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897, p. 84 . ‘ . Talaut.

Sect. II. Mid tibize of male without fold and tuft ; hind-

wing with the outer margin evenly curved.

A, (Aulacodes.) Fore coxee and femora of male with

(34).

fringes of hair, and a very long fringe ou each

side of inner medial spur of hind tibie.

AULACODES PSYLLALIS, Guen., Delt. and W. Indies,

Pyx5 ps 299) pl: 6, fig: 11 ‘ ‘ ‘ Venezuela,

Oligostigma scuthesalis, Wllk., xix., 950. Brazil.

Hydrocampa tortalis, Led., Wien Ent. Mon.,

1863, p. 452, pl. 18, fig. 3.

AULACODES CACHMIALIS, Guen., Delt. and W. Indies,

Byr. p.208 ; ‘ ‘ : : : Venezuela,

Parapoyna fragmentalis, Led., Wien Ent. Brazil.

Mon., 1863, p. 453, pl. 18, fig. 6.

Parapoynx gothicalis, Feld., Reis. Nov.,

pl. 136, fig. 13.

Alydrocampa bosoralis, Druce, Biol. Centr.

Am, Het., 01., p. 278, pl. 63, fig. 31.

180 Sir George F. Hampson on the

+tHydrophysa plumipedalis, Hmpsn., A.M.N.H.

(6), Xv1., p. 343,

(36). *“AULACODES HABITALIS, Feld., Reis. Nov.,

ple ish aie 12. : 4 5 : . Brazil.

B. (Chnaura.) Legs without fringes of hair.

a. Forewing of male without costal fold; hindwing

without tufts of scales below the cell.

(37). PAULACODES CONVOLUTA, sp. 1.

¢. White irrorated with fuscous; abdomen ringed with

brown. Forewing with the basal area mostly suffused with black

and bounded by a dark-edged curved white line ; the medial area

urorated with black; a postmedial dark-edged white line from

inner margin beyond middle to middle of costa, then curved round

and almost completely enclosing a spot beyond the cell, then

curved upwards to costa before apex and downwards as the sub-

marginal line, its first curve filled in with a brown patch. Hind-

wing with ante- and postmedial sinuous black-edged white lines,

the latter curving round from costa to form the submarginal line ;

the outer area irrorated with fuscous.

Hab. R. Javary, Amazons (Trail). #ap., 14 mm.

(38). *AULACODES HODEVALTS, Druce, Biol, Centr.

Am. Het., u., p. 278; pl. 163, fie. 30 . Guatemala.

(39). *“AULACODES CITRONALIS, Druce, Biol. Centr. . Mexico, ,

Am. Het., 1:, p. 247, pple 63,85..28: Centr. Am.

(40). FAULACODES SEMICIRCULARIS, sp. 1.

@. White ; palpi with the end of 2ud joint black ; abdomen

ringed with fuscous. Forewing with ill-defined subbasal and

two antemedial curved yellow bands; a large dark-edged semi-

circular yellow band on outer half of costa conjoined by a yellow

spot to Inner margin and enclosing a smaller costal semicircular

yellow band; a marginal yellow band with dark line on its inner

edge. Hindwing with subbasal and antemedial dark-edged yellow

bands ; a postmedial dark-edged yellow patch not reaching costa

or inner margin; a marginal yellow band with dark line on its

inner edge.

Hab. Espiritu Santo, Amazons. Hep., 18 mm.

(41). TAULACODES sECUTALIS, W1k., xxxiv., 1291 Mysol, Solo-

Chnaura octavialis, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., mons, New

1863, p. 435 (vec W1k.) Hebrides.

Classification of the Pyralide. 181

b, Forewing of male with a large costal fold extend-

ing to apex and containing a tuft of hair; hind-

wing with tuft of long spatulate hairs below end

of cell.

(42). fAULACODES CALISTOALIS, WIk., xvii., 442. 8. America.

(43). TAULACODES THETYSALIS, W1k.. xvi, 440 .° Brazil.

Auctorui.

Botys dilucidalis, Guér., Régn. Anim. Ic. Ins.,

plore iT. ‘ ‘ : : :

= Oligostigma nectalis, Snell, Tijd. v. Ent., xix.,

p. 206, pl. 9, fig. 10:

Java.

Genus PARTHENODES,

Parthenodes, Guen., Delt. and Pyr., p. 252 (1854).

Paracymoriza, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6), 'vi., p. 479

(1890).

Gethosyne, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6), xvii., p. 221.

Palpi porrect, straight and projecting about the length of head, the

2nd joint fringed with hair below, the 3rd short and naked ; maxil-

lary palpi large and triangularly scaled ; frons rounded ; antenne

of male thickened and flattened ; legs naked, the outer spurs about

Parthenodes vagalis, 3, 4 (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

two-thirds length of inner. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle

of cell; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9,10. Hindwing

with vein 3 from angle of cell, which is about half the length of

wing; 4,5 approximated for a short distance ; 6, 7 from upper

angle.

Sect. I. (Paracymoriza.) Mid tibie of male dilated with

a fold containing a fringe of hair; tufts of hair

from hind coxe; wings with the outer margin

somewhat excurved at middle.

(1). ParTHENODES INEXTRICATA, Moore, Lep.

Atk p. 210) pl. 7, fig. 7 : . Sikhim.

182 Sir George F. Hampson on the

(2). TPARTHENODES VAGALIS, WIk., xxxiv. Punjab, Nil-

1390 ? - * - - 7 : giris, Java.

(3). }PARTHENODES AURANTIALIS, Swinh., A. M.

Ni a(6), xvi.,p. 304 . : Assam.

(4). -PARTHENODES OxyGona, Meyr ean Bat

Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 470 é : . Sambawa.

(5). PARYTHENODES ECTARGYRALIS, Sp. 0.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with brown; fore tarsi

with the Ist joint fringed with scales. Forewing white, suffused and

irrorated with brown ; a small yellow spot on median nervure near

base ; an obscure yellow antemedial sinuous line defined by brown ;

a large oblique eliptical fuscous patch beyond end of cell defined

by a fuscous line ; the apical area white with an oblique sinuous

yellow band defined by brown between it and the brown area from

costa beyond middle to near outer margin at vein 2, then running

as a sinuous dark line to inner margin beyond middle ; the apical

area also crossed by an oblique curved brown-edged yellow band ;

a marginal yellow band defined by brown from apex expanding

below the upper oblique band into an irregular patch ; two yellow

marks on a fuscous patch above outer angle. Hindwing white with

a large brown-edged yellow eliptical white-centred medial mark,

sometimes contracted at middle and 8-shaped, and with some

fuscous between it and inner margin ; a marginal orange band with

fuscous suffusion on its inner side from costa to vein 2, and with

five conjoined white-centred rather disintegrated black ocelli

between apex and vein 2 and with silver beyond them on margin.

Hab. - Fergusson Island, New Guinea (Meek). Eup ,

24mm. ‘Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

(6). PARTHENODES LORICATALIS, Led., Wien

Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 435 (@ ). A . Amboina.

Sect. IT. (Parthenodes.) Mid tibize of male with no fold

or frmge of hair; hind cox without tufts; wings

with the outer margin evenly rounded.

A. Forewing with vein 11 free.

(7). }PARTHENODES OLIVALIS, Hmpsn., Ill. Het.,

wili., p. 140; pl. 155; fige8iGs), =< . Nilgiris.

+ Paracymoriza dentifascialis, Hmpsn., Il.

Het., viii., p. 140, pl. 155, fig. 21 (9 ).

(8). PARTHENODES EXSOLVALIS, Snell., Midd. Sikhim, <As-

SULLY, p. 76; and Tijd. v. Ent., xxxvi., sam, Burma,

plsoytig. 13°. : ; - : - Sumatra.

Classification of the Pyralide. 183

Cymoriza rirvularis, Moore, Lep, Atk.,

p. 210; pls 7, figes:

(9). -PARTHENODES MEDIOCINCTALIS, sp. n.

2. Head and thorax rufous and white ; abdomen rufous ringed

with white. Forewing with the basal area rufous with irregularly

sinuous subbasal and antemedial white lines, the latter defined by

a few black scales ; a broad medial orange-yellow band; the outer

area rufous ; a discocellular white lunule ; a postmedial white line

defined by black, sharply angled below costa where there is some

orange beyond it, then inwardly oblique and irregularly waved and

met by two white streaks from beyond cell ; irregular white sub-

marginal patches below apex and above outer angle; cilia yellow in

places. Hindwing with the basal area rufous, defined by white and

black lines ; a medial white band; apical area rufous; a postmedial

irregularly sinuous black-edged white line, interrupted at middle

by an orange patch ; a submarginal white line on apical area and a

white band from middle to near anal angle interrupted by the

orange patch ; cilia pale with dark bases, and dark at apex and

above middle.

Hab. Rio Janeiro. Hzxp., 30 mm.

(10). *“PARTHENODES C2PIOSALIS, W1k., xix., 949 Brazil.

(11). ParrHENODES STELLATA, Warr., A. M.

IN, E.G) ,xvait., pe203% ‘ : . Assam.

(12). PARTHENODES LATIFASCIALIS, Warr.,

A.M. N. H. (6), xviii., p. 220 ‘ . Khasis.

(13). +PARTHENODES ALBIFASCIALIS, Hmpsn., Il]. Assam, Nil-

Het., viii., p. 140, pl. 156, figs. 1 and 9 . giris, Java.

Hydrocampa philegetonalis, Snell., Tijd. v.

Emt., Xxxvilil., p. 155, pli 6, fies, 9

and 10,

Paracymoriza semialbalis, Warr.,A.M.N.H.

(G); xvil., 1) 203:

(14). +PARTHENODES NIGRIPLAGA, Swinh., A. M.

NEV ED (6). xiv, p- 209° 4 : : . Assam.

(15). PARTHENODES 2:QUIVOCALIS, Warr., A. M.

NeH:. (6), xviil., p. 221 . ‘ : . Khisis.

(16). PARTHENODES PRODIGALIS, Leech, Entom.,

1889, p. 70, pl. 4, fig. 16 : . dapan.

(17). “PARTHENODES DISTINCTALIS, Leech, Entom.,

Exiie pou, pl. 4, fig. 5” : é . China.

Type. (18). PAarTHENODES HYDROCAMPALIS, Guen., Cayenne,

Delt. and Pyr., p. 253, pl. 9, fig. 5 ; Brazil.

184. Sir George F. Hampson on the

B. Forewing with vein 11 anastomosing with 12.

(I). +PARTHENODES ANGULARIS, S}O aie

¢. Rufous. Forewing with antemedial white line, obsolescent

towards costa, angled on medial nervure, then strongly marked

and oblique ; an oblique stigma at middle of costa and oblique

white discocellular mark ; a slightly sinuous postmedial white line

from costa to near middle of outer margin, then interrupted,

recurved along vein 2 nearly to cell and down to middle of inner

margin. Hindwing with the basal area suffused with rufous ; a

medial white band, broad from costa to near middle of outer

margin, where it is strongly angled, then recurved and narrow to

inner margin.

Hab. Madagascar. Hzp., 28 mm.

Auctorum.

Parapoynx gangeticalis, Led., Wien Ent. Mon.,

1863, p. 453, pl. 18, fig. 5 (nee 4). 5 . India.

Cymoriza upupalis, Guen., Maillard’s Réunion,

p. 63 ; : ‘ : : : : . Réunion.

Genus Datta.

Dalia, Wik, xix. 9/on sad):

Girteeta, Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 285.

Palpi porrect, about twice the length of head, triangularly

scaled, and the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; maxillary palpi dilated

with scales; frons rounded ; antennze minutely annulated ; mid

tibia of male witha tuft of hairina fold; hind tibia with the

outer medial spur minute. Forewing with vein 3 from angle of

Daulia afralis, ¢, +. (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

cell ; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance in male, which has

slight foveal depressions in the membrane in end of cell and beyond

discocellulars above and below vein 6; 7 straight and well sepa-

rated from 8, 9,10. Hindwing with veins 4, 5 closely approxi-

mated for some distance, 3 also approximated to them in male ; the

cell short ; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Classification of the Pyralide. 185

Type. (1). Daunia arratis, WIk., xix., 975 : ; Bhutan, Nil-

TGirtectu argentuosalis, Swinh., Trans. Ent. giris,Burma,

Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 285 : . Borneo.

(2). DAULIA AURANTIALIS, Hmpsn., Moths

Ind’, iv, p. 221 : ‘ . Assam.

(3). TDAULIA SUBAUREALIS, WIk., xxxiv., 1343. 8S. Africa.

Genus MArGarocHROMA.

Margarochroma, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6), xviii., p. 164

(1896).

Palpi porrect, extending about one and a-half times length of

head, the 2nd joint fringed with hair below, the 3rd well developed,

naked, and downcurved ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons with a

conical prominence ; antennz of male ciliated; tibia with the

Margarochroma pictalis, ¢, +.

outer spurs about two-thirds length of inner. Forewing with

veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7 strongly approximated to

8,9, 10 near base. Hindwing with veins 3,4, 5 from angle of

cell, which is about half the length of wing ; 6,7 from upper angle,

7 anastomosing with 8.

Type. MarGAROCHROMA PICTALIS, Warr., A. M. N. H.

(6), xvill, p. 165 F . Assam.

Genus TALANGA.

Talanga, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., i11.; p. 8300 (1885).

Palpi short, porrect, and fringed with long hair below, the 3rd

joint prominent ; maxilary palpi filiform and nearly as long as the

Talangu sexpunctalis, &, 4 (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

labial ; frons rounded; antennz nearly simple ; tibie with the

outer spurs less than half the length of inner. Forewing with

186 Sir George F, Hampson on the

veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell, 7 straight and well separated from

8,9, 10. Hindwing with the cell short ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle

of cell ; 6, 7 shortly stalked.

Type (1). tTatanea sexpunctauis, Moore, P. Z.S., India,Ceylon,

1877, p. 616, pl. 60, fig. 12. ; é Malayan

Glyphodes lomaspilalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., subregion

Mp 220. to New He-

+Cataclysta nympha, Butl., P. Z. S., 1880, brides.

p. 683.

(2). tTALANGA TOLUMNIALIS, WIk., xvii., 492. . Australia.

Genus Luma,

Luma, Wlk., xxvii., 121 (1863 ).

Pelina, Moore, Lep. "Ceyl. . 1, p. 386 (1886).

Lowocorys, Meyr., ‘Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 6.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching above vertex of head,

and slightly scaled in front, the 3rd well developed and acuminate;

maxillary palpi filiform; frons oblique; vertex of head with rough

hair ; antenne of male thickened and flattened; tibie with the

Duma sericea, 3, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

outer spurs about half the length of inner. Forewing broad ; the

apex rounded; veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin ; 7 remote

from 8, 9,10. Hindwing with the cell about half the length of

wing ; veins 3, 4, 5 from near angle ; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Sect. I. Forewing of male with a small tooth on middle

of costa, which is thickened below for some

distance ; the base of veins 8, 9, 10 thickened ;

11 almost obsolete.

Type. (1.) LUMA ANTICALIS, WIk., xxvii, 121. . Borneo.

Sect. I1.—Forewing of male normal.

(2). LUMA TRILINEALIS, WIk., xxxiv., 1351 . Ceram.

(3). LUMA MACROPSALIS, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen white, tinged with fuscous. Fore-

wing white, suffused with fuscous ; a large fuscous discocellular

‘Classification of the Pyralide. 187

spot with whitish centre ; an obscure diffused submarginal fuscous

band wide towards costa, anda marginal line. Hindwing white ;

the apical area suffused with fuscous.

Hab. Fergusson Island, New Guinea (Meek). Hzp.,

22mm. ‘T'ypes in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

(4). [LUMA FLAVALIS, Hmpsn., Ill. Het.,. ix.,

palit, plalis) tests ay. - Ceylon.

(5). “LUMA MONOMMA, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6),

xvill., p. 173 : : Assam.

(6). -LuMaA unicoLtor, Moore, Lep. Coa. fe

p. 386, pl. 184, fig. 16. : . Ceylon.

tLygropia uniformis, Hmpsn., Il. Hees

pall pl. 173. fica

(7). LuMA oORNATALIS, Leech, Entom., xxii.,

pais play. gee ; : : . China,Assam.

(8). -LuMa sERIcEA, Butl., A. M. N. H. (5), iv., Japan,Assam,

p.451. : Burma.

(9). -LuMA OBSCURALIS, Swank: Ae M. 'N. A. 1.6),

Vis, peaUOr & : : Assam,

(10). sane ALBIFASCIALIS, sp. 0.

¢. Head and thorax reddish-brown; frons and basal joint of

antennze white ; patagia fringed with white. Forewing reddish-

brown ; the costa ochreous; a broad dark-edged medial white

band; an ill-defined curved submarginal white line expanding into

a spot at costa; some white on margin; cilia yellow. Hindwing

white ; some dark scales on inner area; the outer area fuscous

towards apex, yellow towards anal angle ; cilia yellow.

Hab. Jamaica, Hzp., 20 mm.

(11). - LUMA TRIMACULATA, sp. 0.

g. Golden yellow. Forewing with black discocellular lunule;

a postmedial black spot on costa and another on veins 3, 4. Hind-

wing with submarginal black spot on veins 3, 4; a fine marginal

black line expanding into a spot at apex.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). 16 mm.

(12). LUMA TYRANTHEs, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1897, p. 89 ; - : . Sangir.

Genus ORPHNOPHANES.

Orphnophanes, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 428.

Syntomodora, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894,

p. 467.

188 Sir George F. Hampson on the

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint hardly reaching vertex of head,

and broadly scaled in front ; the 3rd well developed and acuminate;

maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded; antenne of male

Orphnophaneés eucerasalis, 3, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

thickened and flattened ; tibize with the outer spurs about half the

length of inner. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at

origin ; 7 remote from 8,9, 10. Hindwing with the ceil about

half the length of wing ; veins 3, 4, 5 from near angle ; 6, 7 from

upper angle.

Sect. I. Forewing with the apex not produced; hind-

wing with the outer margin nearly straight.

A. (Orphnophanes.) Hindwing with the inner margin

shehtly lobed and fringed with hair in male.

Type. (1). OrpunoruaNes EUCERASALIS, Wlk., xix., Sikhim, Bor-

1002 : F ‘ 5 : i . neo,Amboina.

Orphnophanes productalis, Led., Wien Ent.

Mon., 1863, p. 428, pl. 16, fig. 7.

(2). *ORPHNOPHANES L@:VALIS, Warr., A.M.N.H.

(6); <vil.\-p. 206. : é ; . Assam.

Bb. (Syntomodora.) Hindwing with the inner margin

normal.

(3). FORPHNOPHANES THOASALIS, WIk., xviii, Sikhim,Anda-

692. é : ; : . 3 . mans, Borneo.

Sect. II. Forewing with the apex produced ; hindwing

with the outer margin rounded.

(4). ORPHNOPHANES ALBISIGNALIS, Hmpsn., Sikhim,

Moths Ind., iv., p, 231 : . Assam, Java.

(5). ORPHNOPHANES INCONSEQUENS, Warr., N.E. India,

A. M. N; B..\(6), xvil.,ip: 204 : : Pulo Laut.

Auctorum.

Orphnophanes turbatalis, Christ., Bull. Mosc., lvi.,

p. 31 : : : : : 5 : . Amur.

Type.

Classification of the Pyralide. 189

Genus NIpHOSTOLA.

Niphostola, Hmpsn., Moths Ind., iv., p. 222 (1896).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint thickly scaled and reaching

vertex of head, the 3rd minute and blunt; maxillary palpi well

developed and slightly dilated with scales; frons rounded ; an-

teune of male somewhat thickened and flattened ; tibizw with the

spurs long and equal. Forewing with the apex rounded ; vein 3

Niphostola micans, ¢, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

from before angle ; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, 10 ;

the inner niargin slightly lobed at base. Hindwing with the costa

lobed at base ; veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 almost to apex or becoming coinci-

dent with it.

NIPHOSTOLA MICANS, Hmpsn., Moths. Ind.,

Uo, [Oe Lae Assam.

Genus PERISYNTROCHA.

Perisyntrocha, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894,

p- 469.

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint

slightly scaled in front, the 3rd naked and obtuse ; maxillary palpi

filiform ; frons rounded ; antenne annulated with rings at the

Perisyntrocha ossealis, ¢, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

joints ; legs long and slender, the spurs long. Forewing long and

narrow, vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 on a long stalk ; 7 straight

and well separated from 8,9, 10. Hindwing with vein 3 from

angle of cell; 4, 5 on a long stalk ; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Type.

aypes

190 Sir George F’. Hampson on the

(1). PERISYNTROCHA ANIALIS, WIk., xviii., 710 Borneo, Cele-

Zebronia alienalis, Wik., xxxiv., 1351. bes, New

Botys circumdatalis, Wk., xxxiv., 1435. Britain,

Parapoynz cuneolalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., New

Maieepy cia, & KXvil., ply o, fie 2: Guinea,

TStegothyris picata, Butl., A. M. N. H. (5), Australia.

5 Oh LoD

(2). PERISYNTROCHA OSSEALIS, Hmpsn., Moths N. E. Hima-

mds iv., po 22 : 5 : : . layas, Assam.

Genus STREPSINOMA.

Strepsinoma, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897,

p. 89.

Palpi upturned, hardly reaching vertex of head, the 3rd joint

short and naked ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons flat and oblique;

antenne with the shaft smooth ; tibiz with the outer spurs two-

thirds length of inner. Forewing long and narrow ; vein 2 from

Sirepsinoma amaura, ¢, 3.

angle of cell 3, 4 stalked ; 5 from angle; 8, 9, 10, 11 stalked ;

both wings with a fovea in end of cell. Hindwing with vein 3

from close to angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 stalked, 7

anastomosing with 8 to three-fourths of wing.

(1). -STREPSINOMA AMAURA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1897, p. 85 . : : . Sambawa.

(2). -STREPSINOMA SPHENACTIS, Meyr., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897, p. 86 . ; . Sangir.

(3). STREPSINOMA ECTOPALIS, sp. 0.

Pale grey-brown. Forewing with a whitish mark in end of cell

and fascia in submedian fold ; an oblique white band from costa

beyond middle which is either short and somewhat triangular or

produced and almost joining the submedian streak and submarginal

line ; a submarginal white line expanding towards costa and above

Type.

Classification of the Pyralide. | 191

vein 1 and not quite reaching inner margin; an orange marginal

band edged by minutely waved black lines. Hindwing with fus-

cous medial line with traces of a white band before it and orange

band beyond it ; an orange baud on medial part of margin with

a minutely waved black line on its inner edge and four black spots

on its outer.

Hab. Fergusson Island, New Guinea. Hzxp., 14-18

mm. ‘Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

(4). STREPSINOMA CRCSUSALIS, WIk., xxxiv., Assam,

449. : : : : . :

+ Cataclystu trigonialis, Swinh., A. M. N. H.

(6), xvi, p. 304.

Borneo.

Genus DupoNcHELIA.

Duponchelia, Gell., Isis, 1847, p. 588.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly rounded with scales in

front and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd shortand blunt ; maxil-

lary palpi filiform; frons rounded ; antenne of male laminate;

tibis with the outer spurs about half the length of inner ;

abdomen of male very long and slender, the anal tuft very long.

Duponchelia fovealis, g, +.

Forewing with vein 2 from angle of cell ; 3, 4 on a long stalk ; 5

from angle; 6 from well below upper angle ; 7 straight and well

separated from 8, 9, 10. Male with a large fovea in cell. Hind-

wing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell, 3, 4 rarely stalked ; 6, 7

from upper angle.

DUPONCHELIA FOVEALIS, Zell., Isis, 1847, p. 588. S. Europe,

Stenia canuisalis, Mili. Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, Syria, Aden,

xvii., p. 16, pl. 95, figs. 5-7. Natal.

+Hymenia griseata, Butl., A. M. N. H. (4), xvi.,

p. 415.

Auctoruwm.

Duponchelia caidalis, Oberth. Et. Ent., xii., p. 36,

p. 6, fig. 39 : : : : : A . Algeria

192 Sir George IF. Hampson on the

Genus STEGOTHYRIS.

Stegothyris, Led., Wien Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 427.

Palpi upturned and hardly reaching vertex of head, the 2ud joint

broadly fringed in front, the 3rd short and obtuse ; maxillary palpt

filiform ; frons rounded ; antenne nearly as long as the forewing

and annulated with rings at the joints; legs long, the outer spurs

Stegothyris diagonalis, ¢,+ (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

half the length of inner. Forewing long and narrow ; vein 2 from

near angle of cell; 3, 4 stalked ; 5 fromangle ; 7 chores and well

separated from 8, 9, 10 ; male with a fan of scales in upper angle

of cell below. Hinde with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ;

7 from upper angle.

Type. (1). STEGOTHYRIS FASCICULALIS, Zell. Tep.

Cafix:, p.63-— : S. Africa,

(2). STEGOTHYRIS DIAGON ALIS, Gusts Delt. a Himalayas,

Pyr.,p. 201 %: : Burma, Su-

Stegothyris transversalis, Tea Wien Ent. matra, Java,

Mon., 1863, p. 427, pl. 16, fe 5. Sambawa.

+ Botys plagalis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 96.

Genus Dracenura.

Dracenura, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 2

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint

fringed with hair in front, the 5rd short with a small triangular

Dracenura stenosoma, ¢, +.

tuft ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons rounded ; antenne almost as

long as forewing; legs very long and slender, the outer spurs

Classification of the Pyralide. 193

about half the length of inner ; abdomen extremely long especially

in male which has the anal segment long. Forewing long and nar-

row ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 7straight and well separated

from 8,9, 10. Hindwing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6,

7 shortly stalked, 7 in male connected with 8 at a point or by an

oblique bar, male with the costal area more or less enlarged.

Sect. I. Antenne annulated.

A. Forewing of male with the apex produced, and the

outer margin very oblique.

a. Hindwing of male with the costal and inner areas

greatly enlarged, the latter with longitudinal

folds; vein 7 connected with 8 by an oblique bar.

Type. (1). Drac#Nura sTENosoMA, Feld., Reis. Nov.,

pl. 134, fig. 16 - ; ‘ : See E Tr:

b. Hindwing of male with the inner area not

enlarged or folded; vein 7 connected with 8 at a

point.

(2). DRACENURA PROSTHENIALIS, Sp. 0.

¢. Fuscous with a cupreous tinge ; metathorax and basal part

of abdomen white, distal part of abdomen black ringed with

white. Forewing with the inner medial area suffused with whitish;

an indistinct fine dark subbasal line ; a discoidal point ; an oblique

postmedial line slightly curved below costa and with a dark spot

on costa ; cilia whiteat tips. Hindwing whitish becoming cupreous

fuscous towards outer margin; a fine dark postmedial line on media!

area ; cilia white at tips.

Hab. Humboldt Bay, New Guinea (Doherty). Ezp.,

30 mm. ‘Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

B. Forewing of male with the apex not produced ;

hindwing with slight enlargements of the costal

and inner areas; vein 7 connected with 8 at a

point.

(3). tDRACHZNURA LEUCOPROCTA, Sp. 0.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous, the last black towards

the anal segment which is pure white; wings uniform fuscous

suffused with silvery grey; the outer margin of hindwing

blackish.

Hab. New Hebrides (Matthew). Hvp., 28 mm.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—PART Il. (JULY.) 13

194 Sir George F. Hampson on the

(4). +DRacHNuRA Myora, Meyr., Trans. Ent.Soc. New Hebri-

Lond., 1886, p. 230 : , ; . des, Fiji.

(5). tDRACENURA AGRAMMA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

See. Lond., 1886, p. 229 : Samoa.

(6). +DRACANURA samy Meyr., riaties Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 229 3 : . New Guinea.

(7). +DRACANURA PELOCHRA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 228 : Fiji.

+Botys diirogansion Butl., Trans, Ent. iste

Lond., 1886, p. 431.

(8). (DRACHNURA ASTHENOTA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soe. Lond., 1886, p.229(9) . : seBagi:

(9). DRACEHENURA CINCTICORPUS, Sp. Nn.

¢. White ; head and collar marked with black ; abdomen with

two dorsal black bands before the anal segment. Forewing with

the costal area blackish; a slightly sinuous antemedial line ; a large

reniform spot in cell and discocellular band ; a curved postmedial

band angled inwards on vein 2; the apical area and margin

blackish. Hindwing with postmedial band not reaching the costa,

slightly angled inwards on vein 2, and interrupted below vein 2 ;

a marginal band narrowing to anal angle.

Hab. Lvyalty Islands. Hep., 26 mm.

Sect. II. Antenne with long cilia and not annulated ;

hindwing with the costal and inner areas not en-

larged ; vein 7 anastomosing with 8.

(10). DracaNURA TAGIADIALIS, Sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen black with a few white scales.

Forewing greyish black with a narrow medial white band from

costa, on which it expands, to median nervure, where it almost

meets an irregular triangular band from inner margin; a small

triangular white mark on costa before apex ; a submarginal series

of white points, one subapical and larger. Hindwing with the

basal area black with irregular edge; the apical area black irrorated

with white, and with two angles on its inner edge ; the rest of

wing pure white.

Hab. Fergusson Island, New Guinea (Meek). Lup.,

16mm. ‘Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

(11). DRACHNURA ALBONIGRALIS, sp, n.

¢. Head and thorax black; patagia white ; abdomen black

ringed with white towards extremity ; anal tuft black and white.

Forewing black ; the area from near base to middle white with

Type.

Classification of the Pyralide. 195

the costa and a spot in cell black ; a white postmedial band from

costa to vein 6 and a submarginal patch above outer angle ; a fine

white line at base of cilia. Hindwing white, the base black running

along inner margin to middle; the outer area black, broad at

costa, tapering to a point at anal angle ; a fine white line at base

of cilia.

Hab. Humboldt Bay, New Guinea (Doherty). Hzp.,

14mm. ‘Type in Coll. Rothschild.

Genus HymenoprycHis.

Hymenoptychis, Zell., Lep. Caffr., p. 64 (1852).

Syrbatis, Wik., xxvii., 119 (1863).

Palpi upturned, reaching vertex of head, the 3rd joint short

with a small triangular tuft in front ; maxillary palpi minute and

filiform ; frons rounded; antenne of male thickened and flattened ;

legs long and slender ; abdomen very long, especially in male,

which has the terminal segment long and pointed. Forewing long

and narrow ; the apex rounded ; cell less than half the length of

Hymenoptychis sordida, $, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

wing ; vein 3 from close to angle of cell; 4, 5 approximated for

some distance ; 6 from below upper angle; 7 straight ; in male the

cell very short, 6 bent down and approximated to 4,5; 7 bent down

at middle ; a fringe of hair on subcostals below from angle of cell

half way to apex. Hindwing with the cell about one-fourth length

of wing, vein 3 from angle; 4, 5 approximated for some dis-

tance; 6, 7 stalked.

HyMeENoprycHis sorpina, Zell., Lep. Caffr., S.Africa, Ben-

p. 65; Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, pl. 16, — gal, Ceylon:

rez, B : ; : : : ; : : Burma, Ma-

+Syrbatis tipuliformis, Wik., xxvii., 120. lacea, Borneo, Marshall

+ Botys pterophoralis, Wik, xxiv., 1415. and Ellice Islands.

Auctorum.

ITymenoptychis dentilinealis, Snell., Med. Sum.,

iv. (1), 8, p. (4. : , ; : ‘ . Sumatra.

Type.

196 Sir George IF. Hampson on the

Genus TAToportys.

Tatobotys, Butl., P. Z. S., 1880, p. 686.

Decticogaster, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., 1880, p. 230,

Cometura, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886,

p- 226.

Palpi upturned and not reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint

moderately fringed in front, the 3rd short and blunt ; maxillary

palpi extremely minute; frons rounded; antenne rather longer

than the forewing and somewhat thickened; legs long and slender,

the outer spurs about half the length of inner; abdomen ex-

Tatobotys janapalis, ¢, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

tremely long. Forewing with the costa arched towards apex; the

outer margin very oblique; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell;

7 straight and well separated from 8, 9,10. Hindwing with the

cell about half the length of wing ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7

from upper angle.

Sect. I. (Tatobotys.) Abdomen of male with extremely

long pointed anal segment.

(1). Taroporys JANAPALIS, WIk., xvili., 676 . Formosa, Cey-

Botys lirisalis, W1k., xix., 1003. lon, Burma,

Botys bistrigulalis, W1k., xxxiv., 1415. Solomons.

Botys cunealis, W\k., xxxiv., 1420.

} Tatobotys argillacea, Butl., P. Z. 8., 1880,

p. 686.

+Hedylepta gemella, Moore, Lep. Atk.,

p. 208.

Lonchodes ceramochra, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1887, p. 217.

(2). *TaTroBoTys VARANESALIS, W1k., xviil., 719. Burma,

Decticogaster zonulalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., Borneo.

Xx. p. 251, and xxvu., pls, fig. 11.

Sec. II. (Cometura.) Abdomen of male with the anal

segment short.

Classification of the Pyralide. 197

(3). 'TATOBOTYS BIANNULALIS, WI1k.; xxxiv., Borneo, Sula,

1439 ; : : : , : : New Hebri-

+ Cometura picrogramma, Meyr., Trans. Ent. — des, Fiji.

Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 226.

(4). [TATOBOTYS ALBIVENALIS, sp. n.

@. Fuscous ; palpi white below. Forewing with all the veins

whitish ; a dark sinuous antemedial line defined by whitish on

inner edge and interrupted by the veins, a pale streak beyond it

below cell ; a pale streak in cell, a speck in end of cell and disco-

cellular lunule; the postmedial dark line defined by whitish on

outer side, interrupted by the veins, excurved below costa, then

nearly straight to vein 2, where it is retracted to below end of cell.

Hindwing with postmedial dark line slightly defined by whitish

excuryed between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to lower angle of

cell, the veins beyond which are whitish.

Hab. Bonin Island, Perey’s Group. Hxp., 28 mm.

(5). TATOBOTYS AURANTIALIS, sp. 1.

¢. Orange; head and thorax slightly marked with brown ;

abdomen ringed with brown. Forewing with some black markings

at base ; an antemedial line conjoined to a quadrate patch below

the cell; a large round discocellular mark connected with the costa

by a semicircular mark and with inner margin by a line ; a post-

medial line angled outwards on vein 6 and sharply dentate inwards

-on vein 5, then excurved and conjoined to the dark marginal area,

which is broad at costa, narrowing to near margin at vein 2, then

expanding again. Hindwing with sinuous ante- and postmedial

lines, the latter conjoined towards inner margin to the dark mar-

ginal area, which is broad towards costa, narrows at vein 2, then

expands again.

Hab. RBatchian (Doherty); Solomons (Webster).

Hep., 16 mm.

Genus ALMONIA.

Almonia, Wlk., xxxiv., 1495 (1865).

Dodanga, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., ili., p. 331 (1886).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly and roundly scaled in

front, the 3rd minute and naked ; frons rounded ; antenne annu-

lated with rings at the joints ; abdomen of male with the terminal

segments flattened, the last segment long and with the anal tuft

large ; tibie with the outer spurs considerably less than half the

length of inner. Forewing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell ;

6 from well below upper angle; 7 well separated from 8, 9, 10,

198 Sir George F. Hampson on the

Hindwing with the outer margin excised at middle, and the anal

area produced into a large lobe ; veins 3, 4, from angle of cell, and

Almonia truncatalis, $, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

approximated for a short distance; 5 from above angle; 6, 7

stalked ; male with a tuft of long hair from base of inner margin.

Sect. I. (Almonia.) Hind tibize of male with immensely

developed tufts of hair from medial spurs to ex-

tremity on both inner and outer sides.

Type. (1). fALMONIA TRUNCATALIS, WIk., xxxiv., 1441. Ceylon, Java

Almonia onustalis, W1k., xxxiv., 1495 . A Sula.

Sect. II. (Dodanga.) Hind tibiz of male without tufts

of hair.

A, Hindwing of male with a large patch of rough

brown scales on anal lobe below.

(2), tALMONIA LOPIPENNIS, Moore, Lep. Ceyl.,

iil, p.oo2, pl. 182shens : ‘ . Ceylon.

B. Hindwing of male with no sexual patch below.

(3). FALMONTA CRISTATA, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., viii, Gangam,

p. 136, pl. 156, fig. 7 ‘ . : : Nilgiris.

Genus BRADINA.

Bradina, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 424.

Erilita, Led., Wien Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 426.

Pleonectusa, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1865, p. 426.

Physematia, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 447.

Trematarcha, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886,

Epichromistis, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886,

p. 260.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly fringed with scales in

front, the 3rd short, blunt, and naked; maxillary palpi filiform,

Classification of the Pyralide. noo

and as long as the labial; frons rounded; antenne annulated ;

legs long and slender, the outer spurs half the length of inner ;

abdomen of male long and slender; wings narrow. Forewing

Bradina translinealis, #, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ; 7 straight and well separated

from 8,9, 10. Hindwing with the cell short ; veins 3, 4,5 from

angle ; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Sect. J]. Forewing of male with the area near outer

angle clothed with rough hair below, also the

whole apical area of hindwing; hind tarsi very

long, with the 4th and 5th joints fringed with

hair; abdomen with a pair of large lateral tufts

towards extremity.

(1). fBRADINA REMIPES, sp. n.

dg. Very dark brown, with a slight ferruginous tinge ; palpi

white below at base ; abdomen white below ; hindwing with the

costal half pale, with a patch of ochreous scales at upper angle of

cell ; underside of hindwing with the costal and inner areas dark,

the medial area pale.

Hab. Pulo Laut (Doherty). Hzp., 28. mm.

Sect. II. (Lrematarcha.) Forewing of male with a very

large fovea in and beyond end of cell, and a thick

subcostal fringe of long scales from near base to

beyond cell.

(2). -BRADINA SEMNOPA, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1886, p. 234 é 3 : Bui

(3). BRADINA RECTIFERALIs, WIk., Trans. Ent. New Cale-

Soc. Lond. (3), i, p. 126 , : donia, New

Marasmia erilitalis, Feld., Reis. Nov. Gil 135, Hebrides,

fig. 26. Fiji.

200 Sir George F. Hampson on the

Sect. II]. Forewing of male with a foveal depression

occupying the whole cell; antennz with long

cilia; mid tibize with a fold containing a tuft of

long hair.

(4). BrapDINA AGRAPHALIS, Guen., Delt. and

Pyr.,¢p.244 . . 4 , , - Brazil.

Sect. IV. (Bradina.) Forewing of male with a large fovea

beyond the cell.

(5). Braprna Impressauis, Led., Wien Ent. Amboina,

Mon., 1863, p. 425, pl. 15, fig. 16 . : Mysol.

(6). BRapina SELECTALIS, Jed., Wien Ent.

1863, p. 425, pl. 16, fig. 1 : ; . Amboina.

Sect. V. (Physematia.) Forewing of male with a small

fovea in upper angle cf cell.

(7). *“BRADINA CONCORDALIS, Led., Wien Ent.

Mon., 1863, p. 447, y il., fig. 27, and

xviii, fig. 14 . : . . Nicobars.

(8). -BRADINA ATOPALIS, WIK., xviii. ae . Japan, China.

+ Botys damasalis, W1k., xviil., 668.

Sect. VI. (Hrilita.) Forewing of male normal.

A, Antenne of as almost simple.

(9). TBRADINA ADILESALIS, WIk., xvii, 664; 8. India, Cey-

Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iii., pl. 180, fig. 14 . lon, Borneo

Botys eclusalis, Wik., xviii., 687.

Botys teutalis, Wk., xviii., 690.

(10). -BRADINA LEUCURA, sp. n.

Cupreous brown; palpi pure white below; abdomen with the

distal segments ringed with white, the anal segment white. Fore-

wing with indistinct curved ante- and postmedial dark lines ; a

speck in cell and discocellular lunule. Hindwing with obliquely

curved postmedial line ; cilia of both wings pale.

Hab. Fiji (Matthew). Hxp., 20-24 mm.

(11). f-BRADINA TRANSLINEALIS, sails Moths. N. W. Hima-

Inde tive, p: 228) oe : : : layas.

2h LBRAbi A MEGESALIS, WI1k., xviil., 663 . N, China.

He BRADINA BICOLORALIS, Hae Moths Ind.,

iv., p. 228 ' ; : ; ; .) Burmaz

(14). BrapINA MELANOPERAS, Hmpsn., Moths

Ind: iv.;p: 227 ; : y : . Burma.

Classification of the Pyralidx. 201

(15). BRaDINA SUBPURPURESCENS, Warr., A. M.

IN, EL. (6); xvary pa lac: : : - N. E. India.

(16). -BRADINA MANNUSALIS, WIk., xvili., 726 . Australia.

(17). FBRADINA MACARALIS, WIk., xviii., 709 . Perak, Borneo,

Java, Amboina, Solomons.

(18). FBRADINA ADMIXTALIS, WIk., xviii, 665; Natal, Japan,

Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iii., pl. 180, fig. 13 India,Ceylon,

+ Botys paneusalis, W1k., xix., 998. Burma.

Pleonectusa tabidalis, Led., Wien Ent. Mon.,

1863, p. 426.

Pleonectusa sodalis, Led., Wien Ent. Mon.,

1863, p. 426.

Piconectusa pallidalis, Warr., A. M. N. H.

(6), xvii p: 147.

(19). TBRAvINA CHLOROsCIAa, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 232 : - . Tonga.

(20). Brapina acrospria, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Mauritius,

Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 261 ‘ . Hii, Tonga.

(21). BRADINA EXTENUATALIS, Whlk., xxxiv., Sula, Am-

1424 : : : . boa, Mysol,

Botys leptomeralis, W1k., xxxiv., 1429. Ceram.

(22). -BRADINA ANGUSTA, Bud A. M. N. H. Duke of York

(Oo), &, Pp. 234 . : ‘ : Is., Friendly Is.

(23). -BRADINA PARALLELA, Neeie, Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 231. ‘ : Ape are

+ Botys horatius, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1886, p. 430.

(24). -BRADINA AURATA, Butl., A. M. N. H. (5),

xx, iprl2Zé .. ‘ : ; : . Solomons.

(25). BRADINA METALEUCALIS, ae So-o.hia

1372 : : : 4 Unis

(26). BRADINA MELESALIS, Ww Ik., xviii., 705 . Borneo, Sam-

| Pleonectusa sagittalis, een A.M, N. H; bawa, W.

(G)sxvilwp. Ul : : ‘ Africa, Sind, Ceylon.

(27). }BRaDINA ARGENTATA, Butl, A.M. N. H.

(5); =x.,.p. 124 5 : ; ; . Solomons.

(28). }BRADINA ANTISEMA, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. New

Lond., 1886, p. 263 (9). : : : Hebrides.

(29). -BRADINA PERLUCIDALIS, sp. 0.

2. White ; abdomen ringed with brown. Forewing with the

basal half of costal area brownish ; a dark streak on base of sub-

costal nervure ; traces of an antemedial brown line ; a spot in

cell and oblique discocellular band dilated at lower angle of cell

202 Sir George F. Hampson on the

and sending streaks along the nervules to the postmedial band

which is nearly straight from costa to about outer angle, then is

bent round above inner margin to the subbasal line; a marginal

brown line running round the apex almost to the postmedial line.

Hindwing with angled brown mark on discocellulars; oblique

postmedial band ending above anal angle; a marginal brown

band.

Hab. Taou-ata Island, Marquesas (J. J. Walker).

Exp., 16 mm.

(30). Brapina Mopesrauis, Led., Wien Ent. Java,

Mon. 1863, 5p. 426; plitG. hess 7. 5 Amboina,

Pleonectusa chalinotau, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Solomons,

Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 233. Ellice Is.

B. Antenne of male with long cilia.

(31). | BRADINA LIODESALIS, W1k., xix., 960 . . Brazil.

(32). -BRADINA DESUMPTALIS,t WIk., xxxiv.,

1532 ‘ : ( : : : . Brazil.

(33). *BRADINA ANTENORALIS, WI1k., xix., 893 . Brazil.

Pyralis externalis, Wlk., Trans. Ent. Soc.

ond. (3), 1., 119:

Auctorum.

Pleonectusa trispila, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soe.

Lond., 1886, p. 232 . ‘ 3 5 : = Fiji.

Genus Coprosasis.

Coptobasis, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 429.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately scaled in front, the

ord short with a small triangular tuft in front ; maxillary palpi

Coptobasis sulcialis, g, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

minute and filiform, frons rounded ; antenne of male with large

tuft of hair from upperside of basal joint, the base of shaft

~ Head wanting in unique type.

Type.

Classification of the Pyralide. 203

excised ; tibixss with the outer spurs half the length of inner;

abdomen long and slender. Forewing long and narrow ; veins 3,

4,5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approximated to 8, 9, 10.

Hindwing with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 6,7 from upper

angle.

Sect. I. Antennee of male with the medial part} serrate.

(1). fCopTroBasIS MESOPSECTRALIS, sp. 0.

é. Dark brown with a cupreous tinge; abdomen whitish to-

wards extremity. Forewing with obscure dark spot in cell and

another on discocellulars and traces of a postmedial line slightly

bent inwards at vein 2,

Hab. Pulo Laut; Amboina (Doherty); Natuna Island

(Hose). Hap., 36mm. Type in B. M.

Sect. IT. Antenne of male ciliated throughout.

(2). CopropasIS SULCIALIS, Wlk., xvilil., 684 . Assam,

Pachynoa megapteralis, W\k., xxxiv., 1407 Borneo.

(part).

(3). COoProBASIS MONOCHROMALIS, W1k., xxxiv.,

1419 « ‘ ‘ ‘ . ‘ . Sula, Celebes.

Genus DIATHRAUSTODES.

Diathraustodes, Hmpsn., Moths Ind., iv., p. 233

(1896).

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd joint short

and naked; maxillary palpi filiform, frons rounded; antenne

annulate ; tibie with the spurs nearly equal. Forewing with vein

Diathraustodes leucotrigona, ¢, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

3 from below angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated from

8, 9,10. Hindwing with the cell short ; vein 3 from angle; 4.5

on a long stalk ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 to

two-thirds of wing.

(1). ¢DIATHRAUSTODES LEUCOTRIGONA, Hmpsn.,

Moths Ind., iv., p. 233: : ; . Nilgiris

204 Sir George F. Hampson on the

(2). DIATHRAUSTODES HEMILEUCALIS, sp. n.

g. White, patagia with patches of metallic blue-grey ; abdomen

tinged with ochreous and fuscous. Forewing with basal streaks

of metallic blue-grey below costa and in cell, and pale orange

streaks on costa and subcostal nervure ; a wedge-shaped fuscous

patch from origin of vein 2 to outer margin from above middle

to near outer angle. Hindwing fuscous ; cilia white.

Hab. Cedar Bay, Cooktown, Queensland. Hup., 18

mm. ‘Type in Coll. Rothschild.

Genus C@LORHYNCIDIA.

Celorhyncidia, Hmpsn., Moths Ind., iv., p. 232

(1896).

Palpi obliquely upturned and not reaching vertex of head, the

2nd and 38rd joints conically scaled; maxillary palpi filiform ;

frons produced to two slight lateral angles ; antennze of male

Celorhyncidia ovulalis, ¢, 4 (from Moths Ind.,, vol. iv.).

thickened and annulated with rings at the joints ; tibiz with the

outer spurs half the length of inner ; veins 3, 4,5 from close to

angle of cell ; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, 10. Hind-

wing with the cell short; 4, 5 well separated.

Sect. I. Hindwing with veins 3, 4 coincident.

Type. (1), }C@LoRHYNCIDIA OVULALIS, Hmpsn., Moths N. W. Hima-

ind. iv., p. 262 . “ - ‘ : layas.

Sect. I]. Hindwing with veins 3, 4 separate.

(2). Ca@®LORHYNCIDIA ELATHEALIS, W1k., xviil.,

615 : : : : : ; - Brazil.

(3). *C@LORHYNCIDIA PANDARALIS, WI1K., xviil.,

618 . A : : : : » Brazil:

Type.

Classification of the Pyralide., 205

(4). Ca@LORHYNCIDIA TRIFIDALIS, sp. n.

Fuscous, with a slight purple gloss ; palpi white below. Fore-

wing with indistinct oblique whitish antemedial line ; a speck in

cell and discoidal quadrate white spot ; the postmedial line repre-

sented by a whitish speck on costa, followed by three conjoined

specks and a spot nearer the base below vein 2, and sometimes by

traces of an excurved portion between veins 5 and 2. Hindwing

‘with white spots in and at end of cell; a white line from below

end of cell to inner margin; a postmedial white spot above

vein 5.

Hab. Amboina (Doherty). Hzp.,18 mm. Types in

Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

Genus DIaATHRAUSTA.

Diathrausta, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 438.

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;

maxillary palpi dilated with scales; frons rounded; antenne

annulated and ciliated ; tibie with the outer spurs two-thirds

Diathrausta profundalis, g, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

length of inner. Forewing with veins 3,4, 5 from angle of cell ;

7 well separated from 8, 9, 10. Hindwing with the cell about half

the length of wing ; vein 4 absent ; 6, 7 from upper angle.

(1). DrarHRAUSTA PROFUNDALIS, Led., Wien

Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 438, pl. 17, fig.7 . India,Ceylon,

vars. conicalis and obliturata, Warr., Sambawa,

ALM. N. BH. (6), xvii.,.p. 1435 Amboina.

(2). {DIATHRAUSTA PICATA, Butl., Ill. Het., vii, N. W. Hima-

p. 94, pl. 134, fig. 17 : : : layas.

(3). DIATHRAUSTA NERINALIS, WIK., xix., 928 . W. Indies,

(4). DIATHRAUSTA RECONDITALIS, Wik., XI, Brazil.

943 ; : ee Ule Ss.As

+Ediodes minualis, W Ik,, 5.0.0. ah Es 4297.

+Diathrausta Won abulalin moans Ent. Am.,

ie pe tot,

Type.

206 Sir George F’. Hampson on the

(5). DIATHRAUSTA PLUMBEALIS, Warr., A. M.

NoH:.(6)) xviii... p. 174 - ; - Assam.

(6), *DIATHRAUSTA DELICATA, Warr., A. M.N.H.

(6), xviil., p. 218 ‘ ; é . Cayenne.

Genus DEUTEROPHYSA.

Deuterophysa, Warr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889,

p. 272.

Palpi porrect, extending about the length of head, triangularly

sealed, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; maxillary palpi dilated with

scales ; frons rounded ; antenne laminate; hind tibie with the

outer spurs half the length of inner. Forewing with the apex

Deuterophysa costimaculalis, ¢, 4.

produced and acute; vein 3 from angle of cell; 4, 5 stalked ;

7 straight, well separated from 8, 9, 10, and with a large fovea on

underside above its base. Hindwing with vein 3 from near angle

of cell ; 4,5 on along stalk ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

+ DEUTEROPHYSA COSTIMACULALIS, Warr., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 273. 4 é . Amazons.

Genus STeENIA.

Stenia, Guen., Dup. Cat. Meth., p. 201 (1844).

Arnia, Guen., Delt. and Pyr., p. 240 (1854).

Amaurophanes, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 422.

Sozoa, Wlk., xxxiv., 1373 (1865).

Steniodes, Snell., Tid. v. Ent., xvii., p. 244.

Symmoracma, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894,

p- 469.

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;

maxillary palpi dilated at extremity ; frons rounded ; antenne as

Classification of the Pyralide. 207

long as the forewing and annulated ; legs long and slender, the

outer spurs half the length of inner ; abdomen long. Forewing

long and narrow; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from

Stenia spondinopa, ¢, 1 (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

angle ; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, 10. Hindwing

narrow; the cell about half the length of wing; vein 3 from

before angle ; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance ; 6, 7 from

upper angle.

Sect. I. (Steniodes.) Antenne: of male thickened, and

bearing a tuft of hair at one-fourth from base.

(1). STENIA GELLIASALIS, W1k., xix., 988.

Steniodes lutealis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., xviii., W. Indies,

p. 245, pl. 13, figs. 17 and 18. é : Brazil.

Sect. Il. (Stenia.) Antenne of male without thicken-

ing and tuft of hair.

(2). STENIA BRUGUIERALIS, Dup. Lep. Fr., S. Europe,

p. 320, pl. 232, fig. 3 ; é Syria.

Type. (3). STENIA puNcTaLis, Schiff., Wien Verz., Europe,Syria,

pe L23 : : : ‘ 3 N.W. India.

Asopia wetnealis, Dup., Lep. Fr., viii., p. 199,

p. 223, fig. 4.

Margaritia longipedalis, Curt. Brit. Ent.

ol2.

(4). ¢SrenraA spopinopa, Meyr., Traus. Ent.Soc. Ceylon, Bor-

’

Lond., 1894, p. 469 : . neo,Sambawa

(5). FSTENIA OBscURA, Warr., Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1889, p. 291 : F : . Brazil.

(6). SrENIA sTIGMOSALIS, H.S., iv. p. 14, S.-E. Europe,

fig. 20 ‘ , : : . W. Asia.

(7). STENIA IANTHEALIS, W1k., xviii., 523 . Venezuela,

+ Sozoa costalis, WIk., xxxiv., 1373. Bogota.

Ercta adustalis, Feld., Reis. Nov., pl. 138,

fig. 32.

(8). “STENIA SAURIALIS, Guen., Delt. and Pyr.,

Pp. 2426 ° Cayenne

Type.

208 Sir George F. Hampson on the

(9). *STENIA GIGANTAEIS, Druce, Biol. Centr.

Am: Het... p. 209, pl.'63, figs a. . Guatemala.

(10). STENIA NERVOSALIS, Guen., Lucas Explor.

Algeria, iil, p. 150, pl. 4, fig. 6 =. . Algiers.

(11). STENIA papiusALis, WIk., xviii., 788 oe eWVLy eAdnicar

Aden, N.-E. India.

Auctorum.

Stenia intervacatalis, Christ., Rom. Mem., iii.,

pl. i., fig. 11; and Hor. Ent, Ross., xii., p. 276,

pl. xvii., fig. AT k ; ; : . Scharud.

Stenia Ficoeilialis aa Ent. Mo. Mag. , XVii.,

p. 230 ; . Portugal.

Stenia baltealis, Mabe C R. Ent. Beles. KV,

p. Ixii. : ; : : : ; : . Madagascar.

Stenia modestalis, Saalm., Ber. Senck. Ges., 1879,

p. 299 : : . Madagascar.

Stenia sibirialis, Mill., ie Nat! il, p. 139 ‘ . Siberia.

Stenia ote Mab., Ann, ie Ent, Fr. (5),

1X, Dsio50 . : Madagascar.

Stenia pulhetal Mab. Pan Séc. Ent, Fr. (5),

xP, ool : ; - Madagascar.

; Ag cinophanes nena Gieats Bull. Mosc.,

ime): p. 30° = : ; : : - ~« Amur,

Stenia tenellalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., xxxviii.,

p. 148. : : ; : : E ’ . Java.

Genus HurytorNna.

Hurytorna, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886,

p- 251.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately scaled in front and

reaching vertex of head, the 3rd short and blunt; maxillary

palpi minute; frons rounded; antenne of male thickened and

serrate, abruptly bent at middle with a broad bifid tuft at back of

bend, a small tuft above it and a sinuation at three-fourths con-

taining another small tuft, the basal joint dilated; abdomen dilated

at extremity, hind tibize with the outer spurs one-third length of

inner. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ; 7 well

separated from 8, 9, 10, 11, which are stalked. Hindwing broad ,

veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle.

“KURYTORNA HETERODOXA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond,, 1886, p.-252. aie bese es ee » Hiqi.

Classification of the Pyralide. 209

Genus PILETOCERA.

Piletocera, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., 1863, p. 431.

Rinecera, Butl., Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., 1884, p. 95

Danaya, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iit., p. 272 (1885).

Ptilzola, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 244.

Hrebangela, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1836,

. 245.

Diplotyla, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 246.

Strepsimela, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886,

p. 249.

Graphicopoda, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886,

y Hormatholepis, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886

p. 425.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately fringed with scales in

front, and reaching vertex of head, the 3rd obtuse ; maxillary

palpi extremely minute ; frons rounded ; antenne of male with

the shaft thickened, usually with sinuations and tufts and fascicu-

late before the tufts, serrate after them, or serrate throughout ;

Piletocera egimiusalis, 3, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

tibia with the outer spurs two-thirds length of inner, Forewing

with veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 well separated from 8, 9,

10. Hindwing narrow, with the outer margin somewhat excised

towards anal angle, the inner margin short ; the cell short ; veins

3, 4, 5 from angle, 6, 7 from upper angle.

Sect. I. (Diplotyla.) Antenne of male with the shaft

sinuate and bearing large tufts of hair at one-

third and two-thirds, the basal joint, and the

extremity of abdomen dilated.

(1). TPILETOCERA OCHROSEMA, Meyr., Trans. New Hebri-

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 247. 3 : des, Fiji.

(2). =PILETOCERA CHLORONOTA, Meyr., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 514. ; . New Guinea.

(3). TPILETOCERA CycLosPILA, Meyr., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 248. : . Samoa.

TRANS, ENT. Soc. LOND. 1897.—ParTU. (JULY.) 14

210 Sir George F. Hampson on the

Sect. II. Antennze of male with the shaft sinuate at

middle and with tufts of hair before and after the

sinus, the base of shaft and basal joint dilated ;

abdomen dilated at extremity.

A. Fore femora dilated with a terminal process and

tufts of hair.

(Rinecera.) Forewing of male with the costa

angled at one-third, vein 11 bent up to the

costa, the cell short.

(4). PILETOCERA SIGNIFERALIS, Wallgrn., Wien Natal, Fiji,Ta-

Ent. Mon., 1860, p. 17. : 5 » siti, ‘Eilice,

Ceratoclasis barbicornis, Feld., Reis. Noy., Caroline,and

pl. 136, fig. 1. Marquesas

| Rinecera mirabilis, Butl., Mem. Nat. Acad. Islands.

Sci., 1884, p. 95.

}Rinecera nigrescens, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1886, p. 424.

b. (Strepsimela.) Forewing of male with the costa

and vein 11 not distorted.

(5). PPILETOCERA XANTHOSOMA, Meyr., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 249. : . Samoa.

(6). *PILETOCERA PSEUDADELPHA, Meyr., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1887, p. 223. 5 . Fiji.

B. Fore femora normal.

(7). PILwroceRA VESTIGIALIS, Warr., Queensland, Fergusson

A.M. N. H. (6), xvii., p. 144 . Isl., Solomons.

(8). PILETOCERA EPIPERCIALIS, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax olive brown; antenne white except at

middle and extremity of shaft ; bao and wings blackish with

slight purple shot. Forewing brownish at base with traces of

ante- and postmedial lines and discocellular spot, the postmedial line

with a white speck on costa, then sinuous and bent inwards on

vein 2 almost to the cell. Hindwing with traces of postmedial

line bent inwards on vein 2 almost to the cell. Underside of head,

thorax, and abdomen yellowish white.

Hab. Fergusson Island, New Guinea (Doherty). Eup.,

28 mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

Classification of the Pyralide. PAld:

Sect. II. (Hormutholepis.) Anteanze of male with a

very large tuft of scales at two-third, the basal

joint and the extremity of abdomen dilated ;

palpi with tufts of hair on 2nd joint. Forewing

with the costa distorted at middle and vein 11

bent up to it, a tuft of hair on middle of inner

area below.

(9). {PILETOCERA EREBINA, Butl., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 425, pl. 10, fig.7 . Fiji.

Sect. 1V. Antenne of male with very much less deve-

loped tuft and distortion at middle, the end of

abdomen hardly dilated.

A, (Hrebangela.) Antenne of male with the basal

joint dilated.

a. Fore femora with a tuft of scales at extremity ;

mid tibize with the spurs very long, the outer spur

fringed with scales.

(10). fPILETOCERA MELANAUGES, Meyr., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 246 5 5) ane

+ Graphiocopoda hecate, Butl., Trans. Ent.

Soe. Lond., 1886, p. 431.

b. The femora and mid tibial spur not tufted with

scales.

(11). PILETOCERA MEGASPILALIS, sp. n.

¢. Black-brown. Forewing with a white speck in cell and

large white patch beyond discocellulars between veins 7 and 2; a

postmedial white speck on costa at origin of the faint postmedial

line, which is bent inwards along vein 2 ; cilia white towards outer

angle. Hindwing with very faint traces of a postmedial line bent

inwards on vein 2; cilia usually white towards anal angle. Under-

side of forewing with the inner area irregularly white.

¢. Witha white discocellular patch on hindwing ; the postmedial

line whitish towards inner margin.

Hab. RBatchian (Doherty). Hzp.,26 mm. Types in

Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

B. Antenne of male with the basal joint not dilated,

fore femora and mid tibial spur not tufted.

a. (Piletocera.) Forewing of male with a small post-

medial lobe on costa, the membrane distorted ;

vein 10 very shortly stalked with 8, 9 in male;

legs naked.

ype:

212 Sir George F. Hampson on the

(12). PILETOCERA TORSICOSTALIS, sp. n.

Ochreous ; head, thorax, and abdomen clouded with black, the

last with the basal segment blackish, the 2nd white. Forewing

with three black annuli on costa, a small annulus in cell, and reni-

form discocellular stigma; the basal half below the cell clouded with

fuscous ; a postmedial slightly waved fuscous line, straight from

costa to vein 5, then slightly excurved and retracted on vein 2,

defined on outer side by an ochreous line with the area beyond it

fuscous ; cilia ochreous, with a series of black specks. Hindwing

with the base black ; a black discocellular spot ; a postmedial line

strongly excurved between veins 5 and 2 defined by ochreous on

outer side ; apical area fuscous, and some fuscous marks towards

anal angle ; a marginal series of black specks.

Hab. Amboina (Doherty). Hxp., 16mm. Types in

Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

b. Forewing of male with the costa normal, vein 10

distinctly stalked with 8, 9.

a’. The tarsi of male fringed with curled hair.

(13). PILeTrocera vionauis, Led., Wien Ent.

Mon., 1863, p. 431, pl. 16, fig. 15; pl. 5,

figs. 14-35. E é : ; . Amboina.

(14). PILETOCERA #GIMIUSALIS, W1k., xix.,929 Sikhim, Assam,

Danaga collaris, Wik., xxxiv., 1293. Andamans,

Desmia cincta, W\k., xxxiv., 1293. Malayan re-

Desmia mysolalis, W1k., xxxiv., 1294. gion, N.

Ai liodes mysolalis, W1k., xxxiv., 1299. Guinea,

tDanaga pullatalis, Swivh., P, Z.8., 1889, Queensland.

p. 420.

Piletocera flavomaculata, Pag., J. B. Nass.

Ver., xxxvii., 279, pl. vii., fig. 8.

b. (Danaga.) Fore tarsi of male naked.

(16). Pitrrocera repucra, WIk., xxxiv., 1296 Ceram,Mysol.

(16). TPILETOCERA ALBICINCTATA, sp. 0.

3. Fuscous brown ; head, antenne after the tuft, collar, legs,

and anal tuft whitish. Forewing with white spot in cell and

quadrate white discocellular spot; a submarginal white’ band

broadest at costa, narrowing to outer angle. Hindwing with

traces of a whitish band ending in a spot on the cilia below middle,

the band prominent on underside.

9. Without the white spot in cell, and with the submarginal

band incomplete.

Hal. Batchian, Shortland Island. Exp , 20 mm.

Classification of the Pyralide. 218

(17). *PILETOCERA OCTOSEMALIS, Hmpsn., Moths

ind?; AV.) ps cao" n : : . Burma.

(18). Ee rOurn ORIENTALIS, Snell., Tijd. v.

Ents, xxi, yp: oe and xxvii, pl. 4,

fgeor fe ; : . Celebes.

(19). *PILETOCERA ALBILUNATA, Ware At OM

NOH: (6), xvir, pel43'(2)) 5 . Assam,

(20). PILETOCERA FLEXIGUTTALIS, Warr., A. M.

N. H. (6), xvii., p. 144 . : Assam.

(21). PILETocERA sopALts, Leech, Entom., 1889,

Pechapl, 4, figebie. ; : 5 . Japan, China,

(22); a a COSTIPUNCTATA, Warr., A. M.

EE (6) 5 cvailley Ge aed : Burma, Bor-

are illectalis, Wik. ee ee Graces. ) neo.

(23). PILETOCERA CONCISALIS, W1k., xvii., 345; S. India,

Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iii., pl. 179, fig. 3. Borneo.

(24). tPILETOCERA ILLECTALIS, W1k., xvil., 362 Borneo.

Desmia aceoalis, W\k., xix., 929.

(25). PILETOCERA ZEBINALIS, WIK., xix., 932 . Borneo.

(26). *PILETOCERA LATALIS, Wlk., xxxiv, 1294 Sula.

Desmia basalis, Wik., xxxiv., 1295 (var.).

(27). PILETOCERA TELLESALIS, Wlk., xix., 933 Borneo, Sula.

sEdiodes purvalis, Wik., xxxiv., 1300.

(28). PILETOCERA LYCOPUSALIS, WIk., 930 . Borneo.

(29). +PILETOCERA VIOLA, Butl., A.M.N. H. Banda, Amboina,

(5), x., p. 234 : : : Duke of York Island.

(30). tPILETOCERA CONTINGENS, Moore, Lep. India, Ceylon,

Ceyl., ii., p. 273, pl: 179) fig. 8 ; Burma, Borneo.

(31). PILETOCERA CHRYSORYCTA, Meyr., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884, p. 320 ; . Australia.

(32). PILETOCERA DACTYLOPTILA, Meyr., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 243 : Sgn

(33). |PILETOCERA ELONGALIS, Warr., A. M.N.H.

(6); xvii, p. 145. . : 3 ; . Assam.

(34). PILETOCERA LANCEOLALIS, Guen., Delt.

and, Pyr., p: 246 (9); ; : . ‘8. Africa.

+Botys eanesalis, W1k., xviil., 640.

Sect. V. (Ptileola.) Antenne of male with a sinus at

one-third fringed with scales at back ; basal joint

dilated ; abdomen not dilated.

(35). (PILETOCERA ULOPHANES, Meyr., Trans.

Eat. Soc. Lond., 1886, p, 245 : » Eiji.

214 Sir George F. Hampson ow the

Sect. VI. Antennz of male bent at one-third from base

and fringed with hair at back. Forewing with the

apical area dilated, rounded, thickly cluthed with

piliform scales.

(36). P1ILETOCERA MACROPERALIS, sp. 0.

Fuscous brown. Forewing with indistinct waved antimedial

line and discocellular annulus ; a more distinct minutely dentate

postmedial line, slightly bent outward between veins 5 and 2, then

retracted almost to the cell; apical area clothed with leaden-

coloured scales. Hindwing with traces of postmedial line

retracted along vein 2 almost to the cell.

Hab. Cedar Bay, Cooktown, Queensland (Meek).

Hep., 20mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

Sect. VII. Antenne: of male laminate and without tufts ;

forewing with the membrane distorted in and

below end of cell and vein 2 from the angle; a

fringe of scales below costa on underside.

(37). -PILETOCERA CONCHYLIA, Meyr., Trans. Ent,

Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 468 : : . Pulo Laut.

Sect. VIII. Antenne of male normal and ciliated.

A. Forewing of male with a fovea in cell.

(28). PILETOCERA BUFALIS, Guen., Delt. and W. Indies, S.

Byles ceo : : ; ‘ ; America.

+ Botys plebeialis, W1k., xxxiv., 385 (nec Led.).

Botys stercoralis, Méschl., Verh. z.-b. Wien,

5@.6. Jey OOH ies 4)

B, Forewing of male with no fovea in cell.

(39), PiLeTocera #QuaLis, WIk., xxxiv., 1299 . New Guinea.

(40). PILETOCERA NUDICORNIS, sp. n.

d. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellowish white ; palpi black,

white below; wings silky yellowish white, the outer half

tinged with pale rufous, on forewing tinged with fuscous towards

margin ; obscure white discocellular spots ; a dark postmedial line

well marked on forewing, arising from a black speck on costa,

angled on vein 6, then oblique, on hindwing indistinct, angled

Type.

Classification of the Pyralide. PA)

on vein 6 and ending at anal angle; cilia dark at middle of fore-

wing.

Hab. Khasis. Hap., 20mm. Type in Coll. Roths-

child.

Auctorum.

Diplotyla argopis. Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1886, p.248 . : Fiji.

Strepsimela microcentra, Meg Tee Tint Soe.

Lond., 1886, p. 249 . Fiji.

Stenia g granimialis, Guen., Delt. and Bye, p. “249. Cayenne.

Diplotyla meekii, Tipton: P. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W.,

vili., p. 159 f ; 5 : : : . W. Australia.

Genus CAMPTOMASTYX.

Camptomastyz, Hmpsn., Moths Ind., iv., p. 238 (1896).

Palpi porrect long and straight, the 2nd joint about twice the

length of head, and fringed with hair below at extremity, the 3rd

long ; maxillary palpi extremely minute; frons rounded ; antennz

of male ciliated, thickened, bent downwards and clothed above with

long hair at about one-third from base ; tibize with the outer spurs

Camptomastyx hisbonalis, ¢, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

about two-thirds length of inner; abdomen of male dilated at

extremity, the claspers covered by a large tuft of hair. Fore-

wing with veins 3, 4,5 well separated at origin ; vein 7 straight

and well separated from 8, 9, 10. Hindwing narrow ; the cell

short ; veins 3, 4, 5 radiating from the angle ; 6, 7 stalked,

Sect. I. Antennz of male with an elongate thickening at

about one-third from base.

(1). CamproMAsryx HISBONALIS, Wik., xviii.,707 China, Hima-

Botys pacalis, Leech, Entom., 1889, p. 69, layas, As-

pl. 4, fig. 15. sam, Bor-

{Diplotyla longipalpis, Butl., Il, Het., vii. neo.

p. 95, pl. 135, fig. 4.

Type.

216 Sir George F. Hampson on the

Sect. II. Antenne of male with the thickening and bend

at two-thirds from base and short.

(2). “CAMPTOMASTYX EXUVIALIS, Snell., Trans. Sikhim, As

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 627 ; sam,

Genus ZaGIRIvia, nov.

Palpi porrect, downcurved, extending about two and a half

times length of head, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ; maxillary palpi

dilated with scales ; frons rounded ; antenne of male serrate and

with tufts of very long sete; hind tibize with the outer spurs two-

Zagiridia noctualis, 3, }-

thirds length of inner. Forewing with vein 3 from near angle of

cell ; 4, 5 from angle ; 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, 10,

which are given off before end of cell ; 11 absent. Hindwing with

veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anasto-

mosing with 8.

+ZAGIRIDIA NOCTUALIS, sp. 0.

Dull grey brown with a slight rufous tinge. Forewing with

faint traces of antemedial line angled on median nervure; both

wings with a black speck at each angle of cell ; a very indistinct

pale postmedial line with a series of obscure dark specks on its

inner edge, retracted at vein 2 to below end of cell ; an obscure

pale waved submarginal line with series of dark specks inside it

and slightly angled inwards on vein 5; a marginal series of black

specks.

Hab. S.E. Borneo, Pulo Laut (Doherty). Hzp.,

20 mm.

Genus CLUPEOSOMA.

Clupeosoma, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent., xxii, p. 203 (1880).

Hydrorybina, Hmpsn., Moths Ind., iv., p. 239 (1896).

Palpi porrect, extending about three times the length of head

and downcurved at extremity ; maxillary palpi about half the

length of labial with a pointed tuft in front; frons flat and

Classification of the Pyralide. 217

oblique ; antenne of male ciliated ; tikiz with the outer spurs

about two-thirds length of inner. Forewing long and narrow ;

vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle ; 7 straight and

Clupeosoma polusale, ¢, } (from Moths Ind. vol. iv.).

well separated from 8, 9, 10. Hindwing with the cell short ; vein

3 from angle; 4,5 approximated for a short distance ; 6, 7 from

upper angle.

Sect. I. Forewing with the outer margin evenly curved.

(1). CLuprosoma POLUSALE, WIk., xviii., Sikhim, Burma, Bor-

DOS vz é 5 : : : neo, Queensland.

(2). tCLUPEOSOMA PRYEKRI, But]., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 588 . : Japan.

(3). tCLupEosomA BicoLor, Moore, Lep. Atk., Assam, Ben-

p.20t : : : 5 : gal, Ceylon.

Pionea rubralis, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6), xvii.,

[do Wc

Type. (4). CLUPEOSOMA PELLUCIDALE, Snell., Celebes, Sambawa,

Tijd. v. Ent., xxiii, p. 203, and Tenimber, Dili,

KKVI. Plo, fig) 9. : : . Fergusson Island.

Sect. II. Forewing with the outer margin excised below

apex and towards outer angle.

(5). “CLUPEOSOMA MELLICULALE, Led., Wien Ent. Mexico, Centr.

Mon., 1863, p. 414, pl. 15, fig. 6. . &8, America.

(6). “CLUPEOSOMA DENTATUM, Druce, Biol.Centr. Centr.

Am. Het., ii., p. 203, pl. 60, fig. 13 : America.

(7). *CLUPEOSOMA RUSINUM, Druce, Biol. Centr.

Am. Het., ii., p. 208, pl. 60, fig. 14 . Mexico.

(8). }CLUPEOSUMA BASALE, sp. Nn.

4. White, slightly tinged with fuscous. Forewing with the

basal area fuscous with diffused white beyond it, the rest of the

wing tinged with yellowish fuscous ; two white spots on costa

beyond middle ; traces of a postmedial line incurved below vein

3; a marginal series of black specks interrupted at middle ; a

fuscous patch at outer angle ; cilia white, fuscous at middle and

218 Sir George F. Hampson on the

outer angle. Hindwing white, with curved postmedial line and

marginal series of black specks.

Hab. Barbados (Frampton). Ezp., 16 mm.

(9). *CLUPEOSOMA METACHRYSON, sp. 0.

¢. Head and thorax orange and rufous ; palpi blackish ; abdo-

men orange tinged with black towards extremity. Forewing orange

suffused with fiery red scales and irrorated with black ; the cell

suffused with black ; an orange antemedial line oblique towards

costa, and obtusely angled at middle ; an ill-defined postmedial

orange line expanding towards costa and highly excurved at

middle; cilia black, with a series of whitish points on them.

Hindwing orange, with broad black marginal band tapering to anal

angle.

Hab. Fergusson Island, New Guinea. Herp., 20 mm.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

Genus ZEBRONIA.

Zebronia, Hiibn., Verz., p. 361 (1827).

Palpi porrect, extending about the length of head, triangularly

scaled, and the third joint hidden by hair; maxillary palpi filiform;

frons rounded ; antennz ciliated ; fore femora and tibiz of male

thickly fringed with hair on both sides ; the outer spurs about half

Zebronia phenice, dg, tf.

the length of inner ; abdomen of male long and slender. Forewing

with the costa highly arched towards apex, which is slightly pro-

duced; veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 curved and approxi-

mated to 8, 9,10. Hindwing with the cell rather short; vein 3

from angle ; 4, 5 approximated for a short distance ; 6, 7 shoitly

stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Classification of the Pyralidx. 219

Type. ZEBRONIA PHENICE, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv;, W..and Cen-

Beio5, pl. o82, fic, Ge. tral Africa,

Zebronia federalis, Hiibn., Verz., p. 361. Mauritius,

Spilomela podalivialis, Guen., Delt. and Pyr., Abyssinia.

p. 281.

+Zebronia lathurusulis, W1k., xix., 69.

Genus HyaLopiaca.

Hyaloplaga, Warr, A. MM. N. HE: (6), ix.,

p- 432 (1892).

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair;

maxillary palpi somewhat dilated at extremity ; frons rounded ;

antenne of male ciliated ; tibia with the outer spurs about half

Hyaloplaga pulchralis, ¢, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

the length of inner. Forewing of male with a large fovea below

base of median nervure; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell ; 7 straight

and well separated from 8, 9,10. Hindwing of male with the costa

much lobed near base ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle of cell; 6, 7 from

upper angle.

Type. +HYALOPLAGA PULCHRALIS, Moore, P. Z. S., 1867,

pagot : : ‘ ; ‘ : ; : . Sikhim.

Genus Psammoris.

Psammotis, Hitbn., Verz., p. 350 (1827).

Perinephila, Hubn., Verz., p. 356.

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, extending about one and a-

Psammotis lancealis, 3, +-

half times length of head, the 3rd joint hidden by hair; m: xil-

220 Sir George F. Hampson on the

lary palpi dilated with scales ; frons rounded ; antennz of male

ciliated, and about three-fourths length of forewing. Forewing

with veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin ; 7 straight and well

separated from 8, 9, 10. Hindwing with veins 3, 4, 5 from angle

of cell ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Sect. I. (Perinephila.) Hind tibiwe of male with the

outer medial spur minute; forewing narrow, the

apex produced.

(1). PsAMMOTIS LANCEALIS, Schiff., Wien Verz., Europe,

pole ls : : , : F , Japan.

Pyralis glabralis, Hiibn., Pyr., figs. 65, 117.

Pyralis longalis, Haw., Lep. Brit., p. 379.

Sect. II. (Psammotis.) Hind tibia of male with the outer

medial spur half the length of inner; forewing

short and broad.

Type. (2). PSAMMOTIS PULVERALIS, Hiibn., Verz., Europe,

p. 350 : : : W. Asia.

Var. grisealis, Staud., Hor. Ent.

Ross., 1870, p. 193, pl. 2, fig. 10.

(3). PsAMMOTIS HYALINALIS, Hiibn., Pyr., Europe,

fig. 74 . : ; ; i : : W. Asia,

Auctorwmn.

Perinephile doerriesi, Staud., Deutsch. Ent. Zeit.

Lep., v., pl. iii, fig. 23, and vi., p. 81 : > mur,

Genus EurRgHYPARA.

BHurrhypara, Hiibn., Verz., p. 360 (1827).

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;

maxillary palpi filiform ; frons oblique ; antenne of male almost

Eurrhypara urticata, 3, }-

simple ; hind tibiz with the outer medial spur one-sixth length of

inner in male, one-half in female. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5

Classification of the Pyralidx. 221

from angle of cell; 8, 9,10 stalked; male with a sexual brand

below apical part of costa. Hindwing with veins 3, 4, 5 from

angle of cell ; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Type. EurRRHYPARA URTICATA, Linn., Faun. Suec., 1297. Europe.

Genus Mapra.

Mabra, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., ee ae 280 (1885).

Neopimida, N\Varr., Ay Mo IN EH (6), xvii. p. 463

(1896).

Palpi porrect and triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by

hair; maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded; tibiz with the

spurs long and nearly equal. Forewing with veins 3, 4, 5 from

Mabra eryxalis, &, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.)

close to angle of cell ; 7 well separated from 8,9,10. Hindwing

with veins 3 and 5 from close to angle of cell ; 6,7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing strongly with 8

Sect. I. Antenne of male with long cilia.

(1). *MABRA GARZELLALIS, oe Reis. Nov.,

pl is5, fig. 1. : : : . Brazil.

Type. (2), +Mapra eRYXALIS, WIk., xvii., 371; Moore, India, Ceylon,

Lep. Ceyl., iii., pl. 179, fig : , , Burma,

Botys velatalis, Snell, Mid. Sum., p. 63, pl. 5, Sumatra.

fig. 4

Sect. IT. Antennz of male with the shaft annulate and

longer.

(3). TMaBRA CHARONIALIS, W1k., xvii., 372 . . Japan, China.

Stenia dissiputalis, Christ., Bull. Mosce., 1881,

Isp: 28.

+). -MapbRaA NIGRISCRIPTA, Swinh., A. M. N. H.

(6), xi1., p. 302 : : : 5 . Assam.

(5). MABRA FAUCULALIS, WIk., xix., 962 . . Borneo.

(6). MABRA FUSCIPENNALIS, Sp. 0.

@. Fuscous; vertex of head greyish; antenne with black

and white rings ; wings irrorated with grey. Forewing with in-

Type.

999 Sir George F. Hampson on the

distinct dark antemedial line and discocellular lunule ; the dark

postmedial line arising from a wedge-shaped white mark on costa ;

excurved to vein 2, then retracted to below angle of cell. Hind-

wing with indistinct discocellular speck and diffused oblique medial

line ; both wings with fine marginal dark line. Underside pale.

Hab. \hasis. Hxp., 14mm. Type in Coll. Roths-

child.

(7). *“MABRA METALLESCENS, Feld., Reis. Nov.,

pl. 138, fig..58.. ‘ : : 2 . Bogota.

Sect. III. Antenne of male with the shaft laminate.

(8). Maspra DAULIALIS, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6),

xvu., p. 464. 5 F . : . Assam.

Genus CENOLOBA.

Cenoloba, Wlsm., Ent. Mo. Mag., xxi., p. 175 (1885).

Palpi porrect extending about three times length of head,

straight, 2nd joint with dense roughly projecting scales, 3rd joint

moderate and naked ; maxillary palpi about half the length of

labial palpi and triangularly dilated with rough scales; frons

rounded ; antennz three-fourths of forewing serrate and moder-

ately ciliated. Forewing elongate, narrow ; the outer margin

Cenoloba obliterata, 2, 3.

deeply cleft to one-half, the segments lanceolate ; vein 1 simple ;

2 and 3 stalked ; 4 from angle of cell ; 5, 6 obsolete ; 7 from upper

angle; 8, 9, 10, 11 stalked. Hindwings elongate and gradually

dilated ; the outer margin deeply cleft, the segments lanceolate ;

vein 2 from before angle ; 3 and 4 stalked from angle ; 5 to base

of cleft; 6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8 to three-

fourths of wing.

-CENOLOBA OBLITERALIS, W1k., xxx., 945 . . Australia.

Genera Auctorum.

Heringia mendica, Hedemann, Ent. Zeit. Stett.,

lv., p. 294. : : 5 : ° : ; W. Indies.

Classification of the Pyralide. 223

Eudorina aurantiacalis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent.,

5-8. G-aA bean oad A F : : : : . Java.

Eudorina brunnealis, Snell., Tijd. v. Ent.,

MV. p. 11S . ' : j ; : . dava.

Eudorina incrustalis, Snell., Tijd. v. ave Java,

MXKVI ip. LLY . ‘ : Celebes.

Nicaria latisquamalis, Snell., Td v. Ent, <xMi:,

p. 230, and xxvii., pl. i1., fig. 10a, db. : . Celebes.

Haploscopa astrapias, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soe.

Lond., 1887, p. 268 . : : ; : eb ts

Agrammia matronalis, Guen., Delt. and Pyr.,

p. 405 : : ‘ : 3 5 . Brazil.

Agrammia tridalis, Guens Delt.and Pyr., p. 406. Cayenne,

Species omitted.

Hydrocampa meropalis, Wik., xvil., 462. Type lost.

Hydrocampa actoralis, Wik., xix., 962. Type lost.

Hydrocampa nitidalis, Maasen in Stitbel’s Reise, p. 171, pl. ix.,

fig. 25. Ecuador. Isa Lithosid.

Hydrocampa decetialis, Druce, Biol Centr. Am. Het., 11., p. 275,

pl. 63, fig. 22 = Putissuw xantholeucalis, Guen., belongs to the

Schenobiine.

Hydrocampa dematrialis, Druce, Biol. Centr. Am. Het., i,

p- 276, pl. 63, fig. 25 = Sufetula dirutaiis, Wik., belongs to

the Pyraustine.

Subfamily Scoparlinz.

Proboscis present ; palpi porrect and hairy, the maxillary palpi

triangularly dilated with long hair (in IMicraglossa the palpi are

upturned and the maxillary palpi shghtly dilated). Forewing with

more or less developed tufts of raised scales in the cell ; vein 7

from cell; 10 from cell. Hindwing with the median nervure non-

pectinate (except in Eclipsiodes).

PHYLOZENY OF THE SCOPARIINA.

Eclipsiodes.

Micraglossa. Xeroscopa. Tetraprosopus. Mestolobes.

Se opar id.

Dasyscopa.

pity pe:

224 Sir George F. Hampson on the

KeEY TO THE GENERA.

A. Palpi upturned. : - : : : . Ll. Micraglossa.

B. Palpi porrect.

« Hindwing with the median nervure rectinated

above. : 5 2 c : : . 2. Helipsiodes.

b Hindwing with tha median nervure non-pec-

tinate.

a) Palpi with a tuft of long porrect hair on 3rd

joint . . 4. Tetraprosopus.

b) Palpi with no tuft of hair on 3rd joint.

a” Hindwing with some long hairs in end of

cell above : . 93. Xeroscopa.

b? Hindwing with the cell sm othly se: aled

ae Hindwing with vein 3 absent 5 . OO Mestolobes.

b3 Hindwing with vein 3 present.

as Hindwing with vein 5 from a point or

stalked with 4

: Scoparia.

bt Hindwing w ‘th vein 5 fe om w vell abov ed

Dasyscopu.

Buse

Genus MIcRAGLOosSA.

Micraglossa, Warr., A. M. N. H. (6), viii., p. 65

(1891).

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint reaching vertex of head and

slightly fringed with hair in front, the 3rd well developed and

acuminate ; maxillary palpi long and slightly dilated with scales

at extremity ; frons rounded ; antenne somewhat annulate; tibix

Micraglossa scoparialis, ¢, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

nearly naked with the spurs almost equal. Forewing with vein 3

from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 7 straight and well

separated from 8,9. Hindwing with vein 3 from near angle of

cell ; 4,5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle.

(1). tMicraAGhLossA SCOPARIALIS, Warr., Sikhim,

A. M. N. H. (6), vii., p.66 *. j j Assam.

(2). MicraGLossa G:NEALIS, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen brassy yellow, 3rd joint of palpi

ringed with black ; thorax spotted with black. Forewing brassy

yellow irrorated with black scales ; an irregular black patch from

near base of costa; an irregularly sinuous antemedial black band

conjoined to a spot below the cell; the discocellular patch figure-

of-eight-shaped with broad black outline extending up to the

costa ; traces of a postmedial line with an inward curve from

Type.

Classification of the Pyralide. 225

costa to vein 2, then erect; large submarginal black patches on

costa and inner margin and a smaller marginal patch below apex.

Hindwing whitish suffused with fuscous towards margin.

Hab. Khasis. Exp., 16 mm. Type in Coll. Roths-

child.

Genus EcLIpPsioDEs.

Helipsiodes, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884,

p- 343.

Palpi porrect, extending about the length of head, the 2nd joint

with long hair below towards extremity, the 3rd joint naked ;

maxillary palpi triangularly scaled ; frons flat ; antenne of male

ciliated; tibize with the outer spurs about half the length of inner.

Eclipsiodes crypsixantha, 3, 1.

Forewing with vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 4, 5 from angle;

7 well separated from 8, 9; 10 oblique; 11 curved and approxi-

mated to 12. Hindwing with the median nervure pectinated to-

wards base; vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7

from upper angle.

(1). EcLipsIopEs CRYPSIXANTHA, Meyr., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884, p. 343. 5 . Australia.

(2). *ECLIPSIODES DROSERA, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1887, p. 245. ; : - Australia,

Genus XEROSCOPA.

Xeroscopa, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc Lond., 1884, p. 349.

Palpi porrect, extending about twice the length of head, the

2nd joint with tuft of porrect hair below, almost hiding the 3rd

joint ; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled ; frons somewhat pro-

minent ; antennz of male minutely ciliated; tibiz with the outer

spurs half the length of inner. Forewing with vein 3 from before

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897—pParr 11. (JULY.) 15

226 Sir George F. Hampson on the

angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle ; 7 straight and well separated from

8,9; 11 oblique. _ Hindwing with some long hairsin end of cell ;

Xeroscopa ejuncida, 3, t.

vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 4, 5 shortly stalked ; 6, 7 shortly

stalked.

(1). {XEROSCOPA INDISTINCTALIS, Wlk., xxvil.,

43. : 3 . N. Zealand.

(2). XEROSCOPA FAVILLIFERELLA, Ww Ik., xxxv., Tasmania,

APRS) : , Australia.

Xeroscopu encausta, Moyr, Tr, N. Z. Tae

VT. Wl

(3). “XEROSCOPA PHILONEPHES, ee rs NZ

Inst.; xvit.,pe 12Oe c Australia.

(4). Sreaost ors PETRINA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. inet,

KV Psd dle re : : 5 : . N. Zealand.

(5). XEROscoPA CyaAMEUTA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

[nst.; xvi, 112 : ; * N. Zealand.

(6). *XEROSCOPA NG ATO. Meyr:, ir: N. Z.

Inst., xvii., p. 118 . : . N. Zealand.

(7). XEROSCOPA ROTUELLA, Feld., Res, Now.

pl. 137, fig. 30 : : : : . N. Zealand.

(8). “XEROSCOPA HARPALEA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

Inst, xvii; ps 114% : : s . N. Zealand.

Type. (9). tXEROSCOPA EJUNCIDA, Knaggs, E. M. M.,

iv., p. 80 ; , N. Zealand.

(10). pare cors NIPHOSPORA, Maye AB N. Z.

ims. XVil. po llon. ‘ 5 : . N,. Zealand.

(11). *XeRoscOPA APHELES, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

inst) xvii wp. Lib. , ; : . N. Zealand.

(12). XEROSCOPA aSPIDOTA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

imst.xvil., p. libae ‘ . N. Zealand.

(13). *XEROSCOPA EPICREMNA, Meyr., “Tr. N. Z.

Inst., xvit., p. 117 . s : : . N. Zealand.

we)

Classification of the Pyralide.

(14). “XeROscopa MELANOPIS, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soe. Lond., 1888, p. 233 ; : . Hawaii.

(15). *XEROSCOPA OMBRODES, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 234 : : . Hawaii.

(16). *“XEROSCOPA ISCHNIAS, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 235 ‘ : . Hawaii.

(17). *XEROSCOPA DEMODES, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 234 : ‘ . Hawaii.

(18). *XEROSCOPA PACHYSEMA, Meyr., Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 236 : . Hawaii.

(19). *XEROSCOPA NngoLbuda, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 237 : : . Hawaii.

(20). *XEROSCOPA NOMEUTIS, Meyr.,. Tr. N.. Z.

Inst. xvil.,p. LIG™. : . N. Zealand.

(21). *XEROscOPA LEGNOTA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Tact

XVI. peli: ; j . N. Zealand.

(22), XEROSCOPA OCTOPHORA, Meyr., “Tr. N. :

Inst., Xvil:, p. LIS” . : : : . N. Zealand.

(23). =XEROSCOPA ASTERICA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

Inst., xvii., p. 118 - N. Zealand.

(24). éXenoscora LEUCOGRAMMA Rite dr: N. Z.

Inst., xvii., p. 119 : N. Zealand.

@o): 3 “Snore NEPHELITIS, Meyr., 1 rans. aoe

Soe. Lond., 1887, p. 247 ‘ Saree Australia:

(26). tXERoscopA VENOSA, Butl., A. M. N. H. (5),

Vii., 1., p..3932 . : : 2 : . Hawaii.

(27). tXEROSCOPA Mar, Butl., A.M. N. H.

Cd) avai lip. 4330) 2 : Hawail.

(28). tHienoscora JUCUNDA, Butl., A. M. iN: H. ©)

y pao (Q). : Hawaii.

1S ia in mosa, Butl., A.M.N. Ee (5), Vii.,

1, p. 331 (¢).

Genus ‘l'eTRAPROSOPUS.

Tetraprosopus, Butl., A. M. N. H. (5), .ix., p. 97 (1837).

Palpi porrect, extending about twice the length of head, the 2nd

joint with tuft of long hair below at extremity, the 3rd also with

long tuft ; maxillary palpi large and triangularly scaled; frons

rounded; antenne somewhat annulated ; tibie with the outer

spurs one-third length of inner. Forewing with vein 3 from before

228 Sir George F. Hampson on the

angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle ; 7 straight and well separated from

8, 9, to which 10 is approximated ; 11 oblique. Hindwing with the

5 27) @ TW AT Y 1

Tetraprosopus meyrichi, sis

discal area above vein 2 clothed with long hair; the cell long; vein

3 from before angle ; 4, 5 from angle ; 6, 7 stalked.

Type. +TETRAPROSOPUS MEYRICKI, Butl., A. M.N. H.

(a) ey 97 : : : 4 : : . Australia.

Genus MESTOLOBES.

Mestolubes, Butl., Trans. Ent. Sce. Lond., 1882, p. 38.

Palpi obliquely porrect, the 2nd joint clothed with rough hair,

the 3rd partially hidden ; maxillary palpi triangularly dilated with

hair at extremity ; frons rounded ; antennz laminate; tibix: with

the spurs nearly equal. Forewing with an antemedial tuft of

eto 2 “77e I

Mestolobes abnormis, ¢, 4.

scales on inner margin; veins 3, 4, 5 well separated at origin ;

7 straight and well separated from 8, 9. Hindwing with vein

3 absent ; 4, 5 stalked ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Sect. I. Hindwing of male with fringes of long hair on

and below costa above.

A, Hindwing of male with elongate lobe on inner

margin ending in a tu't of large black scales ;

hind tibiw# with a tuft of large black scales on

outer side at extremity.

Type.

Clussification of the Pyralide. 229

(1). tMesToLoBes ABNormis, Butl., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1882, p. 35 . - : . Hawaii.

tMestolobes enone, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1882, p. 37.

B. Hindwing of male without lobe; hind tibia with-

out tuft of scales.

(2), (MESTOLOBES MINUSCULA, ButL, A. M.N. H.

(5) 5 val. Sl pid 2d : : ‘ . Hawaii.

tMestolobes simethina, Butl., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1882, p. 38.

Sect. Il. Hindwing of male without costal fringes of

hair; hind tibize with large tuft of black scales on

outer side near base.

(3). tMESTOLOBES SEMIOCHREA, Butl., Trans. Ent.

Lond., 1882, p. 30 : : ; . Hawaii.

Genus ScoparRia.

Scoparia, Haw., Lep. Brit., p. 491 (1

Hudorea, Curt., Brit. Knt., vi., 170 (18

Lissophanes, aes Au M. N. ie (G) Ravan) pp. 07.

Palpi porrect, extending about twice to three times length of

head, the 2nd joint with long projecting hair below, the 3rd naked,

sometimes partially concealed by the hair on 2nd joint ; maxillary

palpi triangularly scaied ; frons flat ; antenne minutely ciliated

and somewhat annulate ; tibixe with the outer spurs about two-

803).

825).

Scoparia murificalis, 3, 3 (from Moths Ind., #6. IV.).

thirds length of inner. Forewing with more or less developed

tufts of raised scales at middle and end of cell ; vein 3 from before

Bie of cell; 4,5 from angle ; 7 straight and well separated from

8, 9, to which 10 is ee arovimuted towards origin. Hindwing with

vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 4, 5 from angle or stalked; 6, 7

shortly stalked.

230 Sir George F. Hampson on the

Sect. I. Wings of male normal.

(1). Scoparta TRIvIRGATA, Feld., Reis. Nov.,

plas, fie, 29 : ‘ N. Zealand.

(2). °ScoPARIA PANOPLA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Taste

Kv Og .. ‘ 5 . N. Zealand.

(3); +Sooranna SABULOSELLA, Wlk., xxvii., 178 N. Zealand.

(4). ScoparIA DELTOPHORA, Meye. ir. N. Z.

Inst., xvii., p. 106 . : : ‘ . N. Zealand.

(5). ScopaRIaA PALTOMACHA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

Inst;, xvil., p. 105), 5 F : . N. Zealand.

(6). *ScopaRIA ELAPHRA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Inst.,

RAVAN, Pa LOG. é ; 6 : . N, Zealand.

(7). tScOPARIA EXILIS, Knaggs, E. M. M., ae

p. 81 N. Zealand.

(8). ee ener onten CNtSer Ee N. Z. Taeee

XVil., p. L03 : : ‘ N. Zealand.

(9). Scoparia AxENA, Meyr., T'r. N. Z. Tees

XV: prl03s.~. : ; j é . N. Zealand.

(10). *Scoparia crypstnoa, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

Inst., xvii., p. 102'-; : N. Zealand.

(11). SScoPpaRIA MANGANEUTIS, Meyr., er eh Z.

Inst., xvii., p. 102 . N. Zealand.

(12). fScopaRIA CLEODORALIS, WIk., xviii, Australia,

193 : : : : 3 : : Tasmania.

(13). Scoparra acropota, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

Inst., xvil., p. 101 . ; , : . N. Zealand.

(14). *Scoparia acompa, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Inst.,

XVil,, ps lOO ‘ : j ‘ . N. Zealand,

(15). tScoparrA FEREDAYI, Knaggs, E. M. M.,

1867, p.80 . 5 : : : . N. Zealand.

Scoparia moanalis, Feld., Reis. Nov.,

pl. 137, fig. 34.

(16). Scoparra Epicomia, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Inst.,

XV. ps 99) ie 5 : 3 ; . N. Zealand.

(17). Scoparta PsammitTis, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

Inst.; <vils, p.09) : : , . N. Zealand.

(18). ScopaRia LEPTALEA, Meéeyr., Tr. jN. Z.

inst.) xvii p.98" ; : : . N. Zealand.

(19). “ScopaRIA PLAGIOTIS, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1887, p. 247 é : Tasmania.

(20). *ScopaARIA THRENODES, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1887, 5 246 : ‘ . W. Australia.

Classification of the Pyralide. Zou

(21). Scoparta cHaLicopes, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

Inst. XVin, poo = : : N. Zealand.

(22). oeonanTs RAKATENSIS, Kaze E. M. M..

1867, p.80.. ‘ N. Zealand.

(23). *SCOPARIA TETRACYCLA, ees thes N. Z.

Mnst:, Kvilyeps de : : : . N. Zealand.

(24). Scoparta caTaxesta, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

Inst., xvil., p. 96 . : ; : . N. Zealand.

(25). ScoPpaRIA ENCAPNA, ae TraN. 2. inst,

XX., p. 65 : N. Zealand.

(26). tScorpaRIA SUBMARGINALIS, Wk. 4 xvii. 48 N. Zealand.

+ Nephopteryx maoriella, Wik., Xxxv., 17 20.

(27). ScoparraA HemipLaca, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

Tnsts, xxi, ps 150:"2 , N. Zealand.

(28). }ScoPARIA DIPHTHERALIS, WI1k., xxxiv. “1501 N. Zealand.

(29). *ScopaRiA PERIPHANES, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

Inst:, X<Vil.9p. 0+. : . N. Zealand.

(30). “SCOPARIA COLPOTA, ee ir: N. Vhs Gace

x OO : : N. Zealand.

(31). *“ScopARTA PHILETERA, ike Tr. NE Z.

Inst., xvil., p.93 . : » .. N. Zealand.

(B32) 2 "Se pean TRAPEZOPHORA, Meyrs ErsiNeZ:

Inst., xvi, p93 ~ , : F . N, Zealand.

(33). Scoparta MELAN&GIS, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

Inst: Xvil., p: 92) ©. 5 : : . N. Zealand.

(34). *Scoraria PONGALIS, Feld., Reis. Nov.,

pl. 137, fig. 33 ; F 5 : . N. Zealand.

(35). Scoparra ustrmacuLa, Feld., Reis. INOY:,

pl. 135, fig. 17 : : : A . N, Zealand.

+Scoparia conifera, Butl., Cist. Ent., i1.,

p. 493.

(36). *Scoparta CHARACTA, Meyr., ire eNG Zi.

Inst., xvil., p. 90. F N. Zealand.

(37). Sc Gann SPEL@A, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Ae

KVileps oo) : : : . Australia.

tScoparia pusilla, Rerenct AnnyeN-E:;

1885, i1., p. 427.

(38). ScopariIa ANAPLECTA, Meyr., irs Zia

imst.. Xvil., p-So —. : . Tasmania.

(39). spond critica, Meyr., Tr. N. Zz. Inst.,

460 Pn Oi of : N. Zealand.

(40). *SCOPARIA ERGATIS, Neoers, bres N. Z. inst,

xvii., p. 88. : : ; : . N. Zealand.

(41). *Scoparia HeMICycLA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

Insti yxvil,.p. Oc *: 5 . N. Zealand.

(42). SScoraran MICROPHTHALMA, Mey y Ar.

NA. inst. xvit., p. 8% ; . N. Zealand.

(43). *“Scoparia CyMaTias, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

Inst., xvil., p. 86. ; : . N. Zealand.

(44). *ScorPaRIA ACHARIS, om ‘Tr. N, ZMinst,

Xvii., p. 85 , : N. Zealand.

(45). *Scoparra DINODES, Meyr. he. V. Z. Inst.,

Vise OO) 9. 5 é : . N. Zealand.

(46). Scoparta CHIMERIA, ae re ENG Ze

Inst., xvii., p. 84 : . N. Zealand.

(47). tScoraria MINUALIs, WIK., xxxiv., 1504 . N. Zealand.

(48). +tScoOPARIA MINUSCULALIS, W ‘lk. xxxiv.,1503 N. Zealand.

(49). *“Scoparia CHLAMYDOTA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

[nst.)xvinsp. 82". ; : : . N. Zealand.

SCOPARIA PHILERGA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

finst.; xvi, poole. 5 : : . N. Zealand.

(51). *Scoraria OREAS, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Inst.,

xVil., p. ol : N. Zealand.

(62): SRP ARTA LINFALIS, WIK., xxxiv., 1503 N. Zealand.

(53). tScoPpARIA SUBDITELLA, W "le, xxxv., 1720 N. Zealand.

(54). Scoparia GOMPHOTA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

Iust., xvii., p. 80 : ; : . Tasmania.

(55). *“ScoPARIA PERIERGA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

Tnst., xvii., p. 80 . : : . Tasmania.

(56). Scoparia EREMITIS, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

Inst., xvii., p. 79 ; S. Australia.

(57). *“Scopartia HOMALA, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Inst

XVil., p. 79 ‘ ; ; : . 5. Australia.

(08). SSCOPARIA SYNAPTA, Meyr, @r. No Z:

Inst., xvil., p. 78 . Tasmania.

(59). ScopaRIA SYNTARACTA, Mawr Tr: N. Z. Australia,

Inst., xvil., 77 E : ; ; Tasmania,

(60). }ScOPARIA EXHIBITALIS, WIk., xxxiv.,1500 Australia.

(61). *ScoPpaRIA EPICRYMA, Meyr., Dry N.e7i;

Inst., xvil., p. 76 : : F . Australia.

(62). “ScopaRIA APHRODES, Meyr., Tr. N. Z.

dust. xvii, p- 16" - : : ; . Australia.

(63). Scorarra PRoTORTHRA, Meyr, Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 450 . . Australia.

(64). ScopaRiIa EUMELES, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Inst ,

XV1l.,

Sir George F. Hampson on the

p. 75

‘

Australia.

Classification of the Pyralide.

(65). Scoparra a asta, Meyr., Tr. N. Z. Inst.,

233

XVli., p. : . Australia.

(66). ne ANTHRACIAS, Merve: Tr. We

Imsts; xvil.,jp- (40 : Tasmania.

(67). fScoparia FriGIDA, Butl., A. M,N ° HL (5),

Vil., DP. ool ; : j . Hawaii.

(68). -ScopaARIA MONTANA, Butl., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond , 1882, p. 41 : . Hawaii.

Scopuria macrophanes, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 231.

(69). Scoparra cHorpactis, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soe. Lond., 1887, p. 272 . Patagonia.

(70). fScopariaA RAGONOTI, Butl., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 59

(71). TScopaRIA GLAUCULALIS, sp. n.

¢. Olive-grey. Forewing of glossy silky texture ;

yellowish marks at middle and end of cell ;

darker,

Hab. Falkland Islands. Hep., 20 mm.

(72). TSCOPARIA BISCUTELLA, Zell., 8. E. Z., 1872,

Peru, Chili,

Juan Fernandez.

traces of

the outer area slightly

p. 474, pl. 2, fig. 8 . ‘ . Bogota.

(73). TSCOPARIA ALBIFRONS, Zell., S. E. Livy 1872, 3ogota, Peru,

p. 476 : ; : é : Argentina.

(74). fScoPaRIA LONGIPENNIS, Zell., S. E. Z.,

LSi2epoadid, play figs ll . Bogota.

(75). -ScopaRIa TERSELLA, Zell., S. E. Z., 1872,

P2406, plz, fig. 9 : : . Bogota.

(76). SCOPARIA CERAMICA, Warr., A. M. N. H.

(6), vill., p. 67 : : 5 . Callao.

(77). ScopaRIA DISPERSA, Butl., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 58 3 : . Chili.

(78). -ScOPARIA TRICOLOR, Zell., S. E. Z., ae

p; 478, pl. 2, fig: 10 Bogota.

(79). +ScoPaRIA LUGUBRALIS, WIk., xxxiv., “1498 . Canada.

(80). ScoPpARIA NOMINATALIS, alee Tr. Am. Vancouver,

Ent. Soc., xiii., p. 148 E. States.

(81). -ScopaRra aTropicra, Zell., MS.

¢. Head and thorax variegated black and white ; abdomen

fuscous ringed with white. Forewing black variegated with

white ; numerous white patches on basal area; a sinuous ante-

medial white line with a white patch beyond it at middle; a large

234 Sir George F. Hampson on the

postmedial white patch from costa to vein 2 with two discocellular

black spots on it and L-shaped reniform spot ; a minutely dentate

postmedial black line outwardly edged by white, angled inwards

below costa, then excurved to vein 2 where it is bent inwards;

submarginal white spots below apex and above outer angle ; cilia

white with black patches. Hindwing yellowish suffused with

fuscous.

Hab. United States. Hvp., 23 mm.

(82). -ScopaRIA BASALIS, W1k., xxxiv., 1497 U.S.A., E.States.

(83). FSCOPARIA BIPLAGIALIS, WIk., xxxiv., 1499. Canada,

tScoparia libella, Grote, U. 8. Geol. Surv., Vancouver,

Iv., p. 675. E. States.

(84). fScOPARIA RECTILINEA, Zell., Verh. Z. B. Vancouver,

Neer: Xxix., p. 427, ple bo ation 3) 1 - Bam Wi:

Scoparia refugalis, Hulst, Tr. Am. Ent. States.

Sec., xil., p. 148.

(85). Scoparta DELPHUSA, Druce, Biol. Centr. W. States,

Am,, il., p. 279, pl. 64, fig: . ‘ : Mexico.

(86). *Scoparra sMITIL, Druce, Biol. Centr. Am.,

li., p. 2¢9; pl, 64, 019% 3) = " : . Mexico.

(87). ScopaRIA CENTURIELLA, ae Wien Europe,

Werz5)p, aloe : : Labrador,

Eudorea borealis, Lef., Ann: Soe. Ent, Rie. E. States.

1855, p. 400, pl. 10, fig. 9 g

Eudorea muneralis, Zett., p. 970.

Phycis quadratella, Zett., p. 997.

+ Hypena cecalis, W1k., xvi., p. 36.

tScopula caliginosalis, W1k., xxxiv., 1460,

Scoparia frigidella, Pack., Labr., xi., 53.

Scoparia albisinuatella, Pack., Labr., x1.,

53.

Scoparia ninguidalis, Hulst, Tr. Am.

Ent. Soc., xiii., p. 147.

(88). ScorpaRIA STAUDINGERALIS, Mab., Ann. Spain,

Soc. Ent. Fr., 1869, p. 58, pl. 2, fig. 6. Corsica.

(89). ScopaARIA PERPLEXELLA, Zell., Isis, 1839,

p.16e. : : : ‘ , ; . 8S. E. Europe.

(90). Scoparia AMBIGUALIS, Tr., Schmett. Eur.,

Vile ~polSa> . , ; . Europe.

eutered mercurella, Lab., Byes No: 76.

Eulorea conicella, Dan Py r., No. 76.0.

Type.

(95).

(96).

(97).

(98).

(99).

Classification of the Pyralide.

Eudorea ancipitella, Lah., Pyr., No. 86.

Eudorea basistrigalis, ions! Be Vi M.,

lil., p. 1 (var.).

Eudorea octavianella, Mann, W. E. M.,

1859, p. 164 (var.).

Scoparia atomalis, Doubl., List (var.).

Eudorea ulmella, ieee He Mi M.; i1.,

De 2id.

Eudorea conspicualis, Hodgk., E. M. M.,

XvVlil., p. 134.

Scoparia signella, Teich., Arb. Ver. Riga,

Wiles [Oa (Pe

Scoparia teniatella, Teich., Arb. Ver. Riga,

Vieep--4o-

Scoparia incertalis, Dup., Lep. Fr., vili.,

p. 286, pl. 229, fig. 4.

SCOPARIA DUBITALIS, Hiibn., Pyr., p. 49 .

Tinea pyralella, Hiibn., Tin., fig. 167

SCOPARIA INGRATELLA, Zell, L. E., 1,

p. 283, fig. 5

SCOPARIA ZELLERI, Wocke, Vat. Ber.,

1854, p. 18

SCOPARIA CEMBR2, Fee coe Brit.,

p. 498

Eudorea cembrella, Steone me lv., p. 29.

Eudorea subfusca, Steph., Ill. iv., p. 299.

Eudorea asphodeliella, Lah., Pyr., No. 74.

Scoparia erralis, Guen., Delt. and Pyr.,

p. 421.

Scoparia scotica, White.

ScoPARIA PALLIDA, Steph., IIl., iv., p. 300.

Eudorea ertzeniella, H. &, iv., p. 49,

fig. 97.

Scoparra stprrici, Led., Verh. Z.-B. Wien,

1853, p. 34, pl. 7

ScoPpaRIA MANIFESTELLA, H.8., iv., p. 46,

fig. 104

ScoPARIA GALLICA, Peyer, Pet. Nouv.,

1873, p. 332, and Milliere’s Icones, iii.,

p. 338, pl. exlil., figs. 3 & 4

ScopaRIA VALESIALIS, Dup., Lep. Fr., Ae

p. 284, pl. 229, fig. 3

Eudorea parellu, Zell., Isis. , 1839, p. 165.

ie)

(05h ¢

Europe.

8. Europe,

Armenia.

Europe.

Siberia.

Alps.

France.

C. Europe.

236 Sir George F. Hampson on the

(100). ScorparRIA TRUNCICOLELLA, Stn. Man.,

2, p. 161 : : : : : . Europe.

Eudorea murcurella, Zell., L.E., i., p. 293.

(101). ScopartiaA cRaTAGELLA, Hibn., Tin.,

lige Zone: ; ; . Europe.

(102). Scoparia FREQUENTELLA, aie Maniye2s

jOs WOR) : : : . Europe.

Eudorea portlandica, Dale, ‘D. Merry cx,

1s Ae

(103). Scoparta MuRANA, Curt., B.E., iv., p. 170. Europe.

Scoparia tuoniana, Hoffm., Stett. Ent.

Zeit., 1893, p. 130

(104). Scorarta supETICcA, Zell., Isis, 1839, Alpsand Arc-

Palio. 7. : : ‘ : 5 : tic Regions.

Scoparia luzialis, Guen., Delt. and Pyr.,

p. 427.

(105). Scoparta PETROPHILA, Stdfs., S. E. Z.,

1848, p. 312 . : ; : : . Alps.

(106). Scoparia ALPINA, Stn. Man., 2, p.163 . Scotland.

Eudorea gracilalis, Dbl., Stn. Man., 2, p. 163.

(107). Scoparta BorREALIS, Tgstr., Bidr., p. 102. Lapland.

(108). ScopariIaA ANGUSTEA, seg Tll., iv., Europe,

p. 302 . ‘ : Syria.

Eudorea coarctata, Zell., iby Bee 5 De B08:

Scoparia amissella, Mill, Icon! 3.) p. 40;

ple 50; feel:

(109). ¢ScopaRIA ACUMINATELLA, Stn., A. M.

ING Es(3) 5, pO ee ‘ : . Madeira.

(110). ¢Scoparia sTENoTA, Wlstn., A. M. N. H.

()in., p: 109 ; F : 5 . Madeira.

tEudorea decorella, Stn. A. M. N. H.

(3), i1., p- 210.

(111). }ScopaRIA SCORIELLA, Wlstn., A. M.

ING EL. (3 ele pnaleg ; ‘ : . Madeira.

(112). Scoparra LINEOLA, Curt., B. E.,iv.,p.170. Europe.

(113). Scoparta RESINEA, Haw., Lep. Brit., Europe,

patoo ; : , 3 : ; Siberia.

Eudorea vaudaliella, H. 8., vi., p. 148,

fig. 157.

Scoparia resinea, var. orientalis, Alph.,

Troudy. Ent. Ross., x., p. 26.

(114). Scoparia LEVPELLA, Zell, L. E., i., p. 298,

figeS = ; 5 5 . ; . Europe.

Classification of the Pyralide.

(115). fScoparta NiGRiTatis, Wlk., Melis’s St.

Helena, p. 190 : 5 : :

(116). ¢Scoparra LusrpaLis, Wlk., Melis’s St.

Helena, p. 190 :

(117). {Scoparta stMiuis, Wlstn., A. M. N. H.

(5)j lil., paseo.

(118). novacav ae LENENSIS, Wiletns i M. N. H.

(5), 111., p. 334

(119). SCOP ATTA SCINTILLULALIS, Wistn:, x M,

N. H. (5), 11., p. 335 :

(120). -ScopARIA TRANSVEBSALIS, Wlstn., ne M.

IN; H. ©), 1ii.,"p;, 336 :

(121). ¢ScoparIA CONTEMPYALIS, WIk., xxxiv.,

1499 : ; : ‘ -

(122). *Scoparia NOLALIS, Feld. Reis. Nov.,

(124).

. *ScopaARIA PULVERALIS, Snell.,

pl. 134, fig. 41 ‘ a :

Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 570. : : :

ScopaRIA MEDINELLA, Snell., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 571. :

125), ¢ScopaARIA OLIVARIS, Hmpsn., Ill. Het., viil.

’ p ») ’ b]

(126).

(127).

(128).

(129).

p. 131, pl. 154, fig. 11

TSCOPARIA DELICATALIS,

p. 1500 . :

+SCOPARIA RUFOSTIGMA, Heapene esl. ‘Het,

viii., p. 131, pl. 154, fig. 4

+ScoPARIA MEDIORUFALIS, Hmpsn.,

Ind., iv., p. 243 c : ¢

{ScoPARIA MURIFICALIS, WIk., xix., 826 ;

Ti, Het., 1x., pl. Lit no eld

tScoparia conyestals, Wik., xix., 826 ;

Hmpsn., lil. Het., ix., pl. 174, fig..2.

oe SO OHY

Moths

Hmpsn.,

(130). -Scorarra VINOTINCTALIS, Hmpsn., Moths

(132).

lind 244

lV., p.

(131). TScoPparia CANICOSTALIS, igen Moths

Ind., iv., p. 244 :

SCOEAMIAOCHRE ALIS, Schiff. Wien Vee,

p. 125

Tinea silacella, " Hitbn. 5 Tin. 7 fig. 232.

Tinea simplicella, Lah., Ball. Soc. Vaud.,

en orenllos0)

St. Helena.

St. Helena

St. Helena.

S. Africa,

S. Africa.

Sikhim.

Nilgiris.

N. E. India,

Nilgiris.

Himalayas,

N. W. Hima-

layas, Cey-

lon.

Nilgiris.

Nilgiris

Europe.

Sect. II. Forewing of male with elongate fovea in ceil;

hindwing ain very large tuit OE dark hair helow

(ule)

[o¢)

Sir George F. Hampson on the

the cell on underside and fringes of hair on inner

area, the wing membrane and neuration much

distorted.

(133). SCOPARIA BARBIPENNIS, sp. 0.

Head and thorax mottled brown and grey ; abdomen yellowish

white. Forewing ferruginous brown thickly irrorated with grey

and white scales; a curved white antemedial line with black marks

on its outer edge in and below the cell ; a discocellular black spot

with some white scales round it ; a postmedial line of white scales

excurved at vein 6, a submarginal diffused line of white scales bent

inwards at middle and connected with the postmedial line ; cilia

grey with a series of fuscous spots. Hindwing yellowish white

with the tufts of hair showing as a dark mark in male.

Hab. Gunong IJjau, Malay Peninsula. Lap.,17 mm.

Types in Coll. Rothschild and B. M.

Auctorum.

Scoparia mandschurica, Christ., Bull Mose., lvi.,

Ciyapes : : . Central Asia.

Scoparia Pieoleucel Felis ih, E., 1., p. 306, fig. 13. Europe.

S. vesuntialis, Guen., Dell. and Pye, p. 424.

S. sciaphilella, Lah., Pyr., p. 35

Scoparia delphinialis, Guen., Delt. and Pyr.,

p. 425 ; : : : ; : : . SS. France.

Scoparia wollastonii, Bethune-Baker, Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 583. : : . Madeira.

Scoparia absconditalis, Christ., Rom, Mem., iii,

elugpeple td, fig.°8 > : , : : . Syria.

Scoparia obsoleta, Staud., Hor. Ent. ais vay

p. 163 5 Syria,

Scopuria fulvosignalis, Snell. iad v. Ent. XK,

p. 204, and xxvi., pl. 6, fig. 10 . ; . Celebes.

Scoparia nugalis, ‘Snell, Tijd. v. Ent., te

p. 205, and xxvi., pl. 6, fig. 11 . : : . Celebes.

Scoparia seriziatalis, Oberth., Ht. Ent.,1., p. 69,

pliay., fig. 10" \. ; . Algeria.

Scoparia leucomela, Lower, Tr. R. can S, etal

XVile, Wel Oo, & : : : ; : . . Australia.

Type:

Classification of the Pyralide. 239

Genus Dasyscopa.

Dasyscopa, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894

p. 464. ,

Palpi porrect, extending about twice the length of head, the

2nd joint with long projecting hair below, the 3rd naked ; maxil-

lary palpi triangularly scaled; frons flat ; antenne minutely

ciliated ; tibiae with the outer spurs about two-thirds length of

Dasyscopa homogenes, ¢, + (from Moths Ind., vol. iv.).

inner. Forewing with tufts of scales at middle and end of cell ;

vein 3 from before angie of cell; 4, 5 from angle ; 7 straight and

well separated from 8,9, to which 10 is approximated towards

origin. Hindwing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4 from

angle ; 5 from well above angle; 6, 7 shortly stalked.

Sect. I. Hindwing of male with a groove on inner area,

hairy above and with tufts of hair arising from it

below.

(1). tDasyscopA HOMOGENES, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Assam, Malay

Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 464 . : ; Pen., Sambawa.

Scoparia planilinealis, Warr., A. M. N. H.

(6), xvil, p..207.

Sect. II. Forewing of male with a large fringe of hair on

basal half of costa above and a patch of scales on

inner area below; hindwing with the costa lobed

towards apex, which is produced; some large

scales below costa above and a small round sub-

apical patch; a large tuft of scales on end of

median nervure; fore femora and tibiz fringed

with hair.

(2), *“DasYSCOPA POLYSEMALIS, sp. n.

¢d. Grey mottled with black. Forewing with the costal tuft

black ; a black mark at base of inner margin; a black discocellular

stigma ; diffused black below and beyond end of cell; a past-

medial line dentate below costa and excurved between veins 5

and 2; apical area suffused with black ; a marginal series of black

Type.

240 Sir G. F. Hampson on Classification of Pyralide.

points. Hindwing with the tuft tipped with brown; a diffused

black line from it to inner margin; outer area mottled with black.

Hab. Lifu, Loyalty Islands. Exrp., 20 mm. Type

in Coll. Rothschild,

ADDENDUM (June 10th, 1897).

Genus OspPHRANTIS.

Osphrantis, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. .Lond., 1897,

p. oc.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint moderately scaled in front, the

ord with small triangular tuft ; maxillary palpi filiform ; antennez

of male with long fasciculate cilia. Forewing with the cell more

than half the length of wing ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle, 7 straight

and well separated from 8,9, 10. Hindwing with the cell one-

third length of wing ; veins 3, 4,5 from angle, 6, 7 from upper

angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 to two-thirds of wing.

Differs from Dracenura in the fasciculate antenne and the

strong anastomosis of vein 7 of hindwing with 8.

TOSPHRANTIS PARAPH#A, Meyr., Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1897, p. 88 . : : : . Talaut.

JULY 2xD, 1897.

€ Qa)

VIII. Descriptions of New Species of Central and South

American Rhopalocera. By F. Du Cang Gopman,

F.R.S., F.L.S., and Ospert Satvin, M.A., F.R.S.

[Read April 7th, 1897.]

Tue following descriptions are taken partly from speci-

mens in our own collection, partly from others sent us by

Dr. Staudinger for determination. Some of them we

hope to figure in the Supplement to the Rhopalocera of

our ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ now in course of

publication.

Danais nivosus, sp. n.

Danais hermippus, Druce, P.Z.S., 1876, p. 206 (nec

Felder).

D. gilippo (Cr.), ex Brasilia affinis sed alis multo pallidioribus,

maculis omnibus albis multo majoribus presertim lis ad cellule

posticarum finem, maculis submarginalibus albis in seriebus

duabus distinctis positis. Exp. al., 3:2 in.

Hab, PERUVIA SEPTENTRIONALIS (Krause), Vina (O. T’.

Baron); Cormillo (Pearce).

We have nine specimens of this Danais (five males and

four females) all agreeing with one another in the above

characters whereby the insect may be distinguished

from the common D. gilippus of the northern and eastern

portions of the South American continent.

Danais erginus, sp. n.

D. eresimo (Cr.), affinis sed alis saturatioribus, maculis omnibu

albis magis distinctis punctis submarginalibus albis in seriebus

duabus distinctis positis ; anticarum apicibus fere nigris; posticis

area discali distincte pallida. Exp. al., 3-2 in.

Hab. Peruvia seprentrionalis, Payta (4. H. Mark-

ham); Vina (O. T. Baron).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897,—PparTit. (JULY.) 16

242 Mr. F. Du Cane Godman and Mr. Osbert Salvin’s

We have two males and three females of this strongly

marked form of D. eresimus: the white subapical and

discal spots ‘of the primaries are large and distinct, and

the double subapical row of white spots on the secondaries

clearly shown.

Ituna lanassa, sp. n.

I. lamiro (Uatr.), similis et certe forma meridionalis; anticis

maculis semihyalinis omnibus multo majoribus iis ad angulum

analem confluentibus, macula magna ad basin cellule ultra venam

subcostalem et venam medianam extendente ; posticis plerumque

medialiter magis hyalinis colore fulvo ad angulum analem

restricto, venis discocellularibus late nigris ut in J. phenarete.

Exp. al., 4°3 in.

Hab. Peruvia ortenratis, Huayabamba (Garlepp) ;

Pozzuzo (Pearce).

We have three male specimens of this species agreeing

fairly in the above characters, thougn the spots of the

primaries in one of the Huayabamba examples are more

confluent than in the others, and in the other the hyaline

spot at the base of the cell does not pass the subcostal

nervure. ‘I'he transverse bands, one of which crosses

the apex of the secondaries and the other covers the end

of the cell, are both strongly marked in I. phenarete.

Olyras prestans, sp. 0.

O. insign’ similis sed posticis margine externo unicolore haud

introrsum rufo marginato ; subtus posticis margine nigro costali

maculis duabus albis notatis. Exp. al., 4:1 in.

Hab. Cotomepia, San Martin, Llanos of R. Meta.

(Mus. nostr.); Colombia (Mus. Staudinger).

We have seen two specimens of this Olyras which

resembles the Central-American O. insignis, Salv. (Biol.

Centr.-Am. Rhop., i., p. 8, t. 1, fig. 1), but has no rufous

inner border to the dark outer margin cf the secondaries,

and is thus readily distinguished.

Olyras staudingeri, sp. n.

Olyras montagui, Godm. and Saly., Biol. Centr.-Am.

Rhop., 1., p.- 7 (nec Butler).

Descriptions of New Species of Rhopalocera. 243

O. montagui similis sed anticis vena mediana fulva, posticis

medialiter fere omnino fulva ad angulum apicalem vix pallidioribus,

fascia lata mediana semihyalina haud notata; subtus macula

exteriori costali alba majore et triangulari maculis submarginalibus

anticarum albis haud interruptis. Exp. al., 4:0 in.

The receipt of additional specimens of the true O.

montagut from the Cauca Valley, in Colombia, shows that

the Central- American insect referred by us to that species

is really distinct. ‘This is Dr. Staudinger’s view, and we

call the species of Central America after him.

Tithorea monosticta, sp. n.

T. duenne similis sed posticis fascia transversa integra nigra nulla,

macula ad angulum apicalem tantum notatis: subtus posticis fascia

maculosa et macula flavida ad angulum apicalem. Exp. al., 3-95 in.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Mus. Staudinger).

A female specimen sent us by Dr. Staudinger differs in

the above points from 7’. duenna, of Guatemala. It also

differs from 7’. pinthias of Panama in having a narrower

dark border round the apical angle of the secondaries

and a single isolated black spot.

Phyciodes faustus, sp. n.

P. ptolyce affinis, alis anticis aliter punctatis, maculis duabus

medianis (inferiore majore fere rotundata), duabus subapicalibus

(inferiore parva superiore elongata) fascia mediana posticarum

integra, lineola submarginali evanescenti. Exp. al., 1°25 in.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Mus. Staudinger).

Though compared with P. ptolyca this species has

only a general resemblance to that insect. The spots

on the primaries are much fewer in number and

differently placed, only a small one standing in the

end of the cell with a larger one below it. ‘I'he wings

are narrower.

Phyciodes anomalus, sp. n.

Alis fusco-nigris, ciliis albo interruptis ; anticis dimidio distali

punctis albis notato; posticis fascia mediana fulva intra eam

punctis quibusdam ejusdem coloris et extra eam punctisalbis: subtus

944 Mr. F. Du Cane Godman and Mr. Osbert Salvin’s

pallidioribus, anticis punctis albis majoribus lunulis submargin-

alibus saturate fulvis; posticis fascia mediana cervina extra

eam lunulis nigris et punctis albis seriatim positis, lunulis

fulvis submarginalibus nigro limbatis et intra eas lunulis

albis, ad basin fulvo et albido muaculatis, maculis omnibus

late nigro marginatis; palpis fuscis subtus albis ; abdomine

subtus albido supra fusco, lateribus albido punctatis. Exp.

al. desc.

Hab. Mexico, Colima (Mus. Staudinger).

A remarkable species with no near allies that we

know of.

Anza elara, sp. n.

¢@ Alis ecaudatis cyaneo-nigris ; anticis fascia subapicali arcuata

venis quadripartita viridi-cyanea ; posticis unicoloribus ad mar-

ginem externum squamis viridi-cyaneis atomatis: subtus lete

castaneis albo irroratis marginibus externis immaculatis, posticis

macula parva ad medium maryinis costalis. Exp.al., 3-0 in.

@ major, alis ad basin viridi-cyaneo lavatis, anticis fascia

subapicali latiore et fere ad angulum analem extensa, posticis

caudatis.

Hab. Costa Rica (Mus. Staudinger).

This Anea is allied to A. proserpina, Salv., and A.

ambrosia, Druce, having the underside of the former and

the upper somewhat like that of the latter.

Dr. Staudinger has sent us a male and female, the

former in good condition, but the latter has lost the tail

to the hindwings found in all the allied species.

Lemonias eudocia, sp. n.

Alis saturate fuscis undique nigro maculatis, maculis singulis

saturate ochraceo indistincte limbatis, ciliis fuscis irregulariter albo

interruptis : subtus omnino pallidioribus maculis omnibus nigris

albido cinctis. Exp. al., 0°96 in.

Hab. Mexico occipentais, Colima (Mus. Stawdinger).

A small insect belonging to the section represented in

Centarl America by L. glauca and L. densimaculata,

From the former it differs in the colour of the wings,

Descriptions of New Species of Rhopalocera. 245

which are dark fuscous and not bluish-grey, and from the

latter in the darker colour of the wings, the black spots

being less apparent.

The single specimen sent us by Dr. Staudinger is pro-

bably, from the shape of the wings, a female, but the

front legs are injured or wanting.

Theope speciosa, sp. 0.

¢ Alis anticis mgris, area interna ceerulea, reliqua (parte discali _

et margine externo exceptis) dense squamis cyaneis notatis ; posticis

ceruleis, costa et margine externo anguste nigris : subtus pallide

murinis maculis tribus parvis ad angulum analem nigris albido

circumcinctis, fronte inter oculos cinnamomea, corpore subtus alis

conco.ore. Exp. al., 1-2 in.

Hab. Cotompia occipentais, Rio San Juan (Mus.

Staudinger).

A beantiful species, of which Dr. Staudinger has sent

us a single male specimen for description. It belongs to

the T. virgilius group, but differs in having the primaries,

for the most part, black with a deep blue gloss over the

greater portion, the inner edge alone being of the blue

found in T. virgilius.

Theope talna, sp. n.

2 Alis nigris ad basin ceruleis, anticis macula subapicali tripar-

tita quoque cerulea : subtus pallide cinnamomeis, posticis maculis

duabus submarginalibus nigris cxruleo introrsum limbatis ad

angulum analem maculis alteris evanescentibus juxta cas una

utrinque ceruleis; fronte inter oculos et corpore subtus cin:

namomeis. Exp. al., 15 in.

Hab. Honpvuras, Ruatan I, (G. Ff. Gaumer).

A female specimen captured by Dr. Gaumer on

Ruatan J. differs from all others in our collection in

having a very restricted amount of blue at the base of

the wings, the black outer portion very largely predomi-

nating. The underside of the wings is of a uniform

cinnamon colour, with a few spots near the margin of the

anal angle.

It is allied to 7. virgilius, but is much darker both

above and below, and has more rounded wings.

246 Mr. F. Du Cane Godman and Mr. Osbert Salvin’s

Theope matuta, sp. n.

Alis nigris, anticis ad basin (costa nigra excepta) nitide ceruleis

venis divisis ; posticis area interna usque ad basin nitide cerulea,

costa late, margine externo angustiore, nigris: subtus fuscis costa ad

basin rufa, maculis elongatis discalibus albidis transfasciatis, fascia

maculosa submarginali ejusdem coloris ; posticis maculis sagitti-

formibus submarginalibus, aliisque elongatis discalibus indistincte

notatis, fronte inter oculos nigra utrinque albido marginata, corpore

fusco, palpis nigris antice albis, abdomine linea mediana alba. Exp.

al., 1°8 in.

Hab. Costa Rica, Santa Clara Valley (Ff. A. Zurcher).

This Theope is allied to T. thebais of the Amazon

Valley, but the blue on the upper side of the wings is

much brighter. Beneath the wings are darker and the

pale markings more definite, and the rufous base of the

costa of the primaries is more extended.

We have only seen a single female specimen of this

distinct species, which was contained in a collection

made in the Santa Clara Valley, Costa Rica, at an

altitnde of 1,200 feet above the sea, by Mr. F. A.

Ziircher.

Theope diores, sp. n.

Alis fusco-nigris ; anticis ad basin czruleis costa omnino fusca ;

posticis ceruleis, costa late, angulo apicali usque ad maculam

magnam ad medium marginis externi nigro-fuscis ; margine in-

terno albido ; subtus rufescente griseis posticis punctis quibusdam

nigris ad marginem externum subtrianguliformibus et introrsum

pallide cxruleo limbatis, corpore supra ceruleo subtus alis con-

colore. Exp. al, 1°5 in.

Hab. Mexico, Colima (Mus. Staudinger); Jalapa (H.

Hdwards).

We have seen two male specimens of this species, one

of them lent us by Dr. Staudinger, and the other given

us by the late Henry Edwards, who probably received it

from Mr. Schaus in one of his earlier collections. The

most nearly allied species is perhaps the common J°

virgilius, from which it may at once be recogrized by the

large dark spot which interrupts the blue hindwings near

the middle of the outer margin.

Descriptions of New Species of Rhopalocera. 247

Theope polimela, sp. n.

T. virgilio similis sed anticis colore ceruleo magis extenso angu-

lum analem fere attingente, subtus vix differt. Exp. al., 1-75in.

Hab. Cotomsta (Mus. Staudinger); Cauca Valley

(’. H. Wheeler).

Two male specimens of this Theope differ from all those

of that sex in our collection from many localities in

Central America. The greater extension of the blue of

the primaries towards the anal angle seems sufficiently

marked to justify the separation of this southern form.

Theope mania, sp. n.

2. T. eleuthoni similis sed alis cerulescentioribus anticarum apice

minus acuto; posticis (preter costam nigram) omnino ceruleis,

angulo anali minus producto: subtus pallidioribus anticis ad

basin vix rufescentibus, posticis maculis submarginalibus evanes-

centibus. Exp. al., 1-9 in.

Hab. Mexico, San Blas (W. B. Richardson).

This is a species of T’heope, having a dark line across

the undersurface of both wings. We have as yet received

only a single female which was taken by Mr. Richardson

at San Blas, in Western Mexico, in May, 1889.

Theope eleutho, sp. n.

Alis fusco-nigris ; anticis ad basin viridescenti-ceruleis, costa

omnino nigricante maculis tribus subapicalibus in linea obliqua

viridescenti-ceruleis ; posticis area interna et area discali virides-

centi-ceruleis hac venis nigris intersecta, costa late nigricante,

margine interno albicanti: subtus glauco-fuscescentibus linea

communi ab angulo anticarum apicali ad medium marginis interni

posticarum saturate fusca, anticis ad basin rufescentibus, maculis

duabus in cellula albis, posticis maculis parvis septem submar-

ginalibus nigris; altera alba ad cellule basin; corpore supra

ceruleo subtus alis concolore. Exp. al., 2°2 in.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Zvdtsch, in Mus. Staudinger).

Dr. Staudinger has sent us a single female specimen of

this Theope, which differs from all others in our collection.

It belongs to the section having a common line on the

underside running from the apical angle of the primaries

248 Descriptions of New Species of Rhopalocera.

to the middle of the inner border of the secondaries. The

apical angle of the primaries is acute and salient owing to

the outer maryin being slightly concave towards the point.

The anal angle of the secondaries, too, is acute.

Papilio eracon, sp. n.

Alis saturate eneo-nigricantibus, ciliis inter venas ochraceis ;

anticis maculis sex submarginalibus, ad angulum apicalem evanes-

centibus, viridi-ochraceis; posticis paulo nitentioribus, maculis sex

discalibus fere rotundis et punctis sex (horum duobns inter venam

medianam et ramum ejussecundum)submarginalibus viridi-ochraceis:

subtus fuscis; anticis ad basin nigricantibus, maculis tribus ad angu-

lum analem aliisque indistinctis cirea cellule finem ochraceis; posticis

maculis septem transversim elongatis nigro limbatis rubidis et inter

eas punctis glauco-albidis, extra eas punctis sex majoribus submar-

ginalibus ochraceis; abdomine supra ochracea segmentis nigro

marginatis, corpore toto subtus fulvo maculato. Exp. al., 5-0 in.

Hab. Mexico occipEenTaLts, Colima (Mus. Staudinger).

A male of this distinct species differs from all forms of

this section of Papilio found in Central America in having

the spots of the secondaries in a submarginal series away

from the cell and the costa, and beyond them are some

small submarginal spots. Beneath the coloration of the

margin of the secondaries is very marked ; besides the

usual black margined rufous spots there are whitish spots

between them, as well as ochraceous ones next the

margin.

Papilio iopas, sp. n.

P. copane similis sed anticis supra omnino immaculatis posticis

fascia maculosa angustiore a margine externo magis remota. Exp.

al., 4:55 in,

Hab. Mexico occiprentatis, Colima (Mus. Staudinger).

A single male specimen sent us by Dr. Staudinger

seems sufficiently distinct from P. copanx to require a

name. It is still more distinct from the Papilio from

San Blas which we described and figured as P. procas

(B.C.A. Rhop., ii., p. 203, t. 65, figs. 15 and 16), which has

a few spots on the primaries near the anal angle, and a

sie discal band to the secondaries, part of which enters

the cell.

—

( 249 )

IX. A List of the Phytophagous Coleoptera obtained

by Mr. H. H. Smrra at St. Vincent, Grenada,

and the Grenadines, with Descriptions of New

Species: Crioceride—Galerucide. By Marrin

Jacosy, F'.E.S.

[Read February 17th, 1897.]

THis paper forms a continuation of others contributed to

these Transactions by Messrs. Gahan and Champion and

Professors Forel and Williston on the insects collected by

Mr. H. H. Smith in the Islands of St. Vincent, Grenada,

and the Grenadines, under the auspices of the West India

Exploration Committee of the Royal Society and British

Association. The Phytophagous Coleoptera are here dealt

with, the families Crioceridee to Galerucidee inclusive having

been worked out by myself, and the Hispide and Cassi-

didz by Mr. Champion. Of the first-mentioned families

forty-six species are enumerated, twenty-one of which are

described as new, several others remaining unidentified for

want of sufficient material. Amongst the twenty-five

known species of these groups six inhabit Central and

South America, five South and Central America respec-

tively, four are found in the Southern United States,

two in North, South, and Central America, two in

North and Central America, and one in the Island of

Guadeloupe.

List OF THE SpEciIgEsS—CRIOCERIDEZ TO GALERUCIDS.

Lema dorsalis, Oliv. Colaspis lebasi, Lefevre.

., sharpé, sp. n. » fastidiosa, Lefevre.

», Obscura, Fabr. » jemoralis, Lefevre.

» vitlatipennis, Baly. Rhabdopterus picipes, Oliv.

5 marginata, Oliv. Myochrous denticollis, Say.

» énsularis, Jac. Typophorus viridicyaneus,

Coscinoptera intermedia, sp. n. Crotch.

Cryptocephalus tricostatus, Jac. Phadon nigripes, sp. n.

Pachybrachys scabripennis, sp.n. Lactica tibialis, Oliv.

Nodonota grenadensis, sp. n. » levicollis, sp. n.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—parT ur. (sepr.) 17

250 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous

List or Spectes—continued.

Hermeophaga smithi, sp. n. Chetocnema nana, sp. Nn.

Haltica satellitia, Jac. As ? minuta, Melsh.

Disonycha glabrata, Fabr. Homophyla unicolor, sp. 0.

i leévigata, sp. n. Homopheta equinoctialis, Fabr.

Systena s-littera, Linn. (Edionychis smithi, sp. n.

,, bicolor, sp. n. - sharpi, sp. n.

Pseudoepitria suffriand, sp. 0. Physimerus smithi, sp. 0.

Epitrix subfusca, sp. n. . _Hypolampsis annulicornis, sp. 1.

» parvula, Fabr. Megistops granulatus, sp. 0.

5 fuscata, Jacq. Duval. Schematiza livida, Oliv.

Glyptina nigrita, sp. n. Diabrotica melanocephala, Oliv.

Aphthona maculipennis, Jac. . bivittata, Fabr.

» grenadensis, sp. n. Cerotoma ruficornis, Oliv.

Longitarsus horni, sp. n.

Fam. CRIOCERIDA.

Lema, Fabr.

Tema dorsalis.

Crioceris dorsalis, Oliv., Encycl. Méth., vi., p. 201 ;

Ent., vi., No. 94, p. 743, t. 2, fig. 27.

Lema dorsalis, Lacord., Mon., p. 499; Jacq. Duval, in

Sagra’s Hist. fis. polit. y nat. de Cuba, Ins., p. 119;

Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col.,vi., 1, p. 12, and Suppl.,

p..09, t. 1) fiend:

Lema nigricornis, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 91.

Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side; Grenada—Bal-

thazar (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward

side).

A Tropical-American species, extending as far north

as the Mexican State of Vera Cruz, and also occurring

in Cuba.

Lema sharpi, sp. n.

Black, the upper part of the head and the thorax fulvous ;

elytra very deeply punctate-striate, fulvous, a sutural spot below

the base, a spot on the shoulders, and another on the disc before the

middle, as well as a large apical patch, metallic blue, the ninth row

of punctures interrupted.

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 251

Var. a. Elytral markings more or less confluent.

Var. 6, Elytra entirely dark blue.

Length, 14 line.

Head impunctate, fulvous, the vertex with a shallow groove, the

lateral sulci moderately deep, finely pubescent; lower portion of

the face black, clothed with yellowish hairs; antenne scarcely

extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the third and fourth

joints equal; thorax about one-half broader than long, the sides

but little constricted at the middle, the transverse suleus moder-

ately deep, the surface with some distinct rows of puncturesat the

middle and some others near the anterior angles, the latter

rounded ; scutellum truncate at the apex ; elytra without basal

depression, very deeply and closely punctate-striate, the ninth row

interrupted at the middle and the smooth space raised, as well as

the following interstice, a spot on the shoulders, another near the

middle, a rounded Jarger patch below the scutellum across the

suture, and a still larger patch occupying the entire apical portion,

dark blue ; underside and legs covered with silvery pubescence, the

knees and the anterior tibiz sometimes stained with fulvous.

Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), Mount

Gay Estate (Leeward side).

This is another of the small species resembling in its

elytral pattern L. dorsalis (Oliv.), and several closely allied

forms. It is, however, quite distinct from any of the

described species of the genus on account of the much

shorter antennz and the shape of the thorax, the latter

being so little constricted at the sides as to appear nearly

subquadrate ; in L. dorsalis and others the thorax is very

deeply constricted and shorter. In most of the speci-

mens of LJ. siarpi the spots on the elytra are well

separated, notably the two small lateral ones; but in some

of them the basal and apical patches join at the suture,

and are also connected with the spots on the disc, so that

‘the pattern exactly resembles that of the other allied

forms. I should have referred this species to L. inter-

media, Suffr., from Cuba, had not the author described

the thorax as deeply constricted at the middle. In the

‘specimens of the variety ) the head has a small black spot

-on: the vertex, and the elytra are entirely metallic blue ;

these agree, however, so entirely in structural characters

-with the normal form that I cannot separate them,

-especially as in two of them there is a short fulvous stripe _

252 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous

at the base of the elytra, indicating the ground-colour of

the type.

Lema obscura.

Lema obscura, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth., i., p. 476 ; Lacord.,

Mon., p. 361.

Hab. St. Vincent; Grenada—Bulthazar (Windward

side).

Specimens from these localities agree entirely with

others from Brazil in my collection. It is curious that

Lacordaire, who gives a long description of this insect,

does not mention the short pubescence which covers all

the upper part of the body—a character of rare occur-

rence amongst the species of Lema. LL. obscura is widely

distributed in Tropical America, but is not known from

so far north as the Isthmus of Panama.

Lema vittatipennis.

Lema vittatipennis, Baly, Cist. Ent., i1., p. 315.

Hab. St. Vincent.

The types were from the Amazons.

Lema marginata.

Lema marginata, Oliv., Ent., vi., p. 748, t. 2, fig. 35 ;

Lacord., Mon., p. 477.

Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).

Inhabits the northern part of South America.

Lema insularis.

Lema insularis, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., 1,

Suppl., p. 30, t. 35, fig. 20.

Var. Antenne entirely black.

Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides.

The St. Vincent specimens agree so nearly with the

type from Taboga I., Panama, that I refer them to that

species: the only difference I can detect is the entirely

black colour of the antenne, the apical three joints being

flavous in the type; the elytral band in the latter also

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 253

does not extend to the suture, but reaches it in the St.

Vincent specimens.

Fam. CLYTHRID.

CoscinoprerA, Lacord.

Coscinoptera intermedia, sp. 0.

Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side.

Dark neous, the tibiae more or less fulvous, the upper and

under surfaces clothed with long, white pubescence; thorax closely

punctured at the sides ; elytra not more strongly punctured than

the thorax.

Length, 2 lines.

Subcylindrical, scarcely narrowed posteriorly ; head very broad,

geneous, not closely, but distinctly punctured, and covered with

long, white pubescence ; labrum black, its anterior margin some-

times fulvous; antenne very short, black, the second and third

joints (and sometimes the fourth also) fulvous, the fourth and fol-

lowing joints strongly transverse ; thorax nearly twice as broad as

long, the sides almost straight, the posterior angles obtuse, but not

rounded, the surface very closely and finely punctured at the

sides, more remotely at the middle, with a more or less distinct

central smooth line, the sides closely covered with long white

pubescence, the middle nearly glabrous ; scutellum covered with

white hairs ; elytra similarly punctured to the disc of the thorax

and also pubescent, the hairs more numerous at the sides than on

the disc; the underside and legs densely clothed with white pube-

scence, the femora more or less blackish, the tibie fulvous, the tarsi

dark.

I cannot identify this species with any of the described

members of the genus. ‘There is only one specimen

before me in which the legs and the antennz are obscure

dark fulvous; in all the others they are blackish, the

tibiz excepted. The general colour is distinctly bronze,

in which the species differs from O. dominicana (Fabr.),

the latter being also larger and differently sculptured.

The pubescence in the present species is comparatively

long: this and the differently sculptured upper surface

separate C. intermedig from any of the species described

ee eae The labrum in all the specimens is

ack.

254 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous

Fam. CRYPTOCEPHALIDA.

CryprocePHatus, Geoffr.

Cryptocephalus tricostatus.

Cryptocephalus tricostatus, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col.,

Vij ensuppl., p- 16.

Hab. St. Vincent—South end, Leeward and Windward

sides, and Kingstown, up to 3,000 feet ; Grenada— Mount

Gay Estate and St. George’s (Leeward side) ; Grenadines

—Mustique I., Becquia I.

I cannot separate the numerous specimens from the

above-mentioned localities from those described by me

from Chiriqui under the above name, but the size and

coloration of the insect is extremely variable. In well-

marked specimens the thorax is piceous with a slight

metallic gloss, the margins and two oblique spots at the

base. being flavous; the elytra are of the latter colour,

with the suture broadly, and a more or less distinct

transverse band near the apex, greenish-piceous, the

punctures being of the same colour. Between these and

nearly unicolorous flavous specimens there are numerous:

intermediate forms. The principal characters of distinc-

tion are:—The interruption below the shoulders of the

fifth and sixth rows of punctures on the elytra by a trans-

verse raised space (‘‘Querfeld” of Suffrian), and the broad,

convex interspaces at the sides (from which I named the

insect tricostatus), as well as the smooth and raised apical:

portion. The species varies from } to | line in length.

It belongs, no doubt, to the group in which Suffrian

placed his O. stercorator, from the W. Indies, to which it

seems very closely allied; but neither the colour nor the

description of the elytral sculpture agrees with the speci-

mens before me. OC. signatellus, Suffr., is also another

allied form.

PacHYBRACHYS, Suffr.

Pachybrachys scabripennis, sp. n.

Flavous, closely covered with brown punctures; the thorax

with some more or less distinct dark bands ; elytra closely punc-

tured in irregular rows, with raised interstices, with a small,

smooth, raised, pale spot near the suture ; femora with a brown

spot.

Length, 2 lines.

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 259

Head closely and finely rugose-punctate, flavous, with a darker

central line ; the eyes large and rather closely approximate in the

male, the dividing space being narrower than their diameter ; an-

tenn long and slender, extending nearly to the middle of the

elytra, pale flavous, the apex of the outer joints darker, the third

joint nearly three times longer than the second, the terminal joints

very slightly widened at the apex ; thorax twice as broad as long,

the sides strongly deflexed, the lateral margins nearly straight, the

surface closely covered with brown punctures, which are a little

less crowded at the sides than at the middle, the interspaces form-

ing small, flavous, raised, smooth spaces, the margins very narrowly

flavous and raised, the middle with a broad and the sides with a

narrow brownish band, these being sometimes entirely obsolete ;

scutellum raised, its apex truncate, piceous ; elytra somewhat

similarly sculptured to the thorax, the punctures near the anterior

part of the suture confused and closely placed, forming irregular

rows at the sides, where they are less crowded, but extending

quite to the apex, the interstices raised into narrow, very irregu-

larly placed longitudinal smooth spaces, the shoulders and some

small irregular spots on the dise dark brown, the disc usually with

a small raised smooth flavous spot near the suture, about the

middle ; pygidium flavous, finely pubescent ; the breast more or

less darkened; abdomen and legs flavous, the femora with a

rather large, the tibize with a smaller piceous spot.

Hab. St. Vincent’; Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Lee-

ward side), Caliveny and Lake Antoine Estates (Wind-

ward side); Grenadines—Union I., Becquia I.

This Pachybrachys is very closely allied to P. conglomer-

atus, Suftr., P: costipennis, Suffr., and P. pumicatus, Suftr.

(from Cuba), and P. punctatissimus, Jac. (from Mexico), but

seems to differ in several. respects from all these species.

The following are the principal points of distinction :—P.

pumicatus is smaller, differently marked, and has smooth

apices of the elytra, according to Suffrian ; P. costipennis

has the disc of the thorax impunctate, the eyes of the

male nearly contiguous, and the elytra differently sculp-

tured; P. conglomeratus is larger, and has very regu-

larly punctured elytral striz, with a yellow transverse

band, etc. ; lastly, P. punctatissimus has shorter and en-

tirely black antenne, with greatly widened terminal

joints, and a more closely punctured thorax. The

prosternum in the present species is rather long,

256 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous

slightly narrowed between the cox, and distinctly

punctured.

Fam. EHUMOLPID A.

Noponora, Lefévre.

Nodonota grenadensis, sp. n.

Piceous below, above metallic green or cupreous, the antenn

and legs flavous ; thorax transverse, evenly and moderately closely

punctured ; elytra with single rows of strong punctures, the latter

widely placed.

Length, 3-1 line.

Of oblong shape ; the head remotely and rather finely punc-

tured, the vertex with a longitudinal groove ; clypeus distinctly

separated at the sides by oblique grooves, nearly smooth ; labrum

and palpi fulvous ; antennz extending beyond the middle of the

elytra in the male, flavous, the terminal joints stained with fus-

cous at the apex and scarcely thicker than the basal joints, all of

equal length, with the exception of the second ; thorax strongly

transverse, the sides much rounded, the base scarcely produced at

the middle and narrowly margined, the anterior portion somewhat

strongly deflexed, the disc rather strongly but not closely punc-

tured, the punctures of equal size and slightly oblong in shape ;

scutellum not broader than long ; elytra not wider in front than

the thorax, with a very feeble depression below the base, the punc-

tuation much stronger than that of the thorax and arranged in

rather distantly placed rows, which show a tendency to run in

pairs anteriorly, the humeral callus smooth and prominent ; under-

side entirely impunctate, piceous, the apex of the abdomen gene-

rally obscure fulvous ; legs flavous.

Hab. St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mount Gay Estate, Mt.

Maitland, and St. George’s (Leeward side), Balthazar

(Windward side).

In distinguishing this species from its many very

closely allied congeners the following characters must be

taken into account:—The piceous colour of the under-

side, the flavous antenne and legs, and the strong and

rather remote punctuation of the elytra. The sexes do

not differ much; but in the female the antenne are

shorter, the thorax is less transverse, and the anterior

tarsi are not widened.

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 257

Cotaspis, Fabr.

Colaspis lebasi.

Colaspis lebasi, Lefévre, Mittheil. Miinch. ent. Ver.,

1878, p. 121; Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., 1,

p. 139, and Suppl., p. 221.

Hab. Grenada—Balthazar, and Mirabeau and Chan-

tilly Estates (Windward side), Windsor.

On the mainland this species ranges from Mexico to

Colombia.

Colaspis fastidiosa.

Colaspis fastidiosa, Lefévre, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1885,

p.cxci.; Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., 1, Suppl.,

p. 221.

Hab. St. Vincent—South end; Grenada—Mount

Gay Hstate and St. George’s (leeward side), Granville,

Balthazar, Caliveny Estate (Windward side) ; Grenadines

—Union I., Mustique I., Becquia I.

Inhabits Venezuela and Colombia, extending on to the

Isthmus of Panama.

Colaspis femoralis.

Colaspis femoralis, Lefévre, Mittheil. Miinch. ent. Ver.,

1878, p. 122; Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi.,

1, Suppl., p. 225.

Hab. St. Vincent—Kingstown, and Leeward and

Windward sides.

Inhabits Colombia, including the State of Panama.

Ruappoprervs, Lefévre.

Rhabdopterus picipes.

Colaspis picipes, Oliv., Hnt., vi., p. 886, t. 2, fig. 15.

Hab. St. Vincent—Summit of Soufriére; Grenada—

Balthazar (Windward side).

Inhabits the Southern United States.

258 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous

Myocurovs, Erichs.

Myochrous denticollis.

Colaspis denticollis, Say, Journ. Acad. Phil., i, p. 448

(1824) ; Complete Writings, 1., p. 215.

Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), Mount

Gay Estate (Windward side).

Inhabits the United States of North America.

TypopHorus, Erichs.

Typophorus viridicyaneus.

Paria viridicyanea, Crotch, Proc. Acad. Phil., 1873,

p- 40.

Typophorus viridicyaneus, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col.,

Wig Wp. L795 tpl, 11m ail

Typophorus sturmi, Lefevre, Am. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1877,

p. 317.

Hab. St. Vincent—Kingstown and Windward side;

Grenada—Mount Gay, Venddme, and Woodford Estates

(Leeward side), Balthazar, Mirabeau and Lake Antoine

Estates (Windward side) ; Grenadines—Becquia I.

Inhabits the United States of North America, extend-

ing southwards to Costa Rica.

Fam. CHRYSOMELIDE.

PHapon, Latr.

Phexdon nigripes, sp. 0.

Black, the basal joints of the antenne, the head, and the sides

of the thorax rufous, the latter minutely punctured; elytra

metallic dark blue, distinctly punctate-striate, the interstices

impunctate.

Length, 13 line.

Head with a few fine punctures, the clypeus separated by

shallow oblique grooves from the face; palpi piceous; antenn

extending to the base of the elytra, black, the basal two joints

more or less fulvous, the terminal five joints transverse, forming

a club; thorax more than twice as broad as long, narrowed

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 259

in front, the sides nearly straight, the surface very finely

and somewhat closely punctured, rufous, with a narrow bluish-

black median band extending from the apex to the base ; scutel-

lum black; elytra with ten rows of distinct punctures, the

sutural one short, the submarginal row consisting of some finer

and more irregularly-placed punctures, the interstices minutely

granulate ; the underside and the legs black, the knees, tarsi, and

the last two abdominal segments more or less fulvous ; the sides

of the breast strongly punctured, the rest of the under surface

nearly impunctate ; penis short and broad, strongly curved, the

apex broadly rounded.

Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side),

Balthazar (Windward side).

This species is very similarly coloured to many South

American forms, but differs from all of them in the black

underside and legs; in some specimens, however, the

tibiae are obscurely stained with fulvous below, but to a

small extent. In nearly all the South- and Central-

American species of the genus the colour of the under-

side and legs is fulvous.

Fam. GALERUCIDA,

Subfam. HALTICINA.

Lactica, Erichs.

Lactica tibialis.

Altica tibialis, Oliv., Ent., vi., p. 697, t. 3, fig. 52.

Monomacra religata, Jacq. Duval, in Sagr’s Hist. fis.

polit. y nat. de Cuba, Ins., p. 129.

Hab. St. Vincent; Grenada—Balthazar (Windward

side).

Inhabits the Southern United States and Cuba.

Lactica levicollis, sp. n.

Fulvous, the antenne (the basal joint excepted), the tibie,

tarsi, and abdomen black ; thorax without transverse sulcus, but

with perpendicular grooves, impunctate ; elytra metallic violaceous-

blue, distinctly punctured.

Length, 13 line.

260 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous

Oblong, parallel ; the head impunctate, fulvous, the frontal

tubercles small, oblique, the carina rather broad and short; palpi

robust, piceous; antenne not extending to the middle of the

elytra, black, the basal joint fulvous, the third joint slightly longer

than the fourth, this and the following joints rather robust, the

terminal one elongate, slender ; thorax twice as broad as long, the

sides nearly straight, the anterior angles oblique, thickened, the

posterior margin straight, the surface rather strongly convex,

entirely impunctate, fulvous, the basal margin with a short but

deep perpendicular groove on each side; scutellum fulvous ; elytra

not depressed below the base, metallic blue, evenly, finely, and

regularly punctured in semi-regular distant rows, the punctures

scarcely finer at the apex ; abdomen and legs black, the four anterior

femora fulvous.

Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side.

One specimen. A nearly typical Lactica, but differing

from almost all the species of the genus in the complete

absence of a thoracic transverse suicus; this latter in

itself often shows modification, but scarcely ever entirely

disappears, as in the present case. ‘I'he species cannot be

generically separated from Lactica.

Hermxopaaca, Foudr.

Hermxophaga smith, sp. n.

Black, above metallic dark blue, the basal joints of the antenne,

tne four anterior legs, and the posterior tibize and tarsi flavous ;

thorax with a deep transverse sulcus, impunctate ; elytra distinctly

punctured in closely approached semi-regular rows.

Length, 1-1; line.

Subcylindrical ; the head impunctate on the vertex, the frontal

tubercles linear, the carina very acute, the clypeus longitudinally

depressed on each side ; antennze scarcely extending to the middle

of the elytra, black, the lower four joints, and sometimes the fifth

also, flavous; thorax about one-half broader than long, the sides

straight at the base, rather strongly rounded and also obsoletely

angulate before the middle, the surface convex, entirely impunctate,

and shining, the posterior margin broadly produced at the middle,

the base with a very deep, slightly sinuate, transverse sulcus, which

extends to the sides but is not bounded by a lateral groove ; elytra

with a slight depression below the base, strongly punctured in

closely approached, semi-regular rows ; underside black ; the four

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 261

anterior legs flavous, the posterior femora more or less bluish or

black, the anterior femora sometimes stained with piceous, the first

joint of the tarsi as long asthe following two joints together ; peris

slender, not thickened, the apical cavity short.

Hab. St..Vincent (Leeward side) ; Grenada—Caliveny

Estate and Balthazar (Windward side), St. George’s,

Mt. Maitland, and Mount Gay Hstate (Leeward side).

I am unable to indentify this species with H. cylindrica,

Weise, from Puerto Rico, although it seems closely allied,

the coloration being nearly similar. Weise describes his

species as metallic green: in the present insect the

underside is black ; there is also no trace either of an

oblique depression or punctuation on the thorax, and

the head seems differently sculptured; the elytra, too,

have a slight but distinct depression below the base, of

which Weise says nothing. The antenne in H. smithi

have the second joint thickened, scarcely shorter than the

third, and the terminal joints gradually becoming more

elongate and slightly widened, but not suddenly thickened

as in H. cylindrica. Found in abundance in Grenada.

Hatrtica, Geoftr.

Haltica satellitia.

Haltica satellitia, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., 1,

Suppl., p. 267.

Hab. St. Vincent; Grenada—Balthazar and Mira-

beau Estate (Windward side), Mt. Maitland (Leeward

side), and South end.

“Originally described from Mexico and Guatemala.

Disonycua, Chevr.

Disonycha glabrata.

Orioceris glabrata, Fabr., Spec. Ins. i., p. 156 (1781).

Disonycha glabrata, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., J,

p- dll.

?Criocerts tomentosa, Fabr., Syst. Hnt., p. 122.

Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).

A widely distributed American species, ranging from

the United States to Peru, and also found in Jamaica.

262 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous

Disonycha levigata, sp. n.

‘Fulvous, the antenne (the basal three joints excepted), the apex

of the tibie, and the tarsi fuscous ; head and thorax impunctate,

the latter obscurely marked with piceous; elytra bright metallic

green, microscopically punctured.

Length, 3 lines.

Head impunctate, with the exception of some deep punctures

near the eyes; frontal tubercles scarcely indicated, broad and flat ;

clypeus rather strongly raised and broad ; labrum black; antennz

not extending much beyond the base of the elytra, robust, black,

the lower three joints fulvous beneath, the third joint one-half

longer than the second and slightly shorter than the fourth, the

following joints of nearly equal length and subquadrate in shape ;

thorax twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight, narrowed

towards the apex, the anterior angles obliquely thickened, the

posterior ones strongly oblique, the surface impunctate, with an

obscure blackish transverse band towards the apex; scutellum

broad, black ; elytra bright metallic green, with a narrow reflexed

margin, the surface extremely finely*punctured (when seen under a

very strong lens) ; underside and the femora fulvous.

Hab. Grenada—Lake Antoine and Telescope Estates

(Windward side).

From those of its congeners with unicolorous metallic

elytra, the present species may be distinguished by the

fulvous head, thorax, underside, and femora, in which

respect it differs from D. mellicollis (Say) and D. collata

(Fabr.). The insect seems, however, more nearly allied

(as far as coloration is concerned) to the Central- Ameri-

can D. mexicana, Jac.; but may be separated from it by

the black labrum, the bright metallic green elytra, the

differently sculptured head, and rather large size. Two

specimens.

Systena, Clark.

Systena s-littera.

Crioceris s-littera, Linn., Syst. Nat., 10th edit., p. 373.

Systena s-littera, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., 1,

p. 331.

Systena sinwato-vittata, Clark, Journ. Ent., ii, p. 403.

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 263

Hab. St. Vincent—Windward and Leeward sides,

Kingstown ; Grenada—Balthazar and Mirabeau Estate

(Windward side).

A widely distributed Tropical-American insect ranging

from the Mexican State of Vera Cruz to Brazil. This

species is subject, like many of its congeners, to great

variation, almost entirely testaceous examples occurring,

or with only a trace of darker bands on the elytra. In

well-marked specimens the elytra are greenish-black,

each with a curved testaceous stripe on the disc ending in

a knob-like projection.

Systena bicolor, sp. n.

Flavous or fulvous, the apical joints of the antenne fuscous ;

thorax with a narrow dark lateral stripe, impunctate ; elytra finely

punctate-striate, dark «neous or blackish-green, with a larger or

smaller flavous lateral spot.

Var. a. Elytra flavous, a triangular spot surrounding the scutel-

lum, and the apex, greenish-black.

Var. b. Elytra entirely dark-coloured.

Length, 1-1} line,

Head impunctate, flavous, the extreme base sometimes piceous ;

frontal tubercles small, transverse; palpi slender; antennz

extending beyond the middle of the elytra in the male, shorter in

the female, the first joint thick and straight, the second one-half

shorter, the third and fourth joints equal, the others slightly more

elongate, all the joints furnished with rather long hairs, the lower

four or five flavous, the remainder nearly black; thorax rather

convex, about one-half broader than long, the lateral margins

rounded in front, constricted at the base, the surface impunctate,

flavous or fulvous, the sides with a very narrow piceous stripe

(sometimes obsolete) ; elytra with a depression below the base,

finely and rather closely punctate-striate, the greenish-black por-

tion of variable size—in some specimens occupying the entire disc,

leaving only a flavous spot at the sides, in others the latter colour

prevails—the base with a triangular blackish spot surrounding the

scutellum, the apex entirely of that colour ; the underside and legs

flavous, the abdomen sometimes stained with piceous ; posterior

femora but moderately thickened, the metatarsus of the posterior

legs as long as the following three joints united ; prosternum very

narrow ; anterior coxal cavities closed.

264 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous

Hab. St. Vincent—Kingstown, Leeward side; Grenada

—Balthazar (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward

side).

This Systena differs from most of its allies in the

coloration of the elytra and their regular punctuation ;

the thorax also has no indication of a transverse groove ;

and the posterior femora are not strongly thickened. In

many specimens the dark basal and apical portions of the

elytra are connected by a similarly-coloured narrow

sutural stripe, leaving an elongate flavous spot or band

at the sides.

PsevDOEPITRIX, Jac.

Pseudoepitrix suffriani, sp. n.

Elongate, flavous ; antenne long, joints 5—7 black; thorax

subquadrate, with a deep transverse sulcus, impunctate ; elytra

with a sub-basal depression, strongly punctate-striate.

Length, ? line.

Head perpendicular, impunctate; the frontal tubercles strongly

raised, subquadrate, nearly contiguous ; lower portion of the face

concave, formed of a single piece ; antenne extending nearly to

the apex of the elytra, flavous, the basal joint long, strongly

thickened at the tip, the second short, thick, the third slightly

shorter than the fourth, the fifth, sixth, and seventh joints black,

these and the following joints slender, elongate, not thickened ;

thorax one-half broader than long, narrowed at the base, the sides

rounded anteriorly, the disc transversely convex, with a deep,

sinuate, transverse sulcus near the base, extending nearly to the

sides and punctured within, the basal margin slightly produced at

the middle ; elytra much wider at the base than the thorax, with

a distinct transverse depression, the basal portion rather raised,

the shoulders prominent, closely and strongly punctate-striate, the

punctures extending to the base and distinct nearly to the apex ;

posterior tibize with a small spur; posterior metatarsus as long as

the following two joints together; prosternum narrow, impunc-

tate ; anterior coxal cavities closed.

Hab. St. Vincent.

This insect differs from the two species from Panama

included by me under the generic name Pseudoepitrix

(Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., 1, p. 341) in having the first

joint of the antennz more elongate and the thoracic

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 265

groove deeper. Pseudoepitrix has most of the charac-

ters of Crepidodera, but differs from it in the thoracic

sulcus not being limited laterally by a perpendicular

groove, the thorax itself being nearly quadrate ; it closely

resembles the Eastern genus Manobia, Jac., but may be

at once distinguished by the closed, not open anterior

coxal cavities.

Eprraix, Foudr.

Epitria subfusca, sp. n.

Broadly ovate, very convex, dark chestnut-brown, pubescent ;

antennz and legs fulvous ; thorax finely and remotely punctured,

with deep ante-basal groove ; elytra with round, strong, and

closely-placed punctures, the interstices smooth, pubescent.

Length, } line.

Of dark-brown colour, shining ; the head entirely impunctate,

with the usua! oblique grooves at the sides ; clypeus broad, im-

_ punctate ; antennz in the male long and slender, flavous or pale

fulvous, the second joint thick and short, the third smaller than

the fourth, the following joints gradually thickened; thorax one-

half broader than long, the sides nearly straight, forming a dis-

tinct oblique angle anteriorly, the surface convex, very finely and

remotely punctured towards the apex, the punctures becoming

larger near the base, the sulcus deep and but little sinuate, placed

close to the basal margin, with a row of deep punctures within,

the base itself not much produced in front of the scutellum aud

rounded or slightly truncate ; elytra broader than the thorax and

very convex, with a feeble depression below the base, the punc-

tures rather strong and round, closely placed, scarcely smaller at

the apex, the interstices impunctate and sparingly pubescent, the

pubescence consisting of scattered, short, stiff, light-coloured

hairs; legs fulvous ; prosternum rather strongly punctured.

Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side),

Balthazar and Chantilly (Windward side),

This small Hpitriv, of which about a dozen specimens

are before me, may be at once known from its many

closely allied congeners by the dark chestnut-brown

colour of the upper surface and the non-costate elytral

interstices. There are but few species known of the

same coloration, most of them being black, which is also

the case with H. fuscata (Jacq. Duv.), from Cuba. From

the brownish species described by me from Central

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—Ppart mi. (sEpt.) 18

266 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous

America the present insect may be separated by the very

finely punctured thorax and other particulars.

Lpitriz parvula.

Crioceris parvula, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth., 1., p. 468.

Epitrix parvula, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., 1,

p. 855, and Suppl., p. 289.

Crepidodera hirtipennis, Me}sh., Proc. Acad. Phil., 11.,

p. 165.

Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side ; Grenada—Mount

Gay Estate (Leeward side), Balthazar (Windward

side).

Numerous examples. Extends over the whole of the

United States, and through Central-America to Panama,

and also inhabits Cuba.

Epitria fuscata.

Crepidodera fuscata, Jacq. Duval, in Sagra’s Hist. fis.

polit. y nat. de Cuba, Ins., p. 130.

Kipitrie fuscata, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., 1,

p. 048.

Hab. Greuada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).

Described originally from Cuba, and recorded by me

somewhat doubtfully from Guatemala.

Guiyptina, Lec.

Glyptina (Batophila) nigrita, sp. n.

Apterous, black, the basal joints of the antenne and the legs

dark fulvous; thorax very minutely punctate; elytra finely

punctate-striate ; posterior femora piceous.

Length, $ line.

Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles extremely small, limited

at the sides by narrow oblique grooves ; clypeus rather thick and

broad, deflexed in front ; antennz scarcely extending to the middle

of the elytra, fulvous, the four or five terminal joints fuscous and

gradually thickened, the second joint small but much thickened,

the following four joints thinner but not longer than the second ;

thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the sides straight, the anterior

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 267

angles oblique, the disc rather convex, very minutely and rather dis-

tantly punctured, the punctures evenly distributed, the base not

margined ; elytra strongly convex, pointed at the apex, black,

without metallic gloss, very regularly, finely, and distinctly punc-

tate-striate to the apex, the two outer interstices slightly costate ;

legs dark fulvous; posterior tibis straight, with a spur at the

apex ; posterior metatarsus as long as the following joints to-

gether; claws simple; prosternum longer than broad, nearly

smooth ; anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side),

Balthazar (Windward side).

Like its European congeners, this little species is

apterous. The entirely black upper surface will separate

it from any of the North-American forms. According to

Dr. Horn, the genus Glyptina, Lec. (1859) = Batophila,

Foudr. (1860), and therefore has priority.

APHTHONA, Chevr.

Aphthona maculipennis.

Aphthona maculipennis, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi.,

1, p. 365, and Suppl., p. 293.

Hab. St. Vincent—South end, and Windward and

Leeward sides; Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side),

St. George’s, Venddme and Mount Gay Hstates (Lee-

ward side).

Found in plenty in Grenada.

Inhabits Central America, from Mexico to Panama.

Aphthona grenadensis, sp. n.

Testaceous, the apical joints of the antenne black; thorax

extremely minutely punctured; elytra finely punctate-striate,

shining, the suture very narrowly fuscous.

Length, 1 line.

Head entirely impunctate ; the frontal tubercles indistinct,

bounded at the sides by oblique grooves; clypeus not separated

from the face; antennz not extending much beyond the base of

the elytra, blackish, the lower joints more or less flavous, the second

joint scarcely shorter than the following ones, the terminal joints

268 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous

slightly and gradually thickened, the apical one more elongate than

those preceding ; thorax transversely subquadrate, the sides per-

fectly straight, the anterior angles oblique, forming a slight tooth

posteriorly, the surface microscopicilly punctured ; elytra wider

at the base than the thorax, with rows of fine, regularly placed

punctures, which become indistinct towards the apex ; underside

and legs testaceous, the posterior femora slightly darker ; posterior

tibiz straight ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the

following joints together ; prosternum narrow, constricted between

the coxee.

Hab. St. Vincent (Leeward side) ; Grenada—Mount

Gay Estate (Leeward side), Balthazar and Lake Antoine

Kstate (Windward side).

This Aphthona seems to be closely allied to A. fulvi-

pennis, Jac., from Guatemala; but differs from it in the

nearly obsolete frontal tubercles and the indistinetly

punctured apex of the elytra. The punctate-striate

elytra will help to distinguish the species from most of its

allies.

Lonaitarsus, Latr.

Longitarsus hornt, sp. n.

Apterous, strongly convex, fulvous, the intermediate joints of

the antenne black; thorax subquadrate, impunctate; elytra

extremely minutely and closely punctured.

Length, + line.

Head impunctate, the clypeus triangularly raised ; antenn

extending to the middle of the elytra, the basal four and the apical

three joints flavous, the others black, joints 2-4 short, equal, the

terminal joints slightly thickened; thorax scarcely broader than

long, convex, and subcylindrical, the disc impunctate and shining,

the lateral margins straight, the anterior angles thickened, very

slightly oblique; elytra strongly convex and ovate, pointed at the

apex, dark fulvous, closely and scarcely perceptibly punctured ;

underside and legs pale fulvous or flavous, the metatarsus of the

posterior legs one-third the length of the tibiz.

Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—St.

John’s River and Mount Gay HEstate (Leeward side),

Balthazar (Windward side).

A very small species, resembling in its ovate shape LD.

: Wet é ;

oopterus, Har., from Colombia, L. ovipennis, Jac., from

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 269

Mexico, andothers. LL. varicornis, Suffr., from Cuba, has

a punctured thorax, with rounded sides, and prominent

shoulders to the elytra; L. swbcinctus, Har., from

Colombia and Central America, is much larger, and has

long antennz (no mention is made in the description of

the absence or presence of wings) ; L. intermedius, Jac.,

from Chiriqui, has differently coloured antennz.

CHETOCNEMA, Steph.

Chetocnema nana, sp. n.

Below black, above obscure greenish-eneous, the basal joints of

the antenne and the tibie and tarsi flavous; thorax nearly

impunctate, without oblique angles; elytra strongly punctate-striate,

the interstices impunctate.

Length, } line.

Head impunctate, opaque, greenish-zeneous, sometimes with one

or two punctures above the eyes ; antennze piceous, the lower three

or four joints flavous, the second joint slightly smaller than the

third and following joints, the last joint elongate, pointed; thorax

nearly twice as broad as long, the sides feebly rounded, without

distinct oblique anterior angles, the basal margin with a scarcely

visible impressed line and without punctures, the surface minutely

granulate and microscopically punctured ; elytra nearly black, with

the sutural and other striz regular, the interstices impunctate ;

legs dark fulvous, the posterior femora piceous.

Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), Mount

Gay Estate (Leeward side).

This is one of the smallest species of the genus known

tome. I cannot identify it with any of those described

from North or Central America. It seems most nearly

allied to C. obesula, Lec., and C. ectypa, Horn, on account

of its small size and nearly impunctate thorax; but both

these are described as having punctured elytral inter-

stices. (C. nana belongs to the division in which the

thorax is not distinctly angulate anteriorly and shows no

trace of a row of punctures along the basal margin.

Chetocnema minuta ?

Chetocnema minuta, Melsh., Proc. Acad. Phil., iii.,

p. 167; Horn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., xvi., p. 262.

270 Mr, Martin Jacuby’s List of the Phytophagous

Hab. St. Vincent; Greuada—Mount Gay KEstate

(Leeward side).

The specimens which I provisionally refer to C. méinuta, Melsh.,

are about 3 to 2 of a line in length, of the usual dark bronze

coloration, They have the head impunctate and minutely granu-

late; the antenne with the lower four or five joints fulvous, the

rest black, the terminal joints distinctly thickened and the apical

one more elongate than those preceding; the thorax transverse,

slightly wider at the middle, the sides very feebly rounded, the

anterior angles scarcely obliquely truncate, the surface minutely

and not closely punctured, with the interspaces finely granulate,

the base with a row of distinct punctures at the sides ; the elytra

with closely placed distinct punctures, the striw rather widely

separated, the interstices impunctate, and, as usual, convex at the

sides and apex; the underside and the femora piceous, the tibiz

and tarsi fulvous,

C. minuta is widely distributed in the Southern States

of North America.

Homopuyta, Har.

Homophyla unicolor, sp. n.

Darker or lighter brown, the hasal and apical joints of the

antennee pale, the others black ; thorax microscopically, the elytra

as finely but more remotely, punctured.

Length, 1-14 line.

Head impunctate, the eyes very large, the clypeus broad and im-

punctate ; antennee extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the

three basal and the three apical joints flavous; thorax about two and

a-half times broader than long, the sides straight, narrowed towards

the apex, the anterior angles thickened, the surface extremely

minutely and closely punctured (when seen under a strong lens) ;

scutellum broadly trigonate ; elytra with the shoulders slightly promi-

nent, nearly impunctate (when examined under a strong lens minute,

distantly placed punctures are visible) ; posterior tibize broadly

channelled, emarginate near the apex, the latter with a strong spur;

the first joint of the posterior tarsi longer than the following

joints together ; abdomen paler than the breast and legs,

Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—St.

George’s (Leeward side), Granville (Windward side).

This insect cannot be identified with Homophyla krugi,

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 271

Weise, from Puerto Rico, which differs, according to the

description, in having the thorax distantly punctured

and the elytra more strongly punctulate, neither of which

is the case here. ‘The other described representatives of

the genus differ either in the colour of the antenne or

elytra, or in the more strongly sculptured upper surface.

Homorgata, Hrichs.

Homopheta xquinoctialis.

Galleruca xquinoctialis, Fabr., Syst. Hleuth., 1., p. 493.

Homopheta xquinoctialis, Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col.,

vi., 1, p. 406*; Fleut. et Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr., 1889, p. 478.

Hab. St. Vincent; Grenada—Balthazar, Lake Antoine

and Chantilly Estates (Windward side), Mount Gay

Estate (Leeward side).

A common insect in Tropical America, extending north-

wards to ‘Texas. It has been recorded from Guadeloupe.

(Epionycuis, Latr.

Cdionychis smithi, sp. n.

Piceous, the antenne black; thorax flavous, nearly impunctate ;

elytra very closely punctured, obscure dark violaceous or bluish,

the lateral margins, a transverse spot at the middle, and another

near the apex, flavous.

Var. The anterior flavous spots on the elytra confluent at the

suture, and the posterior spots nearly reaching it.

Length, 24 lines.

Head more or less dark metallic blue, the space between the eyes

and the clypeus obscure fulvous, the former with some strong

punctures, the frontal tubercles and carina distinct ; antenna not

extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower three joints

slightly stained with fulvous at the apex, all the joints, with the

exception of the second, of nearly equal length; thorax more than

twice as broad as long, flavous, the sides evenly but not strongly

rounded, theanterior angles thickened, scarcely produced, the sur-

face with a few very fine punctures, the lateral margins narrowly

* The full synonymy is given here.

272 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagqous

flattened, the disc with some slight depressions at the sides ; scu-

tellum triangular, black ; elytra very closely, evenly, and distinctly

punctured, obscure metallic bluish-black or violaceous, with a short

transverse flavous band or spot at the middle and another near the

apex, these markings sometimes connected at the suture and form-

ing fasciz, the extreme lateral margins also flavous, as well as the

epipleurz ; underside and legs piceous, the base of the tibiz and

the extreme apex of the femora sometimes paler,

Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side),

Caliveny Estate (Windward side).

This Gidionychis may, perhaps, best be compared with

O. chapuisi, Jac., from the Amazons, in which the elytra

are very similarly coloured ; but in that species they are

nearly smooth and impunctate, and of a bright metallic

blue or green. The present species is, however, like

most of its kind, subject to variation: in one specimen

the central spot assumes the shape of a narrow trans-

verse band, which extends to the suture; while in

another the posterior portion of the elytra may be de-

scribed as flavous, with the suture, a narrow stripe across

it, a spot at the sides, and the apex, blackish-blue.

(dionychis sharpi, sp. n.

Black ; thorax flavous, impunctate ; elytra very closely and dis-

tinctly punctured, flavous, with a broad sutural and a sublateral

stripe, extending from the base to near the apex, metallic dark blue.

Length, 2-23 lines.

Head rugosely punctured, black, the vertex with two obscure

fulvous spots, the clypeus flavous or fulvous ; antenne scarcely

extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the basal joint flavous

beneath, the third and fourth joints equal; thorax more than twice

as broad as long, the sides slightly converging in front, but little

rounded, the anterior angles acute, but scarcely produced, the disc

impunctate, flavous, the lateral margins narrowly flattened ; scu-

tellum black ; elytra gradually widened towards the middle, closely

and rather strongly punctured, flavous, the suture with a broad

dark blue stripe, extending to the apex and slightly constricted

below the middle, the sides with a narrower similarly coloured stripe,

not touching the margin nor extending to the apex, the epipleurz

flavous, more or less obscure piceous along their inner margin ;

underside and legs black, the abdominal segments more or less

edged with flavous.

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 273

Hab. St. Vincent —Windward and Leeward sides.

This is one of the striped species, of which a great many

have been described by von Harold in the ‘ Berliner ento-

mologische Zeitschrift? for 1881, with none of which it

entirely agrees. C1. shaipi belongs to the division in which

the elytra have two stripes (instead of three), and amongst

the species of this group it may be known by the imma-

culate thorax and the black underside and legs. C. vit-

tata, Har., from Tropical South America, is closely allied,

but is larger, broader, and more convex, and has a trans-

verse black band on the thorax. The twenty specimens

before me show no variation of importance, except that

in one or two of them the dark stripes of the elytra are

united at the apex.

Puysiuervs, Clark.

Physimerus smithi, sp. n.

Below piceous, above pale fuscous, fulvous, or flavous ; antennz

(the apical joints excepted) and legs flavous ; thorax with a lateral

and a median fuscous stripe ; clytra finely punctate-striate and

pubescent, unspotted or with an obscure basal and post-median

transverse fuscous band.

Length, 1-1} line.

Head minutely rugose-punctate, the frontal tubercles feebly

raised ; clypeus strongly deflexed, shining ; palpi filiform ; antennz

extending beyond the middle of the elytra, filiform, flavous, the

apical two or three joints fuscous, the basal joint rather long and

robust, the second short, the third and fourth elongate, equal, the

fifth joint slightly longer, the following joints rather shorter, the

terminal one more elongate and pointed ; thorax scarcely broader

than long, very feebly narrowed at the base, the surface obsoletely,

obliquely depressed on either side of the disc below the middle,

clothed with short pubescence, which obscures the punctuation, ful-

vous, a narrow stripe at the middle and one on each side fuscous ;

scutellum small, fuscous; elytra with fine rows of punctures, scarcely

perceptibly depressed below the base, opaque, fulvous, with a trans-

verse band at the base and another below the middle fuscous, the

lower one sometimes very broad and extending upwards at the sides,

the surface clothed with short pubescence and scattered stiff yel-

lowish bristles; legs flavous; posterior tibize with a spur; posterior

tarsal joints short, of nearly equal length.

274 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous

Hab. St. Vineent—Leeward side and South end;

Grenada—Grand Etang, 1,900 feet (Windward side).

The above description is based upon the few specimens

which show the elytral bands rather distinctly ; in the

majority of them, however, the bands are obsolete or

faintly indicated. This small species may be known

amongst its allies by the three narrow fuscous vitte of

the thorax.

Hyrorampsis, Clark.

Ilypolampsis annulicornis, sp. n.

Below piceous, above fuscous, finely pubescent; antenne piceous,

the ninth and tenth joints, and the apex of the others, pale ; elytra

finely punctate-striate, clothed with short grey pubescence, paler or

darker fuscous ; legs pale testaceous.

Var. Above and below pale testaceous, the elytra with a more

or less distinct dentate darker band below the middle.

Length, 15-2 lines.

Head finely and closely rugose-punctate, longitudinally depressed

between the eyes, and clothed with very short yellow or grey

pubescence, the space between the antennz in the shape of an

acutely-raised ridge; labrum flavous; palpi filiform, scarcely

thickened ; antennz extending to the middle of the elytra, rather

robust, piceous, the joints testaceous at the apex, the ninth and

tenth entirely of that colour, the seventh and eighth joints and

also the terminal one entirely dark; thorax subquadrate, dis-

tinctly narrowed at the base, the disc with two slightly raised

tubercles before the middle, very finely punctured, fuscous, and

clothed with very short pubescence ; elytra much broader than the

thorax, obsoletely transversely depressed below the base, rather

finely but distinctly punctate-striate, the interstices slightly costate,

and clothed with short grey or yellowish pubescence ;: underside

piceous, impunctate ; legs pale, the femora sometimes darker at the

apex ; posterior tibic straight, without small teeth, the apex with

a short spur.

Hab. St. Vincent—Windward and Leeward sides ;

Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side), Mount Gay Kstate

(Leeward side).

As in most of the species of this genus the coloration

of the upper surface is dull and rather variable, the paler

forms showing some obscure darker patches and the

; . : : : ; %

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 275

others being entirely dark fuscous. The principal mark

of distinction lies, however, in the coloration of the joints

of the antennzx, which seems to be constant, even in the

pale variety. ‘The elytra in the latter show one or two

pale fuscous, deeply indented, transverse bands, before

and below the middle.

Meaistoes, Boh.

Megistops granulatus, sp. n.

Obscure pale fulvous, above pale flavous, the apical joints of the

antenne darker; thorax transverse, finely granulate, opaque ;

elytra similarly sculptured, the sides and two triangular spots at

the middle dark brown.

Length, 2 lines.

Of bigneate shape ; the sides of the head entirely occupied by the

large eyes, which, in the male, meet at the vertex, leaving a narrow

triangular strep eshte space below, the frontal elevations very

small, the labrum piceous ; antenne extending to the base of the

elytra, slender, fulvous, the terminal joints fuscous, the basal joint

elongate and thickened, the second and third joints small, equal,

the former also thickened, the fourth joint longer than the follow-

ing ones, the terminal joints much shorter ; thorax nearly three

times broader than long, the sides straight and obliquely converg-

ing in front, the anterior angles thickened, slightly oblique, the

surface minutely granulate, without any punctuation, flavous,

Opaque ; scutellum piceous ; elytra conjointly rounded at the apex,

elongate, rather convex, somewhat subcylindrical, the surface

coloured and sculptured like that of the thorax, the sides with a

narrow piceous stripe, which, at the middle, widens into a small

triangular spot, while a similar spot is placed transversely near the

suture (this latter spot is absent in one specimen); legs obscure

flavous ; the posterior femora strongly incrassate ; posterior tibiz

robust, dilated, with a broad spur, emarginate at the apex ; posterior

metatarsus as long as the following joints together.

Hab. Grenada—St. George’s and Mount Gay Hstates

(Leeward side).

If Megistops is to be retained as distinct from Dibolia,

on account of the large eyes meeting on the median line,

the present species must be referred to it, although a dif-

ference will probably be found in regard to this structure

in the two sexes. ‘he prosternum, however, in Megistops

276 Mr. Martin Jacoby’s List of the Phytophagous

is not formed for the reception of the parts of the mouth,

as in Dibolia. The present species is peculiar, owing to

the almost complete absence of punctuation ; afew feeble

punctures are, however, visible near the suture of the

elytra.

Subfam. GALERUCINA.

ScHEmatizA, Blanch.

Schematiza livida.

Galeruca livida, Oliv., Eneycl. Méth., vi., p. 589;

Ent., vi., p. 631, t. 1, fig. 2.

Galerucella livida, Fleut. et Sallé, Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1889, p. 479.

Hab. Grenada—Caliveny Estate and Granville (Wind-

ward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).

Many specimens. Originally described from the

Island of Guadeloupe.

Diasrotica, Chevr,

Diabrotica melanocephala.

Galleruca melanocephala, Fabr., Knt. Syst., Suppl.,

a Sy

Galeruca melanocephala, Oliv., Hut., vi., p. 652, t. 4,

fig. 65.

Hab. St. Vincent—Kingstown, and Leeward and

Windward sides ; Grenada—Balthazar, Mirabeau Estate

(Windward side), Mount Gay and Venddme Estates,

Grand Etang Road (Leeward side).

Found in plenty in St. Vincent. A South-American

species, not extending to Central America.

Nabrotica bivittata.

Crioceris bivittata, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth., i., p. 455.

Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side; Grenada—Bal-

thazar (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate (Leeward

side).

Another Tropical American species ; not extending to

Central America.

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 277

Crrotoma, Chevr.

Cerotoma ruficornis.

Galeruca ruficornis, Oliv., Encycl. Méth., vi., p. 200.

Cerotoma ruficornis, Jacq. Duval, in Sagra’s Hist. fis.

polit. y nat. de Cuba, Ins., p. 126, t. 2, fig. 8;

Jac., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi.,1, p. 616; Fleut.

et Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr., 1889, p. 480.

Galeruca denticornis, Oliv., Ent., vi., p. 659, t. 5,

fig. 78.

Cerotoma atrofasciata, Jac., P.Z.S8., 1879, p. 792.

Hab. St. Vincent—Kingstown; Grenada—Mount

Gay and Vendéme Hstates, Mt. Maitland (Leeward

side), Balthazar, Granville (Windward side) ; Grenadines

—Becquia I.

Found in plenty in both St. Vincent and Grenada, and

also met with by Mr. Smith at Barbados. A common

species in Tropical America, ranging from Mexico to

Venezuela, and also known to occur in Cuba, Puerto Rico,

and Guadeloupe.

HISPIDA AND CASSIDIDA.

By G. C. C#Hampron.

Fam. HISPIDZ.

Cuatepus, Thunb.

Chalepus sanguinicollis.

Hispa sanguinicollis, Linn., Mant. Plant. alt., vi.,

p. 080) (1771); Ohviy Mat wa, p. 765, no. 9,

tela tos. 12a, be

Odontota sanguinicollis, Chapuis, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,

Ory, en dey i;

Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides ;

Grenada—Mount Gay istate, St. George’s, Mt. Mait-

land (Leeward side), Chantilly, Caliveny and Lake

Antoine Estates, Granville, Palthazar (Windward side),

Grand Ance (South end); Grenadines—Becquia I.,

Union I.

Inhabits San Domingo and Tropical South America.

278 Mr. G. C. Champion’s List of the Phytophagous

Chalepus plebeius.

Odontota plebeia, Chapuis, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xx.,

p. 16%

Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides ;

Grenada—Woodford Estate and Mt. Maitland (Leeward

side), Mirabeau and Chantilly Estates and Grand Etang

(Windward side).

The numerous specimens from the above localities seem

to be referable to this species.

It is variable in colour, like many of its allies, three well-

marked forms being present in the series obtained—one with a

black median vitta or oblong mark on the dise of the thorax, one

with the thorax immaculate, and one with the femora obscurely

rufescent near the base. The head is black, smooth, and dull, and

canaliculate between the eyes. The thorax is transverse, sub-

conical, the sides being strongly constricted in front and slightly

sinuate before the base; the surface isclosely impressed with coarse,

shallow punctures ; it is ferruginous or flavo-ferruginous in colour,

with a median vitta or oblong spot on the disc, which is sometimes

completely obliterated or only faintly indicated. The elytra are

long and parallel, with ten rows of punctures, except for a short

distance before the middle, between the second and fourth cost,

where the number is reduced to nine; the second, fourth, and

eighth interstices are strongly, and the sixth at the base and apex

more feebly, costate ; the apices are conjointly rounded, each with

about six or eight rather long, fine teeth ; each elytron has a very

broad, marginal, ferruginous or flavo-ferruginous stripe extending

from the base to far beyond the middle, leaving about the apical

fourth, and the suture broadly, black. The legs are entirely black,

except in one specimen.

Examples of the same species from Colombia and

Venezuela are contained in the British Museum. Chapuis’

type was from Colombia.

Fam. CASSIDIDA.

Mesompuatia, Hope.

Mesomphalia exclamationis.

Cassida exclamationis, Linn., Syst. Nat., 12th edit.

LoD

en 1 Dae

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 279

Mesomphalia exclamationis, Boh., Mon. - Cassid.,. 1.,

p- 379, and iv., p. 176; Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am.,

Col., vi, 2, p. 145; Flent. et Sallé, Ann. Soc.

Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 480; Horn, Proc. Calif. Acad.

Sci. (2), iv., p. 344.

Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada—Lake

Antoine Estate and Balthazar (Windward side), Mount

Gay Estate (Leeward side) ; Grenadines— Union I.

A widely-distributed. Tropical American insect, extend-

ing northwards to Lower California, and recorded from

Trinidad, Martinique, and Guadeloupe.

CuetymMorPHa, Boh.

Chelymorpha polysticha.

Chelymorpha polysticha, Boh., Mon. Cassid., i1., p. 56 ;

Fleut. et Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 480.

Hab. St. Vincent ; Grenada—Mirabeau and Chantilly

Estates, Balthazar (Windward side), Woodford Estate,

Mt. Maitland (Leeward side).

Found in numbers in Grenada. Described from

Guadeloupe I.

CoprocycLa, Boh.

Coptocycla judaica.

Cassida judaica, Fabr., Spec. Ins., 1., p. 109.

Coptocycla judaica, Boh., Mon. Cassid., ili., p. 293, and

iv., p. 441 ; Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi., 2,

p. 209.

Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides ;

Grenada—La Force, Mirabeau, and Lake Antoine Ks-

tates, Balthazar (Windward side), Mount Gay Estate

(Leeward side).

A Tropical American species, extending to the

southern part of the Isthmus of Panama.

Coptocycla bicolor.

Cassida bicolor, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 83.

Coptocycla bicolor, Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., vi.,

2, p..al2.

280 Mr. Champion’s List of Phytophagous Coleoptera.

Coptocycla aurichalcea, Boh., Mon. Cassid., iii., p. 142,

and iv., p. 402.

Coptocycla aurisplendens, Boh., loc. cit., 111., p. 349, and

iv., p, 452.

? Coptocycla bistripunctata, Fleut. et Sallé, Ann. Soc.

Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 481.

Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides ;

Grenada—Mirabeau Estate (Windward side), Woodford

Estate (Leeward side) ; Grenadines—Becquia I.

Twelve specimens, inseparable from the var. awrisplen-

dens of C. bicolor, an abundant insect in the Southern

United States and Central America.

Coptocycla guadeloupensis.

Coptocycla gwadeloupensis, Boh., Mon. Cassid., iii.,

p. 427, and iv., p. 468; Fleut. et Sallé, Ann. Soc.

Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 481.

Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides ;

Grenadines—Mustique I.

If I have correctly identified the nine specimens ob-

tained by Mr. Smith, Boheman’s description must have

been made from a pallid variety, with the thoracic and

elytral markings obliterated. In fully-coloured examples

of the present species the thorax has a black or reddish-

brown subquadrate patch on the disc at the base, this

being deeply excised in the centre in front and dilated

laterally behind; and the elytra have a broad fascia on

the disc below the base, and a large patch before the

apex, neither reaching the suture and sometimes con-

nected laterally, fusco-olivaceous. In two specimens the

markings of the thorax and elytra are almost obsolete,

thus nearly agreeing with Boheman’s description.

Serr. Ist, 1897.

COS)

X. On the Serricorn Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada,

and the Grenadines. By Grorce CHarites CHau-

pion, F.Z.S.

[Read March 17th, 1897.]

Tu1s paper, like the preceding, gives an account of a

portion of the Coleoptera collected by Mr. H. H. Smith

in St. Vincent, Grenada, and the Grenadines, under the

auspices of the West India Committee of the Royal

Society and British Association. Three families of the

Serricorn series, the Elateride, Rbipidoceridz, and

Dascillide are here dealt with.

The species are as follows :

ELATERID&.

Holus melliculus, Cand.

Physorhinus erythrocephalus, F.

Anchastus moratus, Cand.

Anchastomorphus phedrus, Cand,

Horistonotus sericeus, sp. n.

Esthesopus grenadensis, sp. 0.

Pyrophorus noctilucus, L.

Cosmesus flavidus, Cand.

Agrypnellu squamifera, Caud.

Chalcolepidius virens, F.

BA silbermanni, Chevr.

Dicrepidius insularis, sp. 1.

Crepidius flavipes, sp. 0.

Ischiodontus inornatus, Cand.

Monocrepidius posticus, Eschsch.

Heteroderes laurenti, Guér.

Aolus nigromaculatus, Drap.

RHIPIDOCERIDA.

Callirrhipis Pherminieri, Lap.

DASCILLIDA.

Cneoglossa, sp. ?

Prionoscirtes dilaticornis, sp. 0.

Scirtes pilatei, Guer.

» angustatus, Champ.

5 tnsularis, sp. n,

, suborbiculatus, Champ.

Scirtes salicis, Champ.

Cyphon dehiscens, sp. 0.

» earaibus, sp. n.

Ptilodactyla humerosa, Champ.

% sancti-vincentis, Sp. 1.

5 antillarum, sp. 1.

Fam. ELATERIDA.

Group AGRYPNINI.

AGRrYPNELLA, Champ.

Heterostethus, Schwarz, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1896,

p. 147.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—PaRT III.

(SEPT.) 19

282 Mr. George Charles Champion on the Serricorn

Agrypnella squamifera.

Cryptohypnus squamifer, Cand., Hlat. Nouv., i., p. 88

(1864); Fleut., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1891, p. 283.

Agrypnella squamifera, Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am.,

Col., i1., 1, pp. 415, 556, t. 18, figs. 21, 21a, b;

Ent. Monthly Mag., xxxii., p. 161.

Heterostethus pictus, Schwarz, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr.,

1896, p. 147.

Hab. Grenada—Telescope Estate (Windward side).

Three specimens. A widely-distributed insect in the

warmer parts of America, ranging from Guatemala to

Monte Video and Paraguay.

Group CHALCOLEPIDIINI.

Coaucoterrpius, Eschsch.

Chalcolepidius virens.

Klater virens, Fabr., Mant. Ins., i., p. 172.

Chalcolepidius virens, Cand., Hlat. Nouv., iii., p. 22;

Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1886, p. Ixxii.; Champ.,

Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., iii., 1, p. 280.

Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side).

Two specimens, females. A Tropical- American insect

extending to as far north as Mexico.

Chalcolepidius silbermannt.

Chalcolepidius silbermanni, Chevr., Col. Mex., Cent. ii,

fase. 8, No. 197 (1835) ; Cand., Monogr. Elat., i.,

p. 275; Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., iu., 1,

p. 280, t. 11 fie, 2a:

Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side.

Four specimens, females, varying very greatly in size

and to some extent in the colour of the scales. The

commonest and most widely-distributed species of the

genus in Central America, ranging from Northern Mexico

to Venezuela.

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines.

Group DICREPIDIINI.

Dicrepipius, Eschsch.

Dicrepidius insularis, sp. n.

3 Very elongate, narrow, flattened above, shining ; piceous or

reddish-brown, the hind angles of the prothorax, and in one speci-

men the anterior part also, reddish in colour, beneath reddish-

castaneous, the antennz and legs ferrugineo-testaceous ; above and

beneath somewhat thickly clothed with fulvo-cinereous pubescence.

Head coarsely punctured, short, deeply sunk into the prothorax,

sulcate between the eyes, declivousin front, the front subtriangular,

the frontal carina not prominent as viewed from above, the eyes

large ; antenne very elongate, extending to far beyond the middle

of the elytra, the joints from the third each with an exceedingly

elongate, slender ramus. Prothorax as long as broad, subcylin-

drical, slightly narrowed in front; the hind angles long and feebly

divergent, a little incurved at the tip, carinate ; the surface some-

what thickly, moderately coarsely punctate (more sparsely and more

coarsely in one specimen), the punctuation becoming sparser and

finer towards the base, and with a median channel extending from

a little beyond the middle to the base. Elytra about three and

one-third times longer than the prothorax, gradually narrowing

almost from the base ; punctate-striate, the strie deeply impressed

in front, the interstices convex and sparsely, rugulosely punctured.

Length 14, breadth a little over 3 millim. j

Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side; Grenada-—Bal-

thazar (Windward side).

One specimen from each locality, differing a little inter se

in the colour of the body and the intensity of the puncturing

of the thorax. D.insularis resembles the Central- American

D. politus, Champ., in the form of the antennz in the

male, except that the rami are still more elongate ; but

differs from it in the less attenuate elytra, the more

closely punctured thorax, the hind angles of which are

less divergent, etc. The exceedingly elongate slender

rami of the antennz in the male also separates it from D.

palmatus, Cand., recorded from Guadeloupe by Fleutiaux

and Sallé. The present insect cannot be identified with

either D. ignotus or D. elegans, Fleut. and Sallé, from the

same locality, apparently described from females only.

284 Mr. George Charles Champion on the Serricorn

CreEpipius, Cand.

Crepidius flavipes, sp. 0.

d Moderately elongate, rather convex, narrow, shining ; black,

the legs flavo-testaceous, with the tarsi slightly infuscate ; above

and beneath sparsely clothed with rather long, fine, decumbent

hairs, which are fuscous on the elytra and fulvo-cinereous on the

other parts of the body. Head coarsely, closely punctate, deeply

triangularly excavate in front, the frontal plate moderately pro-

minent and rounded anteriorly ; antennz about reaching the basal

fourth of the elytra, stout, joints 3—10 gradually becoming flabel-

late, 6—10 each with a long, stout, flattened ramus. Prothorax a

little broader thaa long, convex in front, very gradually narrowing

from the base forwards, the sides rounded anteriorly ; the hind

angles greatly produced, slightly divergent, and acutely carinate ;

the surface thickly, coarsely punctate—the punctuation becoming

sparser and finer on the basal portion of the disc, and very coarse,

crowded, and umbilicate towards the sides anteriorly,—and with a

median channel behind. Elytra about three and one-third times

longer than the prothorax, gradually narrowing from a little below

the base ; with rows of coarse punctures placed in shallow strie,

these, however, being deeply impressed on the basal declivity, the

interstices very sparsely punctured. Hind coxal plates abruptly,

triangularly dilated inwards.

Length 103, breadth 3 millim.

Hab. St. Vincent.

One example. This very distinct species may be readily

known by the deep black colour of the body, the black

antenn, and the yellow legs. It is closely allied to

C. rhipiphorus, Cand. (of which C. brunneus, Fleut. and

Sallé, is probably the female), from Guadeloupe; but

may be distinguished from it (apart from the dissimilar

coloration of the legs and antennz) by the shorter an-

tennal rami of the male, and the courser, deeper, and

more crowded umbilicate punctures at the sides of the

thorax.

Of the two males representing C. rhipiphorus in the

Janson collection one has the antennz and legs ferru-

gineo-testaceous (as described by Candéze), and the other

has the legs (the tarsi excepted) piceous and the antennz

black.

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 285

Iscuropontus, Cand.

Ischiodontus inernatus.

Ischiodontus inornatus, Cand., Monogr. Elat., 11., p. 100 ;

Fleut. et Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 409.

Hab. St. Vincent—Kingstown, Windward and Lee-

ward sides ; Grenada—Mount Gay (Leeward side), Bal-

thazar (Windward side) ; Grenadines—Mustique I.

Found in plenty in St. Vincent and Grenada. Most of

the specimens, males and females alike, are reddish-

brown in colour, with the thorax not darker than the

elytra. Dr. Candéze gives as localities Northern Colombia

and the Antilles. There are specimens of it from

Cartagena and the Island of Martinique in the Janson

collection, and it has been recorded by Fleutiaux and

Sallé from Guadeloupe.

Group MONOCREPIDIINI.

Monocreripius, Eschsch.

Monocrepidius posticus.

Elater posticus, Eschsch., Entomograph.,1., p. 76(1822).

Monocrepidius posticus, Cand., Monogr. Hlat., 11., p. 256.

Monocrepidius posticus, var. y, Champ., Biol. Centr.-

Aume, Cols, 10. [y paso:

Hab. St. Vincent ; Grenada—St. George’s (Leeward

side), Balthazar and Telescope Estate (Windward side).

Five specimens. ‘They all have a well-defined reddish-

yellow spot at the apex of each elytron, and im one of

them (the one from St. Vincent) there is an oblong

similarly-coloured spot on the disc of each a little beyond

the middle. A ‘T'ropical-American insect, extending

northwards to the Mexican State of Vera Cruz.

HETERODERES, Latr.

Heteroderes laurenti.

Hlater (Oophorus) laurentii, Guér., Mag, Zool., 1838,

Ins. du Voyage de la Favorite, p. 31, t. 230, fig. 3.

Heteroderes laurentii, Cand., Monogr. Elat., ii., p. 373.

Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides ;

Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side), Telescope

Estate and Soubise (Windward side); Grenadines—

Mustique I.

286 Mr. George Charles Champion on the Serricorn

Found in abundance at St. Vincent and Mustique.

These specimens differ from the closely-allied H. ampli-

collis (Gyll.), recorded from St. Bartholomew and Guade-

loupe, in the uniform punctuation of the under surface of

the body, H. amplicollis having intermixed coarser punc-

tures. A widely-distributed insect in ‘Tropical South

America, apparently not extending to the Isthmus of

Panama.

/fioius, Eschsch.

Ajolus nigromaculatus.

Elater nigromaculatus, Drap., Ann. Gén. Sci. Phys.,

iii., p. 271, t. 42, fig. 2 (1820).

AHolus nigromaculatus, Cand., Monogr. Hlat., 11., p. 301,

t. 5, fig. 15 ; Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., iii., 1,

p- 360.

Hab. Grenada—Balthazar, La Force Estate (Wind-

ward side), Mount Gay Estate, St. George’s (Leeward

side) ; Grenadines—Mustique I.

Found in plenty in Grenada. A Tropical-American

species ranging from Nicaragua to the Amazons valley.

Afolus melliculus.

Ajolus melliculus, Cand., Monogr. Elat., ii., p. 295, t. 5,

fig. 9 (1859) ; Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., ii1.,

1, p: 366, t. 16, fig. 9.

Ajolus moreleti, 'Tarn., Col. Acor., p. 94 (1860).

Molus rubricatus, Cand., loc. cit., p. 294.

Hab. Grenada—Caliveny Estate (Windward side),

St. George’s (Leeward side).

Found in abundance at St. George’s, all but four of

the specimens belonging to the typical form, the re-

mainder to the var. rubricatus. A common insect in

Tropical-America, extending southwards to Buenos Ayres

and northwards to the Mexican State of Vera Cruz, and

introduced into the Azores.

Group PHYSORHINI.

Puysoruinus, Eschsch.

Physorhinus erythrocephalus.

later erythrocephalus, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth., 11., p. 241.

Physorhinus erythrocephalus, Cand., Monogr. Elat.,11., p.

389 ; Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., ii., 1, p. 386.

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 287

Hab. Grenadines—Mustique I., Becquia I.

Five specimens. These differ from P. erythrocephalus

in their rather small size, less elongate shape, and more

transverse thorax, and also in having the yellow spots on

the elytra rounded and very sharply defined, owing to

their being surrounded by black (as is often the case in

P. stellatus), the rest of the ground-colour being reddish-

brown. As some of the species of this genus (P. distig-

ma, etc.) are extremely variable in size and colour, it 1s

perhaps best to treat the present insect as a varietal

form of P. erythrocephalus. In the closely allied P.

insularis, Cand., from Guadeloupe, which is perhaps an

extreme form of P. erythrocephalus, the elytral spots are

so much extended as to leave only the suture and a post-

median fascia of the ground-colour.

Ancuastus, Lec.

Anchastus moratus.

Monelasmus moratus, Cand., Monogr. Hlat., iv., p. 334.

Anchastus moratus, Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col.,

its, |p. SOA, talks, Woes cane

Hab. Grenada-—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).

One specimen, agreeing perfectly with the type from

San Martin Tuxtla, in the Mexican State of Vera Cruz.

The only other known localities for this peculiar species

are Yucatan and San José on the Pacific coast of

Guatemala, where a specimen was found by myself in

1879.

ANcHAstToMorPHusS, Champ.

Anchastomorphus phedrus.

Anchastus phedrus, Cand., Monogr. Elat., i1., p. 401.

Anchastomorphus phedrus, Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am.,

Cols im.) 15 p. 400), 6218) tre 2:

Anchastus crua-nigra, Fleut., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,

1895, p. 170.

Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (Windward side).

One specimen. It has the elytra testaceous, with the

suture narrowly, and a transverse mark at the middle of

the disc, piceous. A widely distributed and variable

Tropical-American insect, extending as far north as

the Mexican State of Guerrero.

288 Mr. George Charles Champion on the Serricorn

Group CARDIOPHORINT.

Horistronorus, Cand.

Horistonotus sericeus, sp. 0.

Moderately elongate, convex, rather broad, shining ; black, the

anterior and hind angles of the prothorax and the front of the

head more or less reddish, the legs and antennz testaceous or

obscure testaceous; clothed with a fine, silky, fulvo-cinereous

pubescence. Head densely, minutely punctate, with intermixed

much coarser punctures, the frontal carina rather prominent ;

antenne slender, extending to far beyond the hind angles of the

prothorax, Prothorax distinctly broader than long, widest a little

behind the middle and rapidly narrowing thence to the apex,

slightly constricted towards the base, the base deeply bi-incised on

either side, the marginal carina extending to near the apex; the

entire surface densely, very minutely punctate, with distinct inter-

mixed slightly coarser punctures, and sometimes with a short

median channel before the base ; the hind angles moderately pro-

duced, not divergent, incurved at the tip. Elytra two and three-

fifths longer than the prothorax and a little wider than it at the

base, somewhat rounded at the sides, gradually narrowing from

about the basal fourth, the humeri rounded externally ; deeply

punctate-striate, the interstices convex, all becoming acutely costate

towards the apex, the alternate ones appearing a little more

raised than the others, and also thickly, minutely punctate, with

scattered coarser punctures intermixed. Beneath densely, very

minutely punctate, with intermixed coarser punctures ; the sixth

ventral segment, and also the apex of the fifth, longitudinally

wrinkled. Hind coxal plates very broadly dilated in their inner

half. Tarsal claws bicuspid at the tip.

Length 10-11}, breadth 33-34 millim.

Hab. St. Vincent—Kingstown and Windward side.

Three specimens, their sex not ascertained. Closely

allied to the widely distributed H. ewxoletus, Erichs. ; but

much larger and broader, with the dense general punctua-

tion of the upper and under surfaces very minute, the

thorax more narrowed anteriorly, and the elytra less

acuminate at the apex. From H. acutipennis, Cand.,

from Venezuela, which it approaches in size, it may be

known by its less elongate shape, shorter thorax, less

acuminate elytra, less abruptly dilated hind coxal plates,

and the finer general punctuation, especially of the under

surface.

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 289

Estuesorus, Eschsch.

Esthesopus grenadensis, sp. n.

Short, moderately broad, rather convex, shining, black; the anterior

and hind angles of the prothorax and the front of the head reddish,

the scutellum piceous, the elytra testaceous, with a common broad

sutural stripe extending to beyond the middle, and the sides narrowly

at the middle, piceous, the sides of the metasternum and of the abdo-

men, and the epipleure, reddish, the antenne and legs testaceous ;

above and beneath clothed with fine yellowish-cinerecus pubescence.

Head densely, minutely punctate, with coarser punctures intermixed,

the frontal carina moderately prominent ; antennz slender, about

reaching the base of the prothorax. Prothorax much broader

than long, transversely convex, a little narrowed in front and sub-

parallel behind, distinctly compressed laterally at the middle, the

sides thus appearing sinuate at this part; the base truncate on

either side, without incisions ; the marginal carina nearly reaching

the anterior angles; the hind angles very little produced, incurved at

the tip, and excavate above for the reception of the humeri ; the

surface densely, minutely punctate, with coarser punctures inter-

mixed. Scutellum rather convex in front. Elytra about two and

one-third times longer than the prothorax, and of the same width,

somewhat flattened on the disc, subparallel to the middle and nar-

rowing thence to the apex; coarsely and deeply punctate-striate, the

interstices convex and densely, rugulosely punctate. Beneath

densely, minutely punctate, with coarser punctures intermixed.

Length 5, breadth 13 millim. (¢.)

Hab. Grenada—Telescope Estate (Windward side).

One example. This peculiar little species is allied to

FB. hepaticus, Erichs.,* from Central and South America,

pallid varieties of which are sometimes somewhat

similarly coloured ; but it is much smaller and narrower,

the thorax is more convex above and compressed laterally

at the middle, the elytra are more deeply punctate-

striate, with the interstices more convex, etc.

Group PYROPHORINI.

Pyropnorus, Illig.

Pyrophorus noctilucus.

Elater noctilucus, Linn., Syst. Nat., 10th edit.,i., p. 404

(1758).

* Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., iii., 1, pp. 439, 440.

290 Mr. George Charles Champion on the Serricorn

Pyrophorus noctilucus, Cand., Monogr. Hlat., iv.,

p. 14; Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col.,ii.,1, p. 466,

t. 20, fig. 18 ( ¢ genitalia).

Hab. St. Vincent.

Found in abundance in St. Vincent. These specimens

vary greatly in size, most of them being comparatively

small. They all have the thorax very coarsely and deeply

punctured, and the punctures of the elytral striz very

distinct. There are similar examples from Guadeloupe

and Brazil in the Janson collection. A common species

in-many of the Antillean islands and also in Tropical

South America, and somewhat doubtfully recorded from

Central America, where it is replaced by P. pellucens,

Eschsch.

Group AGRIOTINI,

Cosmesus, Eschsch.

Cosmesus flavidus.

Cosmesus flavidus, Cand., Monogr. Elat., iv., p. 356.

Hab. St. Vincent—Top of Soufriére.

One specimen, agreeing with Dr. Candéze’s descrip-

tion, except in its smaller size, measuring only four

(instead of five) millimetres in length. The outer vitte

on the thorax are short. The elytra are distinctly trun-

cate at the apex, with the sutural and outer angles feebly

mucronate. ‘The type was from Venezuela.

Fam. RHIPIDOCERID.

CaLiirRuiris, Latr.

Callirrhipis Vherminieri.

Callirhipis Vherminieri, Lap., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1854,

p: 250, t. 2, figs. 1, lab (2); Macord) Gen:

Col., Atlas, t. 43, fig. 3( f); Fleut. et Sallé, Ann.

Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 414.

Callirhipis brunnea, Lap., loc. cit., p. 261 (2).

Hab. St. Vincent.

One pair. The female is (as usual) nearly glabrous and

very much larger and broader than the male; it also has the

——_

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 291

thorax more sparsely and the elytra more coarsely punc-

tured, the legs stouter, and the rami of the antenne very

much shorter.

Originally described from the island of Guadeloupe,

from males only.

Fam. DASCILLIDA:.

CneoaLossa, Guér.

Cneoglossa, sp. ?.

Hab. St. Vincent—Windward side.

One example, different from any of the three known

species of the genus—two from Central America and one

from Colombia; but as the head is broken off it cannot

be described. ‘The insect is fusco-testaceous in colour,

with the scutellum and legs paler. It is desirable to

record the presence of the genus in St. Vincent.

Prionoscirtes, Champ.

Prionoscirtes dilaticornis, sp. 0.

¢. Rotundate, convex, shining, thickly clothed with greyish

pubescence ; black, the mouth-parts ferruginous, the palpi yellow,

the antenne flavo-testaceous, with the basal joint testaceous, the

legs testaceous, the hind femora partly infuseate beneath, the

under surface piceous ; the entire upper surface somewhat thickly,

minutely punctate. Head very broad, dilated on either side in

front, the mandibles prominent, the eyes large ; antenne as long

as the body, joint 1 moderately stout, 2 and 3 short, small, 3

slightly longer than 2, 4-11 broadly dilated and serrate, tapering a

little towards the tip, 4 more than twice as long as 3. Legs short,

rather stout; the upper spur of the hind tibie nearly as long as

the first tarsal joint.

Length 23, breadth 2 millim.

Hab. St. Vincent.

One example. This very distinct species is allied to

P. nigripennis, Champ., the female only of which is

known, but may be at once separated from it, apart from

the difference in colour, by the very elongate, greatly

dilated, strongly serrate antenne, with relatively stouter

third joint. The basal joint is not stouter than in the

female of P. nigripeniis (in the genus Prionocyphon the

292 Mr. George Charles Champion on the Serricorn

basal joint is usually enormously dilated on the inner side

in the males). The two known species of Prionoscirtes

are both from the Pacific slope of Guatemala, and both

unique, like the present insect.

Scirtes, Lig.

Scirtes pilatet.

Scyrtes pilatei, Guér., Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1861, p. 545.

Scirtes pilatei, Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., ut, 1,

p. old.

Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).

One specimen. A common and widely distributed

insect in Central America, ranging from Tabasco to

Panama.

Scirtes angustatus.

Scirtes anqustatus, Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., 111.,

t pp. Oll6, Gol.

Hab, Grenada—St. George’s (Leeward side).

Two males and one female. In the original description

1 accidentally omitted to notice the peculiar sexual

character of the female, suggestive of that of some of the

American species of Cyphon. In this sex the elytra

have each a large rugulose depression before the apex, of

which there is no trace in the male, the latter also differ-

ing from the female in having the fifth ventral segment

emarginate at the apex.

Scirtes insularis, sp. n.

d. Oval, depressed, shining, finely pubescent, testaceous, the

eyes black. Head, prothorax, and scutellum rather sparsely,

minutely punctate, the elytra thickly, finely punctate ; head very

broad, the eyes large and rather prominent; antenne long,

moderately slender, joint 3 very small, half the length of 2, 4-11

elongate. Fifth ventral segment feebly emarginate at the apex.

Length 23-3 millim.

Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides.

Four examples. Amongst the Central-American

species, this Scirtes most nearly resembles S. puncticollis,

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 293

from which it differs in its larger size, the longer and

stouter antenne, with much shorter third joint, the

broader head, larger eyes, and smoother thorax. In the

form of the head and antenne it is, however, much more

closely allied to 9. longicornis : the antenne are shorter

and more slender than in that insect.

Scirtes suborbiculatus.

Scirtes suborbiculatus, Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am.,

Cole aii; §5 pe Ole:

Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Estate (Leeward side).

Two examples, apparently belonging to this variable

species. ‘They are testaceous in colour, with the elytra

infuscate, except at the sides in front and along the

suture, the antenne also infuscate, with the basal joints

testaceous. S. suborbiculatus is widely distributed in

Central-America, ranging from Northern Mexico to

Panama.

Scirtes salicis.

Scirtes salicis, Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Coljeni:; 1;

ps Ol?

Hab. St. Vincent.

One example. The types were from the Atlantic slope

of Guatemala.

CypHon, Payk.

Oyphon dehiscens, sp. 0.

9. Oblong, depressed, shining, thickly clothed with fine fuscous

pubescence, which is erect on the prothorax and semi-erect on the

elytra ; black, the antenn black or piceous, with the three basal

joints more or less testaceous, the legs piceous, the tarsi in part and

the knees testaceous. Head, prothorax, and scutellum sparsely and

minutely, the elytra closely and finely, punctate ; antenne about

reaching the middle of the elytra, rather slender, joint 3 very

small and narrow, 4 elongate, longer than 5, 5-10 subequal in

length; prothorax short, convex, narrowly margined at the sides ;

elytra long, parallel in their basal half, much wider than the pro-

thorax, obliquely truncate at the apex, and gradually becoming more

dehiscent from the basal two-thirds to the apex, flattened on the

294 Mr. George Charles Champion on the Serricorn

disc to a little beyond the middle and also along either side of the

suture towards the apex, the disc with indications of two raised

lines, the sutural angles sharp, the humeri rounded.

Length 23, breadth 11 millim.

Hab. St. Vincent.

Two female examples. Allied to C. quadrifoveolatus,

C. parallelus, and C. truncatus, Champ., but differing from

the corresponding sex of all of them in the unimpressed

elytra and the longer and darker antenne. ‘The elytra,

as usual, are not so finely punctured as the thorax; they

are rather widely dehiscent in their apical third.* A

single Cyphon from the same locality is probably the male

of the same species : it differs from the females in being

much less depressed and more oval in shape, and in

having the elytra more sparsely punctured, less dehiscent

behind, and without trace of raised lines on the disc.

Somewhat similar differences are to be found between

the sexes of C. bifoveolatus, Champ.

Cyphon caraibus, sp. n.

Elliptic, short, convex, shining, thickly clothed with fine

greyish pubescence; black or pitchy-black, the mouth-parts

ferruginous, the antennz and legs testaceous, the femora slightly

infuscate. Head, prothorax, and scutellum sparsely and

minutely, the elytra sparsely and moderately finely, punctate ;

head very broad, the eyes rather large; antennz long and mode-

rately slender, joint 2 short and rather stout, 3 and 4 elongate,

equal in length, 5-10 slightly shorter ; prothorax short and con-

vex ; elytra without raised lines, the suture straight to the apex,

the apices rather obtuse.

Length 13-1,° millim.

Hab. St. Vincent—Windward and Leeward sides.

Five specimens. ‘This obscure little species has very

much the facies of a small black Scymnus. It is allied

to the Central-American C. ampliceps, differing from that

insect in its smaller size and biack colour, and in having

the second antennal joint not so stout and the third and

* This is also the case in C. quadrifoveolatus and its allies, though

I have not mentioned it in the descriptions. In all these forms the

elytra (when properly closed) are more or less dehiscent in their

apical third, but more distinctly so in the female than in the male.

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and Grenadines. 295

fourth joints equal in length. The punctuation of the

elytra is sparse but very distinct, much coarser than that

of the thorax.

PriLopactyLa, Latr.

Ptilodactyla humerosa.

Ptilodactyla humerosa, Champ., Biol. Centr.-Am., Col.,

ii., 1, p. 642.

Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward and Windward sides.

Evidently a common insect in St. Vincent, Mr. Smith

having sent twenty-five examples from the island. P.

humerosa was described from a single male specimen

from Teapa, Mexico. The third antennal joint is shorter

than the fourth in both sexes. The coloration of the elytra

is constant, the pale humeral patch being always well

defined and the suture obscure ferruginous.

Ptilodactyla sancti-vincentis, sp. n.

6. Oblong-elliptic, flattened above, shining, thickly clothed

with short yellowish-cinereous pubescence; piceous or rufo-

fuscous, the under surface, and sometimes the prothorax also,

obscure ferruginous, the antennze fusco-testaceous, the legs testa-

ceous. Head closely, rugulosely punctate, the eyes moderately

large ; antennz very elongate, joints 4-10 each with a rather long,

slender ramus, 3 stouter and slightly shorter than 4. Prothorax

short, convex in front, the sides rounded and rapidly converging

from about the basal third to the apex, subparallel behind, the

hind angles acute ; the base trisinuate, finely denticulate, and with

a short projecting tooth in the centre ; the surface rather closely,

finely punctate. Scutellum rugulose, notched in the centre in

front. Elytra slightly wider than the prothorax, narrowly mar-

gined and a little rounded at the sides, the humeri obtuse ; flat-

tened and seriate-punctate on the disc, the rest of the surface

thickly, minutely punctate. Fifth ventral segment feebly arcuate-

emarginate at the apex. Tarsal claws with an acute tooth extending

to about the middle.

Length 3-34, breadth 14-1} millim.

Hab. St. Vincent.

Six examples, all males. Longer and more depressed

than P. hwmerosa, the antenne longer and with longer

296 Mr. George C. Champion on Serricorn Coleoptera.

rami, the third joint also relatively longer, the elytra

unicolorous, etc. Amongst the very numerous Central-

American species, the present insect is nearest allied

to P. marginata, Champ., from which it may be sepa-

rated by its much smaller size, narrower shape, more

narrowly margined elytra, shorter third antennal joint,

etc. P. marginata has only been found in Southern

Mexico and Guatemala.

Ptilodactyla antillarwm, sp.n.

¢. Oblong-elliptic, narrow, moderately convex, shining, some-

what thickly clothed with yellowish-cinereous pubescence; black,

the elytra with an oblique testaceous humeral patch, the suture

partly piceous, the antenne black, with the two basal joints red-

dish, the palpi and legs testaceous. Head sparsely, very finely

punctate, the eyes rather small; antennze comparatively stout,

joints 4-10 each with a short ramus, 3 and 4 subequal. Prothorax

short, convex in front, the sides rounded and rapidly converging

from a little before the base to the apex; the base trisinuate,

smooth ; the surface sparsely, finely punctate. Scutellum with a

shallow notch in front. Elytra of about the same width as the

prothorax at the base, subparallel in their basal half, narrowly

margined at the sides, the humeri rounded ; seriate-punctate to

near the apex, the interstices sparsely minutely punctate. Tarsal

claws with a rectangular tooth extending to about the middle.

Length 3, breadth 14 millim.,

Hab. St. Vincent.

One male example. ‘Tis insect is allied to P. humerosa,

from which it may be known by the less elongate, black

antennee, with shorter rami and relatively longer third

joint, the smaller and less prominent eyes, etc. Six

females from Grand Etang, Grenada (1,900 feet), belong

to the same, or to a very closely allied, species; they are

smaller and paler than the male described, and have the

thorax thickly granulate-punctate, the antennz more

slender, etc. The antenne in P. antillarum are formed

very much as in P. swbstriata, Champ., from Costa Rica.

a»)

XI. Quelques Formicides de ? Antille de Grenada récoltés

par M. H. H. Smith. Parle Dr. Aucustr Foret,

professeur a l’ Université de Ziirich.

[Read March 17th, 1897. }

1. Camponotus abdominalis, Fabr.: r. opaciceps, Roger,

$d.

Cette forme est trés voisine de C. sharpi, Forel, de St.

Vincent, et ce dernier doit étre considéré aussi comme

une des nombreuses races locales du OC. abdominalis.

2. Camponotus sexguttatus, Fabr., nec auctorum (= C.

ruficeps, Fabr.): var. nov. grenadensis.

Identique & la forme typique, mais les ¥ et 2 entiérement d’un

rouge jaundtre clair avec ’abdomen seul noir i six tiéches blanch-

dtres. Les 3 mznor ont la méme couleur que les 8 major et le ¢

méme a la téte et le thorax plus ou moins d’un brun roussatre.

M. H. H. Smith n’a rapporté que cette variété de

Grenada, mais de trois endroits différents ot il a trouvé

le nid sous les feuilles radicales des plantes. Je l’ai recue

en outre de Barbados par M. Jefferys.

Ayant moi-méme voyagé aux petites Antilles en 1896,

yy at étudié le C. sexguttatus qui y est tres commun a la

Martinique, la Guadeloupe et Sta. Lucia. Je n’y ai trouvé

que la variété typique noire, avec la téte seule rouge

chez les § major et les 2. A Barbados }’en ai ouvert 20

ou 30 nids, les uns du grenadensis, les autres de la forme

typique. Or )j’ai observé un fait trés curieux.

A la cee cette espece abonde dans la savanne

oti elle fait son nid en carton Iéger, composé de fibres

ligneuses grisitres, assez longues et agglutinées par la

sécrétion des glandes des fourmis. Ce carton est disposé

autour de Vaisselle des feuilles des touffes d’herbe de la

savanne, ou aux endroits ott elles sont rapprochées, et

sert a former une enveloppe pour la fourmiliére. Le nid

n’a pas de chambres distinctes ; tout au plus les inter-

stices des feuilles sont-ils un peu séparés 4 l’intérieur les

uns des autres a l’aide de ce carton. ‘Toute la famille

(les $, les g, les larves) est entassée dans ces fragiles

cavités qui ressemblent a une toile d’ araignée desséchée

et salie de terre ou de fibre. Dés qu’on les dérange,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—part i. (sepr.) 20

298 Dr. A. Forel sur quelques Formicides de

les fourmis se défendent ou se cachent plus ou moins

selon leur nombre. J’ai trouvé des nids analogues avec

le méme carton 4 d’autres endroits.

Or, & Barbados, pas un seul nid du C. sexguttatus

n’avait de carton. Ils se trouvaient sous l’écorce, dans

les branches séches et creuses ou sous l’aisselle de feuilles

de bananes, l’un méme dans la terre, sous une pierre.

A Sta. Lucia j’ai trouvé deux ou trois nids ayant un

commencement de carton trés liche, 4 peine agglutiné.

Du reste j’ai trouvé aussi quelques nids sans carton, dans

des tiges creuses 4 la Martinique et 4 la Guadeloupe.

3. Prenolepis guatemalensis, Forel: r. antillana, Forel,

4. Prenolepis longicornis, Latr., ¥ 2.

5. Brachymyrmex heeri, Forel: r. obscurior, Forel,

yg.

Cette forme mérite de former au moins une race. Outre

les différences que j’ai déji indiquées, il faut noter avant

tout la forme bien plus allongée du thorax, surtout du

pronotum et du mésonotum, la téte un peu plus allongée

et les poils du corps plus épais et plus foncés. J’ai re-

trouvé cette race i’ la Martinique, la Guadeloupe, Barba-

dos et Sta. Lucia, partout avec la méme couleur foncée.

Elle est un peu plus longue que le B. heeri typique et

beaucoup plus grande que le B. minutus.

6. Dorymyrmex pyramicus, Roger (var. claire) 3.

Odontomachus heematodes, L.: r. insularis, Guérin,

? f,et une petite variété de la 2 qu’on peut rap-

orter & VO. hirsutiusculus, Smith.

8. Anochetus (Stenomyrmex) emarginatus, Fabr. :

r. testaceus, Forel, ¥.

9, Anochetus inermis, André,¥ f.

10. Anochetus mayrt, Emery, 3.

11. Platythyrea pruinosa, Mayr, 3.

12. Leptogenys arcuata, Roger, f.

13. Hciton klugi, Shuck., g.

Pris & trois endroits différents. Correspond exacte-

ment & la description de Shuckard, mais en outre, cette

curieuse espéce a entre le front et le vertex, de chaque

cété de Vocelle antérieur et devant Jui, un fort tubercule

large et dentiforme. Une profonde échancrure triangu-

laire, médiane, sépare ces deux tubercules. Les dents de

epistome sont trés larges, grandes et fort pointues.

lV Antille de Grenada. 299

Cette trouvaille prouve que |’Hciton klugi habite bien

les petites Antilles et ma supposition (‘Fourmis de St.

Vincent’) qu’il pouvait y avoir eu erreur de localité est

fausse.

14. ? EHeiton klugi, 3 sive ? H. antillanum, sp. n.

Long. 3, 546mm. Crochets des tarses simples. Premier nceud

du pédicule sans dent ni appendice en dessous. Ces deux carac-

teres le distinguent de ?E. omnivorum (cecum) @un coté et de PE.

punctaticeps de autre. Il ressemble beaucoup A ce dernier.

Mandibules striées, sémiluisantes, avec des points épars et quatre

dents obtuses, plus larges et plus convexes que chez l’E. punctati-

ceps. Téte des 8 major au moins aussi longue que large, faible-

ment échancrée et rétrécie en derriére (en trapéze arrondi), i cétés

convexes, non déprimés, Sillon frontal large et distinct. Yeux

nuls. Scapes assez fortement clavés et courbés vers leur tiers apical

(vers leur milieu et plus fortement chez l’E. punctaticeps ow ils

ne sont que faiblement épaissis & Vextrémité). Articles 2 et 3

du funicule distinctement plus longs que larges (plutét plus larges

que longs chez ?E. punctaticeps). Comme chez VE. omnivorum

(cecum), le mésonotum s’éleve en marche d’escalier au dessus du

métanotum. Ce dernier cubique arrondi, a face déclive légerement

plus longue que la face basale. Les deux noeuds du pedicule courts,

épais et cubiques, comme chez l’H. punctaticeps, mais sans dent sous

le premier. Le dos du thorax est un peu plus convexe que chez lL.

punctaticeps. es crochets des tarses sont simples, longs et courbés.

Luisant, sauf le devant de la face basale du métanotum qui est

réticulé, ponctué et subopaque. Téte assez abondamment, régu-

liérement et distinctement ponctuée; les points sont cependant

plus espacés et plus fins que chez lH. punctaticeps. Sur le dos du

thorax, les points sont plus grossiers, plus rapprochés, un peu

allongés. Cdétés du pronotum, pédicule et abdomen lisses; ces

derniers avec des points piligéres trés fins,

Pilosité fine, abondante et assez courte partout, comme chez

VE. punctaticeps (chez ’E. omnivorum elle est plus longue, plus

éparse et plus grossiere). |

Couleur rougeitre de VE. omnivorum, avec les 3 minor plus

pales. L’H. punctaticeps est de couleur plus claire.

La carene latcrale des joues est encore moins distincte que chez

PE. punctaticeps, courte et courbée en dedans, vers V’articulation de

Vantenne.

Il est fort probable que c’est bien 1a Vouvriére de lH.

klugi, lors méme que lépistome et le front ne dénotent

pas trace des caracttres si typiques du f¢, et lors méme

300 Dr. A. Forel sur quelques Formicides de V Antille.

que la taille est relativement forte et ferait, dans ce

groupe, supposer un # plus grand. II n’est pas probable

que la faune relativement pauvre des petites Antilles

reccle deux espéces d’Hciton dont on connaitrait les $ de

Pune et les x de l’autre. Mais la chose n’est pas prouvée ;

les ¥ n’ont pas été prises avec les ¢, et jusqu’a preuve suf-

fisante je donne a cette ouvricre le nom d’antillanum, sp. n,

15. Cryptocerus araneolus, Smith, 3.

16. Cyphomyrmen rimosus, Spin., 2.

il Strumagenys smitht, Forel, 2.

18. Monomorium minutum, Mayr : r. ebeninum, Forel,

¥F so.

19. Monomorium floricola, Jerd., ¥.

20. Wasmannia auropunctata, Roger, ¥ & gf.

21. Wasmannia sigmoidea, Mayr, 2.

22. Solenopsis castor, Forel, ¢.

23. Solenopsis globularia, Smith, 2 %.

24. Solenopsis geminata, Fabr., 3 2.

25. Cremastogaster brevispinosa, Mayr: r. minuwtior,

Forel.

Cette forme mérite de former une race. La pubescence

est plus abondante et plus longue que chez le VU. brevi-

spinosa typique; la suture pro-mésonotale n’est pas

toujours tout-a-fait obsolete.

26. Pheidole guilelmi-millert, Forel, r. antillana, For.,

var. nigrescens, For., ¥ @ a ans

27. Pheidole fallax, Mayr., 3 x.

28. Pheidole flavens, Roger: r. sculptior, For., var.

nov. grenadensis, For., 3 2 fx.

Le x differe de la r. sculptior de St. Vincent par son

occiput lisse et luisant et par ses ¢pines métanotales un

peu plus longues.

29. Pseudomyrma flavidula, Smith, y.

A part lHeiton klugi et son ouvriére probable, la ré-

colte de M. H. H. Smith ne nous offre que deux variétés

inédites. L’ Heiton klugi avait du reste été trouvé d’abord

i St. Vincent. L’ Anochetus inermis, la seule des espéces

de Grenada qui n’ait pas encore été trouvée & St. Vincent

i été trouvé par moi a la Martinique, de sorte qu’il existe

dans nul doute aussi dans la premicre de des iles.

L’identité des deux faunes parait done étre presque

absolue.

XII. New or little-known Sphegide from Ugur By

the Rev. F. D. Morice, M.A., F.E.S

[Read June 2nd, 1897. ]

Prats VI.

THE insects to be described below were taken by myself

near Cairo in the spring of last year (1896). Herr Kohl,

of Vienna, kindly allowed me to send any of my captvres

for examination either by himself or by his colleague,

Herr Handlirsch, and I have described as new such

species only as were pronounced to be so by one or

other of these entomologists. For the accuracy of my

descriptions, however, I must take the sole responsi-

bility, though I have received useful hints from my

friend and neighbour, Mr. Hdward Saunders, besides

suggestions from Herren Kohl and Handlirsch as to the

affinities of particular insects, and have also of course

been helped at every step by the published works of

these authors on the Sphegide. As to the names and

arrangement of genera I have followed Herr Kohl’s

“Gattungen der Sphegiden,” just published at Vienna.

In the descriptions, also, I have mainly adopted his

nomenclature; but in numbering the abdominal seg-

ments I have not reckoned the propodeum, so that my

*‘ seoment 1” is that which follows the constriction, and

so on.

My figures are drawn from the type-specimens with

the camera lucida under low powers of the compound

microscope. ‘Though [ am no draughtsman, I believe

that the outlines of the objects as I saw them are

correctly given, but a more practised artist would (L

daresay ) have managed to place them so as to escape the

appearance of asymmetry, which I have not always been

able to avoid.

The most interesting, perhaps, of these insects is the

new species of Kohlia, ¢ and @, as that genus has

rested hitherto on a single 2 specimen from South

Africa in the Berlin Museum (K. cephalotes, Handl.).

The Tachysphex (?) with entire mandibles and a strongly

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—ParT Ill, (SEPT.)

302 Rev. F. D. Morice on

punctured abdomen, which I call 7. integer, is also a

very extraordinary insect, being separated by characters

of at least subgeneric value from all other known

species.

Sphex stschurowskyi (?), Rad. (Pl. VI., fig. 1.)'

d. Totus niger. Ale hyaline marginibus apicalibus late

infuseatis. Facies pilis stratis argenteis atque etiam erectis aliquot

nigris vestita; vertex, tempora (longissime), et thorax plus

minusve nigro-hirta.

Vertex microscopice rugulosus, opacus, punctatus: mesonotum

(ad latera presertim) fortius rugulosum et punctatum, a basi

medio tenus impressione distincta marginibus carinatis divisum ;

scutellum bi-gibbosum, linea impressa centrali divisum ; post-

scutellum in medio tuberculato-elevatum : propodeum clathrato-

rugosum, lateribus nigro-hirtis; abdominis dorsum nitidum

microscopice punctulatum, segmenta ventralia 1, 2 nuda, reliqua

brevissime pruinoso-pubescentia satisque evidenter punctulata.

Tibize posticz intus pallide fusco-pubescentes.

Long. cire. 20 millim.

Hab. Abbasiyeh, iuxta Cairo, 2, V., 1896.

Scribit ad me Dom. Kohlesse hune, non, ut putaveram,

S. argentifrontis, Lep., sed verisimiliter S. stschurowskyt,

Rad., marem adhuc ignotum.

Cerceris pallidula, sp. n. (?)

Pallide flava; flagello rufescente, superne infuscato; vertice

(temporibus quoque in 4) et prothorace nigro-maculatis ;

mesonoto nigro flavo-vittato; segmentorum abdominalium apicibus

fuscis vel rufis. Ale superioris apex infumatus. Segmentum

ventrale 2 sine lamina distincta. Flagelli articuli 2 et 3 fere

equales, horum simul sumptorum (circiter) longitudine ocelli

posteriores inter se et ab oculis distant. Clypeus simplex.

Pronotum antice emarginatum, angulis rotundatis.

Caput dense punctatum; mesonotum satis nitidum, punctis

magnis et (in disco saltem) remotis ; scutellum vix nisi levissime

punctulatum. Propodei latera punctata, nec confertim, nec

profunde. Area basalis propodei lateribus evidenter oblique

striatis, disco levi,

Long. 7-10 millim.

New or little-known Sphegidxe from Egypt. 303

Hab. %. Koubbeh, prope Cairo, 12, V.; Abbasiyeh,

19, V.: 2. Abbasiyeh, 12,; V.; 1896.

Videtur fieri posse, ut hee 0. pulchella, Klug., revera

sit. Sed quia a specie illa evidenter differt, quam sub

titulo pulchelle, Klug., descripsit Dom. Schletterer,

auctoritatem viri tanti veritus, nomen aliud imposui.

Cerceris pruinosa, sp. un. (Pl. VI, fig. 2.)

2. Precedenti pictura simillima, sed maior. Prater maculam

in vertice, occiput quoque inter oculos menisco nigro notatur.

Scutella pzene alba. Margines segmentorum abdominalium non

nisi levissime rufescunt.

Facies pilis stratis argenteis splendens. Tempora, thoracis

latera, et abdominis segmentorum dorsalium apices plus minusve

distincte nitido-pruinosa.

Segmentum ventrale 2 basi elevata. Ocelli posteriores inter se

et ab oculis flagelli articulorum 1 + 2 (circiter) longitudine

distant. Clypei margo ut in fig. 2. Pronotum haud evidenter

emarginatum.

Caput, mesonotum, et propodeum (extra aream basalem) satis

crasse rugoso-punctata : scutella et propodei area basalis leviora,

punctis nonnullis minime profundis impressa: propodei area

basalis propter striolas microscopicas pene opaca, marginibus

evidenter striatis, sulco mediano consuto.

Long. 12 millim.

é latet.

Hab. %. <Abbasiyeh, 19, V., 1896.

Cerceris hirtiventris, sp. n.

d. C. quinquefasciate, Ross., hirsutie ventris, penicillis latera-

libus, aliisque notis multis, affinis: differt tamen evidenter,

temporibus haud post oculos incrassatis ; pronoto (postice viso)

angulis lateralibus prominentibus, quam mesonoti margo apicalis

evidenter magis elevatis; propodei area basali minus crasse, magis

transverse, rugosa; segmentis abdominalibus vix distincte

strangulatis; pictura flava longe ditiore; ale superioris apice

fortiter infumato.

Nigra; facie (preter cavitates super antennarum insertiones

nigras), maculis in vertice et temporibus, lateribus pronoti, vittis

304 Rev. F. D. Morice on

quattuor metanoti, tegulis, scutellis, pleurarum magna parte, et

abdominis fasciis latissimis segmenta pzene tota obtinentibus, flavis.

Antennarum scapus flavus, flagellum testaceum superne infuscatum.

Pedes flavi, femoribus posticis et tibiarum posticarum apicibus

infuscatis, tarsis testaceis.

Long. 12 millim.

¢ latet.

Hab. &. Zeitoun, prope Cairo, 11, V., 1896.

Cerceris lutea, Tasch. (= C. nilotica, Schlett.)

Feminas speciei huius nonnullas cum maribus in fossa

castrorum que “ Abbasiyeh ” vocantur, iuxta Cairo, 21

Mai, 1896, inveni, qui mares idem sunt quos nomine

C. nilotice descripsit Dom. Schletterer.

Cerceris tuberculata, Vill.

Varietas (= C. erythrocephala, Dahlb., nec Schlett.)

Speciei huius feminas aliquot cum maribus mense

Maio ad Abbasiyeh repperi, corporibus nigris, capitibus

pedibusque rufis. Marem sic coloratum unum tantum

inveni: ceterorum marium omnium abdomina flava

erant basibus rufis, segmentorum basibus apicibusque

angustissime cum.ventribus nigrantibus.

Cerceris vidua (?), Klug.

Marem a me ad Nakhle (prope Cairo), 26 Mai, 1896,

inventum§ scribit Dom. Kohl huic fortasse speciei

adnumerandum esse. Hi descriptio Klugiana omnino

convenit, excepto quod non dici debet “‘scutellum albo-

bipunctatum,” sed potius ‘‘ postscutellum albo-subinter-

rupte fasciatum.”

Si revera C. vidua est, de structura corporis hac

sunt adjicienda.—Ocelli posteriores inter se et ab oculis

vix flagelli articulorum 1 + 2 longitudine distant.

Propodei area basalis crasse et longitudinaliter strigosa.

Segmentum abdominis dorsale 1 latitudine sua sesqui

longius, lateribus fere a basi ad apicem parallelis; 6

lateribus evidenter denticulatis: ventralia 2-4 in medio

haud, in lateribus crasse punctata; 6 utrinque fortiter

dentato, 8 denticulato.

New or little-known Sphegide from Egypt. 305

Ad eandem speciem marem alterum referendum esse

credo, ad Zeitoun (Cairo), 15 Mai, captum. Structura

enim plane eadem est, etsi pictura aliquantum differt—

scutello (cum postscutello) immaculato, abdominis

segmento dorsali 5 albo-maculato.

Tachytes denticulata, sp. n.

2. Nigra, scapo (partim) antennarum, mandibulis prater apices,

pedibus preter coxas, et abdomine fere toto testaceis, huius seg-

mento dorsali 4 cum basi quinti nigro-maculato. Facie temporibus

et lateribus thoracis pilis stratis argenteis satis dense vestitis ;

abdomine (prsertim in lateribus apicibusque segmentorum dorsa-

lium) femoribus tibiis tarsisque brevius argenteo-sericeis ; vertice

et mesonoto griseo-pubescentibus. Clypei pars media ut in T.

ambidente, Kohl, bidentata : sed oculi inter se in vertice fere duplo

plusquam primi secundique flagelli articuli longitudine distant.

Alz superioris areola appendicularis distincta et completa. Vertex

nitidus; dorsulum tenuiter punctulatum. Metatarsi antici 6-

ciliati.

Long. 12 millim.

Hab. 2. Zeitoun, iuxta Cairo, 22, V., 1896.

Tachytes cameroniana, sp. i.

¢. Nigra; mandibulis (partim), tegulis venisque alarum,

pedum genibus tarsisque cum calcaribus, etc., apicibusque segmen-

torum abdominalium sordidius lutescentibus. Caput thoraxque

totus (propodeum satis longe) albido pilosa; facies, tempora,

pronotum, pedes superne, segmentorum abdominalium apices cum

lateribus totis, et valvula analis, pilis stratis argenteis dense

vestita.

Oculi inter se in vertice circiter 2 + 3 articulorum flagelli

longitudine distant. Cellula appendicularis vix distincte indicatur.

Clypei apex haud dentatus. Metatarsi antici 5-ciliati. Caput cum

thorace dense profundeque punctatum.

Long. 10 millim.

? latet.

Hab. f. Zeitoun, 22, V., 1896.

Speciem cum antecedente aliisque in horto hospitis

mei benevolentissimi Dom. Cameron, Judicis Curialis in

Cairo, captam in honorem eiusdem nominari volui.

306 Rev. F. D. Morice on

Tachysphex fasciatus, sp.n. (Pl. VIL, figs. 3, 4.)

Q. Niger, segmentorum abdominalium marginibus _pallidis.

Mandibule in medio, tarsi, tibize, et femora (basibus superne

infuscatis) testacea. 'Tegule venzeque alarum sordidius flaventes.

Caput cum thorace albo-, facies argenteo-pubescens. Abdominis

segmenta 1-4 (an et 5 ?) argenteo-fasciata.

Oculis inter se in vertice circiter articulorum 1 + 2 +3 flagelli

longitudine distant. Propodeum cum lateribus rugulosum, obscure

punctulatum, haud striatum. Area pygidialis lata, marginata,

punctata (fig. 3). Vena cubitalis tertia valde producta, superne

bis tantum quantum secunda angustata (fig. 4).

Long. 9 millim.

Hab. GZeitoun, 15, V., 1896.

Tachysphex egyptiacus, sp. n.

Niger cum pedibus mandibulisque. Facies et segmentorum

dorsalium abdominis 1-4 margines argenteo-sericantes. Thorax

griseo-subhirtus, punctulatus, subnitidus. Ale fusco-hyaline ;

areola radialis satis late truncata, appendicularis distincta, cubitalis

3 parum producta, superne lata. @ area pygidialis (ut in 7.

mediterraneo, Kohl) lata, nitida, punctata.

Vertex latus. Oculi in utroque sexu evidenter plusquam

articulorum 2-+ 3 flagelli longitudine distant.

Long. 33-6 millim,

Hab. Species prope Cairo haud infrequens in mense

Aprili, etiam ad Suez 16, IV., 1896.

Tachysphex heliopolites, sp.n. (PI. VI., figs. 5, 6.)

¢d. Niger, mandibulis in medio rufis, tarsis cum genibus obscure

rufescentibus. Tegule cum venis sordide flav, subcosta basi

fusca. Caput cum thorace basique abdominis pallido-pilosum, hoc

segmentis 1-3 argenteo-fasciatis. Oculi inter se vix articulorum

1 + 2 flagelli longitudine distant. Calcaria postica metatarsis

evidenter breviora. Area appendicularis vix indicata, cubitalis 3

satis elongata.

Mesonotum et propodei area horizontalis crasse granuloso-

rugosa, truncatura striata: scutellum minus fortiter rugulosum,

punctatum.

Maris supra descripti nescio au hee sit femina, eodem die

ibidem capta.

New or little-known Sphegide from Egypt. 307

2. Corpus evidenter minus pilosum ; facies argenteo-sericea.

Mesonotum nitidius, punctulatum. Pedes tibiis quoque rufis.

Subcosta non fusca, sed rufo-brunnea. Antenne basim versus

solito (ut mihi videtur) crassiores. Oculi inter se plusquam

flagelli articulorum 1 + 2 (minusquam 2-+ 3) longitudine distant.

Area pygidialis (fig. 5) transversim subtilissime aciculata cum

punctis nonnullis magnis. Ale superioris apex ut in fig. 6.

Long. ¢,8; 9, 10 millim,

Hab. fet 2. Zeitoun, prope Cairo, 22, V., 1896.

Similis 7. fluctwato, Gerst., sed vertice inter oculos

evidenter latiore.

Tachysphex buyssoni, sp.n. (PI. VI., figs. 7, 8.)

Niger, facies ¢ aureo- 9 argenteo-sericans ; oculi plus minusve

virentes. Clypei apex, cum labro et mandibulis in medio,

rufescens ;: his ante excavationem conspicuam latis et satis fortiter

dentatis. Tarsi tibie femorumque apices rufi. Abdominis seg-

menta 1-3 (in 9 6 quoque) rufa: margines omnium preter ultimum

decolorati. Thorax totus concinne reticulato-rugulosus et punctu-

latus, in ¢ flavescente-griseo tomentosus, in Q argenteo minus

dense pubescens. Thoracis fascie# parum conspicue (? nisi forte sunt

detrite). Oculiin ¢ flagelli articuli circiter 1 + 2, in 2 minus quam

2 longitudine distant. Areola cubitalis tertia superne lata, haud

fortiter producta (fig. 8). Q area pygidialis formata ut in fig. 7,

reticulato-aciculata, apicem versus punctata haud profunde.

Long. ¢,12; 9, 14 millim.

Hab. Koubbeh, iuxta Cairo, {, 23,1V.; 9, 12, V.,

1896.

Speciem in honorem Vice-comitis Roberti du Buysson

hymenopterologi clarissimi, beneficiorum multorum haud

immemor nominari volui.

Tachysphex luxuriosus, sp.n. (PI. VI., figs. 9, 10.)

9. Niger; clypeo, mandibulis (preter apices), scapo, et

pedibus (maximam partem), testaceis. Abdominis segmenta

dorsalia 3-5 nigra vel fuscata, reliqua testacea : venter testaceus

vix fusco-fasciatus, Caput thoraxque totus, abdominis quoque

segmenta dorsalia 1-5 in lateribus apicibusque tomento denso

argenteo pulcherrime vestita; immo etiam bases segmentorum

argenteo-pubescentes, quod tamen nonnisi in certis aspectibus

308 Rev. F. D. Morice on

videri potest. Sculpturam thoracis propter densissimum tomen-

tum examinare nequivil. Vertex sane latissimus: oculi certe inter

se multo plusquam longitudine articulorum 2-+ 3 flagelli distant.

Segmentum 6 dorsale (fig. 9), area pygidiali indistinctius quam

solet definita. Alve superioris apex (figs 10).

Long. 103 millim,

3S latet.

Hab. @. Koubbeh, 27, IV., 1896.

Tachysphex speciosissimus, sp.n. (PI. VL., figs. 11, 12.)

Q. Niger. Scapus infra cum mandibulis (partim) sordide

testaceus : abdomen preter maculas haud magnas basales segmen-

torum dorsalium 4, 5 letissime aurantiacum ; tarsi tibize femorum

que apices testacei. Caput et thorax precipue in lateribus dense

argenteo-pubescentia, segmentorum dorsalium 1-5 apices (2-5

latera quoque) conspicue argenteo-fasciati : preeterea totum fere

animal certis aspectibus pubescentia argentea brevissima quasi

pulveratum videtur.

Oculi inter se in vertice aliquanto plusquam articulorum 1 -+ 2

flagelli longitudine distant. Area pygidialis angusta, bene

definita (fig. 11), Ale superioris apex ut in fig. 12. Propodei

pilosissimi sculpturam videre nequivi.

Long. 10 millim.

6 latet.

Hab. @. Koubbeh, 4, V., 1896.

Tachysphex (?) integer, sp.n. (Pl. VI., figs. 13, 14.)

Niger, mandibulis in medio et pedibus (obscurius) in apicali

parte rufescentibus, segmentorum abdominalium marginibus

decoloratis, tegulis sordide flavis, alarum venis et preecipue sub-

costa fuscis. Als plus minusve infumate.

Mandibule haud excise. Clypei apex ut in fig. 13 productus.

Caput et thorax pallido-pubescentia ; mesonotum cum scutello

nitidum crasse punctatum ; propodeum opacum, fortiter rugosum.

Abdomen, ut in genere Prosopigastra, fortissime punctatum (sed

frons super antennis simplex); ¢ femora excisa. @ area pygidialis

elongata, reticulato-aciculata, punctata, subnitida. Oculi in vertice

inter se flagelli articulorum minusquam 2 +3, plusquam 1 + 2,

longitudine distant. Ale superioris apex, fig. 14.

Long. circ. 8 millim.

Hab. Zeitoun, Chams, Koubbeh, iuxta Cairo.

New or little-known Sphegide from Egypt. 309

Auctoritatem Dom. Kohl secutus animal hoc Tachy-

sphecibus veris adnumero: est nihilominus in genere eo

species valde abnormis.

Prosopigastra handlirschi, sp.n. (Pl. VI., fig. 15.)

2. Nigra; mandibulis, clypei apice, callis humeralibus

(obscure) et tegulis cum venis alarum, tibiis tarsisque omnibus,

femoribus posticis, et abdomine toto, satis lete rufo-testaceis.

Caput dense punctatum ; mesonotum cum scutello fortius sed

remotius punctatum, nitidum. Propodei pars horizontalis semi-

circularis, clathrato-rugosa, marginata ; latera eiusdem_ striata,

pubescentia. Segmentum dorsale ultimum fere triangulare apice

(fig. 15), emarginato cum angulis distinctis.

Long. 8 millim.

3 latet.

Hab. &. Nakhle, prope Cairo, 26, V., 1896.

Prosopigastra levior, sp.n. (PL. VI., figs. 16, 17.)

Q. Nigra; mandibulis preter bases, tarsisque (his obscurius),

rufis; genibus (late), tegulis, venisque alarum, pallide flavis ;

segmentorum abdominalium marginibus pallidis. Mesonotum

scutellumque nitida, pene levia, punctulis satis remotis conspersa ;

propodei area horizontalis basi oblique apicem versus transverse

undulato-rugulosa lateribus argenteo-pilosulis.

Alv superioris areola radialis brevis, haud procul ab apice suo

venam cubitalem 5 excipiens (fig. 16). Segmentum dorsale ultimum

opacum, apice (fig. 17) pallido late rotundato-truncato.

Long. 7 millim.

3 latet.

Hab. &. Abbasiyeh; iuxta Cairo, 29, V., 1896.

Hologambrus sericans, sp. un. (Pl. VI., figs. 18, 19.)

Caput oculis in vertice valde approximatis, super ocellum

anteriorem tumidum nudum punctatum, inter hune et antennas

valde tuberculatum, facies preter hos duo tuberculos dense

argenteo-sericea; clypeus brevis, margine medio transverse

foveatus laterum angulis dentato-prominentibus ; antennzx

simplices (figg. 18 et 19).

Mesonoti pars apicalis et latera dense punctata, basis cum

310 Rev. F. D. Morice on

scutello nitida punctis sparsis; propodei area horizontalis semi-

circularis, basi rugulosa, lateribus oblique striatis ; pleure: (cum

postscutello) et precipue metapleurz albo-pilose. Abdominis

segmenta dorsalia 1-6 dense punctulata, basibus apicibusque (his

decoloratis) pilis stratis argenteis fasciata, 6 apice impresso, 7 disco

medio cavato nitido punctis magnis remotis consperso ; segmenta

ventralia 2-6 basibus punctatis, apicibus depressis decoloratis

breviter aureo-sericeis, 2 (lateribus minus distincte), 3-5 (evidenter)

transverse callosum, 8 apice emarginato.

Corpus nigrum, mandibulis partim rufescentibus, tegulis

(maximam partem) venis alarum, tarsis, tibiarum basibus apici-

busque, femorum et segmentorum abdominalium apicibus pallide

flavis.

Long. 8 millim.

2 latet.

Hab. ff. Koubbeh, 13, V., 1896.

Dinetus cereolus, sp. n.

9. Statura minima, long. vix 4} millim, Oculi cum vertice,

macula triangularis in disco pronoti, mesonotum inter parapsidas

(exceptis punctis duobus lateralibus ante scutellum), fascia basalis

postscutelli, propodei vitta lata centralis (basi in utrumque latus

anguste excurrens), femora supra plus minusve, et mandibularum

apices, nigri ; ceterum corpus pallidissime flavum.

& latet.

Habs. ©: (Cairo, 25; 1Vz, 1896,

A D. picto, Jur. (quee unica adhuce generis huius species

innotuit), preeter exilitatem picturamque dissimilem,

differt evidentissime, dorsulo non dense punctulato sed

microscopice reticulato, punctis perpaucis magnis hic

ilhe interstincto; lateribus propodei nudis, haud

argenteo-sericeis, alis magis albo-hyalinis, venis pallidi-

oribus.

Animalis huius partes pallid propter minutissimam

reticulationem ceream quandam opacitatem habent, quod

in nomine imponendo indicare volui.

Palarus saundersi, sp. n. (Pl. VI., figs. 20-22.)

4. Pictura (preter antennas fuscas) et statura (cire. 15 millim.)

Palaro spinole, de Sauss., simillimus, his tamen notis facillime

dignoscitur.

New or little-known Sphegide from Egypt. 311

Oculi inter se in vertice multo minus distant (fig. 20):

mesonotum longe subtilius punctatum: ale haud_ subfusco-

fasciate : area superior propodei minus profunde sulcata.

Segmentum ultimum dorsale abdominis neque (ut in P. spinola,

de Sauss., P. flavipede, Fabr., et P. humerali, Duf.) apice

bifurcato, neque (ut in P. oriental’, Kohl) basi bispinosa, sed pene

simplex (fig. 21) : segmenti ventralis 2 callus transversus (postice

visus) margine apicali denticulato (fig. 22).

? latet.

Hab. Koubbeh, 4, IV., 1896.

Kohlia cowalis, sp. n. (Pl. VI., figs. 25-27.)

Vertex intra ocellos subtiliter, extra eosdem multo fortius

punctatus. Mesonotum et scutella subnitida punctis magnis

conspersa, atque etiam inter hee puncta microscopice punctulata.

Propodei area horizontalis clathrato-rugosa. Abdomen opacum,

crasse, valde irregulariter, haud profunde punctatum, punctis ita

dispositis ut nonnusquam fere in strias continuas transversas vel

undulatas (nunquam longitudinales) confluant. Coxze antice ut in

fig. 23 singulariter scutato-dilatate. Trochanteres magni. Meta-

tarsi antici g (evidenter) 9 (longius) pectinati. Metatarsi postici

in utroque sexu prope basim curvati (fig. 24). Flagelli articulus 2

(fig. 25, ¢ ) curvatus et leniter excisus. Alze in utroque sexu satis

breves.

dg. Segmenta ventralia apicalia pilis sat densis conspicue

fimbriata. Segmentum ultimum ventrale bidentatum (fig. 26).

Genitalia (fig. 27) stipitibus processus binos apicales longos

emittentibus, interiores nudos, super sagittas quodammodo

arcuatos, exteriores sub pilosos: sagittarum apicibus valde

dilatatis, deflexis (an etiam connatis ? mihi quidem sic videtur).

?. Segmentum dorsale ultimum, triangulare, nudum, fortiter

strigosum, strigis a basi ad apicem convergentibus.

d. Capite et thorace nigris, albescente flavo opulentissime

variegatis, antennarum scapis flavis, flagellis aurantiacis; abdomine

aurantiaco, pallidissime flavo- (pane albo-) late fasciato ; pedibus

partim aurantiacis, partim pzene albis.

?. Pallide flava; fronte media, vertice, occipitis basi cum

pronoti apice, mesonoto (exceptis lateribus vittisque duabus flavis),

propodei basi centralique parte, et maculis quibusdam_parvis

lateralibus in abdominis dorso nigris. Color aurantiacus vix nisi

in flagellis antennarum et in ventre apparet. Frontis latera, clypei

ai Rey. F. D. Morice on

pars basalis, et mesonoti apex, in utroque sexu breviter sed

conspicue argenteo-pubescentia.

Long. ¢, 11; 9 12, millim.

Hab. ¢, 26, Ves 9, 21, V5 1896; prope Cairo.

Generis Kohlix, Handl., exemplar unicum tantum (K.

cephalotes, Handl., 2) ante hee duo nostra est repertum.

Indicavit iam Dom. Kohl in opere suo “ Die Gattungen

der Sphegiden ” (p. 418),* maris huins nostri characteres,

quibus genus Kohlia magis exacte definiri possit.

Stizus fuscatus, sp.n. (Pl. VI., figs. 28, 29.)

¢. Totum pene corpus nigrum vel cyanescens, satis dense punc-

tatum. Pedes apice plus minus cum calearibus, tegul, scapus

subtus, et vene alarum rufi. Labrum immaculatum. Segmenta

dorsalia 3,4, in lateribus obscure flavo-guttata. Alee fusco-

violascentes, marginibus late hyalinis. Antennarum articulus

ultimus pallet.

Oculi in clypeum vix convergentes: facies sat lata (fig. 28).

Vena cubitalis 1 mediocriter, 2 valde, curvata. Antenne (fig. 29)

simplices preter articulum ultimum curvatum, apice evidenter

oblique truncato. Pedes et venter simplices. Segmenti 7 dorsalis

latera sinuata ; apex obtusus.

Long. 21 millim.

2 latet.

Hab. ff ad Cairo, 5, V., 1896.

S. spinulosit, Rad., marem hactenus ignotum credi-

deram hune fortasse esse. Sed S. spinulosum (quem non

vidi) in manipulum S. rificornis adscribendum esse Dom.

Handlirsch in Monographia sua docet: nostrum animal

S. fascrati potius ad manipulum pertinet, quod, specimine

examinato, mihi vir clarissimus 1am significavit.

Stizus niloticus, Handl.

¢ (hactenus ignota). Structura eorporis exemplaribus magnis S.

JSasciati, Fabr., simillima ; alis minus flavescentibus, in radiali parte

distinctissime infuscatis ; segmento dorsali sexto basi ipsa tenus

pilis stratis squamiformibus leete aureis satis dense vestito.

“ Propter errorem typographicum dicuntur ibi antenne maris

* 12-cliedrig.” Sunt eae, ut in hoc sexu fieri solet, 13-articulate.

New or little-known Sphegidx from Egypt. 313

Caput maximam partem ferrugineum ; macula T-formi ocellos

includente et occipite inter tempora nigris; facie sub antennis

flava. Antenne ferrugine, articulo 1 flavo, 9 supra infuscato.

Prothoracis pars media (non humeri), latera mesonoti, scutellum

totum, pedes preter bases nigras, et ven alarum ferrugineo-

rufescentes. Abdominis segmentum dorsale 1 lete rufo-pictum, 2

nigrum fascia magna interrupta flava, 6 obscure ferrugineum,

cetera peene tota flava. Infra abdominis pars basalis rufa est ; media

nigra ; apicalis sordide flava.

Long. circ, 25 millim,

Hab. Chams, prope Cairo, 18, V., 1896.

Teste Dom. Handlirsch, S. rufiventri, Rad., (quem non

vidi) valde affinis.

" Stizus cheops, sp.n. (Pl. VL., figs. 30, 31.)

S. nilotico similis sed minor (¢ circ. 15; 9,19 millim.). Ale,

¢ vix infumat, 2 prorsus hyaling, tantum in ipso angulo basali

flavescentes. ¢. Antennarum articuli 3 ultimi (fig. 30) sub-

wequales, artic. 13 minus etiam quam in S. zilotico curvatus.

Facies (fig. 31) inter oculos aliquanto angustior. Segmentum

ultimum dorsale (¢) nigricat, pilisque brevissimis nigris vestitur;

(2) rufescit, apicem versus pilis stratis aureis plus minusve

obtectum.

Hab. Zeitoun, Koubbeh, mensibus Aprili et Maio,

1896.

Pictura corporis pene ut in S. nilotico, sed venter in

utroque sexu nonnisi angustissime nigro-natatur, caput-

que feminze nigrum est (non ferrugineum). Maris anten-

narum flagellum supra multo minus distincte infuscatur,

articuli duo ultimi toti flavent.

Bembex kohli, sp.n. (Pl. VI., figs. 32-34.)

Affinis B. portschinskii, Rad., eidemque similis. Oculi sub-

paralleli ; inter se fere tantum distantes, quantum a clypei basi

anterior ocellus. Caput cum thorace dense cinereo-pilosum ;

thoracis dorsum microscopice rugulosum, punctis quibusdam

magnis minime profundis irregulariter sed satis dense conspersum.

Alz longitudine normali, nervis pallidis, subcosta nigricante.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—partTiu. (sepr.) 21

314 Rey. F. D. Morice on

g. Antennarum articuli 8,9, 10 ante apices dentato-produsti

(fig. 32). Pedes antici simplices, metatarsis septem-ciliatis, Pedes

intermedii femoribus dentatis (dente medio maximo); tibiis evi-

denter curvatis, apice producto, sine calcari magno ; metatarsis

in medio emarginatis, ante excisuram et in apice setigeris (fig. 33).

Segmentum dorsale 6 lateribus ante apicem leniter constrictis, apice

obtuso angusto ; 7 apice triangulariter producto. Segmenta ven-

tralia 2 et 6 tuberculata ; 7 carinatum inter carinam et marginem

lateralem impressum, apice leniter inciso; 8 acuminatum. Genitalia

ut in fig. 34.

d. Corpus nigrum, orbitis oculorum occipitalibus, lateribus

frontis cum spatio inter antennas, clypeo, labro, mandibulis preter

apices nigros, lateribus prothoracis cum humeris tegulisque, et

maxima parte pedum nigro-lineatorum flavis ; antennis ferrugineis,

nigro-lineatis. Abdomen pene totum nigrum ; segmenti 2 fascia

dorsali plus minus obsoleta, et macula utrinque ventrali, viridi-

flaventibus, que pictura etiam ad segmenta 1, 3,4, nonnunquam

extendit.

@. Pictura B. portschinskii (secundum descriptionem Dni.

Handlirsch) simillima ; sed segmento quinto dorsali (sicut quattuor

anticis) fasciato, et lateribus frontis pallescentibus, his cum clypeo

toto evidenter argenteo-pubescentibus. Structura corporis ab omni

parte normalis.

Long. 15 millim.

Hab, Sexus uterque juxta pyramides Sacchare repertus,

30, LV., 1896.

Bembex nasuta, sp.n. (PL VI, figs. 35-39.)

6. B. rostrate, Linn., similis et affinis. Antennarum articulus

1 infra multo minus turgidus 7-10 dentati, 11-13 excavati, 13

multo gracilior et longior (fig. 35). Segmentum dorsale 6 non

rotundatum, sed truncatum angulis lateralibus distinctis (fig. 36).

Segmentum ventrale 8 lateribus maximam partem parallelis, ante

apicem ad mucronem efficiendum satis subito contractis (fig. 37).

Stipites genitalium margine interiore evidentissime exciso (fig.

38), que excisura in B, rostrata vix aut ne vix quidem apparet.

Pedes, cum femoribus intermedio dentatis (fig. 39), sic ut in

B. rostrata formati.. Metatarsus anticus 7-ciliatus. Tubercula

ventralia ut in B. rostrata. Pictura pallida abdominis in specimine

nostro unico nusquam vere flavet : in discis segmentorum dorsalium

1-3 glauca est, alibi aurantiaca. Flavent prothorax pene totus,

orbita posteriores, spatium inter antennas harumque articulus

New or little-known Sphegide from Egypt. 315

primus; cetera facies (clypeus, labrum, etc.) albet. Antennarum

flagellum ferrugineum est; nigro-supra lineatum.

Long. cire. 25 millim.

2 latet.

Hab. ff ad Cairo, 19, V., 1896.

Bembex frey-gessneri, sp.n. (Pl. VI, figs. 40-43.)

&. 8. oculate affinis sed distincta. Antennarum articulus 7

simplex ; 8, 9, 10, evidenter in medio dentati (fig. 40). Segmen-

tum dorsale 6 apice latius rotundato, non (utin B. oculata) margine

ante apicem sinuoso-constricto, ipso apice leniter emarginato

(fig. 41). Segmentum ventrale 7 apice latiore quam in B. oculata,

carinis tribus multo minus approximatis (fig. 42). Genitalium

stipes truncatus, non ad apicem constrictus neque acuminatus

(fig. 43).

Pedes simplices preter femora intermedia serrato-dentata,

dentibus spiniformibus. Metatarsi antici ciliis longis quinque.

Pictura abdominis glauca, non (nisi in lateribus plus minus)

flavescens. Clypeus (preter puncta duo nigra), labrum mandi-

bularum bases, orbite, prothoracis basis et latera, humeri, tegule,

scutella et puncta nonnulla mesopleurarum, flava. Antennarum

articulus 1 flavus, ceteri ferruginei; 1 (ad apicem), 2 et 3 nigro

supra lineati. Pedes flavi, nigro-lineati.

Long. 15 millim.

2 latet.

Hab. ff. Koubbeh, iuxta Cairo, 13, V., 1896.

Speciem Dom. EH. Frey-Gessner Genevensi, entomo-

logo peritissimo, amico benevolentissimo, dicare gaudeo.

Miscophus xgyptius, sp. n.

2. Niger, obscure zenescens, subnitidus, mandibulis cum palpis

plus minusve rufescentibus.

Caput et mesonotum subtilissime punctata, scutellum subtiliter

quidem sed fortius, punctis magis remotis ; propodei area horizon-

talis carina elevata longitudinaliter divisa, oblique utrinque con-

cinne striolata, apice abrupte truncata lateribus distincte angulatis,

eiusdem pars declivis basi foveata, tota satis crasse transverso-

rugosa : abdomen subtiliter punctatum.

Femora antica valde incrassata, tarsi antici vix pectinati.

316 Rev. F. D. Morice on New or little-known Sphegide.

Clypei margo apicalis levissime crenulatus (non ut in M. spurio,

Dahlb., productus neque reflexus). Alze cellula petiolata parva.

Long. 5 millim.

6 latet.

Hab. Abbasiyeh (Cairo), 26, IV., 1896.

Piate VI.

[ The explanation faces the PLATE. |

(By)

XIII. Mimetic Attraction. By Freperick A. Drxey,

M.A., M.D, F.E.S., Fellow of Wadham College,

Oxford.

[Read May 5th, 1897.]

Pirate VII.

In a former contribution* to the Transactions of this

Society, I endeavoured to trace, by means of actual

examples, the successive steps through which a complicated

and practically perfect mimetic pattern could be evolved

in simple and easy stages from a form presenting merely

the ordinary aspect of its own genus. In the present

paper I propose to enter somewhat further into the

subject of mimetic change, and in the first place to show

how the process of gradual assimilation, starting from

one given point, may take not one direction only, but

several divergent paths at the same time; in other

words, how the members of a single group may assume

several different mimetic developments, each one corres-

ponding to a distinct model, but all derived by easy

stages from the same original form.

Jn the paper just referred to it was shown that a very

complete transition could be demonstrated, by means cof

closely-allied and still existing species, between an

ordinary Pieris such as P. phaloe, presenting only the

usual features of its genus, and a form of such widely

different aspect as Mylothris pyrrha 2 ; the latter being

a nearly exact copy of Heliconius numata. But although

these facts are sufficiently striking, it is perhaps still

more remarkable that from the same or closely allied and

very similar forms of typical Pierine aspect, at least four

other lines can be traced, each showing almost as perfect

a transition as that from P. phaloe to M. pyrrha, and

each leading up to a presumably distasteful model; these

models being in appearance entirely different from H.

numata and from each other.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1896, pp. 65-79, pls. ILI.—V.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—PparRT II. (SEP'.)

318 Dr. Frederick A. Dixey on

A full illustration of this position would require a

larger series of diagrams than could well be given in this

place; it is hoped, however, that the series of figures on

Plate VII. may suffice to show the more important

links in each chain, or at any rate to make the drift of

my statements intelligible. It should be borne in mind

that all the forms here spoken of are neotropical.

1. The “agna” line. The first of these lines of

development may be called the agna line, inasmuch as it

leads towards a well-marked group of distasteful forms

of which Aerie agna, Godm. and Salv., (Pl. VIT., fig. 6) is

a good example. Starting from a white Pieris of ordinary

aspect like P. phalve, we find that the first step in the

growth of this mimetic pattern is furnished by the pro-

longation of the diagonal dark bar, which in P. phaloe 2 *

extends from the costa to the distal end of the cell in

the forewing, to meet the dark hind margin as in P. caly-

donia § (fig. 1, %). All stages in the development of

this first feature can indeed be traced by comparing

specimens of both sexes of P. calydonia itself. The next

step is the extension of the dark hind border of the

forewing, already more pronounced in P. calydonia &

than in P. phaloe 9, along the inner margin, as in P.

demophile 2 (fig. 3, 1). Simultaneously with this change

the dark border of the hindwing is much broadened

(ib., 4), and in some specimens of P. demophile 2, as in

the one figured, the white ground colour is replaced by

vellow. These changes are sufficient strongly to suggest

the general aspect of the protected group referred to,

and it seems difficult to believe that the appearance of

the yellow female of P. demophile has not a significance

derived from this fact.

2. The “atthis”? line. But the last-named form, viz.,

the yellow P. demophile § , though the final Pierine term

in one transitional series, is but an intermediate term in

another. ‘This second line of development, starting

afresh from P. demophile @ , passes into an unmistakable

mimetic relation with the protected group that centres

round such forms as Heliconius atthis (fig. 8) and

Tithorea pavonit.

Comparing P. viardi 2 with P. demophile &, we find

that in the former insect a further stage of divergence

* See Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1896, pl. III., fig. 2, .

Mimetic Attraction. 319

from the original Pierine form has been reached (1) by

a shght modification in shape and proportions of that

area of the pale ground colour included between the

diagonal bar and the dark inner margin of the forewing,

and (2) by the appearance of a submarginal series of

pale spots on both fore and hindwing (fig. 5,7”). Both

of these changes mark an approximation towards the

characteristic aspect of the protected Heliconius atthis

group ; but the final link in the Pierine chain, viz., the

form represented in fig. 7, which appears to be the female

of P. locusta or of a closely allied species, brings us

nearer still. Here the pale area on the apical side of

the diagonal bar (nm) shows a tendency to be broken up

into separate spots; and the pale ground colour, which

in P. viardi 2 is uniformly yellow, in P. locusta 2 only

retains the yellow tint proximally, the subapical area (7)

and the submarginal spots (7) having resumed their

original white. These submarginal spots have also

diminished in size and become more compact in outline.

In all these respects a further approach is made towards

H. atthis, and the whole series from P. phaloe or P. caly-

donia to P. locusta 9 and H. atthis affords as striking a

succession of transitional forms as that before traced from

the same ordinary Pierine types up to Mylothris pyrrha 2

and Heliconius nwmata.*

3. The “inachia” line. In this line an early step in

advance of the usual Pierine pattern is taken by Pieris

pandosia.t On the hindwing underside of this species

appears a narrow chestnut-coloured streak in the midst

of the dark hind-marginal band, running paraliel with

the hind border of the wing. In P. leptalina, Bates (=

P. pisonis, Hew.), both surfaces of the forewing show a

diagonal dark bar as in P. calydonia & and other species ;

there is also a transverse dark bar crossing the under-

surface of the hindwing nearly parallel with the costa

(fig. 2). In P. pandosia, where the distal end only of this

“ Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1896, pp. 65-70. It should be added

to the foregoing that P. viurdi 2 itself is probably attracted by

HI. charitonia, which may perhaps be considered an outlier of the

H, atthis combination. This is analogous to the attraction of

another intermediate term in the atthis line, viz., P. demophile 9,

by the agna group.

+ Figured by Hewitson, Exot. Butt., “ Pieris,” pl. IL., fig. 14,

and ibid., pl. VL., fig. 39.

320 Dr. Frederick A. Dixey on

latter bar is indicated, the chestnut-coloured streak takes

no part in its formation; in P. leptalina, however, the

same chestnut-coloured streak is better pronounced along

the hind margin than in P. pandosia, and is prolonged

for a short distance along the transverse bar (fig. 2, 0).

In this way a considerable resemblance is brought about

between P. leptalina and some of the well-known trans-

parent neotropical Danainz, which are presumably

protected, such as Napeogenes inachia (fig. 4). It is

worth noting that the bar 0, which belongs to the hind-

wing in P. pandosia and P. leptalina, appears to

represent the dark inner margin of the forewing in the

model; and the presence upon its distal portion in P.

leptalina of a sight prolongation of the chestnut marginal

streak may perhaps stand for the turning inwards of the

corresponding chestnut marginal band in N. inachia

along the costal border (figs. 2 and 4).

4. The “numata” line. This series needs here no

more than a mention, as it has been already discussed

and illustrated in the paper above referred to.*

5. The “tarracina”’ line. This is an offshoot of the

last, or nuwmata line, diverging in the neighbourhood of

Mylothris malenka § , or perhaps somewhat further back

towards the original Pieris. ‘The remarkable form M.

alethina § shows a near approach to the pattern of

Tithorea tarracina and other associated species; its own

aspect being probably derived from a type like M. lorena 2

or M. malenka 2 , in which the yellow of P. demonhile ?

has persisted, and the base of the forewings has become

overspread with black.t+

General Considerations. There is, therefore, in each one

of these cases, a continuous line to be traced ; starting

in every instance from the same ordinary Pierine form,

and passing through a graduated series of closely-allied

* Vide supra, p. 319, note.

+ Three at least of the above five lines of development, viz.,

the agna, the numata, and the inachia lines, can be paralleled from

the genus Désmorphia and its allies, and it is interesting to see in

the latter case how the same ultimate result is brought about by

somewhat different means. But I have not attempted to include

species of Dismorphia within the above series, because the affinity

of this genus with Pieris and Mylothris is not close, and its own

course of mimetic development, so far as phylogeny is concerned,

must be regarded as completely independent.

Mimetic Attraction. Syeall

species until it terminates in a Pieris or Mylothris bearing

an intimate mimetic relation with some insect of entirely

different affinities. It is further to be observed that, in

every instance, the species here considered as the model

towards which these diverging series tend, does not

present an isolated and independent scheme of coloration,

but is itself a member of a larger or smaller group of

forms, in addition to the Pierine mimic, all of which are

endowed with an aspect similar to itself—in other words,

that the mimetic associations do not run simply in pairs,

but in groups. This latter fact has long been recognised ;

and the existence of such mimetic groups has been

shown by F. Miiller, Meldola, end Poulton to possess

a further significance than that originally detected by

Bates. The elaborate work of Haase* contains an

attempt to give a systematic account of the chief cases

of mimetic grouping. But in spite of what has already

been written by these and other authors, it may be

doubted whether the importance of the principle of

inimicry among the factors that have determined the

facies of the insect fauna in such a region as the neo-

* “Untersuchungen itber die Mimicry,” Stuttgart, 1893. It may

here be mentioned that several of the above-named insects have

been noticed by Haase ; who, however, has not attempted to trace

in any detail the lines of mimetic assimilation that diverge from the

common Pierine stock. He speaks, for instance, of Mylothris lorena

Gand M. malenka 2 , which undoubtedly belong to the nuwmata group,

as having arisen from such forms as P. demophile 2 , and considers

that the transition took place through forms resembling P. viardi

Q. Buta careful examination will I believe show that, as stated

above, neither P, demophile 2 nor P. viardi 2 is in the direct

line passing from the unaltered Pieris towards JM. pyrrha and

Heliconius numata. Both are, in fact, intermediate terms in the

series leading up to an entirely distinct assemblage, that typified

by Tithorea pavonii and Heliconius atthis (Haase’s “ Bonplandi

Tracht”); while P. demophile shows evidence of attraction by the

protected agna group, and P, viardi by the dominant form Heli-

conius charitonia. Again, the red streak on the underside of the

hindwing in the males of M. lorena, etc., is attributed by Haase to

“inheritance from the female,” but its origin is not traced by him

to the primitive basal red common to many Pierine genera. (See

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894, pp.283-289 ; zbid., 1896, pp. 72, 73.)

Pieris leptalina, Bates (P. pisonis, Hew.) is spoken of by Haase as

representing the first partial assimilation tu certain Jthoméas ;

rightly, :o far as the main fact is concerned ; but it may also be

noticed that earlier stages of the same assimilation exist in P.

kigaha, and, as shown above, in P. pandosia.

322 Dr. Frederick A. Dixey on

tropical has ever been fully recognised. The mimetic

groups here referred to are no doubt mainly of the

“Miillerian ” kind; that is to say, they are associations

between inedible species of various affinities ; each asso-

ciation possessing a conspicuous and distinctive pattern

of its own, more or less perfectly reproduced by all its

members. In the paper already cited and elsewhere* I

have given reasons for considering the principle of Miil-

lerian mimicry to be far more widely operative than has

generally been supposed; and I have also endeavoured

to supply a test by which, even in the absence of

information as to the edibility and relative abundance of

the members of a mimetic group, a conclusion may some-

times be arrived at as to whether the assemblage is

Batesian or Miillerian. As there are grounds for suppos-

ing that the arguments just referred to have sometimes

been misunderstood, it will be attempted in the following

section to re-state, in as simple language as possible, what

appears to be the best interpretation of the facts at present

known.

Mimetic Attraction. When a species of butterfly has

become established in such a region as the neotropical,

where life of all kinds is very abundant and competition

extremely keen, it may be taken for granted that the

species possesses some efficient means of defence, failing

which it would be unable to maintain its position. In

very many instances, as is well known, the required

protection is essentially afforded by the possession of a

nauseous flavour, which causes the butterfly in question

to be avoided, when recognised, by some at least of its

insect-eating enemies. ‘lhe possibility of easy recogni-

tion in such a case constitutes, of course, an important

factor in the safety of the species ; since there would be

no advantage in being inedible, if the fact only became

known in each individual case as the result of an

experiment fatal toits subject. It is in consequence of this

necessity for ‘advertisement ” that, as is also well known,

inedible species tend to assume gaudy and conspicuous

colours, and to adopt habits calculated to display their

warning signals with the utmost publicity. In this

manner the members of a distasteful and conspicuous

species are enabled to profit by the experieuce gained at

* Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1894, pp. 297, 298 ; ibid., 1896, p. 75.

Mimetic Attraction. 323

the expense of other individuals of the same species, some

of which must necessarily fall victims to their insectivorous

enemies during the “ education” of the latter as to the

kinds of prey to be sought or avoided. Hach form that

thus succeeds in establishing itself becomes, in propor-

tion to its nauseous character and the ease with which it

can be recognised, a centre of attraction for other species,

which, by assimilating their own aspect to that of their

model, are enabled to share in the immunity from attack

enjoyed by the latter. It is now considered probable by

many that this power of attraction is exercised by

dominant inedible species over edible and inedible forms

alike; there is, however, one important difference be-

tween the two cases, which I have before endeavoured to

point out, but which seems to need a more explicit state-

ment than has yet been given to it.

Let us first take the case of a species which is edible,

and therefore liable to extermination by insectivorous

animals. The chances of the survival of such a species

depend on the excellence of its means of defence ; such as

superior swiftness, or the power of concealment, whether

by resemblance to inanimate objects, or to some other

species protected by a disagreeable flavour. The force

which impels an edible species to seek protection by the

last-named method, viz., by sheltering itself under the

reputation of a conspicuous inedible form, is the well-

known “ Batesian mimicry.” With reference to this,

which is the most complete kind of mimicry, it is to be

observed that the advantage of association is all on the

side of the mimic, and is not shared in the least degree by

the model. Indeed, the existence of the edible mimicking

species is a source of danger to the form mimicked,

inasmuch as any experience gained by tasting the former

would be used to the detriment of the latter. From these

considerations two consequences follow; the first being

that such an association can subsist only when the

numbers of the mimic are insignificant compared with

those of the model, for otherwise the latter’s reputation

for inedibility would be interfered with, and eventually

destroyed. ‘The second consequence is that the attrac-

tive force leading to assimilation between the two forms

can act only in one direction; 7.e., the model attracts the

mimic, but the mimic can exert no reciprocal influence

upon the model. ‘The latter stands secure upon its own

324 Dr. Frederick A. Dixey on

footing, any departure from which might be attended with

danger to itself; while the only part played by the former

is to shelter itself under as close an approximation to the

aspect of the model as circumstances permit.

We may now take the case of a species possessing

a nauseous flavour, and requiring some means of adver-

tisement in order to make its inedibility available for

purposes of protection. 'T'wo courses may be said to lie

open for such a species. First, it may seek advertise-

ment by acquiring a conspicuous and easily recognised

aspect of its own, distinct from that of any others; or,

secondly, it may obtain a share in the notoriety already

attaching to some dominant inedible form by assimilating

its aspect to that of the latter, instead of striking out a

new line for itself. An examination of the lepidopterous

fauna of such a region as the neotropical makes it certain

that the latter of these methods, viz., the method of

‘“Miillerian mimicry,” has been very extensively fol-

lowed. Its advantages, as compared with the former

method, are obvious. In the first place it assists the

memory of predaceous foes by keeping at a low figure the

number of distinct inedible types to be learned and so

avoided, and in the second place it benefits at least two

species at the same time instead of one, and both have

therefore an interest in keeping it up; for inasmuch as in

this case, as distinct from that of Batesian mimicry, the

mimic is inedible as well as the model, the results of

experimental tasting will be uniformly the same, and will

be favourable to the immunity of both species. It

follows that (1) there is no such limit as exists in

Batesian mimicry to the number either of individuals or

species forming a Miillerian group. An assemblage of

this latter kind is only strengthened, not weakened, by

fresh accessions; all being alike inedible, and so all

contributing to the common safety. (2) The benefit

of Miillerian association being mutual, there is a distinct

reason, which we saw does not exist in the case of

Batesian mimicry, for the model to help on the process of

assimilation by itself advancing to meet the mimic.

To summarise the foregoing. Every conspicuous and

distasteful form is a centre of attraction for other forms,

whether edible or inedible; but in the former case

(Batesian mimicry) the mimetic attraction is limited in

operation, and acts only in one direction, influencing

Mimetic Attraction. 325

nothing but the mimic; while in the latter case (Miillerian

mimicry) the mimetic attraction is unlimited and mutual,

acting reciprocally in both directions and influencing each

member of the group.

This doctrine of the mutual attraction between inedible

forms, leading not merely to the copying of one by

another, but to the departure of each from its original

aspect by the adoption of features belonging to the other,

is not simply a speculation, nor does it rest only on

a priori reasoning. ‘There is much evidence that

it represents a fact which does actually take place in

nature ; and in the two papers above referred to* I have

brought forward cases which seem inexplicable by any

other principle. I may be allowed to add in this place a

further instance, which appears to me for several reasons

remarkable.

The instance of P. locusta $. In Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond. 1896, p. 72, note, I spoke, though somewhat

doubtfully, of P. locusta f as a mimic. My suspicion

that this was the case at that time fell short of actual

conviction. Now, however, after a further careful

examination of P. locusta ~ from this particular point

of view, I have little or no hesitation in pronouncing it to

be a member of a mimetic association of an exceptionally

interesting kind.

It will be remembered that the males of Mylothris

lorena, M. pyrrha, ete., form a good illustration of the

accurate manner in which the appropriate habits are

correlated with adaptive colouring—the mimetic pattern

in these instances being confined to the underside, and

being in all probability useless as a protection except

during the resting position; while the habits of these males,

as testified to by Wallace,t are such as would probably

render a Heliconiine resemblance during flight a source of

danger to its possessors rather than of safety. Similarly

in P. locusta Z, it is only on the underside that the

mimetic pattern appears, and here again there can be

* See also an abstract in“ British Association Reports,” 1894,

p. 692.

t+ “ Tropical Nature,” 1878, p. 205. See also Haase, op. cit.,

p. 68. It should, however, be stated that neither of these authors

assigns any protective value to the underside of the male forms in

question.

326 Dr. Frederick A. Dixey on

little doubt that its use has reference only to the resting

position.

The aspect suggested is rather that of several forms of

Fieliconius in general than that of any one in particular ;

the most definite relation, however, is with the group of

which Heliconius cydno and H. galanthus are examples, a

group characterised by the presence on both surfaces, but

especially beneath, of a good deal of light yellowoften paling

further to white. When the undersides of Pieris locusta

and one of these Heliconii, say H. cydno (which inhabits

the same part of the neotropical region), are compared

together, both insects being in the resting position, we

find not indeed an exact resemblance, but a general

similarity which, judging from other instances, we may

consider as probably sufficient to suggest the possession of

hike qualities. In both there occurs on the forewing a

certain amount of white ground colour; on one side

bounded by a dark tip, and on the other more or less

limited by the dark area of the hindwing ; which latter

is traversed by a bright yellow streak, and beset about

the base with red or chestnut patches. The elements of

the pattern in both insects are the same, and their

general relation to one another much alike, though the

pale marginal band on the hindwing that occurs in

this species of Heliconius is not found in the Pierine.

A further point of interest is the manner in which

the partial breaking up of the white colour is effected

in the Heliconius and the Pieris respectively. There

is, I think, little doubt that the dark marks on

the costa of the hindwing in P. locusta represent

i a general way the dark discoidal spot and a

portion of the inner dark area of the forewing in the

Heliconius. he bright yellow line of the hindwing will

be seen in each case to terminate in relation with a dark

patch; but in the first instance (that of the Pieris) this

belongs to the same wing; and in the second instance

(that of the Heliconius) it is contributed to by both

wings. ‘'his seems to exemplify a principle repeatedly

met with in mimicry; viz., that exact homology is dis-

regarded, and the whole exposed surface of the insect is

taken as it were as a canvas on which the mimetic

picture is painted with a free hand. The relation of this

particular group of Heliconiws with the Pierines is

remarkable, and deserves more detailed treatment ; here

Mimetic Attraction. S27

it will be sufficient to point out that there is more reason

to suppose that the Heliconius has adopted certain

features from the Pieris (for example, the whiteness of

the ground colour, and the disposition, if not the exist-

ence, of the basal red marks) than that the converse

alone has taken place.

Reeiprocal Mimicry and Convergence. ‘This fact of the

reciprocal copying of two or more species by each

other is perhaps implied, though not distinctly so,

in the term ‘ convergence,” which has been used

by many authors to express the phenomenon of Miil-

lerian mimicry; but I am not aware that any writer

who so employs the term has laid stress on the mutwal

character of the changes involved, or has traced in

any instance the actual modifications undergone by

both species of a Millerian couple under the intluence

of the attractive force existing between them. It seems

hitherto to have been taken for granted that a dominant

form will attract or retain other species within its own

sphere of influence, without being itself attracted in

return; whereas the fact is, as we have seen, that each

member of an inedible association has more or less

influence upon all the rest. The respective value of the

attraction exercised or suffered by any member of a

Miillerian group will depend on its numbers, its nauseous

qualities, and its notoriety. The stronger any species is

in these respects, the stronger will be its power of

attraction, and the weaker in comparison will be any

force tending to draw it in the direction of other mem-

bers of the group. The actual mimetic path taken by

any species will be the resultant of the various forces

acting uponit. If the form happens to be a dominant one,

these external forces will be insignificant in comparison

with its own stability ; and it will therefore resist change

to a large extent, or perhaps altogether. ‘The most com-

plete intermingling of characters given and taken on

both sides may be expected when two species meet on

equal terms, neither being strong enough to predominate

over the other.

While there can be no doubt of the convenience of the

term “convergence,” and its suitability to express

relations of the kind just discussed, there would seem to

be no sufficient reason for disallowing in their case the

earlier term “ mimicry.” This latter word may be quite

328 Dr. Frederick A. Dixey on

legitimately employed to designate the adoption of any

new features borrowed from another species. In so far as

A copies the appearance of B, it may properly he said to

“mimic” the latter, whether the object be to suggest

the presence of a disagreeable flavour which it does not

really possess, or merely to convey the impression

that it and its model are alike in all respects. Miil-

lerian assimilation may be quite as deceptive as Batesian,

in the sense of leading to confusion between species

essentially distinct ; and in the case of a “ weak”? species

being associated with a “strong” one, the departure of

a form from the typical aspect of its congeners by the

development of strictly imitative features may be as well

marked in the one kind of mimicry as in the other. But

although either of the terms “ Miillerian mimicry” or

“convergence ”’ would appear to express quite adequately

the general idea of the mimetic relation between inedible

Species, a separate term is wanted to designate the

peculiar give-and-take changes which we have seen are

theoretically possible to a greater or less extent in every

case of Millerian association, and which in fact do actually

occur in several. It is to supply this want of a term that

I have proposed the expression “ reciprocal mimicry,’’*

which is meant to convey, besides the general idea of

convergence, the special information that in the cases to

which the term is applied, the convergence is brought

about not by the simple imitation of one form by another,

but by the interchange of features between forms, and

their consequent simultaneous approach to an intermediate

position.

The foregoing remarks will, I think, have made it

sufficiently clear, (1) that reciprocal mimicry can only take

place in Miillerian associations, not in Batesian; and that

it is therefore, as I have elsewhere said ‘‘ good evidence

of the distastefulness of all the forms between which it

can be shown to occur;” (2) that although a mimic

which is of relatively plentiful occurrence must be Miil-

lerian, it does not follow that a mimic which is scarce

must necessarily be Batesian. An inedible mimic may

be either rare or common ; an edible mimic must be rare.

Judging by these principles, we must conclude that the

association of Pieris locusta f$ with Heliconius cydno is

“ Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1894, p, 298.

Mimetic Attraction. 329

Miillerian, and an addition is thus supplied to the evidence

already existing in favour of the distasteful qualities of

this and other Pierine genera.*

Conclusion. If we take a comprehensive survey of the

whole butterfly facies of the neotropical region, we cannot

fail to be struck with the numerous cases of mimetic assimi-

lation which it presents. It would in fact almost seem

that scarcely any conspicuous form is completely isolated.

In a region where enemies to insect life are so numerous,

and competition for existence is so keen, a buttertly can

hardly afford to be conspicuous unless it is also distaste-

ful; nor is the mere individual possession of these

qualities in the majority of instances sufficient for safety.

Any form that requires to establish a reputation for

inedibility, must as it were seek allies ; and no sooner does

it make a bid for survival as a nauseous species, than it

becomes subject to the influence of mimetic attraction,

and probably finds itself drawn into the vortex of one of

the great Miillerian associations.

It is no doubt true that the process of mimetic assimi-

lation is subject to limitation by the operation of other

forces. Thus it may be needful that the resemblance to

a model, though close enough to deceive enemies, should

not be so close as to interfere with due recognition

between the sexes. We know little of the means by

which insects recognise each other, but there are at least

some grounds for thinking that they are assisted at times

by external marks. This may afford one reason for the dif-

ferent ways in which the sexes of the same species occasion-

ally react to mimetic influences ; and it may possibly be

the meaning of the retention of a portion of the original

white ground-colour in the males of certain species of

Dismorphia, It is also quite conceivable that the aspect

of every species is to some extent controlled by its

physiological constitution ;+ and this fact may tend to

disturb the perfect operation of the process of mimetic

change.

But notwithstanding all limitations, it remains the

fact that any inedible form, in the midst of competing

* Vide Trans, Eat. Soc. Lond. 1894, pp. 297, 298; zbid., 1896,

pp. 74, 76.

+ Vide Presidential Address by Prof. Meldola, Proc. Ent. Soc

Lond, 1896, pp. Ixxx. et seqq.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897—PparT UI. (SEPT.) 22

330 Dr. Frederick A. Dixey on

mimetic systems, is liable to be carried off in this or that

direction as it comes under their influence. Sometimes,

as in the forms that were discussed at the beginning of

this paper, we find several species, closely related to one

another by affinity, being drawn away in different direc-

tions by the attractive power of the Miillerian groups

that surround them; and the same assemblage of cases

illustrates the fact that a mimetic change from the original

form in the direction of one protected group may serve

as a stepping-stone for a further departure towards

another.* Sometimes again, as in Mylothris lypera, M.

lorena, M. malenka, and M. pyrrha, we see that in the

males a compromise is struck between the ordinary

Pierine aspect (used for flight), and a mimetic dress hike

that of the female (used for repose); while in Preris

locusta we find the same compromise in the male, with

the curious difference that here even the sexes of the same

species have been wrested apart into separate mimetic

relations.

Finally, the comparison will perhaps not seem too far-

fetched, if the several mimetic groups, each with its own

type of coloration, are likened to the solar and stellar

systems of astronomers. Sometimes, as in the solar

system, there is one central body (7.e., species) dominat-

ing the whole, and influencing its attendant planets (¢.e.,

mimics) to an extent in comparison with which the force

they themselves can exercise is insignificant. At other

times, as in the systems of double and multiple stars,

there are bodies-(¢.e., species) more nearly equal in mass

and importance, bound together by mutual attraction

into a single combination, where each one effectively

controls and is controlled by the rest. We may even

push the comparison so far as to find an analogy between

those irregular wanderers through cosmic space which

from time to time get drawn within the limits of some

* E.g., as was pointed out above, forms lke Pieris pandosia,

P. leptalina, etc., show the result of attraction by the zxachia group

upon Pieris of the ordinary kind. Similarly the yellow female

of P. demophile exemplifies the ordinary form attracted in another

direction, that of the agna combination, Again, the last-named

development of Pieris has served as a basis for a further attraction,

that by Heliconius charitonia, as seen in P. viardi 9 ; and this latter

form has given scope for the influence of the atthis group as shown

by P. locusta 9.

Mimetic Attraction. 381

established system, and certain species which seem to

hover on the outskirts of mimetic groups, undecided as it

were whether to throw in their lot with one association

or another,

I-am indebted to Professor Poulton, F.R.S., for free

access to the Hope Department, and for permission to

figure insects from the collection under his charge.

NOTE.

In the course of the discussion which followed the reading of

this paper, my friend Professor Poulton expressed the opinion that

the term “mimicry” should be restricted entirely to cases of

Batesian association, and should not be applied to resemblances

between distasteful forms. I am, of course, entirely at one with

Professor Poulton as to the essential difference between the false

warning which is the leading feature in the one case, and the true

warning which characterises the other ; and I agree that it would

be most desirable to mark the distinction by the use of separate

terms. Though the present paper must stand as it was read, I am

willing in future to attempt the restriction which he recommends.

Perhaps ‘‘ Miillerian assimilation” and ‘“ reciprocal assimilation,”

though a little cumbrous, may serve instead of the terms used in

the text ; and it may be hoped that the advantage of greater pre-

cision thus gained will outweigh the disadvantage of having to

drop such convenient words as “‘ mimic,” ‘“‘ mimetic” and “ model ”

when speaking of a Millerian group.—June 2, 1897.

332 Dr. Frederick A. Dixey on Mimetic Attraction.

List or Species MENTIONED.

PIERINZ. HELICONIIN.E.

Pieris phaloe, Goat. FHeliconius numata, Cram.

P. calydonia, Boisd. H. atthis, Doubl.

P. demophile, Linn. H. charitonia, Godt.

P. viardi, Boisd. H, cydno, Doubl. & Hew.

P. locusta, Feld. H. galanthus, Bates.

P. pandosia, Hew.

P. kigaha, Reak,

§ P. leptalina, Bates.

UP. pisonis, Hew. DANAINE.

Mylothris lypera, Koll.

M. lorena, Hew. Aeria agna, Godm. & Salv.

M. malenka, Hew. Tithorea pavonii, Butl.

M. pyrrha, Fabr. T. tarracina, Hew.

M. alethina, Butl. Napeogenes inachia, Hew.

ExXplhaNATION OF Puate VII.

. Pieris calydonia 9°.

. P. leptalina, underside.

. P. demophile 9.

. Napeogenes inachia.

Bearded:

. Aeria agna.

. P. locusta 2.

. Heliconius atthis.

1S OF & De

In ALL THE FIGURES

k, diagonal dark bar of forewing.

1, dark bar of forewing parallel to inner margin.

m, pale area on apical side of diagonal bar.

n, submarginal pale spots.

o, transverse bar of hindwing.

N.B., # and / asin Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1896,

Plates III.-V.

XIV.—The Changes in the Structure of the Wings of

Butterflies. By A. Rapctirre Grore, A.M.

[Read June 2nd, 1897.]

In the literature relating to the course and position of

the veins in the wings of Butterflies and Moths, I find

no recognition of the causes which modify their direction,

and underlie the changes we observe as they pass from

a generalized to a more specialized arrangement. As the

biological progress which these changes indicate must

depend on dynamical requirements, a mechanical explana-

tion naturally suggests itself.

From a study of the butterflies I find that the changes

take a direction which stands probably in relation to the

mode of flight, and that the processes themselves may be

distinguished as follows :—firstly, the reduction by ab-

sorption of the radial veins ; secondly, the disintegration

of the median series; and, thirdly, the reduction and

suppression of veins above the radius and below the

cubitus. These various modifications are carried out to an

unequal extent in one and the same group, as well as in

different groups or families of the butterflies, which are

here especially discussed. They all appear to have their

origin in the lepidopterous hindwing, and, according to

the greater or lesser degree of their expression, the wings

are said to be specialized or generalized. That they are

inaugurated in the hindwings is to be explained by the

greater strain laid upon the latter in supporting the body

and checking the downward stroke of the forewings.

As compared with the primaries in one and the same

individual the secondaries are the more specialized.

All these changes have apparently as their ultimate

aim the simplification of the venation, the furcations

being the result of partial absorption of the veins. The

proof that these views are generally correct is afforded

by the fact that in Hepialus the radius of both fore and

hindwings is five-branched, and that the five-branched

radius of the primaries in those groups where the radius

of the secondaries appears one-branched evidently under-

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—pPanTiv. (DEC.) 23

334 Mr. A. Radcliffe Grote on the Changes in the

goes a parallel process, z.e., the reduction of the radial

veins by a process of absorption in the more specialized

forms.* Thus, among the Pieride, the Cabbage butter-

flies have a three- to four-branched radius, in the Yellows

the radius has four veins, whilst in Anthocharis and

Leptidia the normal five branches attain the margins of

the wing. A parallel case is offered by the Blues, where

the four radial veins of Iycena are reduced to three in

Thecla. It is evident that these characters, repeating

themselves as they do in otherwise different groups, are

insufficient to warrant the view of a near relationship

between the forms exhibiting them. They are characters

of convergence, and, therefore, secondary in their nature.

At the same time their presence in different groups proves

the essential unity of the process of development or

evolution in the wings.

The second direction, in which the progress of sim-

plification manifests itself, is in the disintegration of the

median series of veins. In some T'ineides the main stem

(or stems) of the media, between the base of the wing

and the cross-vein, which serves now as the point @appur

for the three median branches (veins iv}, ivy, and iv3), is

present. But in the butterflies, as well as in most of the

moths, this stem has disappeared, or is represented

merely by scars upon the surface of the tegument of the

median cell. The former passage of these stems along

what is now an unbroken surface is indicated by slight

processes, apparently emerging from the cross-vein

closing the cell at its outer extremity and turned towards

the base of the wing in the direction in which the stems of

the media appear to have formerly lain. ‘The suppres-

sion of these stems has been evidently the first step

towards the abolition of the median series which, in the

day butterflies, asserts its existence only through the

three branches arising from the cross-vein and attaining

the outer margin. We have now to consider the fate of

these three branches, and to see what becomes of them

during the evolution of this portion of the wings.

In the case of the absorption of the radial veins we

found that the condition of the hindwings of most recent

* T learn from my friend Dr. Hofmann that an intermediate form

between the five- branched and one-branched radius of the secondary

has been discovered in the Tineide.

Structure of the Wings of Butterflies. 359

Lepidoptera exhibits an advance upon that of the fore-

wings as regards simplification. Similarly an examina-

tion proves that the change of the median series is

almost invariably accentuated, however slightly, in the

secondaries. A scrutiny of the course which the three

branches of the media take necessitates a clear recogni-

tion of the primitive generalized condition and arrange-

ment of these veins. This is illustrated again by

Hepialus as well as by the position of the veins in the

ante-imaginal stage.*

The position, so far as the middle branch (vein iv) is

concerned, is a median one, and those forms in a group

in which this is retained, that is, in which the middle

branch is equidistant from its two companions, are

clearly the most generalized.

We are now concerned with the shifting of the middle

branch from its original median position. Evidently,

as a comparison of the entire series of butterflies and

moths shows, it may move in one of two opposite

directions. Sometimes it moves towards the radius, and

sometimes it is attracted by the cubitus. The amount

of its movement in either direction is the test of the

specialization of the insect in this particular, just as the

extent of the absorption of the radial veins is there the

measure of progress. ‘Thus, this movement of the

median branches tends to break up the series, with the

object of dividing the residue between the radius and

cubitus. In this distribution of the former property of

the media, the upper branch (vein iv,) from its prox-

imity falls generally and naturally to the share of the

radius, and the lower branch (vein ivs) as naturally to the

share of the cubitus. But a contest arises as to the

middle branch (veinivz). As long as it keeps its original

position, it sustains the relative integrity of the median

series. When it yields in either direction, it abandons

its primitive character, but in thus yieiding it preserves

its own existence. In some groups it has resisted the

attraction of the dominant veins of the present lepido-

* “Dr, Sharp points out that, although the trachex in the pupal

wings have much the same arrangement as the nervures in the

imagines, the trachez are not changed into nervures ; but that the

latter probably have their origin from string-like structures, which

run near the trachez, called Semper’s rods.”—Ent. Rec., 1896, p. 112.

336 Mr. A. Radcliffe Grote on the Changes in the

pterous wing, and the result of this independence has

been that it has faded out into a scar, as in the second-

aries of the Skippers. The reason for this disappearance

lies in the loss of connexion and supply of nutriment

which it suffers by the reduction and final disappearance

of the supporting cross-vein, the next step in the disinte-

gration of the median series. On either side of vein ive

the supporting cross-vein vanishes and the branch loses

its power of movement. Meanwhile its companion on

either side has assured its perpetuity by a union with

one of the two competing systems of the wing.

The cross-vein itself finally vanishes. In any event, the

movement of the middle branch towards either radius or

cubitus results in a lengthening of the middle portion of

the cross-vein, and leads to its disintegration. It breaks

in spots, fading into a functionless scar, sometimes yielding

at its middle, sometimes near the upper end, so that

oftenest the sole remnant is a vein-spur representing its

inferior portion. As the cross-vein thus divides and dis-

appears, it opens the net-work of the wing longitudinally

from the base to the outer margin. The wing is thence-

forth virtually separated into a radial and cubital field,

the support of the tegument along the middle having

fallen away. In course of time all scar or trace of the

former position of the cross-vein vanishes likewise, as in

the case of the Purple Emperor (Potamis iris).

I find that that portion of the cross-vein between

the radius and the upper branch of the media, as well

as that again between the lower branch and _ the

cubitus, is retained physiologically as the base of the

respective vein, upon the disappearance of the middle

portion of the cross-vein.

We have mainly followed the fortune of the middle

branch of the media (vein ive), and have seen that, as it

attaches itself to either radius or cubitus, this or that

system is strengthened. This attachment probably has an

influence upon the mode of flight. The sailing flight of

Nymphalis or Potamis seems to follow the acquisition of

vein iva by the radius; the beating or hovering flight

of Papilio and Sphinx from its conquest by the cubitus.

But the fortunes of vein iv; are not less interesting

to follow. In the course of events this vein sometimes

leaves its position on the cross-vein and creeps along the

radius, or vein iiis, until its fusion with the latter is

Structure of the Wings of Butterflies. 330

carried out for nearly a third of its length in the Large

Cabbage White. In the Nemeobiide also there is a

parallel absorption of the upper branch of the radius

(vein iy}).

The median series must now be left, in order briefly to

discuss the third modification by which the evolution of

the venation is manifested. The theoretical number of

veins below the cubitus with its two branches, and

between this main vein and the lower or inner margin of

the wing, is four. Vein vi. is indicated in a few cases

alone as a scar, generally it has departed without leaving

a trace behind. The cross-vein in Papilio between the

cubitus (vein v.) and vein vil. has been identified by

Prof. Comstock with vein vi. For the reason that I am

disposed to consider this cross-vein in Papilio as of similar

nature to the intercalary vein between il. and iii. in the

hindwings of Sphinx, I am scarcely prepared to endorse

this identification at the moment. Next, we have vein vil.

present as a true vein on both wings in the butterflies.

Below vein vii. two abbreviated veins exist on the fore-

wings in some moths. Of these the upper appears as a

loop, joined by its outer end to vein vil., in one series of the

butterflies, which show no trace of veinix. In the other

serieS vein vill. 1s wanting, being apparently crowded

out, whilst instead a stout, atrophied, spur-like vein is

found to run in an opposite direction to viil., and is

curved downwards to the inner margin, which it joins not

far from the base of the wing. This I designate as

vein ix. On the hindwings veins vii. and vii. are both

present as true, long veins in that series of the butterflies

in which vii. is alone found on the primaries. In the other

series where 1x. is present on the forewings, vil. alone

remains on the secondaries, whilst vill. has disappeared.

This disappearance through specialization of vein viil. is

accompanied by a shrinking and inward curving of the

inner margin of the secondary. Again we are admon-

ished of the essential uniformity in the course of these

changes by witnessing the same occurrence in the Attacid

genera (Lothschildia, Samia, S&c.). The mechanical

cause of the abbreviation and degeneration of the veins

below vil. on the primaries may lie in the friction of the

edges of the fore and hindwings. Above the radius on

the primaries there is a single subcostal vein (u.) tending

to split at the base in Thais. Fur ther, there is a vein-

338 Mr. A. Radcliffe Grote on the Changes in the

like thickening of the costa at the base, which I desig-

nate, after Comstock, as vein 1., for the reason that I am

disposed to consider it, together with all thickenings of

the tegument, as homologous with the other veins.*

Hiven if another derivation for it were established, its

existence might still be indicated by a number.

If, now, we review the venation of the butterflies in

search of features which shali throw light upon the phylo-

geny of the group, and prove available for the purposes

of taxonomy, it is clear that secondary characters must

be set aside in the endeavour to find those which are

primary in their nature. It must be borne in mind that

this distinction is a relative and not an absolute one, and

that here as elsewhere our conception of the value of any

character changes with the extent of ourinformation. A

scheme of classification is therefore the measure of the

acquaintance, or non-acquaintance, of the classifier with

his subject. Classification itself becomes a possible field

for psychical activity, solely by reason of the differen-

tiation which has attended biological development, and

has arisen through the interaction of the organism and

the conditions permitting its existence. In a study of the

wings of all the families of the butterflies, I have been

able to rely only upon the aforesaid characters offered by

the abbreviated veins below vein vii. on the primaries,

which allow us to distinguish the Parnassiidee and Papi-

lionides from the rest of the butterflies, including the

Hesperide. The remarkably distinct feature of the

appearance of vein ix. upon the forewings of the Swallow-

tails and their allies leads me to consider it of both

phylogenetic and taxonomic import, and as indicating a

common origin for the series of forms exhibiting it,

which is separate from that of the remaining day-flying

Lepidoptera; it seems to be of subprimary value.

Furthermore, I have persuaded myself from the data

* “Tt has been shown by Hagen that the two layers of mem-

brane can be separated when the wings are recently formed, and it

is then seen that each layer is traversed by lines of harder matter,

the nervures. These ribs are frequently called wing-veins, or

nerves, but as they have no relation to the anatomical structures

bearing those names, it is better to make use of the term

nervures.”—Ent. Record, 1896, p. 231. For the purposes of the

present paper it has seemed to me clearer and shorter to use the

common term.

Structure of the Wings of Butterflies. 559

observed that all contention as to forms occupying a

higher or lower position in a linear series is to a great

extent illusory, since specialization proceeds unequally ;

and it has been from practical considerations that I have

adhered to the Linnean arrangement. Moreover, my

scheme is' accompanied by a synopsis of the grades of

specialization presented by the venation of the different

groups which authors have proposed.

The attempt to find distinctive characters of venation

for all the suggested families has so far failed as to render

the tabular arrangement presented here of only partial

use as a guide to the recognition of the forms it contains.

Before offering it I shall attempt to render the subject

more lucid by classifying in a brief summary of the

families the characters upon which I lay stress.

Fam. Parnassup®, In the Parnassiine, the more

specialized subfamily, the radius is four-branched

(111j 4.9, Ils, 1114, 5), the cell remains closed, the upper

median branch (iv;) has left its more generalized position

on the cross-vein and emerges from the radius without the

cell, the middle branch (vein iva) has become cubital in

position on both wings, whilst on the secondaries vein vii.

has become shortened. In the Thainz the radius is

in a more generalized state, being 5-veined ; vein iv;

spring's from the cross-vein very near the radius, the cell is

closed, and vein vii. of the secondaries is_ less

abbreviated.

Fam. Paritionip#. More generalized than the Par-

nassiide. The radius is 5-veined, the furcation of

veins ii, and i; is longer than in the preceding;

vein iy; is removed from the radius, vein ivg has a median

generalized position on the primaries whilst on the

secondaries it inclines towards the cubitus ; the cells are

strongly closed and vein vu. of the hindwings is more

developed than in the Parnassude.

In contrasting the characters of this with those of the

succeeding series, the Parnassudee and _ Papilionide

(Papilionides, auct.) are seen to be more specialized in the

absence of vein vill on the secondaries, while the absorp-

tion of vein ilig in the Parnassiide is a convergent

character which we meet with again in the Pieridz and

Lyceenide. Their generalized condition is evidenced by

the presence of vein ix. on the primaries, and in the

Papilionidz, by the position of vein iv, on the same wings.

340 Mr. A. Radcliffe Grote on the Changes in the

In a vertical arrangement the latter stand lower than

the Pieridee and Nymphalidz when compared as to

the primary wing by the same standards. As to the

secondary the whole group stands higher. :

Fam. Pinrip®. Specialization is evidenced both in the

absorption of the radial veins and in the disintegration

of the cell in the higher groups. In the Leptidiinz the

middle median vein, which has taken elsewhere a radial

position, becomes cubital on the secondaries and offers an

analogy with Papilio. I consider two subfamilies only to

occur in the European fauna.

Fam. Nympuatip® ‘The radius remains in a generalized

condition, comparable with that of Papilio ; veins iiiy and

ill; vary in the extent of the absorption and both reach

the outer margin, as in Papilio, but nearer the apex ;

this position may be brought about by the breaking up

of the median series and the assimilation of the two

upper branches with the radius.

Fam. AcapeTin® (= Satyride, auet.). More gene-

ralized than the Nymphalide but running parallel with

the less specialized groups of the latter; the radius is

also 5-veined, but vein i, attains the costa as in the

Pieridze and Libytheidee.

Fam. Lisyraeipx. This agrees with the specialized

groups of the Nymphalidz and Agapetidz in that vein ii.

of the secondaries is absorbed by the radius up to the

point of issue of the rudimentary vein i. The family

shows generalization in the median position occupied by

vein iv, on the primaries. The abbreviated vein viii.

of the primaries, which in the Pieride appears often

as a scar, but sometimes (Colias rhamni, &c.) seems

to present the character of a true vein, is strongly

marked. The cross-vein of the secondaries joins the

cubitus very nearly at the point of issue of vein ivs, thus

agreeing with the more specialized Agapetide (Parar-

ginz) and the Nymphalide.

Fam. Nemeosip#. ‘The venation is not of the type

found in the Riodinidz and Lycznide, but corresponds

essentially with that of the Pieride and Libytheide.

Fam. Lycamnipm. The position of vein iv, remains

median, and the degeneration of the cross-vein has left it

isolated. The radius is specialized through the absorp-

tion of vein ili3 44, which in the Theclinz entirely disap-

pears in lll;; vein vill. reappears as a scar.

Structure of the Wings of Butterflies. 341

Fam. Husrrriapz. While the general plan of the

wing is identical with that of the Lyczenidz, all five radial

veins are separate. The absorption manifested in the

Blues has not been inaugurated. The cross-vein has

disappear ed and left not only vein iv but also vein iv; ou

the primaries isolated. On the hindwings vein iv: has

degenerated in consequence to a scar, while iv, has pre-

served its further existence by a fusion with the radius.

Vein viii. of the primaries is strongly represented as a

loop-like appendage at the base of vein vii. In the

American family Megathymidee Comstock’s figures show

a specialized Hesperian type in which vein ivz has

assumed a cubital position, and would thus preserve its

existence amid the disintegration of the median series.

TABLE OF CHARACTERS.

A. Vein ix. of the primaries present....PAPILIONIDES.

1. Vein iv, of the primaries approximate to

the: cubits) ces. ecco see ena nsec < PARNASSIIDE.

Vein iv, springing from the radius ...... Parnassiine.

Vein iv, springing from the cross-vein ... Thaidine.

2. Vein iv, of the primaries central in position PAPILIONID®.

B. Vein ix. of the primaries absent.... HESPERIADES.

3. PIERIDZA.

Vein ii, of the primaries leaving the

radius within the cell .................. Pierine.

Vein iii, leaving the radius without the

Cell aeseasehes slo aiteaitecemcmeeseeetel <aelscs Leptidiine.

4, NYMPHALID#.

Vein ii. of the secondaries absorbed by

the radius up to the point of issue of 1. Nymphaline,

Vein ii. absorbed by the radius up to

a point inferior to the issue of i....... Argynnine.

5. AGAPETID.

The cross-vein on the secondaries joining

the cubitus........... stehecged coat cectewtest Parargine.

The cross-vein on the secondaries joining

VEN LV. .cceccecses se steemenee seasnecanattane Agapetine.

6. LIMNADID.

7. LIBYTHEID®.

8. NEMEOBIID2:.

9, RIODINID®.

10. LYCANIDA.

Vein iv, joining the radius...............6+. Thecline.

Vein iv, joining the cross-vein ..........+ Lycanine.

11. MEGATHYMID.

12. HESPERIADA.

Vein i. of the primaries wanting .., Pamphiline.

Vein i. of the primaries present...... Hesperiine,

342 Mr. Grote on the Changes in the Wings of Butterflies.

Variation in the Course of Veins.

In making preparations of one and the same species

I have usually found little variation in the butterflies, but

my experience is limited to from two to six individuals ;

in some cases I have contented myself with one prepara-

tion, but usually I have made a second and, if it quite

agreed, have gone no furtherin my examinations. Sexual

characters I found to exist only in the swollen veins of

the Meadow-Browns and Potamis. But in the moths I

have found some variation which lies in the general

direction of the changes which are indicated above. The

most surprising to me was that, among five preparations

of Copismer inthus ocellatus, I foul one female in which

vein iv; did not emerge from the radius immediately

beyond the cross-vein, but from the cross-vein itself.

This was a generalized individual]. The usual position of

this vein is from the radius at a greater or less distance

from the cross-vein. Another female had an intermediate

position for vein iv; which, on the primary at least,

seemed to occupy precisely the angle of the junction.

These characters cannot be expected to be other than

plastic, and it is sufficient for our theory if the variation

takes the same line, within the assumed limits of one,

species, as that which it exhibits in different species.

Undoubtedly in the primitive Smerinthus the origin of

vein iv; was from the cross-vein, from which it has been

removed in most of the forms, permanently as it appears,

to the radius.

The second kind of variation consists in the sudden

appearance of short spur-hke processes arising from the

veins. I found such a prong issuing from vein ill, in a

female Endromis. Another case occurred with a female

Smerinthus 11 which vein vg showed a curved prong

urising near the base. In the process of individualiza-

tion the mould sometimes breaks.

In conclusion, I would urge the method of photo-

graphy in picturing the venation. The published draw-

ings are frequently inaccurate and insufficient for purposes

of “study :

(oS

(sy)

ey)

—

XV. The Structure and Life-history of Phalacrocera

replicata. By Proressor L. C. Miaut,, 2:R.S.,

and R. Surtrorp, B.A. With an Appendix on

the Literature of the earlier stages of the Cylindro-

tomina, by Baron C. R. Osten Sacken, Hon.

F.H.S

[Read April 7th, 1897.]

Prates VIIT.—XI.

THE STRUCTURE AND LIFE-HISTORY OF

PHALACROCERA REPLICATA.

1. The form and habits of the | 6. The reproductive organs of

larva. | the larva.

2. The alimentary canal of the | 7. The development of the

larva. | imaginal organs.

3. The heart of the larva. 8. The process of pupation.

4. The respiratory organs of 9. The pupa.

the larva. | 10, The imago.

5. The nervous system of the 11. Egg-laying.

larva. | 12. Comparison with nearly-

allied insects.

1. The forms and habits of the larva.

Tue larva of this Dipterous insect is sometimes abundant

upon submerged mosses or other aquatic plants. It is,

so far as our experience goes, a very local species. Our

supply, which we owed in the first instance to the kind-

ness of Mr. Henry Scherren, came from marshes between

Pevensey and Bexhill, where the larva feeds upon a moss,

Amblystegium exannulatum.* Fragments of this moss

are easily recognised by the microscope in the ali-

* Tdentified for us by Mr. M. B. Slater, F.L.S. Mr. Scherren

gives us the following localities :—The Norfolk Broads (Hickling,

Ormesby), the Waveney, near Beccles Bridge, marshes round

Brightlingsea, Seaford. We have not found the insect in Yorkshire.

Phalacrocera has been taken in France, Germany, and Sweden. It

is said to feed upon Hypnum elodes, Fontinalis antipyretica, and

other mosses, besides Amblystegium (formerly known as Hypnum

Jluitans).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—ParT Iv. (DEC.)

344 Prof. Miall and Mr. R. Shelford on the Structure and

mentary canal; they give a green tinge to young larvee

when seen through the semi-transparent body-wall,

especially from the underside. Older larvee are more

opaque, and of a brownish-green colour, with a pale

and indistinct striping; the ventral surface of such

larvee is white. Full-grown larvee are about an inch

long. They are distinguished at a glance from other

Dipterous larve by the long, transparent processes,

which stand out from every surface. The larva is ex-

tremely sluggish, remaining almost motionless for hours

together. It clings to a moss-stem by its large anal

hooks, and, thus secured, it may at times be observed to

sway its body from side to side, as if to promote respira-

tion. It creeps from stem to stem by grasping with the

mandibles and the anal hooks alternately. When

alarmed, it curls itself up like a caterpillar. Hcto-para-

sitic organisms, such as Algze, Diatoms, and Infusoria,

often attach themselves in great numbers to its skin, and

especially to the outstanding processes. A small Plan-

orbis has been found creeping upon it, and probably

feeding on the vegetable growths. These parasitic

organisms, together with the general colour of the body

and the form of the numerous filaments, give the larva a

strong protective resemblance to the moss among which

it dwells. Even when held up against the light it 1s not

easily distinguished from the leafy stalks of the moss,

and in the darkness of a weedy pool it must be altogether

invisible.*

De Geer, who gives a good account of all the stages of

Phalacrocera, with many illustrative figures (Mém. Hist.

Ins., vi., p. 351, pl. xx.), tells us that the larva can

endure long and severe cold. Being obliged to shut up

his country-house, he left four of the larvae to the mercy

of a Swedish winter. ‘lhe water by which they were

surrounded froze at once to a solid mass. On returning

in the following May, De Geer found the ice melted and

half-evaporated. ‘Two of the larve still survived, and

were able to creep about and devour fresh food. Before

the end of May both of them pupated.

The head can be completely retracted into the first

and second thoracic segments, and is usually so retracted,

* Mr. Scherren recommends the collector to pull out a mass of

vegetation, and shake it over a piece of mackintosh.

Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata. 315:

except when the larva is feeding. The orifice of pro-

trusion is a transverse cleft on the front of the prothorax.

As usual in the retractile heads of Dipterous larvee, the

hinder part, or occipital region, is imperfectly chitinised,

and excavated by deep notches. No eyes or eye-spots

have been found. There is a pair of small and slender

antennz (figs. 8,9). The mandibles are small, but strong,

curved inwards at the tip, and furnished, as is not un-

common, with a fringe of sete, which help to close the

mouth-opening (fig. 5). They are not externally visible,

being enveloped within the maxille, which form the most.

conspicuous appendages of the head (figs. 9, 10, 11).

They appear on both dorsal and ventral surfaces, and

consist of a number of sclerites, united by soft integu-.

ment, and surmounted by small palps. The largest

sclerites are ventral (fig. 11, sc.), and are furnished with

brushes (b7.), which flank the labium on either side. In-

ternal to these are subulate organs (so.), which possibly

represent the labial palps. The so-called labium is a

transverse plate, armed with teeth along its fore-edge,

against which the mandibles act (figs. 10, 11, 12). As

in some other Dipterous larvae, a second plate of similar

outline overlies it (fig. 6).

The body of the larva consists of eleven segments,

most of which are subdivided into annuli. The varying

number of the annuli, and the fact that in several seg-

ments the dorsal and ventral annuli differ in number,

show that their morphological value is slight. It may be

added that they vary a good deal in different Dipterous

larve. In the first three segments the annuli are ill-

defined; there seem to be two dorsal and three ventral

annuli in segments 2 and 8. Segment 4 has three dorsal

(ill-defined) and four ventral ; segments 5 to 10 four

dorsal and five ventral; and segment 11 no dorsal and

perhaps three ventral.

On the front surface of the prothorax is a large trans-

verse Cleft, the orifice of invagination of the larval head.

Above the cleft, when the head is protruded, a thick lip

shows itself, which disappears from view when the head

is completely retracted. ‘The lip is seen in sections to be

a fold of the body-wall, which facilitates the protrusion

and retraction of the head. Like the floor of the invagi-

nation beneath the head, its morphologically external

surface is covered with close-set setz.

346 Prof. Miall and Mr. R. Shelford on the Structure and

The anus opens on the ventral surface of the last

segment. It is surrounded by about eight radiating folds,

which together form a large circular area (fig. 2), which at

first sight suggests a sucker, though we have no reason

to suppose that it is ever used as such. The folds are

continued internally for a considerable distance into the

rectum, part of the mucous wall of which is there-

fore ordinarily everted. The folds are capable of retrac-

tion.

The chitinous cuticle is unusually thick in most parts

of the body. It is plainly divisible into two layers, an

outer one, which is dense, shagreen-like, and composed

of small scaly prominences; and a much thicker and

softer inner layer, which stains readily (fig. 31). Micro-

scopic examination of a larval skin cast during pupation

shows that the inner cuticle is absorbed before moulting.

Numerous long processes stand out from all surfaces of

the body. These are grouped in dorsal, lateral and

ventral series.

Dorsal series (fig. 1). Segment 1 (prothorax) bears

one pair, segments 2 and 3, each two pairs of simple

processes. In all the succeeding segments except the

last the arrangement is :—annulus |, no process; annulus

2, no process; annulus 3, an unbranched process; annulus

4, a branched process. Segment 11 has only the

branched process, and the branch is so small that it can

ouly be seen by close examination; it is of solid chitin,

and forms what De Geer calls the smaller pair of anal

hooks.

Lateral series (figs. 1,2,4). Segment 1 bears one pair ;

segments 2 and 3, two pairs each, the posterior being

rudimentary ; segment 4, two unequal pairs; the other

seoments with the exception of the last, three pairs each,

the middle pair being the longest. Segment 11 has only

a rudimentary lateral process.

Ventral series (figs. 2,4). Segment 1 has no ventral

processes, but only a few set ; segments 2 and 3 have

each a pair of rudimentary processes near the middle

line, and also a pair of long processes, which are almost

as much lateral as ventral; segment 4 has a pair of rudi-

mentary processes on annulus |, a pair of short ones on

2, a pair of long ones, besides a short median one, on 3 ;

segments 0-9 exhibit five ventral annuli, of which the last

bears a short median process, while the others have only

”

Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata. 547

a patch of scales in the same position; all the annuli

except the first have a pair of lateral ventral processes,

which increase in length and become more widely sepa-

rated from the 2nd to the 5th annulus. The last or

ilth segment has no ventral processes, except a median

setose tubercle on the second of the two annuli which le

in front of the anus.

These large and numerous processes suggest a respira-

tory function, which is partly confirmed by the presence

of a good-sized trachea, running along every one. Inthe

branched processes there are, as De Geer remarks, two

separate trachez, which diverge at the fork.

Sections through the processes show that they are

covered by a cuticle of relatively enormous thickness, far

exceeding the diameter of the contained trachee ; it is

dense and tuberculate externally, but less compact

within, the generating epidermis coming nearly into con-

tact with the generating layer of the trachea (fig.31). So

thick and solid a covering is not easily reconciled with the

respiratory character of the processes. It will be seen

from the description of the tracheal system that the larva

has spiracles, and that it visits the surface occasionally to

supply them with air.

The closest parailels that we know to the numerous and

long appendages of this larva are found, not in any

Dipterous larva, but in the Lepidopterous Paraponyx

stratiotata* and the Coleopterous Cnemidotus cxsus.t

Trichopterous larvee too may bear filaments more or less

like those of Phalacrocera.t

The larva has no true limbs. The last segment bears

a pair of large, curved anal hooks, which are strongly

chitinised on the convex dorsal side (figs. 1, 2,4). Near the

base and on the concave side is a setose tubercle. ‘he

tip of the hook is bifurcate, and just beneath it is a small

bunch of setz. ‘These hooks are constantly used for

grappling and locomotion. ‘The “small anal hooks’ of

De Geer are described in connection with the dorsal

processes (p. 346).

* De Geer op: cit.,.1., pl. dv.

+ Schiddte, De met. Eleutheratorum.

~ The insects quoted are all aquatic. The terrestrial larva of

Cylindrotoma (p. 351) bears similar but sherter processes.

348 Prof. Miall and Mr. R. Shelford on the Structure and

2. The alimentary canal of the larva.

The mouth and cesophagus present no unusual fea-

tures. There is a large cesophageal invagination. A

capacious cylindrical stomach succeeds, which extends to

the middle of the eighth segment, where the four

Malpighian tubules enter the alimentary canal, and the

intestine begins (fig. 180).

The transition from the epithelium of the cesophagus

to that of the stomach is quite sudden.* At this point

the longitudinal muscles, which were internal in the

cesophagus, pass through the annular muscles, and

become external.+

The epithelium of the stomach, especially in the

neighbourhood of the cesophagus, exhibits many narrow-

necked, rounded protrusions, which push through the

striated hem into the lumen of the stomach, and at last

become detached as spherical masses. The protrusions

are finely granular, andstain well (fig. 22).

Certain enlarged cells which are particularly numerous

near the beginning of the stomach, contain peculiar

granular masses of spherical shape (fig. 23). The

granular masses are highly refractive, and stain badly or

not at alls A nucleus is sometimes visible in the same

cell. The masses occasionally divide within the cell into

three or four (fig. 23), but the nucleus undergoes no

corresponding division. The granular masses are

ultimately discharged entire into the cavity of the

stomach. ||

We have no conclusive evidence as to the function ot

either the protrusions or the granular masses. The pro-

truded spheres have, however, been traced into drawn-out

layers of fibrous or glairy texture which invest the food,

and we are inclined to believe that they yield the peri-

trophic membrane described below. The non-staining

granular masses are perhaps stages in the formation of

some digestive secretion.§

* Cf. Dicranota (L. C. Miall, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1893»

p. 245). ;

t+ Cf. Balbiani, Etudes sur Cryptops. Arch. de Zool. exp. (2), viii.

(1890).

£ See also Dicranota (loc. cit., p. 243).

§ The mucous or calyciform cells of Balbiani are described as

staining deeply and uniformly.

| Cf. Dicranota (loc. cit., pp. 243, 244).

q Cf. Dicranota (loc. cit., p. 244).

Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata. 349

A striated hem (fig. 23) is present in the epithelium of

the stomach, though it 1s often demonstrated with diffi-

culty. The hem consists of close-set, short, and blunt

processes, which superficially, at least, resemble the per-

forated (7) end-plates of the epithelium of the villi in

Vertebrates.

The epithelium is regenerated by small cells at the

base (fig. 23), which are often grouped in twos and

threes (Watney’ s buds).*

A peritrophic membrane t is found here as in some

(perhaps many) other Dipterous larve. It is a secre-

tion of the epithelium, which encloses the food and

keeps it from direct contact with the epithelium. In the

Chironomus larva it is particularly firm and homogeneous,

forming a distinct tubular membrane. In the Dicranota

larva what appears to be the same thing is voluminous

and irregular.{ We think it probable that the peri-

trophic membrane originates in the protrusions described

above. It persists throughout the stomach and a great

part of the intestine. It is a singular circumstance that

the peritrophic membrane should arise in quite different

fashions in different insects. In the Chironomus larva,

and probably in Lepidopterous larvee, it is a perpetually

renewed prolongation of the chitinous lining of the

stomodeum ; in Myriopods, various Dipterous larve,

including Phalacrocera, and other insects, it seems to be

a secretion of the epithelium of the stomach (Balbiani,

loc. cit., pp. 30-32). We can confirm Balbiani’s account

so far as relates to Chironomus.

The epithelium gradually changes its character in the

different parts of the stomach. Near the cesophageal

invagination it is slightly folded, and consists of tall,

columnar cells, grouped in bundles. Protrusions and

** Watney, Phil. Trans., 1877 ; Miall and Denny, The Cock-

roach, p. 122 (1886); Oudemans, Bijdrage tot de Kennis der

Thysanura en Collembola, p. 54 (1887) ; Balbiani, Joc. cit., p. 54

(1890).

+ The name is Balbiani’s (oc. czt., p. 32). The same author

gives references to Plateau, Schneider, and other naturalists, who

have described a membrane enclosing the food in the intestine.

See also Cuénot, Etudes physiol. des Orthoptéres, Arch. Biol. (2),

aN (1896).

~ I now think that the secretion poured out upon the food in

the Dicranota larva originates in the stomach. L. C. M

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—PART IV. (DEC.) 24

350 Prof. Mialland Mr. R. Shelford on the Structure and

granular masses are frequent. ‘Towards the middle of

the stomach the epithelium becomes regularly columnar.

There are no protrusions or granular masses, but a finely

granular secretion is poured forth. Beyond this zone

the epithelium becomes cubical, and the granular masses

reappear. Protrusions also occur, though not so fre-

quently as in the upper portion. ‘Towards the lower end

of the stomach the epithelium becomes thin and flat.

The Malpighian tubules and the beginning of the chiti-

nous intima of the proctodzeum show that the stomach

passes into the intestine at a place where there is no

change in the diameter of the tube. In young larve

there seem to be no granular masses in the epithelium,

which is uniform and irregularly columnar throughout the

stomach; Watney’s buds are very numerous. In starved

larve the epithelium becomes unusually folded, and

the protrusions are frequent, while the granular masses

and the secretion in the cavity of the stomach are more

copious. The cell-outlines are less clear than usual, and

the epithelial cells appear to be more distinctly grouped

into bundles than in normal larvee.

The intestine (fig. 18b) may be divided into two tracts,

colon and rectum. In the beginning of the colon the mus-

cular layer, and especially its annular fibres, gradually

increase in strength, while the epithelium and chitinous

intima become folded. <A circular valve occurs at the

end of this section of the colon. Then the muscular wall

thins out again, and fora variable length the intestine

becomes flexible and capable of dilatation. A con-

siderable oval enlargement, filled with food, is often seen

somewhere in this portion.* The epithelium beyond the

muscular thickening is at first cubical, but gradually

becomes thin and flat. At the beginning of the rectum

the muscular wall again becomes thickened. ‘The epi-

thelium and chitinous intima are, as usual, strongly

folded. ‘The anus has been described above (p. 345).

Salivary glands (fig. 18a). A pair of convoluted sali-

vary glands lie along the cesophagus and the beginning

of the stomach. Large nucleated cells, which form a

single epithelial layer, bulge into the narrow and irre-

* Phalacroccra illustrates the remark of Balbiani (/oc. e7t., p. 71)

that the folds of the intestinal epithelium vary with the phase of

digestion.

Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata. 35L

enlar cavity. The glands are widest behind, and here

the lining epithelium almost disappears, so that the

glands become converted into mere reservoirs; they

taper forwards, and pass into ducts, which unite below

the suboesophageal ganglion to form a slender common

duct, which enters the floor of the mouth (figs. 10, 18a.)

Malpighian tubules (figs. 18a, 18h). There are four long

Malpighian tubules, which open at the junction of the

stomach and intestine. Hach passes forwards nearly as

far as to the cesophageal invagination, and then turns

backwards, ending opposite the colon in a_ coiled

extremity.

3. The heart of the larva.

The heart (fig. 18a,18b) lies in a pericardial space, which

is cut off from the body-cavity (hematoccel) by the usual

diaphragm. he pericardial cells and alary muscles

present no uncommon features. In the hinder part of

the heart are several pairs of valvular inlets. There is

one feature of the heart which we have never met with in

any other insect, nor do we know of a close parallel in

any other animal. ‘lwo cellular cords he free in tke

cavity, which they traverse from end to end. They are

attached behind to the body-wall between the spiracles,

and extend forwards as far as the brain. They are

here and there attached tothe wall of the heart by slender

threads. The cords are cylindrical, and consist of a

transparent, slow-staining substance, in which are im-

bedded innumerable quick-staining cells, with relatively

large nuclei(figs. 24-26). The cells are irregular, and often

branched ; between them and towards the centre of the

cord is an irregular but probably continuous cavity. We

are inclined to think that this cavity is filled in the hving

larva with a fluid, perhaps with blood. Sections reveal

the very unexpected fact that the cords are of epidermic

origin, tubular extensions of the epidermis of the hinder

end of the body. They appear to pass into the heart

through a pair of opening's in its posterior wall.*

In the pupa the cords become beaded, break up, and

finally disappear altogether. The difficulty of investigat-

ing the details of the process is very great, owing to the

** Owing to the great transparency and delicacy of the wall of

the dorsal vessel, the double opening which we have mentioned

was not clearly seen.

302 =Prof. Miailand Mr. R. Shelford on the Structure and

small size of the dorsal vessel and the rapidity with which

the cords break up. We have observed that during dis-

integration very minute filaments, or rods, project from

the cord, as if they were about to become free and form

some constituent of the blood. The nuclei also become

free and escape into the blood, as we infer from their fre-

quent occurrence at the critical stage in a nearly detached

condition. In a young pupa the cords are almost the same

as in the larva,while in a pupa approaching the time of final

transformation, not a trace of the cords is to be found.

The observations next to be related may throw some

light upon the nature of the cellular cords.

In a young larva there was seen, just in front of the

rectum and close to the anus, a multicellular, vacuolated

body of rounded, irregular form, which seemed to be

continuous with the epidermis, to which it was attached

by a narrow stalk, Similar bodies have been found pro-

jecting from the dorsal surface. ‘They all le in the body-

cavity (hematoccel). Segmentally arranged and single

cenocytes occur throughout the body of the larva. They

are often attached by threads or stalks to the body-wall,

and when disintegrating have been observed to give off

many fine filaments, which perhaps pass into the blood,

The nuclei are of enormous size, and contain many

nucleoli. The protoplasm of the cenocytes includes a vast

number of granules or corpuscles, with occasional vacu-

oles. . A peripheral nucleus is sometimes found (fig. 52).

We have not been able to find a close parallel 1 to the

cellular cords in any other insect. Outside the class of

insects we can only point to rather vague and distant

analogies, such as the following :—

Certain Oligochzet worms possess organs which have

been called cardiac bodies and blood-glands.* 'The Enchy-

traeidze sometimes possess a cellular rod which runs the

whole length of the dorsal vessel, being attached to its

ventral wall. Michaelsen, the discoverer of the struc-

ture, assigns to it a mechanical function, that of facili-

tating occlusion of the tube during systole, without

extreme contraction of the wall of the vessel. It has

been suggested, though apparently not proved, that this

cellular cardiac body of the Enchytrzeidz originated in a

so! Megane ian of the fe sopnage If this is well-

* Beddard, Molen of the Order Oligocheta, p. 77.

Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata. 303

founded, the cardiac body cannot be morphologically

similar to the cellular rods of Phalacrocera. The other

blood-glands described in Beddard’s “ Oligochveta ”’ are

still more remote from anything that we have found in

Phalacrocera.

A second case of doubtful resemblance is found in the

eleoblast of Tunicates. We have to thank Prof. W. A

Herdman, F.R.S., for the following statement of the

facts :—

“The eleoblast of Salpa has been homologized by

various writers with tne tail of a normal Ascidian. It

projects from the ventral surface of the embryo near its

posterior end, but is not exclusively epidermic. ‘There is

a central mass of irregular vacuolated cells, more or less

(according to the species and age of the embryo) in pro-

cess of degeneration, which is supposed by Salensky,

Brooks, and others, to be notochordal tissue. But the

internal structure is rather indefinite ; it is very probably

the degenerate representative of several tissues, and the

eleeoblast seems to be formed at least partially by wan-

dering kalymnoblasts (follicle-cells which have immi-

grated into the embryo). A good deal of phagocytosis

goes on in the eleoblast, and it becomes greatly reduced

towards the end of embryonic life. A trace of it can

sometimes be found ina young adult. It is difficult to

trace any morphological connection between the elzoblast

and the epidermic cords in the heart of Phalacrocera,

though they may be physiologically comparable, since

both exercise a nutritive function at a time of rapid

tissue-formation.”

Certain epithelia are known to be capable of resolution

into substances which are sometimes, though not always,

nutritive. In the secretion of milk, nuclei, filaments and

oil-drops are liberated by the breaking up of epithelial

cells.* Both cock and hen pigeons feed their young for

some days after hatching, upon curdy masses formed

out of the thickened and fat-laden epithelium of the

crop.t

‘The epidermis of various Fishes, Amphibia and Inverte-

* Steinhaus, Die Morphologie der Milchabsonderung, Du Bois

pena Archiv., 1892, Suppt.

+ Waymouth Reid on 'Pigeon’s Milk. B.A. Report, 1894.

354 Prof. Mialland Mr. R. Shelford on the Structure and

brates, contains scattered cells or collections of cells

which may discharge mucus, fibres, and nuclei.*

All insects which have been anatomically studied seem

to agree in the possession of numerous blood-cells,

which may float in the blood as corpuscles, or form sheets

and solid masses in the blood-cavities. The yellow

cenocytes described by Wielowiejski,t the pericardial

cells, and the fat-body, answer to this description. The

pericardial cells and the fat-body are believed to be

peculiar kinds of coelomic epithelium, but the cenocytes

arise from the ectoderm. In Hydrophilus groups of

parastigmatic cenocytes have been traced to invaginations

of the ectoderm.{ Such structures may be rudimentary

analogues of the cellular cords, which attain such an

extraordinary development in the larva of Phalacrocera.§

Kowalewsky|| finds that in certain Orthoptera (Pachy-

tylus, Locusta) Malpighian tubules penetrate the heart,

entering by the cardio-ceelumic apertures which he has

described, becoming much convoluted, and ultimately

reaching the pericardium through the cardio-pericardial

apertures. Here the motive seems to be, not nutrition

at the expense of the blood, but purification of the blood

itself, for which a large surface of contact is equally

necessary.

We must now attempt some physiological interpreta-

tion of the cellular cords in the heart of Phalacrocera.

We do so in a very guarded manner, feeling the

difficulty of the task, and the necessity of a more

searching inquiry than we have been able to undertake.

It seems to us unlikely that the cords of Phalacrocera

serve any such purely mechanical function as is ascribed

by Michaelsen (see above) to the cellular rod of the

Enchytreidz. Numerous and large nuclei would not be

required in a tissue which has no more complex function

than to stop up a cavity. Nor does any such mechanical

“ Waymouth Reid, The Process of Secretion in the skin of the

common Eel, Phil. Trans., Vol. 185 (1894), and authors there cited.

i Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., xliii., pp. 512-536 (1886).

¢ Graber, Biol. Centralbl., xis, "pp. 212-224 (1891).

§ Weismann’s « garland- shaped cellular cord” (Entw. d. Dip-

eon. p. 132, pl. vii., fig. 10) may possibly be a structure of the

same kind. See also Pantel on Thrivion larva (CRs 189751

pp. 472, 580).

|| C.Lt., cix., pp. 409-411.

Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata. oo

interpretation throw light upon the disappearance of the

cords in the pupa, or upon the resemblance of the cords

to the stalked prominences found elsewhere in the

heematoccel, and to the cenocytes. It seems to us much

more probable that all the structures described yield

corpuscles, filaments, or other living nutritive particles,

which are discharged into the blood at a time when the

rapid growth of new tissues calls for enrichment of the

fluid.

In the cellular cords we have a mass of epidermic

reserve-tissue, which projects far into the hzmatoccel,

and into that part of it which becomes specialized as the

heart. This is one more instance of that tendency of

epiblastic and hypoblastic tissues te bulge into any inter-

vening space, which has led to so much perplexity in the

interpretation of so-called mesoblastic organs.

We have considered the possibility that the cellular

cords may be an organ of internal secretion. There is

no positive evidence known to us which points to any

such conclusion, and the rapid disappearance of the cords

during the pupal stage seems to tell strongly against it.

4. The respiratory organs of the larva,

There is one pair of spiracles, situated on the dorsal

surface of the last segment, between the base of the

dorsal process and the anal hooks. ‘The larva is there-

fore metapneustic, aS is nearly always the case with

Tipulidee. The skin about the spiracles can be retracted

so as to form a deep recess, with which both spiracles

communicate. ‘The spiracle forms the outer end of an

air-chamber, 1uto whose cavity strong and close-set sete

project. Towards the surface the sete become rod-like,

and their inuer ends are attached to acentral plug. The

structure is much the same as in the larva of Dicranota,*

and in neither case have inlets for the air been discovered.

In both larvae, however, the spiracle is exposed at times

to the air, and the trachez are filled with air. ‘The

renewal of the air seems to take place at night, when

both Phalacrocera and Dicranota have been seen to push

their spiracles out of the water. There are two main

tracheal trunks, which run along the dorsal surface and

give off branches. In most of the segments there is a

* Miall, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1893.

356 Prof. Mialland Mr. R. Shelford on the Structure and

small cross-connexion at the level of the pericardial

diaphragm. As usual in submerged Diptera the branches

of distribution are scanty, but ‘relatively large trachez

pass to the long processes. (See p. 347.)

The Phalacrocera larva can endure long abstinence

from fresh air. We have kept them alive for a fortnight

in a bottle absolutely full of water. In boiled water the

larvee lived for five days, when the experiment was dis-

continued. When access to fresh air is cut off the

natural sluggishness of the larvee is increased, but no

permanent injury results unless the experiment is greatly

protracted. ‘he larva can live long out of water.

5. The nervous system of the larva.

The ganglia are the brain, the subcesophageal, three

thoracic and eight abdominal (figs. 18a, 18b).. When the

head is retracted, the brain and two, or even three, of the

succeeding ganglia are enclosed within it; when it is

extended to its utmost (about one-third ’ being then

exposed) it contains only the brain and subcesophageal

ganglion.

According to Brauer’s peculiar nomenclature the

Phalacrocera jarva has a true head, the Chirononus

larva only a “ kiefer-kapsel.””? Yet his system requires

that Chironomus should have the true head, and Phala-

erocera the “ kiefer-kapsel.”’ It is becoming plain that

Brauer’s classification of the Nemocera by larval

characters is based upon an insufficient knowledge of

the structure of the larve.,

The first abdominal ganglion is commonly found in

its own segment, the last abdominal in segment 10.

Between the brain and the first abdominal ganglia the

connectives are double; in the abdomen they are

single.

A pair of small nerves issue from the brain, run along

the dorsal vessel, and enter a pair of ganglia, which are

closely applied to it (figs. 19, 20). ‘These are connected by

short nerves with a frontal ganglion and a recurrent

nerve. ‘lhe whole arrangement is very similar to what

exists in the Chironomus larva, and the larva of the

Crane-fly.* In the thoracic region nepaned nerves issue

* aemond. Seen Coren. = x1., p. 204 (1875).

Life-history of Phalacrocera replicuta. 357

from the connectives of the nerve-cord and unite in pairs

to form ansee, or loops, from which lateral “ respiratory ”’

nerves usually proceed to the adjacent spiracles. We

have not traced these nerves in the fly ; in the larva there

are no thoracic spiracles.

6. The reproductive organs of the larva.

The ovaries (fig. 30) form a pair of cylindrical bodies,

tapering to each end, which lie on either side of the

beginning of the intestine. The ovary is invested by a

thin fibrous sheath. It consists of a central cellular cord,

which is excavated by a row of cavities, communicating

with one another. ‘I'he wall is drawn out into many

projecting follicles (fig. 31), which are pear-shaped, with

narrow necks. Hach follicle encloses a group of large

nucleated cells, one of which is probably selected to form

an ovum, but this we have not seen.

Such an ovary is unlike that of most Insects, and

resembles, at least superficially, the ovary of many Mol-

lusca, such as the cockles.* Instead of a small number

of long ovarian tubes opening nearly at the same place

into a common oviduct, we find in Phalacrocera a great

number of short, single-chambered, though many-celled

follicles, which open at various points into a central tube.

The eggs of which (as we savpose) only one ripens in

each follicle, may pass direct from such an ovary into the

oviduct, whereas in the other arrangement they can only

be liberated a few ata time. ‘The ovary of Phalacrocera

seems to be adapted to the almost simultaneous discharge

of all the eggs, while the more usual disposition is appro-

priate to the successive discharge of eggs during a much

longer time. In such Diptera as we are familiar with

there is a multitude of short tubes or follicles, though

Tachina and some few others have a few long tubes

instead.

The testes occupy the same position as the ovaries, but

are much smaller (fig. 27). At first they are filled with

closely packed nucleated cells (spermospores), which by

division produce loosely packed spermatozoa (fig. 29).

Ripe spermatozoa may be found in advanced larve.

* Lacaze-Duthiers, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., 1854.

398 Prof. Miall and Mr. R. Shelford on the Structure and

7. The development of the imaginal organs.

As usual in Diptera Nemocera, the rudiments of the

future legs and wings appear simultaneously as three

dorsal and three ventral invaginations. ‘The ventral in-

vaginations give rise to legs ; of the dorsal rudiments the

prothoracic becomes the pupal respiratory organ, the

mesothoracic the functicnal wing, the metathoracic one

of the halteres. ‘he homology of the pupai respiratory

organ, whether tube or bunch of filaments, with a pro-

thoracic wing seems to be evident, thongh such a wing is

unknown in any recent insect. The Carboniferous

Hphemeridze seem to furnish the best example.

The invaginations for the antennee of the fly extend

from the larval antenna to the brain; the rudiments of

the compound eyes form near their hinder ends. Paired

labial invaginations (fig. 6) form beneath the cesophagus

as good-sized oval projections, extending backwards into

the larval head.

8. The process of pupation.

A larva kept in confinement pupated on Oct. 16th.

Air-bubbles were seen to form upon the processes, and

when these were detached by shaking, new ones appeared.

The larva was thus made buoyant, andl floated in a hori-

zontal position at the surface of the water. Shortly

before the larval skin opened the spiracles were exposed

to the air. ‘The skin split along the dorsal surface of the

prothorax, and the white head-end of the pupa began to

protrude. ‘The tips of the pupal respiratory tubes were

brought to the surface of the water, and the body took a

vertical position in consequence of changed hydrostatic

conditions. ‘lhe abdomen was alternately flexed and

extended until the larval skin was slipped off backwards.

As soon as it fell off and sank, the pupa lay horizontally

at the surface. ‘The work of extrication occupied a

quarter of an hour. The pupa was at first pure white,

except for a pair of bright-red spots on the fourth

abdominal segment. These spots, which can sometimes

be seen before pupation through the larval skin, are due

toa red pigment which forms in the fat-body ; they

appear in both sexes, but only show through the larval

skin in male larva. T'wo hours after pupation the pupa

Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata. 309

had taken a dark-green colour. The fly appeared on

Oct. 27th, so that the pupal stage lasted eleven days,

unusually long in comparison with other aquatic Diptera.*

The cast pupal skin was found to be attached to a leaf of

moss by the dorsal projections from the hinder abdominal

segments,

9. The pupe.

The pupa differs strikingly from the larva in its habits.

It is comparatively active, and moves when requisite by

flexion of the abdomen. When laid on the hand, it

wriggles about, bending its body almost into a circle.

The usual attitude of the pupa is vertical, the prothorax

with the respiratory tubes just reaching the surface of

the body; the pupa maintains itself in this position by

grasping fioating weeds with its dorsal abdominal hooks.

Considerable disturbance of the water does not cause it

to loose its hold. The pupa is also found at times

floating at the surface ; if turned over, it recovers its

ordinary position, which is necessary to respiration, by

movements of the abdomen. Sometimes it descends to

a fair depth from the surface by the help of the weeds.

The pupa is asphyxiated by a submergence of six

hours.

lts length varies from three- to four-fifths of an inch.

Its general colour is greenish-brown ; there is a darker

band along the mid-dorsal line, besides a median and two

lateral dark bands on the ventral surface. ‘lhe body is

flattened dorso-ventrally, and produced laterally into thin

margins, as inthe Chironomus pupa. A pair of respiratory

tubes project trom the prothorax, diverging strongly

from each other. ‘The sixth and eighth abdominal

segments are provided with dorsal projections, which

serve to attach the pupa, and to prop it up in such a

position that the prothorax is out of the water ; there are

also ventral and terminal projections. The thoracic legs

are short, not reaching beyond the third abdominal seg-

ment. Rows of black dots are found on the dorsal,

ventral, and lateral surfaces, whose arrangement is

shown in figs. 15-15.

** De Geer found that the pupal stage lasted only six days, and

we have found the time variable according to the season and tem-

perature.

360 Prof, Mialland Mr. R. Shelford on the Structure and

The dorsal abdominal projections consist of one pair

on the sixth abdominal segment, which are curved,

pointed, and directed backwards, and of two pairs on the

eighth, which diverge from each other. Of these last the

anterior pair are directed forwards, and are finely

serrated on both margins; the posterior pair are turned

backwards, and are serrated only on the anterior margin.

A chitinous thickening which surrounds the segment con-

nects them all together. On the ventral surface of the

seventh abdominal segment isa pair of short, straight, and

pointed processes, directed obliquely backwards. The

last segment of all terminates in four small processes,

two dorsal and two terminal; the dorsal pair are short

and pointed, the terminal pair somewhat longer and also

pointed. The processes of the eighth segment seem to

serve for attachment; those of the sixth segment for

maintaining the erect posture. Most of the segments

show a division into three annuli,

10. The imago.

The perfect insect usually emerges in April, but one

or more later broods may appear. ‘The males and

females are about equally numerous. The fly is slug-

gish, and does not travel far from the pool in which it

was reared.

IL. Hgg-laying.

A female fly was observed to lay her eggs in a piece of

moss. She crawled over the moss, inserting the

extremity of the abdomen into the axils of the leaves,

until about sixty had been laid. The moss selected is

submerged. The eggs are laid singly, and adhere

shghtly to the moss; they are dark-coloured, opaque, and

spindle-shaped. The surface of the chorion is irregularly

pitted. At one end is a rosette-like micropyle, which

was found to be beset with numerous spermatozoa.

12. Comparison with nearly allied insects.

The larva of Cylindrotoma distinctissima, as described

by Zeller,* bears some resemblance to that of Phalacro-

cera. Unfortunately it has not been anatomically studied.

* Tsis, 1842, p. 808.

Life-listory of Phalacrocera replicata. 561

The larva is terrestrial, feeding upon the leaves of

Anemone nemorosa, Stellaria nemorum, ete. It attains

a length of nearly an inch, and is narrow, depressed,

tapering to each end, and of grass-green colour. There

is a slight dorsal ridge, from which a row of short,

backward-directed fleshy spines projects; one spine in

each segment exceeds the rest in length. ‘here is a

broad lateral margin, bearing very short processes. he

tracheal tubes are externally visible in the hinder part

of the body ; they open by conspicuous brown spiracles.

The head can only be partially protruded. Zeller

remarks that the orifice of protrusion is employed as a

sucker. There are eight pairs of ventral prominences,

like the’ pseudopods of caterpiilars, but without hooks,

and one pair of longer, backward-directed processes,

beneath the anus. The larva can hold on either by the

head or the tail. The pupa fixes itself to stalks or leaves

by the tail, which is still covered by the remains of the

larval skin; it is flattened, greenish in colour, and

provided with two short respiratory trumpets. ‘The

occurrence of spines or processes (much shorter, indeed,

than those of the Phalucrocera larva) in the terrestrial

larva of Cylindrotona seems to indicate that these are not

necessarily organs of aquatic respiration. A fuller descrip-

tion of the structure and life-history of Cylindrotoma is

much to be desired.

The supposed larva of T'riogma (p. 364) resembles that

of Phalacrocera in coloration, in the retractile head, and

in the presence of numerous spines. Its appearance is

strongly protective, and even when imprisoned in a

collecting-box, it was not easily discovered. ‘The pupa

was pale green, bore many spines on the abdomen, and

according to De Rossi’s recollection, had two thread-like

appendages on the prothorax.

We have to acknowledge with hearty thanks the pains

bestowed upon the plates by Mr. Hammond, who has,

among other things, materially improved and corrected

our drawings of the larval head.*

* Since our paper was read there has appeared in the Lunds

Universitets Arsskrift, XXXlll., an account of the larva of Phala-

crocera, by Simon Bengtsson. The plates give useful information

respecting the external features, the mouth-parts, and the skeleton

of the head. Our ignorance of Swedish prevents us from making

more than a superficial acquaintance with the text.

Baron Osten Sacken on the Literature of the

(=P)

REMARKS ON THE LITERATURE OF THE

EARLIER STAGES OF THE CYLINDROTO-

MINA, A SECTION OF THE TIPULIDAL.

By Baron C. R. Osten Sackxen, Hon. F.E.S.

In the Monograph of North American Diptera, iv.,

pp. 289-308 (1869), in giving an account of the Section

Cylindrotomina, I introduced whatever was known about

their life-history at that time. Very little has been

added to our knowledge since. What I have done

now is to overhaul the existing literature for a second

time, and to prepare a detailed digest of it, arranged

under the headings of the three principal genera of the

section. It will be seen that with this mode of treat-

ment the peculiarities of the larve and pup of the

Cylindrotomina are brought out with more distinctness

than they were in my work of 1869 , and that these

peculiarities fully bear out the intermediate position

which I have given to that section between the 7ipulidx

longipalpi and brevipalpi. ‘his intermediate position

has been further justified by the discovery that, during

the Oligocene period in Western North America, the

Cylindrotomina were, apparently, much more common

than now, and that, for this reason, they may be con-

sidered as the ancestral form among the present Tipu-

lide. Many specimens were found in the fossiliferous

strata about Florissant, Colorado, and the White River,

Utah. Whether they represent as many species as Mr.

Scudder makes out of them, remains to be seen. (Com-

pare Scudder, Tertiary Tipulidee, Proc. Am. Phils isecs

xxxii., 1894.)

The three genera of Cylindrotomina, about the trans-

formations of which I reproduce the (in one case hypo-

thetical) literature, are :—Phalacrocera, Schin., Oylindro-

toma, Macq., and Triogma, Schin. The: life- history of

Ms venus Liogma, introduced by me (Monogr., iv.,

298, 1869), is as yet unknown.

Earlier Stages of the Cylindrotomina. 363

1. Poatacrocera, Schin.

De Geer (Nova Acta Upsal., 1, pp. 66-77, Tab. 6

(i773); Mem) Hist ime svi, p. dol, Tab: xx.,

figg. 1-16 (1776).—An excellent description of

the external form and habits of the larva, pupa,

and imago of Phalacrocera replicata, Linn.

Gvube (Jahresb. d. Schles. Ges. fiir Vaterl. Kultur,

1867, p. 59).—A rather detailed description of

evidently the same larva, but not identified.

Engel (Ent. Nachr., 1884, p. 260).—Short notice of

the discovery by him of the same larva upon the

stems of Ranunculus fluitans, in a lake, in the

vicinity of Frankfurt-on-the-Oder.

Giard, Prof. A. (Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1895,

p. ccxxxv.).—An interesting notice of the same

larva, which he found in pools of water among the

downs between Wimereux and Ambleteuse (Dépt.

Pas de Calais), hidden in the aquatic moss,

Hypnum elodes, Spruce. He quotes a number

of other continental stations.

2. Cyiinproroma, Macq.

Schellenberg (Genres des Mouches Diptcres, Ziirich,

1803).—In French and German. ‘ab. xxxvii.,

fig. 1, represents a Tipuia, wrongly named in the

corresponding letter-press (pp. 22-23) Tipula

histrio, Fabr. As I pointed out in 1869 (Mon.,

p- 299), the figures of the larva and pupa make it

evident that the species is Cylindrotoma distinc-

tissima, Meig. The text merely says, “ We know

this larva, which has been found on Viola bijlora,

Linn. ; we shall give its history in another place.”

This promised publication has, to my knowledge,

never appeared.

Boie (Kroyer Naturh. Tidskr. 11., p. 254, 1838; half a

page).—Boie did not know of Schellenberg’s pub-

lication. He gives a short description of the

larva and pupa, which answers to Schellenberg’s

figures. He adds: “It deserves to be noticed

that the green colouring of the larva indicates

quite a different mode of life from that of other

Tipulide. Numerous congregations of them were

364 Baron Osten Sacken on the Literature of the

observed gnawing the leaves of Sfellaria nemorum

in shady places among woods about the end of

August. The transformation took place on the

stems of the plants, to which the pupz adhere by

the tail, just like the chrysalids of butterflies. The

fly develops about the middle of September.”

Zeller, P. C. (Dipterologische Beitrage, 2te Abth., Isis,

1842, pp. 807-809.—Limnobia distinctissima,

Wied., Meig.). Zeller refers to Boie, but deems it

useful to give a more detailed description. He

found the larve near Glogau (Silesia) in the

spring, on leaves of Anemone nemorosa; im some

places they occurred abundantly. ‘The larvex

generally remain on the underside of the leaves,

and by gnawing, make holes in them. About the

middle of May they leave their food plants, fasten

themselves upon grass-blades, leaves, etc., and

usually pupate on the very next day; the pupw

show a remarkable analogy to those of the genus

Pterophorus (Lepidoptera). They hang fastened

by the tail of the larva-skin, which is not stripped

off the last three or four segments. Zeller gives a

more detailed description of the larva and pupa

than his predecessors. It results from the pre-

ceding statements that the larva of Cyl. distunctis-

sima occurs on various phanerogamous plants—

Viola, Stellaria, and Anemone, and that it has, at

least m some localities, two generations, one in

the spring (Schellenberg, Zeller) and the other in

autumn (Boie).

3. The supposed larva of Triogma.

G. de Rossi (Ent. Nachr. 1876, pp. 30, 31) describes a

peculiar larva which he had discovered in woods,

upon a species of moss (Hypnum), among which

it was hidden. Hesucceeded in rearing the pupa,

but unfortunately the pupa produced only an

Ichneumon. As he had not made a description of

the larva before its pupation, he published an

account of it from memory. In this account I

recognised the larva of a Tipulid belonging to the

Section Cylindrotomina. A short article, which I

published about it in the same periodical (Hnt.

Earlier Stages of Cylindrotomina. 365

Nachr. 1878, p. 5), contains the following state-

ment :—“'The three-fold branches of the thorn-

like processes (die dreifach veriistelten Dornen) of

the larva of De Rossi, remind one of the aquatic

larva described by De Geer, and as this new larva

seems to hold the middle place between the

terrestrial larva of Cylindrotoma and the aquatic

one of De Geer, it seems to me possible and even

probable, that it may belong to a third of the

known genera of the Section Cylindrotomina,

Triogma. This supposition seems to be supported

by the fact that this larva, like the aquatic larva

of Phalacrocera, feeds upon a species of moss

(Hypnum), differing in this from the larva of

Cylindrotoma, which, as we have seen, occurs on

different kinds of phanerogamous plants.”

In the Monograph of North American Diptera, iv.,

pp. 289-292, I have shown that the Cylindrotomina

occupy an intermediate position between the two great,

and otherwise very well defined, divisions of the Tipulide,

the longipalpi and brevipalpi. And I have called atten-

tion (1. c. p. 295) to the anomalous character of their

larvee, corresponding with that of the perfect insects.

Larve climbing upon living plants, feeding upon them,

and gnawing holes in their leaves, are toto clo different

from ordinary larvee of Tipulide. These larvee must of

course show corresponding adaptations for such a mode

of life, and it will be the task of future investigators to

describe these structural differences in detail. What we

can gather from the existing descriptions is very little, and

is found principally in Zeller. According to him, climb-

ing is made possible by sucking-cups, the principal one of

which is produced by the withdrawal of the head into the

thoracic segments, thus forming a hollow, the edges of

which complete the cup. He believes that eight pairs of

conical, fleshy protuberances on the ventral side when

withdrawn, may likewise act as sucking-cups for loco-

motion. Zeller’s statement about the breathing apparatus

proves that the larve of Cylindrotoma distinctissima are

metapneustic, like those of Phalacrocera and other Tipu-

TRANS. ENT. Soc. LOND. 1897.—PparT Iv. (pEc.) 25

366 Baron Osten Sacken on the Cylindrotomina.

lide. He says—‘ The translucent tracheze end, a short

distance from the anus, on the dorsal side, in two brown,

very distinct spiracles ; their anterior end is not visible,

because, in the anterior segments, they he deeper from the

surface.”

The pupz of the Cylindrotominaare also very peculiar ;

they are fastened to the food plants, and resemble the

pupze of some Lepidoptera.

PLATES VIIT.-XI.

[The explanation faces the Piaves. |

( 367 )

XVI. Descriptions of New Lepidoptera from Australia

and New Zealand. By HEpwarp Meyrick, B.A.,

LNe/MSES Caldas

u L -v , 86 .

[Read Nov. 3rd, 1897. ]

Tue following descriptions are in most instances drawn

up from specimens taken by Messrs. J. A. Kershaw,

G. V. Hudson, the late Geo. Barnard, and several other

esteemed Australian correspondents, and liberally com-

municated by them to me; the types are in my

collection, but the collectors usually possess similar

examples.

I. AtsTrRALtiaAN LepiporreRa.

CARADRINIDA.

Sub-fam. POLIADES.

Orrsosta, Ochs.

O. horologa, sp. n.

¢ 33mm. Forewings rather dark fuscous, slightly purplish-

tinged, somewhat mixed with lighter brown ; a white discal dot

before first line, and several on costa posteriorly ; first and second

lines paler, iuternally partly blackish-edged, white-mixed towards

extremities, clear white on costa ; orbicular and reniform brownish,

edged with white and outlined with black, posterior edge of reni-

form very acutely indented in middle ; claviform partly blackish-

outlined ; interneural black streaks between reniform and termen;

subterminal line partly whitish, interrupted. Hindwings whitish-

fuscous, becoming white towards base, fuscous towards termen ;

cilia white, with a fuscous subbasal line.

Melbourne, Victoria; one specimen, but I have seen a

second.

Sub-fam. MHLANCHRIDES,

Metiana, Curt.

M. xylogramma, sp. n.

6 25mm. Antennal ciliations long (3). Forewings greyish-

ochreous, suffasedly streaked with ochreous-whitish, with a few

scattered black scales, median vein whiter ; a darker fuscous-mixed

TRANS, ENT. SCC. LOND. 1897.—parT Iv. (DEC.)

368 Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera

median longitudinal streak from base to termen, interrupted vy

median vein; subterminal line indicated by a series of minute

black dots ; a terminal series of black dots. Hindwings pale grey;

cilia white.

Duaringa, Queensland; one specimen received from

the late Mr. G. Barnard.

Sub-fam. CARADRINIDES.

Hetioruis, Ochs.

H. leucatma, sp. n.

g 36mm. Forewings pale greyish-ochreous, mixed with light

brown and grey, and irrorated with blackish ; subbasal, first, and

second lines obscurely whitish, dark-edged ; orbicular centrally

dark grey, whitish-ringed; reniform dark grey, preceded and

followed by whitish patches; subterminal line very obscurely

whitish : cilia barred. Hindwings grey-whitish; veins, a thick

subcrescentic discal spot, and a rather broad terminal band dark

fuscous.

Melbourne, Victoria; one specimen, but I have seen

others.

EREMOCHROA, gen, n.

Face with truncate-conical horny prominence ; tongue obsolete ;

eyes glabrous. Antenne in d bipectinated to apex. Palpi

moderately long, porrected, clothed with dense scales, rather

spreading above, terminal joint concealed. Thorax with loose

anterior and posterior crests. Abdomen rather elongate, smooth.

Tibiz loosely haired. Hindwings : 3 and 4 stalked, 6 and 7 stalked,

8 anastomosing with upper margin of cell to near middle.

Types. H. psammias. The genus is distinctly related to

Lwperina.

EH. psammias, sp. n.

dQ 24-31 mm. Forewings with costa slightly sinuate ;

whitish-ochreous, in ? suffusedly irrorated with whitish, with a

very few scattered black scales; first and second lines faint,

whitish, internally darker-edged, sometimes almost obsolete, first

curved, second somewhat bent in middle; orbicular, claviform,

and reniform small, faintly paler, hardly defined, surrounded by a

somewhat deeper ochreous tinge and two or three black scales ;

from Australia and New Zealand, 369

subterminal line faintly whitish, hardly perceptible. Hindwings

in ¢ whitish-fuscous, whitish-suffused towards costa, in 2 wholly

whitish. ;

Carnarvon, West Australia; five specimens in

October.

i, alphitias, sp. n.

¢ 2 30-33mm. Forewings with costa almost straight ; whitish-

ochreous, finely irrorated with fuscous and dark fuscous, and

suffusedly mixed with white except towards middle of disc ; sub-

basal line indicated by some black scales, very near base ; first and

second lines whitish, little marked, dark-edged internally, curved ;

orbicular, claviform, and reniform small, white, distinct, edged with

some black and dark fuscous scales, claviform touching first line,

lower end of reniform bilobed ; subterminal line whitish, edged

anteriorly in middle with a short dark fuscous mark. Hindwings

whitish, in ¢ greyer posteriorly; a faint fuscous-tinged sub-

terminal shade.

Adelaide, South Australia; (?) Sydney, New South

Wales ; two specimens.

MICRAPATETIS, gen. n.

Eyes glabrous, Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Thorax and abdomen

without crests. Forewings: 10 out of 9 near base, not connected

with 9.

This and the following genus, which are closely con-

nected, are probably allied to Caradrina.

M. orthozona, sp. n.

¢ ? 15-16 mm. Head and thorax dark fuscous, face white.

Forewings white, sometimes yellowish-tinged ; a triangular spot on

base of costa, a straight median fascia, a terminal fascia with

anterior edge somewhat projecting in middle, and cilia dark

fuscous, slightly purplish-tinged. Hindwings fuscous.

Duaringa, Queensland (G. Barnard); seven specimens.

XENOPSEUSTIS, gen. n.

Face rounded-prominent ; eyes glabrous. Antennzin ¢ ciliated.

Thorax and abdomen without crests. Forewings: 10 separate, nol

connected with 9.

5370 Mr. K. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera

X. peecilastis, sp. n.

356 2 19-20 mm. Head orange. Forewings dark fuscous ; two

or three white spots about base ; first line forming a straight

irregular-edged white fascia; a white dorsal spot beyond this;

reniform white, somewhat 8-shaped; second line white, usually

reduced to costal and dorsal spots ; subterminal white, irregular,

more or less interrupted and connected with termen. Hindwings

rather dark fuscous ; base and sometimes a cloudy median shade

yellowish.

Duaringa, Queensland, in February (G. Barnard) ;

three specimens.

CARADRINA, Ochs.

C. heliarcha, sp. n.

6 2? 30-35 mm. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Abdomen unusually

stout, in ¢ with blackish hairs above. Forewings light greyish-

ochreous irrorated with fuscous, basal half in ¢ suffused with

yellow-ochreous ; first and second lines pale, darker-edged, obtusely

angulated near costa, thence nearly straight ; orbicular indicated

by a black dot, posterior edge of reniform by a fine curved trans-

verse whitish line ; median line rather dark fuscous ; subterminal

faintly pale. Hindwings prismatic grey-whitish, greyer dorsally,

basal half in ¢ suffused with light ochreous-yellow ; veins dark

fuscous ; termen suffused with fuscous.

Brisbane, Queensland ; two specimens,

ActinotiA, Hiib.

A. acmophora, sp. un.

6 ¢ 29-32mm. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated, towards apex

simple. Forewings fuscous irrorated and partly suffused with

white (most of the scales fuscous outlined with white) ; first and

second lines indistinctly paler, dark-edged, irregularly dentate,

connected by a black oblique line on fold ; second forming a double

clear white angulated mark towards dorsum ; median shade dark

fuscous ; orbicular oblique-oval, whitish-edged, outlined with

black ; reniform black-outlined anteriorly ; subterminal line

represented by a dark fuscous oblique cloudy streak from apex,

three or four fine black wedge-shaped interneural marks in disc,

and a dark brown black-marked streak from below middle of

termen to subdorsal angle of second line. Hindwings whitish ;

terminal half dark fuscous ; cilia white.

Melbourne, Victoria; two specimens.

from Australia and New Zealand. 371

Havena, Schranck.

H. bryochlora, sp. n.

36 35mm. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Abdominal crests slight.

Forewings light olive-green, darker terminally ; subbasal and

first lines white, partly darker-edged ; median straight, darker ;

reniform obscurely darker, white-edged on sides ; a white shade

beyond it from costa to below middle, terminated beneath by an

irregular black mark connected with second line ; second line

mixed with white and darker olive-green, black-edged anteriorly

in disc and below middle ; subterminal irregular, white, partly

edged with suffused blackish marks: cilia light olive-green, tips

white. Hindwings dark fuscous, lighter anteriorly ; cilia olive-

greenish, tips white.

Sydney, New South Wales; one specimen, but I have

seen a second.

PLUSIADA.

Sub-fam. PLUSIADES.

Mormoscopa, gen. n.

Head with appressed scales. Antenne in ¢@ ciliated. Palpi

very long, recurved, second joint with appressed scales, terminal

long, pointed. Thorax and abdomen without crests. Anterior

tibie in ¢ with long horny apical hook, tibize rough-scaled. Hind-

wings: 5 approximated to 4.

M. crossodora, sp. a.

3 ¢ 45-48 mm. Forewings rather dark fuscous; first and

second lines cloudy, whitish-ochreous, internally darker-edged ;

orbicular dot-like, whitish-ochreous ; reniform narrow, somewhat

curved, edged with whitish-ochreous ; subterminal line irregular,

ochreous-whitish, conspicuous, terminal space beyond it in 9 paler

fuscous, in ¢ wholly ochreous-whitish, forming a pale band

abruptly excavated below costa and in middle. Hindwings pale

fuscous, towards base paler and with traces of lines ; a pale sub-

terminal line, preceded by a darker suffusion, terminal space in ¢

wholly mixed with ochreous-whitish.

Mount Kosciusko (2700 feet), New South Wales ;

in January, two specimens.

Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera

Praxis, Guen.

P. marmarinopa, sp. 0.

3 Q 28-32 mm. Abdomen in g with large expansible white

genital tuft. Forewings fuscous, sprinkled with dark fuscous

and whitish, and more or less mixed with pale ochreous-rosy ;_ sub-

basal, first, second, and subterminal lines pale ochreous-rosy,

obscurely edged with dark fuscous, waved ; orbicular, claviform,

and reniform roundish, pale ochreous-rosy, ill-defined ; a terminal

row of small pale ochreous-rosy spots, corresponding with similar

spots in cilia. Hindwings fuscous, darker posteriorly ; a slightly

curved whitish postmedian line, rosy-tinged on dorsal half ; sub-

terminal line pale rosy on dorsal third; an interrupted pale rosy

terminal line ; cilia fuscous, with pale rosy basal spots in indenta-

tions, on dorsum and an apical patch white.

Carnarvon, West Australia, and I have also one

which probably comes from South Australia ; in October,

two specimens.

Carepata, Ochs.

C. melaneschista, sp. n.

? 39-43 mm. Forewings fuscous, densely irrorated with white,

especially towards costa: veins more or less marked with black

lines ; median line and margins of first and second darker, little

distinct except towards costa, where they are very oblique, and on

dorsum, where they are black and sometimes suffused ; a black

longitudinal curved submedian streak from base to second line, a

straight one above middle from first line to subterminal, and a

short one towards termen above this, all sometimes obsolete; a

blackish streak from second line on fold to termen below middle ;

termen crenate. Hindwings snow-white, prismatic ; a transverse

dark fuscous apical blotch, extending to below middle of termen.

Duaringa, Queensland, in December (G. Barnard) ;

three specimens. ;

Tayas, Hub.

Head somewhat rough-scaled. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Palpi

rather long, ascending, second joint with appressed scales, terminal _

moderate, pointed, erect. Thorax densely scaled. Abdomen not

crested. Middle tibie spinose. Hindwings: 3 and 4 stalked,

5 approximated to 4,

This genus includes and supersedes Achwa, Hiib., and

Ophiodes, Guen.

from Australia and New Zealand. Bt

T’. irioleuca, sp. n.

¢ 39-42 mm, Head and anterior edge of thorax dark fuscous,

Abdomen rather dark fuscous with white rings, beneath wholly

white. Forewings rather strongly narrowed towards base, white,

suffusedly irrorated with rather dark brown ; anterior half of

costa suffused with dark fuscous ; first and second lines blackish,

first preceded on dorsum by a triangular blackish blotch, second

forming a very strong loop inwards below middle, which includes

a clear white space, and followed on costa by a triangular blackish-

fuscous blotch ; a small dark fuscous transverse discal mark ; a

rather dark fuscous terminal band, irrorated with whitish below

middle. Hindwings snow-white, prismatic ; a dark fuscous apical

blotch, extending to below middle of termen,

Duaringa, Queensland; New Guinea; two specimens.

PROROCOPIS, gen. 0.

Head rough-scaled, face with strong horny conoid prominence,

apex forming a short vertical edge. Eyes with a few cilia from

lower edge. Antenne in ¢—P? Palpi moderately long, ascending,

loosely rough-scaled, terminal joint moderate, obtuse. Thorax

with large dense posterior crest. Abdomensmooth. Tibiz rough-

haired. Forewings: areole short. Hindwings: 3 and 4 closely

approximated at base, 5 approximated, 6 and 7 closely approxi-

mated at base.

P. melanochorda, sp. n.

2 31mm. Forewings light fuscous, irregularly irrorated with

ashy-whitish aud dark fuscous, tending to form transverse striz ;

subbasal, first, and second lines fine, sharp, black, first nearly

straight, sinuate near dorsum, second at 2 rectangularly bent in-

wards and then upwards to beneath reniform, thence abruptly

bent down again, and sinuate inwards ; median line blackish on

upper half, running along anterior edge of reniform to meet

second ; reniform dark-edged, inconspicuous, area between it and

second line more ashy-whitish ; subterminal line slender, waved,

blackish, indistinct ; a fine black terminal line. Hindwings dull

white ; a broad dark fuscous terminal band, narrowed at tornus ;

cilia white.

Carnarvon, West Australia; one specimen in October.

374 Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera

CreparcHa, Meyr.

C. lichenopa, sp. n.

3 2 26-35 mm. Forewings white, more or less tinged with

pale green, and irrorated with blackish ; in ¢ a broad antemedian

fascia of fuscous suffusion ; sometimes a black streak from base of

costa; subbasal, first, second, and subterminal lines black, irregular,

first and secord unusually approximated, subterminal strongest,

others sometimes partly indistinct in 9; sometimes indistinct

greenish lines alternating with these; sometimes a black discal dot:

cilia white, basal half barred with blackish. Hindwings fuscous or

whitish-fuscous, becoming dark fuscous posteriorly, in ¢ whitish.

towards base.

Duaringa, Queensland, in August and May (G. Bar-

nard); Port Moresby, New Guinea; six specimens.

PrronopHora, Meyr.

Head smooth. Antenne in ¢ ciliated, with longer sete at

joints. Palpi moderately long, obliquely ascending, with loosely

appressed scales. Thorax smooth beneath. Abdomen smooth--

scaled. Tibize smooth-scaled, spurs long. Hindwings: 2, 4, 3

approximated, 8 anastomosing with upper margin of cell to

middle.

The genus is here recharacterised, as the characters

originally given were incomplete in some particulars. It

is a remarkable form; the larva of the typical species is.

slender, without prolegs on 7 and 8, and feeds on

Casuarina.

P. grammatistis, sp. n.

6 @ 22-26mm. Forewings elongate, termen very oblique ;

pale greyish-ochreous, with a slight rosy-purplish tinge, more or

less sprinkled with white and black, sometimes suffusedly streaked

with whitish ; veins towards costa posteriorly often suffused with

dark fuscous ; a terminal series of black dots. Hindwings fuscous

or whitish-fuscous, becoming whitish towards base.

Duaringa, Queensland (G. Barnard) ; six specimens.

from Australia and New Zealand. 379

Muvsovuyma, gen. n.

Head with appressed scales. Autenne in ¢ simple. Palpi

moderate, ascending, with appressed scales, terminal joint mode-

rate, cylindrical. Thorax smooth-scaled. Abdomen with small

crest. Tibiz with appressed scales. Forewings: 7 separate, 10

anastomosing with stalk of 8 and 9. Hindwings: 5 somewhat

approximated to 4.

M. cyanastis, sp. n.

3 2 32-35 mm. Forewings with slight rounded dorsal pro-

minence before tornus ; fuscous, strigulated with whitish-ochreous

and blackish ; costal edge grey; a rather broad grey dorsal stripe,

tinged with fuscous and blue, from base to second line, then pro-

duced before second line to below middle; first line pale, dark-

edged, indistinct ; median shade forming a dark fuscous spot on

costa ; reniform indistinct, dark, margins and a central line pale ;

second line greyish-ochreous edged with whitish, marked with dark

fuscous in disc, very strongly curved outwards, followed on upper

half by a deep blue-grey posteriorly white-edged and indented

patch, and below middle by three blue-grey posteriorly white-edged

confluent spots ; terminal space beyond this pale greyish-ochreous,

marked with dark fuscous on termen. Hindwings whitish-fuscons;

a suffused dark fuscous terminal fascia ; cilia whitish, with a

fuscous line.

Duaringa, Queensland, in December and January (G.

Barnard) ; two specimens.

Evusiemma, Hiib.

E. orthopetes, sp. n.

2 18 mm. Forewings fuscous, reddish-tinged, with a few

black scales, terminal half rather dark fuscous; costal edge

suffused with blackish ; a broad straight whitish-ochreous fascia

beyond middle, somewhat narrowed dorsally, brownish-tinged pos-

teriorly, anteriorly blackish-edged ; subterminal line pale, obscure,

forming a clear whitish-ochreous blotch on costa. Hindwings

fuscous, darker terminally.

Duaringa, Queensland (G. Barnard); one specimen;

allied to H. pyraspis.

376 Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera

STERRHID.

Eors, Hiib.

EH. plumboscriptaria, Christ.

(Acidalia plumboscriptaria, Christ. Bull. Mose.

1880 (2), p. 44.)

15-14 mm. Face dark fuscous. Forewings and hindwings

light ochreous, with five irregular angvlar-sinuate light purplish-

grey leaden-shining fasciz, first three partially confluent: cilia

barred.

Duaringa, Queensland (G. Barnard); one specimen,

agreemg well with others from the Amur and Japan;

not previously recorded as Australian.

i. iodesma, sp. n.

916mm. Head and palpi dark ferruginous-fuscous, fillet whitish.

Thorax whitish. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Forewings triangular,

termen slightly bowed, oblique ; whitish, sprinkled with faint

whitish-ferruginous ; first line ferruginous, rather irregular, not

reaching costa; second line thick, ferruginous, bisinuate, not

reaching costa; an interrupted dark fuscous terminal line on upper

half: cilia whitish. Hindwings whitish, irrorated with whitish-

ferruginous; a central ferruginous fascia, posterior edge roundly

projecting above and below middle ; an interrupted dark fuscous

terminal line : cilia ferruginous-whitish.

Brisbane, Queensland; one specimen received from

Rey. C. D. Ash; somewhat allied to H. cnnocens.

MONOCTENIADA,

Taxeoris, Meyr.

T’. goniogramina, sp. n.

¢6 25 mm. Head grey, face blackish-fuscous. Paipi 13,

wholly blackish-fuscous. Antenne whitish. Thorax and abdo-

men pale grey, sprinkled with black. Anterior and middle legs

dark grey, posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings triangalar,

termen nearly straight above, rounded beneath ; 12 connected by

bar with 11; grey, irrorated with black, especially towards disc

posteriorly, where it forms a general dark suffusion; first line only

indicated towards dorsum; a blackish discal dot, obscured by the

from Australia and New Zealand. 37

dark suffusion ; second line pale, blackish-edged anteriorly, from

3 of costa to 2 of dorsum, forming a right angle at + from costa,

thence almost straight ; an obscure subterminal series of whitish

dots, dark-edged anteriorly, with two more distinct blackish dots

near dorsum ; costa pale-suffused towards apex; a short oblique

dark apical streak ; a terminal series of black dots: cilia grey-

whitish sprinkled with black. Hindwings with termen rounded;

grey, irrorated with black; a blackish discal dot ; second line pale,

dark-edged on both sides, central, nearly straight; terminal dots.

and cilia as in forewings.

Duaringa, Queensland, in May (G. Barnard); one

specimen. Allied to 7’. egenata, but easily separated by

the angulated second lire.

T. pelopa, sp. n.

¢d 26 mm. Head whitish-ochreous, face dark fuscous. Palpi

15, dark fuscous, base white. Antenne whitish, Thorax and

abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous tinged with

brown. Forewings triangular, termen straight above, rounded

beneath ; 12 connected by bar with 11; pale greyish-ochreous,

faintly brownish-tinged, with a few black scales towards base ;

first line of five black dots, somewhat irregular ; a black discal

dot ; second line formed of black dots, from beyond 2? of costa

to } of dorsum, slightly curved; a subterminal series of ill-defined

blackish dots; a terminal series of black dots: cilia whitish-

ochreous. Hindwings with termen gently rounded ; pale greyish-

ochreous, with a few blackish scales towards dorsum; a grey discal

dot; second line beyond middle, faintly whitish, anteriorly grey-

edged, indistinct, nearly straight ; a subterminal series of indis-

tinct dark fuscous dots ; terminal dots and cilia as in forewings.

Melbourne, Victoria (G. H. Raynor) ; one specimen.

SELIDOSEMID4,

PseuDOPANTHERA, Hiib.

P. iogramma, sp. n.

¢ 25 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale greyish-ochreous,

head and anterior part of thorax faintly rosy-tinged. Antenne

dentate. Forewings with apex prominent, termen obliquely

bowed, rather strongly prominent in middle ; 10 connected with

9, 11 connected with 10; pale greyish-ochreous, slightly rosy-

tinged towards costa anteriorly ; costal edge pale yellow-ochreous,

078 Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera

minutely strigulated with dark fuscous ; first line ferruginous-

fuscous, slender, curved near costa, indistinct towards dorsum ; a

black discal dot ; second line straight, oblique, thick, dark fuscous

suffused with ferruginous, near costa faintly curved and

attenuated ; an oblique cloudy whitish apical mark : cilia dark

ferruginous-fuscous, base greyish-ochreous, terminal half white,

with fuscous bars at apex, middle, and tornus, and traces of

others. Hindwings with termen rounded, slightly angulated in

middle; whitish-grey-ochreous, becoming whitish towards costa

posteriorly ; second line central, straight, thick, dark fuscous

suffused with ferruginous, not reaching costa; termen somewhat

ferruginous-suffused ; cilia as in forewings, but bars less marked.

Albany, West Australia ; in October, one specimen.

GALLERIADAS.

Mettssosiaptes, Zell.

M. hilaropis, sp. nu.

3d 17mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous mixed with

whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, termen straight, rather

oblique, 4 and 5 stalked ; rather deep ochreous; first and second

lines cloudy, fuscous, first angulated in middle, second abruptly

curved inwards on upper half, connected with first by an oblique

bar in disc ; a narrow purplish-fuscous terminal streak, on lower

half suffused anteriorly : cilia yellow-ochreous, at apex and tornus

infuscated. Hindwings light ochreous-yellow ; a fuscous terminal

Jine ; cilia pale yellowish.

Brisbane, Queensland ; one specimen.

CRAMBIDZ:.

HALTEROPHORA, gen. n.

Face with conical horny projection. Tongue well-developed.

Antenne in ¢ shortly ciliated. Forewings: 7 separate. Hind-

wings: 4and 5 connate or stalked, 7 out of 6; in ¢ above with

very long exsertible hair-pencil lying in a groove beneath upper

margin of cell,

I characterise this genus for the reception of the

well-known Crambus lativittalis, Walk. (halterellus,

Zell.), which has apparentiy some affinity with Chilo, but

cannot be justly included in that or any other described

from Australia and New Zealand. 379

genus. If we may suppose that the neuration of the

hindwings has been directly modified in consequence of

the development of the subcostal hair-pencil, perhaps the

relationship is really closer with T'alzs.

Canuza, Walk.

C. acmias, sp. n.

9 20mm. Head, palpi, and thorax rosy-ochreous, palpi white

towards base beneath. Forewings elongate, posteriorly moderately

dilated, termen slightly rounded, oblique ; whitish-ochreous,

irrorated, and towards costa posteriorly suffused with dull rosy-

ochreous ; an ill-defined semi-oval white spot on dorsum beyond

middle, irregularly edged with blackish ; a straight oblique dark

fuscous streak from apex of wing towards this spot, becoming

obsolete before reaching it, edged posteriorly with pale suffusion ;

cilia whitish-ochreous, with two obscure darker lines, first dark

fuscous at apex. Hindwings semitransparent grey-whitish ; veins

and a terminal suffusion grey.

Sydney, New South Waies; in October, one specimen

(G. H. Raynor).

Tatis, Guen.

T’. diacentra, sp. n.

¢ 20-22 mm. Head and thorax ochreous, sides of face and a

line on each side of back whitish, forehead with conieal promi-

nence. Palpi 43, ochreous, whitish-sprinkled. Antenne bipec-

tinated. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, termen very oblique ;

rather light ochreous; a moderate shining snow-white median

longitudinal streak from base, beneath edged with dark fuscous

from base to middle, whence proceeds an obscure line of white

and dark fuscous scales along fold to tornus, above edged with

dark fuscous from 4 onwards, at 3 almost interrupted by a

triangular dark fuscous indentation from beneath, terminating

suffusedly before reaching a rather inwards-curved cloudy white

streak running from apex to tornus but indistinct beneath ; veins

posteriorly somewhat marked suffusedly with dark fuscous: cilia

pale greyish-ochreous mixed with white, basal third before a

fuscous or blackish line clear white. Hindwings with 4 and 5

stalked or coincident; pale whitish-fuscous, slightly yellowish-

380 Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera

tinged, more infuscated terminally; cilia whitish, with a pale fuscous

line.

Gunbower, Victoria; two specimens (J. A. Kershaw).

The variation in the neuration of the hindwings shows that

Surattha, Walk., as defined by Sir George Hampson, is

not tenable as a distinct genus ; but I had in fact already

noted the same variation in describing 7’. wylophxa, to

which this species is most nearly allied.

T’. enchias, sp. n.

do 25mm. Head and thorax brownish-ochreous, forehead with

conical prominence. Palpi 54, light fuscous, beneath white.

Antenne strongly dentate. Forewings elongate, posteriorly

moderately dilated, termen faintly concave, oblique; light

brownish-ochreous, with some irregularly scattered dark fuscous

scales ; a straight white subcostal streak from base of costa to costa

again before apex, above suffused into ground colour, beneath well-

defined and edged throughout with dark fuscous suffusion; an

indistinct dark fuscous discal dot beneath this beyond middle ;

median vein beyond middle and its branches faintly indicated with

whitish suffusion ; a white almost terminal streak from apex to

tornus, indistinct on lower half ; terminal black dots on veins, more

distinct on lower half: cilia whitish, with a fuscous line. Hind-

wings with 4 and 5 stalked ; clear whitish; cilia whitish.

Melbourne, Victoria; one specimen received through

Lord Walsingham. A distinct species, perhaps nearest

T. invalidella.

DiptycaorHora, Zell.

D. microxantha, sp. n.

4 13mm. Head and thorax brown. Palpi brown mixed with

black, and at tips with whitish. Forewings triangular, termen

rather strongly oblique, sinuate inwards above and less markedly

below middle ; dark brown, closely irrorated with white ; a blotch

of blackish suffusion on base of dorsum; first line obscurely

whitish, edged with dotted lines of black scales, thrice sharply

dentate outwards ; a transverse blackish discal mark ; a streak of

blackish suffusion along costa from middle to second line ; second

line thick, white, only distinct on costa and towards dorsum, edged

anteriorly throughout with scattered black scales ; a white spot on

costa before apex ; about eight small quadrate black spots on lower

from Australia and New Zealand. 38]

portion of termen ; cilia submetallic whitish-grey with two darker

grey lines, and a whitish subapical spot. Hindwings with vein 4

present ; clear ochreous-yellow; base dark grey; second line

indicated by some dark fuscous scales ; a dark fuscous terminal

line; cilia whitish, with two grey lines.

Melbourne, Victoria ; one specimen (J. A. Kershaw).

PYRAUSTID.

Psammoris, Hiib.

P. trygoda, sp. n.

6 19 mm. Head and thorax ochreous, mixed with dull

purplish. Palpi 24, dark fuscous, base white. Antennal

ciliations 3. Legs yellow-ochreous, anterior pair somewhat

infuscated, middle pair white. Forewings triangular, termen

bowed, oblique ; light dull purplish, becoming deeper purple

terminally ; first and second lines cloudy, dark fuscons, first

slightly bent in middle, second from #4 of costa to near termen

below middle, thence moderately curved inwards to 4 of dorsum,

on costa preceded and followed by bright orange-ochreous

suffusion; a dark fuscous subcrescentic discal mark: cilia

yellowish, towards base orange-ochreous. Hindwings with base

of vein 8 much swollen; ochreous-yellow; a spot of purple

suffusion on termen below middle ; cilia yellow.

Brisbane, Queensland; one specimen (G. H. Raynor).

This species differs from typical forms of the genus in

the long antennal ciliations (a rare feature in the family),

as well as in the dilated vein 8 of hindwings, and may

therefore eventually require generic separation, bat at

present there seems no necessity for it.

Scoraria, Haw.

S. oxygona, sp. n.

¢ 2? 17-19 mm. Head and thorax whitish mixed with fuscous

and dark fuscous. Palpi 24, grey mixed with black, base white.

Antennal ciliations in ¢ 4+. Forewings very elongate-triangular

(somewhat broader than in S. plag/otis), termen straight, oblique ;

fuscous, irrorated with white, and irregularly coarsely irrorated

with black, forming streaks on veins posteriorly ; first and second

lines whitish, first obtusely angulated in middle, edged posteriorly

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—PART IV. (DEC.) 26

382 Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera

with blackish suffusion, second almost straight, slightly sinuate

inwards near costa and dorsum ; orbicular small, blackish, touching

posterior edge of first line ; claviform obsolete; discal X-shaped,

blackish, ill-defined ; subterminal line obscurely paler, cloudy, very

undefined, not distinctly interrupted nor touching second line.

Hindwings 14; whitish-grey, somewhat darker terminally ; a faint

darker postmedian line.

Melbourne, Victoria; Mount Lofty, South Australia ;

also from ‘Tasmania; in February and March, five

specimens. Intermediate between S. cleodoralis and S.

plagiotis; well characterised by the form of the lines.

GELECHIADAL.

EiscHaTURA, gen. n.

Antenne in ¢ filiform, simple. Labial palpi long, recurved,

second joint thickened with appressed scales, terminal as long as

second, moderate, acute. Posterior tibiz rough-scaled. Forewings

with apex strongly caudate ; 2 from 2 of cell, 7 and 8 stalked, 7

to costa. Hindwings over 1, trapezoidal, termen sinuate beneath

apex ; 3 and 4 short-stalked, 5 parallel, 6 and 7 connate.

This genus belongs to the group formerly maintained

as a distinct family under the name Xyloryctide, and is

intermediate between Uzucha and Pilostibes.

EH. lemurias, sp. n.

d 28-30 mm., 2 34-35 mm. Head and thorax light reddish-

fuscous, patagia posteriorly whitish-ochreous. Palpi dark reddish-

fuscous, basal joint white, terminal white posteriorly. Forewings

elongate, moderately broad in middle, costa very strongly arched,

apex very strongly produced, caudate, termen appearing strongly

concave beneath this ; in ¢ whitish-ochreous, in ? deep ochreous,

in both with a strong shining whitish gloss ; a grey-whitish discal

spot edged with dark reddish-fuscous suffusion, ill-defined ; costal

cilia orange; terminal cilia whitish, on upper half and round

apex reddish-fuscous except at base. Hindwings pale yellowish ;

cilia round apex reddish-fuscous.

Brisbane, Queensland; four specimens (Dr. A. J.

Turner).

from Australia and New Zealand. 383

TIN EIDAb.

Narycia, Steph.

N. scotinopis, sp. nu.

gd 11-12 mm. Head fuscous, hairs of crown pale ochreous.

Palpi, antennz, thorax, abdomen, and legs dark fuscous. Fore-

wings dark fuscous, lighter-mixed ; a more or less indistinct narrow

fuscous-whitish fascia before middle, obsolete on costa, forming an

enlarged distinct whitish spot on dorsum ; a transverse fuscous-

whitish dorsal spot before termen; two small sometimes nearly

obsolete fuscous-whitish spots towards termen beneath apex : cilia

fuscous. Hindwings and cilia fuscous.

Gisborne, Victoria; in January and February, four

specimens (G, Lyell).

Il. Leprpoprera From New ZEALAND.

CARADRINIDAL,

Leucania, Ochs.

L. micrastra, sp. u.

9 41 mm. Head and thorax reddish-brown, mixed with

whitish-ochreous. Forewings rather light reddish-brown; veins

irrorated with grey-whitish and fuscous; lower end of reniform

indicated by a fuscous dot, preceded and followed by a minute

whitish dot: cilia light brown-reddish. Hindwings fuscous,

somewhat lighter towards base : cilia pale brownish, tips whitish.

Wellington; one specimen (G. V. Hudson). Allied

to L. phaula and L. alopa.

PLUSIADAE.

HYPERAUCHA, gen. n.

Eyes naked. Antenne in ¢ bipectinated, towards apex simple.

Palpi very long, recurved, in ¢ reflexed over thorax, second joint

densely rough-scaled, above with longer projecting scales, terminal

joint in ¢ much longer than second, densely scaled to apex, obtuse,

-concave throughout on inner side and containing a long expansible

384. Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera

hair-pencil, in Q@ somewhat shorter than second, acute, posteriorly

with broad dense projecting tuft of scales. Thorax and abdomen

without crests. Posterior tibiz loosely scaled above. Hindwings :

5 approximated to 4 towards base.

Probably with some affinity to Rhapsa.

H. octias, sp. n.

¢é 2 25-30 mm. Head and thorax light greyish-ochreous,

sometimes sprinkled with dark fuscous. Forewings with termen

obtusely angulated on 4, subconcave above this; pale greyish-

ochreous, sprinkled with brownish and dark fuscous ; first and

second lines fine, dark fuscous, waved-dentate, more or less in-

terrapted ; median shade nearly straight, fuscous or dark fuscous,

strongest in ¢ ; orbicular represented by a minute whitish dot

edged with red-brown ; reniform mixed with red-brown, partially

finely edged with whitish, and outlined with red-brown ; sub-

terminal line obscurely pale, on lower half faintly dark-edged but

almost obsolete except on dorsum, on upper half irregularly edged

with red-brown or blackish, more broadly anteriorly ; a terminal

row of blackish dots: cilia on upper half of termen barred with

dark fuscous. Hindwings whitish-fuscous, more whitish towards

costa ; median and second lines as in forewings, but median

faint ; subterminal margined with fuscous or dark fuscous.

Wellington (G. V. Hudson); also from Richmond

River and Sydney, New South Wales, and from Victoria ;

in October, four specimens. This is, I think, Australian

in origin.

HY DRIOMENID:.

Microprs, Guen.

M. epicryptis, sp. n.

6 2 21-22 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous. Palpi 6,

whitish-ochreous sprinkled with dark fuscous. Forewings with

costa strongly arched, termen unevenly bowed, very oblique ;

whitish-ochreous, more whitish on dorsal half, somewhat deeper

and sometimes infuscated towards costa, with some scattered

black scales ; a median longitudinal streak of clear pale ground-

colour ; second line indicated by a strongly curved series of black

dots on veins: cilia ochreous-whitish. Hindwings considerably

narrowed ; ochreous-grey-whitish; in @ with area of cell

from Australia and New Zealand. 385

depressed, and a costal streak of modified blackish scales from

near base to beyond middle.

Wellington; two specimens (G. V. Hudgon).

Cxtorocrystis, Hiib.

C. aristias, sp. n.

3d 24mm. Head white. Antenne with short fine pectinations

terminating in fascicles of long cilia. Thorax ochreous-whitish,

sprinkled with fuscous. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, somewhat

blackish-mixed, segments 2 and 3 suffused with blackish, anal

segment rosy-tinged. Forewings ochreous-whitish, with faint

strie of light reddish and dark fusconus scales; basal patch

suffused with crimson and dark fuscous towards costa; edges of

median band stronger and darker-marked, especially on costal

half ; a narrow transverse dark fuscous discal mark; fifth and

sixth fasciz greyish-ochreous, suffused with dark fuscous towards

costa. Hindwings with termen sinuate beneath apex; fuscous-

whitish, with scattered dark fuscous scales indicating very faint

strie; a dark fuscous discal dot ; a postmedian series of small

black dots ; a rosy suffusion towards termen.

Mount Arthur; one specimen (G. V. Hudson). Mr.

Hudson states that the species varies considerably.

Hypriomzya, Hiib.

HH. hemizona, sp. n.

3d 25mm. Head and thorax fuscous, darker-irrorated. Anten-

nal ciliations +. Forewings with termen waved, gently rounded,

oblique ; fuscous, irrorated with dark fuscous, forming obscure

striz ; median band somewhat darker, anterior edge preceded by

an obscure pale ochreous-tinged stria, more whitish towards costa,

posterior edge obtusely prominent at + from costa, and with a

more rectangular prominence in middle, marked with a spot of

blackish suffusion, followed by a dall whitish and then by a light

brownish-ochreous stria, more conspicuous on upper half ; a small

dark fuscous transverse discal spot. Hindwings pale fuscous.

Wellington; one specimen (G. V. Hudson). An

obscure species, but very different from any recorded

New Zealand form; perhaps allied to the Australian

H. imperviata, but the resemblance is not very pro-

nounced.

386 Mr. E. Meyrick ow New Lepidoptera

XANTHORHOER, Hiib.

X. lophogramia, sp. n.

S 27mm. Head and thorax grey-whitish, irrorated with fus-

cous and black. Antennal pectinations, a7, 08. Forewings with

termen slightly waved, oblique ; fuscous-whitish, irrorated with

fuscous ; a stria near base, and edge of basal patch dark fuscous,

curved ; median band formed by two fasciz of three suffused dark

fuscous strize each, outermost blackish, anterior edge curved,

posterior edge with a rectangular projection at + from costa and a

broader rounded prominence in middle, indentation between these

rounded-angular, abrupt ; fifth fascia indicated by a fuscous costal

suffusion ; sixth suffusedly fuscous, with a triangular blackish-

fuscous spot below apex, edged above with a whitish-ochreous

suffusion: cilia fuscous, terminal half obscurely spotted with

whitish. Hindwings dull ochreous-yellowish.

Castle Hiil; one specimen (G. V. Hudson). At first

sight very similar to X. semifissata, but the peculiar form

of the posterior edge of median band is distinctive; the

pale strive beyond this band are much less defined.

Nororeas, Meyr.

N. isoleuca, sp. 0.

2 20mm. Head and thorax ochreous-yellow, mixed with black.

Forewings with termen bowed, rather oblique; dark fuscous,

irregularly sprinkled with yellow ; a cloudy transverse streak of

yellow irroration near base, and another of yellow and white

scales near beyond it, bent near costa; a curved white streak

at 4, suffused with yellow on costa and in middle; a rather

irregular tolerably straight white streak in middle, suffused with

yellow towards costa, middle, and dorsum; a white streak at 2,

obtusely angulated in middle, yellow on costa ; subterminal line

very fine, yellow, irregular, forming small spots on costa and in

middle : cilia white, basal half fuscous. Hindwings as in fore-

wings, but first three streaks obsolete, other two nearer base, post-

median curved, hardly angulated.

Wellington; one specimen (G. V. Hudson). Nearly

allied to N. mechanitis, but differing especially in the

single well-defined median streak, which in N. mecha-

nitis 18 replaced by two cloudy streaks of yellowish

suffusion.

ee)

(06)

from Australia and New Zealand.

SELIDOSEMID AS,

Sre.iposemaA, Hiib.

S. cremnopa, sp. n.

¢ 32-33 mm. Head and thorax light brownish mixed with

dark fuscous. Antennal pectinations a8, b9-10. Forewings with

termen rounded ; brown, towards costa suffused with ochreous-

whitish, especially posteriorly ; first and second lines strong, white,

first sharply angulated near costa, slightly sinuate below middle,

second almost straight on upper 2 and nearly parallel to termen,

dorsal third sinuate inwards, first edged on both sides and second

anteriorly with dark fuscous, more broadly towards dorsum ;

disc suffusedly mixed with dark fuscous ; a blackish transverse

discal dot ; a dorsal spot of white suffusion following second line ;

subterminal line fine, waved, whitish, interrupted above middle by

a spot of dark fuscous suffusion, towards costa merged in a

quadrate whitish-ochreous apical spot. Hindwings light ochreovs-

yellowish ; margins of postmedian and subterminal lines indicated

by fuscous shades.

Auckland; in December, two specimens. Perhaps

nearest S. productata, but the form of the second line is

wholly different.

GonopuyLia, Meyr.

G. ophiopa, sp. n.

¢ 35 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, mixed with

deeper yellow-ochreous. Fecrewings rather elongate-triangular,

termen oblique, angularly prominent on 4, and dentate on 6;

yellow-ochreous, somewhat paler-mixed ; first and second lines

brownish, marked with blackish dots on veins, first ill-defined,

with very acute teeth marked with black elongate dots above and

below middle, second anteriorly well-defined and pale-edged, pos-

teriorly suffused, running from costa near before apex to % of

dorsum, slightly sinuate inwards above and more strongly below

middle ; a black discal dot ; a subterminal series of blackish dots.

Hindwings whitish-ochreous, mixed with yellow-ochreous beyond

a postmedian line of dark-grey dots and brownish suffusion.

Wellington ; one specimen (G. V. Hudson). Allied to

G. fortinata, but quite distinct.

388 Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepiloptera

PHYCITIDA:.

Crocyporora, Meyr.

In the absence of the male the generic location of the

following species cannot be absolutely assured; but it

agrees in all essential characters with Crocydopora,

though the labial palpi are notably shorter than in the

typical species. The family is so scantily represented in

New Zealand, that any addition is interesting.

C’. enospora, sp. 0.

2 17mm. Head and thorax fuscous mixed with ferruginous.

Labial palpi 23, light ferruginous, towards base whitish. Abdomen

elongate. Forewings elongate, narrow, little dilated posteriorly,

ecsta almost straight, termen somewhat rounded, very oblique ;

fuscous, irrorated with black and grey-whitish, and much suffused

with ferruginous, especially in disc ; first line straight, oblique,

obscurely pale, edged posteriorly with a dark shade except towards

dorsum, and preceded on dorsum by a spot of blackish suffusion ;

an obscure whitish discal dot, placed in a streak of ferruginous

suffusion ; second line cloudy, obscurely pale near termen, some-

what indented near costa, edged anteriorly with a dark shade

except towards dorsum ; extreme costal edge white on posterior

half. Hindwings dark fuscous.

Castle Hill; one specimen (G. V. Hudson).

TORTRICIDAS.

Cacacia, Hiib.

C. torogramma, sp. n.

6? 19 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, slightly

reddish-tinged. Palpi moderately long. Antennal ciliations in

3 1. Forewings suboblong, costa rather strongly arched, termen

sinuate, rather oblique, costal fold in ¢ short, basal ; whitish-

ochreous, reddish-tinged, or mixed with pale reddish and whitish ;

outer edge of basal patch straight, very oblique, dark fuscous or

red-brown ; central fascia evenly broad, straight, very oblique,

edged with dark fuscous or red-brown streaks, posterior not reach-

from Australia and New Zealand. 389

ing tornus, in 9 followed by a wedge-shaped whitish costal spot

reaching half across wing, dark-edged posteriorly. Hindwings

whitish-fuscous, rather darker in ?.

Wellington ; two specimens (G. V. Hudson).

(HCOPHORIDA.

Semrocosma, Meyr.

S. balanophora, sp. n.

¢ 21mm. Head and thorax white, with a few dark fuscous

scales, shoulders narrowly dark fuscous. Palpi white, basal half

and a subapical ring of second joint, and median band of terminal

joint dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa mode-

rately arched, apex obtuse, termen obliquely rounded; white, with

a few fuscous and dark fuscous scales; elongate dark fuscous

marks along costa at base, before middle, and beyond middle ;

stigmata fuscous mixed with black, plical obliquely before first

discal, a minute black dot between first and second discal ; obscure

indications of an angulated fuscous shade before termen ; a ter-

minal series of undefined dark fuscous dots: cilia whitish sprinkled

with fuscous. Hindwings whitish-fuscous.

Wellington ; one specimen (G. V. Hudson).

PLUTELLIDA.

HYPEURYNTIS, gen. n.

Head with loosely appressed scales. Antenne —-= ?, basal

joint without pecten. Labial palpi long, curved, ascending, second

joint somewhat loosely scaled beneath, terminal shorter than

second, acute. Maxillary palpi obsoiete. Posterior tibiz Joosely

haired above towards base. Forewings : 1b furcate towards base,

2 from near angle, 7 and 8 separate, 7 to apex. Hindwings 1},

ovate-trapezoidal, termen subsinuate beneath apex; 3 and 4

stalked, 5 closely approximated to 3 at base, 6 and 7 stalked.

An interesting genus, on the line of transition to the

Gelechiadee.

H. coricopa, sp. n.

? 28mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-ochreous, base of

palpi dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, rather narrow, costa

390 Mr. E. Meyrick on New Lepidoptera.

gently arched, apex obtuse, termen slightly sinuate, rather

oblique ; whitish-ochreous, with a few scattered dark fuscous

scales ; second discal stigma minute, blackish; an angulated line of

dark fuscous dots rather near and parallel to termen : cilia whitish.

Hindwings dull whitish.

Wellington; one specimen (G. V. Hudson).

XVII. Description of a new Coleopterous Insect of the

family Pausside. By Caartes O. WaterHouse,

F.E.S.

[Read Oct. 6th, 1897. ]

In 1892, Dr. Gestro described in the “ Annali del

Museo Civico di Genova” (ser. 2, xii, p. 706) a new

genus of Paussidz which he named Protopaussus. It

was the first member of this family with eleven joints

to the antennze. ‘The discovery of a second species of

this genus by Mr. J. J. Walker, in China, during the

voyage of H.M.S. “ Penguin,” is therefore of great

interest. ‘The affinity of the Paussidee with the Carabidee

was, I believe, first suggested by Burmeister (Mag. de

Zool., 1841, pl. 76, pp. 1-14). M. Raffray (Nouv. Arch.

Mus., 1885, xviii, p. 354), while admitting a relationship

with the Carabide, thinks that it is more remote than

Burmeister supposed.

The discovery of a Paussid with eleven joints to the

antennz, makes the relationship with the Carabidz still

more apparent. ‘The species which I here describe goes

a step further, for it has an emargination on the inner

side of the anterior tibie, a marked character of the

Carabide.

M. Raffray, who has gone very fully into the matter,

does not mention the singular similarity in the neuration

of the wings. One peculiarity in the wings of Carabidee

aud Hydradephaga is the presence of a small, upright,

closed cell on the disk. ‘This cell is present in the

Paussidz, and so far as I know occurs nowhere else

among Coleoptera.

Protopaussus Walkeri, sp. n.

Elongatus, sat nitidus, rufo-piceus. Elytris nigris, basi apice-

que rufo-piceis, crebre fortiter punctatis, apice ipso declivi, uitido,

levi, singulo ad basin dente acuto instructo. Long., 6 mill.

Hab. China (J. J. Walker, in Mus. Brit.).

Judging from the figure and description of P. Fee,

Gestro, from Burmah, this species differs in being of a

darker colour. The antenne are longer, the three

terminal joints being longer .than broad. ‘The head

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—parTiv. (DKC.)

appears to be similar, closely punctured in front, im-

pressed and much less rugosely punctured behind. The

thorax in front is a little narrower than the head across

the eyes, obliquely narrowed for a short distance, and

then considerably dilated, the dilated part terminating

posteriorly in a very acute point, which is slightly turned

outwards. There is a deep fovea occupying the area of

the anterior angle, and two deep impressions on the disk,

Fig. 1. Protopaussus Walkeri. Fig. 2. Wing of Protopaussus.

Fig. 3. Wing of Ozena (Carabide ),

only divided by a slight ridge. There are two small

impressions on the margin of the dilated part. The elytra

are strongly and closely punctured, except at the extreme

apex. The humeral part of the elytron is produced into

a conical tooth, which projects somewhat over the base of

the thorax, fitting into the space between the dilatation

of the sides and the base of the thorax. ‘The tibiz are

only shghtly widened towards the apex; the anterior

pair are slightly bent inwards at the apex, with a distinct

pubescent emargination on the inner side, occupying

about half the length of the tibia.

The structure of the antennz and the emargination of

the anterior tibize are very like what is seen in a Central-

American Carabid, which is, I believe, Ozena brevicornis,

Bates.

Mr. Walker informs me that he found two specimens

on ‘‘Mount Combe,” thirty miles 8.E. of Ning-po,

China, by sweeping long grass at an elevation of

1600 feet, June 2nd, 1892.

( 393 )

XVIII. Revision of the Notonectide. Part I. Iniro-

duction, and Systematic Revision of the genus

Notonecta. By G. W. KirKxatpy.

[Read Oct. 6th, 1897.]

Tar genus Notonecta was erected by Linnzeus in 1758,"

and contained three species, N. glauca, N. striata, and

N. minutissima. In 1762 Geoffroy? proposed the genus

Corixa for N. striata, which, however, was not (or was

only in small part) striata of Linneeus ; nevertheless the

latter belongs to Geoffroy’s genus, and the type is there-

fore limited to the two other origimal species. In 1794

Fabricius® enlarged the scope* of his genus Sigara to

admit a new species, minuta (= N. minutissima, L.),

thus indirectly but actually establishing N. glauca as the

type of the genus Nofonecta. In 1818 Leach published

his ‘‘ Classification of Notonectides”’* with a new genus

Plea {type Notonecta minutissima, Fourcr.), and in the

following year, C. R. Sahlberg’s ‘‘ Observationes quasdam

Historiam Notoneciidum .. . illustrantes,” appeared, in

which Leach’s conclusions were closely followed. Spinola

completed his “ Essai” in 1837, proposing two new genera,

viz. :—Anisops for N. niveaand Hnithares for N. indica, L.,

anda new species, H. brasiliensis.6 In 1844 Fieber pub-

lished his ‘‘ Entomologische Monographien,”” including a

monograph (pp. 294-7) of the genus Ploa (Plea), and

seven years later appeared his ‘ Rhynchotographieen ” °

upon pp. 469-486, of which (usually quoted from the

separate copies, pp. 49-62) were described all the species

known to him of the other genera, Bothronotus being

arbitrarily substituted for Hnithares. Unfortunately the

latter work has been rather a hindrance than a help, as

the descriptions are not based upon structural characters,

1 Syst. Nat. Iid., x., p. 439. ? Hist. abrég. Ins., i., p. 475.

3 Ent. Syst., iv., p. 60. 4 Kirk., 1897, Ent., p. 260.

Trans. Linn. Soc., xu., pp. 10-18.

Jam not aware that any author has indicated a type for this

genus, and therefore now set apart FH. indicu for that purpose.

7 Abh. K. béhm. Ges. Wiss. (5) iii.

S Abh. K. bohm. Ges, Wiss. (3) vii.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—pPaRT Iv. (DEC.)

394 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy oi the

whereas, in the Notonectidze at least, any other method

is of little avail; moreover, the majority of the types are

lost, and it is apparently impossible to appropriate the

descriptions with any degree of certainty.

Since then, little has been done; a few species have

been described at intervals, and three new genera, viz. :

—Antipalocoris, Scott,' Martarega, B. White,? and

Signoretiella, Berg,® each with a single species.

Before proceeding, | must express my thanks to the

friends and correspondents who have lent or given me

types or other specimens, and otherwise assisted me; as

these include nearly all the entomologists who are in-

terested in Rhynchota, it is impossible even to enumerate

them. I am particularly indebted to Professors Uhler

and Montandon, to M. Maurice Noualhier and Mr.

Edward Saunders ; also to the directors and assistants

of the British, Budapesth, Hamburg, Hope (Oxford),

Paris, Stockholm, and Vienna Muscums.

Fam. NOTONECTIDA.

Rostrum 3-4 segmentatum; antenne 4-segmentate ; pro-

noti margine postica pedes antici inserti; scutellum

magnwne.

The insertion of the anterior pedes on the posterior

margin of the pronotum at once separates the Notonec-

tide and Corixidve from all the other aquatic pagiopodous

Rhynchota, in which the insertion is on or near the

anterior margin; the visibility and size of the scutellum

distinguishes the Notonectide from all the Corixide,

except Diaprepocoris, Kirk., from which, however (and

from the other Corixide), they are readily differentiated

by the three- to four-segmentate rostrum; the anterior

tarsi, moreover, are quite differently shaped in these two

families, being simple and raptorial in Notonectida,

while in Corixidze they are more or less dilated and

spoon-shaped.

T'wo subfamilies are embraced :—

1 (2) Tibie postice tarsique postici ciliati; venter cari-

natus, ciliatus ; rostrum 4-segmentatum ; oculi

permagni, conspicni. ‘ . NOTONECTINA.

1 1872, in Marshall, Ent. Mo. Mag., viii, p. 244.

? 1879, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 271.

3 1883, An. S. Cient. Argent., xvi., p. 122.

Revision of the Notonectide. 395

2 (1) Tibi postice tarsique postici non ciliati ; venter

nec carinatus nec ciliatus; rostrum 5-segmentatum ;

oculi parvi, vix conspicul : - . PLEINA

Subfam. NOTONECTIN 2A.

A Oculi ad basin non contigui; femora postica non

attingentia hemielytrorum apicem.

a (b) Pronotum non transversissimum ; als adsunt, wre

hemielytrorum distincte.

1 (2) Antennarum segmentum ultimum penultimo multo

brevius ; tarsi postici unguiculis destituti.

Notonecta, L.

2 (1) Antennarum segmentum ultimum penultimo multo

longius ; tarsi postici unguiculis instructi.

Anisops, Spin.

> (a) Pronotum transversissimum ; antennarum segmenta

ultimum penultimumque subzqualia; tarsi postici

unguiculis longis instructi.

1 (2) Hemielytrorum arez distincte ; ale adsunt ; tarsi

intermedi bisegmentati . : Enithares, Spin.

2 (1) Hemielytrorum arez null seu subobsoletz ; ale

desunt; tarsi intermedii unisegmentati.

Martarega, B. White.

A A Oculi ad basin contigui ; hemielytrorum are null

seu indistinctz ; ale nulle ; pronotum transver-

sissimum,

1 (2) Femora postica ultra hemielytrorum apicem extensa;

antennarum segmentum ultimum penultimo multo

longius ; tarsi postici unguiculis brevissimis in-

structi . 5 : : . Antipalocoris, Scott.

2 (1) Femora postica non attingentia hemielytrorum apicem;

antennarum segmentum ultimum penultimo multo

brevius; (? tarsi postici unguiculis destituti).

Signoretiella, Berg.

I have seen no satisfactory account of the structure of

the head in this family; and as it is very obscure in the

mature imago, and can be worked out only from a com-

parative study of the larval stages, novel but provisional

terms have been employed in describing it. That por-

tion of the head which is apparent from a dorsal aspect

is named the notocephalon ; it 1s more or less constricted

close to the base, this constriction, here termed the

396 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the

synthlipsis, being of great convenience for diagnostic

purposes. The imaginary anterior margin of the noto-

cephalon is called the vertex. The junction of the meta-

thorax and abdomen has been taken as the centre of the

insect. This will explain why the tip of the scutellum

is called its “ base,” and why the ‘third side” is termed

its “ apical margin.”

Heap. Antipalocoris and Signoretiella are at once

recognised by the contiguity of the eyes basally; in

Anisops the notocephalon is very narrow, in the other

genera wider. In Anisops the labrum attains to the apex

of the second rostral segment, in Notonecta, Enithares,

and Martarega to about the centre of that segment;

Berg and Scott do not mention it. The ultimate and

penultimate antennal segments are subequal in Hnithares

and Martarega; the ultimate is much the longer in

Anisops and Antipalocoris,and much the shorter in Noto-

necta and Signoretiella.* The scutellam in Notonecta is

large and almost equal in length to the metanotum,

except in N. mexicana, where it is only about half its

length; in Enithares and Martarega it is about half, and

in Anisops and Antipalocoris about one-third the length

of the metanotum. Berg does not mention it in

Signoretiella.

The Hemretyrra are divided into clavus, corium, and

membrane in Notonecta, Hnithares, and Anisops, and these

genera are furnished with ale, which are wanting in the

other genera, in which also the hemielytra are not or at

least very obsoletely divided into areas.

Pepes. The length of the pedes in Antipalocoris

readily distinguishes that genus, the apices of the

* T regret that I cannot altogether agree with Berg’s account of

the antennal segments (An. 8. Cient. Argent., xvi., p. 122). He

believes that the antenne in Notonecta and S/gnoretiella have five

segments. Iamunable to speak with regard to the latter genus,

but judging from preparations in glycerine jelly of four species of

the former, examined under a compound microscope, the third

segment of Berg appears to be only a muscular articulation

between the true second and third segmente. The basal segment,

which Berg thinks may be an antenniferous tubercle (tubérculo

antenar), seems in structure, texture, and method of articulation, to

be a true antennal segment.

Revision of the Notonectidx. 397

posterior femora extending beyond the apex of the

hemielytra; to which they do not attain in the other

genera.

Noronecta, L.

Linn., 1758, Syst. Nat., Hd. x., p. 439; Fieb., 1851,

Abh. bohm. Ges. Wiss. (5), vil., pp. 205 and 472;

Flor, 1860, Rhynch. Livl., i., p. 766.

Typr. WN. glauca, L.; Fabr., 1794, Ent. Syst., iv.,

p. o7.

Flor has given such a masterly description of the

genus that it is not necessary here to do more than

indicate the leading features; to comprehend the exotic

species it is necessary, however, to modify shghtly Flor’s

description of the head and eyes. Fieber’s figures (J. c.,

pl. ., D) are admirable except that the pronotum is

too long in proportion to its breadth, the posterior pedes

are represented with long unguiculi, of which they are

really devoid, and the alar neuration is not quite correct

in its proportions.

To the characters given previously, it may be added

that the intermediate ambulacra are not nearly con-

tiguous (as they are in Hnithares) and the posterior

ambulacra are practically contiguous, distinguishing the

genus at once from Anisops; the median ventral carina

of the abdomen is thickly pilose, as are the lateral

margins, thus forming a waterproof covered way over

the ‘‘ gutters,” which lie, one on each side of the carina,

for the conveyance of air. The junctures of the con-

nexival ventral segments are always covered with short

thick hair, and the scutellum and hemielytra are generally

clothed with short golden yellow pubescence. ‘lhe sexes

are almost indistinguishable in size, form, colour and

general appearance, though, of course, the female, when

full of mature ova, is dilated more than at other times.

They can be very readily separated by an examination of

the last three or four abdominal ventral segments. ‘hese

ave horizontal in the female, rounded and anteriorly

excavated in the male.

Notonecta is a genus of which the species are singu-

larly lacking in specific characters suitable for diagnosis :

and the analytical table has been based principally upon

the structure of the notocephalon and pronotum. With

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—parT Iv. (DEC.) 27

398 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the

the exception of certain minor differences in the ventral

abdominal segments and the proportions of the scu-

tellum, I am unacquainted with any other such cha-

racters; while several structural features, largely

employed for diagnostic purposes in other groups of

Rhynchota, appear to be vaiueless in Nofonecta. The

sculpture of the head and pronotum, and the colour

and pattern of the hemielytra are not constant, although

a more or less bright crimson or scarlet dorsum

abdominis seems to be characteristic of N. insulata,

W. Kirb., and N. montezwma, Kirk., and a rich black

and yellow metanotum and dorsum abdominis of N.

glauca, var. maculata, Fabr. |

Unless otherwise mentioned, the scutellum, meta-

notum and sterna are black, the sternal hairtufts varying

from bronze-yellow to dark bronze-brown.

Melanochroism and leuco¢hroism are more marked in

this genus than in any other of the Rhynchota with

which I am acquainted. I have examined melanochroic

individuals of six species, viz.: N. glauca (nigra and mar-

ginata), N. undulata, N. americana, N. variabilis, N. lac-

titans (stygica), and N. mexicana, while certain examples.

of NV. irrorata, N. shooterti, N. triguttata and N. insulata

have almost a right to the name. :

N. lutea has been treated as a separate species; but it

may perhaps be regarded more correctly as a nearly

stable leucochroic race of N. glauca; an African form of

N. glauca, var. maculata, is generally concolorous, dark

luteous. Similarly coloured (though much lighter) forms

occur commonly in N. undulata, N. americana, N.

shooterii, and probably in other species.

A noteworthy fact is that, with the exception of

N. undulata, N. americana, one or two N. shooteric

and the luteous form of maculata (which, strictly

speaking, is not leucochroic), all the luteous specimens,

some forty or fifty, that I have seen, have unequal-lobed

membranes. Dr. Bergroth kindly pointed out this

peculiarity in N. lutea; {was at tirst inclined to regard

it as a specific character, but found this view to be pre-

mature on meeting with luteous examples of N. shooterti

(q.v.), some with ordinary, some with semi-developed

lobes.

Unless otherwise indicated, it may be assumed that.

the head, pronotum, and pedes are greenish testaceous,.

Revision of the Notonectide. 399

varying from almost stramineous to full rich green; after

death the green fades, and these parts acquire a sordid

stramineous or even brown hue. ‘The apical rostral

segment appears to be constantly piceous.

Great hopes were entertained by me that the 7

genitalia would furnish a reliable diagnostic character,

but in the few species (N. glauca, N. lutea, N. trrorata

and N. undulata), of which suitable material was avail-

able, these hopes have not been realized.

Geographical Distribution.

The genus Notonecta is distributed practically over the

world, though its home seems to be in North America ;

it is very difficult to define any special regions, as water-

bugs admittedly have no respect for such limitations.

N. glauca is distributed throughout Europe, N. Africa,

Siberia, Persia, N. India, and probably Brazil; the

allied species, N. undulata, N. americana and N. varia-

bilis occupy practically the whole of America, while

N. mexicana and N. insulata occur plentifully in North

and Central America and in the northern states of South

America; N. montandoni has been found in China and

Burma,

Only one species, N. lactitans, has been found as yet in

Africa south of the Sahara, but it extends from Guinea

to the Cape of Good Hope.*

Throughout this paper the localities derived from

specimens seen by myself are alone given, unless other-

wise stated.

SpecirerumM TABULA.

1 (2) Pronoti basis latitudo pronoti longitudine duplo atque

dimidio major; metanotum scutello fere duplo longius.

(America bor, et merid.) 1 mexicanu, Am, Serv.

2 (1) Pronoti basis latitudo pronoti longitudine duplo atque

dimidio minor (plerumque fere duplo major) ; meta-

notum scutello paullo longius.

3 (4) Vertex synthlipsi amplius quinquies latior,

(America bor.) 11 whler/, Kirk.

* T shall be greatly indebted to any South American or South

African entomologist who will send me the Notonectw of his

country.

(24-2

Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the

Vertex synthlipsi minus quinquies latior.

Notocephali margines laterales subrecte atque fere

parallele.

Corporis longitudo haud minus quam 13 mm. ; abdominis

dorsum plus minus coccineum,

(America bor.) 3 insulata, W. Kirb,

Corporis longitudo minus quam 13 mm. ; abdominis

dorsum haud coccineum.

Forma longiuscula, tenuis. (Africa merid.) 5 /actitans, Kirk.

Forma breviuscula, robusta.

(America bor. et merid.) 7 americana, Fabr.

Notocephali margines Jaterales plus minus curvate,

necquaquam parallel.

Vertex synthlipsi amplius duplo atque dimidio latior.

Species magne, robuste ; amplius 12°5 mm. longitudine.

Vertex synthlipsi triplo (aut minus) latior.

Caput magnum, vertex quam oculi alteriusutrius latitudo

latior . . (China, Birmania) 14 montandoni, Kirk.

Caput mediocre ; vertex quam oculi alteriusutrius latitudo

nec latior.

Caput brevius, oculi majores ; pronoti margines laterales

subrectee : 5 (America bor.) 15 rrorata, Uhl.

Caput longius, oculi minores ; pronoti margines laterales

mediatim retrorsum subito ampliatz.

(Japonia) 13 tréguttata, Motsch.

Vertex synthlipsi fere quadruplo latior.

(China) 12 chinensis, Fallou

Species parve ; minus 12 mm. longitudine.

Pronotum duplo (aut fere duplo) latius quam longius.

(America bor, et merid.) 10 variabilis, Fieb.

Pronotum duplo atque triens latius quam longius.

(America merid.) 9 bifasciata, Guér.

Vertex synthlipsi minus duplo atque dimidio latior.

5) Notocephali margines laterales curvate sed non

sinuatee (vertex atque synthlipsis subzequales) ;

abdominis dorsum haud coccineum.,

(America merid.) 4 shooteri/, Uhl.

24 (25-23) Notocephali margines laterales subrectee ; abdominis

dorsum subcoccineum.

(America centr.) 2 montezuma, irk.

Revision of the Notonectide. 401

25 (23-24) Notocephali margines laterales curvate et sinuate ;

abdominis dorsum haud coccineum.

26 (31) Species magne, robuste.

27 (28) Posterius ampliata ; membranz lobi inequales.

(Europa) 18 lutea, Miill.

28 (27) Posterius haud ampliate ; membranz lobi subzequales.

29 (30) Caput, pronotum, scutellum nitida nigra (hemielytra

rubronigra) . ‘ : . (Brasilia) 17 nigra, Fieb.

30 (29) Caput, pronotum, scutellum non omnino nigra.

(Regiones palearctica tota, orientalis in parte)

16 glauca, Li.

31 (26) Species parvee, subrobustee.

32 (33) Pronoti basis subrecta.

(America bor. et merid.) 8 undulata, Say.

33 (32) Pronoti basis aperte concavocurvata.

(Australia) 6 hundlirschi, Kirk.

1. Notonecta mexicana, Am. Serv.

Notonecta mexicana, Am. et Serv., 1843, Hist. nat.

Ins. Hém., p. 453, pl.viii., fig. 7; Herr.-Schiiff., 1853,

Wanz.'Ins., ix., p. 43, ple 294, fic. 903; Uhl.,

1886, Checklist Hem.-Het. North Amer., p. 28.

N. klugu, Fieb., 1851, Abh. bohm. Ges. Wiss. (5),

vil., p. 474.

Head narrow at base, parallel for a short space, then sinuately

diverging ; vertex from three to four and a-half times as wide as

synthlipsis. Pronotum very transverse, about two and a-half

times wider than long, lateral margins slightly sinuate, humeral

margins gently and elongately curved, posterior margin not sinuate ;

humeral angles acute, accentuated. JM/etanotum not quite half as

long again as scutellum, black (dark vars.) or violet-brown, mar-

gined with luteous (pale vars.). Hemielytra varying in colour,

membrane-lobes subequal. Ale semitransparent, smoky, nervures

brown (pale vars.), or semitransparent smoky black, nervures

blackish-brown (dark vars.). Abdominis dorsum black (dark vars.),

or rufoluteous with paler genital segments (pale vars.). Abdominis

venter varying from black to testaceous.

Long. 11-14 mm., lat. 4°5-4°8 mm.

Hab. America: Western United States; Mexico ;

Costa Rica; Colombia.

The types of N. mexicana and N. klugii appear to be

lost.

402 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the

Varieties.

The hemielytra are usually rich scarlet, with black

membrane, but the latter hue often extends beyond the

apical margins of the clavus and corium ; the scarlet also

varies much in shade, graduating in one direction to pale

greenish-white through pale yellow, pale olive-green,

deep yellow, orange and pinkish, and in the other

through crimson and violet-red to deep violet-black,

though, in the last, the sutures of the hemielytral divi-

sions are usually narrowly violet-red; in some specimens

the apex of the corium is black, from the base of the

membrane to the margins of the hemielytra in a straight

line, and the rest of the hemielytra are rich crimson.

The hemielytra are rarely maculate, occasionally the

centre of the clavocorial suture has a more or less pro-

nounced black smudge about the centre. It may be

convenient to propose the varietal names ceres for the

pale coloured forms and hades tor the southern violet-

black race. Herrich-Schiffer (J. c., p. 43) notes a variety

with a large ochreous central stripe on the scutellum,

while Fieber (/. c., p. 475) describes among the varieties

with red hemielytra: (1) “Schild schmutzig-gelb mit

braunem Grund,” and (2) “Schild braun, mit gelblichem

Rand ”—these three varieties I have not seen.

The crimson forms are well distributed over the

Western United States, Mexico, and Colombia; the

pale: forms I have seen from Lower California, Mexico,

Costa Rica, and Colombia; the melanochroic forms are

much rarer and more local, though occurring in the same

localities as the pale forms.

This is the most aberrant species of Notonecta, differing

from all the others in the proportions of the pronotum

and scutellum; it is wider in proportion to its length,

and the humeral angles are more accentuated. It shows

affinities in several details to Hnithares, and is perhaps

nearer in structure to the primitive Notonectid than any

other existing species of its genus.

2. Notonecta montezuma, sp. n.

HTead narrow at base, similar to that of N. mexicana, noto-

cephalic lateral margins fairly straight, diverging from the base,

vertex two and a-half to three times as wide as synthlipsis.

Revision of the Notonectide. 4.05

Hemielytra orange-red, suffused (especially marginally) with

crimson, and sparingly and irregularly marked with black ; mem-

brane bluish-black, apex brownish-black, lobes subequal. Pedes :

coxe brownish-black, intermediate tibial spur small, rather blunt.

Abdominis dorsum: segment 1 black, 2 sordid testaceous, suffused

with crimson and margined with black. Ventex black.

Long. 15°5-14 mm., lat. 4°7-5 mm.

Hah. Amurica, W. Mexico, ¢, 2. (Hope Mus.

Oxford.)

“Nord de Inde” [? error] (Paris Mus.).

Dyer. ¢. Hope Must

Very similar to, and perhaps an aberration from,

N. insulata, but differing by the structure of the head.

Not unlike N. mevicana, but larger, more elongate, and

differing by the pronotal structure.

3. Notonecta insulata, W. Kirb.

Notonecta insulata, W. Kirb., 1837, in Richardson’s

Faun. Bor. Amer. Ins., p. 235 [reprint 1878,

Canad. Ent.; =, ps Joleen W836, Checkl.,

N. wmpressa, Fieb., 1851, Abh. bohm. Ges. Wiss.

(5) vi, p. 475; UWhiy. 1886, Checkl., p. 28.

Syn. nov.

WN. rugosa, Wieb., 1851, l. ¢., p. 476.

2? N. fabricu, Towns., 1891, Pr. Ent. Soc, Wash., ii.,

p- 56 (nec Fieb.).

Head : notocephalic lateral margins fairly straight and nearly

parallel, very slightly constricted near the base; vertex little

wider than synthlipsis, which is about one-fourth less than the

width of the base of the eye. Lateral and humeral margins of

the pronotum sinuate. Scutellum varying slightly in length, but

occasionally reaching and usually nearly reaching the base of the

metanotum, black [Fieber, in N. rugosa, records two varieties

(cordigera and basalis) with yellowish scutellum, but I have not

seen them]. //em/éelytra variable in pattern and colour, the prin-

cipal variations being :—

1. Fusco-flavous (or sordid testaceous), with a faint blackish

spot or streak here and there ; indistinguishable from some forms

of the hemielytra in .V. glauca [? N. fabricii, Towns.].

2. Rufofuscous ; the base of the membrane, an irregular blotch

404 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the

on the corium and one at the base thereof, black ; apex of mem-

brane testaceous.

3. Apical half of hemielytra black, basal half orange-brown, or

deep rich crimson-red (in some individuals assuming almost a

purple hue), which may be more or less clouded with black.

[? N. impressa, Fieb.]

4. Black ; except the basal half of clavus and a small spot near

the submargin (about the centre) of the exocorium, which are

roseo-testaceous, and a scarlet irregular (usually pentagonal)

spot on the apical margin of the corium ; the exocorium spotted

regularly with brownish crimson; apex of membrane sordid

testaceous.

5. When living, “ clear ivory white, with irregular dark spots on

the hemielytra, and the large spots at base of corium . . . con-

spicuous, greenish white” (Uhler én /itt.) ; but after death, much

tarnished, the white changing into pale dirty bronze green.

Ale : basal nervures crimson, the others yellow brown. Pedes :

cox black, intermediate tibial spur small, slender, not tipped with

black. Abdom. dorsum: segment 1 black, 2-6 brilliant scarlet,

7-8 reddish-testaceous.

Abd. venter black, connexivum and central carina green.

In all five varieties, the membrane lobes are subequal.

The ordinary pale forms may be known as var. odara,

the fifth variety as var. geala, while Fieber’s “ impressa ”

may be retained as a varietal name for the crimson and

black forms.

The disposition of the scarlet colour of the dorsum

abdominis, and its actual shade, vary greatly: in some

examples the second segment is suffised with black,

the third to the sixth being more or less scarlet, while

in others only the central parts of these segments are

thus coloured ; the hue varies from orange-red to deep

crimson. It is curious that this colour has not, as I

believe, been previously noted.

Long. 13-15 mm., lat. 4°9-5 mm.

Tyens. ?.

Hab. America. Prof. Uhler (1875, Wheeler’s Exped.,

xu., p. 841) writes: ‘It seems to extend entirely

across the continent [7.c., of N. America], north of the

fortieth parallel, and on the Pacific side extends as far

south as San Francisco ;” in a recent letter he adds:

“ distributed from the upland cold water of Maryland all

the way north to British America, and across Canada to

Revision of the Notonectide. 405

near the Pacific Coast, down which it spreads to Lower

California and the highlands of Mexico.” It seems,

further (from what Prof. Uhler writes) that while

N. wndulata, Say (q.v.), is a Notonecta of the plains

more especially, in warm ponds and streams, N. asu-

lata is an insect rather of the hills, in cold pools.

“The pond [i.e., where N. undulata was abundant] is

exposed to the sun’s rays, and the water becomes

mostly warm. At the western end, however, the pond

is supplied with cold, spring water, and at that end

lives the Notonecta insulata.” And again: “It seems to

belong to the foot-hills and high plateaux of the Rocky

Mountains west of the Mackenzie River; but it was not

brought in from the plains.’ From the specimens I

have examined, the very ruddy examples seem to occur

principally in California, Colorado and Mexico, while the

paler and rather larger forms come more frequently from

the Eastern States. Fieber (/. ¢.) records N. rugosa from

Brazil.

Very like N. glauca, but at once distinguished by the

stracture of the head. ‘There are (as in N. glauca) two

somewhat dissimilar forms of eye in this species. Usually

the notocephalon is short and the eyes are small, curving

away from the vertex suddenly ; occasionally, however

(and especially in var. geala), the eyes are more quadri-

lateral and larger, and the notocephalon is longer.

In Signoret’s collection there is a specimen labelled

“ N. rugosa” by him, from Canada, which I cannot satis-

factorily place in any species. It has the cephalic struc-

ture of N. lutea, Miill., but is rather less robust pos-

teriorly and has the ruddy dorsum always present in NV.

insulata; the membrane lobes are unequal, as is usual in

leucochroic individuals, and the hemielytra are greyish

yellow-green. It seems best, till further evidence is

obtainable, to regard it as an aberration from the present

species.

4. Notonecta lactitans, Kirk.

Notonecta lactitans, Kirk., 1897, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6),

xX., ps 08.

Head: notocephalic lateral margins almost parallel, vertex

about a fourth wider than synthlipsis; base of the eye about half

as wide again as synthlipsis. Pronotal humeral margin well sepa-

406 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the

rated ; scutellum nearly as long as metanotum. //emielytra :

clavus and corium yellowish-brown, with a broad dark-brown band

along the base of the latter, and sometimes with a narrower blackish-

brown line along the scutellar and sutural margins of the clavus ;

exterior margin of exocorium narrowly pale. Ada nervures

yellowish-brown. Pedes: intermediate tibial spur small and rather

blunt. Addoméinis dorsum shining black, genital segments blackish-

fuscous margined with green. Venter black.

Long. 12-12°5 mm., lat. pronot. 3°4-4 mm.

Hab. Arrica: Guinea (ay coll.); Gaboon (Vienna

Mus.), Cape of Good Hope (Paris Mus.).

Types. Coll. mea.

This species has no very close afhnities with any other

Notonecta ; its long and slender form and rather stout

hemielytra will at once separate it, while the structure of

the head places it near N. insulata.

Var. nov. stygica.

Smaller and rather more slender ; hemielytra black, exterior

margins of clavus broadly dark stramineous and interior half of

apical margin of corium stramineous ; membrane sordid white,

except the smoky basal part of the apex of the exterior lobe.

Hab. ? Arrica (British Mus.).

2. Notonecta shooterit, Uhl.

Notonecta shooterit, Uhl., 1894, Pr. Calif. Ac. Sci. (2),

Iv., p. 292.

Head short, notocephalic lateral margins slightly diverging

from the base and slightly converging towards the vertex, which is

about one-third wider than the synthlipsis. Pvonotum large, rather

longer in proportion to its width than in the other species, lateral

and humeral margins sinuate. Scwtellum small, nearly one-third

shorter than the metanotum ; black, base purple-brown. Sterna

sordid rufotestaceous, hair-tufts black. Hem/clytra black; clavus

(apex excepted) dull ivory-white, corium more or less concolorous,

forming with the clavus a blotch of varying extent, and usually

with a whitish spot along the apical margin, the claval and corial

markings very similarly disposed to those of N. ti/guttata; apex of

membrane smoky. The hemielytra vary, however, very much,

being quite violet-black in some individuals (melena, var. nov.),

while in others they are concolorous pale luteous. Membrane-

Revision of the Notonectide. 407

lobes always subequal in ordinary forms; generally unequal

in the leucochroic varieties (ochrothoe, var. nov.), and rarely sub-

equal (tearca, var. nov.). A/a nervures rich brown. Pedes :

intermediate cox black, tibial spur small, rather blunt. Ab-

dominis dorsum: segment 1 black, 2-5 violet-brown (the fifth

apically black), 6 blackish, genital segments greenish-testaceous,

all the segments more or less dull blackish laterally. Venter vary-

ing from green to black, carina and cilia black.

Long. 8-13 mm.,* lat. pron. 4-4°7 mm.

Type. Uhler coll.

Hab. America, ‘exclusively Western” (Uhler in

litt.) ; California (Uhler’s and my coll.) ; Mexico (Paris

and Stockholm Mus., Noualhier coll.) ; Colombia (Paris

Mus.). Var. melena: Mexico (Noualhter coll.).

This species cannot be mistaken for any other; the

small, short head, the flat eyes with the anterior margins

receding much as in typical N. insulata, the robust pro-

notum and the structure of the notocenhalon at once

distinguish it.

Allusion has already been made to what I suppose to

be concolorous varieties of this species. ‘There are, as

indicated above, two forms; those with subequal mem-

brane-lobes, diifering from the type only in the colour,

which is (except the eyes, unguiculi, segment-junctions,

&c.) entirely pale luteous. ‘his form | have seen only

from Mexico (in the Stockholm Mus. and in the Paris

Mus., where it was labelled ‘ americana,’ by Fallou).

The other forms, also luteous, differ from the type in that

they have unequal (both in width and length) membrane-

lobes, and are much commoner (being noted from Mexico

and Colombia). ‘They furthermore differ among them-

selves in the shape of the pronotum. In nearly every

case the lateral margins are almost perpendicular to the

apical and basal margins and parallel to one another,

while the humeral margins are not separable from the

posterior margin. ‘here are, however, gradations to the

usual shape. Prof. Uhler informs me that in the U.S.

National Museum there is a specimen of this species

pure ivory-white, and the above-mentioned luteous

examples are probably this colour when fresh.

* The smallest length given is that recorded by Uhler (/. ¢.,

p. 293), and 10°5 mm. is the smallest I have examined.

408 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the

Here should probably be referred two handsome Noto-

necte from Guanajuato in Mexico (Duges in Mus.

Paris).

Pronotum: humeral margins longer and more sinuate than in

type. Seutellum bluish-black, thickly furnished with short white

pubescence. Heméelytra bluish-black, a pinkish-brown band along

the basal half of the claval exterior margin and a similarly coloured

spot on the basal third of the corium ; apical half of membrane

same colour.

Long. 11 mm., lat. 4°2 mm.

This may, however, prove to be a distinct species.

6. Notonecta handlirschi, sp. n.

Hlead similar in shape to N. lutea, Miill., vertex not quite as wide

as synthlipsis, notocephalic lateral margins fairly straight ; base of

an eye about half as wide again as synthlipsis. Pronotwm similar

in general shape to that of N. glauca, L., but posterior margin

sensibly concave. Hemiéelytra: clavus and claval margin of corium

dark castaneous, rest of corium and membrane (except apical

margin) lurid ; exocorium anteriorly lurid, posteriorly castaneous.

Pedes : intermediate tibial spur small and blunt. J/etanotum and

dorsum abdominis rufotestaceous. Whole ventral surface black,

Long. 10-10°5 mm., lat. pron. 3°5-4 mm.

Hab. Avustratta (“ Post., A. Fischer, 1878,” Vienna

Mus.).

Something like NV. americana, Fabr., but with the colour

and pattern very obscure. I have great pleasure in dedi-

cating this species, the first true Notonecta from Australia,

to Dr. Handlirsch of the Vienna Museum.

7. Notonecta americana, Fabr.

Notorecta americana, Fabr., 1775, Syst. Ent., p. 690,

&c.; Ol., 1811, Enc. Méth., vii, p. 389; Uhl.,

1886, Checkl., p.28; 1894, P.Z.S. Lond., p. 222.

Head rather large, notocephalic lateral margins straight, not

very divergent from the base ; vertex varying from one and a-half

to twice as wide as the synthlipsis. Scwte/lum rather shorter than.

Revision of the Notonectide. 4.09

in N. undulata, Say. Hemielytra variable: (1) fulvous or dark

stramineous, with a broad black fascia near the apex, occupying

the basal two-thirds of the membrane, and the apex of the corium.

This seems to be the original N. americana, Fabr, (2) Varying

from bluish-black to violet-brown ; the corial margins of the

clavus, and a broad irregular blotch about the middle of the

corium, fulvous or dark stramineous. Otherwise like N. wndulata,

Say.

Long. 10-11 mm., lat. 3°5-3°6 mm.

Noualhier and my colls.); Chih, Valdivia (Hamburg

Mus.) ; Cuba (Paris Mus.; my coll.). It probably extends

over Mexico, the Antilles, and the greater part of S.

America.

This species has been compared with N. widulata, Say,

instead of the reverse, as, through the kindness of Prof.

Uhler, I have had plenty of fresh material in the latter

species, whilst in the present species I have only seen

two fresh specimens (from Prof. Uhler). Fabricius says

“alis nigris”’-—but the few examples I have been able to

examine have transparent, colourless alee with nervures

coloured as in N. undulata, though Prof. Uhler writes

me that he formerly possessed at least two specimens

with the exterior margin of the alee black. Hoping that

the Copenhagen Museum might possess Fabricius’s

missing type, one of the above examples was sent to Dr.

Meinert, who wrote that he had compared it and found

it to accord with a specimen labelled “ N. americana”

which was undoubtedly seen by Fabricius, though it is

not the type. ‘This and the two following species Prof.

Uhler considers as most probably conspecific, and it is

probable that future researches will show this to be so ; for

the present, however, it seems best to regard them as dis-

tinct. In his N. americana Fabricius probably also included

N. undulata, Fieber’s N. variabilis undoubtedly included

N. americana and N. wndulata, while Say’s N. widulata

included N. americana and probably N. variabilis ; and

the references given to all three species must therefore

be taken as the best possible under the circumstances.

N. americana, Herr.-Schiiff., is clearly N. undulata, from

the figure, and N. variabilis, Guér., is the same species,

according to the specimens labelled by him in his

collection (Paris Mus.).

410 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the

8. Notonecta undulata, Say.

Notonecta undulata, Say, ? 1832, Descr., Het. Hem. N.-

Am. p. so; Complete Writ. 186945) sp. 500;

Uhil., 1875, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. (2) v., p. 239,

pl. 21, fig. 33; 1886, Checkl., p. 28; Comst.,

1888, Introd. Ent.,i., p. 186, fig. 157; Weed,

1889, Bull. Ohio Agr. Sta., Techn. ser., i., p. 12,

plea tie. 3.

N. americana, Gmel., 1789, in Linn. Syst. Nat., ed. xii.,

p. 2118; Herr.-Schail, 1853.5 Wanz. Ins ix.

p. 44, pl. 294, fig. 902 (nec Fabr.), syn. nov.

N. punctata, Fieb., 1851, Abh. béhm. Ges. Wiss. (5)

vil., p. 476; Uhl., 1886, Checkl., p. 28, syn. nov.

N. variabilis, Fieb., 1851, l.c., 477 (in part); Guér.,

1856, in Ramon de la Sagra’s Cuba, Hist. Nat.,

Wiley Ds Leo.

N. virescens, Blanch., 1852, in Gay’s Chile, Zool., vit,

p- 233; Atlas Zool. Ins. hémipt., pl.1., fig. 16,

syn. Nov.

N. pallipes, Leth., 1881, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, xxv.,

p- 13 (nec Fabr.).

Head diverging curvedly (varying in degree) from the

synthlipsis, which is not quite two and a-half times less wide than

the vertex. Pronotum very similar to that of N. glauca, L., but.

the humeral margins asa rule not distinct. Scutellum not quite

one-fourth shorter than the metanotum, varying in colour from

pale luteous to black, with divers intermediate arrangements of

the two colours ; similar hemielytral markings occurring with dis-

similarly coloured scutella and vice-versa. J/etanotum varying from

luteous to black, with three or more dark castaneous stripes, scutellar

margin luteous. Heméelytra exceedingly variable, giving rise to

a number of well-marked varieties, though these are linked together

by intermediate forms.

Var. 1, maculata, Fieb. Pure moonlight colour (or occasion-

ally very pale greenish-yellow), either immaculate or with a rich

sienna-brown spot at the base of the membrane. Scutellum, meta-

notum, and abdominal segments pure golden-yellow.

This is also (according to the specimens labelled in

his handwriting, from Lethierry’s collection now in the

collection of M. Maurice Noualhier and Prof. Montandon)

N. pallipes, Leth.

Revision of the Notonectide. 4] }

Var. 2, widulata, Say. The common variety, varying from pure

ivory-white to pale luteous or stramineous, with an undulatory

subhorizontal blackish fascia, which is sometimes a mere thin

line, but generally a broad band extending between the exterior

lateral margins of the hemielytra, practically covering the base of

the membrane, exteriorly encroaching on the corium, interiorly on

the membrane. ‘T'he fascia never acute or furcate at its extremi-

ties.

This variety is, in part, N. variabilis, var. scutellaris,

Fieb.

Var. 3, charon, nov. The preceding variety (2) but with clouded

hemielytra. ;

This tendency to melanochroism increases (more par-

ticularly in Central and South American individuals)

until a peculiar chequered (black and luteous, or dark

red-brown and _ brunneo-testaceous) appearance is as-

sumed ; finally, some forms are entirely bluish-black or

purple-brown (or both), excepting only a whitish or pale

luteous fascia of varying width, on the clavus, this form

being somewhat similar to N. glauca, var. marginata

(furcata). This variety is N. widulata, var. c., Say.

Var. 4, punctata, Fieb. The largest forms, with more prominent

and quadrilateral eyes, bearing the same relation to ordinary wndu

lata that insulata, var. gealu does to typical énzsulata, are (according

to Prof. Uhler) punctata, Fieb. They vary in colour and pattern

like the other forms. The alar nervures are golden-yellow ; the

abdominis dorsum varies from clear luteous to black; the venter

varies from sordid-whitish to black (vid whitish-blotched with

black).

Long. (of vars. 1-4) 10°5-12 mm., lat. 3-4 mm.

Var. 5, virescens, Blanch., is indistinguishable save by the more

minute size, from V. undulata, but it seems to be confined to

Chili.

Long. 9-9.38 mm., lat. 3-3°2 mm.

Unfortunately the figure in the Atlas of Gay’s work

is not quite correct, either in structural details or in

colouring. ‘The antenne in the figure represent those of

an Hnithares, while the body is unduly depressed, and

the proportions inaccurate. There are two forms, in both

of which the dorsum abdominis is black: (a) Concolorous

luteous (Paris Mus.); (6) hemielytra black; clavus

412 Mr. G. W. Nirkaldy on the

(except the wide black sutural margin) and a small blotch

on the corium, dirty white; apical portion of membrane,

and a large spot about the middle of the apical margin

of the corium, castaneous. Scutellum black (Paris,

Stockholm, and Vienna Mus.; Montandon’s coll.).

Types. N. undulata, Say, punctata, Fieb.? N. vires-

cens, Blanch., Paris Mus.

Hab. N. and C. America; S. America, North of

Patagonia. ANTILLES.

Var. 1. New Jersey and Maryland (my coll., Prof. Uhler),

€Cuadeloupe (Noualhier and Montandon colls.), Colombia (Paris

Mus.).

Var. 2. Canada (Provancher), Winnipeg, Valley of Mackenzie

River, etc. (Uhler in litt.) ; the whole of the U.S.A. ; Mexico ;

St. Bartholomew, Jamaica ; Cuba (Paris Mus.) ; Colombia, ete.

Var. 3. Most of the U.S.A., but local; Cuba ; Mexico; Colombia

(Paris Mus.) ; Peru (Hamburg JMus.).

Var. 4. Baltimore (Fveber), Sabillasville, nearly 2000 feet above

sea level (my coll., Prof. Uhlev), South States (UWhler) ; New

Orleans (Paris Mus.).

Var. 5. Chili.

«This species inhabits the foulest pools, and in the

dirty slush occasioned by the drainage of slaughter-

houses, and in the slimy ponds attached to some of our

brickyards, it revels as if in full enjoyment of the filth”

(Uhler). Prof. Uhler also writes to me: ‘‘ Water of

high temperature (i.e., exposed to the sun’s continuous

rays) gave me N. wndulata, Say, in many conditions.”

(See also NV. insulata for further notes.) This species is

very similar to N. glauca, L., and it is difficult to diffe-

rentiate them by words. N. widulata is always smaller

and more triangular, and (though this is not always the

case) the humeral margin does not seem to be so dis-

tinctly separated from the posterior margin of the pro-

notum as in N. glauca; the base of the pronotum thus

acquires a more convexly curved and rounded appearance.

The luteous examples of var. 5 are labelled in several

collections “ noveboracensis, Forst.”” There is, however,

no Notonecta noveboracensis, Forst. Gmelin (1789, in

Linn. Syst. Nat. xii., p. 2119) by error substituted this

name for N. lineata, Forst. (1771, Nov. Spec. Ins., i.,

Revision of the Notonectide. 413

p. 70). From the description, the latter is evidently a

Coriva, as, presumably, is also N. noveboracensis, Gmel.

The variations in N. wndulata in the colour of the

abdominis dorsum and venter are irrespective of hemiely-

tral pattern and coloration ; the variations in the colour

of the scutellum are, to a certain extent, regular. Var. |

has a luteous scutellum always; vars. 2 and 3 luteous,

black, or variegated ; vars. 4 and 5 only black ; var. 6

luteous or black.

9. Notonecta bifasciata, Guér.

Notonecta bifasciata, Guér., 1835, Icon. R. Anim.,

. d04,

N. polystolisma, Fieb., 1851, Abh. bohm. Ges. Wiss.

(5), vu., p. 477; Berg., 1879, Ann. 8. Cient.

Argent., vii., p. 75 (reprint, p. 198).

Head : notocephalic lateral margins diverging curvedly from the

narrow base, vertex about three times as wide as synthlipsis. Pvo-

notum : humeral angles acute, accentuated, humeral margins sinuate,

about subequal to lateral margin, posterior margin sinuate, width

about two and one-seventh times as great as the length of the

pronotum. Hemielytra varying much as in NV, undulata. Alar

nervures pale golden yellow. Pedes: intermediate tibial spur

small. <Abdominis dorsum black, genital segments testaceous.

Abdominis venter castaneo-testaceous spotted with black,

Long. 8°6—9 mm., lat. 3-3°2 mm.

Types : bifasciata, Guérin-Ménéville colln. (Mus. Paris) ,

polystolisma ?

Hab. S. America. Apparently distributed over the

greater part of Brazil, and the Argentine and Uruguaian

Republics. I have given a very brief description of this

species, as I am uncertain of its limits, and have had

very little material to work on. Guérin’s type (possess-

ing violet-black hemielytra with a broad ivory-white

band along the whole of the corial margin, and two

orange spots uear the apical margin of the corium) is

stated by Guérin-Ménéville himself to be the same as N.

polystolisma, Fieb., and accords well enough with the

description. ‘The type bears two written labels, the first

and older, ‘‘ Notonecta bifasciata, Guér., Ic. R. A. Plata

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1897.—PaRT Iv. (DEC.) 28

414 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the

(type) Maldonado ” ; the second and newer, “ Notonecta

polystolisma, Fieb., p. 53, Maldonado bifasciata, Guér.,

Ic. R. A. (type).”

10. Notonecta variabilis, Fieb.

Notonecta variabilis, Fieb. (in part.), 1851, Abh. bohm.

Ges. Wiss. (5), vil., p. 477; Berg (in part.), 1879,

Ann. S. Cient. Argent., vill., p. 74 (reprint,

Delo7).

Head: as in N. bifasciata. Pronotum: width of posterior

margin not quite twice as great as the length of the pronotum.

Hemielytra very variable. Alar nervures pale golden yellow.

Pedes and abdomen as in N, undulata, Say.

Long. 86-10 mm., lat. 3°2-3°7 mm.

ver. f.

Hab. America. Apparently distributed over the

greater part of the United States, Brazil, and the Argen-

tine and Uruguaian Republics.

There are two well-marked forms, which may be dis-

tinct species. ‘The first, which occurs more commonly in

N. America (and is considered by Prof. Uhler to be a

variety of NV. undulata), is long and slender, approaching

N. whleri in shape both of head and hemielytra; the

latter are usually whitish or yellowish immaculate. The

second, which is found occasionally in N. America, but

commonly in Uruguay and Argentine, is exceedingly

like N. undulata, Say, both in appearance and hemi-

elytral markings. It differs, however, in the shape

of the head and generally in the much smaller size. It

is the N. variabilis, Berg (according to specimens

kindly lent to me by Mr. Distant). As regards the

individual labelled “Type” in M. Noualhier’s collec-

tion, I am unable to recognize it as the true type,

although it may well act as one, inasmuch as it is appar-

ently the only authentic specimen of Fieber’s in existence.

It is undoubtedly from Fieber’s collection, having passed

from Lethierry’s possession to that of M. Noualhier.

Nevertheless, Fieber (l. c., p. 477) distinctly mentions

the Vienna, Berlin, and Halle Museums as the col-

lections wherein were his original specimens.

Revision of the Notonectidx., 415

11. Notonecta whleri, Kirk.

Notonecta uhleri, Kirk., 1897, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xx.,

p. 08.

Head : notocephalon in the form of an inverted wine-decanter,

margins greatly curved, widely diverging towards the vertex, which

is six to eight times wider than the synthlipsis, at which point the

eyes are almost contiguous ; breadth of the eye about ten times

as great as that of the synthlipsis. Pronofum: humeral angles

acute, accentuated, lateral margins sinuate, humeral margins little

separate from the posterior margin. Metanotum dark purple-brown.

Hemielytva varying from dark brick-red to rich orange-yellow ;

a large, irregular black blotch at the base of the corium extending

transversely and non-acuminately from the apex of the clavus to

the golden-yellow exocorial lateral submargin ; membrane dark

red-brown, apically black—this tint encroaching more or less

basally. Alar nervures brown. Pedes: cox blackish ; inter-

mediate tibial spur blunt, subcylindrical. Adbdominis dorsum :

first and second segments rufotestaceous, deeper marginally, the

remainder flavotestaceous, lurid marginally; this latter tint

encroaching inwards more and more apically. <Addoménis venter

rufotestaceous, densely provided with greenish-black ciliv.

Long. ff. 11-114 mm., lat. 35-4 mm.; long. 2,

12 mm., lat. 4 mm.

Type ~. Uhler coll.

Hab. N. America, Massachusetts (Uhler, Montandon,

and Brit. Mus. colls.), New Orleans (Paris Mus.), Florida

(Uhler coll.).

Allied to N. variabilis (northern form) and probably

representing the extreme limit of the N. americana series,

viz.: N. americana, Fabr., N. wndulata, Say, and N.

virescens, Blanch.,N. bifasciata, Guér., N.variabilis, Fieb.,

and N. whleri, Kirk.

Hasily separated from all the other Notonecta by the

structure of the head.

12. Notonecta chinensis, Fallou.

Notonecta chinensis, Fallou, 1887, Le Naturaliste,

p. 418; Bergr., 1894, Rev. Ent., xiui., p. 164

(redescription).

N. sinica, Walk., 1873, Cat. Hem.-Het. Brit. Mus.,

vul., p. 204 (sec Stal), syn. nov.

Head very narrow at the base, from which the notocephalic

lateral margins keep almost parallel for a little space, then slightly

4.16 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the

diverge ; vertex more than three times as wide as synthlipsis;

breadth of the eye nearly five times as great as that of the

synthlipsis. Pronotwm and scutelluwm similar to those of N. triguttata

(No. 13). Hemielytra varying from orange-red to red-brown,

with an undulatory bluish-black fascia (occasionally represented

by scattered spots) extending from suture to lateral margin, near

the apical margin of the corium, but diverging from that as it

approaches the lateral margin; membrane bluish-black. Adar

nervures brown. Abdominis dorsum black, some of the middle

segments being at times somewhat suffused with violet-brown.

Abdoininis venter black.

Long. 13°5-16°7 mm., lat. 5°2-6°2 mm.

Tyer. Fallou coll. (Paris Mus.).

Hab. Cuatna: Pekin, Kiang-Si,* Se-Tchouen, Chen-Si

(Paris Mus.), Kin-Kiang [{?Chin- Kiang], Foo-Chan (Brit.

Mus.), Fo-Kien (Fallow and Bergroth colls.), Ngan Hoei

(Montandon and my colls.). Well distributed over the

Chinese Empire.

To this species I have referred four specimens in the

Paris Museum (from Chen-Si, Se-T'chouen, and Kiang-Si),

which seem sufficiently distinct to bear a varietal name—

kiangsts, var. nov.

Hemielytra sordid luteous with a dark-brown irregular mark

extending in a zigzag from the apex of the clavus to the base or

the membrane (along the suture), thence to the exocorial sub-

margin and finally along the apical third of the latter. There is

also a small dark-brown crescent on the exterior membrane lobe.

Membrane rufoluteous.

Long. 14 mm., lat. 5 mm.

In Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xx., p. 58, the type was

referred to as being in the possession of Dr. Bergroth.

That specimen was certainly from Fallou’s collection and

is that from which the redescription was drawn up by

Dr. Bergroth. There is, however, an example from Fo-

Kien in the Fallou collection (Paris Museum), labelled in

Fallou’s writing, “ Notonecta chinensis. Type. Fallou,

Le Naturaliste, 15, 1., 1887,” so that this latter speci-

** These names are given here as they were spelt on the labels,

but it is difficult to identify some, as the same places are spelt dif-

ferently in almost every atlas consulted.

Revision of the Notonectide. 417

men must be regarded as the type, Dr. Bergroth’s example

and the other individuals in Fallou’s collection (Paris Mus.

and my coll.) being entitled to rank as syntypes.

13. Notonecta triguttata, Motsch.

Notonecta triguttata, Motsch., 1861, Etudes ent:; X:,

p. 24.

Head wider at base than in N. chinensis and not so markedly

divergent ; notocephalic lateral margins sensibly curved and the

vertex a trifle more than two and a-half times as wide as the

synthlipsis, which is about a-third of the width of the eye. Pronotum:

lateral and humeral margins sinuate, the former suddenly broaden-

ing towards the humeral angles (which are acute), the pronotum

thus having somewhat the appearance of being subconstricted

mediolaterally. Hemielytra variable in pattern, black or bluish-

black, with three fascie or blotches, varying in size and extent, the

anterior generally flavous, the postreme rufous or castaneous: the

flavous bands sometimes widely separate and slender, causing

melanechroic specimens, at other times uniting so that nearly the

whole of the clavus and the anterior half of the corium form a

single extensive blotch ; the postreme spot situated along the apical

margin of the corium. Lateral margins of exocorium and membrane

narrowly flavescent. Alar nervures yellow-brown. Pedes: cox

black. Abdominis dorsum black, occasionally slightly reddish-

brown laterally. Abdominis venter black.

Long. 18-14 mm., lat. 5 mm.

Type. ? Moscow.

Hab. Japan, Yokohama (Budapest, Nowalhier and my

colls.), Seso (Paris Mus.).

Very common in Southern Japan.

Very similar at first sight to some forms of N. glauca,

L., but readily distin ouished by the cephalic structure.

14. Notonecta montandoni, Kirk.

Notonecta montandoni, Kirk., 1897, Ann. Mag. N. H.(6),

ReXey le OO:

Head: very similar to that of N. triguttata, but altogether

larger, wider both at the vertex and synthlipsis ; notocephalic

lateral margins much straighter; vertex about twice as wide as

synthlipsis, which is about a-third of the breadth of an eye.

418 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the

Pronotum much as in N. triguttata. IZemiclytra dark crimson-lake,

irregularly marked with black; as a rule, the membrane is entirely

black; in some specimens there are scarcely any spots on the

clavus and corium, in others a broad undulatory band runs across

the corium ; exocorium either entirely concolorous with the ground

colour of the hemielytra, or blotched with black. Alar basal

nervures crimson, the rest brown. Pedes: intermediate tibial

spur verysmall. Abdominis dorsum black. Abdomiénis venter black,

except the sordid testaceous (? green) connexivum.

Long. 16—16°7 mm., lat. 6 mm.

Type: Montandon colln.

Hab. Cina: Kiang-Si (Paris Mus.), Ngan-Hoei (.Mon-

tandon and my collns.), Mou Piu, Tibet (Paris Mus.).

Var. noy., violacea.

Shghtly more robust than the type, notocephalon a little

shorter, hemielytra immaculate violet, except the slightly infuscate

exterior membrane lobe.

Long. 17:2 mm., lat. 7°5 mm.

Type. Montandon colln.

Hab. Burma: ‘‘Catcin Cauri”’ (Fea Ag. Nov. 1886, Mon-

tandon and my collns., Hamburg Mus.). In its entirety,

therefore, V. montandoni varies in length from 16 to 17:2

mm., and in breadth from 6 to 7°5 mm.; its distribution

embraces the major portion of the Chinese Hmpire (in-

cluding Tibet) and Burma.

15. Notonecta irrorata, Uhl.

Notonecta irrorata, Uhl., 1878, Pr. Bost. N. H. Soc.,

x1x., p. 443 ; 1886, Checkl., p. 28.

N. ornata, Fitch MS. (Sign. coll.).

Head small, notocephalic lateral margins diverging widely, vertex

a little more than three times as wide as synthlipsis; width of ver-

tex and of the eye subequal; eyes rather larger proportionately than

in N, triguttata, ete. Pronotum much wider basally than apically,

lateral margins not sinuate, humeral angles acute, humeral and

posterior margins sinuate. Heméelytra rich black, irrorated (espe-

cially on the clavus) with refulgent yellow-brown, interior lobe of

membrane and apex of exterior lobe smoky. The irrorations vary

greatly in different individuals; in some the corium and membrane

are almost immaculate, in others the whole of the clavus and

corium is irrorated, imparting a chequered appearance, while in

others the clavus is rich (almost metallic): yellow-brown with

Revision of the Notonectidx. 419

faint, distant, narrow black lines. Alar nervures brown. Pedes :

intermediate tibial spur small. Adbdominis dorsum: first to fifth

segments black, sixth, seventh, and eighth sordid greyish-brown.

Abdominis venter black.

Long. 15-14 mm., lat. 4-45 mm.

Hab. N. America.

Widely distributed throughout the United States of

America, but local. Prof. Uhler writes me with regard

to their occurrence in the environs of Baltimore, “ Quite

local and lives in shaded ponds of cool water. In this

case the water came from springs that empty into old

quarries of Phyllite slate, into which the roots of willows

grow in thick mats and stain the water somewhat

brown.”

16. Notonecta glauca, L.

[Var.1] Notonecta glauca, Linn., 1758, Syst. Nat.,

ed. x., p. 439; Fabr., 1794, Ent. Syst., iv.,

p-. 97 (type of genus); Dougl. & Scott, 1865,

Brit. Hem:,, 1, p. 087, pla, fig. 4.

Nepa Notonecta, de Geer, 1775, Mém., iii.,

p: 382, pl. xvi, figs. 16-28.

Notonecta octopunctata, Gmel., 1789, in Linn.

Syst. Nat., ed. xiii., p. 2119, syn. nov.

N. Fabriew, var. glauca, Fieb., 1851, Abh.

bohm. Ges. Wiss. (5), vil., p. 473.

N. Fabrici, var. glauca, Fieb., 1861, Europ.

Hem., p. 101.

N. glauea, var. fulva, Maria, 1897, An. Soc.

Hspan., p. 1380.

N. secunda, Schiiff. [1766], Icon. Ins. Ratisb.,

1, pt. 1, pl. 97, ne. Le each. syn.

[Var. 2] N. marmorea, Fabr., 1803, Syst. Rhyng.,

LOS.

ra tind, Schiff, [1766], U. c., pl. 33, figs. 5

& 6. Hazel. syn.

[Var. 3] N. glauca, var. nov. canariensis.

[Var.4] N. marginata, Miill., 1776, Zool. Dan., p. 104.

IN, obliqgua, “Thunb; 1737, DD. Ac. Mus.

Upsal., p. 61, syn. nov.

N. furcata, Fabr., 1794, Kut, Syst., iv., p. 58 ;

Coqueb., 1799, Illustr. Icon., 1., p. 38, pl. 19,

fig. 2; Haworth, 1812, Trans. Ent. Soc.

Bonds, 15.98:

420 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the

N. melanota, Risso, 1826, Hist. princip. prod.

Europ., p. 215.

N. glauca var. furcata, Saund., 1892, Hem.-

Het. Brit. Isl., p. 828, pl. 31, fig. 2.

[Var.5] N. maculata, Fabr., 1794, Ent. Syst., iv.,

p. 08; Coquebs w. ey 12; 8p.) oo, pli,

fic. 1; Curt., 1824, Brit. Wnt. 1epl-.;

Herr.-Schiiff., 1848, Wanz. Ins., vii., p. 23,

pl. 256, fig. 797; Dougl. & Scott, 1865,

Brit. Hem., i., p. 588.

N. variegata, Risso, 1826, 1. c., p. 215.

N. umbrina, Germar MS.

N. Fabricii, var. wmbrina, Fieb., 1851, Abh.

bohm. Ges. Wiss. (5), vii., p 474.

NV. glauca, var. umbrina, Put., 1880, Synops.

Hem.-Het. France, p. 217.

N. marmorea, Frey-Gessn., 1891, MT.

Schweiz. Ent. Ges., i., p. 319 (nec Fabr.).

Head diverging slightly and curvedly from the base, curving

slightly inwards towards.the vertex, which is from two to two and

a-quarter times as wide as the synthlipsis ; the latter is about half

the width of the eye. Scutellum, metanotum, and hemielytra very

variable in colour; lobes of membrane subequal. Alar nervures

variable in colour. Pedes: spur on intermediate tibie mediocre,

apically black, rather blunt. Abdominis dorsum variable in colour.

Venter black.

VARIETIES.

1 (8) Scutellum and metanotum black. Abdominis dorsum black

(in immature specimens often pale violet-brown) ; genital

segments often sordid greenish-white.

2 (3) Alar nervures brownish-black ; hemielytra black or bluish-

black, two diagonal luteous stripes on clavus and corium.

3 marginata, Mill.

3 (2) Alar nervures brown or yellowish-brown ;

4 (5) Hemielytra purple-black, irrorated with obscure castaneous.

4 canuriensis, Kirk.

5 (4) Hemielytra not purple-black.

6 (7) Hemielytra varying from greenish-yellow to yellow-brown,

either almost immaculate or spotted and marked with

brownish-black; connexivum black . 1 glauca, 1;

7 (6) Hemielytra yellowish-brown marbled with darker and richer

colour ; connexivum dorsally greenish-testaceous.

2 marmorea, Fabr.

Revision of the Notonectide. 421

8 (1) Scutellum black or luteous. Metanotum orange-yellow with

a large blackish blotch close to the scutellar margins.

Abdominal dorsal segments: first orange-yellow, second

to fourth black (the fourth narrowly orange-yellow

apically), fifth to eighth orange-yellow (the fifth basally

blackish). Alar basal nervures orange-yellow.

5 maculata, Fabr.

Var. 1, glauca, L.

Hemielytra varying in colour from pale sage-green or stra-

mineous to rich dark castaneous, either practically immaculate

[when castaneous presumably var. fulva, Maria] or varyingly

maculate with irregular blackish mottlings and spots. Alar

nervures pale yellowish-brown.

I have taken small examples of this variety in brackish

water near Gravesend (England) in company with marine

Crustacea. From Maie-Nousky, Erzerum (Vienna Mus.),

I have seen two specimens resembling in colour and dis-

position of the apical hemielytral fascia, the typical

form of N. americana, Fabr.

Var. 2, marmorea, Fabr. (ylawca, var. 8, Leach).

Rich yellow-brown hemielytra with dark mottlings ; connexivum

greenish testaceous.

This var. has been confused with maculata, Fabr., and

I have received a number of the latter labelled ‘ mar-

morea,” indeed, as regards the hemielytral pattern and

coloration, some forms of each variety are quite indis-

tinguishable from each other. This has been fully

discussed in the Revue d’Entomologie, xvi., p. 222

(1897).

Var. 3, marginata, Miill. (fwrcata, auctt.).

Hemielytra bluish-black or dull black ; clavus luteous except at

the sutural margins; a longitudinal luteous fascia, varying in

length, at the base of the endo- and mesocorium ; in many in-

dividuals there are one or two ferruginous spots near the apical

margin of the corium ( furcata, var. 8, Leach).

Among the intermediate forms between vars. 1, 2, and

3, may be mentioned :

(a) specimens from Sind Valley, Kashmir (Budapest

and Stockholm Muss.).

422 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the

Not unlike N. ‘rrorata, Uhl, in hemielytral pattern, very

pubescent, hemielytra dull black; clavus yellowish-brown or

castaneous, mottled or faintly striped with blackish-brown, corium

black obscurely irrorated with castaneous. Notocephalon a little

wider at the base than in other forms.

(8) specimens from L. Kharak, Persia (Paris Mus.),

and Transcaspia (my coll.), which are not unlike some

forms of N. insulata in hemielytral pattern.

Clavus and basal half of corium luteotestaceous ; exocorium,

apical half of corium ferruginous, spotted and blotched with

black,

Var. 4, canariensis, nov.

Notocephalon a trifle narrower than in the other forms. Hemi-

elytra purple-black, obscurely irrorated with dark rich castaneous,

margins of hemielytral areas narrowly the same colour ; anterior

half of exocorium rich castaneous blotched with black, posterior

half black. Membrane black. Pedes rufotestaceous, suffused

with rich green,

Resembling somewhat a very dark, elongate N. irrorata.

By far the most ornate Notonectid I have seen.

Var. 5, maculata, Fabr.

Hemielytra orange-red or orange-yellow irrorated with brownish-

red and blackish-brown, varying greatly in shade. Alar basal

nervures orange-yellow, rest brown.

I have discussed this var. under var. marmorea.

A specimen from Barbary (Paris Mus.) is almost

chocolate, while the hemielytra of one from Algiers

(Vienna Mus.) are scarcely maculate.

In Fabricius’s original description, the scutellum is said

to be “album ” which Herrich-Schiiffer deems a misprint

for “‘atrum;’’ there are, however, in the Paris Museum

African examples (presently to be described) with luteous

scutellum, and in any case it is a matter of no importance

having regard to the variability of this feature in so many

species. Through the kindness of Prof. Bouvier and

Prof. Joanny Martin, I have been able to examine the

type in the Bosc collection (Paris Musewm) in which the

scutellum is black. Under the name “ var. wmbrina”’

Revision of the Notonectide. 423

Dr. Puton has had the kinduess to send me specimens

from Nicily, entirely according with the type above

mentioned.

The forms with luteous seutellum have been labelled

in several collections ‘‘ lutea,” but they differ by being

darker and less robust and by the structural characters

diagnostic of the two species (vide Analytical Table).

They are (with the exception of the unguiculi, &c.) dark

luteous as a rule, but in a few individuals, the hemielytra

are incipiently brunneomaculate.

Long. 15:4: (12°2 exceptional)—17:2 mm., lat. 4-5-6 mm.

glauca, 13°4-16 mm., and 4°5-5°5 mini marmorea,

14°7-16 mm., and 5-5°5 mm. ; marginata, 14-17-2 mm.,

and 5°2-6 mm.; canariensis, 14°5 mm.,; and maculata,

12:2 (exceptional)-15 mm., and 5-5°5 mm.; maculata

(leucochroic) 13°5-13-:7 mm., and 4°6 mm.

Tyeus: glauca, ? Upsala; marmorea, Mus. Sehestedt

(sec. Stul); Nepa notenecta, Stockholm Mus. (see.

Reuter) ; maculata, Bose coll. (Paris Mus.) [? “type” ;

rather ‘‘syntype”’?]; canariensis, Vienna Mus.; mar-

ginata?.

Hab. Hurorz; Asta, 8. W. region, Siberia, N. India;

Arrica, paleearctic portion; Canary IsLes.

N. glauca and marmorea; practically the whole of

Kurope, Amurland (Brit. Mus.), Transcaspia, Persia,

Yarkand (Distant), and the whole of paleearctic Africa.

N. marginata: practically the whole of Hurope (but

rather local and apparently not a constant variety),

KXashmir.

N. canariensis: Teneriffe, Barenco Nidalgo (O. Simony,

1888, Vienna Mus.).

N. naculata: the whole of Europe (but local) and

palzearctic Africa; the leucochroic form seems confined to

Africa.

In Pr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897, p. xxxv., I noted the

presence of this species in North America. I was then

under the impression that Prof. Uhler was responsible

for the record of its occurrence in Michigan and Kansas

(Townsend, 1891, Pr. Hnt. Soc. Wash., u., p. 56), but

this appears to be a mistake, and it is probable that the

specimens belong to N. insulata, while Shepherd’s

record (1848, Amn. Mag. N. H. (2), 1., p. 158. Source of

the Mississippi under 48°) applies to N. insulata or N.

424 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the

undulata. Prof. Uhler writes that he has not seen any

authentic examples from North America.

This species seems to be almost confined to stagnant

water, though I have captured a single specimen in a

running stream. ‘his, however, appears to be unusual.

It may be of interest to note here the colour changes

after the final larval instar, which I have observed in two

varieties, viz.: glauca and marginata.

In both, the imago leaves the ultimate larval skin,

immaculate dead-white in colour. In the course of

development, the hemielytra become pure ivory-white,

while the scutellum early assumes a clear pale green

colour, the golden-yellow pubescence being then notice-

able. In glauca, the hemielytra very gradually change

to their normal hue, the scutellum remaining greenish

somewhat longer. In marginata, the hemielytra pass

through the yellowish-green stages, then becoming pale

purplish-brown, and thence to the final bluish-black, the

abdominis dorsum passing through very similar stages.

The claval and corial fasciee, and the spots at the apical

margin of the corium are ivory-white during the purplish-

brown stage, the apical spots shortly turning yellowish

and during the final development, the spcts become cas-

taneous and the fascize luteous.

17. Notonecta nigra, Fieb.

Notonecta nigra, Fieb., 1851, Abh. béhm. Ges. Wiss.

(5), vi., p. 473.

I have little to say upon this species ; there appear to

be only three specimens in collections, two in the Vienna

Museum and one (labelled “ Type,”’ but upon which I

can only offer an opinion similar to that on N. variabilis)

in the collection of M. M. Noualhier. It appears struc-

turally identical with N. glauca, and formerly, when I

believed that N. glauca inhabited North America, it

seemed probable that this was only a var. of that

species.

Long. 16 mm., lat. 5°5 mm.

Hab. Braziu.

I have nothing further to add to Fieber’s description.

Revision of the Notonectide. 425

18. Notonecta lutea, Mill.

Notonecta lutea, O. F. Miill., 1776, Zool. Dan., p. 103 ;

Fieb., 1851, Abh. bohm. Ges. Wiss. (5), vii.,

p- 473; Flor, 1860, Rhynch. Livl., i1., p. 774;

Fieb., 1861, Europ. Hem., p. 100; J. Sahlb.,

1875, Not. Sallsk. Faun. Fenn. Forh. xiv.,

p- 274; Duda, 1891, Klub. prirod. Praze, p. 13,

pleiv., tig. 1.

N. wnicolor, Herr.-Schaff., 1835, Nomencl. Hnt., p. 65;

1848, Wanz. Ins., viii., p. 23.

N. tumida, Germ. MS.

Head large, notocephalic lateral margins slightly diverging

from base, vertex two to two and a-quarter times as wide as

synthlipsis. Entirely luteous (except the dark claret eyes,

occasional dark-brown markings along the sutures of the clavus,

&c., the bronze-brown sternal hair-tufts, the black unguiculi

and venter). Scutellum a third wider than long. Exterior lobe

of membrane only about half the size of the interior lobe, and

ebviously not so long. Alur nervures luteous, Pedes : spine on

intermediate tibia, large, acute, black-tipped.

Long. 13-17:1 mm., lat. pron. 4°5-5°5 mm.

Tyre lost. The description has been drawn up from

specimens kindly sent by Dr. J. Sahlberg.

Hab. Evrors, Tammati in Finiand (my coll.), Bohemia

(my coll.) ; Asia, Siberia (Brit. Mus.).

Very similar in structure to N. glauca; it has, how-

ever, a more arched appearance, is stouter and more

robust, especially postero-laterally, the apical margin of

the pronotum is straighter and the scutellum is shorter.

The intermediate tibial spur is also much longer. ‘The

head is larger and flatter, the notocephalon is rather

wider basally and vertically, and the lateral margins

straighter. Duda’s figure represents a Bohemian speci-

men; these are generally less robust posteriorly than the

northern forms. He has made the usual mistake of pro-

viding the posterior tarsi with long unguiculi.

Var. scutellaris, J. Sahlb.

Dr. Sahlberg has exhibited to the Societas Fennica

some interesting varieties of this species, one of which’ he

426 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on the Revision of Notonectide.

has generously added to my collection. There is, in these,

a decided reversion from leucochroism. ‘The greater part

of the apical margin (base auctt.) and the centre of the

scutellum are dark brownish-black, and the hemielytra

are much more marked (though rather obscurely) with

brownish-black than the typical forms. It is most

interesting that the membrane lobes of this var. are

unequal, as in the type-forms.

Hab. Frxtanp, Tammati (Sahlb. coll.) and Jaakkima

(my coll.)

UNRECOGNIZED SPECIES.

1. N. alba, Forskal, 1775, Descr. Anim. Orient.,

p. xxii. Alexandria. ? Anisops producta.

2. N. atomaria, Pallas, 1771, Reise Russ. Reichs, i.,

p- 469; Gmel., 1789, in Linn. Syst. Nat. Ed.,

xili., p. 2119. Volga at Novgorod. ? Plea

minutissima.

3. N. australis, Ol., 1811, Encyc. Meéth., viii., p. 389.

Australia (Bose colln.). ? Anisops.

4, N. grisea, Ol., 1811, 1. c. San Domingo. ? Ani-

sops ; ? N. undulata.

5. N. unifasciata, Guér., 1858, Bull. Soc. Zool. Acclim.,

iv. p. 581. Mexico. ? N. undulata.

I had hoped to give an account in this paper of the

metamorphoses of N. glauca, L. Unfortunately my

attempts at rearing this species from the ova during

two seasons have been only partially successful. I have,

however, reared three larval instars from ova deposited

in captivity, and am aware of two more, so that Notonecta

has at least five larval instars. In the ultimate and

perhaps also the penultimate larval stage, the species can

always be determined by the structure of the head; in

the first three, however, the shape of the head and eyes

does not resemble the adult at all, but is more akin to

that of Corixa, and the entire form of the insect in these

stages is very different from that of the adult.

1 hope to be able to give fuller particulars at a later

ate.

(Aon 4)

XIX. The Butterflies of Aragon. By Mrs. M. De ta B.

Nicwotn. Communicated by Sie Georce F.

Hampson, Bart., B.A.

[Read Nov. 17th, 1897.]

So few English collectors are acquainted with the Lepi-

doptera of the uplands of Aragon, that a short account of

an excursion in that district, during June and July last,

may be interesting.

The ancient kingdoms of Castile and Aragon are

bounded by a mass of rocky mountains, in which three

large rivers rise, viz., the Tagus, flowing westwards to

the Atlantic, and the Jucar and the Guadalaviar, flow-

ing eastwards and southwards to the Mediterranean.

From the northern slopes of the Sierra de Albarracin the

streams run northwards and join the distant Ebro. It

will, therefore, be apparent that these mountains form

one of the principal watersheds of Kastern Spain; they

extend for about seventy miles from Cuenca on the west,

to Teruel on the east. Both of these towns are about

3000 feet above the sea, and all the intervening country

is considerably above that level, the mountains averaging

about 5000 feet, and attaining a height of nearly 6000

feet on the higher summits. Albarracin is in the midst

of these sierras, but much nearer to Teruel than to

Cuenca, from which it is separated by about sixty miles

of forest and mountain—a beautiful and _ interesting

country, well wooded, thinly inhabited, with barren

mountains, smiling valleys, and wide grassy hollows, all

rather less known to the Englishman than Japan or New-

foundland.

There is much variety of geological formation; the

higher ridges are mostly mountain limestone or lias, and

the main valleys are cut through some kind of sandstone

or softer rock. There is one large mass of porphyritic

formation, north of Albarracin, extending about ten miles

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897.—pParTiv. (DEC.)

428 Mrs. M. De la B. Nicholl on the

from east to west, and six or seven from north to south,

a beautiful wild country, well watered, well wooded, and

well pastured. Albarracin itself is built on a precipitous

lias rock, overhanging the Guadalaviar, which flows

for many miles through las gorges—which we found

very good ground for insects.

Arriving at Cuenca with Mr. EK. Witty, of Barcelona,

on the 14th of June, we presented our introductions to

Sefior Don Ventura Prosper, Professor at the Cuenca

University, and were most kindly received by him. He

gave us much useful information, and also an introduc-

tion to Canon Zapater, of Albarracin, which afterwards

proved most valuable to us, as the Canon is a well known

entomologist, and the original discoverer of Hrebia zapatert

and Satyrus prieurt and uhagoni. We stayed at

Cuenca for a week, but were unfortunately too late for

Zegris eupheme, which must have been just over. It is

common at Cuenca in May, and is taken more or less

abundantly throughout the Albarracin country. We then

made an excursion of two days to Lago d’Una, a charm-

ing little Jake about eighteen miles up the Jucar valley,

and a good place for butterflies. We got Thecla roboris

there, A. hecate, A. ino, and many other insects. Return-

ing to Cuenca, we started thence on mules for Albarracin,

first following the Jucar right to its source, then crossing

the Upper ‘agus valley, and striking the source of the

Guadalaviar, we descended that river to Ajbarracin,

where we arrived on June 30th, after four days of most

enjoyable travelling. We took, on our way, P. apollo,

just out; Mrebia evias, in very bad order; Lycena

aiion, scarce and in bad order; Melanargia ‘ines,

M. iapygia, and M. lachesis, just out, and Cenonympha

iphioides, flying’ over a wet field in the Tagus valley, in

some numbers. ‘This was described by Dr. Staudinger

as a variety of CO. iphis, W.V. (= amyntas, Poda, which

is the older name) ; it differs, however, from CO. amyntas

in having the ocelli on the underside of the hindwing

evenly disposed, whilst in that species the ocellus above

vein 3 is displaced inwards; also there are no white

blotches on the inner side of the series of ocelli; these

differences seem perfectly constant, and there can be little

doubt that it is a distinct species. It is also closely

allied to C. leander, Esp., from Russia and Hungary, but

differs from it in having an orange terminal line on the

underside of the forewing, and in having a silvery line on

Butterflies of Aragon. 429

the inner side of the terminal orange line of the hind-

wing instead of on the outer side.

At Albarracin we were kindly welcomed by Canon

Zapater, who gave us a copy of his valuable Catalogue of

the Lepidoptera of the Province of Teruel. This was of

infinite use to us; it supplied us with much local infor-

mation, and we found it entirely reliable in every

respect. The Canon also told us that Hrebia zapateri

was not to be looked for before July 21st, at the earliest

—so we had three weeks before us in which to explore

the country. We first went to Bronchales, in the

porphyritic mountains north of Albarracin, then east-

wards to Teruel, and on our road there (in the hot gorge

of the Guadalaviar) we took Satyrus prieurt for the first

time. Later on, we found this handsome butterfly very

plentiful in these lias valleys, and we were lucky enough

to get several specimens of the rare female variety whagoni.

We observed that this variety appeared to be singularly

attractive to the males; in fact the crowd around

uhagont several times attracted our notice to her. And

on one occasion she escaped, leaving three of her admirers

in the net!

From Teruel we went southwards to the Sierra Cama-

rena, and ascended the Javalembre, 0000 feet high,

where we got plenty of H. evias, but in very bad con-

dition. We also took a fine P. apollo, with orange spots.

Returning to Teruel by Villel, we took plenty of

S. fidia and 8S. actza, but no S. priewri till we got

back to the lias above Teruel. P. podalirius, var. feis-

thameli was very common around ‘l'eruel, and we had

a very good day along the Albarracin Road, getting

Lycena admetus, L. telicanus, and Syrichthus proto

besides the S. priewrt, which swarmed. ‘Then we

tried Bronchales and Noguera (in the porphyritic

group of mountains) for Mrebia zapateri, but in vain.

We could only find an isolated specimen here and

there, though we quartered the district as carefully as

pointers do the turnips in September. We began to

despair of it, and our time was running out, when, at

last, on the 29th of July, it appeared in numbers, and

we took over a hundred specimens in three days. It is

the most beautiful of Hrebias, and rather peculiar in its

habits, flying slowly and lazily about the bushes of

grouseberry (Arctostaphylos uva-ursi), which form the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1897,.—ParRTIv. (DEC.) 29

430 Mrs. M. De la B. Nickoll on the

undergrowth of the thin pine woods, and it is very shy

of windy or cloudy weather. If by any chance it gets

blown away from the grouseberry bushes, it seems com-

pletely lost and will not settle anywhere, letting the wind

carry it at pleasure. It is then very hard to catch. I

append a description of this little-known insect.

Expanse, 1°50 to 1:75. Upper side of all the wings

dark reddish-brown, with a distinct blue gloss. F. W.

with broad trianguiar ante-marginal band, broad at

costa and tapering to a point at inner margin, containing

two small white-pupiiled spots near the apex. This ante-

marginal band is sometimes continued half-way across

the hindwings; but generally the hindwings have no

yellow markings. Underside of forewings brown, much

tinged with red, ante-marginal band and spots as above.

Underside of hindwings rather paler brown, with faint

-grey ante-marginal band edging the wing rather evenly.

No eye spots on hindwings.

Another scarce Erebia is common in the Albarracin

country, viz.: H. epistygne, which appears in abundance

on the higher pastures in April and May, directly the

snow melts. ‘The only other Lrebiw to be had is

Li. evias, which appears in May or June, and is not very

plentiful. The Satyrus family are well represented, and

we took eight species besides var. ulagont. S. priewrt is

probably a lias insect, as we never took it on any other

formation. P. apollo is‘very common on all the higher

mountains, and shows much variation; some specimens

have the spots white, some more or less orange, and

some ? specimens are very dark, with three conspicuous

red spots on the upper side of the forewings. L. betica

swarms everywhere; J. telicanus is not so abundant.

DL. admetus is not scarce in the Guadalaviar valley, and L.

amandus is to be had in the porphyritic country, whilst

I. arion is very scarce and very early, but generally dis-

tributed over the higher valleys. Thecla roboris is plentiful

on the Cuenca side, but rare about Albarracin. Argynnis

hecate and A. pandora are common everywhere. A.

chlorodippe replaces the typical form of A. adippe all

through Aragon. Melitwa deione is to be had, but not

very commonly, the same remark applying to AL. trivia.

M. aurinia, var. desputainit, is common, but was nearly

over. The Melanargias are well represented. WM.

lachesis swarms, so does M. iapygia, and its variety

Butterflies of Aragon. 451

eleanthe is to be had. M. ines we only took near

Cuenca—never on the Teruel side of the watershed.

Of the genus Syrichthus, S. proto is common in the

valleys, S. carthamt in the mountains, and a very well-

marked variety of S. alveus, probably var. cirsit, is taken

in plenty about Noguera. It occurred to us that the

country had been far more thoroughly worked around

Cuenca and Albarracin, and in the Noguera and Bron-

chales group of mountains, than around Tragacete, the

Muela de San Juan, and Lago d’Una. Professor Max

Korb spent much time at Bronchales during the summer

of 1896, searching for the larva of the rare Saéwrnia

isabella, and he has probably taken everything worthy

of notice in those forests. He has also hunted the

country around Cuenca pretty thoroughly, and the whole

Albarracin district has been constantly worked by

Canon Zapater for many years past. But from 'Traga-

cete, a large prosperous village within an hour’s walk

of the source of the Jucar, and within reach of the Tagus

valley, there is a great extent of mountain and forest

country, many boggy uplands and hot gorges, which

deserve to be explored. ‘Travelling is easy on mules,

_the people are remarkably honest, civil, and hospitable,

and the climate delightful.

There are excellent inns at Cuenca, Albarracin, and

Teruel ; no guide books are of much use; and no good

maps are to be had. ‘The mountain inns are no worse

than they are in other countries, and the food decidedly

better than in out of the way parts of Italy or

Ireland.

I append a list of the species of Rhopalocera to be had

in the district—partly derived from Canon Zapater’s

Catalogue, those recorded for the first time being

marked * :—

Papilio sinon, Poda (podalirius, L.); also var. feist-

hameli, Dup. (common) ; P. machaon, L.

Thais rumina, L., scarce—we only took one.

Parnassius apollo, L., common—and pretty varieties to

be had.

Aporia crategi, L., common.

Pieris brassice, L., common; P. rapx, L.; P. napi,

Ll, ; Po daplidice, L.

Anthocharis belemia, Usp., very rare; A. belia, Cram.,

432 Mrs. M. De la B. Nicholl on the

rare; and var. ausonia, Hiibn., not uncommon; A. car-

damines, L.; and A. ewphenoides, Staud., common.

Zegris ewpheme, Ksp., tolerably plentiful in some years,

always common about Cuenca.

Leucophasia sinapis, L., not very common.

Colias hyale, L.; C. edusa, Fabr., and var. helice,

Hiibn., very common.

Rhodocera rhamni, L.; ft. cleopatra, L.—very common.

Thecla spint, Schiff., and T. ilicis, Ksp., common; 1.

roboris, Ksp., not so common; TJ. rubi, L., very

plentiful.

Thestor ballus, Fabr., common at Cuenca.

Polyommatus aleiphron, Rott., var. gordius, Sulz., and

P. phleas, L., very common; var. eleus, Fabr., also

common,

Lycena betica, L., in swarms; J. telicanus, Lang,

rarer; L. argus, L., and var. hypochiona, Ramb., com-

mon; L. zephyrus, Friv., rare (we caught none, being

too late for it); L. orion, Pall., rare; L. baton, Bergst.,

rather common; LL. lysimon, Hiibn., very rare; L.

astrarche, Bergst., and vars. estiva and montana, com-

mon; L. icarus, Rott., common; JL. escheri, Hiibn., L.

bellargus, Rott., L. corydon, Poda, L. argiolus, L., L.

sebrus, Boisd., all common; JL. corydon, Poda, var.

albicans, Herr.-Schiatf., var. syngrapha, Boisd., and var.

hispana, Herr.-Schiff., rare; L. hylas, Esp., and var.

nivescens, Kef., not very common; L. admetus, Esp., not

very common; L. damon, Schiff, rare; LL. minima,

Fuessly, rare; L. semiargus, Rott., not common; J,

cyllarus, Rott., rare ; L. melanops, Boisd., very rare; L.

arion, L., very rare; L. amandus, Schneid., local,

probably recorded in Zapater’s list as L. tolas, Ochs.

Limenitis camilla, Schiff., common.

Vanessa C.-album, L., not rare; V. polychloros, L.,

common; V. wrtice, L., V. atalanta, L., and V. cardut,

L., very common; V.i0, L., scarce; *V. egea, Cram.,

very rare.

Melitzxa aurinia, Rott., the typical form replaced by

var. desfontaini, Godt; M. phoebe, Knoch., M. didyma,

Ochs., and M. parthenie, Borkh., very common ; M. trivia,

Schiff., and IM. deione, Hiibn., not very common; JM.

athalia, Rott., very rare.

Argynnis lathowia, L., A. adippe, L., var. chlorodippe,

Herr.-Schiiff. (which replaces the type), A. aylaia, L., A

Butterflies of Aragon. 433

pandora, Schiff., all common; A. hecale, Hsp., A. ino,

Esp., and A. paphia, L., all tolerably common.

Melanargia lachesis, Hiibn., M. iapygia, Cyr., and var.

cleanthe, Boisd., M. ines, Hoffsge., all common; *M.

galathea, L., very rare.

Hrebia evias, Godt., and EH. epistygne, Hiibn., tolerably

common; FH. zapateri, Oberth., common in the Sierra

Albarricin only.

Satyrus aleyone, Schiff., S. circe, Fabr., S. briseis, L.,

S. prieurt, Pierr., S. semele, L., S. statilinus, Hufn., 8.

fidia, L., and S. actwxa, Esp., all common; S. arethusa,

S. V., and S. priewri, var. uhagoni, Oberth., rare.

Pararge meone, Esp., and P. megzra, L., common; P.

egeria, L., rather rare; P. mxra, L.

Epinephele lycaon, Rott., EH. tithonus, L., EH. pasiphe,

Eisp., very common; #. ianira, L., and HE. ida, Hsp.,

not so common; FH. ianira, var. hispulla, Hiibn., not

common.

Cenonympha arcania, L., and C. dorus, HEsp., com-

mon; C. iphioides, Staud., C. pamphilus, L., and var.

lyllus, Esp., rather scarce.

Spilothyrus lavatere, Esp., common ; 8. althex, Hiibn.,

and var. beticus, Ramb., and S. alcex, Hsp., rather

rare.

Syrichthus carthami, Hiibn., S. alveus, Hiibn., var.

fritillum, Hiibn., and var. cirsi, Mey., S. malve, L.,

and S. sao, Hiibn., common; S. proto, Esp., not so

common.

Nisoniades tages, ., not uncommon; var. cervanies,

Grasl., rare.

Hesperia lineola, Ochs., common; H. comma, L., not

very common.

I cannot end this paper without some notice of Saturnia

isabelle, Graells, which is found chiefly in the pine forests

of the Albarracin. The caterpillar feeds on the upper

branches of the highest pine trees, from which it very

seldom descends. It is hatched at the end of June and

is full fed about the end of July; the beautiful green

moth emerges in September. Iam told that it is not

easily taken, and the caterpillar is reckoned a great prize

on account of the height at which it feeds. It is not

very easy to rear, but the British Museum possesses

some beautiful specimens, bred at the Zoological Gardens.

434 Mrs. M. Dela B. Nicholl on the Butterflies of Aragon.

T imagine that the moth might be taken without diffi-

culty at night in September, which appears never to

have been attempted. It is not rare at Noguera and

Bronchales. I believe Prof. Korb obtained over

200 caterpillars last year, but did not meet with much

success in rearing them. Another very rare insect,

peculiar to the Albarracin, is Bombyx (or Albarracina)

korbi, Staud., discovered by Prof. Korb in 1881, very

rare at Albarracin and unknown elsewhere in Europe.

Canon Zapater’s list of moths is long and interesting ;

but these do not come within the scope of this paper.

XX. New or little-known Sphegide from Hgupt—a

Correction. By the Rev. F. D. Moricz, M.A.,

F.E.S.

In my paper, published in these Transactions (1897,

pp. 310-316), I unfortunately described one of the new

species under the name of Tachysphew (?) integer (p. 308).

‘This name is not available, having been applied by Kohl

to another species (Ann. Hofm. Wien, vii., p. 216, 1892).

I propose therefore to call my insect, instead, Tachysphex

(?) hologuathus—this name referring (as my former

name was intended to do) to the entire mandibles, which

form so striking a characteristic of the insect in contrast

with the notched mandibles of cther species belonging

to the same genus.

Dec. 16, 1897.

THE

PROCEEDINGS

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

For tHE YEAR 1897.

February 3rd, 1897.

Mr. Rotanp Trimen, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and the thanks

of the Society voted to the respective donors.

Appointment of Vice-Presidents.

The President briefly returned thanks for the honour

conferred upon him by his election, and announced that he

had appointed as Vice-Presidents The Rey. Canon Fow ter,

M.A., F.L.8., Mr. R. McLacutan, F.R.S., and Professor

Metpora, F.R.S.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. F. Bates, of 417, High Road, Chiswick; Mr. Dudley

D’ Auvergne Wright, M.R.C.S., L.R C.P., of 55, Queen Anne

Street, W.; and Mrs. E. Brightwen, of The Grove, Great

Stanmore, were elected Fellows of the Society.

Eahibitions, ete,

Mr. Champion exhibited an extensive series of Coleoptera

collected by Mr. R. W. Lloyd and himself in July last in the

Austrian Tyrol, chiefly at Mendel, Campiglio, and Cortina.

PROC, ENT. SOC. LOND. I., 1897. A

( a)

The collection contained about 4509 species, including

35 Longicornia, about 20 Otiorrhynchus (the most charac-

teristic beetles in the places visited), and many interesting

Carabidex, Elateride, ete.

He also exhibited about 85 species of Coleoptera from

Cintra, Portugal, collected by Col. Yerbury, during the early

spring of 1896, the most interesting of these being Carabus

lusitanicus, 1°,

Also, on behalf of Mr. W. H. Harwood, two specimens of

the rare Zeugophora flavicollis, Marsh., from Colchester.

Mr. Tutt exhibited for Mr. H. B. Prince some Lepidoptera

from the Cheshire coast, and read the following notes :—

‘‘These insects were captured on the Wallasey sandhills.

Nyssia zonaria.—The examples are uniform at first sight, and

yet, when carefully examined, exhibit considerable variation.

In some specimens the darker portions of the wings are but

faintly developed, and the specimens have a very pallid and

unicolorous appearance. At the opposite extreme the trans-

verse basal line is continued up to the costa, and the space

between this and the next transverse line 1s filled in with dark

grey shading, forming a more or less distinct band. In other

specimens the basal transverse line is almost or quite obsolete,

and leaves the whole area from the discoidal lunule to the

base of the wing with only the two darker longitudinal

neurational markings. On the hindwings there is an equal

range of variation, the palest specimen having scarcely any

trace of the three transverse bars which are very distinctly

marked in the darkest specimens. The apterous females

show no marked variation. Triphena orbona (comes).—A

moderately variable series with nothing approaching the

range of variation found among the Scotch specimens. The

colour aberrations appear to cover the usual range reached in

our southern and midland English counties. Noctua

wanthographa.—Among these we get the usual range of

yariation, extending from the pale grey ab. cohwsa, H.-5.,

to a form approaching the ab. obscura, Tutt, without reaching

the range to which the Scotch specimens often attain.

Triphena pronuba.—This series comprises some of the more

usual forms but, taken as a whole, it tends to the darker

Gaal)

‘aberrations. Mellinia circellaris.—The series is composed of

‘about half each of the greyish-ochreous type (circellaris) and

ithe redder ab. ferruginea, Esper. The suffused ab. macilenta,

Hb, is not represented. Orthosia lota.—These are a most

uniform series. Of the thirteen examples, twelve are quite

-of the typical coloration, whilst one shows a slight tendency

_ to approach the ab. rufa, Tutt.

‘““The two following species sent by Mr. Prince did not

‘come from the Cheshire sandhills. LHmaturga atomaria.—

‘These were captured on Thurstaton Common, by the river

‘Dee, in May, 1896. They are rather smaller than our

‘southern form and more nearly approach in size and their

dark fuscous coloration the specimens from the northern

moors. /ypsipetes ruberata.—Captured at Flaybruck Hill,

near Bidston, in May, 1896. These are an interesting series,

‘somewhat smaller than the Wisbech specimens. Most of the

individuals show the transverse markings fairly well, whilst -

only two examples exhibit the pale central band so conspic-

uous in the two allied species—H. trifasciata and H, furcata

(sordidata).”

Mr. Tutt then exhibited some typical specimens of Zyqana

ochsenheimeri, Zell., from Piedmont, and also some hybrid

Zygenids, obtained by crossing 4%. ochsenheimeri with Z.

jilipendula, and read the following notes:—‘‘It is in the

memory of you all that Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher has bred

hybrids between AZygena lonicere and Z. filipendule and

between Z. lonicere and Z. trifolii (the progeny of the latter

proving fertile for four generations). In my ‘ Notes on the

Zygenide,’ I re-described two very distinct Zygenids which

had been united by Staudinger under the name of 7, trifolii

var. dubia. There were 4%. medicayinis, Led., and Z,. ochsen-

heimeri, Zell.; the former a five-spotted species, closely

allied to, but larger than, 7%, lonicera, the latter a six-spotted

species closely allied to 4%. jfilipendulw, aberrations of which

have been erroneously referred to this species. In 1894

Dr. Chapman sent eggs of 7%. ochsenheimeri from Courmayeur

(Piedmont), to Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher. These duly hatched,

and when the imagines emerged a ¢ Z. ochsenheimeri was

paired with a ? Z. filipendule from the Sussex Downs (Lewes

(oPiy 3)

or Shoreham). Eggs were obtained, and a part of the moths

resulting from the cross I now exhibit. Mr. Fletcher adds

that the hybrids paired inter se and the larve duly hatched.

“The true 7%. ochsenheimert shows considerable sexual

dimorphism, the male being smaller than the female, the

sixth spot (i.e., the lower of the outermost pair of spots)

being almost obsolete, with a distinct concavity on the outer

margin of the hindwing, the concavity being largely accen-

tuated by the widening of the rather broad black margin at

this area. The females show the same peculiarities, but less

markedly, than the males,

“The males of the cross exhibit very markedly the char-

acters of the male of 7. ochsenheimeri, the sixth spot in all but

two of the male specimens being much reduced, and in a

majority of the specimens the hindwing is like that of

Z. ochsenheimert. On the other hand, the females, with two

exceptions, strikingly resemble 7. filipendulw, and the hind-

wing character is almost entirely lost.

“It is evident that the theory that allied species are not

fertile inter se does not hold good for the genus Zyyena,

unless we are to unite all the Zygenid species into one,

which is absurd.”’

Mr. Tutt also showed, for Mr. J. B. Hodgkinson, a number

of obscure British Micro-lepidoptera, many of which had been

regarded as new species. The validity of the determinations.

was questioned by Lord Walsingham, Mr. B. A. Bower and

others, and the firstnamed speaker strongly deprecated the

practice of positively recognizing or describing such obscure

forms, particularly when British, from single or worn speci-

mens. <A suffused aberration of a Gelechiid, taken at

Witherslack, and described under the name of Lita inter-

mediella (Knt. Rec., ix, p. 86), was referred to Lita fraternella.

Mr. Barrett showed specimens of the true Platyptilia tesse-

radactyla, L. (= P. fischeri, Zell.) new to the United Kingdom,

and taken in Co. Galway by Mr. W. F. de V. Kane and the

Hon. R. KE. Dillon. The species was widely distributed in

N, and Central Europe, often occurring at a considerable

elevation, and was said to feed on Gnaphaliwn.

Mr, Tutt stated that he had found it to be common in the

(wy)

Alps among Petasites; and Lord Walsingham spoke in sup-

port of the identification.

Mr. McLachlan exhibited cooked locusts (Schistocerca pere-

grina) received from the Rev. A. E. Eaton and sold in the

market of Biskra, Algeria, under the name of ‘“ Jarad.”’

They were cooked whole, but the abdomen only was eaten.

The President, Mr. Barrett, and Mr. Blandford made some

remarks on the subject.

Mr. Blandford, Hon. Sec., suggested that it would be

greatly to the advantage of Fellows if notices of Exhibits of

general interest, and likely to lead to a discussion, were sent

to him beforehand, as was the case with kindred societies. If

this were done, and the notices were accompanied by the

names of Fellows likely to be specially interested in the

exhibition, he would endeavour to send out intimations to

them of the date fixed. As the plan was suggested for the

convenience of Fellows, and was not provided for by the

Society’s bye-laws, he must reserve the discretion in every

case as to whether such notices should be acted on or not.

The President and Mr. Merrifield, Hon. Sec., also spoke in

favour of the proposal.

Paper.

A paper was communicated by Dr. A. G. Butler, F.L.5.,

on ‘‘ Seasonal Dimorphism in African Butterflies.’”” He con-

tested the views of Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall (Tr. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1896, pp. 551—566) as to the distinctness of certain

forms of Acrwa, and maintained that one part of Africa

cannot and does not represent the entire range of a species

with its extreme dry- and wet-season forms, and that the

dry-season form of a moist district may be the intermediate

or a wet-season form of a drier district. The author also

stated that the black apical patch of the forewings in Acrea

was not of specific value, inasmuch as all grades existed

between the broadest apical patch and no patch at all; it was

probably only a seasonal development or a mere variation.

Many of the species recognized as distinct by Mr. Marshall

were merely varietal, and were linked together by inter-

mediate forms in the collection of the British Museum. Such

(2)

Were Acraa pudorina, Staud., A. acrita, var., Trim., A. acrita,

Hew., and A. cheribula, Oberth.

The paper led to a long discussion, chiefly on the so-called

‘‘dry-season’”’ and ‘‘ wet-season forms,’’ between the Presi-

dent, Mr. Jacoby, Mr. Tutt, and Mr. Merrifield. The latter

speaker stated that he had been unable experimentally to

modify the colour and markings of Lepidoptera by variations

in humidity. Mr. Tutt believed that Mr. Doherty had

obtained ‘‘ wet-season forms” of Oriental species by keeping

the pupa in a moist atmosphere.

February 17th, 1897.

Mr. R. McLacutan, F.R.S., Vice-President and Treasurer,

in the Chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

tothe respective donors.

Hahibitions.

Messrs. Champion and Jacoby exhibited the collection of

Phytophagous Coleoptera made by Mr. H. H. Smith in

Grenada and the Grenadines for the West India Explora-

tion Committee of the Royal Society and British Association.

Mr. FI’. C. Adams exhibited rare Diptera taken in the New

Forest during the preceding year, and read the following

notes :—

‘Tipula, sp. n.; a small species taken in my garden at

Lyndhurst, May 28th, and submitted for identification to

Mr. Austen, who regarded it as probably new.

** Platyura marginata, Meig. It is doubtful whether this

should be called rare, but I have not yet found it common in

the New Forest, and it was unrepresented in the British

Museum Collection.

‘* Nephrocerus flavicornis, Zett. This very rare fly has only

been taken twice in this country, on both occasions by myself.

The first, taken on June 16th, 1894, in Park Ground En-

closure, is in the National Collection; the second was taken in

my garden, not more than two hundred yards from the same

spot.

( vu)

“ Syrphus guttatus, Fall. One female taken in my garden,

June 22nd. Originally recorded by Mr. Coryndon Matthews

from South Devon in 1898. Mr. R. C. Bradley recorded two

females last year as well as three SN. flavifrons, Verr., which

he believes will prove to be the male of this species.

‘“Callicera anea, Fabr. Taken on water-mint at Butts Lawn,

near Brockenhurst, on August 13th.

‘‘Mr. Verrall mentions four specimens recorded up to

January, 1889; since then one has been taken also at Lynd-

hurst. This brings the record up to six, of which three have

been taken in the County of Hampshire. Nothing I believe

is known of the larva, but from the circumstance under which

I took the fly, I think it may prove to be aquatic.

‘* Physocephala nigra, De G. Judging from old collections,

this fine Conops seems to have been more plentiful in bygone

years, but only a few captures have been recorded of late.

My specimen was taken in Rhinefield Enclosure on the

29th May.

“« Stevenia maculata, Fall. This is the Flesina maculata, Fall.,

of Verrall’s List, and seems to be very spasmodic in its

appearance, single specimens being the general rule.

“‘ Acanthiptera inanis, Fall. This does not appear in Mr,

Verrall’s List unless under the name of Sphecolyma inanis,

Fall., one of the Dexide. The venation however is distinctly

that of the Anthomylide, and Dr. Meade places it just before

Pegomyia. It has been bred from wasps’ nests, which seem

a very strange habitat for so frail an insect to select, con-

sidering how fond wasps are of preying upon Diptera, espe-

cially those belonging to the family Muscide.

‘“« Hydromyza livens, Fabr. Several taken 29th July at

3rockenhurst Bridge, running on leaves of Nuphar lutea.

This insect was quite common, but difficult to capture, and I

should not have exhibited it as rare but for the fact that Mr.

Verrall, in his list, considers it as doubtfully British. It

stands in the old collection at the British Museum, and was

figured and described by Curtis as Cordylura livens, Fabr.”

Mr. M. Burr showed an example of Locust (Acrydium

agyptium, L.) taken in the Post Office at Bedford Street,

Strand, and six new species of Acrydiide belonging to the

( viii)

genera Gelastorrhinus, Brauer, from Japan; Duronia, Stal,

from the Cameroons; Phlaoba, Stal, from Penang ; Hyalo-

pteryx, Charp., from Bolivia; Catantops, Schaum, from the

Cameroons; and Dichroplus from Bolivia.

The Secretary exhibited a Cicada larva from which a

fungus, probably Cordyceps sobolifera, was growing, which

had been sent to the Society from Venezuela, with an

enquiry as to its real nature. He mentioned that such

Cicada larve, with the out-growing fructifications of this

fungus were among the best known cases of insects attacked

by Entomophthorea, and had been familiar for many years

from the West Indies, under the name of the ‘ Vegetable

Fly.” Judging from the description and figures of the

fungus given by Mr. Cooke in his ‘* Vegetable Wasps and

Plant-Worms,”’ the one sent from Venezuela appeared to be

identical with the West-Indian species.

The Rey. Dr. Walker showed a series of Coleoptera,

Hymenoptera, and Diptera, collected in the Orkney Islands —

during the previous season.

Mr. Tutt exhibited some very extreme forms of Spilosoma

lubricipeda ab, zatima, in which the black suffusion of the wings

was exceptionally heavy, and in one of which the fringes also

were black. The specimens were bred by Mr. Young, of

Rotherham, Yorks. In reply to Mr. Mclachlan, Mr. Tutt

said that the species occurred on the Continent as a somewhat

rare aberration, Heligoland being the best known locality.

For at least twenty years a M. Deschange had interbred the

form on the Continent and advertised the pup# in the

Continental magazines for sale. There was considerable

doubt as to how the species had been introduced into England,

for it was probably not indigenous, but it was certainly being

sold by a professional dealer living in this country before the

now well-known strain from Yorkshire had been established,

There was, however, no reason to suppose that it was deliber-

ately introduced for sale as a British variety.

Mr. C. G. Barrett also spoke on the origin of the British

strain, and said that the parent example was bred from one of

a large number of pup from different sources. The origin

of this pupe was unknown but it possibly came from the

Ces)

South of England and the larva might have been accidentally

imported in market produce.

Mr. Tutt also showed an exceptionally fine specimen of

Teniocampa populeti ab. ocularis, Frr., bred by Mr. Young,

from a larva taken in the neighbourhood of Rotherham.

Paper.

Mr. Jacoby and Mr. Champion communicated a “ List of

the Phytophagous Coleoptera obtained by Mr. H. H. Smith

in St. Vincent, Grenada and the Grenadines, with descrip-

tions of new species,” the Crioceride and Galerucide being

dealt with by Mr. Jacoby, the Hispidae and Cassidide by Mr.

Champion. The paper was in continuation of those contri-

buted by Messrs. Gahan and Champion and by Prof. Williston

on the insects collected in these islands under the auspices of

the West India Exploration Committee of the Royal Society

and British Association. Forty-six species, of which twenty-

one were new, were enumerated in the first two families, and

seven species in the last two families.

March 8rd, 1897.

Mr. R. Tren, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. George W. Bird, of the Manor House, West Wickham,

Kent; Mr. Alfred H. Martineau, of Solihull, Warwickshire ;

Mr. Hubert C. Phillips, M.R.C.S., of 88, Shirland Gardens,

W.; Mr. William A. Vice, M.B., of 5, Belvoir Street,

Leicester; and Mr, Colbran J.Wainwright, of 147, Hall Road,

Handsworth, Birmingham, were elected Fellows of the Society.

Exhibitions, ete.

The Secretary announced that the Committee appointed to

consider the question of the protection of British insects in

danger of extermination, had unanimously resolved that it

was desirable to form an Association, the members of which

should agree to discourage, by their own example and by

their influence, the excessive collecting of all those species

C= 2

of Lepidoptera which from their habits appeared to be in

danger of extermination; that this resolution had received

the approval of the Council, who would refer the matter back

to the Committee, in order that definite proposals for the

formation of such an Association might be drafted, and it was

hoped to lay these prcposals before the Society for discussion

upon April 7th.

Mr. Champion exhibited, on behalf of Messrs. Godman and

Salvin, a portion of the Elateride, and the Cebrionide and

Rhipidoceride recently worked out by him in the “ Biologia

Centrali-Americana.”’ The Elateride included 5381, the

Cebrionide 29, and the Rhipidoceride 14 species, a large

proportion of which were described as new. He stated that

his labours had been much facilitated by the free access to

the very extensive collection of Elateride formed by the late

BK. W. Janson, and by the loan of many types from Dr. Can-

déze, who had lent valuable aid. He called attention to the

excessive rarity of the males in the Hlaterid genera Chalco-

lepidius and Semiotus (the contrary being the casein the genus

Scaptolenus of the Cebrionide, and also in many Klateride),

and to the fact that the sexual characters of Semiotus had been

misunderstood, the supposed males being really females. In

the ‘fire-flies,”’ Pyrophorus, a genus containing a large

number of extremely closely-allied forms, important specific

characters were detected in the genitalia of the males. One

species, Meristhus scobinula, Cand., was common to Central

America and China.

He also exhibited a specimen of Hudectus giraudi, Redt ,

found by himself at Mendel, in the Austrian Tyrol, in July

last. This is a rare European species of Staphylinide, a

black variety of which (/. white?, Sharp) had once been found

in Scotland, on the summit of Ben-a-Bhuird.

Mr. Jacoby showed a Halticid beetle, taken in Mashuna-

land by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, and remarkable for a prolon-

gation of the hind tibia beyond the tarsal articulation into a

very long serrated process.

Mr. Elwes showed a series of Papilionide of the Machaon

group, from North America, including P. machaon and P.

oregonia from British Columbia, P. brucei, P. bairdit, and

Got)

P. zolicaon from Glenwood Springs, Colorado, and the latter

species from British Columbia. He stated that there was a

tolerably complete gradation from P. oreyonia (= machaon)

through P. brucei to P. zolicaon, that none of the characters

which had been relied on for separation were of real value,

and that the structure of the genitalia afforded no assistance.

Although P. bairdii appeared to be very distinct in appearance

and habits, it was associated with the other forms in Colorado,

and Mr. W. H. Edwards stated that he had bred both P. bairdii

and I, oreyonia from eggs of the same female of either of the

two forms.

The working-out of the synonymy and specific differences

(if any such existed) between the N. American Papilios of

this group was one of the most difficult problems offered by

the Butterflies, and one which was well deserving of an

exhaustive study.

Mr. J. J. Walker mentioned that he had bred P. zolicaon

from larve found on Siwn, at Esquimault, Vancouver Is.,

and that neither larva nor pupa was distinguishable from

that of P. machaon.

Papers.

Mr. O. H. Latter read a paper on “ The prothovacic gland

of Dicranura vinula, and other notes,’’ in continuation of his

previous communications on the subject. A fresh use of the

formic acid secreted by the larva was described; it was

employed to alter the silk secreted in spinning the cocoon, in

order to convert it into the well-known horny mass. If the

acid was prevented from acting, as by supplying the larvie

with bits of blotting paper soaked in an alkali to be utilised

in making the cocoon, the silk thus protected from the action

of the acid retained its usual fibrous structure.

Prof. Meldola spoke in appreciation of Mr. Latter’s work on

this larva, which he characterised as being physiologically one

of the most remarkable insects known. The most singular

feature which Mr. Latter had discovered was its power of

secreting free potassium hydrate, and it was of great import-

ance to ascertain if possible the metabo'ic processes whereby

this was effected.

(oaexll a)

Sir George Hampson communicated a paper on ‘“ The

Classification of two subfamilies of Moths of the Family

Pyralide—the Hydrocampine and Scopariane.”’

March 1I7th, 1897.

Mr. Roranp Trimen, F'.R.S., President, in the Chair.

Election of a Fellow.

Mr. Henry Hague, care of the Clydesdale Bank, 30, Lom-

bard Street, E.C., was elected a Fellow of the Society.

Exhibitions, ete.

The Secretary read the following letter addressed to the

President by the President of the Royal Society :—

‘‘Royat Socrety, Burtrycron House,

“¢Lonpon, W.

“ February 22nd, 1897.

‘‘Sm,—Upon the invitation of the President and Council

of the Royal Society, the Presidents of scientific Societies in

London met the President and Officers of the Society on

February 9th to consider whether any, and, if so, what, steps

should be taken on the part of men of science to commemorate

the present 60th year of the reign of Her Gracious Majesty

the Queen, a period so rich in scientific discoveries. At that

meeting, which was a very representative one, it was unani-

mously resolved :—

“That a fund, to be called the Victoria Research Fund,

be established, to be administered by representatives

of the various scientific Societies, for the encourage-

ment of research in all branches of science.

“To raise a Fund of such a kind worthy of the occasion,

the active co-operation of all the scientific Societies of the

Empire is imperatively necessary; for the Fund, to be so

worthy, must be a very large one.

‘Tt is not to be expected that scientific Societies would in

general contribute out of their corporate funds, though some

might be willing to do so; but rather that the several

Societies should exert themselves to coliect subscriptions to

the Fund.

(C2 xine)

‘*Nor is it to be expected that men of science would them-

selves furnish the required sum. It is to be hoped that they

would contribute so far as each felt able. But the chief gifts

are to be looked for from the public, from these who are not

themselves engaged in scientific inquiry, and especially per-

haps from those whose wealth has been the direct or indirect

result of the scientific progress of the Victorian era.

‘So many demands are at the present moment being made

in so many ways upon the purse for the purpose of commemo-

rating the present year, that it may be worth while to point

out that, the object of the proposed Victoria Fund being a

lasting one, it 1s not necessary that the whole Fund should be

raised at once. The Fund once established might be increased

by subsequent additions, and contributions might be spread

over many years, or might not be called in until some future

time, so that the burden in the present year might be

lightened.

‘It is proposed that the income of the Victoria Fund should

be applied to the advancement of all branches of science in

all parts of the British Empire. Should therefore the project

of the Fund be approved, and the Fund established, its

administration will necessitate an organization, the details of

which will need most careful consideration in order that the

Fund may be used in the best way in all future times; but

such details may be left for the present.

‘‘Meanwhile, the first step to be taken is to ascertain

whether the proposal meets with such general acceptance

among men of science as to justify the President and Council

in proceeding further in the matter.

‘*T have therefore been requested by my Council to ask you

to be so good as to bring the subject before your Society at

your earliest convenience, in order to ascertain whether the

proposal is approved or not, and at the same time to give the

Royal Society the benefit of the advice of your Scciety upon

the whole matter.—1 am, faithfully yours,

(Signed) ‘¢ LISTER,

“* President of the Royal Society.

‘< To the President of the

Entomological Society.”

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., 11., 1897. B

(xiv)

It was moved by Mr. Merrifield, seconded by Mr. Tutt, and

unanimously agreed to ‘‘ That this Society approves generally

of the proposals contained in the letter from the President of

the Royal Society of the 22nd February, 1897, for establish-

ing the ‘ Victoria Research Fund.’ ”

Mr. Butterfield, present as a visitor, exhibited a series of

33 male and 6 female Phigalia pedaria, taken near Bradford,

Yorkshire, on Feb. 14-17, 1897.

21 males were typical in having a greatér or less develop-

ment of the four transverse bars. The remaining 12 were

without bands, and varied in colour from black to a smoky

olive; they were decidedly less in point of size, ranging

from 1x: in. to liin., as against ly in. to 14% in. in the

banded forms, and were also poorer in scales and slightly

deformed. He had only met with this variety once before

in the last twenty years, and suggested that the eruption of

smal], black, and depauperized forms might have been pro-

duced by dryness and want of food in the larval conditions,

the trees haying been extensively defoliated in the preceding

year. These dark forms appeared in the first emergence of

the species.

Mr. Tutt agreed with this view, in the course of the sub-

se ,uent discussion. Mr. Porritt said that the melanic variety

had occurred to his knowledge for several years in the

Bradford district, in some years 8 per cent. of the specimens

being of this variety, whereas in the present year only 4 per

cont. were melanic; similar varieties, e.g., m A. betularia,

showed no signs of depauperisation.

Mr. Kirkaldy exhibited an example of the rare macro-

pterous form of Velia currens, Fabr., taken by Mr. Burr at

Kast Grinstead, and one of Cicadetta montana, Scop., from

Brockenhurst.

Mr, Burr exhibited a series of grasshoppers with red and

blue hindwings of the family CEdipodide, to show the remark-

able variation in colour seen in this group; and read the

following notes :—

‘* The few specimens exhibited are intended to show the

peculiar coloration of the hindwings which is found in certain

(Edipodide. The remarkable colour-variations, however,

(Ses)

which occur throughout the family can only be fully seen by

means of a longer series. The first two species, Psophus

stridulus, Linn., from Savoy and an undetermined species

from the United States show red hindwings, of which the

colour does not vary to any great extent. The third species,

(Hdipoda miniata, Pall., from Italy, has two forms, one, the

.type-form, red wings as shown here, the other blue. The

latter is due to a failure of the pigment and is therefore a

form of albinism, as Brunner has suggested. ‘he first blue-

winged species exhibited is the common ‘ langoute,’ or

Uidipoda carulescens, Linn., which is normally blue. There

is, however, a yellow form, var. sulfurescens, found in Algeria,

of which a specimen is shown. It is a curious thing that this

yellow form is never found in Europe, where the blue form is

abundant; its existence is also due to a failure of pigmentation,

produciug albinism, which here takes the form of an insipid

yellow colour, whereas albinism in (. miniata converts the

red colour into a blue. The synonymy of these two species

is very confused as the different colour-varieties were regarded

as distinct species. Later they were all united into a single

species until Brunner in his ‘Prodromus der europaischen

Orthopteren’ succeeded in separating them on structural

characters. Together with the yellow form a fine species,

(dipoda fuscocincta, Luc., of which a specimen is shown, is

found in Algeria.

“In Celes variabilis, Pall., of which I have no specimen

here for exhibition, no less than three colour-varieties of the

hindwings are found, red, blue (more or less faint) and quite

colourless. The blue species from America affords a striking

example of another variation that is common in the species of

this group, in the position of the black band or fascia on the

hindwings. This form of variation seems to be dependent on

geographical circumstances. According to Brunner, in the

specimens of (idipodide from the Northern Pyrenees and from

the Jura and the Northern Alps, t.c., Alpine forms, the whole

of the apex of the wings is black: in specimens from Central

Europe the black band reaches the outside edge of the wing at

the second sinus, wuile in the southern specimens, 7.e., from

southern Dalmatia or Greec2, the band fizst reaches the edge

C x1 7)

of the wing at the fourth or fifth sinus. Here we have a

transition towards Cdipoda gratiosa, Serv, and (. char-

pentieri, Fieb., in which the band is entirely within the wing

and never reaches the edge. A specimen of a red @. qratiosa,

from Ephesus, is shown.

“In Bryodema tuberculata, Fabr., from Mongolia, a curious

form of venation is seen, some of the veins being greatly

thickened in the genus. The species is different in habits

from the majority of the Orthoptera, being a very high and

sustained flyer, and ascending in the air until it is almost lost

to sight. In flying, like certain other insects of this order, it

produces a continual buzz with a metallic sound, especially

in the male.”

Papers.

Mr. Champion communicated a paper on the Elateride and

Rhipidoceride collected by Mr. H. H. Smith at St. Vincent,

Grenada, and the Grenadines, and exhibited the specimens.

Dr. Forel also communicated a paper on the Formicide

collected by Mr. Smith in the same islands.

April 7th, 1897.

Mr. Rotanp Tren, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

Ewhibitions, ete.

The following Memorandum of an Association for the Pro-

tection of Insects in danger of extermination, which had been

drawn up by a Committee appointed for the purpose and

approved by the Council, was laid before the Society and

signed generally by those present: ‘‘ We, the undersigned,

being desirous of protecting from extermination those rare

and local species of Insects which are not injurious to Agri-

culture nor to Manufactures, do hereby agree, by our own

example and by the exercise of our influence over others, to

discourage the excessive collection and destruction of those

species of Insects which from their peculiar habits are in

danger of extermination in the United Kingdom,

‘We further agree to accept for the purposes of this

(i. xvul )

Association such list of species in need of protection as shall

be drawn up and, if necessary, from time to time amended by

the Committee of the Entomological Society of London

appointed to that end.”’

The draft of alterations and additions to the Society’s Bye-

laws, recommended for adoption by the Council, in accorc-

ance with a notice received under the provisions of Chap. XXJ.

of the Society's Bye-Laws, and signed by the following

Fellows : Sir George Hampson, Bart., Messrs. R. McLachlan,

F.R.S., F. Merrifield, W. F. H. Blandford, G. C. Champion,

Herbert Goss, Martin Jacoby, and J. W. Tutt, was read for

the first time.

Mr. McLachlan showed, on behalf of Mr. Gerald Strick-

land, a magnified photograph of Brachycerus apterus, obtained

by direct enlargement in the camera, and extremely clear in

definition and detail.

Mr. Tutt exhibited some of the silk used by Tephrosia

bistortata to cover its ova. His attention was first drawn

to it by Mr. T. Baty, but directly afterwards the slide con-

taining the silk was received from Dr. Riding, who stated

that the silk was contained in a pouch at the extremity of the

abdomen, between the upper part and sides of the vaginal

sheath and the abdominal walls, being packed in the form of

dense bundles about 2 mm. long, and resembling in miniature

locks of wavy flaxen hair. A detailed account of the working

of the ovipositor and the placing of the silk was given by

Dr. Riding (Ent. Rece., ix., No. 5). The importance of the

discovery lay more particularly in the suggestion it afforded,

that the material with which several Lasiocampids and

Liparids covered their eggs, which had often been described

as consisting of scales from the anal segment, might most

probably prove to be analogous with that described by

Dr. Riding, and to be secreted in the same way. The

presence of such glands had hitherto not been suspected in

the imago. Attention was drawn to the very different ap-

pearance presented by the material used to cover the eggs in

such species as Porthesia similis and Leucoma salicis, the

saliva-like appearance of the egg-covering in the latter species

being very remarkable.

(xvi)

Papers.

Papers were communicated by Prof. Miall, F.R.S., on

‘The Structure and Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata,” and

by Messrs. Godman, F.R.S., and Salvin, F.R.S., on ‘‘ New

Species of Central and South American Rhopalocera.”’

May 5th, 1897.

Mr. Rotanp Trimen, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

Election of a Fellow.

Mr. C. H. Peers, of Harrow Weald, was elected a Fellow

of the Society.

Exhibitions, ete.

The draft of alterations to the Society’s Bye-Laws was

read a second time.

Mr. J. J. Walker exhibited an earwig, Apterygida arachidis,

Yersin, of wide distribution, but new to Britain and recently

found in large numbers in chemical works at Queenborough.

It had been probably imported among bones. Mr. Burr

also showed a complete series of the British species of

Forficulide. Of these, Chelisoches morto, Fabr., was an

Oriental species, very widely distributed over the Pacific

Islands, Malay Archipelago, Burmah, Ceylon, Mauritius, ete.

It had been taken at Kew Gardens, having been imported

from Mauritius in sugar-cane.

Mr. Enock showed eggs of Stenopsocus cruciatus, L., laid on

ivy in the autumn of 1896, and containing larve of Alaptus

fusculus, Hal. The first male parasite emerged on May 4th,

1897, and was of a somewhat different character from the rest;

he thought it would probably prove to be Alaptus minimus, Hal.

The males remained under the Psocid’s web until the females

emerged, when pairing took place immediately, the males

dying soon afterwards.

Mr. Merrifield exhibited some further results of tempera-

ture experiments on pupe of Pieris daplidice from eggs

obtained at Hyéres in March. Four were forced at 70° to

80° F., emerging in seventeen to eighteen days; all were

(Sac) )

of the ordinary summer type. Seven others cooled: at about

52° F. for from five to six weeks, and then at normal out-

door temperature, where they were from five to eight weeks

before emerging, were all of the spring form bellidice. A Colias

edusa pupa cooled for four weeks had the ordinary markings

ill-defined and the black discal spot much reduced. Of two

Melitea didyma forced at 94° F. and emerging in five to six

days, one a male, was abnormally fiery in colour, and two

that were cooled at about 51° F. for four weeks, had a great

extension of the black markings on the undersides of the

hindwings. Some Saturnia carpini, from North Italy,

forced in the late winter and early spring were much paler,

ruddier, and less richly marked than those kept out of doors.

A number of fresh pup and larve of Vanessa urtice@, var.

polaris, from Lapland, kindly brought by Dr. Chapman and

Mr. W. E. Nicholson, were subjected to the usual different

temperatures, from about 102° F. to 34° F., and exhibited

a wide range of effects, but not so wide as those from Central

Kurope. 8S. carpint is interesting as one of the few winter

pup which have been found to be affected. The others

previously recorded by him were Drepana falcataria, the

three Selenias found in England, and Zonosoma punctaria.

Mr. Merrifield had not found time to work out all his results,

but he thought the changes produced by temperature were

mainly of three kinds, viz.: (1) General change, often

striking, in the colouring, without material alteration in

the pattern or form of the markings, but often with much

enhancement or diminution in their intensity; (2) change

caused by the substitution cf scales of a different colour,

either singly and generally distributed so as to be scattered,

or so grouped as to cause a material change in pattern ;

(3) change in general appearance, caused by imperfection

in the development of scales or of their pigment. No. 1

seemed a direct effect of temperature not affecting vigorous

development. Under No. 2 were to be ranged the most

radical changes in pattern (as in the extreme case of

Araschnia levana-prorsa, which had been explained on the

theory of reversion to an earlier form). In No 38 the wings

were often somewhat reduced in size, the scales were scanty,

( xx )

irregularly placed, and often misshapen and deficient in

pigment, the membrane of the wing showing between them,

so as to give the insect a shining ‘‘greasy’’ appearance. Of

course the three were more or less combined in many cases.

Also he thought that in general the principal changes were

produced along the margins and at the base and apex, and

often along the nervures of the wings; perhaps there was

some connexion between this and the fact ascertained and

lately published by Mr. Mayer, that these were the parts of

the wings in which the pigment was the last to develop. In

conclusion, he called attention to the experiments of Mr. E.

Fischer, of Zirich, and particularly to the considerable

effect caused by brief exposure to a very low temperature,

one gradually reduced from about 20° C. (68° F.) to 2° C.

(28-4 F.), where pup of V. wrticw were kept for brief periods,

causing more than half of the butterflies from them to be

materially changed in appearance.

Mr. Tutt exhibited a long series of insects, including

specimens of Ascalaphus, collected by Dr. Chapman at

Cannes during March, and by himself at Digne during April,

1897, and remarkable for their early emergence.

Paper, FPavhibitions, and Discussion on Mimicry.

Dr, Dixry read a paper on ‘‘ Mimetic Attraction.”” He

began by pointing out with the aid of diagrams that the

process of mimetic assimilation might start from a given

point and proceed along several divergent paths. For

example, from an ordinary non-mimetic form of neotropical

Pieris, such as Pieris phaloe, not one only but several diver-

gent series of mimetic modifications could be traced; each

passing through a graduated series of closely-allied forms

until it terminated in a Peris or Mylothris bearing a more or

less intimate relation with some protected form or forms of

entirely different affinities. Such were the series leading

through P. calydonia to P. demophile 2, a mimic of Aeria

agna ; the series starting from 1’. demophile and passing into

forms such as 7. locusta 2, which was in mimetic relation-

(cc)

ship with Fleliconius atthis; the series represented by P. pax-

dosia and P, leptalina, which approached Napeogenes inachia ;

the series dealt with in a previous communication (Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1896, pp. 65-79), which led up to forms

associated with Heliconius numata; and lastly, a series

derived from the one last-mentioned, which ended in

Mylothris alethina 2, a mimic of Tithorea tarracina.

In all these instances, the model towards which the series

tended did not present an isolated scheme of colour, but was

a member of a larger or smaller group of forms, associated in

external features; such as were shown in the series to be

exhibited by Mr. Blandford. These mimetic groups were no

doubt mainly of the ‘Miillerian” kind, that is, they were

associations between inedible species of various affinities.

Reasons were given for attributing great importance to the

operation of the Miillerian principle in producing such a

facies as that of the neotropical fauna, and for assigning to

Batesian mimicry a comparatively subordinate position. Stress

was laid on the facts (1) that Batesian mimicry could exist

only when the numbers of the mimic were insignificant

compared with those of the model, whilst a Miillerian group

was strengthened by every fresh accession; and (2) that the

attractive power in Batesian mimicry acted only from the

model towards the mimic, whereas in Miillerian association it

was mutual, and tended to produce reciprocal changes. For

this mutual modification of characters the term “reciprocal

mimicry ’’ was suggested. A relation of the latter kind

appeared to exist, e.y., between Pieris locusta ¢ and Heliconius

cydno, and it must therefore be concluded that the Pierid was

inedible, a conclusion previously reached in the case of other

Pieride on more than one kind of evidence. A consequence of

the keen competition for life in such a region as the neotropical

was that scarcely any conspicuous form was completely isolated.

If edible, it would generally be a Batesian mimic; if nauseous,

it would be drawn into the vortex of one of the great Mul-

lerian groups. The force exerted by these latter was well

exemplified by the facts dwelt upon at the beginning of the

paper, which showed the steps by which the members of a

single genus such as Pieris, and sometimes even the sexes of a

(ei) 9)

single species such as P. locusta were drawn apart into more

or less intimate relationships with separate Millerian groups.

Mr Brayprorp then exhibited and described the series of

Neotropical butterflies from the Godman-Salvin collection,

which were shown by him on a previous occasion (Proc. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1896, p. xxxviii.); he stated that he used the

term ‘ homemochromatism,’’ originally employed in the

‘* Biologia Centrali-Americana,’’ in preference to Dr. Dixey’s

term ‘‘reciprocal mimicry,” to denote the phenomenon

exhibited by ‘‘ Millerian ’’ groups, because it gave a sufficient

indication of its nature without assuming any theoretical con-

sideration as to its origin. The series shown were :—

ig HemaocHROMATISM BETWEEN Patrep SPECIES OF THE SAME

GENUS.

Heliconius galanthus and H. luce. Guatemala.

H. chioneus and H. sappho. Panama.

H. cydno and H, eleuchia. Colombia.

FH. alithea and H. primularis. Teuador.

Hach pair was closely alike on the upper-side; the under-

sides were different, there being common types for the right-

hand and left-hand members of the pairs respectively.

There was also a progressive modification in the patterns of

the upper-side in proceeding from North to South.

II. HomaocuHroMATISM BETWEEN ParrREeD SPECIES OF DIFFERENT

GENERA.

Tithorea humboldti and Heliconius cassandra. Colombia.

Tithorea candollei and Heliconius sp. Antioquia,

(with these associated F’picalia chromis,@ ).

Tithorea bonplandi and Heliconius hecuba. Colombia.

Vithorea pavonit and Heliconius atthis Keuador.

(with these associated Pieris locusta, 2).

III. GeroGRAPHICAL MODIFICATIONS OF Homa@ocHROMATIC SPECIES

OF THE SAME GENUS.

Heliconius thelwiope and H, vesta.

a. Parallel varieties of both species in Cayenne, inoscu-

lating with H. melpomene at one end of the series,

(ten)

and extending to typical H. thelwiope and H. vesta at

the other end; the varieties occurring without refe-

rence to geographical distribution.

b. Fixed geographical paired races of both species from

British Guiana, Lower Amazons (Para), Upper

Amazons (Pebas), Ecuador and Bolivia, and accom-

pained in the first three localities by homcochro-

matic races of H. ade.

c. Intermediate forms connecting H. vesta with H. phyllis

in Bolivia.

IV. Exrenstve Homa@ocuromatic (Mixierian) Grovups.*

1. North Central-American Type.—Guatemala to Nicaragua.

Lycorea atergatis. Helicontus telchinia,

Melinaa imitata. Fueides zorcaon.

Tithorea sp. Hresta philyra.

Mechanitis doryssu-. Protogonius cecrops.

Ceratinia dionwa. Dismorphia praxinoe,

C. fenestella, Mylothris malenka.

Intermediate between Groups 1 and 2,

Melinea scylax. Heliconius clarescens.

Mechanitis lycidice.

Napeogenes tolosa.

Ithomia heraldica,

2. South Central-American Type.—Costa Rica to Panama.

Thyridia melantho. Heliconius zuleika.

Tithorea helicaon, HH, formosus.

T. duenna, Liueides vulyiforinis.

T. pinthias. Hresia nigripennis.

Mechanitis isthnia, Ey. pecillina,

Ceratinia decumana. Anaa jansoni, 2.

C. callispila. Ithomets imitatriv.

Napeogenes tolosa. Archonias lyceas, &.

* The genera in the left-hand columns of the list, except Lycorea,

a true Danaid, belong entirely to the Heliconioid Danainz (Neotro-

pine). Of those in the right-hand columns, Heliconius and Eueides

belong to the Heliconiine : Eresia, Anea and Protogonius to the

Nymphaline ; Archonias, Mylothrisand Dismorphia to the Pierins ;

and [thomeis to the Erycinide.

(xxiv =)

Dircenna relata.

Callithomia hezia.

Hyposcada adelphina.

Pleronymia notilla.

Hypoleria libera,

Dismorphia deione, 9.

D. sororna, 2.

Mylothris malenka, 2.

Papilio zalates.

Colombian modification of 2.

Tithorea hecalesina,

Napeogenes peridia.

Pteronymia picta.

East Brazilian Type.

Heliconius hecalesia.

Evesia ithomioides.

Anea panariste, 2.

(a.) The apical spots on the forewing yellow.

Lycorea halia,

Melinwa ethra.

Tithorea sp.

Mechanitis nesaa,

Napeoyenes vanthone.

Ceratinia laphria,

Heliconius dryalus.

Huetdes dianasa.

Hresta esora.

Hresia sp.

Dismorphia astyonome.

(».) The apical spots on the forewing white.

Mechanitis lysimnia.

Napeoyenes euryanassa,

Ceratinia daeta,

Guiana Type.

Lycorea ceres.

Melinawa mneme.

Tithorea harmonia.

Mechanitis polymnia.

Ceratinia philidas.

. Upper Amazons.

a. Kga Type.

Lycorea cinnamomeana.

Melinaa pardalis.

Tithorea harmonia.

Mechanitis eqaensis.

Ceratinia fluonia.

Heliconius nareaa.

Fleliconius numata.

Hresia sp.

Dismorphia amphione.

Heliconius pardalinus.

Protogonius castaneus.

Diismorphia egaana.

@ xxv)

b. Sao Paulo Type.

Lycorea cinnamomeana. Heliconius isabellinus.

Melinaa cydon.,

Mechanitis olivencius.

Ceratinia tigrina.

c. Lower Rio Napo Type.

Melinea sp. FLeliconius sp.

Mechanitis sp. Eueides sp.

Callithomia sp. Eresia sp.

Ceratinia sp.

6. Ecuador Type.

Melinaa cydippe. Heliconius aristiona.

Mechanitis mothone. Hueides acacetes.

Ceratinia semifulva. Acrea acipha,

Napeogenes sp. Hresia ithomiola,

Protogonius semifulrus.

Papilio baechus.

7. Central Colombian modification of 6.

Melin@a messenina. Heliconius messene.

Mechanitis menophilus.

Napeogenes sp.

The greater part of these groups, which also contained a

few moths belonging chiefly to the genus Pericopis, consisted

of species of the Heliconioid Danaine or, as they had been

recently called, Neotropinz; one or more species of Heli-

coniude were constantly present, and the associated forms of

Heliconius might conveniently be regarded as representatives

of the respective colour-types. A few Nymphaline, Pierine,

Papilioning, and in one case an Erycinid, had been drawn

into the vortex. The colour-types which they represented

were so far diagnostic of the geographical distribution that

4, strange specimen belonging to one or other of these groups,

which were a few only out of many such that could be put

together, could be unhesitatingly assigned by its facies to its

G xxvii")

original habitat in Tropical America.* But whereas certain

groups, such as 1, 2, 3, and 4, were of extensive geographical

range, others, such as the Ega group, 5a, with its peculiar

suffused brown coloration, or the Rio Napo group, 5c, were

restricted to a comparatively small area. This was intelligible

in the Andean region, where every valley had its owu special set

of forms and where isolation played the same part as in the

evolution of insular faunas, but, as Dates had pointed out,

it was a very remarkable phenomenon in the Amazon valley,

throughout which the physical conditions were very uniform.

He did not propose to dispute either of the theories of mimi-

ery which were associated with the names of Bates and

Miller, but they rested very largely on hypothesis and were

in want of further support from observation and experi-

ment, which would afford a large if arduous field of

work to the enterprising naturalist; the difficulties of the

subject did not appear to him to be fully overcome by these

theories, which should not be pushed so far as to lead to the

disregard of other factors which might have influenced the

genesis of these groups. One difficulty was that of distribu-

tion. As before mentioned, the groups of the Upper Amazon

valley were often of limited range; but if they were geneti-

cally connected and the conditions of their environment were

constant, the causes which brought about association under

a common type, if prohibiting deviation therefrom under

penalty of destruction, should have operated to extend the

limits of a group as widely as possible by acting as a check

to variation on its outskirts. If it were assumed that one

form were so far dominant as to drag its associates with it in

any given direction, it must be also recollected that the prin-

ciple on which these large ‘ Miullerian”’ associations were

supposed to be based was prohibitive to variation of any

component species, either as a whole, or in any part of the

* As an example, group 4 is distinguished mainly by having

the hindwings almost or quite black behind the transverse black

bar usually preseut. The same character exists in British Guiana

examples of //. theluiope and //. vestu, not in other respects true

components of the group; it is absent in their Amazon repre-

sentatives, at least as far as Bolivia, where it turns up again in

association with very different groups.

(| xxvii)

range of the system. The logical tendency of such a group

would be to extend its limits indefinitely and not to give rise

to repeated changes of the colour-type.

Another difficulty was presented by the very close resem-

blance, at times amounting to identity in external characters,

between certain pairs in these groups, a resemblance to

which Brunner’s epithet, ‘‘ hypertelic’’ might be applied.

Existing theories postulated a selective elimination by insecti-

vorous birds, etc. ; but the birds’ discrimination of members of

a ‘ Millerian,” 7.¢., protected group must be in relation to

its distinctness from the other insects co-existing in the same

region. If, as was frequently the case, such a group was

immediately recognisable by its broad features as protected

and inedible, such further discrimination between its members

as would be necessary to bring about the intimate likeness

found, e.g., between many species of Melinwa and Heliconius

was not adequately accounted for by Muller’s hypothesis.

With regard to ‘ convergence,”’ which had been put forward

as a necessary phenomenon in Millerian mimicry, the

possibility of parallel variation ought not to be excluded. To

take the case of H. thelxiope and H. vesta, the “ typical ”’

forms might be assumed, ew hypothes?, to be the most ancestral,

and to have acquired their common resemblance by conver-

gence; but from these forms were derived, as the series

exhibited showed, a number of paired varieties which were

progressively modified in relation to their distribution. There

was nothing to show that either species had been influenced

in its variation by the other, and that it would not have

followed the same course if it had been isolated. And it was

conceivable that the causes, in most cases unknown, which

brought about modifications in the colour and markings of a

species in association with its geographical range, might have

produced identical results in two species of the same genus,

with a common facies, under common conditions.

Prof. Pounron: He congratulated Dr. Dixey on his care-

ful work, and on the deep interest of the results he had

obtained. It was a great source of satisfaction to him that

this research had been conducted in the Hope Department of

the Oxford University Museum.

(| xxvii )

He then exhibited a further series of neotropical butterflies

from the Godman-Salvin collection, illustrating the various

members of the group which had been formed round Methona

confusa, Butl., and Thyridia psidii, L.; the best known moths

(of the genera Castnia and Hyelosia) which fell into the group,

were supplied by specimens from the Hope collection. This

group which, as regards most of its members, had been

originally described by H. W. Bates, occupied a very wide

geographical area, and was of special interest, not only on

account of the number of forms which entered into it, but

also because of the perfection of the resemblance.

Further, he exhibited the smaller group which convergcs

around Ituna lamira, Latr.,and species of Olyras, Thyridia, ete.,

the specimens being selected from the Godman-Salvin collec-

tion; he also showed several groups characteristic of Honduras,

Surinam, Eastern Brazil, etc., the specimens haying been

recently acquired by the Hope collection for the purpose of

illustrating the principles of Warning Colours and Mimicry.

Many of these specimens possessed the special interest that

they were captured by one collector nearly at the same time,

and in one locality. In fact, in the case of the Honduras

insects (presented by Col. Swinhoe), examples of several

different species and genera had been sent in one set of papers

as a single species. Thus in the case of these groups evi-

dence was actually forthcoming that the separate species do

live together intermingled, and are liable to be confused, at

any rate by a human collector.

The term “ homcochromatism’’ was criticized on the

ground that it was a mistake in science rigidly to exclude

theory and interpretation. A theory might be a good guide

to discovery, even if it turned out in the end to be imperfect

cr wrong. And in this case it was contended that the theories _

of Mimicry and of Warning Colours had by no means been

proved to be wrong, but remained as the only hopeful inter-

pretation of the facts.

He also objected to Dr. Dixey’s phrase, ‘reciprocal

mimicry,’ inasmuch as the resemblances alluded to were

those of specially defended insects, and not of forms which,

being themselves harmless, lived on the reputation of their

@ sexixe 8)

better defended neighbours, as in mimicry proper. Protective

Mimicry had been defined by the speaker as ‘‘ False Warning

or Deceptive Warning Colours” (pseudaposematic), while,

according to Dr. Dixey’s contention, there was nothing false

about the warning colours of the insects described.*

It was contended that the peculiar local groups, such as

those of Ega and the Rio Napo do not offer any difficulty

to the theory. The ordinary laws of variation continued to

operate after the formation of a group, only in this case the

change which so often occurs in a species with a wide geogra-

phical range, ultimately splitting it up into subspecies and

true species, would draw the associated forms after it by the

operation of the very principles by which the group was

originally formed. If this process were sufficiently gradual

no principle of Millerian association need be violated. Or

the facts might be reasonably explained in another way: the

dominant (a word which here implies only the commonest

and best known, in fact, the most widely advertised

of the specially defended Lepidoptera of the district)

form might have inhabited the region in question, and

assumed its peculiar aspect before the formation of the

* Tt has since occurred to me that terms accurately descriptive

for those who accept the theories of Mimicry and Warning Colours

may be obtained by an extension of the terminology proposed by

me in 1890 (“The Colours of Animals,” pp. 336 et seqq.). In the

majority of cases there is reason for the belief that Miillerian

groups have been formed by a gradual approximation towards the

appearance of some aggressive and abundant species, or towards

that of the most prominent general characteristics of several such

species belonging to a specially defended section of Lepidoptera,

such as the Euploeine or Acreine. Miillerian groups of this kind—

probably by far the commonest—may be said to possess Synaposematic

(obv, together ; ard, away : ofjya, Sign) colours, pattern, or appear-

ance, the noun being Synaposeme. They may also be said to possess

Miillerian Warning Colours or Common Warning Colours. For

those extremely interesting but, as I believe, relatively uncommon

cases, in which the approach is mutual—a process of ‘give and

take,” so well described by Dr. Dixey—the term Diaposematic

(ad, used to express mutual relation, as in “ dialogue,” amd, and ofa)

may be employed, the noun being Diaposeme. These cases may

also be spoken of as Reciprocal Warning Colours. Mr. Arthur

Sidgwick has kindly helped in the formation of these new terms.

—E. B. Poulton, June 14th, 1897.

PROC. ENT. SOC LOND., u., 1897. C

(Cee)

group, and may have then separately ‘‘converted ’’ each new-

comer as it arrived in the district. The tendency of a group

was certainly, as Mr. Blandford maintained, to extend its

limits indefinitely—a tendency which had operated with great

success in certain cases. But the spread of species always

encountered opposing forces which in many cases acted as

effective barriers.

With regard to Brunner’s ‘ Hypertely,” he maintained

that one knew far too little of the details of the struggle for

existence to justify the conclusion that it was incompetent to

produce such effects. What little was known confirmed the

belief that very minute differences might serve to turn the

scale. The differences between extremely perfect resem-

blances and those which were less perfect or only very rough,

were probably to be explained by the relative age of the

association in the former, or the more complete and rapid

operation of natural selection on account of a special reliance

on this among other modes of defence possessed by the

species. One was compelled to believe that every perfect

resemblance began as an imperfect resemblance, and then

passed through stages in which the likeness was gradually

increased ; and it was only to be expected that examples of

all such stages should exist at the present day among the

numberless forms which exhibited mimicry and common

warning colours.

Gradual changes in the geographical distribution of the

constituent species along the borders of groups would tend

from time to time to bring certain of them within the

influence of other groups, and so begin a change in another

direction. Furthermore, there was no reason for concluding

that the detached members of Miillerian groups must become

extinct, as in the case of the Batesian or true mimic. In the

presence of other dominant members of a group, any ten-

dency towards resemblance might well be of selection value :

in their absence it was by no means necessary to assume that

a species, which, ex hypothesi, was specially protected in some

way, must become extinct, although any further advance

towards. the likeness would be checked, and the ground gained

in the past lost after a longer or shorter interval. To enter

(Sexxy 3)

the area of another group would tend towards a rapid modifi-

cation of the old appearance.

The suggestion that parallel variation assisted in the for-

mation of these resemblances was strongly opposed by the

fact that the superficial characters were alone affected, and

that the closeness of resemblance bore no relation to degree

of affinity. For instance, the resemblance between a

Melina and a Heliconius was frequently much closer than

that between the former and a Mechanitis, or the latter and

an Eueides, in the same groups. Although the interesting

facts brought forward by Mr. Blandford with regard to Heli-

conius thelviope and H. vesta, ete., would, taken alone, seem

to support his suggestion of parallel variation, yet when they

were considered as part of the whole phenomena of Miillerian

warning colours, as exhibited and as at present known and

understood, in the Neotropical Rhopalocera, one was led to

believe that one set of principles had been at work, and that

natural selection, which, he contended, offered the only hopeful

solution in the vast majority of cases was the true explanation

of the others also.

Further strong support for this conclusion and further

difficulty in the way of any other interpretation as yet offered

was to be found in the similar behaviour of the groups which

in other tropical countries represented the Danaine, Nectro-

pine, and Heliconiine of S. America. Thus unmistakable

indications of Miillerian association were to be found among

the Acreine of Africa and among the Danaine and Eupleine

of the Oriental Region. It was impossible to contend that

these representative groups possessed the monopoly of parallel

variation, or of change under direct influence of the environ-

ment.

The Prestpent: In treating of the Millerian associations of

species closely resembling each other—many of which were so

well illustrated by the admirably arranged series of Tropical-

American Lepidoptera exhibited by Mr. Blandford—there

was always, in his opinion, great risk, in the case of species

of the same genus or even of nearly allied genera, of mis-

taking for mimicry the similarity really due to close affinity in

blood, It also occurred to him that in these Miullerian com-

( scxxai >)

panies, where each component species is admittedly protected,

some certainly and the rest presumably, by offensive and dis-

tasteful secretions, there did not apparently exist the same

necessity for exact imitation as was demanded in the case of

the Batesian mimicries, when the very existence of the unpro-

tected edible individual and species depended on the closest

simulation of the protected inedible form. The opinion had

been expressed that in the latter cases mimicry had some-

times been carried to an exactness in minutie quite unneces-

sary; but he thought that no one, who considered the life

conditions under which these mimicries had been brought

about—the intensity of competition, the overwhelming fer-

tility, the complex inter-relations of organisms, so charac-

teristic of tropical regions, could seriously conclude that these

special modes of protection could by any possibility be too

perfect. We might rest assured that imitations so complete

as many of them are would certainly not exist if they had not

become necessary.

In the discussion of these extremely interesting phenomena

it was only too evident how great was the need for prolonged

and continuous systematic study of the living forms in their

natural environment. The collector in tropical regions,

however able and enlightened, and however desirous of con-

tributing to the elucidation of these and kindred problems,

was too much hampered by the hindrances and interruptions

incident to his main occupation to admit of his undertaking

such a series of observations as was essential. What was

wanted were Diological Stations dealing with the terrestrial

fauna on the lines of late so successfully followed in marine

biological research.

The discussion was then adjourned till June 2.

June 2nd, 1897.

Mr. R. Tren, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

The President referred to the great loss which the Society

had sustained by the death of Dr. Fritz Miiller, one of its

Honorary Fellows, and to his distinguished services in the

@ xa )

cause of entomological science, and especially in forwarding

the theory of the Origin of Species.

The draft of the proposed additions and amendments to

the Society’s Bye-Laws was read a third time.

Ewvhibitions.

Dr. Chapman exhibited the young larva of Kriocephala

allionella. The egg was very similar to that of L. calthella,

which he had previously figured. The larva was also closely

alike but the tubercular appendages were proportionately

smaller, The ova were from moths taken near Cannes. He

also exhibited the skin of a female imago of //eterogyna penella,

to show the muscles, which were well developed on a larval

type in both the abdominal and thoracic regions.

Mr. Jacoby exhibited a fine example of the large Hepialid,

Leto venus, from Plettenberg Bay, 8. Africa. The President

said that the insect afforded an interesting case of localised

distribution, being confined to an area of about fifty by

fourteen miles, whereas the larva fed in the wood of Virgilia

capensis, @ common and widely-distributed leguminous tree.

The insect was very conspicuous and could not have been

overlooked in other localities.

Mr. Burr showed a pair of gynandromorphous earwigs,

Chelisoches morio, Fabr., from Java, with ordinary males and

females for comparison. In both specimens the right branch

of the forceps was of the male, and the left branch of the

female form. De Bormans had recorded a similar case in

Labidura pugnax, Kirb., from Burmah (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen.

(2), xiv., p. 877), in which also the right branch was male

and the left female. In the National Collection there was a

Chelisoches morio, in which the left branch was male and

the right female. According to Brunner this phenomenon

was not uncommon in the Forficulariide, but the speaker had

heard of no other cases.

The Hon. Walter Rothschild exhibited a series of speci-

mens of Hudemonia brachyura, Drury, and FE. argiphontes,

Kirby, to show the differences between these two West

African Saturniid moths. The distinctness of the latter

species had been doubted, as until recently it was only

(Cr xxv, 4)

known by the unique examples in the Dublin Museum, and

the three published figures of these were materially different

from each other. A comparison of the series exhibited

showed the two species to be abundantly distinct.

Mr. Kirkaldy exhibited fifty specimens of Notonecta glauca,

Linn., to show the extreme range in size and colour of this

species, to which the Palearctic N. lutea, Mull., was ex-

tremely closely allied, if not conspecific with it. The

distribution of N. glauca was very extensive and included

practically the whole of Europe, Palearctic Africa, Teneriffe,

Western Asia, Siberia, the Himalayas, and North America,

the exhibitor observing that a Brazilian species was probably

an extreme variety of this insect.

Discussion on Mimiery, ete.

Tae discussion on Mimicry and Homeochromatism in

Butterflies, adjourned from May 5, was then resumed.

Dr, Dixry: He wished to add his voice to the chorus of

approval and thanks which had greeted the very fine exhibit

arranged by Mr. Blandford from the collection of Messrs.

Godman and Salvin. ‘He thought that his own views were

supported by the contents of the drawers shown, and that the

series of examples contained therein were, in most instances,

Millerian associations of an extensive character.

He agreed that the term ‘ homcochromatism”’ had an

advantage in merely denoting the facts, without reference to

any theory ; but he thought that Mr. Blandford ought not to

restrict it, if such were his intention, to Millerian mimicry.

It was equally true that Batesian mimics were homceochro-

matic with the models they represented.

He was not sure whether Mr. Blandford intended his

remarks about the intimate resemblance existing between

certain species included in these groups to be considered as a

criticism of the Miillerian theory. The course taken by any

species was a resultant of the various forces acting upon it,

and the perfection of a mimetic resemblance would therefore

stand in relation to the facility for its acquisition which was

allowed by the other forces tending to modify the external

appearance.

( oxxxy )

Professor Poulton had criticised the use of the term

“mimicry”? in the case of Miillerian resemblances. The

speaker agreed that any ambiguity between these phenomena

and DBatesian mimicry was to be avoided, but it had not

occurred to him that his use of the term ‘‘reciprocal

mimicry’? was open to this objection. He had also been

charged with saying that Millerian mimicry was necessarily

reciprocal. Possibly he had conveyed this impression ; he did

not, however, intend to assert that this form of mimicry must

always so demonstrably act as to produce reciprocal alterations

among species associated under its influence; but merely that

it exercised a constant potential force, in some cases becoming

actual and capable of demonstration, towards mutual converg-

ence, whereas in Batesian mimicry the mimic was neces-

sarily without any such influence on the model.

He was glad to hear Professor Poulton say that he was

becoming convinced by the speaker’s arguments that the

Pierine were a protected group. Hoes should not himself,

however, care to assert more than that much evidence point-

ing to this conclusion existed in respect to many members

of the subfamily—for instance, the genera Delias and Mylo-

thris; while in some cases the evidence for inedibility was

considerably strengthened by the presence of reciprocal

change.

Canon Fow.er: Could anyone explain the existence of the

‘‘predominant partner’’ which was assumed in the explana-

tion given of these groups? He could not imagine why one

species should be stable and the others unstable and depen-

dent upon the former for their characters,

Mr. Etwes: The society was much indebted to Messrs.

Godman and Salvin for the loan and to Mr. Blandford for

the arrangement and exhibition of these valuable specimens.

He doubted if there were any other collection in the world

from which such an exhibit as that shown could be got together.

To his mind the specimens were of infinitely greater scientific

value in their present arrangement than they would be if

dispersed throughout a collection in their proper systematic

positions,

He therefore pleaded that when the question of their being

( xxxvi })

sent to their ultimate destination, the British Museum,

arose, the possibility of their being kept permanently to-

gether might be considered, and their retention in the present

arrangement stipulated for, The absence of any rare or

unique examples from their proper places in the collection

would be more than compensated for by the increased interest

which would thus be secured, and the series would serve as

a model to curators of other museums in the art of making

butterfly collections interesting and instructive.

He had to speak that evening without the advantage of

having heard the first part of the discussion, and what he

had to say was therefore based mainly on the abstract which

had been furnished of it. He thought, and his opinion was

formed on personal experience gained in collecting in many

countries, tropical and otherwise, that there was too much

assumption about either the Batesian or Miillerian theories

of mimicry. In many supposed cases he doubted whether

the so-called models were protected either by taste or smell,

and he thought that the importance of birds as enemies of

butterflies had been overrated. It seemed to him that the

protection supposed to be given to the imago was of little

account in the perpetuation of the species when compared

with the destruction which took place in the larval or pupal

stage by climatic influence, as well as by insect and other

enemies.

However beautiful these explanations of the phenomena of

mimicry were in theory they ought not in most cases to be

treated as proved scientific axioms. He did not deny that

there might be some truth in each of the theories which had

been put forward, but it appeared to him that altogether too

much stress was laid on them. Had any observations been

made which would justify the statement that the members of

a Miillerian group were inedible, as was asserted by Dr. Dixey

in his quoted remarks ?

He desired to call attention again to a passage in his

Presidential Address on Geographical Distribution (Trans,

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, pp. Ixv., lxvi.). He -had said:

‘* What is most remarkable is the existence, at high eleva-

tions in yarious parts of the Andes, and at sea level in South

Gixxxvul

Chili and Patagonia, of several genera and species elsewhere

unknown in the Neotropical region, and which are isolated

from their congeners in North America by an enormous area

of country.

‘* Among these Trifurcula huanaco is a remarkable species

which occurs in the Andes of Bolivia, at 16,000 to 17,000

feet, and has a marvellous likeness to Baltia shawt, found at

a similar elevation m Ladak.

‘“Phulia, a genus of three or four nearly allied species

also occurring at great elevations in the Andes and Chili, has

a striking resemblance to Synchloe butleri, a species which

accompanies Baltia in Ladak. If similar conditions of en-

vironment do not produce similar effects, how can these

extraordinary cases of resemblance in remote and discon-

nected areas be accounted for ?”’

He hoped that entomologists who resided in places where

any of the supposed instances of protective mimicry occurred

would pay special attention to the life-history of the species

affected by it, as such observation alone could prove or dis-

prove the question.

Mr. Verratt : Homeochromatism was not a phenomenon

confined to the tropics. Homcochromatic resemblances

existed even in Europe between Diptera and Hymenoptera,

and it must be assumed that they stood in relation to the

protective armature of the Hymenoptera.

Col. Swrrnor: A challenge had been held out as to whether

the distasteful qualities of protected Lepidoptera had been

experimented on. As an example of a species, of which such

qualities were placed beyond doubt, he instanced Danais

chrysippus, one of the most widely-spread protected models.

This insect was so free from attack, owing to its nauseous

character, that the protection extended eyen to dried

examples. These would be found untouched in a box of

insects, although the remainder of its contents had been

destroyed by mites or Anthreni. He did not doubt that

there were many other protected Lepidoptera, including many

Pierine genera—for example, all the species of Teracolus

appeared to be inedible.

Mr. Jacosy: If protected and inedible species were so

PROC. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1., 1897. D

(| xxxvill_ )

widely distributed, why were they not universally imitated

by unprotected insects? He did not think that sufficient

proof had been given of the existence of protection.

Sir Grorce Hampson, Bart.: In his personal experience

in 8. India he had found that it was quite an exceptional

thing to see birds catch, or even attempt to catch, butterflies,

whilst it was a matter of daily occurrence to see them taking

other insects, especially moths, ete., started from a position

of rest. In the cases he had witnessed the Huplwe and

Danaidae were caught as often as any others, but usually

escaped eventually from the beak of the bird and flew away

none the worse owing to the toughness of the integuments.

The only bird he had observed frequently to pursue butter-

flies was the common Indian Bee-eater, which he had seen

hawking Pieride, and among them Teracolus, which Col.

Swinhoe had expressly referred to as a protected genus.

He thought the cause demanded by these theories was

inadequate to produce the results assigned to it.

The Hon. Watrer Roruscarip: It had struck him that it

was much more conceivable that certain climatic influences,

etc., had played a part in bringing about these resemblances,

and he thought that these groups assumed the same appear-

ance because one given influence was at work on them.

Such a case as that of Papilio merope, and its various

representative forms inhabiting Africa (except the Palearctic

North part) and Madagascar were inexplicable by mimicry

alone. This Papilio was monomorphic in Madagascar, the

female being similar to the male both in colour and form of

wings, while the representative found in Abyssinia had the

hindwing tailed like the male, but possessed a decidedly

‘‘mimetic’’ pattern. In this respect it resembled the female

forms of 8. and W. Africa, which were, however, tailless.

He contended that these geographical forms of Papilio merope

had probably sprung up under the direct influence of the

external conditions of the respective areas rather than in

consequence of the direct selection of specimens with a more

** mimetic” pattern.

Canon Fowier: There was too much assumption about

the current theories.

( exxocixay |)

Mr. McLacutan: A point that appeared to him to be a

good deal overlooked in this matter was the possibility that

two species might go on independently and yet apparently

-mimic each other by arriving at the same results in their

modifications.

Prof. Wetpon, F.R.S.: He did not intend to enter upon

the details of mimetic resemblances or upon the theories

which had been put forward, but, speaking as a visitor, he

would like to take the opportunity, as he did whenever an

occasion presented itself, of pointing out to entomologists

that the truth or falsity of these theories was capable of being

tested to a large extent experimentally, and especially by

experiments which would give a basis for statistical deter-

minations,

Thus, if one took a mimetic species distributed over a

large area, hommochromatic with one species in one district,

and with another in another district, such a species on

theoretical grounds must be variable and susceptible to a

moderately rapid selective action.

In any given area, although the examples caught might

conform fairly closely with a common type, the species must

still be variable and capable of selection ; if the theories were

true there should be evidence of continued selective destruc-

tion, and this could be ascertained by experimental breeding

on a large scale from eggs of wild individuals. A comparison

of the examples thus reared with an equal number of wild

specimens from the same locality would show whether there

was any greater variability among the bred forms. Assuming

that sources of error had been excluded, such a result would

be good evidence of the existence of continued selection

tending to ensure conformity with the model.

Mr. J. J. Watxer: He was unable to believe that birds

were effective agents in causing mimetic resemblances.

During all his experience as a collector in different parts of

the world he had never seen a bird pursue and catch a

butterfly but once. On the other hand, butterflies were often

eaten when at rest by lizards, small mammals and monkeys.

Col. Yersury: During his personal experience of many

years in India and Ceylon he had hardly ever seen a bird

Cash

touch a butterfly. Some years ago the question was raised

by the Bombay Natural History Society, and he, with others,

took notes on the subject. He recorded two cases only

dyring three years’ observing. It was significant that while

the flocks of locusts and white ants were attended by

vertebrates of all orders, the flocks of butterflies in Ceylon

(locally known as ‘‘snowstorms’’) were attended by one

species only of bird, and that but seldom.

In his opinion the enemies of butterflies were chiefly, if not

entirely invertebrate. In Ceylon two protected species,

Kuplea core and Delias eucharis, were largely taken by a

mantis, Gongylus gongyloides, while two of the large Asilide,

Promachus maculatus and Seleropogon ambryon preyed largely

on Danais limnace.

Mr. Buanprorp: In criticizing the term ‘‘ homeochroma-

tism ’’ Prof. Poulton had, he thought, somewhat mistaken

the speaker’s attitude. He had no intention whatever of

excluding theoretical considerations, even if he could not

accept them at their full value. But it was obviously unjust

that a class of facts, about which there could be no dispute,

should be labelled with a collective name implying the

acceptance of a theory which, however well it might stand

criticism, had certainly not yet been established. He

preferred to keep one terminology for the facts and another

for the explanatory theory.

The wideness of meaning which he proposed to attach to

the term ‘‘homcochromatism”’ required some explanation.

Certainly he conceded that it covered cases of Batesian

municry; but if generally adopted, it would probably prove

convenient to give it a more restricted and conventional

meaning by their exclusion: such a conventional limit had

constantly to be applied in terminology. In order to keep

the nomenclature of these facts independent of speculation it

seemed desirable to employ the words ‘‘ mimic ” and “ model”

without reference to the questions of Batesian or Miillerian

mimicry, the essential character of a ‘‘ mimic ’’ being that of

a wide departure from the general type of its genus or

subfamily with a resulting likeness to a model which was not,

or scarcely, modified thereby; in hommochromatism, as he

desired to limit the term, and as he had illustrated it, no

such one-sided departure was manifest.*

The President had called attention to the risk, in the case

of species of the same genus, or of nearly allied genera, of

mistaking for homcochromatism a similarity due to blood-

relationship. Of course, the value of resemblances had to be

estimated in relation both to the range of form existing in

the genera or sections of a genus involved, and to distribution ;

and the speaker did not admit that such a mistake had been

made in respect to any single species of his exhibit. As far

as his knowledge went, instances of non-mimetic homco-

chromatism among Neotropical butterflies were entirely

confined to the Neotropine, Heliconiine, and Hesperiide,

although other subfamilies afforded mimetic forms.

He had brought forward certain difficulties attending the

current theories; Prof. Poulton’s epicriticism thereon was

based largely on the assumption that each group possessed

some dominant form. The speaker had already pointed out

that the Miillerian theory was opposed to the existence of

dominant forms, and he knew of no direct evidence that such

actually were present—that was, species which could so far

influence a group as to compel its components to change

when they changed. His objections as to geographical

distribution had been met by two counter-suggestions, one of

which presupposed that a series of dominant forms had

preoccupied the country and had influenced the appearance

of the protected species which subsequently invaded it; but

one could not bring oneself to believe without strong evidence

that the groups of insects concerned, the Heliconiine

and Neotropine, were not coeval in distribution. Prof.

Poulton’s comments on ‘‘ hypertely ’’ again presupposed the

*“ Homoeochromatic pairs, such as those of Series I. in my

exhibit, are not demonstrably in the relation of “model” and

“mimic,” but in one for which some other word must be found.

I would suggest that each member of such a pair, or group, which

does not show the departure indicative of a mimetic form, be

called the “ homotype” of its associates. Thus Heliconius galanthus

would be the homotype of, or homotypic with, //. luce—W. F.

H. Blandford, July, 1897.

( xiii )

existence of a dominant form in each group, the other com-

ponents of which were capable of being arranged in a

descending order of resemblance to it. That was scarcely

borne out by the specimens. A group such as that shown

from Panama presented several hypertelic pairs and did not

support the idea that the species could be arranged in degrees

of adaptation towards one particular model. Whilst the

facts of geographical distribution afforded, in his view,

a real objection to the Miullerian theory, he did not look to

distribution alone as likely to have hada considerable share in

the production of these groups.* It might have had some ;

but their production might conceivably be due to a variety of

causes, and not one alone.

He had certainly intended his remarks on hypertely to be

taken as a criticism of the Millerian hypothesis.

However effective a destructive agency might be in pro-

ducing change, directly it became non-selective, the resulting

change must stop short at the point reached; and _ his

argument was that the process of discrimination by birds,

the only available agents, would be limited to the recognition

of a group of associated forms as an inedible whole, and being

superfluous if carried farther would not be exercised so as to

bring about such minute resemblances as were often met

with. Asan instance, he might mention the two Brazilian

eroups, differing in the white or yellow colour of the apical

spots of the forewing. ‘To use a rough illustration, a person

whose object was to avoid the society of a policeman would

betake himself off at the first sight of the familiar uniform

and would not stop to decipher such minutiz as the distin-

guishing number thereon. His view was strengthened by .

the President’s admission that in Millerian groups there

apparently did not exist the same necessity for exact

imitation as was demanded in the case of Batesian mimics ;

it practically conceded his point.

Every one who had listened to the discussion must, he

thought, be struck with the amount of doubt thrown on the

* The objections to any explanation based on distribution alone

have been forcibly stated by Fritz Miller himself. ‘“ Kosmos,”

1882, p. 262.

( xliii_)

bird-theory by speakers whose competence and opportunities

for observation were quite beyond dispute. Further impor-

tant evidence on this point had been lately given by M. Piepers

(Congr. Internat. Zool., III., p. 460) who had studied the

question in Sumatra and Java for twenty-eight years. In

that time M. Piepers had seen four cases only of butterflies,

two belonging to the ‘protected’? genus Huplwa, being

attacked by birds; and his paper referred to the fact that

neither Pryer, after twenty years’ observation in Borneo,

Skertchley nor Scudder had seen or accepted such a

phenomenon. M. Piepers had arrived at the sufficiently

striking result that mimicry had nothing to do with Natural

selection.

The premisses necessary to support either theory of

Mimicry had been unduly neglected. For example, though

evidence existed to show that the models were protected and

inedible, the proof of the edibility of mimetic butterflies had

not received enough attention; it was necessary to Bates's

theory, and all the more so since Dr. Dixey’s work on the

‘¢ Millerian’”’ character of certain Pierine. These theories,

indeed, were really working hypotheses, the object of which

was to suggest experimental work tending to prove or

disprove them ; they were not yet to be put forward dogmati-

cally as true and as convincing proofs of Natural selection.

To insist that these homceochromatic groups owed their

origin merely to the educational requirements of birds had

led, in his view, not so much to a development as to a

stifling of broad speculation on and inquiry into the problem.

The facts presented by the Ithomie (s. lat.) had scarcely

been touched upon in the discussion. Almost every colour-

type among these insects, however insignificant in appearance,

was represented by species of two or more of the genera into

which the old genus /thomia had been divided; so that the

Ithomie might be said habitually to exist as homceochromatic

pairs. The coloration of many of these pairs, consisting of

nothing but afew black patches and a white or yellow patch on

a transparent ground was far from exhibiting the striking

features which one was led to believe were characteristic of

warning colours.

( xliv_)

Personally, he was not disposed to reject Bates’s theory

which, even if of less general application than was commonly

supposed, was strongly supported by evidence from other orders

of insects, but he was not yet able to accept that which had

been called by the name of Fritz Miller. What was to take

the place of the latter? At present, nothing. Until more

information had been collected on the habits and variation of

homceochromatic species, and on selective agencies, there

were no data on which a new theory could be legitimately

founded. But he desired to call attention to a significant

passage in Bates’s original paper on Mimicry (Trans. Linn.

Soc., 1861, p. 501). Bates said therein: ‘“‘ The process of

the creation of a new species I believe to be accelerated in

the Ithomie and allied genera by the strong tendency of these

insects, when pairing, to select none but their exact counter-

parts ; this also enables a number of very closely allied ones

to exist together, or the representative forms to live side by

side on the confines of their areas, without amalgamating.”’

Such a statement indicated the possibility that sexual

selection, or the segregation of forms might take place as a

direct act of perception on the part of the insects themselves.

If such a phenomenon were shown really to exist, it would

remove many of the difficulties which the present theories

entailed, and in view of Bates’s definite and repeated state-

ments, some proof or disproof of them should be attempted

before the Millerian theory came to be regarded as more than

a merely provisional suggestion.

The Preswwenr: The point had been raised by Mr. Elwes

that the destruction of species in the imago stage was of little

importance when compared with the much greater destruction

of larve and pupe which took place. As a matter of fact,

he could bear witness that certain species at any rate of

Danais and Acrea were distasteful and protected in all stages.

The larve and pupe of Danas chrysippus and of five or six

species of South-African Acraw were rejected by cage-birds

and common fowls; they were highly conspicuous (especially

the pupe of Acrea, which are white or yellowish-white with

orange and black bars and spots, and suspended indiscrimin-

ately on green leaves, dark-brown bark of trees, tarred

Garxive )

palings, etc.) and all gave out an odour weaker than, but of

the same character as, that emitted by the perfect insects.

With respect to the term ‘“‘ homeeochromatism,”’ it had this

disadvantage, that it was at once too wide and too restricted —

too wide, because it did not exclude cases of resemblance due

to mere relationship, and too restricted, because it left out of

sight the similarity in shape of wings or body, or of move-

ment and habit which often made up part of a mimetic

likeness.

He did not agree with Mr. Rothschild as to the case of

Papilio merope, considering that cases in which the ? alone

was exactly modified in imitation of a protected form (or, as

in the instance under notice, of three or four differing

protected forms) were, by reason of the extraordinary contrast

with the unmodified ¢, more striking and unmistakable

instances of obvious and indisputable mimicry than even

those in which both sexes were similarly modified. As

regards the Abyssinian representative of P. merope named

P. antinorii, which until recently was thought like the

Madagascar and Comoro representatives (P. meriones and P.

humbloti) to have the sexes alike, without any mimetic

modification of the 9, Prof. Kheil had described and figured

in 1890 two forms of the ? (collected, with seven ¢ ¢ and

two ¢ ? coloured like the ¢, at Lake Tana by the late Dr. A.

Stecker) respectively closely imitative of D. chrysippus and

Amauris niavius, but still retaining the conspicuous tails

on the hindwings which all the other known forms of ¢

of the allied species on the African continent have lost.

There, it seemed to him, was a most interesting and con-

clusive case of mimetic modification still actually vw progress,

the ? usually resembling the ¢ in both colouring and

pattern as well as in outline of wings, but also presenting

two other forms, each profoundly modified in simulation of

a protected Danaine butterfly, yet an incomplete mimicker

in so far that the tailed outline of the hindwings remained

unaltered.

He must admit that the capture by birds of butterflies was

rare, but he had himself seen birds, especially the Drongo

shrike, chasing butterflies.

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv., 1897. E

(pelea 4)

Mr. Mansel Weale had recorded his haying witnessed the

capture of the ¢ Papilio cenea (the S. African representative

of P. merope) by the Fly-catcher, Tchitrea cristata; and Mr.

T. Ayres has observed that the small King-hunter, Ispidina

natalensis, fed almost entirely on butterflies.

The larger Madagascar Chameleons also ate butterflies, but

appeared to show no discrimination. Lizards attacked them,

but must necessarily see the undersides only, which were

protectively coloured in many cases.

As regarded the known protected butterflies, it should be

borne in mind that there was very little difference in colour-

ing and pattern between the two surfaces of the wings in the

Danaine and Acraine, so that warning indications of dis-

tastefulness were shown almost as conspicuously when at rest

as when in flight. The importance of this as a means of

protection was manifest, and was further evidenced by the

fact that it was exhibited very markedly by the mimicking

forms as well.

The chief invertebrate enemies he had noticed were

Asilide and dragon-flies.

It seemed to him impossible to explain except by the theory

of mimicry such cases as that of Danais chrysippus, a widely

distributed and very common insect which was attended by a

troop of mimetic species wherever it went.

Dr. Dixey: It was too late to deal fully with all the points

which had been raised, and he must necessarily leave some

unanswered for that reason, and not because he undervalued

their importance.

He agreed with Canon Fowler as to the danger of making

too much assumption upon a matter such as mimicry—it

was a subject upon which he had no desire to dogmatise.

His position was rather this :—Supposing the theory that

such and such forms were inedible seemed to supply a

provisional explanation of observed facts, it was desirable

to work out fully the logical consequences of such a

theory, and then to make a fresh appeal to observers for

verification.

Mr. Elwes had laid stress on the importance of getting

more observations from naturalists resident in the country

(s -xbva’ ©)

where these phenomena existed; with that the speaker fully

agreed.

With respect to Mr. Elwes’s question as to the reason for

concluding that the various members of a ‘ Millerian”’

group were inedible; that was an inference which was

drawn from several data, in some instances resting on

direct observation, in others depending mainly on the

accordance of the characters exhibited with the logical

requirements of the theory. Cases of the latter kind

awaited verification.

The suggestion made by Mr. Rothschild with regard to the

similar results produced by a similar environment did not

remove the difficulty ; for these effects were not uniform, and

even closely allied species inhabiting the same region might

differ widely in aspect.

Special Meeting.

At the close of the discussion, the meeting was resolved

into a Special Meeting for the purpose of considering the

proposed amendments and additions to the Society’s Bye-

Laws.

It was moved by Mr. Turr, seconded by Mr. McLacunan,

and unanimously carried, that the proposed amendments and

additions as read at the meetings and contained in the

Schedule circulated among the Society, be put to the vote

collectively.

On the motion of Mr. Merririezp, seconded by Dr. Dixey,

it was unanimously agreed that the said amendments, etc.,

should be adopted, and that the Bye-Laws as amended should

be the Bye-Laws of the Society.

October 6th, 1897.

The Rey. Canon Fowner, F.L.§8., Vice-President, in the

Chair.

Klection of Fellows.

Mr, W. H. Bewyett, of 15, Wellington Place, Hastings, and

Mr. B. Tomury, of 59, Liverpool Road, Chester, were elected

Fellows of the Society.

(ie xilvany )

Hahibitions.

Mr. Merrirrecp exhibited specimens of Aporia crategi, the

pupe of which had been subjected to high and low tempera-

tures. In the former case the effect was slight, possibly the

temperature up to 100° F. had not been as high as they

would bear, in the latter case the spreading and darkening of

the dark parts were remarkable, especially in the male. He

also showed some Argynnis paphia from larvee obtained in the

New Forest, the pup of which had been at high tempera-

tures, ranging up to 103° F. The males were of a lighter

colour than the normal ones, and the dark markings were

considerably reduced in area and intensity ; in both respects

they very closely resembled some males recently taken in the

hot Rhone valley, which were exhibited for comparison. On

the other hand, males, of which the pup had been at 38° F.

to 51° F., had the dark markings much extended and

darkened. Some females which had been subjected to

similar differences of temperature seemed to show slighter

effects of a similar character, but there was no approach in

them to the var. valesina.

Mr. Tutt showed for comparison the extreme forms selected

from some 500 examples of A. crateyi bred or captured in

Kent between 1860 and 1868, but none was so marked as

those shown by Mr. Merrifield, which had been selected from

19, all that he had:bred. Mr. A. H. Jones exhibited some

A, paphia from the South of Europe, including some of the

var. anargyra from Corsica; the underside of some of those

bred by Mr. Merrifield from heated pup approaches these in

appearance,

Mr. Turr showed a remarkable melanic aberration of

Nemeophila plantayinis bred by Mr. A. Horne, in 1893, from

one of three larvee found on Scotston Moor, near Aberdeen ;

the other two moths were normal. Mr. Horne stated that he

had bred hundreds of specimens from this locality, but had

never before seen anything approaching the one exhibited.

The specimen was of a deep solid black, due to the spread of

the markings ; the forewings were almost entirely black, the

hindwings quite so. There was a not uncommon form of

aberration of this species, in which the normally pale parts

@ “xix °)

of the hindwings were smoky black, but with the normal

black markings easily traceable. This specimen had, how-

ever, lost all trace of the pale ground colour and dark

markings.

Mr. Tutt also exhibited a series of Abravas sylvata (ulmata)

captured during the past summer by Mr. Dutton, 25 miles from

York. Previously the occurrence of melanic aberrations had

been rare, but the twenty specimens exhibited were a fair sample

of a number captured this year. The most striking were the

blue-grey forms, in which the ground colour was entirely suf-

fused and melanochroic. Others had the outer portions of the

wing suffused and the base normal; others again had the

suffusion irregular and placed asymmetrically on opposite

wings. The tendency to form a very wide band was observ-

able in some individuals with the ground colour normal, and

it might be supposed that this suffusion was due to the

spread of the grey patches on the wings which existed in

normal specimens as lines and spots. That this was not so,

was shown by the fact that these could be independently

traced except in the most suffused specimens. Other examples

were somewhat suffused with smoky-ochreous or dirty cream

colour. These patches were particularly irregular, the

suffusion of a single wing being common. ‘Two specimens,

however, were regularly suffused, and, were less strongly

marked than usual with the normal chestnut and grey

patches. In both cases the suffusion was of the same shade as

the main colours of the ordinary wing markings, blue-grey and

brown, but was formed independently ana not by the spread

of the normal spots. Mr. Dutton had stated that a large

proportion of the aberrations were crippled, sorae having only

two wings, and that all had the wings more or less folded and

crumpled. He suggested that this points to mal-nutrition as

the most probable cause.

He also showed for Dr. Riding and Mr. Bacot bred

specimens of both broods of Tephrosia bistortata from Clevedon,

Somerset, and bred specimens of 7. crepuscularia and its ab.

delamerensis from York. Reciprocal hybrids were exhibited

between 7’, bistortata and T. crepuscularia, between the former

and the form delamerensis ; and hybrids of the second genera-

(ae)

tion between the two latter crosses. The offspring of the

first crosses were roughly divisible into two groups following

the parent forms, those of the second tended to become

quite different in appearance. Hybridization led to the pro-

duction of continuous broods, and certain broods tended to

produce males only. The coloration became more intense

with increase in the duration of the pupal stage.

Dr. Dixry drew attention to the experiments on hybridiza-

tion recorded in Dr. Standfuss’s ‘‘ Handbuch der Paliarktischen

Gross-Schmetterlinge.’’ These had been continued for many

years, and accounts of them had appeared from time to time

in various foreign periodicals. They were now published at

length, and it would be recollected that several of the hybrids

themselves, together with interesting specimens of tempe-

rature-variation, had, through the kindness of Mr. Merrifield,

been exhibited during the past summer in London. Some

of the chief conclusions derived by Standfuss from his nume-

rous experiments in the crossing of macrolepidoptera were

briefly summarized as follows :—

A. The fertility of first crosses.

1. The intercrossing of two species may result in anything

from complete sterility to the production of the normal

number of fertile eggs. These extremes may even occur as

the result of crossing different individuals of the same two

species.

(Hence a cross must not be pronounced infertile on the

evidence of a single failure.)

2. Individual differences in the structure of the genital

apparatus may prevent effective crossing between some

members of two given species, though other members of

the same two species may pair freely.

3. Some crossings have resulted entirely in male, others

entirely in female offspring. A third class has given both

sexes in various proportions.

B. The fertility of hybrids,

4, In no case observed by Standfuss or known to him has

the female of a true hybrid been shown to be fertile. But the

Gi)

occurrence of undoubted cases of fertility in male hybrids has

been proved by crossing the male hybrids with the females of

both parent-species, and in one case with the female of a

third species.

c. The relative strength of hereditary *nfluences.

(N.B. The three following conclusions rest on an elaborate

series of experiments with certain species of Saturnia, and

are prefaced in the ‘“*‘ Handbuch” by a careful discussion of

the evidence that exists respecting the relative phylogenetic

age of the forms in question.)

5. The freshly-hatched hybrid larva closely resembles

that of the female parent; but with the process of growth

a resemblance to that of the male parent gradually

increases.

6. The extent of approximation towards the male parent

depends on the relative phylogenetic age of the two species ;

the older being able to transmit its properties, whether of

structure or habit, better than the younger.

7. In reciprocal pairing, the male is able to transmit the

characters of the species in a higher degree than the female.

This influence, however, is less regular and potent than that

spoken of in the preceding paragraph.

pv. The result of crossing a parent species with a local race,

or with an aberration of the same species.

8. When the normal form of a species (Grundart) is

crossed with a gradually-formed local race of the same

species, the result is a series of intermediate forms.

9. On the other hand, when the normal form is crossed

with a sporadic aberration, the result in many cases is that

the issue divides itself sharply between the normal form and

the sport, intermediate forms being absent.

To the foregoing summary the speaker added the following

comments :—

1. The experiments completely disprove the remarkable

assertion of Escherich as to the non-occurrence of insect

hybrids.

(pli ee)

2. They afford fresh illustrations of the manner in which

the physiological isolation of an incipient species may be

brought about.*

3. They do not support the assertions of Haeckel and

Quatrefages as to the possibility of Lepidopterous hybrids

continuing their race apart from admixture with either parent

form.

4. They show that the statement of Focke as to the great

variability of the offspring resulting from the crossing of a

plant hybrid with one of the parent species holds good in the

case of insects.

5. What Standfuss speaks of as the prepotency of the

phylogenetically older of the parent species is probably only

another expression of the principle established by Darwin,

that in many cases crossing causes reversion to a remote

ancestor,

6. The general conclusion as to the prepotency of the male

parent accords so far with one result of Mr. F. Galton’s

investigation of the late Sir E. Millais’ breed of Basset

hounds.

7. The result of crossing a parent species with a gradually-

formed local race, though less in degree, is much the same in

kind as that of crossing two distinct species.

8. The result of crossing the normal form of a species

‘with a sporadic aberration of the same species appears to

show that the latter stands biologically on an entirely dif-

ferent footing from the regularly developed variety, even

though it may indicate (as alleged by EKimer and by Jordan)

the direction in which variation for that species is possible.

With Standfuss’s instances may be compared the well-known

case of the “ otter-sheep ”’ (Darwin, ‘ Variations of Animals

and Plants under Domestication,’ 1868, vol. 1, p. 100),

which similarly, when crossed with a sheep of ordinary breed,

gave no true intermediates.

9. Certain experiments with aberrations of this kind, of

which exact numerical records have been kept for several

** This has been demonstrated ona complete scale by Jordan,

“ On Mechanical Selection,” Nov. Zool., 1896, pp. 426-525.—F. A. D.

( li)

generations, are of special interest in connexion with Mr. F.

Galton’s law of heredity.*

In conclusion, Dr. Dixey observed that many points of

ereat interest had necessarily been left untouched in the pre-

sent brief sketch of Standfuss’s work. He hoped, however,

that enough had been said to show the scientific importance

of the researches that had cost their indefatigable author so

much labour. It should be especially gratifying to entomolo-

gists that the present experiments afforded one more illustra-

tion of the aid which could be brought by entomological data

towards the solution of some of the most difficult problems of

biology.

Mr. Cuampron showed for the Rey. J. H. Hocking an

example of the long-bodied moth, Vatosoma ayrionata, ¢,

from New Zealand; also one of Protopaussus walkeri, Waterh.,

found by Mr. Walker in China, the subject of a later com-

munication; and specimens of the rare Hmblethis verbasci, F.,

from the Scilly Isles.

Mr. Jacosy showed a Halticid beetle with a singular

abnormality, the side-margin of the prothorax being split,

and embracing a long process.

Dr. Cuapman exhibited some Spilosoma lubricipeda bred by

Dr. Riding, who stated that the original 2 parent exhibited

‘was a selected variety, not a fair sample of the brood she

belonged to. Mr. Hewett of York gave me the larve, and had

selected the parents from a series bred the year before from

larve from Hull. There has been pure selection from nor-

mal broods, and no introduction of zatima blood. The 4

parent was a normal, though well-marked ¢, not kept. The

specimens sent are picked specimens, but 1 have many more

like the least marked ones, the proportion bred with similar

variations being roughly about twenty per cent. They show

* Mr. Galton has lately tested his law (first enunciated in his

work, ‘“ Natural Inheritance,” 1889, p. 134) by application to the

records of the breed of Basset hounds already mentioned. His

recent paper, “ The Average Contribution of each Several Ances-

tor to the Total Heritage of the Offspring,” Proc. Roy. Soc. 1897,

pp. 401-413, shows that it stands the test remarkably well.—F.A.D.

( dive)

a gradually increasing amount of black markings in both sexes,

and in some the costal black spots are becoming linear.”

In one or two the principal row of spots was a continuous

black band, broken only by the nervures, and in several the

costal spots met to form a continuous costal black line.

Dr. Chapman also exhibited a brood of Acronycta psi, bred

by Dr. Riding from a @ moth, sent from near Rochester, and

illustrating well the permanence of varieties and races in this

species. This dark form of 4. pst was not met with at

Hereford. He had placed in another box three series of

A, psi, one of continental origin, the other two selected Here-

ford forms ; though the differences between them were slight,

they were constant throughout the series, and in the other

specimens of the broods which he had not brought. He also

showed a single specimen of a curious form of A. psi, of

which he had reared a brood from a captured parent ;

its smooth aspect, rounded wings, white clouding, straight

inner line, and almost entire absence of the central prong of

both daggers, made it very distinct, especially in a series,

and much resembling A. menyanthidis. This form he had

called var. bidens.

Dr. Riding’s series presented about thirty specimens very

deep grey, like the parent, shading off in thirteen or fourteen

specimens to about a dozen which were still dark, but not

markedly so.

The Continental series were nearly as dark as the lightest

of Dr. Riding’s brood, but with a less grey tone.

One brood, bred from Hereford parents, with a very distinct

white inner border to the subterminal line, showed this line

more or less marked in all specimens, none being without it,

as were several in the next series. These were from a 2

selected for the shortness of the dagger mark; this did not

affect the whole brood, but was marked in several specimens.

In further illustration he exhibited series of A. tridens ;

the usual form at Hereford, where they were fairly

common, he had divided into two sets—a pink and an

ochreous. ‘These were not distinct races, so far as he knew.

They might be so, as sufficient care was not taken to keep the

broods separate, but he thought both forms were equally

ty)

common in broods both from captured females and from

specimens paired in captivity. This form had eggs smaller

than those of A. psi, and with about 388 ribs (87-44) (A. psi,

45-54).

On only one occasion had he taken in Herefordshire any

other form, and that was a large dark specimen in August,

1892. Its eges were indistinguishable from those of A. psi,

and had 49-52 ribs. The progeny was exceedingly uniform,

and all like the example shown. ‘There was no difference in

the larve of these two forms, although the eggs differed so

decidedly, and of one the imago was so pale, and of the other

dark as well as larger.

Mr. Burr exhibited a Mantis, Phyllocrania illudens, from

Madagascar, with a close resemblance to the dead leaves

among which it lived, some of which were shown with it ;

even the dried stem of the leaf was imitated by a curious

twisted prolongation of the frons.

A new British coccid, NWermes variegatus, Gmel., from

Kent, was exhibited by Mr. Warernouse, who had found it on

the twigs, near or on the buds of oak shrubs in a wood near

Herne, Kent.

Papers,

Mr. G. C. Grirrirus read a paper on “ The Frenulum of the

Lepidoptera.’”’ Mr. Kirkanpy communicated a ‘ Prelimin-

ary Revision of the Notonectide, Part I.” ; and Mr. Water-

HousE the ‘ Description of a new Coleopterous Insect of

the family Pausside.”’

November 8rd, !897.

Mr. R. Trimen, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

The PresmEent announced the death, on Oct. 15th, of Mr.

J. W. Dunning, formerly Secretary and President of the

Society, and referred to his constant interest in it and zeal

for its welfare.

The Treasurer also spoke in appreciation of Mr. Dunning’s

repeated liberality towards the Society, especially at times of

financial straits, and to his successful efforts in procuring

the Royal Charter, the cost of which he had defrayed.

( lvi )

Election of a Fellow.

Mr. Setwyn nace, of 6, Southampton Street, W.C., was

elected a Fellow of the Society.

Exhibitions.

Mr. J. J. Watxer exhibited specimens of <Anisolabis

annulipes, Lue., an introduced species of earwig taken among

bones at the chemical works at Queenborough, and of

Brachysomus hirtus, Boh., a rare weevil, taken among dead

leaves at Chatham, Oct., 1897.

Mr. Janson exhibited a variety of Melanaryia galatea of a

clear yellowish cream colour, without trace of the usual

black markings. It was captured between Dover and

Walmer in 1843 by Mr. Thos. Marshall, and was recorded in

vol. ii. of the ‘‘ Zoologist.’’ It was stillin excellent condition.

Lord Dormer showed a remarkable openwork cocoon of an

unknown Japanese moth, constructed from the larval hairs.

Mr. Jacosy exhibited fine examples of both sexes of the

Australian Hepialids, Charagria ramsayi, C. splendens and

Hepialus daphnandri.

Mrs. Nicuotnt exhibited a selection from the butterflies

collected by her this year, in June and July, in the Albarracin

Mountains in Aragon, containing several additions to the

list of the district published in Madrid by Don Zapater and

Herr Max Korb. ‘The -species of greatest interest were

Hrebia zapateri, Oberth., Canonympha iphioides, Staud.,

Satyrus prieurt, Pierr., and its fulvous female var. whagonis,

which was observed to be much more attractive to the males

than the normal form was; Aryynnis hecate, Ksp., and Par-

nassius apollo, Li., of which a female variety occurred with red-

centred ocelli on the upperside of the forewing.

The Rey. H. S. Goruam showed examples of the following

rare beetles from the New Forest : Notiophilus rufipes, Velletus

dilatatus, four specimens, of which two were found in copula,

Trichonyx sulcicollis, and a single example of Lytta vesicatoria

from Shirley Warren, in the immediate neighbourhood of his

residence,

Mr. Turr showed a series of Noctue, taken at Romford by

(hiv)

the Rev. W. Claxton, all of aberrant forms, and including

Anchocelis pistacina, ab. serina, Esp., and ab. venosa, Haw.; Noctua

wanthoyrapha of the dark greyish-fuscous type form and its

ab. cohasa, Herr.-Schiiff; Hadena protea of the yellowish-

green type form ; Agrotis exclamationis, ab. picea, Haw.,

AXylophasia hepatica, ab. characterea, Hiib., Misclia oxyacanthe,

ab. capucina, Mill., and a fine mottled Hadena thalassina. He

remarked that the interest of these aberrations consisted

chiefly in their being taken so near London, where the usual

forms of these species ran in other directions.

He also exhibited for Mr. J. Merrin :

1. A diminutive specimen of Lycena arion, taken on the

Cotswold Hills in the middle of June after a dry spring,

which probably led to the starving of the food-plant.

2. A specimen of Aylais urtice with a silvery costal spot

on the underside of the forewings. It was bred among a

number of others which showed no tendency to vary in the

same direction.

3. Melitwa aurinia, taken in a swampy meadow near

Gloucester during the last five or six years. The undersides

showed considerable variation, some being of an uniform tint,

z.e., Without any creamy markings, others with the creamy

basal spots reduced to a minimum, others in which they

occupied the whole space and united with the central creamy

band, leaving the fulvous only as small spots. One specimen

had the underside of the hindwings with a wide creamy

transverse band extending from the centre to the hind margin,

the basal half being fulvous.

4, Anexample of Syrichthus malva, ab. taras, taken near

Gloucester.

Mr. Kirxanpy exhibited a complete series of species of the

genus Notonecta, L., specimens of the larva and imago of the

very rare Pedinocoris macronyx, Mayr., from Arizona, and

specimens of Antipalocoris marshalli, Scott, from Ceylon,

previously recorded from Corsica alone; also both sexes of

Metrocoris stali (Dohrn) from Ceylon, the male of which was

noticeable as having the anterior femora incrassated, and of

Diaprepocoris brachycephala, Kirk., from Australasia, a con-

necting link between the Corixine and Micronectine.

( Vivi)

Papers.

Papers were communicated by the Presment on ‘“‘ New or

little-known Species of African Butterflies,’ and by Mr. E.

Meyrick on ‘New Lepidoptera from Australia and New

Zealand.”

November 17th, 1897.

Mr. R. McLacuuan, F.R.S., Vice-President and Treasurer,

m the Chair.

The Chairman referred with regret to the death, while

serving on the Indian Frontier Expedition, of Capt. EK. Y.

Watson, Fellow of the Society, and well known for his

writings on Oriental Rhopalocera.

Election of Fellows.

Miss E. F. Cuawner of Forest Bank, Lyndhurst; Mr. F.

N. Brown, M.R.C.8., of the Elms, Chobham, and Natal;

Mr. Ausert Harrison, F.C.S., of 72, Windsor Road, Forest

Gate; Mr. Atserrt Norris of Church Lane, Napier, New

Zealand; Mr. Srersen Pecuer of Retford, Notts.; Mr.

Epwarp G. J. Sparxe, B.A., of 1, Christchurch Villas,

Tooting Bec Road, S.W.; and Mr. Witmor Tunstatu of

Brook House, Meltham, near Huddersfield, were elected

Fellows of the Society,

Exhibitions.

Mr, Setwyn Imace exhibited male examples of Fieris

brassicae, with a black spot on the disc of the forewings.

They were bred from larvee found feeding on Tropwolum at

Lee, N. Devon, in the autumn of 1896, and six out of ten

males showed this variation.

He also showed a dark variety of Vanessa urtica, taken at

Copthorne in Sussex, and characterized as follows:

Forewings: the yellow costal blotches, and the yellow

subdorsal blotch, absent; the second and third black costal

blotches united; the white costal blotch become a mere tinge

of bluish-grey shading into ochreous, and this into the black

of the terminal fascia, which is somewhat broader, and far

less sharply defined, than ordinarily, and without any blue

(lk )

spots ; the veins in the space between the united black costal

blotches and the terminal fascia conspicuously traced in

black ; the two black discal spots absent.

Hindwings black, sprinkled with ochreous scales and

covered with brown hairs towards the abdomen; the yellowish

costal tinge absent ; terminal fascia represented only by blue

and ochreous spots—elongated and somewhat obscure ;

ochreous edging of the wing specially conspicuous by

contrast.

He also exhibited two fine specimens of Plusia moneta taken

at valerian, near Baleombe, Sussex, on June 30th, 1897.

Mr. M. Burr exhibited three new species of Rumanian

Orthoptera in illustration of a later communication.

On behalf of Mr. T. D. A. Cocxrrett of Mesilla, New

Mexico, two specimens of Synehioe lacinia from that locality

were exhibited to show the remarkable forms of variation

found in individuals occurring at the same time and place

and on the same flowers.

Papers.

Mrs. Nichott communicated a paper ‘‘On the Butterflies

of Aragon,” and Mr. Burr a ‘“ List of Rumanian Ortho-

ptera.”

Mr. Turr read a paper entitled ‘Some Results of recent

Experiments in hybridising Tephrosia bistortata and Tephrosia

crepuscularia.”’

December Ist, 1897.

Mr. Rt. Trimen, F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

Election of Fellows,

Mr. Horr Auprrson of Hilda Vale, Farnborough; Mr.

Arruur Horne of Ugie Bank, Aberdeen; Mr. Cuartes H.

Pemperton of 4, Kent’s Terrace, Torquay ;.and Mr. E. P.

StepsineG, Indian Forest Service, were elected Fellows of the

Society.

Exhibitions.

Mr. Duprey Wricur exhibited an aberration of Argynnis

euphrosyne, in which the, upperside was suffused with black,

(Grube 3)

and the silver spots of the underside of the hindwings con-

verted into streaks.

On behalf of Mr. W. H. Tucx, Mr. Tutt showed examples

of Metecus paradoxus, L., taken in nests of Vespa vulgaris

near Bury St. Edmunds, together with some of the cells in

which they were found. About a fifth of the nests examined

were affected, some containing as many as 24, 12 and 8

examples of the beetle ; the more usual number present was

from two to four. The dates between which examples were

taken in 1897 were from Aug. 2nd to Oct. Ist. According to

Dr. Chapman the eggs were laid in the cracks of posts, etc.,

from which the wasps got the pulp to make their cells.

Combs were also exhibited from nests of Vespa crabro and

Vespa germanica, in which Mr, Tuck had found larve of

Velleius dilatatus, Fabr., which, however, he had been unable

to rear.

The Rev. A. E. Earon exhibited a specimen of the singular

Myodites subdipterus, Fabr., taken by himself at Biskra,

Algeria, and a near ally of MJetwcus,

Mr. Buanprorp called attention to a new instance of the

destructive propensities of Dermestes vulpinus, Fabry. He had

received examples found at Hong-Kong among flags made of

bunting, which were presumably injured, although no details

had been forwarded. This form of injury was analogous with

the damage to woodwork recorded by himself and others; it

had nothing to do with the feeding-habits of the insect, but

was committed by the larve in their search for shelter in

which to pupate. Probably the flags had been stored at some

period in the neighbourhood of infested leather goods, or

dried provisions. The only other case of damage to textile

fabrics by Dermestes rulpinus which he knew of occurred in

connexion with the case recorded by him (Proc. Ent. Soc.

Lond, 1890, p. xxxi); a blue handkerchief spotted with

white, left in the infested building, was found next day to

have all the white spots eaten out.

In the ensuing discussion Mr. C. G. Barrer referred to

the damage done by Agrotid larve to linen spread out to

bleach on the hillsides near Belfast. Investigation showed

that this did not take place except when the linen was

( jilscit sy)

gathered up and brought into the warehouses without being

shaken. The caterpillars which had taken shelter underneath

it then ate their way through it, in order to escape in search

of food.

Papers.

Mr. Cuampron communicated papers entitled ‘Notes on

American and other Tingitide, with Descriptions of two new

Genera and four Species,’ and ‘‘A List of the Cicindelide,

Carabide, and Staphylinide collected by Mr. J. J. Walker,

R.N., in the region of the Straits of Gibraltar.”

ANNUAL MEETING.

January 19th, 1898.

Mr. Rotanp Tren, F.R.S., F.L.8., President, in the Chair.

Mr. A. Huen Jones, one of the Auditors, read the

Treasurer’s Balance Sheet, showing a balance of £1 Os. 1d.

in the Society’s favour.

Mr. W. FE’. H. Buanprorp, one of the Secretaries, read the

following

Report of the Council.

During the Session of 1897-98 the progress of the Society

has been satisfactory.

In 1897 one Honorary Fellow, Dr. Fritz Miller, and six

Ordinary Fellows have died. The latter are Mr. George

Christopher Dennis, Mr. Joseph William Dunning, Mr. John

B. Hodgkinson, Mr. Ernest Sabel, Captain Edward Yerbury

Watson, and Mr. Morris Young.

Five Fellows only have resigned, and twenty-four Ordinary

Fellows have been elected, a number greater than in either

of the two preceding years. It is gratifying to note that

the falling off observed in 1896 has proved to be merely

temporary, and that the applications for admission have

lately been more spontaneous and derived from a wider circle

of entomological workers than in the past few years.

The total number of Fellows now stands at 398, or twelve

more than last year, the Society consisting of 9 Honorary,

52 Life, and 337 Fellows liable for the Annual Contribution.

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v., 1898. F

( Ixii )

On the initiative of the Council the Bye-Laws were

amended at a Special Meeting held June 2nd, 1897, when

the modifications which the experience of the past eleven

years had shown to be desirable were unanimously adopted.

Of these the most important are the increase of the Council

from thirteen to fifteen Members; the simplification of the

regulations for filling up chance vacancies in the Council or

Officers, and for the removal of Fellows; and the restoration

of a former Bye-Law, that a candidate for election shall be

proposed from personal knowledge.

The Transactions for the year contain nineteen papers,

which are of somewhat shorter average length than usual,

and form a volume of 434 pages. They are contributed by

the following authors: Dr. Arthur G. Butler; Mr. George C.

Champion; Dr. Frederick A. Dixey; Dr. Auguste Forel ;

Mr. F. DuCane Godman, F.R.S., and Mr. Osbert Salvin,

F.R.S.; Mr. A. Radcliffe Grote; Sir George F. Hampson,

Bart.; Mr. Martin Jacoby and Mr. George C. Champion ;

Mr. George W. Kirkaldy ; Mr. Oswald H. Latter; the Rey.

Thomas A. Marshall; Mr. Edward Meyrick (2 papers) ;

Prof. Louis C. Miall, F.R.S., Mr. R. Shelford and Baron C.

R. Osten Sacken; the Rev. F. D. Morice; Mr. Robert

Newstead ; Mrs. M. de la B. Nicholl; the Rt. Honble. Lord

Walsingham, F.R.S.; and Mr. Charles O. Waterhouse.

Of these papers, 15 are descriptive, systematic or faunistic,

and relate: 8 to Coleoptera, 2 to Hemiptera, 3 to Hymeno-

ptera, and 7 to Lepidoptera. Of the remaining papers, 3 deal

with morphological and bionomical questions in Lepidoptera

and Diptera, and one with Mimicry in Lepidoptera.

These Memoirs are illustrated by 11 plates, of which 4 are

coloured, For the cost of Plates II. and III., and for a

portion of the cost of Plates VIII.-X1., the Society is indebted

to Dr. Holland and Prof. L. C. Miall respectively. That of

Plates I. and VI. has been defrayed out of the income

derived from the ‘‘ Westwood Bequest.”

The Council desire that some permanent token shall exist

. to mark the indebtedness of this Society to the constant

solicitude and generosity of the late Mr. Joseph W. Dunning.

They have decided, therefore, to present the Society with

( Ixiii_)

his portrait, which has been satisfactorily drawn by Mr. W.

Purkiss, from the only available photograph, as a frontispiece

to the present volume of Transactions.

The Journal of Proceedings, containing an account of, and

notes on, the Exhibitions and Discussions at the Meetings,

extends to over 60 pages, of which a large proportion is

occupied with the account of the discussion on Mimiery in

Butterflies. The interest taken in this debate, of which

there is ample evidence, encourages the hope that it may be

possible from time to time to arrange for other special

discussions on important subjects, with an equal measure of

success.

The number of books, pamphlets, ete., added to the

Library during the year 1897 and catalogued under the

authors’ names, amounts to 124, in addition to Transactions

and serial publications; 3860 books have been borrowed

from the Library. Attention may be called to the large

number of catalogued ‘‘ separata’’ in the Society’s posses-

sion; these are comparatively little asked for, in spite

of the manifest conveniences which papers in that form

often present.

The amount received for current subscriptions has been

somewhat less than in 1896, and the arrears are consequently

ereater. The Admission Fees show a very satisfactory

increase. The sum to the credit of sales of publications

is the smallest for the last ten years: it is hoped that this

diminution is only of a temporary nature. No Life Com-

position has been received during the year, but that remaining

over at the close of 1896 has been invested, so the financial

position is stronger than a year ago, notwithstanding that

only a nominal cash balance remains in hand. There are no

ascertained liabilities.

The investments are now as follows:—£560 1s. 5d.

Consols, costing £550 8s. Od., and £239 12s. 4d. Birmingham

Corporation 8 per cent. Stock, costing £250 (The ‘‘ Westwood

Bequest”). The present value of these investments should

be about £630 and £270 respectively.

11, Cuanpos Street, CavENDISH Square, W.

19th January, 1898.

( xiv)

The Secretaries haying received no notice proposing to

substitute other names for those contained in the lists pre-

pared by the Council, the following Fellows constitute the

Council for 1898 :—William Bateson, M.A., F.R.S.; Walter

F. H. Blandford, M.A., F.Z.8.; George C. Champion, F.Z.8.;

Thomas A, Chapman, M.D.; Sir George F. Hampson,

Bart., B.A.; Martin Jacoby; A. Hugh Jones; Robert

McLachlan, F.R.S.; Philip B. Mason, M.R.C.S., F.L.S.;

Frederic Merrifield ; Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S.; Roland

Trimen, F.R.S.; James W. Tutt; George Henry Verrall ;

and Charles O. Waterhouse.

The following are the Officers elected :—President, Mr.

Roland Trimen; Z'reasurev, Mr. Robert McLachlan ; Secre-

taries, Mr. Walter F. H. Blandford and Mr. Frederic Merri-

field; Librarian, Mr. George C. Champion.

The Balance Sheet and Report of the Council having been

unanimously adopted, the Address of the President, Mr. Rh.

Tren, was read on his behalf by Mr. Blandford, one of

the Secretaries.

At its conclusion Lord WatstneHam proposed a vote of

thanks to the President for the valuable contribution to

knowledge contained in his Address, and for his services as

President. This was seconded by Mr. Gopman, and carried

by acclamation.

The President having acknowledged the vote, a vote of

thanks to the Officers and Council was moved by Professor

Poutton, seconded by Colonel Yrrsury, and carried. Mr.

McLachlan and Mr. Blandford spoke in acknowledgment.

(so lsves)

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Balance Sheet for the Year 1897.

RECOIPTS.

Balance in hand, Ist Jan.,

1897

Subscriptions for 1897

Arrears

Admission Fees

Donations

Sales of Transactions, &e. 51 14

Interest on Investments :—

£14 67

Westwood Bequest 6 19 0

Consols

Subscriptions in advance 15 1

Subscriptions in arrear considered good (say) £21

Investments :—

Cost of £560 1s.

5d. Consols ...

£550 8s. Od.

| PAYMENTS.

So le | Baisids

Printing Transactions, &c. 216 14 10

. 2 | Plates,&e. . Ss Syl

- 30814 0 | Rent and Office Ex-

13 18 0 penses . 5 5 . 162 210

48 6 0 | Books and Binding . 26 10 0

10 5 6 | Investments in Consols ly aliss 0)

5 | Subscriptions in advance

carried to 1898 15 15 0

Balance a OL:

21 5 7

5 0 |

£480 1 8 | £480 1 8

paid | era

ASSETS.

Cost of £239 12s. 4d. Birmingham Corporation 3 per cent.

Stock (Westwood Bequest) £250.

Rospert McLacuian,

LIABILITIES, nil.

Treasurer.

12th January, 1898.

Audited and found correct,

OsSBERT SALVIN.

A. Hueu JONEs.

R. Wruie Luoyp.

¢ Sik)

THE PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.

GENTLEMEN,

The Report of the Council which you have just

heard read gives, I am glad to say, a very encouraging review

of the Society’s operations during 1897, and statement of

its present position; so that we may look forward with con-

fidence to progress generally during the new year on which

we have entered. A very satisfactory feature of the Report

is the number of new Fellows elected, which greatly exceeds

that of the preceding year, and nearly touches the figure

reached in 1894.

The ‘“‘ Transactions ”’ are certainly of less bulk than usual,

but, if the quantity is somewhat reduced, the quality of our

publications has been fully maintained, and as a set-off the

increased fulness and detail with which the most important

of our discussions has been reported in our ‘‘ Proceedings ”’

is an improvement not to be overlooked.

It will be remembered that in the Presidential Address

of last year, my predecessor made special mention of

the formation of a Committee of the Society to deal

with the question of aiding in the protection from

threatened extinction of rare and local British insects.

The Committee has held several meetings, and has

been in correspondence with various local Societies and

with individual entomologists on the subject; and as

regards the Lepidoptera—the only Order which would

appear to be unduly persecuted by excessive collecting—

a first or provisional list was drawn up of species held to

C i=)

run most risk of extermination in this way, and therefore

recommended to be sparingly collected. At the Society’s

meeting of April 7th a Memorandum prepared by the Com-

mittee and approved by the Council was submitted, and

extensively signed by Fellows present, agreeing to associated

action in discouraging by example and influence the destruc-

tion of such rare and local species of insects as might be

designated by the Committee as standing in need of protec-

tion. There is good reason to think that the efforts made

in this direction have been favourably received, and will not

be barren of result.

Early in July the Officers and Council of the Society paid

their second visit to Oxford at the invitation of the Hope

Professor of Zoology, and were again most hospitably

received and entertained by the Vice-Chancellor and by Prof.

Poulton and other distinguished resident Members of the

University. It was with no little pleasure and _ profit

that we renewed our acquaintance with the treasures of

the Hope Collections, and noted the valuable and exten-

sive augmentations they had received, and the important

progress made in their classification and arrangement.

The Hope Professor has given no less attention to the

improvement of the accommodation for students, and

the increased facilities thus afforded have largely furthered

the prosecution of special study of different portions of the

collections, as is well indicated by the appearance, under his

editorship, of the first volume of ‘‘ The Hope Reports,’’ con-

taining reprints of various memoirs based on researches

carried on in this Department during the last four years.

OBITUARY.

The losses from death sustained by the Society and by

Entomology during 1897 have been heavy. The Society has

lost one Honorary and six Ordinary Fellows; and it is with

no ordinary sorrow that we miss from our roll of members

the distinguished names of Fritz Miller, Joseph William

( Ixvin )

Dunning, and Edward Yerbury Watson. Beyond the limits

of the Society, it is with deep regret that we record the deaths

of George H. Horn, Andrew Matthews, and Alois Friedrich

Rogenhofer—men of distinction among eight entomologists

of note who have passed away. With Mr. Dunning, our

lamented colleague and President, I was well acquainted for

many years, and I would add my testimony to his great

ability, high personal character, and unequalled devotion to

the interests of the Society.

Dr. Fritz Miuuer, Hon. F.E.S. This great naturalist,

the correspondent and friend of Charles Darwin, was born

on March 31, 1822, at Windisch-Holzhausen, in Thuringia.

He was sent to school at Erfurt, and afterwards betook him-

self to the study of pharmacy, but abandoned it to become

a pupil of Johannes Miller, the comparative anatomist, at

Berlin. After taking his doctor’s degree, he settled at

Erfurt as a science teacher, an occupation which he tem-

porarily relinquished for the study of medicine.

In 1852 political reasons caused him to emigrate to South

Brazil, where, chiefly at Blumenau and on the island of

Desterro, the remainder of his life was spent, partly as a

farmer, partly as a teacher, always as an earnest student of

nature. His zoological investigations, begun in Germany

but interrupted by his emigration, were resumed at Desterro

in 1857, from which date he published papers in rapid

succession, chiefly in ‘* Wiegmann’s Archiv,” on subjects of

marine zoology, celenterates, annelids, and especially the

transformations of Crustacea. These brought him into

notice as a thorough and acute zoologist; but his real

reputation dates from the publication of the ‘ Origin of

Species.”

His own studies on the structure and habits of animals

caused him enthusiastically to accept Darwin’s great theory,

and to support it by the unrivalled series of zoological and

botanical observations contained in his numerous later

writings. In 1865, he published ‘“ Fir Darwin,” a sketch

of Crustacean development and phylogeny from the Dar-

winian standpoint, and his only work in book-form ; its

publication led to a regular correspondence with Darwin,

(visi. |)

and several of Miiller’s letters, full of interesting and

novel observations, were communicated by the former to

* Nature.”

Miler did not occupy himself with entomology till after

his removal from the sea-coast, his earliest important memoir,

on Termites, the real complexity of whose social system he

was the first to appreciate, appearing in the ‘‘ Jenaische

Zeitschrift,” in 1878. His subsequent contributions, mainly

to ‘‘ Kosmos,” include papers on the relations of insects and

flowers, dimorphism, the life-histories of aquatic forms, the

case-making of Phryganeide, and especially on the ‘ recogni-

tion-characters’’ of butterflies and the more complex

phenomena of mimicry among them. His _ well-known

theory, which supplements that of Bates, is discussed in

the following pages.

In spite of losses and misfortunes, Miller continued his

work almost to his death, which took place on May 21 in the

preceding year. His inestimable services to science brought

him little gain or official recognition, and this Society con-

ferred a real honour upon itself by electing him an Honorary

Fellow, in 1884.

Many of his notes and papers, especially that on ‘* [tuna

and Thyridia,”’ have appeared in our Proceedings as trans-

lations, chiefly by Prof. Meldola, F.R.S., who has done more

than anyone to bring Miller’s work to the notice of British

entomologists.

He contributed papers to our ‘‘ Transactions,’’ in 1878,

1879 and 1895, the last, entitled ‘‘ Contributions towards the

history of a new form of larve of Psychodide (Diptera)

from Brazil,” being virtually written in 1881; the plates

accompanying it are noticeable as beautiful examples of his

powers of draughtsmanship. The number of his separate

papers on all subjects is probably between 150 and 200.

Grorcr CuristopHeR Dennis, F.E.S., was in business in

York, but retired about two years ago to devote his whole

time to natural history and outdoor pursuits. He was an

excellent lepidopterist and made many lengthened excursions

to different parts of the country for collecting purposes ;

quite recently he had taken up the study of Neuroptera and

CS lsx. ©)

Trichoptera with the intention of forming a collection for

the York Museum, in which he was greatly interested. He

was president of the York and District Naturalists’ Society,

was on the Council of the York Philosophical Society, and

was a member of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, the

presidency of which he had repeatedly declined. He died

suddenly at York on Dec. 22nd, 1897, having been a Fellow

of this Society since 1892.

JosEPpH Winuiam Dunnina, M.A., F.L.S., F.E.S., was born

at Leeds, on November 5, 1888. He was educated at

Huddersfield under Mr. Peter Inchbald, an enthusiastic

naturalist, from whom Dunning acquired his love for ento-

mology, and afterwards at Paris. He entered at Trinity

College, Cambridge, graduated in 1856, and afterwards

became Fellow and Tutor of the College. In 1861 he was

called to the Equity Bar, where he practised successfully as

a conveyancer.

His interest in entomology began when a schoolboy, and

to him is owing the rediscovery of Agrophila sulphuralis, at

Brandon. In 1849, he joined this Society at the age of 16, and

afterwards helped to found the Entomological Society of Cam-

bridge, which, in conjunction with that of Oxford, produced

an ‘‘ Accentuated List of British Lepidoptera.’ In this work

Dunning took a prominent part, for which his classical

knowledge and critical taste specially fitted him.

In 1862 he was elected one of the Honorary Secretaries of

this Society, a post which he held until January, 1871. The

Society was then not in a flourishing condition, and Dunning

set himself steadily to work to improve its position and to

further its welfare in every possible way.

An admirable man of business, he spared neither time nor

trouble in the control of the Society’s affairs. Moreover,

whenever money was urgently required, he was a liberal and

unostentatious donor to the funds, often making up a financial

deficit at the end of the year, and supplementing his dona-

tions to the general funds by gifts to the Library and Publi-

cation Account, both of which have repeatedly benefited by

acts of generosity known in many cases to but one or two of

his colleagues. As recently as 1894, he presented the

C Mics)

Society with the sum of £45, on the 45th anniversary of his

election as a Member.

He was elected President in 1888-84, and was mainly

instrumental in obtaining the Royal Charter of Incorporation

which has so materially raised its status, defraying the heavy

expenses out of his own pocket. To the general regret, the

Charter was not granted until the year after his term of

office had expired.

Able as his published papers on Entomology are, they are

few in number, the most important being on ‘‘ The Coffee-

Borer of Southern India” (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868),

and ‘On the Genus Acentropus”’ (id., 1872 and 1878).

In October, 1890, he had a paralytic seizure, from the

effects of which he never fully recovered; a similar attack

brought about his death in October 15, 1897, and deprived

this Society of its greatest benefactor, to whom its present

prosperity is largely owing.

James B. Hopnexrinson, F.E.S., was born at Preston in

1823, and was an engineer, and later a manufacturer by

occupation. An excellent and observant field-naturalist, he

possessed an intimate knowledge of the Lepidoptera of the

North of England, and added several new species to the

British list. His collection of British lepidoptera was one of

the finest in the country.

He published numerous collecting notes, but little or

nothing of permanent scientific value. He joined this Society

in 1890.

Ernest Sasez, F.Z.8., F.R.G.S., F.E.S., was in business

in Cannon Street. He formed a large collection of Kuropean

and exotic, chiefly African, Lepidoptera and Coleoptera, but

had not collected personally for many years. At one time,

however, he travelled in Africa, and probably formed the

nucleus of his collection there. He published nothing on

Entomology. He had been a Fellow of the Society from

1885.

Capt. Epwarp Yersury Watson, F.Z.8., F.E.S., joined the

North Lancashire Regiment as Lieutenant in 1884. Whilst

in India, he collected and studied the Oriental Rhopalocera,

on which he published several papers, his most important

(exit?)

being the valuable ‘‘ Proposed Classification of the Hesperiide,

with a revision of the Genera” (P. Z. §., 1893). While

serving with the Tirah Expedition, he fell a victim, on

November 8th, to a stray shot fired into camp, being shot

through the head while strolling outside his tent. His con-

nexion with the Society began in 1891.

Morris Youne, F.E.S., late Curator of the Paisley Museum,

was an accomplished naturalist and coleopterist, who added

several species of beetles to the British list. He devoted him-

self to the care of the Museum under his charge, presenting

his collections to it, and helping it generously with books and

money, as his means allowed. He joined the Society in

1886,

Among the distinguished entomologists, not Fellows of the

Society, whose deaths have been recorded during the present

year are the following :—

The Rey. Peter Betuincer Bropm, M.A., F.G.S., although

strictly a geologist, devoted much attention to British fossil

insects, on which he wrote numerous papers. He is best

known by his ‘ History of the Fossil Insects of the Second-

ary Rocks of Britain,’’ published in 1845.

FRANCISQUE GUILLEBEAU, one of the last collaborators of

Mulsant, and a member of the Entomological Society of

France, was a coleopterist who did valuable work on certain

obscure families, particularly the Phalacride, the European

species of which he monographed.

Dr. Joun Haminron, of Allegheny, Pa., U.S.A., published

numerous papers on North-American Coleoptera, particularly

on the distribution of species common to the Palearctic and

Nearctic Regions.

Dr. Greorce H. Horn, President of the American Entomo-

logical Society, and since LeConte’s death, the leading

authority on North-American Coleoptera, was born April 7th,

1840. His life was almost entirely passed at Philadelphia,

where he was in good practice as a physician. During the

Civil War he was stationed in Arizona, where he collected

insects for almost the only period in his life, for he had little

aptitude for field-work. He was a great admirer of LeConte,

with whom he became associated, and whom he assisted to

( Ixxiii_ )

bring out his later works in a useful and handsome form.

The chief product of this joint authorship was the enlarged

edition of the ‘Classification of the Coleoptera of North

America,” published in 1883. An excellent systematist,

Horn chiefly devoted himself to the monographic revision of

families and genera, being markedly averse to the description

of isolated new species. His first paper appeared in 1860, in

the ‘‘ Proceedings” of the Academy of Natural Sciences of

Philadelphia; and his work was almost entirely confined to

the North-American fauna, the one important exception being

his monograph of the Eucnemide in the ‘“ Biologia Centrali-

Americana.’’ He was a reserved man and a bachelor; but

he made two voyages to Europe in order to visit collections

and make the acquaintance of Huropean entomologists, and

he has been a welcome visitor at meetings of this Society.

About a year ago a paralytic stroke incapacitated him from

work, and he died on November 25th, 1897.

The Rey. Anprew Marruews, Rector of Gumley, Leicester-

shire, was one of the most independent and original of

British naturalists. Devoting himself at first to ornithology

and the collection of Lepidoptera, he subsequently turned his

attention to neglected groups of minute Coleoptera, especially

the Trichopterygide, on which his extraordinary skill as a

dissector and microscopist rendered him the first, and practi-

cally the only, living authority. He was an admirable field-

naturalist, and added many rare species of Coleoptera to the

British list, but, retirmg as he was, and markedly averse to

connecting himself with learned societies, he was known per-

sonally to few entomologists. His principal work, ‘ Tricho-

pterygia Ilustrata,’’ was published in 1874; a second supple-

mentary volume on the Corylophidee, completed in his 80th

year, still awaits publication.

Father Monrrouzirr, a missionary to New Caledonia, and

a member of the Entomological Society of France, was well-

known as a collector in, and writer on the fauna and flora of,

New Caledonia, the Solomon and Woodlark Islands.

Wiuu1am Rorxors, a former President of the Belgian Ento-

mological Society, was a coleopterist and an authority upon

Curculionide.

() Issiy =)

Avors Frreprich Rocennorer, of the Vienna Natural History

Museum, was a distinguished Lepidopterist, best known for

his work, in association with the Felders, on the Lepidoptera

collected during the voyage of the ‘‘ Novara.”

MIMICRY IN INSECTS.

Sharing in the perplexity avowedly felt by many of

my predecessors in this chair as to the choice of a subject

for the Annual Address—perplexity arising rather from the

redundancy than from the scarcity of entomological matter —

I have been led to think, considering the wide-reaching

importance of the questions involved and the unmistakeable

interest shown in the recent discussion at two of our meet-

ings, that some account of the Mimetic Relations existing

among Insects might not be out of place. Having for a

considerable period devoted some attention to the matter, I

propose to pass in review what has been placed on record ;

and if, in so doing, I traverse ground very familiar to most

of us, my excuse must be the fascinating interest which

attaches to the whole subject.

The application by Henry Walter Bates, our lamented

President, of the great principle of natural selection in

elucidation of the Mimicries found among Insects* is too

well known to require any detailed repetition here. It is

sufficient to recall that, as the result of many years’ expe-

rience in tropical South America, Bates established the facts

that (1) among the abundant and conspicuous butterflies

‘of the groups Danaine, Heliconiine, Acreine, and some

Papilionine were found very much rarer mimicking forms,

chiefly of the group Pierine but partly belonging to other

eroups and some even to the Heterocera, which, departing

very widely from the aspect of their respective allies, imitated

with more or less exactness the abundant species in question ;

(2) the numerous and showy Danaine, etc., although of slow

flight, did not appear to be molested by the usual insectivorous

* Trans. Linn. Soc., xxiii. (1862).

(a isxy 7?)

foes; and (3) the members of these unassailed tribes pos-

sessed malodorous juices not found in the mimicking forms

or their allies. From these data he argued that the explana-

tion of these extraordinary resemblances was to be found

in the great advantage it would be to species uncefended by

offensive secretions, and therefore palatable and much hunted

down, to find escape in the disguise of species recognized and

avoided as unpalatable ; and traced the mimicries to the long-

continued action of natural selection, perpetually weeding

out by insectivorous agencies every occurring variation not

in the direction of likeness to the protected forms, but as

perpetually preserving, and so aiding the development by

heredity of, every variation favourable to the attainment of

the protective mimicry.

This sagacious application of the Darwinian theory in

solution of one of the most difficult and baftling of the pro-

blems presented to zoologists, was of the greatest service and

encouragement to all students of evolution. I retain to-day

the liveliest recollection of the delight I experienced in the

perusal of a copy of Bates’s memoir received from himself ;

for his work was not that of the mere cabinet systematist, but

came with all the force of face-to-face commune with the

abounding life of the tropics.

Before two years had passed, Bates’s explanation of

mimicry was confirmed by his former companion in explora-

tion, Alfred Russel Wallace, who, working with equal devo-

tion in the Malayan Islands, had observed and was able to

adduce a strictly analogous series of mimetic resemblances

among Oriental butterflies, and gave his unreserved accept-

ance of the Batesian interpretation.* Such support from the

co-founder with Darwin of the theory of natural selection,

and from a naturalist of the widest experience in both

Western and Eastern tropics, was of the greatest weight with

evolutionists generally.

My own contribution to the subject was read to the Linnean

Society in March, 1868.t In the previous year I had

made an entomological tour in Natal, and had enjoyed some

* Trans. Linn. Soc., xxv. (1864). - + Trans. Linn. Soe., xxvi. (1869).

Czy)

precious opportunities of observing in nature several cases of

mimicry between species not inhabiting the Cape Colony.

There was no claim to originality in my paper; it simply

rounded off the case by adding from Africa, the third great

tropical region of the globe, a series of instances and observed

facts confirmatory of those brought forward by Bates from

the Neotropical, and by Wallace from the Orientalregion. Of

course I had had nothing like the extended field experiences of

those great naturalists, and the African material then avail-

able was but scanty; but it so happened that perhaps the

most striking and elaborate of all recorded cases of mimicry —

that exhibited by the females of the Mverope-group of Papilio—

had come under my personal observation in South Africa,

and [I was thus in a position to describe satisfactorily a

wonderful illustration of the Batesian theory.*

It will be remembered that Bates, in his memorable paper

(l. c., p. 507), also brought to notice the very close resem-

blances, or apparent mimicries, which unquestionably

exist between species belonging to different groups or sub-

families of protected distasteful butterflies themselves; but

neither he nor Wallace felt able to give any explanation of

these instances, which obviously differed very materially from

the cases of mimicry of an unpalatable protected species by a

palatable unprotected one. Not until 1879 was there any

elucidation of this side of the matter, but in May of that year

appeared in ‘“ Kosmos,’’ Fritz Miller’s notable paper on

““Jtuna and Thyridia,”’ which was translated by Professor

Meldola, and printed in our ‘ Proceedings’’ for the same

year (p. xx.). In this memoir, Miller made the valuable

suggestion that the advantage derivable from these resem-

blances between protected forms was the division between

two species of the percentage of victims to the inexperience

of young insectivorous enemies which every separate species,

however well protected by distastefulness, must pay.

* At various subsequent dates I was enabled, through the valuable aid of

Mr. J. P. Mansel Weale and Colonel J. H. Bowker, to make known to

science conclusive evidence of the species-identity of the three mimetic

females of Papilio cenea, and of the pairing of the widely-differing sexes of

that species. —See Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 187, and 1881, p. 169;

and “ South Afr. Butterflies,’ iii., p. 254 (1889).

( Uxxyi ))

Professor Meldola not only brought forward and supported,

with all his wonted grasp and acumen, F, Miiller’s daring

interpretation of this phenomenon, but in 1882,* in a paper

discussing the objections brought against Miiller’s view, made

a distinct advance by showing how that view could justly be

extended to explain the characteristic and peculiar prevalence

of one type of colouring and marking throughout large num-

bers of species in protected groups—so especially noticeable

in the subfamilies Danaine, Heliconiine, and Acreine.

In 1887 was published} Professor Poulton’s most interest-

ing memoir entitled ‘‘ The Experimental Proof of the Pro-

tective Value of Colours and Markings in Insects in reference

to their Vertebrate Enemies,’’ which dealt in great detail

with the actual results of numerous experiments conducted

by himself and other naturalists with the object of ascertain-

ing to what extent highly conspicuous (almost always dis-

tasteful) larvee and perfect insects are rejected or eaten by

birds, lizards, and frogs. The conclusions given at the close

of this paper (pp. 266-267) cover a wide range in connection

with the subject of warning coloration, and among them

I would call special attention to No. 5, in which the author

points out that ‘‘ In the various species in which a conspicuous

‘* appearance is produced by colour and marking, the same

‘“* colours and patterns appear again and again repeated,” and

adds that ‘‘In this way the vertebrate enemies are only

‘“‘compelled to learn a few types of appearance, and the

‘* types themselves are of a kind which such enemies most

‘‘ easily learn.”’ This generalisation certainly had the merit

of first detecting a great additional advantage derivable from

the common aspect exhibited by a number of protected forms

in the extended ‘ Miillerian’”’ associations indicated by

Prof. Meldola; and it was applied by Wallace to the case

of the Heliconide in the comprehensive survey of warning

coloration and mimicry generally given in ‘ Darwinism”

(Ch. IX., pp. 282-267, 1889). We are further indebted to

Prof. Poulton for the discussion and summary of all extant

data up to 1890 in his ‘Colours of Animals,’’ a work

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), x., pp. 417-425.

+ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1887, pp. 191-274.

@ bexyi )

which abounds in pregnant suggestion, and indicates with

justice and clearness how far the evidence forthcoming was

valid, and in what directions evidence still lacking should be

sought.

Wallace well observed (‘‘ Darwinism,” p. 264) that ‘ to

“set forth adequately the varied and surprising facts of

‘‘ mimicry would need a large and copiously illustrated

“volume; and no more interesting subject could be taken

“up by a naturalist who has access to our great collections

*“and can devote the necessary time to search out the many

“examples of mimicry that lie hidden in our museums.”’

A work ostensibly of this character was issued in 1892-93,

in two Parts, from the pen of the late Dr. Erich Haase,

under the title of ‘‘ Untersuchungen iiber die Mimicry auf

Grundlage eines natiirlichen Systems der Papilioniden”’ ;*

and last year an English translation of the second Part was

published, and has quite recently been reviewed by Prof.

Poulton.f This treatise is of large quarto size, and the

first Part contains 120 pages and 6 coloured plates, while the

second extends to 158 pages and includes 8 coloured plates.

The first Partt deals solely with the family Papilionide

(s. str. = subfamily Papilionine) and principally with the

great genus Papilio (s. lat.), which on grounds of structure,

system of markings, form of larve and pup, and food-

plants of larve, is divided into the three subgenera of

Pharmacophagus, Cosmodesmus, and Papilio (s. str.), With

the utmost minuteness the species assigned to these groups,

with their sexual, geographical, or mimetic variations, are

traced through the four zoological regions recognized by the

author, and very elaborate analysis of markings is made in

aid of arriving at their natural affinities from a phylogenetic

point of view. Haase shows that in Papilio the models

which are mimicked by other species of that great genus are

always members of the Pharmacophagus group, or as he calls

them ‘“ Aristolochia-Butterflies ”»—whose larve feed on that

tribe of plants, and which, as he contends, derive their

* Jn Vol. ILL. of Bibliotheca Zoologica (Stuttgart).

+ “Nature,” 4th and 11th November, 1897.

{ ‘‘Entwurf eines natiirlichen Systems der Papilioniden.”’

( ‘xxix )

offensive juices directly from the poisonous properties of

their food in the early state.

In Part 2* a lengthy account is given of the cases of

mimicry occurring throughout the class of insects, and

reference is also made to the few known instances in other

classes of animals. The Lepidoptera occupy the bulk of the

memoir, and, as in Part 1, a geographical order is followed, the

mimicries in each of the four zoological regions being given

under their respective families and genera, but in separated

accounts of (firstly) models, and (secondly) mimickers.

In the ‘‘ Allgemeiner Theil’’ which concludes the work, and

occupies about half of Part 2, there are sections treating of

mimicry (a) within the limits of the old genus Papilio (in

connexion with Part 1), (b) between ‘‘immune and non-

immune” Lepidoptera, and (c) among ‘‘ immune” Lepido-

ptera themselves; followed by a consideration of objections

to the theory of mimicry, and of mimicry as a part of

protective adaptation to the environment.

While I regard Part 1 as a memoir of value, and as

likely to prove serviceable to the student of a group so

difficult to classify as the Papilionine, and while I recognize

the great labour and research displayed throughout the work

in the assembling of the accessible facts and data, I must

reluctantly record my concurrence in Prof. Poulton’s severe

criticism of the extremely unsatisfactory nature of the general

treatment of the subjectin Part 2. Apart from the cumbrous

handling of the mass of details accumulated, the writer mani-

fests such disregard of obvious difficulties, such unscientific

haste in jumping to conclusions, and such inadequate recogni-—

tion of what had been accomplished by previous investigators,

that one can only regret that he ever entered on the speculative

part of his work, and did not confine his energies to the

better concentration and arrangement of the materials so

assiduously collected.

Among recent contributions to the subject, we shall, I

think, all agree in assigning a high place to the memoirs

with which Dr. I. A. Dixey has enriched our ‘ Transac-

* Subtitle, ‘‘ Untersuchungen tiber die Mimicry.’’

( ikxx® |}

tions.” In 1894 he read before the Society his elaborate

paper ‘‘On the Phylogeny of the Pierine, as illustrated by

their Wing-markings and Geographical Distribution,” and

took occasion to discuss the wide divergence from the

primitive or typical pattern of the group caused by mimicry

in such genera as Huterpe, Pereute, Dismorphia, etc. Adopt-

ing the Millerian interpretation as expanded by Meldola, he

proceeded to offer the original suggestion that, in the

acquisition of closer resemblance between two or more

protected forms, it was not necessary that in every instance

the process of adaptation should lie solely in the imitation of

one particular form as model, but that there might very well

exist mutual convergence of the forms concerned, thus

accelerating the attainment of the common beneficial resem-

blance. This ‘‘reciprocal mimicry” the author further

explained in a paper read in 1896 ‘‘On the Relation of

‘* Mimetic Patterns to the Original Form”’ (pp. 72-75), by a

consideration of certain mimetic sets of Heliconii, Pierine,

and Papilionine which present features and relations of

pattern and colouring explicable apparently in no other way

than by the hypothesis in question. This paper also gave a

lucid demonstration, traced through corresponding series

of existing forms of both mimetic and non-mimetic Pierine,

of ‘the successive steps through which a complicated and

‘“* practically perfect mimetic pattern could be evolved in

‘‘ simple and easy stages from a form presenting merely the

‘‘ ordinary aspect of its own genus,’’ and further adduced

reasons for holding that ‘‘ it is not necessary that the forms

‘‘ between which mimicry originates should possess consider-

‘* able initial resemblance.” In his latest memoir, ‘‘ Mimetic

‘« Attraction,”’ read on 5th May last,* Dr. Dixey expanded a

suggestion he had previously (1896) made _ respecting

divergent members of an inedible group to point out—still

from evidence in the Pierine subfamily to which he has

devoted so much fruitful study—* how the process of gradual

‘‘ assimilation starting from one given point may take not

** one direction only but several divergent paths at the same

* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1897, p. 317.

C sca)

*¢ time,”’ with the result that a more or less intimate mimetic

relation was brought about with several protected forms of

quite different affinities, though each connected in their

colouring and aspect with some group of distasteful asso-

ciates, He further set forth very fully the distinction which

exists between the mimicry of inedible by edible forms, which

could only be in one direction and was of advantage to the

mimicker alone, and the assimilation among inedible forms

themselves, where the mimetic attraction acts reciprocally, to

the advantage of all participators.

Another of our Fellows, Colonel C. Swinhoe, distinguished

for his wide and intimate knowledge of Oriental Lepidoptera,

read before the Linnean Society, in 1895, a most interesting

paper ‘‘ On Mimicry in Butterflies of the genus Hypolimnas,”’ *

In this memoir, as the author points out, a small group of

wide-ranging mimetic insects is followed throughout its geo-

graphical distribution ; and the process of mimetic modifica-

tion is traced through the female, from the amazing instability

of that sex of H. bolina (local form) in the Fiji Islands,

where the male is stable and of the normal ancestral pattern

and colouring, to the opposite extreme in Africa, where (with

the exception of H. misippus) both sexes of the known allied

forms of the genus are equally mimetic.+ The singular con-

trast between the numerous modifications of the female of

the Bolina type, and the absolutely constant imitation of

Danais chrysippus alone by the Q H. misippus is well brought

out, and the different courses thus pursued by the respective

females are shown to depend on the range, variation, and

abundance of the model that is mimicked. Colonel Swinhoe

had previously (1887) published a good account of mimicry

in Indian butterflies,t and in it made special reference to the

remarkable series of close hkenesses between species belong-

ing to different subgenera of the great protected genus

Huplea.

* Linn. Soc. Journ. Zool., xxv., pp. 339-348.

+ It should be noted that in the African H. salmacis and the Malagasy

H. devithea the sexes are alike and non-mimetic, and that therefore these

species probably most closely approximate to the primitive appearance of the

genus.

t Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 1., pp. 169-174.

(@ Mikeocrly))

So much prominence has naturally been given to the very

conspicuous development of mimicry among the Lepidoptera,

that it is not uncommon to hear the matter spoken of as if

limited to butterflies and moths, and even entomologists need

to be reminded of the prevalence of the phenomenon among

other orders of insects. The stinging Hymenoptera furnish

the most numerous models to members of other orders, being

closely mimicked by numerous Diptera, by many heterocerous

Lepidoptera, by various Carabid, Heteromerous, and Longi-

corn Coleoptera, and by some Hemiptera ; while certain ants

are well imitated by spiders. As regards Coleoptera, mimicry

is mainly found within the limits of the order itself—e.y.,

Cicindelids by Heteromera and Longicorns, Carabids by

Heteromera, Malacoderms by Longicorns, and Rhyncho-

phora by Longicorns; but certain Cicindelid and Rhyncho-

phorous beetles are closely copied by Orthoptera, belonging

respectively to the genera Condylodetra and Scepustus. Lepido-

ptera do not seem to find mimickers beyond their own order,

unless the case quoted by Haase * from E. Hartert, of the

resemblance of a large Cicada to the Indian Thawmantis aliris

(Morphine) be one of actual mimicry. Nor do Diptera

appear to be models for imitation, except in the case of the

hunting spiders, which mimick the Muscide they chase ;

although the neuropterous Littacus certainly bears a strong

likeness to Tipula, and may possibly find the advantage of

that harmless aspect in approaching its prey. It cannot be

denied that some of the inter-ordinal mimicries are even more

impressive and striking than those so notable among butter-

flies, the excellence of the superficial disguise of general out-

line, proportion of parts, colouring, and markings being so

great as to throw into obscurity the really vast structural

discrepancies. Such cases as the imitation of the South-

American wasps of the genera Polybia and Syneca by moths

of the genera Sphecosoma and Myrmecopsis,+ of the Bornean

sand-wasp Myygnimia aviculus, by the beetle Coloborrhombus

* Op. cit., ii., p. 10. Haase (on p. 11) cites Brauer to the effect that the

genus Drepana is mimicked by the neuropterous Drepanoptery, which is

stated to feed on Lepidoptera.

+ See Haase, /.c., u., p. 76, pl. xiii.

( dca)

fasciatipennis,* or of the Philippine tiger-beetle Tricondyla, by

the cricket Condylodeira,+ are absolute marvels of deception

all belonging to that special phase of mimicry where the

obvious advantage to the unarmed mimic lies in being mis-

taken for the armed and formidable model.

As the Lepidoptera are at present the only order in which

a very considerable number of mimetic relations have been

observed, it may be of service to note here the various direc-

tions in which mimicry ramifies within the ordinal limits.

The very large majority consists of cases where (a) Rhopalo-

cera are copied by other Rhopalocera ; and, taking the groups

in succession, we find that (1) Danaine (including Neotro-

pine) are mimicked by members of their own subfamily, by

Satyrine, Heliconiine, Nymphaline, Erycinide, Pierine, and

Papilionine ; (2) a few Morphine by Papilionine; (8) Helt-

contine by Pierine ; (4) Acrainw by Nymphaline, Lycenide,

Pierine, and Papilionine ; (5) some Nymphalinw by members

of their own subfamily ; (6) Pierine by species of their own

subfamily, and very rarely by Satyrine ¢; and (7) Papilionine

by members of their own subfamily and by certain Pierine.

The next series is composed of those comparatively few

instances where (b) Rhopalocera are imitated by Heterocera ;

and here it is found that (1) Danaine (true, and Neotropine)

are mimicked by Castniide, Chalcosiide (three different

genera), Arctiide (two different genera), Dioptide (three

different genera), and Geometre (two different genera); (2) a

few Acraine by Melameride (two different genera); (3)

Papilionine by Castniide, Chalcosiide, and Arctiide.|| Much

* See Pryer, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1885, p. 369, pl. x., who in the same place

also figures another most striking case from Borneo, in which the hymeno-

pterous Triscolia patricialis is mimicked by the lepidopterous Scoliomima

insignis.

+ See Bates, J. ¢c., p. 509.

t In the Oriental region Delias is mimicked by Prioneris and Pieris, and

in the Ethiopian region Mylothris by Pieris and Hronia. An interesting

case in support of the probable distastefulness of Mylothris is found in

Madagascar, where the abundant M. phileris is mimicked by the very scarce

Elymnias masoura, a Satyrine which is extremely divergent in colouring

from all known members of its genus and subfamily.

|| Col. Swinhoe informs me that the Pierine Teracolus limbatus—‘‘ the

southern form of 7’, etvida "—is accurately mimicked by the Geometrid moth,

Abravas etridoides. This ease seems to support Col. Swinhoe’s opinion

( Ixxxiv. )

rarer are the known cases of (c) mimicry of Heterocera by

Rhopalocera; but (1) certain Uraniidw are simulated by

Papilionine ; (2) Agaristida by Nymphaline ; and (3) Litho-

stide by Nymphaline. The mimicry of (i) Heterocera by

Heterocera seems also to have been but seldom observed, but

the cases recorded consist of (1) Ayaristide by Liparidie ; (2)

Melamerida by Chalcosiide ; (3) Geometridw by Uraniidee and

Chalcosiide, and (4) Lithosiidw by Agaristidee.*

It will be seen that the foregoing enumeration ineludes not

only the Batesian mimicries, but also those coming under the

category of Miillerian associations of distasteful forms. To

the latter class belong all cases occurring within the limits of

the subfamilies Danainz, Heliconiine, and Acreine, and also

many of those existing between species of one or more of

those groups and certain Pierine and Papilioninee, as well as

(among moths) the Agaristide, some Lithosiidee, and very

probably others. It seems clear that, in the same circle of

various species all approximating with more or less accuracy

to one special type of coloration, marking, and outline, there

will often be found, in the larger and more comprehensive of

such associations, both Batesian and Miillerian mimicries ;

this is indeed distinctly to be gathered from some of the

cases tabulated by Bates himself, and has been lately well

illustrated in the exceptionally rich Neotropical series of

‘‘homceochromatic ’’ forms brought before us by Mr. W. F. H.

Blandford, among which were several of the actual specimens

figured by Bates in illustrating his famous memoir. In the

searcely less opulent Oriental region (as Col. Swinhoe has

(Proce. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897, p. xxxvil.) that the species of Teracolus are

inedible. I have noted (Proce. Zool. Soe. Lond., 1894, p. 21) another instance

of marked resemblance to the females of the smaller East African Teracoli

in the Satyrine, Physceneura prone.

* There is some ground for suspecting Acherontia atropos to be a protected

species. It has an apparent mimicker in Africa—its natural habitat—in the

shape of another Sphingid of almost equal size, Protoparce solani, which,

when seen at rest on tree-trunks, | have, on more than one occasion, mis-

taken for the Death’s Head. I do not know if any experiments as to the

distastefulness of Acherontia have been made; but I incline to the belief

that, if this moth is shunned by any insectivorous animals, such avoidance is

more likely to be due to its squeaking powers and its threatening gesture,

when irritated or alarmed, of suddenly elevating the robust and spiny fore-

legs. I know of no other moth that assumes this menacing attitude.

( ‘ixxxy .)

pointed out in the paper above mentioned, and has more

fully of late described to me) the same state of things is pre-

valent, extensive Millerian inedible associations among (¢.g.)

the species of the three main groups into which the old genus

Eupleea has been divided, being “‘attended and surrounded ”’

by numerous true mimics belonging to edible groups. ‘lhe

far poorer Ethiopian region has, to my knowledge, yielded

as yet only a very few series including both inedible and

edible imitators; but in the group of which the Danaine,

Amauris egialea, is the centre, there appears the exactly

similar Danais (Melinda) morgeni ; and in the same way the

much-mimicked Amauris echeria, var., has in East Africa a

protected companion in the female Acrwa johnstont, while

there is some reason for thinking that the widely-distributed

Acrwa encedon is modified in resemblance to the dominant

Danais chrysippus. Perhaps the most remarkable of these

associations is that which surrounds the abundant and

extremely conspicuous slow-flying diurnal Lithosiid moth,

Aletis helcita. The apparently protected analogues of this

insect are the closely similar Lithosid, Phaayarista helcitoides,

and Agaristid Husemia falkensteinti, while the Batesian

mimickers are found in the Nymphaline butterflies, Muphadra

ruspina and fH, eleus, and the aberrant Lyczenid, Liptena

sanguinea. Another point of interest in this last-named

series is its great similarity in colouring and marking to that

which is headed by Danais chrysippus, the differences being

merely that in the Aletis set the red ground-colour is brighter,

and the white spots in the black margins are larger; so that

from the aspect of warning of distastefulness to enemies the

two sets may be regarded as practically but one.

Among the Batesian mimicries in the Ethiopian region,

I wish to revert more fully to the very striking and instructive

case, already briefly referred to, presented by the females of

the Merope-group of the genus Papilio, because it has largely

gained in interest by the increase of our knowledge in recent

years. In 1867, when I wrote the paper above mentioned,*

only three forms of the Merope-group were known, vid. : the

* Trans. Linn. Soc., xxvi.

( Ixxxvi )

West-African P. merope, the South-African P. cenea (then

regarded as not more than a variety of P. merope), and the

Madagascar P. meriones. Of these the last-named alone had

the sexes nearly alike, vid.: of a very pale yellow, margined

with black in the forewings, and with the hindwings more or

less black-marked and bearing conspicuous tails; each of

the two continental species presenting not only the utmost

disparity between the sexes but also the singular phenomenon

of a polymorphic female, invariably without tails, accurately

mimicking two or three widely-differing species of Danaine,

and at the same time offering numerous linking variations.

I was justified in considering that the Madagascar form

should be regarded as retaining the ancestral condition of

this group of Papilio, while the females of the continental

forms had been profoundly modified in the mimetic directions

specified; and I pointed to the costal black bar in the fore-

wings of the female P. meriones as possibly indicating the

feature on which natural selection had been able to work, to

the ultimate production of close imitation first of the lighter

and at length of the darker Danaine concerned.

It was startling to learn, in 1883, that a newly-discovered

continental form of the group, P. antinorii, inhabiting

Abyssinia, like the Madagascar P. meriones, had the sexes

quite alike except for the costal black bar in the female ;

while in 1889 there was described from the Comoro Islands

a fifth and very distinct species, P. hwnbloti, im which the

sexes resemble each other even more closely than in the

Madagascar form, and which therefore in all probability

exhibits a still more primitive condition.

The survival of the ancestral similarity of the sexes on the

African mainland, so far from the Malagasy archipelago as

Abyssinia, was a discovery of much importance; and the

greatest interest was added to the whole case when, in 1890,

Prof. N. M. Kheil,* of Prague, described and figured two

most remarkable new forms of the female P. antinorii.

These females, given by the author as ‘“ ab. niariotdes’’ and

‘ab. ruspina,” respectively, in colouring and pattern mimic

* “ Tris,” iil., pp. 333-336.

( Txxxva -)

Amauris dominicanus and Danais chrysippus, almost as closely

as do the hippocoonoides and trophonius females of P. cenea,

but yet retain on the hindwings the fully-developed tails

possessed by the male and the unmodified female.* One

would naturally suppose that these conspicuous appendages

to the hindwings, never found in the Danaine but so

characteristic of many groups ef Papilio, would have been

among the first features to be lost in the process of assimila-

tion to the Danaine models; and, as Prof. Kheil mentioned

in his paper, that the tails in the specimen of ‘ niavioides”

were injured, but had been restored in the figure, I felt a

little doubtful about them, and ventured recently to address

him on the subject. He most obligingly answered my

inquiries, stating that the two forms of female were still in

his possession, and that while the tails of the ab. niavioides

were injured, as originally pointed out, those of the ab.

ruspine were intact and are correctly delineated in Haase’s

figure, which—as well as that of niavioides—was drawn from

the actual specimen, lent by Prof. Kheil. It is to be noted

that the tails are uniformly black, in accord with the broad

hindmargins, instead of being pale yellow with a short

median streak of black, as in the female of the male

coloration. Prof. Kheil further informed me that the dis-

coverer of these forms, the late Dr. A. Stecker, who

collected at Lake Tana, brought together seven males, two

females like the male, and one only of each mimetic form of

female, and that he reported the male as very common,

while the females seldom occurred.

This persistence in Abyssinia of the original female 1.

antinorii, side by side with two mimetic forms of the same

sex retaining her outline of hindwings but far divergent

from her in advanced imitation of two very different Danaine

belonging to distinct genera, is strong confirmatory evidence

of the view I advanced as to the development of the various

tail-less mimetic African females of the group from the

ordinary male-like type of female solely prevalent still in

the Malagasy sub-region. From analogy with what occurs

* For coloured figures of the three forms of P. antinorii, 9 , see Haase,

Pv crs 1.5) plate

(@elxxvii ©)

over so large an area of the rest of Africa, I confidently

anticipate that we shall receive from Abyssinia intermediate

gradations between the three known forms of the female P.

antinorti ; and as the dominant model, Amauzris echeria, 18

represented in Abyssinia by the abundant and very closely

allied A. steckeri, I should not be surprised to see another

mimetic female of P. antinorii closely resembling the typical

P. cenea. More than this, we may not unreasonably hope to

discover, at some point in the wide territories between

Abyssinia and Zanzibar, females of the Merope-group exhibit-

ing stages intermediate between the long-tailed mimetic

females of P. antinorii and the entirely tail-less ones of

P. cenea,

While dealing with this case, I would add that, until

recently, of all the various tail-less continental females of

this group known to me, the form dionysos—a rare phase

of the West-African P. merope—was the least modified as

compared with the male,* for it possesses merely a trace of

the wide black bar that in two other forms divides the pale

ground-colour into perfectly separate subapical and inner-

marginal spaces in the forewings, and the hindwings are

ochre-yellow with a narrow black border.+ Professor Poulton

has, however, kindly shown me, in the Hope Collection of the

Oxford University Museum, a much closer approximation to

the masculine coloration in an extraordinary example of the

female P. cenea from Zanzibar. In this female the transverse

trace of black in the forewings is even fainter than in the

dionysos form, and the colour of the wide pale spaces and the

hindmarginal spots in all the wings is almost exactly of the

pale creamy-yellowish tint of the male P. cenea; and on the

underside, while the pale-yellowish of the forewings is better

divided by blackish than on the upperside, the colouring of

the hindwings corresponds much more nearly to that of the

male than in any other female I have seen—the characteristic

break in the submarginal brownish band being moreover very

* See Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 178.

+ Hewitson (Exot. Butt., iv., Papilio, xii., fig. 39) delineates an example in

many respects intermediate between dionysos and hippocoon, but rather

closer to the latter form as regards the forewings.

complete and wide. There can be no doubt that in this

specimen we have a marked case of reversion to the original

colouring of the female, but it is unaccompanied by any

inchnation towards the recovery of the lost tail of the hind-

wings.

Returning to the general aspects of the subject, it is of

importance to consider more closely how the evidence stands

in relation to (A) persecution by insectivorous foes, (B) posses-

sion of malodorous and distasteful juices by certain groups,

offensive juices, and (p) loss occasioned to distasteful species

by the attacks of young and inexperienced enemies ; for it is

admittedly on the co-operation of these factors that the theory

of mimicry depends,

(a,) As regards the first point, the broad fact of insects

generally constituting the food of countless devourers, verte-

brate and invertebrate, is beyond dispute; immense and

incessant persecution is universally at work. But when we

proceed to examine this world-wide persecution more in

detail, and to ask in what special directions it works, or what

groups or species are the particular prey of certain groups or

species of enemies, we very soon discover how little is exactly

known. Birds, for instance, are such notorious and appa-

rently indiscruninate insect-eaters, and some of them are so

active and demonstrative in their hunting, that it seems but

reasonable to regard them as the chief pursuers on the wing

of the abundant and defenceless butterflies. Yet in the

discussion which followed the reading of Dr, Dixey’s last

paper above referred to nothing was more noticeable than the

very scanty testimony to such persecution on the part of

birds that could be brought forward by the very competent

well-travelled entomologists present. In fact, the poverty of

observed cases of such attack has induced the opinion among

some entomologists that birds very rarely chase butterflies at

all, and the published expression of this view by Pryer,

Skertchley, Piepers, and other experienced collectors cannot

be overlooked. But I am persuaded that in this instance, as

in so many others where the life-history of animals is con-

cerned, the dearth of evidence is due to the neglect of well-

( xe )

directed and sustained observation. Little can be gained by

merely noting such cases as happen to force themselves on

the collector’s attention; the collector must resolutely set

himself to search out and keep watch upon what really takes

place. Considering that there is no record of any naturalist’s

having seriously taken up the investigation of this matter in

the field, I think that very much positive evidence could

hardly be expected, and that what has been published goes

far in the direction of proving that birds must still be

reckoned among the principal enemies of butterflies. Belt’s

well-known note on the pair of Puff-birds that he watched for

half-an-hour bringing various butterflies to feed their young

is supported by E. Poeppig’s observation* that in the forest

it is easy to discover where a Galbula’s favourite perch

has been chosen, as the wings of large butterflies, whose

bodies only have been eaten, strew the ground for several

paces roundabout. Von Wied found a large “ Tagschmetter-

ling” in the stomach of a Bucco, and K. Hartert butterflies

in that of Merops pusillus; while E. L. Arnold saw Terias

hecabe and Papilio pammon caught by birds in India.f Hahnel

published in “Iris”? (1890) the observation that in South-

America birds hunted Pierine more than any other group of

butterflies, and often snapped up specimens close to him.

Haase in Siam saw some Catopsiliv (Pierine) and Hesperiidee

captured and eaten by sparrows. I have recorded Mrs. Bar-

ber’s remarks that among the insects caught and brought to

their nestlings by various Sun-birds at the Cape she often

noticed Pyrameis cardui, and also Mr. Mansel Weale’s note

that T'chitrea cristata captures the male Papilio cenca. My. T.

Ayres, a very trustworthy ornithological observer, has

remarked (in his notes in ‘‘ The Ibis ” on the habits of South-

African birds) that the King-hunter, Jspidina natalensis, feeds

almost entirely on butterflies. Col. Swinhoe informs me

that in India he has on several occasions seen Merops viridis

catch and eat butterflies, and that he has also witnessed

many cases of other birds pursuing them; while the common

* Cited by Haase, l.c., ii., p. 104.

+ These three eases also cited by Haase, l. c.

@excr)

Corvus splendens was found greedily to devour any edible

butterflies thrown to it. This evidence is supported by that

kindly furnished to me by Mr. F'. Lewis, of the Ceylon Forest

Service, who has for many years been familiar with the ways

of birds in the jungle, vid. :—that he has seen Merops viridis

and M. philippinus occasionally take small white and yellow

butterflies (Terias, spp.), and the latter bee-eater and M,

swinhoti frequently capture Catopsilia, especially when these

butterflies are travelling in thousands along the river-valleys.

Mr. Lewis also gives Buchanga leucopygialis as a very active

hunter of butterflies on the wing. In England I have

noticed a swallow hunting one of the common ‘‘ Whites”

(apparently Pieris brassice), and also three sparrows for some

time chase and eventually capture a female Mpinephile janira ;

while at the Cape I have seen Miscus collaris, the common

shrike of the colony, seize in succession several newly-

emerged Papilio lyaus on the wing.

In Mr. Skertchley’s paper, ‘“‘On Butterflies’ Hnemies,’’*

he gives a list (p. 485) of no fewer than twenty-three

species of butterflies belonging to five different subfamilies,

which he observed in Borneo with both hindwings mutilated

in the same manner, as if a piece had been bitten out while

the insect was at rest—but this description of mutilation he

attributes, not to the assaults of birds, but to those of lizards

and perhaps small mammals. I see nothing, however, to

lead us to conclude that birds do not attack butterflies when

at rest, especially when settled on flowers, foliage, etc., with

closed and erect or pendant wings; it is highly probable,

indeed, that they would mark down a settling butterfly and

make direct for it. It seems to me likely that most of the

destruction of butterflies by birds is not effected by the

difficult chase of these wavering and erratic or often very

eapid flyers in the open, but is carried on mainly against the

slowly-flying bulkier females while engaged in depositing

their ova, usually among the fohage of trees, undergrowth,

or herbage, where they would be almost unnoticed by the

collector. An equally if not more dangerous time for

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), iti., pp. 477-485 (1889).

Ce xc)

butterflies of both sexes is during courtship and pairing,

when they are less on their guard than at any other period,

and those actually paired (unless very well concealed by close

resemblance of their underside to the immediate surroundings)

have little chance of escape.* Col. Swinhoe has mentioned

to me that birds often do not seem inclined to take the

trouble to give chase to flying butterflies, but sit merely

watching them, and this is in support of the view that they

more frequently adopt the easier plan of attacking them when

feeding, settling. or at rest. The frequency of the cases

where mimicry is confined to the female points with some

significance to the probability that persecution is more

directed against that sex than against the male.

(s.) The presence of malodorous juices in many insects is

a matter of common observation, and is a protective property

possessed by several entire groups, especially among the

Lepidoptera and Coleoptera. There is abundant evidence as

to the prevalence of these secretions, and among the Lepido-

ptera they are particularly developed in the butterflies of the

sroups Danaine, Neotropine, Acrzeine, and Heliconine, and

also in some Papilionine, as well as in many moths of the

eroups Agaristidee, Chalcoside, Arctiidae, Lithosiide, ete.

The strength of the disagreeable odour emitted is in some

species very great ; + Seitz, for instance, mentioning that the

smell of the South-American Heliconius besckei and Fueides

aliphera extends over a radius of several paces, and Wood-

mason and De Nicéville testifying to the same effect as

regards the Indian Papilio philowenus and allied forms.

When molested many of these offensively-smelling species

exude drops of a yellow or whitish fluid which leave on any-

thing they touch a stain and odour difficult to remove, as I

have experienced in the case of the Mauritian “uplwa euphone,

the South-African Danaine and ‘Acreine, and various

South-African Agaristide, Glaucopide, and Arctiide.

The origin and manner of acquisition of these unsavoury

* Tt is not improbably in these circumstances that the imperfectly

mimetic but still ‘‘ warning ’’ underside of the male in Perrhybris becomes

specially serviceable (Cf. Dixey, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1896, p. 71).

+ Cited by Haase, /. ¢., i1., p. 101.

( xciii_)

secretions have yet to be discovered ; the suggestion (so much

insisted on by Haase) that these juices are directly derived

from those of similar quality in the food-plants of the larve

arising from the long-known circumstance that some of the

food-plants of species in the protected groups are of an acrid

or poisonous character, such as (e.y.) Asclepiads in the case

of many Danaine, and Aristolochia in that of the inedible

forms of Papilionine. No doubt, too, the fact that the

unpleasant qualities are very often fully developed in the

larve of the distasteful species—as I have found with Danais

chrysippus and various Acreee—lends some weight to the

suggestion; but at present nothing approaching sufficient

data can be brought forward respecting the actual food-plants

to which the protected groups, in contrast to the unprotected,

are thought to be restricted. It cannot be gainsaid, as Prof.

Poulton has pointed out,* that the food-plants of many of

the distasteful European moths do not belong to any

poisonous or acrid category ; and his own and Mr. Latter’s

papers on Dicranura vinula alone amply demonstrate what

powerful acids can be elaborated by a larva which finds its

food in such innocuous plants as poplar and willow. The

supposed direct derivation of the nauseous juices from the

plants consumed is thus plainly a matter that awaits investi-

gation from both biological and chemical standpoints.

(c.) The avoidance or rejection as food by insectivorous

animals of the insects possessing malodorous or distasteful

juices no longer rests merely on the negative evidence given

by Bates, Wallace, Belt, and other competent observers, to

the effect that in nature such distasteful forms are habitually

neglected and unmolested; there is now much positive experi-

mental evidence as to the manifest avoidance or disgust with

which such species are left untouched, or thrown aside after

tasting, when offered to domesticated or captive vertebrate

animals that devour ordinary insects with avidity. The

numerous experiments of this kind recorded by Butler,

Jenner Weir, Weismann, Poulton, and Lloyd-Morgan, as

* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1887, pp. 198, etc., and ‘‘ Nature,” 4th Nov.,

1897, p. 3.

(a xciv 2)

regards both larve and imagos of European species, are sup-

ported by a few made by Belt with Heliconiine in Central

America, by D’Urban and myself with Danaine and Acreeine*

in South-Africa, and by Haase with Danainz in Singapore.

It is manifest, of course, that even the most distasteful

forms cannot enjoy complete immunity from persecution; in

ordinary circumstances they are doubtless mainly kept down

by parasitic insects,t and during any scarcity of more pala-

table prey it is certain that they will be devoured faute de

mieux by vertebrates and invertebrates alike. To the latter

condition are perhaps due such cases as Distant’s ¢ note of

the orthopterous Hemisaga devouring. an imago of Danais

chrysippus ; Col. Yerbury’s || observation that in Ceylon

Euplwa core and Delias eucharis were largely taken by a Mantis,

and Danais limniace by two kinds of Asilid~@; and Belt’s

remark that a flower-frequenting spider captured Heliconiide.

(p.) As regards the important point whether the protected

forms have to suffer a certain percentage of loss from the

attacks of young and inexperienced birds and other animals,

it must be admitted that the evidence at present forthcoming

is exceedingly scanty; and I have long felt considerable

doubt as to the sufficiency of this factor to account for the

mimetic resemblances, often remarkably close, between mem-

bers of associated protective groups. But on reviewing care-

fully the recorded observations which appear to bear on the

question, I have found reason to think that there is enough

support to justify the provisional acceptance of the Millerian

explanation, We have in the first place Fritz Miller’s own

capture of Heliconi and Acreine with a notched piece

bitten out of the wings, and Distant’s (l.¢., p. 65) of a Danais

chrysippus whose wings had been bitten unsymmetrically, —

apparently by a bird. Then there is the significant record

* De Nicéville (Butt. Ind., etc., i., p. 318) notes that Acrea violw was the

only butterfly rejected by all the species of Mantide to which he offered

various butterflies.

+ C. V. Riley (apud Haase, l.c., ii., p. 47) found that a dipterous parasite

was very prevalent in the larve of Danais archippus, often destroying a

whole brood.

{ Nat. in Transvaal, p. 65 (1889).

|| Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897, p. xl.

( xev )

of Skertchley (/. c., p. 485) who, among twenty-three species

of Bornean butterflies taken with both hindwings mutilated

in the same manner, notes no less than four Danaina, vid.,

Hestia lynceus, H. leuconoe, Ideopsis daos, and Huplwa midamus.

Moreover, it is very remarkable that several of those entomo-

logists who have specially emphasized the small part played

by birds in attacking butterflies, mention, among the few

eases of such attack as they witnessed, instances of protected

forms being assailed, Sir G. Hampson * remarking that in

South India the Euplcee and Danaids were caught as often

as any others, and M. Pieperst that in two of the four cases

which he had seen in Sumatra and Java, the species seized

were Euplee.

The question underlying this is manifestly whether insect-

eating animals have an instinctive inherited discernment of

what species are unfit for food, or whether, on the contrary,

each individual has to acquire this necessary knowledge by

personal experience, aided in some vertebrate groups by

parental guidance. So numerous and so marvellous are the

instinctive or congenital activities of animals—especially in

the insect world, where past experience or parental instruction

is almost always non-existent—that there has been a very

general disposition on the part of naturalists to incline to the

former view in a matter so all-important as suitable food.

Yet, as far as experiment has hitherto gone in this direction,

there seems good ground for holding that—at any rate in such

specially insectivorous vertebrate groups as birds, lizards, and

frogs—the young possess no such hereditary faculty of dis-

crimination, but have to discover individually what to avoid.

This appears not only from Mr. Jenner Weir’s and especially

Prof. Poulton’s careful and often-repeated experiments with

lizards and frogs, but also from Prof. Lloyd-Morgan’s study||

of newly-hatched birds of different orders, which indicates

clearly with what complete want of discrimination every

object of suitable size is at first pecked at and vas, |e how

nero: Ent. Bee. Lond., 1897, p. xxxvil.

+ Report of Intern. Zool. Congress, iii. (Leyden, 1895), p. 460.

t See Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1887, pp. 191, ete.

i “* Habit and Instinct,’”’ pp. 29-58.

( xevi )

soon experience tells and is acted upon. Prof. Lloyd-Morgan

made special trial of these young birds with many distasteful

insects and their larve, and states in conclusion (J.c., p. 43)

that he did not find a single instance of instinctive avoidance,

but that the result of his observations is that ‘in the

‘* absence of parental guidance, the young birds have to learn

‘* for themselves what is good to eat and what is distasteful,

‘and have no instinctive aversions.”

In concluding what I feel to be a very incomplete outline

of what has been done in this most important branch of

zoological research, I cannot refrain from expressing the

gratification I find in noting how by far the chief part in the

investigations pursued and in the deductions derived from them

has from the outset been borne by Fellows of this Society.

It is work on which we may with justice be congratulated, and

which should encourage perseverance in the same and kindred

lines of inquiry.

Here, as in many other biological researches, it cannot be

too strongly insisted on that no result of lasting value can be

hoped for without resort to the living animals among all the

natural conditions and surroundings. It was not a stay-at-

home theorist, familiar only with the dried specimens of the

cabinet, that detected the meaning of mimicry and gave to

science a rational explanation of the mystery, but an ardent

explorer and naturalist, who devoted many of the best years

of his life to field-work in tropical lands. Iam the last to

undervalue the knowledge of the systematist, which is abso-

lutely indispensable to all intelligible record, and I fully

recognize that no naturalist can be properly equipped for his

work without a fair amount of systematic training; but

philosophical discovery in any direction such as we are now

considering can never be truly advanced without unflagging

observation and experiment among organisms living in their

natural environment. How but by the closest and most

exact attention to the entire life-history of animals in their

native haunts can we expect to deal satisfactorily with such

questions as this of mimicry, of protective resemblances

generally, of seasonal dimorphism, sexual selection, local

variation, and the like? Admitting gratefully the good

( xevu )

work of this kind which has been carried on in Europe,

and especially in our own country, one cannot but regret that

from tropical regions, where alone the abundance, complexity,

and incessant activity of life afford full prospect of the

adequate reward of such research, we have little more than

isolated notes and unconnected and incomplete observations,

mere indications—precious as they are—of the rich harvest

that lies unreaped for lack of resident workers devoted to the

task.

It is on this account that I earnestly renew the plea put

forward from this chair on the 5th May last, for the

establishment, in tropical countries, of Biological Stations

for the study of the terrestrial fauna; where, as in the

existing Marine Biological Stations, naturalists could follow,

during a succession of seasons, special lines of observation

and experiment under favourable conditions of laboratory and

other equipment, free from the hindrances and distractions of

ordinary collecting travel, and with all the advantages of

mutual help and encouragement. The living expenses, for

men of the simple tastes of the naturalist, would not be

great ; and I feel certain that, with the increasing facilities

for swift transport, it would not be long before many students

of biology would embrace the opportunity so provided for the

effectual prosecution of researches of the utmost value to

science.

ret i. ™ our? i ee ae ae 1 ,

~ i 7) v ¥

“ - . ‘ iy

if co iJ ¥ f i‘

i ' ie :

- e

v -

i . 7

“

t ‘ .

t a

. ‘ "

(GexCIXie)

INDEX.

Nore.—Where the name only of the Genus or Species is mentioned, the

description will be found on the page referred to.

The Arabic figures refer to the pages of the ‘Transactions’; the Roman

numerals to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings.’

New Genera and Species, and those which have been redescribed, will be

found in detail, but certain of the longer papers are arranged generically

under their headings.

Many of the subjects indicated as being found in pp. 317-332, and xx.-xlvil.,

are referred to in the President’s Address, which is not separately

indexed.

Page Page

GENERAL SUBJECTS «.....0+- xcix | HYMENOPTERA Jopeonnnisac cll

COLEOPTERA <..--...0:s0.00--- c LepIDOPTERA . eli

TDIWEnoYN, Gogpspscosnpeqoosdoooce™ cl NEUROPTERA ....- seeohanccates eviil

HEMIPTERA ......--- Sioesuoebeee cil ORTHOPTERA ...scereesee seers evlil

——_—_—_—_—_—_—$—[_{£

GENERAL SUBJECTS.

Abnormalities in Halticid beetles, exhibited, x., liii.: gynandromorphous

Chelisoches morio, exhibited, xxxiil.

Annual Meeting, 1xi.

Brachycerus apterus, photograph of, exhibited, xvil.

Butterflies, neuration of, changes in the wing structure of (A. R. Grote), 333 ;

aberrations in Lepidopterous neuration, 342.

Bye-Laws, alteration of, at Special Meeting, xlvii.

Cordyceps growing from a Cicada larva, exhibited, viil.

Dermestes vulpinus and Agrotid larve, damage by, referred to, lx.

Destruction of butterflies by birds, etc., referred to, Xxxviil.-xlvi.

Dicranwra vinula, the prothoracie gland of (O. H. Latter), structure and

function, 113; homology, 121; referred to, xi.—Presence of potassium

hydroxide in the alimentary canal of, 124.

Dimorphism, Seasonal, in African butterflies (Dr. A. G. Butler), 105.

‘““ Dry-”? and ‘‘ wet-season forms,”’ discussion on, vi.

Danning, Mr. J. W., death of, lv.

Homeochromatism and mimicry in butterflies, paper, exhibitions and dis-

cussion On, XX., XXXIV.

Hybridization of Lepidoptera, Standfuss’s experiments on, account of (Dr.

F. A. Dixey), l.:—of Tephrosia bistortata and T. crepuscularia, xlix. ;

of Zygena ochsenheimeri and Z, filipendule, ii.

Crew)

Insects from Orkneys, exhibited, viii. ; from Cannes, xx.

Insects introduced into Great Britain, exhibited:—Acrydium xgyptium,

viii.—Anisolabis annulipes, lvii—Apterygida arachidis, Chelisoches

moro, XVili.

Locusts, cooked for food, exhibited, v.

Mimetie Attraction, reciprocal Mimicry and Convergence in Butterflies

(Dr. F. A. Dixey), 317.

Miller, Dr. Fritz, death of, xxxii.

President’s Address, Ixvi.

Protection of British insects in danger of extermination, proposed associa-

tion for, ix., xvi.

Temperature experiments on Lepidoptera, results of exhibited, xviii., xlviii.

Victoria Research Fund, Letter from the President of the Royal Society, xii.

Watson, Capt. E. Y., death of, lviii.

COLEOPTERA.

Aphthona grenadensis, n. s., 267.

Brachysomus hirtus, exhibited, lvi.

Chetocnema minuta, referred to, 269.—nana, n. s., 269.

Chalepus plebeius, 278.

Coleoptera from Austrian Tyrol, i.—from Cintra, ii., exhibited.

Coscinoptera intermedia, n. s., 253.

Crepidius flavipes, n. s., 284.

Cryptocephalus tricostatus, referred to, 254.

Cyphon caraibus, n. s., 294.—dehiscens, n. s., 293.

Dermestes vulpinus, damage by, referred to, lx,

Dicrepidius insularis, n. s., 283.

Disonycha levigata, n. s., 262.

Elateridw, characters and relative numbers of the sexes in species of,

noticed, x.

Epitriz subfusca, n. s., 265.

Esthesopus grenadensis, n. s., 289.

Eudectus giraudi, exhibited, x.

Glyptina nigrita, n. s., 266.

Halticid beetles, abnormalities in, exhibited, x., iii.

Hermexophaga smithi, n. s., 260.

Homophyla unicolor, n. s., 270.

Horistonotus sericeus, n. s., 288.

Hypolampsis annulicorivis, n. s., 274.

Lactica levicollis, n. s., 259.

Lema sharpi, n. s., 250.

Longitarsus horni, n. s., 268.

Lytta vesicatoria, exhibited, lvi.

Megistops granulatus, n. s., 275.

Metecus paradovus, exhibited, lx.

Myodites subdipterus, exhibited, lx.

Nodonota grenadensis, n. s., 256.

Notiophilus rufipes, exhibited, lvi.

CEdionychis sharpi, n. s., 272.—smithi, n. s,, 271.

Ozxna, referred to, 392.

Pachybrachys scabripennis, n. 8., 254.

Paussidee, description of a new Insect of the Family (C.O. Waterhouse), 391.

Phedon nigripes, n.s., 258.

Physimerus smithi, n. s., 273.

Physorhinus erythrocephalus, referred to, 286.

Phytophagous Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the Grenadines ;

species belonging to the following families described and alluded to :—

(Crioceridee—Galerucide, M. Jacoby; Hispide and Cassidide, Gs:

Champion), Aphthona, 267. — Cassidide, 278. — Cerotoma, 277.—

Chetocnema, 269. —Chalepus, 277. — Chelymorpha, 279.—Chryso-

melidze, 258.—Clythridx, 253.—Colaspis, 257.—Coptocycla, 279.—

Coscinoptera, 253.—Crioceride, 250.—Cryptocephalide 954.—Crypto-

cephalus, 254.—Diabrotica, 276.—Disonycha, 261.—Epitriz, 265.—

Eumolpide, 256.—Galerucide, 259.—Galerucine, 276.—Glyptina,

266.—Halticine, 259.—Haltica, 261.—Hermexophaga, 260.—Hispide,

277. — Homopheta, 271. —Homophyla, 270. —Hypolampsis, 274.—

Lactica, 259.—Lema, 250.—Longitarsus, 268.— Megistops, 275.—

Mesomphalia, 278.—Myochrous, 258.—Nodonota, 256.—(Hdionychis,

271.—Pachybrachys, 254.—Phedon, 258.—Physimerus, 273.—Pseudo-

epitriv, 264.—Rhabdopterus, 257.—Schematiza, 276.—Systena, 262.—

Typophorus, 258.—Species exhibited, vi.

Prionoscirtes dilaticornis, n. s., 291.

Protopaussus walkeri, n. s., 891.—exhibited, liii.

Pseudoepitriv suffriani, n. s., 264,

Ptilodactyla antillarum, n. s., 296.—sancti-vincentis, n. s., 295.

Scirtes insularis, n. s., 292.

Serricorn Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the Grenadines ; species

belonging to the following families and genera described and alluded to

(G. C. Champion) :—Holus, 286.—Agrypnella, 281.—Anchastomorphus,

287.—Anchastus, 287.—Callirrhipis, 290.—Chalcolepidius, 282.—

Cneoglossa, 291.—Cosmesus, 290.—Crepidius, 284.—Cyphon, 293.—

Dascillide, 291.—Dicrepidius, 283.—Elateride, 231.—Hsthesopus,

239.—Heteroderes, 285.—Horistonotus, 2388.—Ischiodontus, 285.—Mono-

crepidius, 285.—Physorhinus, 286.—Prionoscirtes, 291.—Ptilodactyla,

295.—Pyrophorus, 289.—Rhipidoceride, 290.—Scirtes, 292.—Species

exhibited, x.

Systena bicolor, u. s., 263.

Trichonyx sulcicollis, exhibited, lvi.

Velleius dilatatus, exhibited, lvi.—referred to, Ix.

Zeugophor.s flavicornis, from Colchester, exhibited, ii.

DIPTERA.

Acanthiptera inanis, exhibited, vii.

Callicera znea, exhibited, vii.

Cylindrotoma, early stages of, referred to, 363.

Cylindrotomina, Earlier Stages of (Baron Osten Sacken), 362.

Hydromyza livens, exhibited, vii.

Linmobia, early stages of, referred to, 364.

( cit)

Nephrocerus flavicornis, exhibited, vi.

Phalacrocera replicata, Structure and Life-history of (L. C. Miall and

R. Shelford), 343.

Physocephala nigra, exhibited, vii.

Platyura marginata, exhibited, vi.

Stevenia maculata, exhibited, vii.

Syrphus guttatus, exhibited, vii.

Triogma, supposed larva of, referred to, 364.

HEMIPTERA.

Aspidiotus nerit, 93. —rapaz, 94, alluded to.

Ceroplastes nerii, n. s., 101.—rusci, 191.

Chionaspis nerit, referred to, 96.—striata, n. s., 96.

Cicadetta montana, exhibited, xiv.

Coccidx, New, collected in Algeria. by Rev. Alfred EK. E.ton (R. Newstead), 93.

Diaspis calyptroides, referred to, 94.

Emblethis verbasci, exhibited, liii.

Eriococcus fornvicicola, n. s., 102.—‘hymeleez, n. s., 102.

Hydrocores, species exhibited of genara Antipalocoris, Diaprepocoris Metro-

coris, Pedinocoris, lvii.

Kermes variegatus, from Kent, exhibited, lv.

Mytilaspis ampelodesm, n. s., 95.—-minima, n. s.,95.—pomorum, referred

to, 94. Z

Notonectidw, Revision of, Part I. (G. W. Kirkaldy), 393.—Genera charac-

terized, 395.—Notonecta, 397. N. americana, 408.—bifasciata, 413.—

chinensis, 415.—glauca, 419.—handlirschi, nu. s., 408.—insulata, 403 —

irrorata,418.—lactitans, 405.—lutea, 425.—mewicana, 401.—imontandoni,

417.—montezuma, n. s., 402.—nigra, 424,—shooteri, 406.—triguttata,

417. —whlersi, 415.—undulata, 410.—variabilis, 414.—Species exhibited,

Xxxiv., lvii. ?

Parlatoria affinis, n. s., 97.—zizyphi, referred to, 98.

Planchonia alyeriensis, n. s., 99.—ilicis, n. s., 100.

Velia currens, macropterous var., exhibited, xiv.

HYMENOPTERA.

Alaptus fusculus, larvee in eggs of Psocid, exhibited, xviii.

Ants of Grenada, ete., races, habits (Dr. A. Forel), 297.

Bembezx frey-gessnert, n. s.,315.—kohli, n. s., 313.—nusuta, n. s., 314

Brachymyrmex heeri, vr. obscurior, referred to, 298.

Braconide, a Monograph of British, Part VII. (Rev. T. A. Marshall), |.

Camponotus abdominalis, referred to, 297.—sexguttatus, var. u., grena-

densis, 297.

Cerceris hirtiventris, n. s., 303.—pallidula, n.s. (?), 302.—pruinosa, n. s.,

303.—Lutea, tuberculata, vidua (?), referred to, 304.

Chenusa, 30. C. conjungens, 30.

Chorebus, 26. C. limoniadum, 28.—lymphatus, 29.—naradum, 29.—

nerevdum, 27.

(@aciny 7)

Cremastogaster brevispinosa, vr. minutior, referred to, 300.

Dacinusa abdita, 22.—adducta, 1.—albipes, 12.—ampliator, 6.—aquilegiv,

21.—areolaris, 19.—cincta, 138.—clandestina, 20.—diremta, 16.—

egregia, 8.—gilvipes, 22.—gracilis, 17.—lateralis, 12.—lepida, 14.—

leptogaster, 15.—macrospila, 10.—imisella, 11.—orphanta, 18.—ovalis,

14.—petiolata, 7.—phenicura, 2.—postica, 16.—semirugosa, 4.—

senilis, 10.—stramineipes, 19.—striatula, 4.—taiaris, 3.—temula, 9.—

tristts, 5.

Dinetus cereolus, n. s., 310.

Eciton antillanum, n. s.. 299.—klugi, alluded to, 298.

Gyrocampa, 23. G. affinis, 24.—foveola, 25.—uliginosa, 26.

Hologambrus sericans, n. s., 309.

Kohlia coxalis, n. s., 311.

Miscophus egyptius, nu. s., 315.

Palarus saundersi, n. s., 310.

Prosopigastra handlirschi, n. s., 309.—levior, n. s., 309.

Pseudomyrma flavidula, referred to, 390.

Sphegide from Egypt, new or little-known (Rev. F. D. Morice), 301.

Sphew stschurowskyi (?), 302.

Stizus cheops, n. s., 313.—fuscatus, n. s., 312.—niloticus, n. s., 312.

Tachysphex, new species:—egyptiacus, 306.—buyssoni, 307.—fasciatus,

306.—heliopolites, 306.—holognathus (n. u., for integer, 308), 434.—

luxuriosus, 307.—speciosissimus, 308.

Tachytes cameroniana, n. s., 305.—denticulata, n. s., 305.

Wasps’ nests containing coleopterous parasites, exhibited, lx.

LEPIDOPTERA.

Abravas sylvata, aberrations of, exhibited, xlix,

Acrwea, African species referred to, 107-110.

Acronycta psi, A. tridens, varieties of, exhibited and described, liv.

Actinota acmophora, n. s., 370.

Adelomorpha, reterred to, 37.

Aeria agna, referred to, 318.

African Butterflies, Seasonal Dimorphism in (Dr. A. G. Butler), 103.

Aglais (Vanessa) wrtice, aberrations of, exhibited, lvii., lviii.

Agrotid larve, damage to linen by, referred to, lx.

Alucita similalis, candidalis, referred to, 36.

Ambia, new species:—albomaculalis, 165.—atristrigalis, 162.—aulaco-

phora, 165.—cataclystalis, 166.—fulvitinctalis, 163.—interstrigalis,

162.—metalophota, 166.—oculalis, 160.—picalis, 160.—rhabdotalis,

161.—semilunalis, 168.—tenella, 161.—tigridalis, 165.—trichostylalis,

164.

Anza elara, n. s., 244.

Ancylis argenticiliana, n, s., 57.

Anthyria metriopis, n. s., 70.

Antiptilotis, u, g., 80. A, rubicunda, n.s., 8).

Aragon, Butterflies of (Mrs. Nicholl), 427.—exhibited, lwvi.

Argynnis euphrosyne, aberration, exhibited, lix.

( civ \)

Argyractis, n. g., 185. A. argentilinealis, n. s., 136.—niphoplagalis,

n. s., 136.

Aripana macrotis, n. s., 87.

Arvama atralis, n. s., 138.

Aulacodes, new species :—acroperalis, 177.—brunnealis, 178.—cervinalis

178.—convoluta, 180.—diopsalis, 177.—heptopis, 174.—junctiscriptalis

178. — parapomasalis, 175. — semicircularis, 180. — sinensis, 176. —

trichoceralis, 174.

Australia, Descriptions of New Lepidoptera from (E. Meyrick), 367.

Autogriphus, n. g., 59.—A. luteus, n. s., 60.

Bradina tleucura, n. s., 200.—perlucidalis, n. s., 201.—remipes, un. s.,

199.

Butterflies: Changes in the Structure of the Wings of (A. R. Grote) 333.—

* Neuration of Agapetide (Satyridx), 340.—Hesperiide, 341.—Liby-

theidee, Lycwenide, Nemeobiide, Nymphalide, 340.—Papilionide,

Parnassiide, 339.—Pieride, 340.

Butterflies, Mimetie Attraction in (Dr. F. A. Dixey), 317.—List of species

alluded to, 327.

Butterflies, mimicry and homceochromatism in, paper, exhibitions and dis-

cussion, XX, XXXIV.

Buzura nephelistis, n. s., 77.

Cacecia torogramma, n. s., 388.

Canonistis, n. g., 74.

Canuza acmias, n. s., 379.

Caradrina heliarcha, n. s., 370.

Carbia, 69.—C. calescens, referred to, 69.

Cataclysta, new species :—albidentatu, 153.—albipunctalis, 152.—con-

stellalis, 151.—fulvicinctalis, 150.—pavonialis, 150.—pervenustalis,

152.—subornata, 151.—supercilialis, 152.—tessellalis, 149.

Catephia melanoschista, n. s., 372.

Central and South American Rhopalocera, descriptions of new species of

(F. D. Godman and O. Salvin), 241.

Ceparcha lichenopa, n. s., 374.

Chloroclystis aristias, n. s., 885.

Chorentis octogemmifera, n. s., 52.

Chrysocraspeda orgalea, n. s., 71.

Clupeosona basale, n. s., 217.—metachryson, n. s., 218.

Cocoon of unknown Japanese Moth, exhibited, lvi.

Colorhyncidia trifidalis, n. s., 205.

Cenonympha iphioides, referred to, 428.—exhibited, lvi.

Coimpsoctena media, n. s., 63.

Conogethes mimastis, n. s., 88.

Coptobasis mesopsectralis, n. s., 203.

Crocydopora enospora, n. s., 388.

Jrocydoscelus, n. g., 35. C. ferrugineum, n. s., 35.

Cydia (?) pretextana, n. s., 58.

Danais erginus, n. s., 241.—nivosus, n. s., 241.

Dasyscopa polysemalis, n. s., 239.

Deilinia chlorochroa, n. s., 78.

Diastictis microdoza, n. s., 75.

Cew)

Diathraustodes hemileucalis, n. s., 204.

Dichocrocis tyranthes, n. s., 89.

Dicranura vinula, the Prothoracic Gland of, and other notes (O. H. Latter),

113.

Diplopseustis metallias, n. s., 90.

Diptychophora microvantha, n. s., 380.

Dracenura, new species:—albonigralis, 194.—cincticorpus, 194.—leuco-

procta, 193.—prosthenialis, 193.—tagiadialis, 194.

Eccompsoctena, n. g., 61. E. secundella, n. s., 61.

Eccopsis precedens, n. s., 56.

Ectropis petras, n. s., 75.

Eois iodesma, n. s., 376.—plumboscriptaria, 376.—procrossa, n. s., 71.

Ephoria xanthocolona, n. s., 78.

Epicharma, n. g., 88. EH. nothriforme, n. s., 39.

Erebia zapateri, 430.—exhibited, lvi.

Eremochroa, n. g., 868. E. alphitias, n. s., 369.—psammias, un, s., 368.

Bremothyris, n. g., 47. EH. hollandi, n. s., 48.

Eriocephala allionella, larva of, exhibited, xxxiii.

Eschatura, n. g., 382. EH. lemurias, n. s., 382.

Ethmia rhomboidella, n. s., 45.

Eublemma orthopetes, n. s., 379.

Euchlena pyrotoca, n. s., 79.

Eudemonia arguphontes and EL. brachyura, exhibited, xxxtii.

Glyphipteryx gemmatella, 18.

Gonophylla ophiopa, n. s., 387.

Hadena bryochlora, n.s., 371.

Halterophora, n. g., 378.

Harpagoneura acrocausta, n. s., 79.

Heliconius, mimicry among species of, 317.

Heliothis leucatma, n. s., 368.

Hepialide, Australian, exhibited, lvi.

Heteroctenis, n. g.,71. H. dracontias, n. s., 72.—tigrina, n. s., 72.

Heterogyna penella, exhibited, xxxili.

Hilarographa, 52.

Homeceochromatic groups of Butterflies from Central America, exhibited,

XxiL, XXViil.

Hydriomena henvizona, n. s., 385.

Hydrocampine, classified, 130.

Hyperaucha, n. g., 383. H. octias, n. s., 384.

Hypeuryntis, n. g., 389. H. coricopa, n. s., 389.

Idiothauma, n. g., 49. I. africanwn, n. s., 50.

Jtuna lanassa, n. s., 242.

Jobula (?) radiata, n. s., 46.

Laspeyresia hemispherana, n. s., 58.

Lemonias eudocia, n.s., 244.

Lepidoptera, aberrations in neuration of, 342.—trom Cheshire, exhibited, ii.

—from Hodgkinson collection, exhibited, iv.

Leto venus, exhibited, xxxiil.

Leucania micrastra, n. s., 383.

Lita intermediella, referred to L. fraternella, iv.

(evi; 7)

Luma albifascialis, n. s., 187.—macropsalis, n. s., 186.—trimaculata, n. s

187.

Lusiaria ditrota, n. s., 76.

Mabra fuscipennalis, n. s., 221.

Malay Archipelago, On Lepidoptera from the (E. Meyrick), 69.

Margarosticha leucozonalis, n. s., 147.

Melanargia galatea, aberration of, exhibited, lvi.

Meliana xylogramma, n. s., 367.

Melissoblaptes hilaropis, n. s., 378.

Melitea aurinia, varieties of, exhibited, lvii.

Mesopolia, n. g., 62. M. inconspicua, n. s., 62.

Micraglossa enealis, n. s., 224.

Micrapatetis, n. g., 369. M. orthozona, n. s., 369.

Microdes epicryptis, n. s., 384.

Mictopsichia argus, n. s., 54.

Mizxophyla chrysias, n. s., 82.—trilinealis, n.s., 1385.—eanthocasis, n. s.,

81.

Monopis monachella, synonymy, ete., 63.

Mormoscopa, n. g., 871. M. crossodora, n. s., 371.

Musothyima, nu. g., 375. M. cyanastis, n. s., 375.

Musotima fuscidiscalis, n. s., 156.—persinualis, n.s., 155.

Mylothris, mimicry among species of, 317.

Napeogenes inachia, referred to, 319.

Narycia scotinopis, n. s., 383.

Nematois parvella, 66. :

Nemeophila plantaginis, aberration of, exhibited, xlviii.

New Zealand, Descriptions of new Lepidoptera from (K. Meyrick), 3353.

Noctue, aberrant forms of, from Romford, exhibited, lvi.

Notoreas isoleuca, n. s., 386.

Nyinphula, new species :—dentilinea, 1389.—dentizonalis, 143.—lanceolalis,

140.—leucoplaca, n. s., 85.-—perlalis, 143.—pleonavalis, 144.—serio-

punctalis, 144.—sinicalis, 141.

Oligostigma, new species :—areale, 170.—argyrilinale, 168.—camptozonale,

169.—gephyrotis, 84.—hemicryptis, 84.—metriodora, 83.—imorinodes,

83.—polydora, 82.—tripletale, 170.

Olyras prestans, n. s., 242.—staudingeri, n. s., 242.

Omphaloptera, n. g., 157.

Orthosia horologa, n. s., 367.

Orygocera, n. g., 41. O. carnicolor, n. s., 42.

Osphrantes, n. g., 87. O. parapheea, n. s., 88.

Ozola spilotis, n. s., 74.

Papilio eracon, n. s., 248.—iopas, n. s., 248.—bairdii, brucei, machaon,

oregonia, zolicaon, exhibited and discussed, x.—merope, alluded to,

XXXVill., xlv.

Pappophorus, n.g., 39. P. eurynotus, n. s., 40.

Parnassius apollo, var., exhibited, lvi.

Parthenodes angularis, n. s., 184.—ectargyralis, n. s., 18S2.—mediocinctalis,

TiS eecds

Perixera homostola, nu. s., 72.

Phigalia pedaria, vars., exhibited, xiv.

Ory

(CF evg,, )

Phyciodes anomalus, n. s., 243.—faustus, n. s., 245.

Physetobasis heliocoma, nu. s., 70.

Picrogama, n. g., 91. P. anticosma, n. s., 92.

Pieris, mimicry among species of, 317. P. brassicw, varieties of, exhibited,

lviii.

Piletocera, new species:—albicinctata, 212.—epipercialis, 210.—macro-

peralis, 214.—megaspilalis, 211.—nudicornis, 214.—torsicostalis, 212.

Placosaris, n. g., 89. P. leucula, n. s., 89.

Platyptilia tesseradactyla, from Galway, exhibited, iv.

Plusia moneta, exhibited, lix.

Plutodes hilaropa, n. s., 75.

Pomasia euryopis, n. s., 69.—gelastis, n. s., 70.

Praxis marmarinopa, un. s., 372.

Precis (Junonia), species referred to, 110.

Prionophora granmatistis, n. s., 374.

Probolosceles, n. g., 73.

Prorocopis, n. g., 373. P. melanochorda, n. s., 373.

Psammotis trygoda, n. s., 381.

Pseudopanthera iogranma, n. s., 377.

Pseudoprotasis, n. g., 44. P. canariella, n. s., 45.

Ptilothyris, n. g., 37. P. purpurea, n. s., 38.

Pyralidee, on the classification of two subfamilies of: the Hydrocampina

and Scopariane ; genera characterized (Sir G. F. Hampson) :—Almonia,

197.—Ambia, 159.—Argyractis, n. g., 185.—Arwvana, 137.—Aulacodes,

171.—Bradina, 198.—Camptomastyx, 215.—Cataclysta, 147.—Ceno-

loba, 222.—Clupeosoma, 216.—Celorhyncidia, 204.—Coptobasis, 202.—

Cymoriza, 156.—Dasyscopa, 239.—Daulia, 184.—Deuterophysa, 206.—

Diathrausta, 205.—Diathraustodes, 203.—Dracenura, 192.—Dupon-

chelua, 191.—EHclipsiodes, 225.—KHristena, 186.—Eurrhypara, 220.—

Eurytorna, 208.—Hyaloplaga, 219.—Hymenoptychis, 195.—Luma, 186.

—Mabra, 221.—Margarochroma, 185.—Margarosticha, 146.—Mestolobes,

228.—Micraglossa, 224.—Misophyla, 184.—Musotima, 154.—Niphostola,

189.—Nymphula, 138.—Oligostigiia, 167.—Omphaloptera, n. g., 157.

—Orphnophanes, 187.—Osphrantis, 240.—Parthenodes, 181.—Peri-

syntrocha, 189.—Piletocera, 209.—Psammotis, 219.—Scoparia, 229.—

Stegothyris, 192.—Stenia, 206.—Strepsinoma, 190.—Symphonia, 153.

—Talanga, 185.—Tatobotys, 196.—Tetraprosopus, 227.—Tetrernia, 158.

—Thysanoidma, 157.—Xeroscopa, 225.—Zagiridia, n. g., 216.—

Zebronia, 218.

Pyrausta platycapna, n.s., 90.

Saturnia isabella, referred to, 453.

Satyrus prieuri, var. whagonis, referred to, 429.—exhibited, lvi.

Scalidomia hirsutella, alluded to, 65.

Scoparia, new species:—atropicta, 233.—barbipennis, 238.—glauculalis,

233.—oxygona, 381.

Scopariane, classified, 225.

Selidosema cremnopa, n. s., 387.

Senriocosma balanophora, n. s., 389.

Siculodes astrodora, n. s., 91.

Simaethis equatoris, n. s., 53.—flavimaculata, noticed, 54.

( cvili )

Spilosoma lubricipeda, varieties of, exhibited and described, viii., liti.

Strepsinoma, n. g., 85. S. amaura, n. s., 86.—ectopalis, n. s., 190.—

sphenactis, n. s., 86.

Synchloe lacinia, exhibited, lix.

Teniocampa populeti, ab. ocularis, exhibited, ix.

Talis diacentra, n. s., 379.—enchias, n. s., 380.

Tatobotys albivenalis, n. s., 197.—aurantialis, n. s., 197.

Tatosoma agrionata, exhibited, lili.

Taxeotis goniogramma, n. s., 376.—pelopa, n. s., 377.

Temperature experiments, results of, described and exhibited {F. Merri-

field):—on species of Colias, Drepana, Melita, Pieris, Saturnia,

Vanessa, xvili.—on Aporia crategi and Argynnis paphia, xlviii.

Tephrosia bistortata, silk of, exhibited, xvii.—oviposition in, xvii.—T. bis-

tortata and T. crepuscularia, and hybrids, exhibited, xlix. -

Thalamarchis, n. g., 80. T. chalchorma, n. s., 81.

Thalassodes phrixopa, n. s., 73.

Thaumatographa, n. n., 52.

Theatrocopia, n.-g., 43. T. elegans, n. s., 44.—roseoviridis, n. s., 43.

Theope, new species :—diores, 246.—eleutho, 247.—mania, 247.—matuta,

246.—polimela, 247.—speciosa, 245.—talna, 245.

Thyas irioleuca, n. s., 378.

Tigridoptera monochrias, n. s., 76.—ptochopis, n. s., 77.

Tiquadra lichenea, n. s., 66.

Tithorea monosticta, n. s., 243. T. pavonii, 321.—tarracina, referred to, 320.

Tortriz viridis, referred to, 59.

Western Equatorial African Microlepidoptera (Lord Walsingham), 33.

Xanthorhoe lophogramma,n. s., 386.

Xenopseustis, n. g., 369. X. pecilastis, n. s., 370.

Ypsolophus basistriatus, n. s., 41.

Zagirvidia, n. g., 216. Z. noctualis, n. s., 216.

Zygena ochsenheimert and Z. filipendule, hybrids between, exhibited, iii.

NEUROPTERA,

Stenopsocus cruciatus, parasitized eggs of, exhibited, xviii.

ORTHOPTERA.

Acrydium exgyptium, imported, exhibited, vii.

Anisolabis annulipes, exhibited, lvi.

Apterygida arachidis, exhibited, xviii.

Chelisoches morio, exhibited, xviii gynandromorphous, exhibited, xxxiii.

Locusts, used as food, exhibited, v.

(Edipodidx, variable species of, exhibited, xiv.

Phyllocrania illudens, exhibited, lv.

“Westwood Bequest” Trns. Ent. Soc. Lond. (OST ag

T.A.Marshall.del, Mantern Bros lth.

British Braconidae .

% ede: -

t F

= ote ave

% ’

‘

’

oe?

;

Fig. 1.

[a\)

“I

ite)

EXPLANATION OF Puate IT.

PAGE

Crocydoscelus ferrugineum, Wism., ¢ ‘ 5 . 33

(With head, and bifid scale.)

Ptilothyris purpurea, Wism., 3 . : . 36

(With head, and joints ‘of antenns Saeed

side-view and section.)

Epicharma nothriforme, Wism., 2. : 0 = oe

(With head.)

Pappophorus eurynotus, Wisn., g . . : . 38

(With head, and fold in hindwing containing hair-

pencil enlarged.)

Orygocera carnicolor, Wism., ¢ sane : - 40

(With head.)

Theatrocopia roscoviridis, Wism., 2 . : - « “AL

(With head.)

Pseudoprotasis canariella, Wism., ¢ . : , . 43

(With head.)

Eremothyris hollandi, W\sm., 4 F : : . 46

(With head.)

Idiothauma africanum, W\sm., @ . : , 48

(With head.)

Autogriphus luteus, Wism., 2. : “ : . 58

( With head.)

Eccompsoctena secundelia, Wism., ¢ . : , oy)

(With head.)

Mesopolia inconspicua, Wlsm., ¢ ; - 69

(With head, and joint of niente enlar eed. )

Trans. Lint. Soc. Lond 1897. Fl If

Jno. Hartley Durrant del. AJWendel hich,

Kquato rial African Micro-L epidopt era

Inne WEY

ExpbLaNnation oF Prate III.

PAGE

Ypsolophus basistriatus, Wlsm., ¢ . : : aa)

Theatrocopia elegans, Wism., 2 5 : : . 42

Ethmia rhomboidella, W\sm., 2 : : : nto

Jobula ? radiata, W\sm., ¢ : : : ‘ . 44

Glyphipteryx gemmatella, Wkr., 2 . , ; . 46

Choreutis octogemmifera, Wlsm., 3. . : . 50

Simaethis equatoris, Wlsm., ¢ . : ; : . ol

Mictopsichia argus, Wism., ¢ . : ‘ . 52

Eccopsis precedens, Wism., 3. : : : . 54

Ancylis argenticiliana, W\sm., ¢ F : : = 20

Laspeyresia hemispherana, W\sm., 3 : : = 90

Cydia? pratectana, Wism, 3. : : ‘ - 56

Compsoctena media, Wism., g . : ‘ : ~ Of

Tiquadra lichenea, Wism., 3. : ; : - 64

Nematois parvella, Wkr., g : : : : - Gt

16e eoeecar

Trans. Lint. Soe. Lond. 1897. Pl lil.

quat ortal African

18. ——

EXpLANATION oF Puate IV.

Mytilaspis minima, Newst.

Figs. 1-3. 2 pygidium.

4, ¢ (second stage) pygidium.

5. Larva, antenna.

M. ampelodesme, Newst. .

Fig. 6. 9 pygidium.

7. ¢ (second stage) antenna.

Chionaspis striata, Newst.

Fig. 8. 2 pygidium.

Parlatoria affinis, Newst.

Fig. 9. @ adult;

10. do, antenna;

11. do. pygidium.

12. ¢ apical joint of antenna.

P. sizyphi, Lucas : : ;

Fig. 13. @ thoracic tubercle.

Planchonia algeriensis, Newst. .

Fig. 14. @ dermis ;

15. do. (second stage) antenna ;

16. do. do. leg.

17. Larva, antenna.

P. ilicis, Newst.

Fig. 19. Q antenna.

Ceroplastes ruse, L.

Fig. 20. @? antenna ;

21-23. @ stigmatic area.

C. nerii, Newst.

Fig. 24. Q antenna ;

25. do. stigmatic area.

Eriococcus formicicola, Newst.

Fig. 26. 2 antenna ;

27. do. dermis.

E. thymelaw, Newst.

Fig. 28. 9 antenna.

29. do. dermis.

PAGE

100

101

102

ae ST 7 t nei Sti . oe —

eae | rieer 4 - I alt en toe -

a - 7"

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond .1897, PLIV.

R.Newstead del. * Mintern. Bros . lith

erian Coccidze.

Co,

wie « B33. 5

sy fa

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fic. 1—Enlarged dorsal view of prothoracic gland and _ its

appendages in D. vinula: v, vestibule ; g s, glandular

sac ; d, duct; #1, @, ¢, lateral tubes containing bunches

of bristles ; 7 m!, retractor muscles of ¢!; rm, 1 m”,

retractor muscles of #; p m v, protractor muscles of

vestibule ; 7 m v, retractor muscles of vestibule ; 1 r mv,

lateral retractor muscles of vestibule.

kia, 2.—External view of aperture of gland, g a; and of lateral

tubes, 7 ¢; v, vestibule pulled open.

Fig. 3.—Bristles on low knob from within # or P.

Fic. 4.—Dorsal view of glandular sac, g s, nat. size, showing pro-

tractor muscles of vestibule, p mv; st, stigma; /}, 7,

first and second pair of legs.

Fic. 5.—Dorsal view of glandular sac in situ to show relations to

nerve cord: g', gy’, first and second thoracic ganglia ;

A, C, alimentary canal cut short and turned forward; s,

silk glands.

Fic. 6.—Transverse section of apex of ¢!, when retracted to show

its bifid termination,

Fic. 7.—Longitudinal section through duct, d, of gland; v, vesti-

bule ; e c, external chitin; hk, hypodermis ; ¢ c, transi-

tional cells ; » c, chitinous rods (rings) which keep duct

open.

Fic. 8.—Portion of duct under higher power: rc, as above; de,

cells of duct: with rather enlarged nuclei and cell

bodies.

Fic. 9.—Glandular cells of sac: b m, sharply defined basement

membrane ; ch, very thin chitinous lining covering free

surface of cells. The large size and _ branching

character of the nuclei are shown, and the vacuolated

borders of the cells.

Trans. Frnt. Soc. Lond. 1897, PL. V.

West,Newman Ltl

The prothoracie gland of D. vmula.

Fia.

EXPLANATION oF Pirate VI.

1. Sphex stschurowskyi (?), Rad. ¢. Head.

2. Cerceris pruinosa, sp.n. 2. Apex of clypeus.

3. LTachysphex fasciatus, sp.n. 2. Pygidial area.

4, 0 ee Ps Apex of anterior wing.

5. Tachysphex heliopolites,sp.n. 2. Pygidial area.

6. ss . Bs , Apex of anterior wing.

7. Tachysphex buyssoni, sp.n. @Q. Pygidial area.

8. a , Apex of anterior wing.

9. Tachysphec lucuriosus, sp.n. @Q. Pygidial area.

10. es » Apex of anterior wing.

LB Tachysphea speciosissimus, sp.n., 2. Pygidial area.

122 ee , Apex of anterior wing.

13. Tach ysphea (?) integer, sp.n. Apical production of clypeus.

14. 3 i Apex of anterior wing.

NDA Waa osopigastra handlirschi, sp.n. 9. Apex of last dorsal

segment.

16. Prosopigastra lavior, sp.n. @Q. Apex of anterior wing.

ie - x 5 » Apex of last dorsal seg-

ment.

18. Hologambrus sericans, sp.n. ¢. Head (anterior view).

19: és 3 . <3 5, (lateral view),

20, Palarus saundersi, sp.n. Head.

21. es 53 pe Apex of abdomen, ¢@.

22. $ 5 3 Denticulated transverse crest on

2nd ventral segment, seen from behind.

23- Kohlia covralis,sp.n. Anterior coxa.

24- 5 ° . Posterior metatarsus.

25 + = ps 2nd joint of flagellum.

26. 5 5 a 8th ventral segment, ¢.

Alle i 3 ss Genital armature, 2.

28. Stizus fuscatus, sp.n, Head.

DY: 5 5 Apex of antenna, ¢.

30. Stizus cheops, sp. nu. Apex of antenna, ¢.

ale - Head.

32. Bembex koh fi,sp.n. ¢@. Apex of antenna.

33 9 Ff - ,, Intermediate femur, tibia and

metatarsus.

ae - - » . 9 Genital armature.

35. Bembex nasuta, sp.n. ¢. Apex of antenna.

36. a es 5 Apex of 6th dorsal segment.

37. 7 . » Sth ventral segment.

38. 59 is ia 5 Stipes of genital armature.

39. , Intermediate femur.

40. Bembex frey- _gessneri, sp.n. ¢. Apex of antenna.

41. 3 5 3 » Apex of 6th dorsal seg-

ment.

42, * - re ,, 7th ventral segment.

43. 45 3 5 Genital armature,

PAA ALN

PAu ¥ hal} 1

BAN

| FE-D.Morice dev.

Trans. Hint. Soc. Lond. 1897. PL VI.

West, Newmaar se,

New Sphegide from F.gypt.

Aeria agnea

U7 Q

7T Pieri S locus LOL 2

FPADmey pinx*

a. rl A

Mameti Attraction

EXPLANATION OF Puate VIII.

The Structure and Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata.

Fic.

C 92)

Dorsal view of larva, x 5.

Ventral view of do., showing sucker-like invagination

for the larval head, the rudiments of the legs of the fly,

and the anal sucker, x 5.

Side-view of prothorax, with cleft for larval head, and

rudiment of leg, x 5.

Last segments of larva, in side-view, x 5.

Mandible of larva.

“Labium” of larva, with the double plate common in

Dipterous larve, p, rudiment of imaginal palp.

Maxillary palp of larva, with sensory spot.

Antenna of larva.

if = il

1 a oa -

. 7 _

= ~~ > .

“i

- 2

’

- 2 ie

{ z

P * ‘

. UJ .

. in .

> -

‘ *.

of 7

i é

4 \ é <3 ia =

; 7

< 7 *

= 5 7 é x

/ : “J

: = ¢ : . —)

* a a - . 7

* . - oo = 7 4

5 % lw - } . s

; ; cae

os 4

' 7 .

A i

* ,

4 be .

= a . ‘ 7 re

ae Od cae

= s :

F, ; 7 -

i - ¢

; Us v q {

{ : ;

ee 7 i

‘ 7 ;

1 ° 4

' ‘

: aa {

7 - .

n 7

i . 7 a

. : 7

{ ,

a ‘

4 v

{ - - “

- 1

iD ad i :

7 «

= | ~ A 7

7 ay.

z s - = ‘

asa 5 é am i “i

Trans. Hrt. Soc. Lond 1897. PUVINL

st Newman inip ;

val

A.Hammondoi lith.

Lcoae

Phalacrocera rep

FEXpLANATION oF Pirate IX.

The Structure and Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata.

Fic. 9.

oO:

rahe

Noh

eld

eel.

Dorsal view of larval head, showing labrum (/),

antenne (), and part of maxillee (mx), x 100.

Ventral view of do., showing labium, maxillie (mr),

maxillary palps (mp), salivary duct (sd), and

the attachment (/) of the fold of integument which

unites the head and prothorax, x 100,

Ventral view (not quite full) of mouth-parts, «, an-

tenna, h, hooklets on labrum, map, maxillary palp,

se, sclerite of maxilla, bearing brush, br ; so, subulate

organ at base of maxilla; /, labium, x 120.

Outline of serrated labial plate (Cf. fig. 6).

Pupa (side-view), showing prothoracic respiratory tube,

legs and wing of fly, abdominal hooks, etc., x 5.

Male pupa (ventral view), x 5.

Extremity of abdomen of female pupa (ventral view),

xX ov.

Eggs, laid upon leafy shoot of moss. The eggs should

be shown as lying in the axils of the leaves.

Outline of ovary from female larva. The oblique line

shows the plane of the section in fig. 30.

s. Hn. Soc. Lond. 1897. PLIK.

A. Hammond hth. West, Newman imp.

Phalacrocera replicata.

EXPLANATION OF. PLatE X.

The Structure and Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata.

Fic. 18a, Longitudinal (nearly median) section through body of

‘larva. This joins 18). 7, brain, s, salivary gland,

h, heart or dorsal vessel, st, stomach, f, fat-body.

18). 0, ovary, h, heart, m, Malpighian tubule, an, anus.

Brain with dorsal vessel (dv), trachee and ganglia

(dorsal view).

Do., side-view; oc, cesophagus. In figs. 19 and 20 the

upper end is anterior, and in fig. 20 the right-hand

side is dorsal.

Epithelium of stomach, with granular secretion on its

free surface.

Do., with protrusions (p. 348).

Do., with granular masses and dividing cells.

Surface-view of part of the two cellular cords in the

heart (p. 351).

is i, ,

? ‘

Laer!

SOOO DS ad

A Hammond Jith.

Nest, Newman imp

EXPLANATION OF Puatre XI.

The Structure and Life-history of Phalacrocera replicata.

Fig. 25.

3 26

eee

eae

Pepe is

aw)

ey!

eae.

3 oo

Longitudinal section through hinder end of a cellular

cord, showing its continuity with the epidermis.

Transverse section through heart, showing the cellular

cords én situ.

Outline of testis.

Section through larval testis.

Do., highly magnified, showing spermospores and

spermatozoa.

Ovary cut along the oblique line shown in fig. 17

(p. 357).

One follicle of the ovary.

Base of a dorsal process to show the surface of the

chitinous cuticle, the thick inner layer, the generating

epidermis, and a tracheal branch.

An cenocyte (p. 352) with central (7) and peripheral

nucleus (7’). |